PROCEEDINGS
OF
The Academy of Natural Sciences
OF
PHILADELPHIA
VOLUME LX1V
/.9/2
philadelphia :
The Academy of Natural Sciences
LOGAN SQUARE
1912-1913
The V \m mi of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
February 8, 1913.
I hereby certify thai printed copies of the Proceedings for 1912 were
mailed as follows: —
Pages 1 so April 3, 1912
81 128 May 14,1912
L29 152 May 23, 1912
•' L53 L68 July 5, 1912
•• 169 280 August, 8, 1912
• I'M 376 September 6, 1912
" :;77 lln September 26, 1912
•• Ml 186 November 27, 1912
" 487-534 January 30,1913
•• 535 566 February 13, 1913
EDWARD J. NOLAN,
Recording Secretary.
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE!
Hi \kv Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox,
Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., ex-officio.
EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
7 / v1
CONTENTS
For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index.
PACE
Berry, S. Stillman. A catalogue of Japanese Cephalopoda
(Plates V-IX) 380
Brown, Amos P., and Henry A. Pilsbry. Note on a collection
of fossils from Wilmington, North Carolina (Plate I) 152
Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama. II
(Plates XXII-XXVI) 500
Bryant, Henry G. Government agencies in the advancement
of geographical knowledge in the United States (ab-
stract) 148
Caudell, A. N., and Morgan Hebard. Fixation of the single
type (lectotype) specimens of species of American
Orthoptera. Section II. See Rehn and Hebard 157
Celebration of the One Hundredth Anniversary of the
Founding of the Academy. 129
Colton, Harold Sellers. Lymnsea columella and self-
fertilization 173
Conklin, Edwin G. Experimental studies in nuclear and
cell division in the eggs of Crepidula (abstract)* 131
Donaldson, Henry H. The history and zoological position of
the albino rat (abstract)* 136
Fowler, Henry W. Descriptions of nine new eels, with notes
on other species 8
Records of fishes for the Middle Atlantic States and
Virginia 34
Fukuda, T. Statistical studies on variation in the wing-
length of a butterfly of the subfamily Satyrinse 277
Harshberger, John W. The vegetation of the Banana
Holes of Florida (abstract) 134
Heath, Harold, and Ernest A. McGregor. New polyclads
from Monterey Bay, California (Plates XII-XVIII) 455
jv ( 0NTENTS.
PAGE
Holland, William J. David Alter, the first discoverer of
spectrum analj sis (abstrad I 134
Hoi STON, Edwin J. How the natural sciences can be made
attractive to the young (abstract) 143
Howe, Marshall A. Reef-building and land-forming sea-
weed- (abstra 137
Jacobs, Merkel II. Physiological characters of species
(abstract) 146
Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Natural history morality 138
M< Ai ik. \Y. L. The experimental method of testing the
efficiency of warning and cryptic coloration in protecting
animal- from their enemies 281
Macfarlane, John M. The relation of protoplasm to its
environment (abstract)* 147
Mai ry, Carlotta .). A contribution to the paleontology of
Trinidad (abstract)* 132
Meigs, Edward B., and L. A. Ryan. The ash of smooth
muscle (abstract) 136
\i lson, .1. A. Structural peculiarities in an abnormal queen
bee 3
<>snni!\. Henry Fairfield. Tetraplasy, the law of the four
inseparable factors of evolution (abstract)* 144
Parker, George Howard. Sensory appropriation, as illus-
trated by the organs of taste in vertebrates (abstract)* 147
Pennell, Francis. Kurt her notes on the flora of the Conowingo
or Serpentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania 520
Pilsbry, Henry A. On the tropical element in the molluscan
fauna of Florida (abstract ). 142
bi.nv James A. G. The orthopteran inhabitants of the
Sonoran creosote bush (abstract) 143
R] n\. .1 wn;s A. (I., and Morgan Hebard. Fixation of single
type (lectotype) specimens of species of American
Orthoptera. Set Caudell and Hebard ■ 60
A revision of the genera and species of the Group Mogo-
plistii (Orthoptera: Gryllidse) found in North America
north of the Isthmus of Panama 184
Orthoptera found on the Florida Keys and in
treme southern Florida. I 235
Shufeldt, R. W. Notes on a prehistoric race of Yucatan
'Plate- XIX XXI) 492
CONTENTS. V
PAGE
Skinner, Henry. Mimicry in butterflies (abstract)* 141
Smith, Burnett. Observations on the structure of some coral
beds in the Hamilton Shale (Plates X, XI) 446
Stone, Witmer. Fauna and flora of the New Jersey Pine
Barrens (abstract) 149
A new Synallaxis 365
Thompson, Will F. The protoconch of Acmsea. ... 540
Trotter, Spencer. The faunal divisions of eastern North
America (abstract) * 142
True, Frederick W. A new species of Delphinodon (ab-
stract)* 155
Vanatta, E. G. Phenacolepas malonei, n. sp 151
A new species of Vertigo from Florida 445
Wherry, Edgar T. The Triassic of Pennsylvania 156
Apparent sun-crack structures and ringing-rock phenomena
in the Triassic Diabase of Eastern Pennsylvania (Plate
II) , 169
Silicified wood from the Triassic of Pennsylvania (Plates
III, IV) 366
Age and correlation of the "New Red" or Newark group
in Pennsylvania 373
* These papers are published in full in the Commemorative volume of the
Academy's Journal (XV).
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
OF
PHILADELPHIA.
1912.
January 2.
Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., in the Chair.
Nineteen persons present.
The Council reported the appointment of the following Standing
Committees to serve during the year:
Finance. — John Cadwalader, Edwin S. Dixon, Charles Morris,
James D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.
Library.— Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
George Vaux, Jr., Henry Tucker, M.D., Frank J. Keeley.
Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
Instruction and Lectures. — Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles
Morris, Witmer Stone, A.M., Henry Tucker, M.D., George S. Morris.
Mr. Frank J. Keeley was appointed Curator of the William S.
Vaux Collections.
George Vaux, Jr., waS appointed the Solicitor of the Academy.
Dr. Henry Leffmann made a communication on recent advances
in photography as aids in teaching natural historj-. (No abstract.)
2 pro* eedings of the academy of [jan.,.
January 16.
Henry Tu< ki.i:. M.D., in the Chair.
Forty-four persons present.
The deaths of the Rev. Charles A. Dickey, June 10, 1910, and of
Edward Potts, January 4, 1912, members, were announced.
William L. Bailey made a beautifully illustrated communication
on an ornithological trip to the Magdalen Islands. (No abstract.)
G. B. Haekel, Edwin B. Bartram, and Henry D. Pratt were
elected members.
The following were elected Correspondents:
Viktor Goldschmidt, of Heidelberg; Charles Haskins Townsend,,
Sc D., of New York; Carlotta J. Maury, Ph.D., of New York;
John ('. Brainier. Ph.D., LL.D., of Leland Stanford Jr. University.
The following was ordered to be printed:
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
STRUCTURAL PECULIARITIES IN AN ABNORMAL QUEEN BEE.
BY J. A. NELSON, PH.D.
In May of the present year. (1911) the Bureau of Entomology
received through the kindness of The A. I. Root Company, Medina.
Ohio, an abnormal queen bee, together with the cell from which
she emerged. These had been originally sent to the company by the
Rev. A. Francois, Parish Priest of Grand Bay, B. W. I. Father
Francois also sent a letter containing the following data : The queen
was hatched in 18 days after the colony became queenless, the cell
being formed on drone comb. She was very active and Father
Francois mistook her for a hermaphrodite, "half queen and half
drone."
»
The queen when received was alive, and appeared to be in good
condition. It was planned to introduce her into a colony to test
her fertility, but she perished by an accident before this could be
carried out. A careful examination of the exterior of the dead queen
showed nothing abnormal or unusual in the structure of the head,
thorax, or appendages. The abdomen, however, was of a very
unusual shape. Instead of the long tapering conical form charac-
teristic of the normal queen bee (fig. 1 D), it was in this case broadly
ovate, as fig. 1 A and C show. Moreover, the three terminal segments
were bent strongly ventrad, so that the outline of the abdomen
suggests that of the drone, having a blunt apex, and doubtless was
the cause of Father Francois' supposition that this bee was her-
maphroditic. A more careful examination of the abdomen disclosed
further abnormalities. In correlation with the unusual breadth of
the abdomen, the sternites of the 5th and 6th segments are much
broader than in the normal queen (fig. 1C). They are, moreover,
somewhat asymmetrical, as is also the sternite of the 4th segment,
although to a slighter degree. Most modified of all is the sternite
of the 7th segment. In the normal queen (fig. 1 D) this has approxi-
mately the outline of an isosceles triangle with a small notch at its
caudal apex. In the abnormal queen (fig. 1 C) this plate is so much
reduced by shortening in the longitudinal axis that it is almost com-
pletely covered and concealed by the sternite of the 6th segment.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Jan.,
This reduction of the 7th segment in part accounts for the strong
downward flexure of the abdomen. In addition, the caudal notch
is very wide and deep, with a semicircular outline, and extends over
fully one-half of the posterior border of the segment, The sting is
also slightly abnormal, having a kink about midway of its length.
Fig. 1. — A, B, and C, dorsal, lateral, and ventral views of abdomen of abnormal
queen. D, abdomen of normal queen, ventral view. X 5.
An examination of the internal organs showed other and more
fundamental peculiarities. The poison glands, poison sac and
spermatotheca (fig. 2 A) in their size and structure display no apparent
abnormalities. The spermatotheca was empty, indicating that the
queen was a virgin. The digestive tract also seemed to be normal.
The sex organs, however, were strikingly modified. The left ovary
(fig. 2 A and B), together with its duct, was entirely wanting. The
right oviduct (fig. 2 B, OvD) was present, but compressed in a dorso-
ventral direction, and bent in the sagittal plane into a sigmoid curve.
1912.1
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
AG1D
Attached to its upper end was a fusiform opaque whitish mass (Ov)
1.8 mm. in length, apparently representing a single egg tube, and
seemingly containing only a single egg.
As fig. 2 A and B show, the
external openings of the poison
apparatus on the one hand
and the spermatotheca and
vagina on the other are very
close together. In the normal
queen this is not the case
since they are separated by a
considerable interval, which is
taken up by the dorsal wall
of the bursa copulatrix. It is
evident, therefore,, in the case
under consideration, that the
bursa is very much shortened
'in an antero-posterior direc-
tion, in correlation with the
shortening of the sternite of
the 7th abdominal segment.
The cause of the abnor-
malities recorded here is
entirely unknown. The cell
from which this queen emerged
was to all appearances en-
tirely normal. Moreover, these
abnormalities cannot be re-
lated to the sexual char-
acters of the drone or the
worker, except in so far as
the reduction of the ovaries
OvD
SpmGID
BG1
PsnScD
Fig. 2. — A, poison apparatus and sex or-
gans of abnormal queen from dorsal
side. X 1\. B, ovary and oviduct of
abnormal queen. X 10. AG1D, duct
of acid gland. BG1, alkaline gland.
Ov, ovary. OvD, oviduct. PsnSc,
poison sac. PsnScD, duct of same.
Spm, spermatotheca. SpmGID, duct
of same.
is peculiar to the worker, but in the latter case they are symmetrical.
The queen is not in any way hermaphroditic, but merely abnormal
in the reduction of certain parts of the abdominal wall and viscera.
6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
February 6.
Mr. Stewardson Brown in the Chair.
Thirteen persons preseitt.
The Publication Committee reported as follows:
An "Index to the scientific contents of the Journal and Proceed-
ings of the Academy" and a "History of the Academy" by the
Recording Secretary had been accepted by the Centenary Sub-
Committee on Printing and Publication to be issued in connection
with the celebration of the One Hundredth Birthday of the society.
The following papers had been accepted as contributions to the
( Centenary Commemorative volume (the fifteenth of the quarto
Journal) :
"Human Spermatogenesis: Spermatocytes and Spermatogenesis,"
by Thomas H. Montgomery Ph.D. (Received November 28, 1911.)
"Early Adaptation in Feeding Habits of Starfishes," bv John M.
Clarke, A.M., LL.D., Ph.D. (Received December 16, 1911.)
"A Contribution to the Paleontology of Trinidad," by Carlotta
J. Maury, Ph.D. (Received December 27, 1911.)
The following had been accepted for publication in the Pro-
ceedings:
"Structural Peculiarities in an Abnormal Queen Bee," by J. A.
Nelson, Ph.D. (December 21, 1911.)
"Description of nine new Eels, with notes on other species," by
Henry W. Fowler. (January 24, 1912.)
"Record of Fishes from the Middle Atlantic Coast and Virginia,"
by Henry W. Fowler. (January 24, 1912.)
The meeting was held in association with the Botanical Section.
Mr. Benjamin H. Smith made a communication on recent species
of Cretsegus. (No abstract.)
John H. Harshberger, Ph.D., spoke of the physiography and
vegetation of the Florida Everglades. (No abstract.)
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
February 20.
Witmer Stone, A.M., in the Chair.
Twenty-nine persons present.
A resolution was adopted conveying a vote of thanks to Charles
Marquedent Burns for an oil portrait of the Recording Secretary
presented at the last meeting.
The Publication Committee reported in favor of publishing a
paper entitled " Fixation of Single Type (Lectotype) Specimens of
species of North American Orthoptera (Section One)," by James
A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (February 9) in the Proceedings.
The following had been accepted for publication in the Centenary
Volume :
"Description of a new Fossil Porpoise of the genus Delphinodon
from the Miocene Formation of Maryland." By Frederick W. True.
(February 10.)
"Mimicry in Boreal American Rhopalocera." By Henry Skinner,
M.D., Sc.D. (February 15.)
"The Petrographic Province of Neponset, Massachusetts," by
Florence Bascom. (February 20.)
Prof. Ulric Dahlgren made a communication, beautifully illus-
trated, on the production of light by animals. (No abstract.)
The subject was discussed by Dr. Edward Anthony Spitzka.
Frederick Ehrenfeld and Francis B. Bracken were elected members.
The following were ordered to be printed:
8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
DESCRIPTIONS OF NINE NEW EELS, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.
All the material treated in this paper is contained in the collection
of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
ALEBIDJE.
Alebes rufus (Macleay).
Two from Victoria, Australia.
MONOPTERIDiE.
Monopterus albus (Zuiew).
Five from Batu Sangkar and seven from Padang, Sumatra. Of
the latter three are now in Stanford University.
SYNBRANCHIDJE.
Synbranchus marmoratus Bloch.
Eleven examples from Peru, Pebas, Ambyiacu River, Surinam,
Rio Grande do Sul, and Sao Joao to Rio Negro and Chapada in
Brazil.
ANGUILLIDiE.
Anguilla anguilla (Linnanis).
Sweden; Lake Lucerne, Switzerland; Munich, Germany; Italy
(Bonaparte 398, 399, 400), Arno River. Twenty-four examples.
Anguilla japonica Schlegel.
Yodo River, Wakanoura, Matsushima and Kurume, Japan.
Twenty-two examples.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafmesque.
Boston, Nantucket, Wood's Holl, Massachusetts; Noank, Con-
necticut; Long Island, New York; lower James River, Virginia;
mouth of Kentucky River; Miami and Bayport, Florida; San Diego,
Texas; Santo Domingo and St. Martins, West Indies. Besides
many examples representing these localities, I have listed multitudes
elsewhere from the Middle States region.
Anguilla mauritiana Bennett.
One from Padang, Sumatra; two from Samoa; two from Philip-
pine Islands.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9
Anguilla tricolor McClelland.
One from Padang and two from Batu Sangkar, Sumatra. One
of last now in Stanford University.
Anguilla australis Richardson.
One from Victoria, Australia.
SIMENOHELYIDJE.
Simenchelys parasiticus Goode and Bean.
One from N. Lat. 42° 37' W. Long. 66° 55' in 200 fathoms.
SYNAPHOBRANCHID^l.
Synaphobranchus pinnatus (Gray).
One from N. Lat. 44° W. Long. 58° 30' in 160 fathoms.
LEPTOCEPHALIDiE.
Leptocephalus conger (Linnaeus).
Atlantic City, Ocean City, Beesley's Point and Corson's Inlet,
Xew Jersey; Italy. Seventeen examples.
Leptocephalus marginatus (Valenciennes).
Two from Christmas Island (W. H. Jones) and two from Hawaii
(J, K. Townsend?), in Pacific Ocean.
Leptocephalus myriaster (Brevoort).
One from Hiroshima and eight from Tokyo, Japan.
Leptocephalus nystromi Jordan and Snyder.
Two from Nagasaki, Japan.
MICROCONGER subgen. nov.
Type Leptocephalus caudalis sp. nov.
Differs from the subgenus Leptocephalus in the well-developed
caudal fin.
(Mj/cpds, small ; Koyypo? or l'»yypn<>, the ancient name of Leptocephalus.)
Loptocephalus caudalis sp. nov. Fig. 1.
Head 7k; depth 21^; head width 3£ its length ; snout 4; eye 6^;
maxillary 2f ; mouth cleft 2|; interorbital 9; pectoral 3|; head 1|
to dorsal origin; head 2| to anal origin.
Body long, rather well compressed, especially behind, and tail
tapering long and slender.
Head long, greatest width about equals its greatest depth, profiles
nearly alike. Snout long, not especially cavernous, surface convex,
upper profile nearly straight, basal width about equals its length,
and tip slightly protruding beyond mandible end. Eye ellipsoid,
10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
rather large, close to upper profile, without eyelid, centre a little
before first third in head. Mouth rather large, wide, rictus extending
back behind pupil centre, though not quite opposite hind eye
edge. Maxillary extends back trifle behind hind eye edge. Lips
rather fleshy, broad laterally. Jaws strong. Teeth largely uniserial,
uniform in size, conic, sharp-pointed, close-set and slightly inclined
back along edges of jaws. In upper jaw front patch of slightly
larger premaxillary teeth, these conic, sharp-pointed, and form
continuous area back on front of vomer. Vomerine teeth similar to
premaxillary teeth, in somewhat triangular area with apex directed
back or towards pharynx, and teeth rather sparse behind. No other
teeth on mouth roof. Teeth in mandible not continuous across
symphysis, and an outer and inner series of small similar teeth on
anterior portion of each ramus. Tongue smooth, elongate, rather
narrowly triangular, and free in front. Mandible strong, shallow,
Fig. 1. — Leptocephalus caudalis Fowler. Typo.
with low rami. Front nostril in short fleshy tube near snout tip.
Hind nostril simple pore close before front rim of eye. Interorbital
narrowly constricted bony ridge, surface convex.
Gill-opening begins opposite supero-median pectoral ray bases,
curves slightly forward in crescent, about If in eye. Pharynx but
little swollen.
Skin smooth. A pair of pores on upper lip at snout tip between
nasal tubes, and immediately behind though more widely separated
at point about first fourth in snout length another pair. Still
closer than either of these pairs a third pair of inconspicuous pores
on snout superiorly placed about first third in its length. A series
of 6 pores from close after nasal tube till below lower front eye edge.
Row of 9 pores on lower side of head beginning close behind man-
dibular symphysis, and last one just below opercle front on branchi-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11
ostegal region. Vertical series of 3 small pores behind eye short space
on side of head. L. 1. complete, a little high at first, then midway
along tail side, and extending short space on tail. From above
pectoral origin about 112 pores in 1. 1., of which 30 before vent.
L. 1. with about 7 pores before pectoral base, where continued on
head side till its origin above opercle front.
Dorsal, anal, and caudal continuous, first with origin about midway
in depressed pectoral length. Dorsal and anal moderately high,
radii fine. Caudal large, length 1| in head, with numerous fine
radii, contour elongate and sharply pointed behind, median rays
longest. Pectoral small, elongate, inserted about midway in depth,
radii fine, and fin rather pointed behind. Vent close before anal.
Color in alcohol largely dull or uniform russet-brown, lower
surface of head and abdomen slightly paler. Snout tip deep brown.
Iris slaty. Fins all plain pale brown. Edges of vertical fins narrowly
dusky, becoming nearly blackish posteriorly. Lips and gill-opening
pale.
Length 6f inches.
Type No. 1,055, A. N. S. P. Off Lower California. Dr. W. H.
Jones.
Only the type known, and apparently distinguished from all other
species of the genus by its large caudal fin.
(Cauda, tail; with reference to the large caudal fin).
Congrellus balearicus (De la Roche).
Four from Italy.
Congrellus anago (Schlegel).
Congrellus meeki Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., XXIII, 1901,
p. 347, PL 11. Bay of Tokyo, Japan.
Three from.Tokyo, Japan. One of these is typical of Congrellus
meeki. Two others from Wakanoura. Japan.
Congrellus bowersi (Jenkins).
One from Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands.
Bathycongrus mystax(De la Roche).
One from the Mediterranean.
Atopichthys nuttalli sp. nov. Fig. 2.
Head 12|; depth 12J; head width 2| in its length; head depth
at occiput 2; snout 5J; eye 2>\; maxillary 2h; interorbital 3|;
muscular segments about 17 + 143?.
Body oblong, greatly compressed, sides flattened, and only taper-
12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
ing at head and end of tail so that long median area of similar great
depth. Tail tapering rather suddenly, more acuminate than head.
Head widest part of body, little deeper than wide, profiles similar.
Snout conic, width about f its length and latter slightly projects
beyond mandible. Eye large, impinging on upper profile, at first
third in head, slightly ellipsoid. Mouth large, little oblique, nearly
Fig. 2. — Atopichthijs nuttalli Fowler. Type.
straight in commissure, and latter reaches about hind pupil edge.
Teeth deciduous? (if present), as jaws at present entirely edentulous.
Tongue far back, little developed. Mandible shallow, rami low,
as seen from below rather attenuated. Nostrils small, well separated,
similar, anterior near snout end and posterior close before eye.
Interorbital moderately convex.
Gill-opening about f in eye, inferior, nearly vertical or but slightly
inclined forward, and begins above nearly opposite and close before
pectoral origin.
Body naked, smooth, myomeres distinct.
Vertical fins low, continuous around caudal, latter very small,
short and scarcely developed or less than | in eye. Dorsal begins
behind head a space about equal to eye and postocular region of
head. Anal begins about first § in total length. Pectoral well
developed, rather high. Vent not distinct, apparently close before
anal.
Color in alcohol uniform pale brownish, and no dark chromato-
phores "evident now, if ever present in life.
Length 5\1- inches (146 mm.).
Type No. 1,042, A. N. S. P. Hawaiian Islands. Thomas Nuttall.
Only the type known. This is evidently a young apodal fish,
possibly of Leptocephalus or some allied genus. I have not been
able to locate it among any of the numerous forms described, as it
differs in the combination of characters expressed in the above
description.
(Named for Thomas Nuttall, from whom it was obtained many
years ago.)
MTJR^ENESOCIDiE.
Muraenesox savanna (Cuvier).
An example 40 inches long from Santo Domingo, West Indies.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13
Also a dried skin without data, though likely from the Mediterranean?
(Bonaparte?). These examples show onl}r such minor discrepancies
as may be attributed to age, individual variation, or their preparation
as specimens.
EOHELID^B.
Echelus myrus (Linnaeus).
Two large examples from the Mediterranean. One contained the
remains of a squill.
Myrophis vafer Jordan and Gilbert.
Two from Panama (McNiel).
Chilorhinus suensonii Lutken.
Three from Santa Cruz, West Indies.
Muraenichthys devisi Fowler.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 421, fig. 2. Victoria, Australia.
No. 33,120, A. N. S. P., type.
Muraenichthys ogilbyi Fowler.
L. c, p. 423, fig. 3, Victoria, Australia.
No. 33,121, A. N. S. P., type.
OPHICHTHYID^.
Dalophis coecus (Linnseus).
One from the Mediterranean.
Holopterura plumbea Cope.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIV, 1871, p. 482. West Africa.
No. 22,964, A. N. S. P., type.
Leiuranus semicinctus (Lay and Bennett).
Two from Hawaii.
Chlevastes elaps sp. now Fig. 3.
Head 17^; depth at vent 65|; D. about 557 + 25; A. about 263;
head width 3| its length; head depth 2f; snout 5f; mouth 3§;
interorbital 7£; eye 2\ in snout; gill-opening If; head 8| to vent;
about 8 pores in 1. 1. before gill-opening, and 160 more to end of tail,
of which 78 between gill-opening and vent.
Body extremely elongate, subcylindrical or but moderately com-
pressed with convex sides, and long tail only appreciably tapering
near end.
Head small, rather compressed, with swollen pharynx, and upper
profile much more evenly convex than lower. Snout convex over
surface and in profile tip firm, basal width It its length. Eye small
14
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Feb.,
ellipsoid, without eyelid or skin of head extending over entirely,
centre about first f in head. Mouth small, commissure but slightly
curved, rictus extends well behind eye. Lips rather broad, especially
upper, fleshy, entire. Teeth all molar-like or rounded, upper
lateral series distinct from vomerine or premaxillary, rather irregu-
larly uniserial, begins about midway in snout length and continues
back till opposite hind eye edge. Premaxillary and vomerine teeth
continuous, former a little large and exposed below in front of closed
mandible tip, and latter like lateral upper jaw teeth, though con-
tinued a little further posteriorly. Mandibular teeth irregularly
biserial, anterior a little enlarged, not continuous across symphysis,
and extend well back towards rictus. Tongue not evident. Man-
m a
Fig. 3. — Chlevastes daps Fowler. Type.
dible strong, shallow, symphysis obtuse. Anterior nostril in fleshy
tube, before mandible tip, on upper lip. Posterior nostril large
pore, with outer cutaneous edge opening downward below lower
eye front. Interorbital evenly convex.
Gill-opening small, inferior, inclined back moderately.
Skin rather thin, smooth. Head with number of fine longitudinal
wrinkles, though these mostly on pharynx. Some pores on mandible
and lower side of head, these inconspicuous.
Dorsal origin nearer snout tip than gill-opening by space equal
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15
to If eye-diameters, fin begins high at origin, and remains so till well
posterior, when but little lower. Dorsal ends about 1^ head-lengths
from tail tip, after which a smaller low dorsal still posterior, this,
however, only extending back about half way to tail tip. Anal
little lower than dorsal, moderately developed, and posteriorly ends
before end of dorsal. Tail end compressed, pointed, tip rather
slender and flexible. Pectoral small, base broad, short, length about
half basal width. Vent close before anal.
Color in alcohol largely pale or very dull brownish generally.
Broad brownish transverse band over interorbital and down along
each side of mandible, not continued below. Second head band
about midway in head length, wider above than below. Third
brown band of normal and regulation pattern, includes gill-opening,
and continued below. This followed by 10 more on trunk and
12 on tail after vent, very few incomplete below. Alternating with
bands 1 to 5 spots or blotches of dark brown in pale interspaces.
Where close to vertical fins both spots and transverse bands con-
tinued on them. All dark blotches and bands with decidedly darker
brown edges than their general color, line of demarcation between
them slight, though greatly contrasting with pale color. Iris pale
gray to slaty.
Length 27f inches.
Type No. 1,001, A. N. S. P. Philippine Islands.
This form approaches Chlevastes oculatus (Bleeker),1 which has
the narrow dark transverse bands 3, or more than 3, times narrower
than the spotted or blotched interspaces.
Murcena colubrina Boddaert2 shows 30 dark complete rings, the
first including snout tip, second includes eye, and third would
apparently include gill-opening, which is not satisfactorily indicated.
Murcena annulata Ahl3 and M. fasa'ata Ahl4 are two species the
original accounts of which I have been unable to consult.
For Opkisurus altemans Quoy and Gaimard5 figure an example
with 31 dark and mostly complete rings, though only a few spots
in a few of the interspaces. Their figure also indicates the dorsal
origin over the gill-opening. Ophichthys naja De Vis6 is said to
1 Ophisurus fasciatus var. oculata Bleeker, Atlas Ich., IV, 1864, p. 64. East
Indies.
- Neu. Nord. Beytr., II, 1781, p. 56, PL 2, fig. 2. Amboyna.
3 Mur. Oph. Thunb., 1789, p, 8, PI. 1, fig. 1. East Indies.
4 L. c, p. 9. East Indies.
5 Voy. Uranie, Zool, 1824, p. 243, PI. 45, fig. 2. Guam.
6 Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1883 (1884), p. 455. South Sea Islands.
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
have 27 dark rings, and some of the pale interspaces with a large
oval spot. Its teeth are also said to be flat tubercular molars.
(Elaps, a genus of serpents, some of which have a similar color-
pattern.)
Cirrhimuraena chinensis Kaup.
Two from Padang, Sumatra. One of these is now in Stanford
University.
Microdonophis erabo Jordan and Snyder.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. S70, fig. 17. Misaki, Japan.
No. 26,224, A. N. S. P., paratype.
Myrichthys oculatus (Kaup).
One from St. Martins, West Indies.
Myrichthys magnificus (Abbott).
Pisoodonophis magnified Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 476.
Hawaiian Islands.
No. 1,013, A. N. S. P., type of P. magnified, Abbott. Also paratype
No. 1,014, same data. The former is 27 inches long, though in the
original description it is given as 19 inches.
Gunther has recently7 merged Ophisurus ophis (which he says is
not Murcena ophis Bloch) Lacepede, M. tigrina Ruppell, M. maculosa
Cuvier and Ophichthys stypurus R. Smith and Swain, in the synonymy
of this species. However, Jordan and Davis long ago8 pointed out
that Ophisurus ophis Lacepede is evidently after "Bloch, as is shown
by the enumeration of fin rays" and allow it, together with Murcena
ophis Linnaeus, as questionable synonyms of Ophichthus havannensis
(Schneider) .
Murcena maculosa Cuvier is based on Lacepede's Ophisurus ophis,
which in turn is also based on M. ophis Bloch from Surinam?. Now
Ophisurus guttatus Cuvier is based directly on M. ophis Bloch, so
both of Cuvier's names are more likely synonyms of the American
0. havannensis (Schneider).
Murcena tigrina Rtippell9 is figured as showing the dorsal origin
over the gill-opening, and the same is also stated in the text. The
dark spots are indicated on the figure as quite large and regular,
especially on the anal and belly. The eye is shown a little anterior
in the mouth cleft. Ruppell also says "der nicht sonderlich ge-
spaltene Mund und der Gaumen mit mehreren Reihen Hakenzahne
" Journ. Mus. Godeffroy (F. Siidsee), XVII, 1910, p. 401.
8 Rep. U. S. F. Com., XVI, 18S8 (1892), p. 629.
9 Atlas. Reis. N. Af., Zool., 1S28, p. 118, PI. 30, fig. 2. Mohila, Red Sea.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17
besetzt." It would seem from this that his fish is not even a Myrich-
thys.
Myrichthys stypurus (Smith and Swain)10 may be identical with
the present species, but several minor differences may at least be
detected, such as its hind pectoral edge being lunate, dorsal and
anal fins persisting almost to the tail tip where quite high, and the
disposition of the spots.
For these reasons I decline to follow Glinther.
OphichthllS rufus (Rafinesque).
Four frcm Italy.
Jordan and Davis state that the "description of Echelus rufus
fits this species better [than Echelus polyrinus Rafinesque12], but the
figure not at all." This is not true of my examples. Rafinesque's
figure, though crude, is largely identifiable with the present species.
The position of the dorsal and anal origins are correctly indicated,
as well as the pectoral, though the snout is a little more pointed.
In any case I feel obliged to adopt it, also because Bonaparte long
ago used it in his MSS. Ophisurus hispanus Bellotti13 will then be a
synonym. I may further note that Jordan and Davis give14 the
vomerine teeth as biserial, though in my examples they are all
uniserial. Moreau's rough figure of 0. hispanus15 agrees with my
material.
Ophichthus triserialis (Kaup).
Herpetoichthys callisoma Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 475.
Pacific Ocean.
No. 38,148, A. N. S. P., type of H. callisoma Abbott.
Ophichthus stenopterus (Cope).
Ophichthys stenopterus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila,, (2) XIV,
1871, p. 482. Japan.
No. 1,043, A. N. S. P., type of 0. stenopterus Cope. No. 1,044,
same data, paratype.
Ophichthus uniserialis (Cope).
Ophichthys uniserialis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XVII,
1877, p. 31. Pecasmayo Bay, Peru.
No. 21,152, A. N. S. P., type of 0. uniserialis Cope.
10 Ophichthys stypurus R. Smith and Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., V, 1882,
p. 120. Johnston I.
11 Rafinesque, Car. Nuov. An. Sicil, 1810, p. 65, PI. 16, fig. 2. Palermo.
12 Rafinesque, Ind. It. Sicil, 1810, p. 69. Palermo.
13 Accad. Fisic. Med. Statist. Milano, Sed. 23 dicembr. 1857.
14 Ophichthus hispanus Jordan and Davis, Rep. U. S. F. Com., XVI, 1888
(1S92), pp. 624, 628. Palermo.
^Hist. Nat. Poiss. France, III, 1881, p. 584, fig. 212. Cannes, Nice.
2
18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Ophichthus ocellatus (Le Sueur).
One from Catolera, South America.
Ophisurus serpens Lacepede.
One from Italy.
MUR^JNID^.
Enchelycore nigrocastaneus (Cope).
Gymnothorax nigrocastaneus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2)'
XIV, 1871, p. 483. St. Martins, West Indies.
No. 16,032, A. N. S. P., type of G. nigrocastaneus Cope. Cope
says "dorsal fin commencing above a point three lengths of the gape
behind the end of the muzzle," which is not true of his type. The
latter shows the gape 2§ to dorsal origin. The account, by Jordan
and Davis, of E. nigricans16 varies somewhat from my example, as
they give the gape 2 in the head, mine showing clearly 2\. These
writers also evidently had the type of G. umbrosus Poey for com-
parison, and while they state in their description that the tail is
slightly longer than the rest of the body, Poey states that it is shorter.
Poey's figure shows the jaws equal, the gape half way to the gill-
opening, dorsal origin over gill-opening, and coloration marbled.
Further, the specific name notes the animal as black, Giinther giving
the coloration as uniform black.17 It would appear likely Cope's
species has not been demonstrated as identical with E. nigricans.
Muraena helena Linmeus.
Three from Italy.
Muraena clepsydra Jordan and .Evermr nn.
One from Panama (Ruschenberger). Also five others without
locality, though likely from the same place?.
Muraena myrialeucostictus sp. now Fig. 4.
Head 1\; depth 16|; head width 4| its length; head depth 2\\
snout 6|; eye 9§; mouth 2§; interorbital 11; head Z\ to vent.
Body long, rather deep, well compressed with surfaces of sides
moderately or slightly convex, and rather deep tail tapering a little
only at end rather suddenly.
Head compressed, a little swollen behind and at occipital region
just behind eyes so that upper profile at that point rather deeply
concave, sides rather flattened and scarcely constricted below.
Snout with profile and surface rather evenly convex, somewhat
conic in general form, basal width \\ its length. Eye a little ellip-
16 .Rep. U. S. F. Com., XVI, 1888 (1892), p. 588. Barbadoes, no loc., Cuba.
17 Cat. F. Brit. Mus., VIII, 1870, p. 135. Dominica, Grenada, Barbadoes.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
19
soid, about midway in mouth length, without eyelid. Mouth rather
large, nearly horizontal and not completely closing. Lips tough,
rather thin, smooth. Teeth all conic and sharply pointed, mostly
inclined a little back, and edges entire. Upper teeth in complete
uniserial outer row, this extending entirely around jaw, all erect,
anterior to eye more strongly convex and robust than behind eye,
where more inclined back and somewhat compressed. Anterior
to eye in upper outer series several teeth a little enlarged or slightly
canine-like, one also at upper jaw tip. In front of upper jaw before
eye, and inside erect outer teeth, about 3 series of 7 enlarged and
more or less depressible conic canines. These arranged as 2 outer
series approximating in front, with each containing 3 teeth, and a
median posterior one, latter largest of all teeth in mouth and entirely
depressible back. Beginning below eye front inside outer erect
Fig. 4. — Murcena myrialeucostictus Fowler. Type.
teeth series of 6 rather slender and larger depressible palatine teeth
each side of vomer. Latter with irregular biserial row of short conic
strong teeth, smaller than upper lateral teeth. Mandibular teeth
mostly uniserial, like upper outer erect teeth. Anteriorly in mandi-
ble about 3 pairs of sub-depressible conic and slightly enlarged
teeth, first pair begins close behind or at symphysis. No tongue.
Mandible shallow, curved, surface convex, tip equal in front with
snout tip, rami low, and profile a little more inclined than that of
snout. Front nostril in short tube above front eye edge in inter-
orbital space. Latter evenly convex.
Gill-opening little below median axis of body, nearly horizontal,
length a little more than eye. Pharynx well swollen, and with few
obsolete shallow grooves.
20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Skin smooth, tough. Four pores on each upper lip, first close
behind nasal tube, second midway in snout, third below front eye
edge and fourth below hind eye edge. Pair of pores at snout tip,
another pair between nasal tubes and third pair about midway in
snout length above. Mandible pores inconspicuous, apparently 4?
on each ramus. L. 1. not evident.
Dorsal origin about midway between front eye edge and gill-
opening, fin high and continuous with small caudal. Length of
rounded caudal If in eye. Anal similar, though lower than dorsal.
Vent. close before anal.
Color in alcohol deep chocolate-brown, head, body, and fins marked
everywhere with minute pointed dots, very numerous, of much paler
tint than general color and all rather distinctly defined. Towards
end of tail and on caudal fin dots become whitish and a little larger.
Inside mouth color very pale brownish. Angle of mouth brownish,
though not darker than general coloration. Iris pale slaty, with
narrow pale circle around pupil. Gill-opening edged with blackish.
Edges of fin similar to general color, and also with similar dots.
Length 16| inches.
Type No. 16,031, A. N. S. P. St. Martins, West Indies. Dr.
R. E. Van Rijgersma.
Only the type, described above, is known. It differs from the
related Murcena melanotis, as described by Jordan and Davis from
South American examples, in the profusely dotted coloration, the
absence of both pale and dark mandibular blotches near the rictus,
and in having the mouth not completely closing. From Murcena
augusti (Kaup) it differs in the partly biserial uniform vomerine
teeth and the body being entirely dotted minutely with whitish.
(Muptas} myriad; hu-/M} white; <rTixTds} spotted.)
Eabula panamensis (Steindachner).
A single example without data, evidently from Panama?.
Evenchelys macrurus (Bleeker).
One from Padang, Sumatra.
I may here mention Murcena thyrsoidea Richardson is the type
of Thyrsoidea Kaup by tautonomy, and thus Bleeker's restriction
of T. longissima Kaup as the type is invalid. Evenchelys Jordan
and Evermann has priority over Rhabdura, recently proposed by
Ogilby.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21
Gymnothorax aquae-dulcis (Cope).
Murcena aquw-dulcis Cope, Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Hayden, 1871 (1872),
p. 474. Rio Grande, near £fan Jose, -Costa Rica.
No. 14,925, A. N. S. P., type of Murcena aquce-dulcis Cope.18
I may here state that the dorsal origin begins well before the gill-
opening (Cope's statement to the contrary evidently erroneous in
locating the exact origin of the fin), or near last two-fifths in space
between latter and hind eye edge.
Gymnothorax eurostus (Abbott).
Thyrsoidea eurosla Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 478.
Hawaiian Islands.
No. 984, A. N. S. P., type of T. eurosta Abbott. This species
appears distinct from G. meleagris (Shaw), with which Gunther has
united it. The vomerine teeth are partly biserial and short or
bluntly convex, nearly molar-like.
Gymnothorax laysanus (Steindachner).
Lycodontis parcibranchialis Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900,
p. 494, PL 18, fig. 1. Hawaiian Islands.
No. 16,483, A. N. S. P., type of L. parvibranchialis Fowler.
Two without data (probably from Hawaii?) evidently this species.
Gymnothorax stellatus (Lacepede).
Three from Padang, Sumatra, of which one is now in Stanford
University. One also from Apia, Samoa.
Gymnothorax undulatus (Lacepede).
Two from the Hawaiian Islands. One of these (from J. K. Town-
send) I wrongly identified with Murcena pseudothyrsoidea Bleeker.
Gymnothorax kaupii (Abbott).
Thyrsoidea kaupii Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 477.
Hawaiian Islands.
No. 916, A. N. S. P., type of T. kaupii Abbott. I also confused
an example from the Hawaiian Islands (W. H. Jones) with M.
pseudothyrsoidea Bleeker.
This species seems to differ from G. stellatus in the presence of
18 I may note that Jordan and Davis identify an eel from San Diego, Cab,
with Cope's species, and as they do not explicitly designate Cope'« fish the
former must be taken as the type of their genus Rabula. Therefore, the Gymno-
thorax aquw-dulcis (nee Murcena aquw-dulcis Cope) Jordan and Davis requires
a new specific name.
Rabula davisi nom. nov.
Gymnothorax aquw-dulcis (nee Cope) Jordan and Davis, Rep. U. S. F. Com.,
XVI, 1888 (1892), p. 598.
(Named for Mr. B. M. Davis, joint author with Dr. D. S. Jordan, in the
review of the Apodal Fishes of America and Europe.)
22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
three enlarged depressible canine teeth below the eye, as seen in the
inner series in the upper jaw.
Gymnothorax flavimarginatus (Ruppell).
Three from Padang, Sumatra. Of these one now in Stanford
University. They all agree with Ruppell's description to some
extent. They differ from his figure in having only pale or dull-
edged fins posteriorly. The figures by Bleeker have sharp-pointed
teeth and may be different. Ruppell says, of M. flavimarginata,
that it is very large, both jaws have a row of strong wedge-shaped
teeth and the throat equally with similar teeth. The palatine teeth
are said to be four long curved depressible teeth each side.
Gymnothorax batuensis (Bleeker).
One from Apia, Samoa. Apparently not identical with Murcena
flavimarginata Ruppell, as thought by Jordan and Seale.
Gymnothorax kidako (Schlegel).
One from Tokyo, Japan.
Gymnothorax moringua (Cuvier).
Two from Bermuda Islands; one from New Providence, Bahamas;
one from St. Kitt's, West Indies; one from St. Thomas, West Indies;
three from St. Martins, West Indies.
Gymnothorax funebris Ranzani.
One from Santo Domingo, West Indies. Another without data.
Gymnothorax concolor (Abbott).
Thyrsoidea concolor Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 479.
Vera Cruz, Mexico.
No. 970, A. N. S. P., type of T. concolor Abbott. I have allowed
this as a distinct form, Abbott's name having priority over Murcena
erebus Poey,19 which is said to have uniserial vomerine teeth. M .
infernalis Poey20 is said to have biserial vomerine teeth and also be
identical with G. funebris Ranzani, though the latter does not de-
scribe the vomerine teeth. Jordan and Davis remark "there is
no doubt of the identity of funebris, concolor, castanea and infernalis,"
though later Jordan and Evermann suggest castanea as probably
distinct.
Gymnothorax unicolor (De la Roche).
One from Italy.
Gymnothorax carcinognathus sp. nov. Fig. 5.
Head 7f ; depth at vent 6*; head width 3| in its length; head
19 Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, June, 1861, p. 426. Cuba.
20 L. c, II, June, 1860, pp. 347, 354. Cuba.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
23
depth 2; snout 4§; eye 8J; mouth 2\; interorbital 11; head 3f
to vent.
Body long, slender, well compressed, sides but slightly convex
and tapering in long slender tail after vent.
Head well compressed, little swollen behind, sides a little approxi-
mated below, and profiles similarly inclined in front to form long
conic slender muzzle. Snout conic, surface and profile convex,
basal width half its length. Eye a little ellipsoid, about midway in
mouth length, without eyelid. Mouth large, jaws curved like
forceps and exposing most of dentition, thus not closing completely,
:* $?-. **y-~*.i.-i--fi
**£?&?5*.> \ ■''■■& -.''■'' ". ■5-'i'^^"A*'"^'^'^'iV^a"VV'?'^*' '"v^i .** ' 4.:^'\'-f^V ^''AvV/'' "iO^V''ii'^^\\
Fig. 5. — Gymnothorax carcinognathns Fowler. Type.
or with only their tips approximated. Lips rather thin, lower
scarcely developed posteriorly on sides. Teeth conic, greatly
acuminate, edges entire, and with slender sh*arp tips. An upper
outer series of erect conic teeth, these with a distinctly smaller or
shorter number most all their extent, all very slightly inclined back,
though after eye more so. Before eye, in upper outer series of teeth
3 pairs of erect enlarged conic canines, alternating with 2 pairs of
depressible conic canines, latter bend inwards. A depressible though
shorter conic canine bends back towards vomer between first pair
of anterior upper erect canines. This followed by 3 very long-
slender and slightly curved depressible canines, graduated from
anterior to last in length, which longest of all teeth or but slightly
less than horizontal eye-diameter. Below eye in outer upper series
of erect teeth 2 canines, a little larger than most of teeth in their
series, though not so large as anterior canines. Below front rim and
close to 2 erect canines below eye, though directly inside, one or two
24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
canines each side of palatine area, depressible towards vomer and
conic. Vomerine teeth regularly uniserial, begins about opposite
front pupil rim, first few a little larger than others which graduate
much smaller behind, all conic and sharp pointed, also a little inclined
posteriorly. Mandibular teeth uniserial, conic, rather compressed,
inclined well posteriorly, mostly equal in size except in front, and all
rather smaller than upper lateral teeth. On left symphyseal portion
of mandibular ramus 2 enlarged erect and slightly curved conic
canines, and on right symphyseal ramus same number. Between
all these erect teeth a similar depressible canine, as one at symphysis,
one between each erect pair, and a second on right ramus after
second erect one. No tongue. Mandible slender, slightly curved,
and a trifle shorter than snout tip, shallow, and surface convex.
Front nostrils each in rather slender cutaneous tube each side of
snout tip, and each about half of horizontal eye-diameter. Hind
nostril simple pore above eye front in interorbital space. Latter
depressed medianly, slightly convex.
Gill-opening a little below median axis, nearly horizontal and
about equals eye. Pharynx rather swollen and forms greatest body
depth.
Skin smooth, tough. Under surface and lower side of pharynx
with several deep longitudinal grooves, about a dozen in number.
Upper lip with 4 pores each side, first below nasal tube, third and
fourth below eye, and second about midway in snout length. A pair
of wide-set small pores at snout tip, another pair between nasal
tubes and third pair a trifle nearer snout tip than eye. Each mandi-
bular ramus with at least 4 inconspicuous pores. L. 1. not evident.
Dorsal origin about midway between mouth corner and gill-
opening, fin rather high, continuous behind with rather short and
acuminate caudal. Latter about I3- in eye. Anal like dorsal, only
lower. Vent close before anal.
Color in alcohol rather light brown, with numerous indistinct
mottlings and marblings of paler, especially on back and fins. Edge
of dorsal with very narrow and at first marginal, though posteriorly
or on tail submarginal, dusky line. On tail behind this replaced
by still narrower and entirely marginal creamy edge. Latter con-
tinues around tail and whole length of anal, also becomes much
wider and distinct on front of anal. Latter apparently without any
distinct sub-marginal dark streak. A deep brownish blotch at
rictus or corner of mouth. Gill-opening pale. Head rather uniform
brownish above, and below paler and immaculate like abdomen.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
25
Length 2 If inches.
Type No. 38,163, A. N. S. P. St. Martins, West Indies. Dr.
R. E. Van Rijgersma.
Only the single example described above. It differs from the
other West Indian species in its dentition, slender forceps-like jaws
and coloration.
(h'dpzr;o?} forceps; yvadosj jaw.)
Gymno thorax pictus (Ahl).
One from the Hawaiian Islands. This shows the posterior nostrils
with a small or low cutaneous fringe, which in combination with the
molar-like teeth likely allow it to enter Sidera Kaup as a valid
subgenus.
AHYNNODONTOPHIS subgen. nov.
Type Gymnothorax stigmanotus sp. nov.
No vomerine teeth. Other teeth entirely uniserial, except three
on premaxillary region of upper jaw.
This group differs from all the other subgenera included under
Gymnothorax chiefly in the absence of, or in having deciduous,
vomerine teeth.
(J, without; owi<s} vomer; ddous, tooth; o<pi?, snake; with reference
to the absence of vomerine teeth.)
(SSSBSeSwBSBi
.^$^>
Fig 0. — Gymnothorax stigmanotus Fowler. Type.
26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
GymnothoTax stigmanotus sp. nov. Fig. 6.
Head 6f ; depth at vent 13f ; head width 3£ in its length; head
depth If; snout 5f; eye 12$; mouth 2\; interorbital 9; head 3f
to vent.
Body long, well compressed, trunk rather deep, sides flattened,
and tail tapering in rather long slender point from vent.
Head large, compressed, rather deep, with slightly swollen pharynx,
flattened sides scarcely constricted below, attenuated in -front, and
upper profile indented above eye. Snout conic, tip and surface
convex, basal width If its length. Eye rounded, closer to upper
profile than mouth, about midway in gape of latter, and without
eyelid. Mouth large, horizontal, and completely closing. Lips
rather tough and fleshy, minutely papillose. Teeth conic, mostly
erect, subequal, strong, edges entire, uniserial in jaws, posteriorly
or laterally a little inclined backward. In upper jaw each side 5
large erect conic canines before eyes, and 2 below latter, though
these a little smaller. Medianly on premaxillary region or well
before eye, series of 3 enlarged conic depressible canines, last largest.
Mandible with uniserial teeth, 4? enlarged erect conic canines each
side in front, followed by mostly equal row of close-set backwardly
directed and rather compressed teeth. No vomerine teeth now, but
depressions or little concavities, which would indicate that if teeth
occur they are deciduous?. No tongue. Mandible equal with snout
tip in front, surface convex, rami low and strong. Front nostril in
short fleshy tube, length 2 in eye. Hind nostril simple pore little
before eye front. Interorbital space convex. Occipital region well
swollen and bulging rather abruptly down to interorbital in profile.
Gill-opening a little below median axis in body, but little inclined
from horizontal, length about If in snout. Pharynx with about
a dozen deep grooves longitudinally each side and below.
Skin smooth, tough and thick, especially along bases of dorsal
and anal. Along each upper lip 5 pores well above lower edge, first
close before nasal tube, second close behind nasal tube, third little
before middle in snout, fourth a little before front eye edge and
fifth below hind eye edge. On snout above a pair of wide-set pores
between nasal tubes, and another a little before third upper labial
pair, well superior on snout. About 5 pores on each mandibular
ramus. L. 1. not evident.
Dorsal origin apparently near last fourth in space between hind eye
edge and gill-opening, fin high, especially behind, where continuous
with caudal. Latter rounded, length about If in eye. Anal like
dorsal, only lower. Vent close before anal.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27
Color in alcohol deep chocolate-brown, mostly with this ground-
color entirely uniform, and belly and head below scarcely paler. On
back and most of trunk posteriorly, inconspicuous pale or" minute
grayish dots like pin-points, rather sparsely distributed. These
not extending on belly or head, though on dorsal fin becoming more
numerous than on body. Dorsal also with numerous oblique narrow
lines of darker shade than body color, sloping up from back towards
edge. Anal with several more or less complete darker longitudinal
lines than ground-color of fin. Iris brownish. Mouth brownish
inside. Rictus not darker than ground-color of bod}'. Gill-openings
similar. Teeth pale.
Length 27| inches.
Type No. 16,705, A. N. S. P. No data. (This specimen was
in a jar received from E. D. Cope labelled "Texas" and may have
been secured somewhere in the West Indies.)
In many respects this species resembles the larger examples of
G. funebris in the collection, but it has no vomerine teeth, and the
lips are densely papillose. Its dorsal is also more posteriorly inserted
and the coloration is entirely different.
(Iriytj-a, spot; euroy, back; with reference to the dorsal spots.)
Subgenus PRIODOXOPHIS Kaup.
Gymnothorax ocellatus Agassiz.
One from Santo Domingo, West Indies. This seems to agree
better with Agassiz's figure, than the other examples listed below,
which I formerly identified with it. Agassiz shows the white spots
of uneven size, some of which about equal to pupil and others smaller,
and dorsal and anal with many various white spots, of which some
small and others much larger than eye, black interspaces often
equally large.
Gymnothorax ocellatus saxicola Jordan and Davis.
One from New Jersey and another from Pensacola, Florida.
Eurymyctera acutirostris (Abbott).
Murcena acutirostris Abbott, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 476.
Hawaii.
No. 998. A. N. S. P., type of M. acutirostris Abbott.
Echidna zebra (Shaw).
One from Muscat Cove, Philippine Islands.
Echidna peli (Kaup).
Three from West Africa.
28
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Feb.,
Echidna nocturna (Cope).
Pcecilophis nocturna Cope, Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Hayden, 1871 (1872),
p. 474. Rio Grande at San Jose, Costa Rica.
No. 14,926, A. N. S. P., type of P. nocturnus Cope.
Echidna chionostigma sp. now Fig. 7.
Head, 8; depth 15^; head width 3| in its length; head depth If;
snout 6; eye 9^; mouth 2f; interorbital 8f ; head 3f to vent.
Body moderately long, well compressed, trunk of about even
depth, belly with lower surface rounded, and long tail tapering back
in rather acuminate tip.
Fig. 7. — Echidna chionostigma Fowler. Type.
Head well compressed, upper profile rather swollen above with
depression above eye otherwise like convex lower, and more or less
flattened sides not especially converging above or below. Snout
surface and profile convex, basal width 1| its length. Eye rounded,
without eyelid, trifle nearer mouth corner than snout tip. Mouth
nearly horizontal, not completely closing, moderate. Lips thick,
fleshy, minutely papillose. Teeth mostly molar-like, upper anterior
to eye largest in same jaw, these in a continuous outer series and
median gradually larger series of 3, all erect and obtusely conic.
On vomer teeth continued back from anterior upper teeth as an
irregular double series of smaller shorter ones. In upper jaw from
below front of each eye backward, a somewhat irregular double
series of rather slender sharply pointed conic depressible teeth.
Mandibular teeth rather short, obtuse, mostly somewhat pointed,
and biserial anteriorly where approximated to upper jaw when
mandible closes. No tongue. Mandible powerful, well curved,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29
rami rather low, symphyseal tip trifle shorter than snout tip. Front
nostril in short pale tube each side of snout tip. Hind nostril in
slightly elevated cutaneous rim above front eye edge. Inter-
orbital convex.
Gill-opening inclined moderately, below median body axis, about
equals eye in length. Pharynx well swollen, though not conspicu-
ously so.
Skin smooth, tough. Along each upper lip 5 pores. On snout
above 2 pairs of pores between front nasal tubes and another pair
placed about midway between front and hind pairs. Along each
mandibular ramus 5 pores. No 1. 1.
Dorsal origin last § in space between hind eye edge and gill-
opening, fin well elevated and continuous around tail with small
rounded caudal. Latter about equals eye. Anal like dorsal, only
lower. Vent close before anal.
Color in alcohol deep chocolate-brown generally, marked with
small white points, well scattered, numerous, rounded and none
larger than pupil. These white spots not extending on median line
of abdomen or head below. Labial pores of head each situated in a
white spot. Mouth corners and gill-openings pale or like surrounding
coloration. Inside mouth pale. Iris pale slaty. Whitish dots on
fins similar to those on body.
Length 13| inches.
Type No. 14,519, A. N. S. P. Probably from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia.
Also No, 14,520, same data, paratype. Head 7|; depth 17^;
snout 5| in head ; eye 8 \ ; mouth 3 ; interorbital 8 ; head 4*- to vent.
Mouth completely closing. Anterior upper median enlarged teeth
depressible. Neither of my examples show the pale dots with
blackish margins.
This species resembles Echidna nocturnus, but differs in the longer
anal. The example supposed to have been taken at Cape San
Lucas by Xantus, and referred to E. nocturnus by Jordan and Davis,
may probably be identical with the present species.
(Xtwv, snow; <rriyij.a^ spot; with reference to the spotted coloration.)
Echidna catenata (Bloch).
Three from St. Martins, West Indies. Another, very young,
largely agrees with the largest in its dentition. In color many of
its bands are alternately irregular, so that but few nearly complete
saddle-like blotches form. Length 6 inches.
30
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Feb.,
Echidna nebulosa (Ahl).
Three from Samoa, one from Hawaii, and another without data
(likely from the last locality?).
Echidna polyzona (Richardson).
One from Hawaii.
Eohidna zonata Fowler.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 495, PI. 18, fig. 2. Hawaii.
No. 16,484, A. N. S. P., type.
Echidna sauvagei sp. nov. Fig. 8.
Head 7; depth 13§; head width 3* its length; head depth If;
snout 6; eye 9; mouth 3; interorbital 8 J ; head 3| to vent.
Body long, well compressed or sides with but slightly convex
surfaces, trunk of about uniform depth, and tail tapering back
behind moderately slender to tip.
Fig. 8. — Echidna sauvagei Fowler. Type.
Head well compressed, rather swollen behind, lower profile more
evenly convex than upper, which depressed slightly over eye, and
sides not converging above or below. Snout convex over profile
and surface, basal width \\ its length. Eye large, slightly ellipsoid,
without eyelid, little behind middle in upper jaw length. Mouth
nearly horizontal, commissure but slightly curving down though
showing it not completely closing. Lips thick, fleshy, smooth,
rather broad and largely free. Teeth all coarse, rather large, obtuse.
Upper teeth little longer than others anterior to eye, latter more
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31
conic though tips not sharp pointed, forming an erect outer series
and a median series of 3 larger and partly movable broad-based
ones. All vomerine region from about opposite beginning of eye
backwards with series of 3, and in widest portion of area 4, of broad
low convex molar-like teeth. Surface of this whole area also convex.
Along sides of upper jaw, also extending well forward though rather
irregularly, two rows of small and rather slender obtusely-pointed
teeth, these also in places partly movable. Mandibular teeth low,
molar-like, biserial, largely uniform in size, close-set, and only
anterior inner series more enlarged with outer series decreasing in
size. No tongue. Mandible strong, convex, curved so that only
symphyseal region approximates front of upper jaw, and tip a little
shorter than slightly protruding snout. Front nostril in fleshy tube
each fide of snout tip, length 2 in eye. Hind nostril simple pore
over eye front, edge hardly elevated.
Gill-opening short and nearly horizontal slit about midway in
axis of body, length about equals eye. Pharynx well swollen,
surface smooth and but few slight lateral longitudinal short grooves.
Skin tough, smooth. Along each upper lip laterally 4 pores, and
along each mandibular ramus 6 pores. On snout 3 pairs of pores,
first at tip, second between nasal tubes and third midway hi snout
length. No 1. 1.
Dorsal origin little nearer gill-opening than mouth corner, fin
high and continuous with caudal. Latter rounded, length 1^ in
eye. Anal like dorsal, only lower. Vent close before anal.
Color in alcohol rich brown generally, a trifle darker above on
trunk than below, though tail more unicolor. Along back about
24 transverse obscure ill-defined and slightly darker bars or bands,
these not continuous across belly or only after vent. Through eye
and passing over forehead and mandible median ly a deep brown
transverse band though not continuous on lower surface of mandible.
Another ill-defined band, though leaving a quite dusky blotch or
tinge at rictus passes similarly behind latter, though including it in
its course. Transverse bands also reflected on dorsal and anal.
Body most everywhere on trunk, tail and fins, with more or less
swarthy appearance. End of muzzle largely whitish, surface of
snout above and symphyseal region of mandible slightly tinged with
brownish. Edges of fins not darker, except where bands extend
more or less completely. Eye pale slaty. Inside mouth whitish.
Length 15| inches.
Type No. 38,164, A. N. S. P. No data (though taken from a jar
32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
containing an example of Echidna nebulosa and two examples of
Gymnothorax laysanus, thus likely from Hawaii?).
This example resembles Poecilophis tritor Vaillant and Sauvage,
but differs in the throat not having some horizontal black lines, the
tail a little longer than the body, the gill-opening not surrounded
by a more or less distinct blackish spot, and the dentition.
(Named for Dr. Henri E. Sauvage, author of numerous contri-
butions to Ichthyology).
Echidna delicatula Jordan and Seale.
One from Apia, Samoa.
Uropterygius macrocephalus Bleeker.
Three from Apia, Samoa.
MOBJNG-TJID^.
Aphthalmichthys gangeticus sp. nov. Fig. 9.
Head 10|; depth about 53; head width about 5 in its length;
head depth about 4; snout 7; eye about 1| in snout; mouth 3f
in head; interorbital about 2 in snout; head 9| to vent.
— — -^-' '■':,- "«j- ■..'■. — ,:•;- „„■, , ;,-'■',.- v,-fc.-i;~i\- .,,' -:-.;■:■■ ■-, :.!.:■'■. :"..CLL1^ ■.-•' - -^
*5>SSS35^i
Fig. 9. — Aphthalmichthys gangeticus Fowler. Type.
Body slender, subcylindrical, of more or less uniform depth ante-
riorly and only tapering gradually behind. Tail short, slightly
compressed and attenuated.
Head with rather swollen appearance, surface convex, attenuated
in front. Snout conic, pointed, basal width about 1| its length, and
tip slightly projects (damaged, but restored in figure) beyond sym-
physis of mandible. Eye a little ellipsoid, a little nearer rictus than
snout tip, without eyelid. Mouth horizontal, rather small. Teeth
small, conic, rather slender, biserial around edge of upper jaw and
uniserial in mandible. No other teeth clearly distinguished. No
tongue. Jaws completely closing, and rami low in mouth. An-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33
terior nostril?. Posterior nostril simple pore close before eye on side
of snout. Interorbital slightly convex.
Gill-opening small, lateral, about size of eye in length? (damaged).
Skin smooth.
Dorsal and anal developed as low cutaneous folds, former beginning
about opposite vent and latter close after. Both obsolete behind
and in height scarcely equal to half of body-depth at that point.
End of tail simple point, without any trace of caudal fin. Vent
little before last eight in total length.
Color faded dull or uniform pale brownish. Eyes slaty.
Length about 5f inches.
Type No. 1,086, A. N. S. P. Ganges River, India. Dr. M.
Burrough.
This species differs from the only other Indian species of the
genus, A. macrocephalus, in having the vent much more posterior.
(Named for the River Ganges, somewhere in the estuary of which
the species was likely secured.)
34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
RECORDS OF FISHES FOR THE MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES AND VIRGINIA.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.
In this paper a list of the species obtained from each State is given,
with a summary of all the localities representing material which
I have not noted before. It is desirable to place these all on record
as of value in geographical distribution. In preparing this article
many specimens have been examined, often embracing in numbers
many thousands, of which the more important were preserved for
the collections of the Academy, besides others studied at the various
fisheries, markets -and elsewhere. Among many of the latter class
one often meets with large forms undesirable for preservation, so
that but few were saved. Some species were quite rare, and others
at least new records for the States in which they were taken. Still
others are interesting in pointing out new limits or features in their
distribution. Two pelagic species, wandering to the coasts of
New Jersey, are apparently new.
New York.
All the specimens from this State, listed below, were received
from Mr. T. D. Keim during the past few years.1
Anohovia eurystole Swain and Meek.
One taken at Long Beach, Long Island, on August 20, 1911.
Other fishes noted at this locality were Raja eglanteria, Fundulus
majalis, F. heteroclitus macrolepidotus, and Ammodytes americanus.
Notropisbifrenatus (Cope).
Dungan Hill, Staten Island.
Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).
Hunter's Island, in Long Island Sound.
1 An adult Pygosteus pungitius and ten young Poronotus triacanthus from
Long Island Sound near Darien, Conn., were also secured in the summer of 1910.
The latter were taken from under a floating medusa.
1 also have Seserinus paru, Chcetodipterus faber and Lagocephalus Icevigatus
secured in August of 1907 at Nantucket, Mass., by Dr. Benjamin Sharp. These
were all taken from inside the Great Point traps. Dr. Sharp has also reported
a large Tarpon atlanticus taken at the same locality on September 30, 1909. I
mention these as occasional species in the New England region of the Virginian
province.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).
Hunter's Island.
Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).
Hudson River in Greene Co.
Mugil cephalus Linnaeus.
Four young from South Beach, Long Island, on July 16, 1911.
Seriola zonata (Mitchill).
Long Beach.
Pseudopriacanthus altus (Gill).
Young from Long Beach on August 2, 1911.
Tautogolabrus adspersus (Walbaum).
Hunter's Island.
Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus (Mitchill).
Two very young from tide-pools at Rye Beach on May 19, 1910.
New Jersey.
Squatina squatina (Linnceus).
A female about 40 inches long was secured at Sea Isle City, through
Mr. W. J. Fox, on July 7, 1911. It was taken in the off-shore pounds,
and known to the fishermen as "lizard fish." A large Mola mold,
weighing about 200 pounds, was also secured at the same time,
though not preserved.
Atopiohthys novse-caesariensis sp. nov. Fig. 1.
Head about 13f; depth about llf; snout about 4j in head,
measured from upper jaw tip; eye 4; maxillary 2j; interorbital
3j; head depth at occiput 2\; muscular segments about 70 + 50.
Body oblong, greatly compressed, tapering well anteriorly to
region of greatest depth about third, fourth and fifth sixths of trunk
length. Tail tapering rather suddenly, though less gradual than
front of bodv.
.* ' • ~ - . '. ~-\_
Fig. 1. — Atopichthys novce-ccesariensis Fowler. Type.
Head widest part of body, slightly compressed, profiles similar.
Snout conic, compressed slightly, basal width trifle greater than its
length. Eye large, rounded, its hind edge about midway in head-
Mouth cleft straight, extends back about opposite eye centre-
36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.
Mandible depressed, shallow, rami low, symphysis extending forward
slightly before snout tip. Maxillary not distinct. Teeth long,
slender, uniserial in jaws, and flaring out all around jaw edges. No
teeth on palate. Tongue not distinct. Nostrils well separated
small pores, on side of snout, anterior near snout tip and posterior
close before eye. Interorbital a little convex.
Gill-opening small, inferior.
Body naked, smooth, myocommas and myomeres distinct.
Vertical fins low, continuous around caudal and latter less than
eye. Pectoral not evident. Vent about last f in total length.
Color in alcohol uniform pale brownish. Iris slaty. Along
ventral edge of body 2 series of dark chromatophores, these series
closely approximated, and a single chromatophore about opposite
each myomere. No other chromatophores.
Length 4f inches.
Type No. 982, A. N. S. P. Beesley's Point, Cape May County,
New Jersey. Charles E. Ashmead.
Only a single example, described above. It appears to be related
to species without pectoral fins, such as Atopichthys gillii (Eigenmann
and Kennedy) and A. strommani (Eigenmann and Kennedy). It
is, however, much longer and more slender, with the vent different,
and the muscular bands with other formula.
(Named for New Jersey.)
Atopichthys phillipsi Fowler.
Another example of this interesting fish, only known before from
the type, was secured at ("Mountain Island") Corson's Inlet on
June 26, 1909, by Dr. R. J. Phillips. On this occasion Dr. Phillips
notes Mustelus mustelus, Raja eglanteria, Brevoortia tyrannus, Fun-
dulus majalis, F. heteroclitus macrolepidotus, Menidia menidia notata,
Centropristis striatus, Bairdiella chrysura, Menticirrhus saxatilis,
M. americanus, Scicenops ocellatus, Cynoscion regalis, Tautogolabrus
adspersus, Tautoga onitis, Spheroides maculatus, Paralichthys dentatus
and Opsanus tau.
Felichthys marinus (Mitchill).
One taken August 11, another August 14, and still another August
20, 1911, at Corson's Inlet.
Fundulus luciae (Baird),
Mr. W. B. Davis secured one on June 21, 1911, in the salt-ponds
near Peck's Bay. It was associated with F. heteroclitus macro-
lepidotus and Cyprinodon variegatus. On July 22 Mr. D. McCadden
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37
secured Apeltes quadracus, Syngnathus fuscus, Menidia menidia
notata and Menticirrhus saxatilis in Peck's Bay.
Gambusia gracilis Heckel.
Abundant in tributaries of Goshen Creek, near Goshen, on October
13, 1911, where many were secured by Mr. F. Learning and the writer.
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolipidotus was the only species we found
associated, though in the upper reaches, while Gambusia was absent,
Abramis crysoleucas, Erimyzon sucetta oblongus and Umbra pygmcea
were found. In Bidwell Creek we found Anguilla chrisypa, F.
majalis, F. heteroclitus macrolepi dolus, Cyprinodon variegatus, Menidia
beryllina cerea, M. menidia notata, Bairdiella chrysura, Leiostomus
xanthtirus, Micropogon undulatus and Pogonias cromis. Myriads
of Palmnonetes vulgaris were also secured. In Crooked Creek we
found A. chrisypa, F. heteroclitus^ ?nacrolepidotus, F. diaphanus and
Apeltes quadracus.
Tylosurus raphidoma (Ranzani).
Mr. W. J. Fox secured an adult example at Sea Isle City during
the past summer, besides examples of Rachycentron canadus, Batistes
carolinensis, Stephanolepis hispidus, Lagocephalus laevigatas, Alutera
shcepfii, Lophopsetta metadata and Echeneis naucrates.
Sphyraena borealis De Kay.
Dr. R. J. Phillips secured an example about 10? inches long,
taken from the stomach of a blue fish (Pomatomus saltatrix) caught
at Corson's Inlet, on September 15, 1911. Other interesting species
obtained by Dr. Phillips at this locality are Leptocephalus conger,
Chilomycterus schcepfi, Rissola marginata and a young Pogonias
cromis.
Lepomis incisor Valenciennes.
Mr. B. H. Gledhill secured an adult in Warrington Pond, at
Tomlin, on September 23, 1911.
Lyosphaera globosa Everniann and Kendall.
An example was secured at Anglesea some years ago by the late
Uselma C. Smith. It is now in the collection, and in good preserva-
tion. This species has not been recorded from New Jersey before,
and this is therefore evidently its most northern range.
Etropus micrastomus (Gill).
Mr. W. B. Davis and the writer secured three examples of this
interesting flounder on June 21, 1911, in Great Egg Harbor Bay at
Ocean City. Other fishes we also found there were Mustelus mus-
38
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Feb.,
telus, Raja eglanteria, Pomolobus mediocris, P. pseudoharengus,
Anchovia mitchilli, Fundulus majalis, Syngnathus fuscus, Menidia
menidia notata, Trachinotus carolinus, Cynoscion regalis, Menti-
cirrhus saxatilis, Lophopsetta maculata, Paralichthys dentatus, Pseudo-
pleuronectes americanus and Achirus fasciatus. This is noteworthy
as all the pleuronectids were found associated.
Antennarius teleplanus sp. nov. Fig. 2.
Head (measured to axil of pectoral) about If; depth about 1§;
D. I— I— I— 12; A. 7; P. 11; V. 5; head width (measured to axil
of pectoral) about If in its length; snout 5f in head, measured from
median upper jaw tip to gill-opening; eye 10|; maxillary 2|; man-
dible length 2\ ; mouth width at ricti 2\ ; interorbital \\ ; bait about
2f; second dorsal spine about 4§; third dorsal spine about 3^;
^
»%
s
Fig. 2. — Antennarius teleplanus Fowler. Type.
fifth dorsal ray about 3; anal base about 4; fourth anal ray about
2|; caudal 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 4* ; pectoral base 5^;
ventral base 6 J.
Body deep, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, back elevated
with approximating surfaces, and rounded belly with swollen appear-
ance. Caudal peduncle compressed, rather small, its length about
f its least depth.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39
Head very large, deep, and with mandible closed anterior profile
nearly evenly convex. Upper surfaces approximating like those of
back, and lower well swollen convexly till much wider. Snout short,
little inclined from horizontal forward, length about § its width.
Eye small, rounded, high, lateral, anteriorly below second dorsal
spine. Mouth large, wide, nearly vertical. Premaxillaries well
protractile. Maxillary long, nearly vertical, its hind lower edge
about opposite front eye edge, and greatest distal expansion but
trifle less than eye. Upper lip thin, tough, and lower thicker though
also tough. Teeth small, sharply pointed, rather slenderly conic
and in rather narrow bands in jaws. No teeth on median line of
mouth roof, though 2 patches of teeth, similar to those in jaws,
in each palatine region. Two small patches of similar pharyngeal
teeth above and 2 patches also below. Tongue large, broad, de-
pressed, free in front and along sides, smooth, and front edge convex.
Mandible not very powerful, broad, with slight symphyseal knob
in front, and rami but moderately expanding at their posterior
articulations. Nostrils small, obscure, about last f between eye
front and edge of upper jaw. Interorbital slightly convex.
Gill-opening small slit at lower pectoral base well before middle
in entire length of fish.
Body very finely roughened everywhere, except at lower surfaces
of pectorals and ventrals. Tubercles in many regions bifid. Tuber-
cles on head above and 1. 1. anteriorly rather large, or as spinescent
clusters. A smooth area on interorbital between second and third
spines. Extending down along preopercular region some obscure
spinescent clusters. No cutaneous flaps, or if a few present very
inconspicuous. L. 1. scarcely evident, except anteriorly, and even
there obsolete.
Bait very slender and not extending beyond middle of third
depressed dorsal spine, bulbous and bifid at end, and each division
with a few short filaments. Second dorsal spine inserted close after
bait, largely free, mobile, though not depressible back to origin of
third dorsal spine. Latter with only end mobile, united behind for
large part by broad basal membrane, and depressible spine not
reaching back to origin of rayed dorsal. Soft dorsal rather high,
long, its margin very unevenly gashed as some rays are inserted
nearer one another than to others. Anal small, well posterior, and
extending slightly further back on caudal peduncle, median rays
longest with edge of fin slightly gashed in places. Caudal large,
rounded behind with median rays longest. Pectoral moderate,
40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.
tips of rays projecting slightly beyond membranes. Ventrals similar,
though smaller than pectorals. Vent rather conspicuous, close
before anal.
Color in alcohol with ground tint dull olivaceous to yellowish,
former largely above and latter obtaining below. A number of
blackish or dusky narrow streaks radiate from eye, where they
extend over iris to pupil. Several similar streaks radiate from upper
edge of third dorsal spine. Soft dorsal with numerous black streaks,
broad, and many broken into large blotches or spots, nearly vertical
or slightly inclined back, and extending down on back more or less
regularly till level with upper edge of caudal peduncle. Then all
more inclined forward towards pectoral axilla and abdomen. Though
body blotched with dusky between gill-opening and vent, no blotches
on entire belly between ventrals and vent, except around latter.
Anal with blackish blotches or streaks like those on soft dorsal, these
in about four rows. Caudal with three distinct rows of transverse
black spots or blotches, smaller than on soft dorsal and anal. Pec-
toral and ventral covered with large black blotches both above and
below, and several obsolete ones before base of former. Bait pale,
with narrow transverse blackish bars. Gill-opening pale. Tongue,
and mouth inside, whitish generally, though former with dusky and
blackish mottlings. Pupil pale. Most of dark blotches on all fins
show along their edges a paler or more whitish shade than ground
color.
Length about 4 inches.
Type No. 38,162, A. N. S. P. Corson's Inlet, Cape May County,
New Jersey. Caught in the bait-net on September 30, 1911. Dr.
R. J. Phillips.
Only the type known. It closely resembles Antennarius scaber
(Cuvier), but differs in the absence of the numerous dermal body
flaps, as well as the pattern of coloration shown by Valenciennes.2
Antennarius tigris (Poey) is also another species closely related,
though differing markedly, if Poey's figure is to be trusted. Poey
shows the caudal almost entirely spotted, a row of five black spots
in a slightly oblique row on anal, and bait with its bulbous end
longer than basal portion, in fact reaching back to tip of first soft
dorsal ray.
(T>)XiicX&vos} wandering far; so named as no American member of
the genus ever before recorded so far north of Florida.)
2 Regne Animal Cuv., Ed. Luxe, 1839, PI. 85, fig. 1.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41
Besides the above records a few of the numerous small collections,
made during the past year, in some localities where material has not
been obtained before, may be of interest.
During June Mr. W. B. Davis and the writer secured the following:
in Cedar Swamp Creek Pomolobus mediocris, Alosa sapidissima,
Anguilla chrisypa, Abramis crysoleucas, Fundulus heteroclitus macro-
lepidotus, F. diaphanus, Mugil curema, Eupomotis gibbosus and
M or one americana; in a tributary of the Tuckahoe River at Johnson's
Mill, Pomolobus mediocris, Abramis crysoleucas, Ameiurus natalis
prosthistuis, Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus, F. diaphanus, Esox
americanus, E. reticulatus, Aphredoderus say anus, Mesogonistius
chcetodon, Enneacanthus gloriosus and Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi;
a tributary of the Tuckahoe River at Wallace's Mill, Notropis
chalybams abbotti, Erimyzon succetta oblong us and Boleichthys fusi-
jormis.
On July 3 Mr. W. T. Innes, Jr., and the writer secured the following
in Pancoast's Run, near Pancoast's Mill: Umbra pygmcea, Esox
reticulatus, Aphredoderus sayanus, Mesogonistius chcetodon and
Enneacanthus gloriosus. On December 2 we visited Cohansey Creek
at Bridgeton, in Cumberland County, and found: Anguilla chrisypa,
Abramis crysoleucas, Notropis bifrenatus, Fundulus heteroclitus
macrolepidotus, F. diaphanus, Apeltes quadracus, Enneacanthus
gloriosus and Eupomotis gibbosus. A small "water boatman,"
kindly identified by Messrs. Henry Skinner and E. T. Cresson, Jr.,
as Corixa brimleyi, a North Carolina species, was secured, and is
another interesting addition to the fauna of New Jersey.
An interesting collection made at Cape May Point by Mr. E. R.
Brown during the past summer contained: Sphyrna ?ygcena,
Squalus acanthias, Raja erinacea, Pomolobus aestivalis, Brevoortia
tyrannus, Anchovia mitchilli, Tylosurus marinus, Hippocampus
hudsonius, Mugil cephalus, Selene vomer, Trachinotus carolinus,
Pomatomus saltatrix, Centropristis striatus, Lagodon rhomboides,
Leiostomus xanthurus, Menticirrhus saxatilis, Spheroides maculatus,
Chilomycterus schoepfi, Prionotus evolans strigatus, Rissola marginata
and Pseudopleuronectes americanus. Two interesting examples of
Chloridella empusa were also obtained, and this species was reported
to be abundant.
Pennsylvania.
Mr. R. W. Wehrle has collected extensively in Indiana County,
forwarding many interesting collections to the Academy. The
42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.
other material has been secured by the writer largely, though often
with the assistance of others whom I have acknowledged elsewhere.
Petromyzon marinus Linnseus.
Delaware River at Torresdale, Philadelphia County. I also^
examined a young one from Goldsboro, York County, in the posses-
sion of Mr. P. Hertzog.
Ichthyomyzonconcolor (Kirtland;.
Cherry Run, tributary to Crooked Run, and McKenny Run,
Indiana County.
Acipenser brevirostrum Le Sueur.
Delaware River at Torresdale, Philadelphia County. I also found
one at Bristol, Bucks County, on May 3, 1908.
Though I have examined examples of A. rubicundus at Erie and
in the pounds near by, none were obtained for our collection.
AmiatUS calvus (Linnaeus).
Erie. A few were taken in the pounds in 1907.
Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).
Abundant in Scott's Creek, Bucks County. •
Coregonus clupeaformis (Mitchill).
Erie.
Leucichthys artedi (Le Sueur).
Erie.
Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill).
Brandywine tributary near New Garden, Chester County; Trout
Run, Lancaster County; Sugar Valley Run, Mifflin County.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.
Long Neck at Tinicum Island, Delaware County; Valley Forge
and Gladwyne, Montgomery County; Neshaminy Creek near
Langhorne, Bridgetown, Etterton, Long Pond, Guinea Creek, Scott's
Creek, Bucks County; McCall's Ferry, Lancaster County; Juniata
River at Newton Hamilton, Mifflin County.
Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque).
McKenny, Home, Burnhamer, Rock, Saltgiver, Besnham, Broad
Head, Smitten, Martin's, Mud Lick, Smicksburg, Groft's and
McCormick's Runs, Ross Run and branch, Elders and Little Runs,
Pickering Run and small branch, feeder to Crooked Run, Cowans-
hanoc, Grant and Pine Townships, tributary of North Branch of
Two Lick Creek, Pine Creek and Marion Branch, Susquehanna
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43
Creek, branches of Big and Little Mahoning and Crooked Creeks,
Indiana County.
Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque).
McKenny, Home, Burnhamer, Besnham, Smitten, Martin's,
Mud Lick, Smicksburg, Groft's and McCormick's Runs, Ross Run
and branch, Elders and Little Runs, Pickering Run and small branch,
Crooked Run and tributary, Cowanshanoc, Grant and Pine Town-
ships, tributary of North Branch of Two Lick Creek, Pine Creek
and Marion Branch, Susquehanna Creek, branches of Big and Little
Mahoning and Crooked Creeks, Indiana County; Allegheny River
at Foxburg, Clarion County.
I have also found it abundant in the Schuylkill River near the
mouth of Mill Creek in Montgomery County. This is the most
eastern locality in the State at which the species has been obtained.
Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque).
Walton Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County; Neshaminy
Creek near Langhorne, Etterton and Long Pond, Bucks County;
Naylor's Run, Delaware County; Pennypack Creek near Huntingdon
Valley and Walnut Hill, Montgomery County; Crum Creek near
White Horse and Reese's Run, Chester County; Juniata River at
Newton Hamilton, Mifflin County.
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).
Trout Creek near Centerville, Mill Creek at Gladwyne, Mont-
gomery County ; Brookfield Run, Mill Creek at Flushing, Neshaminy
Creek near Etterton, Tottam Creek, Bucks County; tributary of
Brandywine below Chadd's Ford Junction, Chester County.
Hacker's, Trout and Akron Runs near Ephrata, Lancaster County;
Sugar Valley Run, Mifflin County; Wopsonomick Valley Run,
Blair County.
Tributary of Allegheny River at Warren, Warren County; Alle-
gheny River at Foxburg, Clarion County; Wehrle's, Simpson's,
McKenny, Burnhamer, Besnham, Rock, Heilman, Smitten, Martin's,
Mud Lick, Smicksburg, Groft's, McCormick's Runs, Ross Run and
branch, Elders and Little Runs, Pickering Run and small branch,
feeder to Crooked Run, Grant and Pine Townships, tributary of
North Branch of Two Lick Creek, Pine Creek and Marion Branch,
Susquehanna Creek, Branches of Crooked and Little Mahoning
Creeks, Cowanshanoc, Indiana County; Castleman River at Meyers-
dale, Somerset County.
44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Leuciscus elongatus (Kirtland).
Simpson's, Cherry, McKenny, McCormick's, Mud Lick, Smicks-
burg, Groft's, Allen's, Home, Burnhamer, Besnham, Ross, Rock,
Saltgiver, Broad Head, Elders, Little, Crooked, Smitten, Pickering
and Martin's Runs, tributary North Branch Two Lick Creek, Pine
Creek and Marion Branch, Pine Township, Susquehanna Creek,
branches of Ross Run and Crooked Creek, Indiana County.
Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).
Hunter's Run tributary to Ridley Creek and upper branch of
Taylor's Run, Chester County; Long Neck at Tinicum Island,
Naylor's Run, Delaware County; Gladwyne, Montgomery County;
Torresdale, Philadelphia County; Guinea Creek, Bucks County.
Cocalico Creek near Denver and Swamp Bridge, Lancaster County.
Notropis bifrenatus (Cope).
Torresdale, Philadelphia County; Neshaminy Creek near Lang-
horne, Etterton and Long Pond, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Guinea
Creek, Bucks County; Naylor's Run, Delaware County.
Notropis deliciosus (Girard).
Mr. Wehrle secured one from a tributary to Ross Run, Indiana
County, in September of 1911. This species is only known from
Pennsylvania waters by the previous record of Evermann and
Bollman, for the Monongahela basin.
Notropis procne (Cope).
Neshaminy Creek near Etterton and Long Pond, and Mill Creek
at Wycombe, Bucks County.
Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard).
Bustleton, Philadelphia County; Neshaminy Creek near Lang-
horne, Bridgetown, Etterton and Long Pond, Bucks County.
Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard).
Walton Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County; Schuylkill
River near Mill Creek, Gladwyne and near-by quarry-holes, Valley
Forge, Walnut Hill, Montgomery County; first and second tribu-
taries of Brandywine below Chadd's Ford Junction, Crossart,
Chester County; Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Etterton and
Long Pond, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
Akron and Trout Runs near Ephrata, Lancaster County; Juniata
River at Newton Hamilton, Mifflin County.
Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).
Tributary of Brandywine below Chadd's Ford Junction, Crossart,
Crum Creek near White Horse, Reese's Run, Chester County;
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45
Naylor's Run, Delaware County; Schuylkill River at Mill Creek
estuary, Beth Ayres, Walnut Hill, Montgomery County; Walton
Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County; Tottam Creek, Neshaminy
Creek near Langhorne, Bridgetown, Etterton, Long Pond, Mill
Creek at Flushing, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Bucks County; tributary
of Bushkill Creek at Belfast, Northampton County.
Trout Run, Witmer's Mills and Snokestown Run, Lancaster
County.
Tributary North Branch of Two Lick Creek, feeder to Crooked
Run, Grant and Pine Townships, Burnhamer, Besnham, Ross,
Saltgiver, Broad Head, Elders, Little, Groft's, Mud Lick, Crooked,
Smicksburg, Smitten, Hileman and Pickering Runs, Susquehanna
Creek, small branch of Pickering Run, branch of Big Mahoning
Creek, Cowanshanoc, branch of Crooked Creek, McCormick's Run
and branch of Ross Run, branch of Little Mahoning Creek, Indiana
County.
Notropis rubrifrons (Cope).
Two from a small branch of Pickering Run and seventeen from a
branch of Big Mahoning Creek, Indiana County. Only known from
the Kiskiminitas and Monongahela basins, in Pennsylvania.
Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott).
Abundant in the Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne and Bridge-
town, Bucks County.
Ericymba buccata Cope.
Two Lick Creek, small branch of Pickering Run, Ramsey's
Cherry, Burnhamer, Besnham, Mud Lick, Groft's, Ross, Elders,
Little, Smitten and Pickering Runs, Pine Township, tributary North
Branch of Two Lick Creek, branch and feeder to Crooked Run,
Indiana County.
Rhinicb.tb.ys atronasus (Mitchill).
Brandywine tributary below Chadd's Ford Junction, Crossart,
Crum Creek near White Horse, Reese's Run, Hunter's Run tributary
to Ridley Creek, Chester County; Naylor's Run, Reese's Run near
Central Square, Delaware County; Walton Run near Byberry,
Philadelphia County; Beth Ayres, Walnut Hill, Mill Creek at
Gladwyne, Trout Run near Centerville, Montgomery County ;
Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Etterton, Long Pond, Mill Creek
at Flushing, Biookfield Run, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Bucks County;
tributary of Bushkill Creek at Belfast, Northampton County.
Hacker's Run near Ephrata, Cocalico Creek near Denver, Lan-
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
caster County; Sugar Valley Run, Mifflin County; Wopsonomick
Valley Run and tributary from Kettle Reservoir, Blair County.
Tributary of Allegheny River at Warren, Warren County;
Wehrle's, Cherry, McKenny, Rock, Allen's, Home, Burnhamer,
Besnham, Saltgiver, Broad Head, Elders, Mud Lick, Little, Simpson,
Groft's, Smitten, Pickering and Martin's Runs, Pine Creek and
Marion Branch, Grant and Pine Townships. Susquehanna Creek,
Cowanshanoc, branch of Big Mahoning Creek, branch of Crooked
Creek, McCormick's Run, branch of Ross Run, feeder to Crooked
Run, Indiana County; -Castleman River at Meyersdale, Somerset
County.
Exoglossum maxillingaa (Le Sueur).
Abundant in the Schuylkill River near mouth of Mill Creek,
Montgomery County. This is the most eastern locality in Penn-
sylvania where the species has been secured. Also one from Mr.
O. H. Behr taken in the Loyalsock Creek near Lopez, Sullivan
County.
Cyprinus oarpio Linnseus.
Delaware River at Torresdale, Philadelphia County; Trout Run
near Ephrata and Witmer's Mills, Lancaster County; Erie, Erie
County.
Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz.
Erie.
Catostomus oommersonnii (Lacepede).
Crum Creek near Castle Rock, Hunter's Run tributary to Ridley
Creek, Chester County; Naylor's Run, Delaware County; Mill
Creek at Gladwyne, Beth Ayres, Walnut Hill, Valley Forge, Mont-
gomery County; Walton Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County;
Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Etterton, Long Pond, Mill Creek
at Wycombe, Guinea Creek, Scott's Creek, Bucks County; tributary
of Bushkill Creek at Belfast, Northampton County.
Trout Run near Ephrata, Lancaster County.
Castleman River at Meyersdale, Somerset County; Meadow Run
near Ohio Pyle, Fayette County; Allegheny River at Foxburg,
Clarion County; Wehrle's, Home, Mud Lick, Smicksburg, Groft's,
Burnhamer, and Martin's Runs, Grant Township, tributary North
Branch of Two Lick Creek, Pine Creek and Marion Branch, Cowan-
shanock, branch of Crooked Creek, McCormick's Run and branch
of Ross Run, feeder to Crooked Run, Indiana County; Erie, Erie
County.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47
Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur.
Cocalico Creek near Denver, Lancaster County; McKenny Run
and tributary North Branch of Two Lick Creek, Indiana County;
Neshannock River at Newcastle, Lawrence County.
Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill).
Chester Creek near Cheney, Chester County; Walnut Hill,
Montgomery County; Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Mill
Creek at Wycombe, Guinea Creek, Bucks County; tributary of
Bushkill Creek at Belfast, Northampton County; Cocalico Creek
at Witmer's Mills, Lancaster County.
Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur).
Home, Elders, Little and Cowanshanoc Runs, branch of Big
Mahoning Creek, Grant and Pine Townships, Indiana County;
Erie, Erie County.
Ameiurus lacustris (Walbaum).
Erie.
Ameiurus nebulosus ( Le Sueur).
Chester Creek near Cheney, Chester County; Mill Creek and
quarry-holes at Gladwyne, Montgomery County; Long Neck at
Tinicum Island, Delaware County; Scott's Creek, and Mill Creek
at Wycombe, Bucks County ; Trout Run near Ephrata and Witmer's
Mills, Lancaster County; Cherry, McKenny and Simpson's Runs,
Indiana County.
Noturus flavus Rafinesque.
Two Lick Creek and Cherry Run, Indiana County.
Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill).
Big Neshaminy Creek at Etterton and near Long Pond, Bucks
County.
Esox americanus (Gmelin).
Long Neck at Tinicum Island, Delaware County; Scott's Creek
and near Penn Valley, Bucks County; Cocalico Creek at Witmer's
Mills, Lancaster County.
I have examined several large examples of E. masquinongy at Erie,
taken in Presque Isle Bay.
Umbra limi (Kirtland).
Meadeville, Crawford County.
Umbra pygmaea (De Kay).
Scott's Creek near Penn Valley and Guinea Creek, Bucks County.
Fundulus heteroclitus maorolepidotus (Walbaum).
Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb-,
Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).
Upper branch of Taylor's Run, Mill Run, tributary of Brandywine
Creek below Chadd's Ford Junction, Chester County; quarry-hole
near Gladwyne, Montgomery County; Neshamlny Creek near
Langhorne, Etterton and Long Pond, Mill Creek at Wycombe,
Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
Tylosurus marinus (Walbaum).
Delaware River at Philadelphia; Susquehanna River at Pequea,
Lancaster County, in May, 1903.
Eucalia inconstans (Kirtland).
Allegheny River at Foxburg, Clarion County.
Apeltes quadracus (Mitchill).
Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
Pomoxis sparoides (Lacepede).
Delaware River at Torresdale, Philadelphia County.
Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque).
Cherry and Simpson's Runs, Indiana County.
Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook).
Delaware River at Torresdale, Philadelphia County.
Lepomis auritus (Linneeus).
Hunter's Run, upper branch of Taylor's Run and Mill Run,
tributaries of Ridley Creek, tributary of Brandywine below Chadd's
Ford Junction, Chester County; Naylor's Run, Delaware County;
Walton Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County; Mill Creek and
Schuylkill River near Gladwyne, Walnut Hill, Montgomery County;
Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Bridgetown, Etterton, Long
Pond, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
Eupomotis gibbOBUS (Linnaeus).
Chester Creek near Cheney, Chester County; Long Neck at
Tinicum Island, Delaware County; Walnut Hill, Montgomery
County; Neshaminy Creek near Langhorne, Bridgetown, Long
Pond, Etterton, Scott's Creek, Guinea Creek, Bucks County;
Akron and Trout Runs near Ephrata, Cocalico Creek near Denver,
Swamp Bridge and Witmer's Mills, Lancaster County.
Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede.
Schuylkill River near mouth of Mill Creek, Montgomery County;
Neshaminy Creek near Bridgetown, Bucks County; Juniata River
at Newton Hamilton, Mifflin County; Erie, Erie County. I also
have examined many examples of M . salmoides at the last locality.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49
Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill).
Erie, Erie County.
Stizostedion canadense (Griffiths).
Erie.
Perca flavesoens (Mitchill).
Scott's Creek, Bucks County; Erie, Erie County.
Percina caprodes (Rafinesque).
Erie.
Hadropterus macrocephalus (Cope).
Tributary to North Branch of Two Lick Creek and Mud Lick
Run, Indiana County.
Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque).
Allegheny River at Foxburg, Clarion County; McKenny, Simp-
son's, Allen's, Home, Bernham, Rock, Elders, Little, Smitten, Mud
Lick, Groft's, Hileman and Martin's Runs, Grant and Pine Town-
ships, tributary North Branch of Two Lick Creek, small branch of
Pickering Run, branch of Big Mahoning Creek, branch of Crooked
Creek, McCormick's Run and branch of Ross Run, feeder to Crooked
Run, Pine Creek and Marion Branch, Indiana County.
Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer).
Reese's Run, Crum Creek near White Horse, Hunter's Run
tributary to Ridley Creek, upper branch of Taylor's Run, Mill Run,
Chester Creek near Cheney, tributary of Brandywine Creek below
Chadd's Ford Junction, Chester County; Naylor's Run, Delaware
County; Walton Run near Byberry, Philadelphia County; Mill
Creek at Gladwyne, Walnut Hill, Montgomery County; Mill Creek
at Flushing, Brookfield Run, Neshaminy Creek at Etterton, Long
Pond, near Langhorne, Mill Creek at Wycombe, Guinea Creek,
Bucks County ; tributary to Bushkill Creek at Belfast, Northampton
County.
Cocalico Creek near Ephrata and Denver, Trout and Snokestown
Run, Lancaster County; Sugar Valley Run, Mifflin County; Wop-
sonomick Valley Run, Blair County.
Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque.
McKenny, Cherry, Simpson's, Ross, Groft's, Smitten and Hileman
Runs, Pine Township, tributary North Branch Two Lick Creek,
feeder to Crooked Run, Indiana County.
Boccus chrysops (Rafinesque).
Erie, Erie County.
4
50 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Morone amerioana (Gmelin).
Scott's Creek, Bucks County.
Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque.
Erie.
Cottus ictalops Rafinesque.
Simpson's, Allen's, Smitten, McKenny and Cherry Runs, Sus-
quehanna Creek, Indiana County; Meadow Run near Ohio Pyle,
Fayette County.
Cottus gracilis Heckel.
Trout Run near Ephrata, Lancaster County.
Lota maculosa (Le Sueur).
Erie.
Delaware.
A few collections made during the past season, in Newcastle
County, are included below.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.
West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill, Md.).
Semotilus atromaoulatus (Mitchill).
Montchanin.
Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).
West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard).
Granogue and West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).
Tributaries of the Brandywine near State line, Guyencourt, and
West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
Rhinicb.tb.ys atronasus (Mitchill).
Tributaries of the Brandywine near State line, Granogue, Guyen-
court and Montchanin.
Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede).
Guyencourt and West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
Lepomis auritus (Linnseus).
West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
Eupomotis gibbosus (Linmeus).
With preceding species.
Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer).
Guyencourt and West Branch of Christiana Creek (near Iron Hill).
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 51
Maryland.
Most of my own collections were made in Cecil County, while a
few smaller ones are from Baltimore. In that city I have also
examined many market fishes, especially those alleged to have been
taken in Chesapeake Bay. Mr. E. G. Vanatta made collections at
Chestertown, and Messrs. Hermann Behr and T. D. Keim at
Jennings, in Garrett County.
Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus.
Abundant in the spring and in early June in Clearwater Brook
at Bacon Hill, tributary to the Elk River basin. In this stream I
have secured many young, and also in the Little Bohemia Creek.
Fishermen say lampreys are abundant in the Elk and North East
Rivers and at Rock Hall.
Acipenser sturio Linnaeus.
Scarce now in the Elk, North East and Susquehanna Rivers.
I have seen examples in the Baltimore markets, though none now
in our collections.
Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaeus).
A small mounted example recently examined, though not obtained
for our collection, was taken in the Elk River. This fish was rather
abundant at times about the fisheries along the North East River.
Pomolobus mediocris (Mitchill).
Runs in the Elk and North East Rivers, also Little and Big Bohemia
Creeks in their lower reaches. A number of examples examined at
the fisheries and in the markets of Baltimore. This fish, also P.
cestivalis and the next, are taken at Rock Hall.
Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).
Abundant in the Elk, Bohemia, North East and Susquehanna
Rivers, and ascending well above tide or in the small fresh branches.
The multitudes examined were from the Little Bohemia Creek,
Bohemia Mills, Big Bohemia Creek, Bohemia Bridge, Elk Neck,
North East, and from Chesapeake Bay (Baltimore markets).
Alosa sapidissima (Wilson.)
Runs in the larger streams, as the Elk, Bohemia, North East and
Susquehanna Rivers, from all of which I have examined material.
I have collected, however, only young examples in the Little and
Big Bohemia Creeks, and at Elk Neck and North East. In the
fishing season many fine examples may be seen exposed in the Balti-
more and other markets.
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe).
Patapsco River at Baltimore, Big and Little Bohemia Creeks,
and Elk River at Elk Neck.
Anchovia mitchilli (Valencienrfes).
Tolchester Beach.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.
North East, Stony Run, Clearwater Brook near Bacon Hill,
Conewingo Creek, Little and Big Bohemia Creeks, Elk Neck and
Chestertown. Numerous large ones sometimes seen in the Baltimore
markets.
Hybognathus nuchalis regius (Girard).
Patapsco River at Baltimore, North East, and Fishing Creek, a
tributary to Elk River near Elk Neck. Many examples, and all
obtained in tidal waters.
Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque).
Octoraro Creek near Rowlandville, Cecil County; Peddler Run,
Harford County.
Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill).
Stony Run and tributaries of the Octoraro Creek near Porter's
Bridge. Also found in the headwaters of the Castleman River
near Jennings.
Leuciscus vandoisulus Valenciennes.
Very abundant in Stony Run and its small tributaries, and also
found in the first tributary below emptying into the North East
River. Abundant in small tributaries of the Octoraro Creek near
Porter's Bridge.
Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill).
Very common in the Big and Little Bohemia Creeks, Elk River
and its tributary Fishing Creek, and also the North East River.
My numerous examples from: Little Bohemia Creek, Bohemia
Mills, Bohemia Bridge, Elk Neck, North East, Stony Run, Cone-
wingo and in the Susquehanna River, Cecil County; Broad Creek,
Harford County.
Notropis bifrenatus (Cope).
A few in tributaries of the Big Bohemia Creek.
Notropis procne (Cope).
Frequent in Stony Run, Cecil County.
Notropis hudsonius amarus (Clinton).
North East River at North East, and the Octoraro Creek above
Rowlandville.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53
Notropis whipplii analostanus (Girard).
A few in Peddler Run, Harford County, and Conewingo Creek
near Conewingo (estuary). Abundant at Gynn Falls near Baltimore,
and in Stony Run.
Notropis cornutus (Mitchill).
Abundant at Gynn Falls near Baltimore, Stony Run, Conewingo
Creek, and the Octoraro above Rowlandsville.
Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott).
Stony Run, and Conewingo Creek near Conewingo.
Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill).
Many examples from Stony Run, first tributary of North East
River below Stony Run, clearwater Brook near Bacon Hill, tribu-
taries of Big Bohemia Creek, tributaries of the Octoraro Creek near
Porter's Bridge, Cecil County; Peddler Run, Harford County;
headwaters of the Castleman River near Jennings, Garrett County.
Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque).
Very abundant in Stony Run, the Conewingo Creek, the Octoraro
Creek near Octoraro, above Rowlandville and near Porter's Bridge,
Cecil County; Broad Creek, Harford County; headwaters of the
Castleman River near Jennings, Garrett County. This species
delights in rapid or turbulent foamy streams, and is a fair pan fish.
Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sueur).
Common in Stony Run, Conewingo Creek and the Octoraro Creek
above Rowlandville. .
Cyprinus carpio Linnseus.
Found in the Little Bohemia Creek and Piney Creek. I have also
examined many examples in the markets of Baltimore.
Catostomus oommersonnii (Lac6pede).
Abundant in Stony Run, Conewingo Creek near Conewingo,
the Big Bohemia Creek and at Jennings.
Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur.
Stony Run and Gynn Falls.
Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill).
Common in Clearwater Brook near Bacon Hill, Stony Run and
the Big Bohemia Creek.
Ameiurus catus (Linnaeus).
Many examples from North East, Elk Neck, Chestertown, Big
and Little Bohemia Creeks. Many also seen in the Baltimore,
markets.
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.r
Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur).
I have examined many examples from the Big and Little Bohemia
Creeks and at North East, Cecil County. Others from Broad Creek,
Harford County.
Schilbeodes gyrinus (Mitchill).
Once taken at Gynn Falls.
Schilbeodes insignis (Richardson).
Conewingo Creek near Conewingo.
Esox americanus (Gmelin).
Frequently found in Clearwater Brook, Cecil County, and Broad
Creek, Harford County.
Esox reticulatus Le Sueur.
I have found it in the Little Bohemia Creek.
Umbra pygmaea (De Kay).
Abundant in Clearwater Brook, in the Big Bohemia Creek, and
at Elk Neck.
Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).
Patapsco River near Baltimore, Tolchester and Chestertown.
Fundulus heteroolitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).
Very abundant in all fresh tidal waters. My examples from the
Patapsco River, Tolchester, Chestertown, Elk Neck, Fishing Creek,
North East, and Big and Little Bohemia Creeks.
Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).
Abundant in the Gunpowder River, Patapsco River, Big and Little
Bohemia Creeks, North East, Elk Neck and Fishing Creek.
Cyprinodon variegatus Lacepede.
Tolchester and Chestertown.
Tylosurus marinus (Walbaum).
North East River at North East, Elk River at Elk Neck, and
Little Bohemia Creek.
Hemiramphus brasiliensis (Linnaeus).
One purchased in the Baltimore market, said to have been taken
in Chesapeake Bay.
Menidia beryllina (Cope).
Abundant in the Patapsco River at Baltimore, the Big and Little
Bohemia Creeks, and the Elk River at Elk Neck.
Menidia menidia no tata (Mitchill).
Abundant in the Patapsco River at Baltimore and at Tolchester.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55
Apeltes quadracus (Mitehill).
Found in the Gunpowder River, the Big Bohemia River and
Fishing Creek, the latter a tributary of the Elk River below Elk
Neck.
Scomberomorus maculatus (Mitehill).
Specimens examined in the Baltimore markets were said to have
been taken in Chesapeake Bay.
Selene vomer (Linnaeus).
Included as Mr. T. D. Keim assures me he has examined 4 examples
secured at Rock Hall several years ago.
Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnaeus).
Many examined in the Baltimore markets.
Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook).
Little Bohemia Creek and Chestertown.
Lepomis auritusI(Linnseus).
North East Creek, Conewingo Creek, Octoraro Creek near Row-
landville, Little Bohemia Creek, Fishing Creek tributary to Elk
River near Elk Neck, and Stony Run.
Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnaeus).
Big and Little Bohemia Creeks, North East, Elk Neck, Fishing
Creek, and Stony Run.
Micropterus dolomieu Lacepede.
Little Bohemia Creek.
Perca flavescens (Mitehill).
Big and Little Bohemia Creeks, North East, Fishing Creek near
Elk Neck, and Octoraro Creek near Rowlandville. Many examples
in the Baltimore markets.
Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer).
Patapsco River at Baltimore, Big Bohemia Creek, Stony Run,
Conewingo Creek, Octoraro Creek near Rowlandville, and tribu-
taries near Porter's Bridge.
Roccus lineatus (Bloch).
Found in the Big and Little Bohemia Creeks at North East.
I have examined many in the Baltimore markets from Chesapeake
Bay.
Morone americana (Gmelin).
Big and Little Bohemia Creeks, Bohemia Mills, North East and
Elk Neck. Many Chesapeake Bay examples seen in the Baltimore
markets.
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Archosargus probatocephalus (Walbaum).
Several large ones seen in the Baltimore markets said to have
been taken in Chesapeake Bay, likewise many examples of the next
species.
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier).
Leiostomus xanthurus LacSpede.
Many from the Big and Little Bohemia Creeks, Tolchester,
Patapsco River at Baltimore, and others in the Baltimore markets
from Chesapeake Bay.
Micropogon undulatus (Linnaeus).
Many from Chesapeake Bay in the Baltimore markets.
Tautoga onitis (Linnaeus).
Young in the Patapsco River at Baltimore.
Cottus ictalops (Rafinesque).
Headwaters of the Castleman River at Jennings.
Cottus gracilis Heckel.
Stony Run.
Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum).
Several from Chesapeake Bay in the Baltimore markets.
Achirus fasciatus Lacepfide."
Big Bohemia Creek.
Virginia.3
Several collections were made at Watchapreague, in Accomac
County, in May of 1911. The Academy is also indebted to Mr.
T. M. Milliner for additional material from this region. Besides
these I have examined many species in the Norfolk market and at
the fisheries at Virginia Beach in 1909. All with the * are from off
Cedar Island.
' An interesting collection of fishes was obtained in the Cape Fear River
region ol North Carolina in May of 1908 by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. Fundulus nottii
(Ag.), Gambusia gracilis Heck, and Heterandria formosa Ag. are from the Green-
field mill-pond at Wilmington. The following are all from Southport. Anguilla
chrisypa Raf., Mugil cephalus Linn., Trachinotus carolinus (Linn.), Choenobryttus
gulosus (Cuv.), Lepomis punctatus (Val.), L. incisor (Val.), Eupomotis gibbosus
(Linn.), Micropterus salmoides (Lac), Perca flavescens (Mitch.), Centropristis
strialus (Linn.), Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linn.), Hcemulon plumieri (Lac),
Otrynter caprinus (Bean), Calamus leucosteus Jord., Diplodus holbrookii (Bean),
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuv.), Bairdiella chrysura (Lac), Leiostomus xanthurus
Lac, Micropogon undulatus (Linn.) and Paralichthys lethostigmus Jord. Gilb.
Lepomis punctatus was previously only known from South Carolina to Florida.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57
*Petromyzon marinus Linnaeus.
*Mustelus mustelus (Linnaeus):
*Raja erinacea Mitchill.
Large examples of Acipenser sturio examined at Watchapreague
and Cedar Island, though none preserved.
Anguilla chrisypa Rafinesque.
Young found on Parmores Island and others, besides adults, in
Locustville Branch.
*Pomolobus medioeris (Mitchill).
*Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).
*Alosa sapidissitna (Wilson).
Many examples of Opisthonema oglinum examined at Virginia
Beach.
*Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe).
Virginia Beach.
Umbra pygmaea (De Kay).
Common in upper still reaches of Locustville Branch. Esox
americanus was also found in the same place, though no examples
preserved.
Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).
Watchapreague Inlet and about Parmores Island.
Fundulus beteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).
Watchapreague, Cedar and Parmores Islands, tidal reaches of
Locustville Branch and Virginia Beach.
Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur).
Locustville Branch just above tide.
Fundulus luciae (Baird).
I found it in small numbers in the little pools on Parmores Island,
associated with equal numbers of F. heteroclitus macrolepidotus.
Many were in high coloration. None were found associated with
Gasterosteus. I .also found this species abundant in fresh pools,
near the edge of the salt marsh, in the lower basin of Locustville
Branch. In this place they were associated with Cyprinodon.
Cyprinodon variegatus Lacepede.
Cedar and Parmores Islands, and lower basin of Locustville
Branch. Virginia Beach.
Lucania parva (Baird).
Common in fresh or brackish pools of Parmores Island.
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Gambusia gracilis Heck-el.
Found in fresh pools, near the sea, at Virginia Beach. Abundant
in the fresh-water ditches in the lower basin of Locustville Branch.
Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill.)
Watchapreague Inlet.
Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus.
Very abundant in purely fresh-water lagoons on Parmores Island,
and found associated only with Cyprinodon. All were quite small,
and many of the males with bright scarlet axillary ventral membranes,
otherwise the coloration mostly olive-green. This is the most
southern locality at which I have obtained this species, and it is
also noteworthy that all the individuals were so dwarfed.
Syngnathus fuscus Storer.
Watchapreague Inlet.
*Scomber scombrus Linnaeus.
I have also examined many examples of the following in the
Norfolk markets: Sarda sarda, Scomberomorus maculatus, Seriola
lalandi, Pomatomus saltatrix, Seserinus paru, Poronotus triacanthus,
Lobotes surinamensis, Archosargus probatocephalus, Cynoscion regalis,
C. nebulosus, Scicenops ocellatus, Leiostomus xanthurus, Micropogon
undulatus, Pogonias cromis, and Paralichthys dentatus. Almost all
these were said to have been captured in the pounds in Hampton
Roads. At Virginia Beach I found: Sarda sarda, Trichiurus
lepturus, Seriola lalandi, Seserinus paru, Poronotus triacanthus,
Cynoscion regalis, C. nebulosus, Bairdiella chrysura, Leiostomus
xanthurus, Micropogon undulatus, Alutera schoepfii, Chilomycterus
schoepfi, and Lophius piscatorius.
♦Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnaeus).
*Poronotus triacanthus (Peck).
Aphredoderus sayanus (Gilliams).
Locustville Branch.
Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnaeus).
Locustville Branch.
Morone americana (Gmelin).
Locustville Branch.
*Orthopristis ohrysopterus (Linnaeus).
Parmores Island.
*Stenotomus chrysops (Linnaeus).
*Lagodon rhomboides (Linnaeus).
1912.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59
"Cynoscion regalis (Schneider).
Parmores Island.
*Bairdiella cb.rysu.ra (Lacepede).
Parmores Island.
I have found Leiostomus xantkurus at Old Point Comfort.
*Micropogon undulatus (Linnaeus).
*Menticirrhus americanus (Linnaeus).
Parmores Island.
Pagonias cromis and Sciamops ocellatus frequently taken off Cedar
Island and brought to Watchapreague, where I examined many.
*Tautoga onitis (Linnaeus).
*Spheroides maculatus (Schneider).
Parmores Island.
♦Chilomycterus schoepfi (Walbaum).
I have also found Alutera schoepfii at Hampton Roads.
*Prionotus evolans strigatus (Cuvier).
♦Lophopsetta maculata (Mitchill).
*Paralichthys dentatus (Linnseus).
*Opsanus tau (Linna?us).
Also at Hampton Roads.
*Merluccius bilinearis (Mitchill).
*Lophius piscatorius Linnaeus.
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
FIXATION OF SINGLE TYPE iLECTOTYPIC) SPECIMENS OF SPECIES OF
AMERICAN OFvTHOPTERA.1
SECTION ONE.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.
The majority of present-day workers in systematic zoology are in
accord on matters tending toward fixity of specific names, one of the
most important of these being the limitation of the specific name to a
single type specimen in cases where the original author had extensive
series which he had considered typical, but of which no single type
individual was selected. It not infrequently happened in such
cases that two or more species were confused* by the author, and
the limitation of the name to one of the components is necessary for
intelligible work.
In the distributional and taxonomic work on Orthoptera in which
the authors are engaged, the necessity for single type (lectotypic)
fixations has become imperative, and after due consideration and
examination of the type series and study of the context of the original
descriptions, we have made the following fixations.
In the few cases where the specific names have already been
restricted or types already properly selected, such action has been
followed unreservedly unless the author restricting the name has ap-
plied it to a form not represented in the original cotypic series. In the
case of proper previous limitations of names we have selected types
in accord with such work.
In the ensuing papers the species will be treated in groups, using
as divisions the titles of the various papers whose components are
considered in the subsequent pages.
Although the selection of a single type was recommended by the
last International Entomological Congress, no rules have as yet been
adopted governing such selections. It seems to us to be obvious that
under the present conditions certain logical methods should be
followed in selecting the type, but not so rigidly that special cases
which are found should not receive special treatment.
1 In papers where other than North American species are treated it has seemed
best for the unity of the work to fix such exotic types as well.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61
In fixing the types of the species of Orthoptera described in the
papers treated below we follow the law of line priority, designating
from the original series a specimen from the first locality mentioned,
except where other factors are found to be of greater importance,
the most important of which may be stated as follows:
1. Preference is given to the sex which shows the greater amount
of differentiation.
2. A figured specimen is selected in cases where this specimen can
be located with certainty and no faulty work is involved.
3. In cases where the first record or records given are too general,
doubtful or erroneous in character, a cotype from the first definite
and unquestionably authentic locality is selected.
Where a specimen would be selected as type in accordance with
the above rules, but is found to be in a badly damaged condition or
known to be either destroyed or lost, preference in the selection will
be given the next available individual of the typical series.
The nomenclature given will be that of the original description, as
these papers are not intended to be at all revisionary.
I. "New North American Acridid^e, Found North of the Mex-
ican Boundary, " by Lawrence Bruner. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.;
Vol. 12, pp. 47-82, PI. I, 1889.)
The specimens, on which the species described in the paper under
consideration were based, are now to be found almost wholly in the
United States National Museum and the Hebard Collection, the
junior author having recently acquired from Professor Bruner his
entire North American Collection of Orthoptera. The types them-
selves are divided between the two collections, as a small part of the
material originally belonged to the United States National Museum,
the rest to Professor Bruner. The author did not give the exact
location of any of the material, leaving it understood that part was
in his own collection and part in that of the National Museum.
The labelling of specimens treated in this paper is not uniform, in
most cases the entire series of specimens of a new species was labelled
"TYPE" by the author, but in a few instances no type labels what-
ever were written.
In the present paper we are unable to use the plate of figures,
except in the case of the unique figured c? Pedioscertetes pulchella,
owing to the fact that the author has given us no means of deter-
mining which specimen or specimens were used for figures, except
in the single case here stated. All the specimens treated in this
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
paper, except those which were subsequently sent to McNeill, and
the missing type of Trimerotropis thalassica, have been examined.
Mesops cylindricus (p. 48).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
two localities.
Single type here designated : d" ; Valentine, Nebraska (along the
north side of Keya Paha Creek)2, [August 10th] ; (L. Bruner) ; Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
Dracotettix monstrosus (p. 50).
Based on two specimens of both sexes from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Los Angeles, California,
March 5th; Coquillett; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
OCHRILIDIA (?) CRENULATA (p. 51).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
numerous localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; [Ft. Robinson],3 northwest
Nebraska, [August, 1888]; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner.
OCHRILIDIA (?) CINEREA (p. 52).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from a
number of localities.
Single type here designated: d"; Ft. McKinney, Wyoming,
[July, 1883]-; (L. Bruner) ; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Mermiria texana (p. 53).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
two localities.
Single type here designated : d" ; El Paso, Texas, [November,
1887]; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Mermiria maculipennis (p. 54).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
two localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; San Antonio, Texas, June;
M. Newell; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
2 The use of parentheses here is to show such data as is contained in the original
description and not on the specimen; the use of brackets indicates information
found on the specimen but not contained in the original description.
3 Vide Bruner in Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 140, 1910.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63
Syrbula acuticornis (p. 55).
Based on three female specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Southwestern Texas; F. G.
Schaupp; Hebard Collection, ex Bmner.
Eritettix variabilis (p. 56).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens [of both sexes] from
one locality.
Single type here designated: cf; Silver City, New Mexico,
(May); C.H. Marsh; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Eritettix abortivus (p. 56).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
two localities.
Single type here designated: cf; Washington County, Texas,
(April); (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
BOOTETTIX ARGENTATUS (p. 58).
Based on "numerous specimens" of both sexes from four localities.
Single type here designated: <? ;4 Lerdo, Durango, Mexico,
November; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Pedioscertetes pulchella (p. 60).
Based upon a single pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Birch Creek, Idaho,
August, 1883; L. Bruner; U. S. N. M. Collection.
PSOLOESSA BUDDIANA (p. 61).
Based on two female specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Carrizo Springs, Texas, June,
[1885]; A. Wadgymar; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
PSOLOESSA ? EUROTLE (p. 62).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
one locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Laramie River (just inside the
Colorado line), July, 1883; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner.
4 Owing to the fact that the specimens from the first localities given in the
original description have been discolored by immersion in alcohol, we have
selected as type a specimen from the first definite locality represented by perfect
material.
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Arphia saussureana (p. 63).
Based on "a large series" of specimens of both sexes from one
locality.
Single type here designated: d> ; Hills lying back of San Fran-
cisco, California, late October, [1887]; (L. Bruner, Koebele); Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
AlTLOCARA SCUDDERI (p. 63).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
many localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Ft. Robinson], Nebraska,
[August, 1888]; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Mestobregma pulchella (p. 64).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
the Yellowstone Valley.
Single type here designated: cf ; Glendive, Montana (below the
mouth of the Powder River), (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner.
CONOZOA TEXANA (p. 65).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
one locality.
Type designated by McNeill, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p.
406, 1901.
"One male (type), El Paso, Texas, G. W. Dunn, collector; Bruner
Collection."
This specimen, together with all others sent to McNeill for his
"Revision of the Genus Trimerotropis," has not been returned to the
collection from which it was borrowed.
CONOZOA ALBOLINEATA (p. 66).
Described from a single male specimen from Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia, Coquillett, collector; Bruner Collection. Sent to McNeill.
CONOZOA KOEBELEI (p. 67).
Described from a single male specimen from Placer County,
'California, September, Koebele, collector; Bruner Collection. Sent
to McNeill.
Trimerotropis cyaneipennis (p. 68).
Based on "numerous specimens both male and female" from one
locality.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65
Single type here designated : c? ; Near the mouth of Ogden
Canon, on the upper shore line of ancient Lake Bonneville, Salt Lake
Valley, Utah, [September, 1883]; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection,
ex Bruner.
Trimerotropis azurescens (p. 69).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
four localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Alkali Stage Station (Green
River), Wyoming, [Elevation 6,000 feet, July 27, 1877]; (S. H.
Scudder) ; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner. This is the only specimen
in the U. S. N. M. or Bruner Collection at present with locality
agreeing exactly with any of those given in the original description.
Trimerotropis bifasciata (p. 70).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of unstated sex from
one locality.
Type designated by McNeill, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p.
419, 1901.
"One male, without locality, Bruner Collection." As the original
description includes but one locality, Los Angeles, California (Coquil-
lett), it is natural to suppose that this specimen marked type by
Bruner came from that locality.
Trimerotropis californica (p. 71).
Based on two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: <? ; San Louis Valley, California;
Coquillett; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Trimerotropis modesta (p. 72).
Based on two female specimens from one locality.
Type designated by McNeill, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p.
426, 1901.
"One female, Silver City, New Mexico, Bruner's Type, Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner."
Trimerotropis thalassica (p. 72).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
one locality.
Single type here designated: c' ; Los Angeles, California, Septem-
ber-October; Koebele; U. S. N. M. Collection. Missing.
Trimerotropis pacifica (p. 73).
Described from a single male specimen from Los Angeles, Cali-
fornia, Coquillett, collector; Bruner Collection. Sent to McNeill.
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Trimerotropis perplexa (p. 74).
Based on four males and seven females from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Bad lands five or six miles to
the north of Chadron, Nebraska, August, [1888]; (L. Bruner);
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
ClRCOTETTIX LAPIDICOLTTS (p. 75).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Salmon City, Idaho (Salmon
River Range west of the place), [August, 1883]; (L. Bruner); Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
ClRCOTETTIX SHASTANUS (p. 76).
Described from a single male specimen from Hazel Creek, Shasta
County, California, August, 1885; Behrens; U. S. N. M. Col-
lection.
(EDIPODA (?) OCCIDENTALS (p. 77).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: d* ; High stony hilltops to the
southwest of San Francisco, California, late October, [1887]; (Koe-
bele, L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Thrinctjs (?) aridus (p. 78).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens of both sexes from
one locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Arid slopes back of Albuquerque,
New Mexico, May [22, 1883] ; (L. Bruner) ; Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner.
THRINCUS (?) MACULATUS (p. 79).
Based on four female specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Needles, California; Wickham;
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Haldemanella robusta (p. 81).
Based on two males and two females from one district.
Single type here designated: cf ; [Southwestern] Arizona; G. W.
Dunn, Rivers; dried alcoholic specimen in Hebard Collection,
ex Bruner.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67
II. "The North American Ceuthophili," by Samuel Hubbard
Scudder. (Proc. American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Vol. XXX, pp. 17-113, 1894.)
The specimens on which the species described in the present paper
were based were gathered together from many sources by Mr.
Scudder. The majority of these specimens became the property of
Mr. Scudder, so that in choosing the lectotypic specimens we find
twenty-six in the Collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, all
but four being from the Scudder Collection. Of the remaining thirteen
species described from material not in the Scudder Collection the
lectotypes have been found to be in the following collections; nine
in the Hebard Collection, ex Bruner; two in the United States
National Museum Collection, and two are in the possession of H.
Garman, Agr. Exp. Sta., University of Kentucky.
The labelling of specimens treated in this paper is rather uniform.
All of the specimens examined and recorded, with but few exceptions,
are labelled "Scudder's Type, 1894." The result is that such a
label signifies only that the specimen, if belonging to a species de-
scribed as new in the paper under consideration, is one of the typical
series.
After each reference in the paper under consideration the collec-
tion to which the material belonged is given in parentheses, but
where no parentheses are to be found it is understood that the
material belonged to Mr. Scudder himself. In quite a few cases,
however, where there are no parentheses the material did not belong
to Mr. Scudder. After the publication of this paper a very complete
series was sent to Professor Bruner, all the species being represented
of which Mr. Scudder had more than two specimens.
All but two of the specimens chosen as lectotypes in the present
paper have been examined by the authors.
There are no figures in the paper now before us and no general
statement is made in regard to the sources of the material used or
the location of the types.
Ceuthophilus variegatus (p. 31).
Based on two pairs from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Matamoras, Tamaulipas,
Mexico; L. B. Couch; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus latebricola (p. 37).
Described from four male and six female specimens from five
localities.
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Single type here designated : d" ; Washington, District of Colum-
bia; Wright; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus grandis (p. 38).
Described from one male and two females from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique o71; Chattanooga, Tennessee;
J. W. Martin; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Ceuthophilus secretus (p. 39).
Based on six males and two females from one locality.
Single type here designated : c? ; Dallas, Texas ; Boll ; Scudder
Collection.
Ceuthophilus palmeri (p. 40).
Described from fourteen pairs taken in three localities.
Single type here designated : c? ; from darkest recesses of side
caverns of a bat cave, Georgetown, Williamson County, Texas;
E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus corticicola (p. 41).
Based on five males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated : c? ; Dallas, Texas ; Boll ; Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.5
Ceuthophilus varicator (p. 42).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique c? ; Waco, Texas, July 13;
Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Ceuthophilus seclusus (p. 45).
Based on three males and seven females from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Dallas County, Iowa, August 6;
J. A. Allen; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus terrestris (p. 46).
Based on a series of eleven males and five females from thirteen
localities.
Single type here designated: cf; Nahant, Massachusetts0;
A. Agassiz; Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Ceuthophilus celatus (p. 48).
Described from three males and five females from five localities.
5 There are no males of this species in the Scudder Collection.
6 All other males in the series of specimens on which the description was
based are much less perfect. »
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69
Single type here designated: 9 ; Shasta County, California;
Behrens; [1885]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.7
Ceuthophilus arizonensis (p. 52).
Based on three males and nine females from two localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Prescott Mountain District,
Central Arizona8; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus uniformis (p. 53).
Described from five males and nine females taken in three localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Plains of Northern New Mexico,
eastern slope, October 14; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.9
Ceuthophilus heros (p. 54).
Described from three males and two females from North Carolina.
Single type here designated:, cf ; North Carolina, in old hollow
tree; H. K. Morrison; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus c^ecus (p. 60).
Based on one male and two females from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique cf ; Lexington, Kentucky,
June 28; S. Garman; property of H. Garman, Agr. Exp. Sta., Uni-
versity of Kentucky.
Ceuthophilus nigricans (p. 61).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Tyrone, Kentucky,
April 23; S. Garman; property of H. Garman, Agr. Exp. Sta.,
University of Kentucky.
Ceuthophilus fusiformis (p. 62).
Described from a unique male; Lincoln, Nebraska; (L. Bruner);
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ceuthophilus sallei (p. 63).
Described from a series of one male and seven females from a
single locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; New Orleans, Louisiana;
Auguste Salle; Scudder Collection.
7 There are no adults of this species in the Scudder Collection.
8 Owing to the name given by Scudder to this species, it would seem best not
to choose as lectotype a specimen from the first locality mentioned in the original
description.
9 There are no specimens of this species in the Scudder Collection with more
data than ''Colorado"; these cannot with certainty be considered to be of
the typical series.
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Ceuthophilus meridionalis (p. 66).
Based on a unique male; Chihuahua, Mexico; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus neglectus (p. 67).
Based on thirty-one males and twenty-nine females from thirteen
localities.
Single type here designated: o71 ; Ithaca, New York; Comstock;
Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus tenebrarum (p. 70).
Described from seven males and four females from five localities.
Single type here designated: cf 10; Bee Spring, Kentucky, June;
Sanborn; Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Ceuthophilus bicolor (p. 72).
Described from a unique male; Bee Spring, Kentucky, June 14;
F. G. Sanborn; Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Ceuthophilus valgus (p. 74).
Based on six males and three females from two localities.
Single type here designated: o71; Colorado, Elevation 7,000-
8,000 feet; H. K. Morrison; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus occultus (p. 77).
Described from one male and two females from Georgia.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Georgia; Morrison; Scudder
Collection.
Ceuthophilus alpinus (p. 78).
Based on two pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; South Park, Colorado, Elevation
8,000-10,000 feet, August 11-16, [1877]; S. H. Scudder; Scudder
Collection.
Ceuthophilus bruneri (p. 79).
Based on four males and five females from four localities.
Single type here designated : 9 ,* Lincoln, Nebraska, [September,
1888]; (L. Bruner); Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ceuthophilus mexicanus (p. 82).
Described from six males from two localities.
Single type here designated: c71; San Pedro, Coahuila, Mexico,
May 20; Scudder Collection.
10 This male is in much the most satisfactory condition of the specimens in the
type series.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71
Ceuthophilus crassus (p. 85).
Based on one male and three females from an unknown locality.
Single type here designated : unique cf ; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus pinguis (p. 86).
Based on four males from a single locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Eagle Pass, Texas; C. O. Schott;
Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus inquinatus (p. 87).
Based on two males and one female from two localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Fairbury, Nebraska, [September,
1892]; Dr. Eaton; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ceuthophilus discolor (p. 88).
Described from a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; West Point, Nebraska,
[September, 1880]; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ceuthophilus vinculatus (p. 91).
Described from four males and one female from two localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Fort Benton, Montana, Northern
Pacific Railroad Survey below Lake Jessie; Dr. Suckley; Scudder
Collection.
Ceuthophilus testaceus (p. 92).
Based on two pairs from three localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; West Point, Nebraska, [October] ;
from L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ceuthophilus latipes (p. 95).
Described from a unique male; Sierra de San Miguelito, Mexico;
E. Palmer; Scudder Collection. (This specimen is half destroyed.)
Ceuthophilus henshawi (p. 97).
Described from seven males and six females from six localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Sausalito {nee Sanzalito),
California; H.K.Morrison; Scudder Collection.
Ceuthophilus devius (p. 99).
Described from a pair from one region.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Explorations of Upper
Missouri and Yellowstone under Lt. Warren, Montana; F. V. Hayden;
Scudder Collection.
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Ceuthophilus neomexicanus (p. 100).
Based on four males and one female from a single locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Fort Wingate, New Mexico;
Shufeldt; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Phrixocnemis truculentus (p. 103).
Based on two males and one female from two localities.
Single type here designated: d" ; Peru, Nebraska; Professor
Taylor (nee Townsend) ; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Phrixocnemis validus (p. 105).
Based on a unique male; California; H. Edwards; Scudder
Collection.
Phrixocnemis bellicosus (p. 106).
Based on a pair from Colorado.
Single type here designated: unique c? ; (probably Ute Pass,)
Colorado, elevation 7,000 feet; H. K. Morrison; Scudder Collection.
III. "Revision of the Orthopteran Group Melanopli (Acri-
diid,e), with Special Reference to North American
Forms," by Samuel Hubbard Scudder. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. 20, pp. 1-421, Plates I-XXVI, 1897.)
The greater portion of the material studied in the paper before us
was the property of Mr. Scudder; but a great number of specimens,
many of species which were not contained in his collection were
loaned to him for study by Professor Bruner and still others were
sent to him for examination by the United States National Museum.
Others furnished material for this revision, but in such small quanti-
ties that the paper may be said to be based almost wholly upon the
material in the three mentioned collections. A very fair idea of the
relative importance of these collections in the present work may be
had from the number of lectotypes chosen from each of the collections
in the present paper. Of these types there are fifty-seven in the
Collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (all but three
being from the Scudder Collection), thirty-eight in the Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner, nineteen in the United States National Mu-
seum, one in the McNeill Collection, one in the University of Kansas
Collection, and one in the Brunner von Wattenwyl Collection.
The choice of the types in the paper under consideration has been
greatly facilitated by the fact that in almost every case one of the
best and most suitable specimens in the typical series is figured, the
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73
locality at which the specimen figured was taken is given in the
explanation of the plate, and each specimen so utilized bears the
label " drawn" in Mr. Scudder's handwriting. It is practically
certain that these are the specimens which Mr. Scudder would have
chosen as the single types of his new species had such action at that
time been customary.
Practically every specimen of the group used in the preparation
of this work was labelled " Scudder's Type," consequently such a
label signifies solely that the specimen, if belonging to a species there
described as new, belonged to the typical series.
In Mr. Scudder's paper the collection to which the material belongs
is given in parentheses after each reference, but where no parentheses
are to be found it is understood that the material belonged to Mr.
Scudder himself.
All but three of the specimens chosen as lectotypes in the present
paper have been examined by the authors.
Gymnoscirtetes pusillus (p. 15).
Based on one pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ,' Jacksonville,
Duval County, Florida, [August, 1886]; Ashmead; Hebard Col-
lection, ex Bruner.
Netrosoma fusiformis (p. 17).
Based on three male and fourteen female specimens from one
locality.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Montelovez, Coahuila
[Chihuahua in error], Mexico, September 20; E. Palmer; Scudder
Collection.
Netrosoma nigropleura (p. 18).
Based on two males from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Lerdo, Durango,
Mexico; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Ph.edrotettix angustipennis (p. 22).
Based on six specimens of each sex from three localities.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; Mount Alvarez, San
Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; U. S. N. M. Collection.
CONALCEA MIGUELITANA (p. 24).
Based on two male and three female specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Sierra de San Miguelito,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
CoNALC^EA TRUNCATIPENNIS (p. 25).
Based on a single female specimen; Saltillo, Nuevo Leon, Mexico,
March 21-28; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
CONALCEA NEOMEXICANA (p. 26).
Based on a unique male: figured; Silver City, Grant County,
New Mexico; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Barytetttx crassus (p. 28).
Based on one male specimen: figured; San Jose del Cabo, Lower
California; G. Eisen; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Barytettix peninsula (p. 28).
Based on a unique female; Lower California; G. Eisen; Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
Phaulotettix compressus (p. 30).
Based on a single male: figured; Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico,
September 20; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Cephalotettix parvulus (p. 31).
Based on two males from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Otoyac, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, Elevation 2,700 feet, December; L. Bruner; Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
Rhabdotettix concinnus (p. 33).
Based on one male and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: unique figured d1 ; Waco, McLennan
County, Texas, October 4, Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Rhabdotettix palmerl (p. 34).
Based on eight male and twelve female specimens from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Montelovez, Coahuila,
Mexico, September 22; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Cyclocercus bistrigata (p. 37).
Based on one male and four females from three localities.
Single type here designated : unique figured d1 ; Venis Mecas,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico, June 6; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Cyclocercus accola (p. 38).
Based on two males and a single female from two localities.
Single type here designated : figured d1 ; Corpus Christ! Bay,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75
Nueces County, Texas, December 11-20; E. Palmer; Scudder
Collection.
Cyclocercus valga (p. 39).
Based on a unique male: figured; Sierra Nola, Tamaulipas,
Mexico, December 3-6; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
SlNALOA BEHRENSII (p. 40).
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf; Sinaloa, Mexico;
Koels; from Behrens; Scudder Collection.
Paraidemona mimica (p. 43).
Based on four males and five females from four localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Uvalde, Texas, last
week of July; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Campylacantha similis (p. 52).
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured c? ; Lerdo, Durango,
Mexico, November; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
EOTETTIX SIGNATUS (p. 54).
Based on a single male: figured; East Florida; W. H. Ashmead;
McNeill Collection.
Hesperotettix meridionalis (p. 59).
Based on one male and two female specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: unique figured <? ; Guanajuato,
Mexico; A. Duges; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Hesperotettix festivus (p. 60).
Based on sixty-six males and fifty-eight females from five localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Salt Lake Valley, Utah,
Elevation 4,300 feet, August 1-4, [1877]; Scudder; Scudder Col-
lection.
Hesperotettix pacificus (p. 61).
Based on two male and eight female specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf1; Los Angeles [County],
California; Koebele; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Hesperotettix curtipennis (p. 62).
Based on two females from one locality.
76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Single type here designated: 9 ; Colorado, [1884]; Morrison;
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Hesperotettix pratensis (p. 64). /
Based on forty males and sixty-eight females from thirty localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Dallas, Texas, July 18;
Boll; Scudder Collection.
iEoLOPLUS TENUIPENNIS (p. 70).
Based on a single male: figured; Fort Grant, Graham County,
Arizona; U. S. N. M. Collection.
^EOLOPLUS ELEGANS (p. 71).
Based on one male: figured; Las Cruces, Donna Ana County,
New Mexico, August 8, [1893]; T. D. A. Cockerell; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
iEoLOPLTJS REGALIS Sc." (p. 71).
Nee Caloptenus regalis Dodge or Melanoplus regalis Bruner.
New name, JEoloplus bruneri Caudell (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
Vol. VIII, p. 134, 1906).
Based on five males and forty-one females from seven localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Lakin, Kearny County,
Kansas, elevation 3,000 feet, July-September; Scudder Collection.
iEoLOPLUS CALIFORNICUS (p. 73).
Based on one male and four female specimens from California.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; California;
Burrison; from Henshaw; Scudder Collection.
iEoLOPLUS UNIFORMIS (p. 77).
Based on a pair from two localities.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Fort Whipple,
Yavapai County, Arizona; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
iEoLOPLUS ARIZONENSIS (p. 78).
Based on five males and four females from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Fort Whipple, Yavapai
County, Arizona; Scudder Collection.
iEoLOPLUS OCULATUS (p. 79).
Based on one male: figured; Mohave, Arizona; Wickham;
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Bradynotes caurus (p. 83).
Based on two male and six female specimens from three localities.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Yakima River opposite
Ellensburg, Kittitas County, Washington, July 8-9; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
Bradynotes expleta (p. 84).
Based on two males and one female from a single locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Easton, Kittitas County,
Washington; Scudder Collection.
Bradynotes pinguis (p. 85).
Based on five males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated11: cf; Reno, Washoe County,
Nevada, [June 23, 1890]; Hillman; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Bradynotes referta (p. 88).
Based on two males and three female specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Soldier, Logan County,
Idaho; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Bradynotes satur (p. 89).
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; Placer County,
California, September; [Koebele]; U. S. N. M. Collection.
PODISMA VARIEGATA (p. 101).
Based on two males and one female from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Ithaca, Tomkins County,
New York, elevation about 400 feet, November; J. H. Comstock;
Scudder Collection.
PODISMA NUBICOLA (p. 102).
Based on ten male and seven female specimens from a single
locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Mount Lincoln, Park
County, Colorado, above timber, elevation 11,000-13,000 feet,
August 13, [1877]; S. H. Scudder; Scudder Collection.
PODISMA ASCENSOR (p. 107).
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; American Fork
Canyon, Utah; A. S. Packard; Scudder Collection.
11 As the original locality of the figured specimen is in doubt, we use in this
case the first exact record of locality given.
78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
PODISMA PARNASSICA (p. 113).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured d* ; Mt. Parnassus,
Greece; Brunner von Wattenwyl Collection.
PODISMA DAIRISAMA (p. 114).
Based on a pair from Japan.
Single type here designated: unique figured cT ; Japan; U. S.
N. M. Collection. Material can not be found.
Paratylotropidia brunneri (p. 118).
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Dakota; Hebard
Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus marculentus (p. 139).
Based on thirty-two male and forty-two female specimens from
eight localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Sierra de San Miguelito,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus sonor^e (p. 143).
Based on one male and four females from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Sonora, Mexico;
A. Schott; Mexican Boundary Survey; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Material cannot be found.
Melanoplus cuneatus (p. 147).
Based on three males from three localities.
Single type here designated : figured d? ; Silver City, Grant
County, New Mexico; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus simplex (p. 150).
Based on two males and one female from Colorado.
Single type here designated ; figured <? ; Colorado, elevation
5,500 feet; Morrison; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus rileyanus (p. 151).
Based on six males and seventeen females from four localities.
Single type here designated : figured d" ; Los Angeles County,
California, (May, September); Coquillett; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus flavescens (p. 155).
Based on a single male : figured; San Diego [County], California;
Coquillett; U. S. N. M. Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79
Melanoplus pictus (p. 156).
Based on a unique male: figured; Bradshaw Mountain, Arizona.
June 21, [1892]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus elongatus (p. 160).
Based on five male and four female specimens from five localities.
Single type here designated: figufed c? ; Bledos, San Luis Potosi,
Mexico, October; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus bruneri (p. 164).
Based on twenty-three males and twenty-five females from twelve
localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf; Fort McLeod, Alberta,
Canada, August [1882]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus excelsus (p. 166).
Based on four male and five female specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Mt. Lincoln, Park
County, Colorado, above timber, elevation 11,000-13,000 feet,
August 13, [1877]; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus utahensis (p. 167).
Based on a unique male; figured; Salt Lake [Valley], Utah,
August 30; L. Bruner; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus alaskanus (p. 169).
Based on two males and one female from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Alaska; T. C. Menden-
hall; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus affinis (p. 171).
Based on six males and four females from eight localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Salt Lake Valley, Utah,
August 30; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus intermedius (p. 172).
Based on fifteen male and twenty-three female specimens from
five localities.
Single type here designated: second12 figured c? ; Yellowstone,
Montana, August, [1888]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
12 This specimen was chosen as type rather than tha first figured, owing to the
fact that the specimen is in the best condition.
80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Melanoplus defectus (p. 177).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured d" ; Grand Junction,
Mesa County, Colorado, June, [1893]; L. Bruner; Hebard Col-
lection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus diminutus (p. 19(5).
Based on five males and nine females from three localities.
Single type here designated : figured <? ; Monterey, Calif ornia,
October 19, next seashore; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus consanguineus (p. 192).
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured d" ; [Sonoma13]
County, California, October; [Koebele]; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus sierranus (p. 193).
Based on twenty-eight male and twenty-three female specimens
from three localities.
Single type here designated: figured d1 ; Truckee, Nevada
County, California, October 10; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus ater (p. 194).
Based on two males and three females from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, November, [1887]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus virgatus (p. 199).
Based on eleven males and twelve females from six localities.
Single type here designated14: cf ; Siskiyou County, California,
July; Riley; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus uniformis (p. 201).
Described from nine male and eight female specimens from five
localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Sacramento County,
California; Coquillett; U. S. N. M. Collection.
13 Sacramento County instead of Sonoma County has been given by mistake
in the original description, and for the same specimen, Sonora County in the
plate reference.
14 As the figured specimen of this species is probably lost, having been sent to
McNeill, we have chosen a specimen from the first definite locality given as the
single type.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81
Melanoplus angelicus (p. 202).
Described from two male specimens from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Los Angeles, California;
Coquillett; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus impudicus (p. 204).
Based on one male and two female specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Georgia; Morri-
son; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus nitidus (p. 207).
Based on a pair from two localities.
Single type here designated : unique figured c? ; Tepic, Jalisco,
Mexico, November; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus indigens (p. 211).
Described from a single male: figured; Salmon City, Lemhi
County, Idaho, August, [1883]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus gillettei (p. 215).
Based on two males from the same locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Rabbit Ears Pass,
Colorado, elevation about 10,000 feet, July 20; C. P. Gillette;
Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus artemisle (p. 217).
Based on four male and ten female specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Salmon City, Lemhi
County, Idaho, August, [1888]; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus cancri (p. 219).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Cape St. Lucas,
Lower California; J. Xantus; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus reflexus (p. 221).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured o* ; Ciudad del
Maiz, San Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus meridionalis (p. 223).
Based on three males and eight females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; Mount Alvarez, San
Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer: Scudder Collection.
0
82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Melanoplus militaris (p. 224).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; Soldier, Logan
County, Idaho; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus gladstoni (p. 229).
Based on eighteen males and nine females from five localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Medicine Hat, Assiniboia,
September, [1882]; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus palmeri (p. 230).
Based on four specimens of each sex from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Fort Whipple, Yavapai
County, Arizona; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus walshii (p. 235).
Based on one male and seven female specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated:15 9 ; Rock Island, Illinois; B. D.
Walsh; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus gracilipes (p. 238).
Based on three males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Los Angeles, California:
Coquillett; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus geniculatus (p. 239).
Described from a pair from Mexico.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Mexico; from
W. S. Blatchley; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus tenuipennis (p. 244).
Based on three males and five females from five localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Los Angeles, California;
Coquillett; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus missionum (p. 246).
Based on two males and one female from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Los Angeles [County].
California, [July]; Coquillett; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus fusctpes (p. 247).
Based on six male and four female specimens from five localities.
15 The unfigured female from Walsh is chosen as single type in accord with
Scudder's notes. We have, however, examined the eight specimens and find
them to be the same species.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83
Single type here designated : figured cf ; between San Luis
Obispo and San Simeon Bay, California; E. Palmer; Scudder
Collection.
Melanoplus scitulus (p. 249).
Based on two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Mount Alvarez, San
Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus inornatus (p. 254).
Based on one male and two females from probably two localities.
Single type here designated:16 9 ; Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico,
(September 20); E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus viridipes (p. 255).
Based on twelve males and thirteen females from six localities.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Moline, Rock Island
County, Illinois; [June 5, 1888]; McNeill; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus decorus (p. 257).
Based on two males from the same locality.
Single type here designated : figured d71 ; Pungo Bluff (Dingo
Bluff sic), North Carolina, November 15, [1876]; Parker [and]
Maynard; Scudder Collection..
Melanoplus attenuatus (p. 259).
Based on three male specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; Smithville. Brunswick
County, North Carolina, November 22, [1876]; [Parker and] May-
nard; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus amplectens (p. 260).
Based on a single male: figured; Bee Spring, Edmonson County,
Kentucky, June 14-15; F. G. Sanborn; Mus. Comp. Zool. Col-
lection.
Melanoplus saltator (p. 261).
Based on ten male and fourteen female specimens from four
localities.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; Portland, Multnomah
County, Oregon; Packard; Scudder Collection.
16 In this instance the unique figured male was sent to McNeill; the specimen
had no data.
84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Melanoplus juvencus (p. 266).
Described from a single male: figured; no data on specimen
marked figured, in original description "Fort Reed, Orange County,
Florida, April 8; Comstock" is given. Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus alleni (p. 273).
Based on two male specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Crawford County, Iowa;
July 13-24; J. A. Allen; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus snowii (p. 274).
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured d" ; Magdalena,
Socorro County, New Mexico, July; F. H. Snow; University of
Kansas Collection.
Melanoplus propinquus (p. 285).
Based on seventy-seven males and eighty-seven females from
thirteen localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Fort Reed, Orange
County, Florida, April 23, [1876]; J. H. Comstock; Scudder Col-
lection.
Melanoplus monticola (p. 290).
Based on two pairs from a single locality.
' Single type here designated : figured d" ; Sierra Blanca, Colorado,
above timber, elevation 12,000-13,000 feet, August 29, 1877;
S. H. Scudder; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus bispinosus (p. 292).
Based on three males and two females from three localities.
Single type here designated :17 cf ; Tiger Mills, Burnet County,
Texas; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus terminalis (p. 293).
Based on five males from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured d" ; Gulf Coast of Texas;
Aaron; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus cyanipes (p. 295).
Based on fifteen male and nine female specimens from four localities.
17 A male from the first definite locality is chosen because the figured specimen
from the Bruner Collection has been destroyed.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Pasadena, Los Angeles
County, California, October 23; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus complanatipes (p. 298).
Based on two males and three females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cT ; Cape St. Lucas, Lower
California; J. Xantus; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus canonicus (p. 300).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Grand Canyon
of the Colorado, Arizona, July 10, [1892]; Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner.
Melanoplus comptus (p. 302).
Based on two males from different localities.
Single type here designated : figured <? ; Sidney, Cheyenne
County, Nebraska, August 25; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus coccineipes (p. 303).
Based on twenty-eight males and thirty-one females from seventeen
localities.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Sand Hills, Nebraska,
July; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus impiger (p. 306).
Based on sixteen males and thirty-six females from nine localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Barber County, Kansas;
Cragin; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus corpulentus (p. 313).
Based on nineteen male and fifteen female specimens from seven
localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Sierra de San Miguelito,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus conspersus (p. 315).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; Southwest
Nebraska; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus compactus (p. 316).
Based on two pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Dakota; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Melanoplus variabilis (p. 319).
Based on two pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; City of Mexico, Mexico,
November, [1887]; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus lepidus (p. 321).
Based on six males and seven females from three localities.
Single type here designated : figured c? ; Truckee, Nevada
County, California, October 10; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus inops (p. 329).
Described from a unique male: figured; Florida; Pridday;
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus paroxyoides (p. 331).
Based on three males and four females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured d\; Key West, Florida;
Morrison; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus alpinus (p. 333).
Described from thirteen males and eleven females from three
localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Henry Lake, Idaho,
August; L. Bruner; IT. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus confusus (p. 339).
Based on one male and three females from two localities.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; Munsons Hill
(Kentucky?), July 12; Mus. Comp. Zool. Collection.
Melanoplus furcatus (p. 358).
Based on one pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cT ; Jacksonville,
Duval County, Florida; Pridday; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus thomasi (p. 368).
Based on a unique male: figured; Lerdo, Durango, Mexico,
November; L. Bruner; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus olivaceus (p. 370).
Described from three males and two females from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Los Angeles, California,
July, [1886]; Coquillett; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
Melanoplus arboreus (p. 372).
Described from six males and two females from three localities.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Dallas, Texas; Boll;
Scudder Collection.
PCECILOTETTIX SANGUINEUS (p. 387).
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Bradshaw Mountain,
Arizona, June 21; A. B. Cordley; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
POECILOTETTIX COCCINATUS (p. 389).
Based on one male and three females from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique figured cf ; Los Angeles
[County], California, [July]; Coquillett: U. S. N. M. Collection. .
IV. "Supplement to a Revision of the Melanopli," by
Samuel Hubbard Scudder. (Proc. Davenport Academy of
Nat. Sci., Davenport, Iowa. Vol. VII, pp. 157-205, plates
VII-IX, 1899.)
In the paper here considered we find all but four of the species
described, with the specimens which should be chosen as lectotypes,
in the Scudder Collection; of the four remaining, the lectotypes of
two should be chosen from the Morse Collection, one from the
Hancock Collection, and one from the Collection of C. F. Baker;
the last two alone have not been personally examined by the
authors.
The method followed is the same as in the Revision of the
Melanopli, where figures are given in the present paper; so that the
choice of the lectotype is likewise more easy and satisfactory than
usual.
Although the first sets of all the material collected on the Pacific
Coast in 1897 by Professor Morse and described in this paper by
Mr. Scudder were to go to the author, the large series of many species
remaining are all the property of Professor Morse.
PODISMA POLITA (p. 158).
Based on nineteen males and eight females from a single locality.
Single type here designated : figured d71 ; Divide (nee Cottage
Grove), Lane County, Oregon, September 12, [1897]: A. P. Morse;
Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus blandus (p. 161).
Based on seven males from one locality.
Single type here designated : figured d" ; summit of Mount
88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Wilson {nee Altadena), Los Angeles County, California, July 28,
[1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus incisus (p. 163).
Described from a unique male; Fort Collins, Larimer County,
Colorado, August 11; C. F. Baker; C. F. Baker Collection.
Melanoplus femur-nigrum (p. 165).
Based on thirteen males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; San Francisco Moun-
tains, near Flagstaff, Coconino County, Arizona, July 30, [1897];
Dr. J. L. Hancock; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus varicus (p. 168).
Described from fourteen males and six females from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Tehachapi, Kern County,
California, August 2, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus immunis (p. 170).
Described from two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Mary's Peak, Benton County,
Oregon, September 16, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus acutus (p. 171).
Described from two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Brown's Valley, Traverse
County, Minnesota, October 26; 0. Lugger; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus usitatus (p. 172).
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique cf ; Corvallis, Benton
County, Oregon, June 9, [1895]; A. B. Cordley; Morse Collection.
Melanoplus pinctus (p. 175).
Based on seven pairs from three localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; San Diego, California,
July 22, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus truncatus (p. 177).
Described from six males and one female from the same locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; San Francisco Moun-
tains, ([near] Flagstaff), Coconino County, Arizona, July 31, [error
pro 30], [1897]; Dr. J. L. Hancock; Scudder Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89
Melanoplus phcetaliotiformis (p. 179).
Described from nineteen males and fourteen females from a single
locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Gazelle, Siskiyou County,
California, September 5, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus incultus (p. 181).
Described from four males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; foothills five miles west
of Fort Collins, Colorado, July 10; -C. F. Baker; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus franciscanus (p. 183).
Described from forty-eight males and twenty-one females from a
single locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; San Francisco Moun-
tains ([near] Flagstaff), Coconino County, Arizona, July 30, [1897];
Dr. J. L. Hancock: Hancock Collection.
Melanoplus ablutus (p. 185).
Based on two males and nine females from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Wawona, Mariposa
County, California, August 13, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder
Collection.
Melanoplus nanus (p. 187).
Based on twenty-seven males and twenty-two females from four
localities.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Berkeley, Alameda
County, California, August 21, [error pro 20], [1897]; A. P. Morse;
Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus ligneolus (p. 188).
Based on eight pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Benicia, Solano County,
California, August 26, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus dealbatus (p. 190).
Based on five males and thirteen females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Ceres, Stanislaus
County, California, August 17, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Col-
lection.
Melanoplus pilatus (p. 192).
Based on one pair from two localities.
90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Single type here designated: unique cf18; mouth of Big South
River, Larimer County, Colorado, elevation 8,000 feet, August 3;
C. F. Baker; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus ascensus (p. 196).
Based on five males from two localities.
Single type here designated : figured c? ; Mount Shasta, Northern
California, just below the forest line, September 2, [1897]; A. P.
Morse; Scudder Collection.
Melanoplus validus (p. 197). ■
Based on forty-three males and females from three localities.
Single type here designated : figured d71 ; Grant's Pass, Josephine
County, Oregon, September 8, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Col-
lection.
Melanoplus algidus (p. 199).
Based on thirty-six pairs from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured d71 ; Mary's Peak, Benton
County, Oregon, September 16, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder
Collection.
Melanoplus debilis (p. 201).
Described from twenty males and twenty-six females from two
localities.
Single .type here designated: figured d" ; Ashland, Jackson
County, Oregon, September 7, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Col-
lection.
Melanoplus calidus (p. 203).
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Oilman's Ranch, Eagle
Creek, White Mountains, Lincoln County, New Mexico, elevation
7,000 feet, August 10-16, [1897]; E. O. Wooton; Morse Collection.
V. "Short Studies of North American Tryxalin^e," by Samuel
Hubbard Scudder. (Proc. American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, Vol. XXXV, pp. 41-57, 1899.)
The lectotypes here chosen of all the new species described in the
paper before us are in the Scudder Collection and have been examined
by the authors.
18 The female of this species has been figured, but the importance of the other
sex in this genus makes it advisable to choose the unique unfigured male as the
lecto*ype.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91
As is the case with other material collected by Professor Morse
in 1897 and described by Mr. Scudder, the first sets of specimens of
new species taken by Professor Morse are in the Scudder Collection
while the remaining large series are in the Morse Collection-
Mermiria intertexta (p. 42).
Described from two pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Georgia ; Morrison ; Scudder
Collection.
Mermiria vigilans (p. 43).
Described from two males and four females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Smithville, North Carolina,
November 22, [1876]; [Parker and Maynard]; Scudder Collection.
Acentetus carinatus (p. 45).
Based on a unique male; Florissant, Colorado, August 17-22,
[1877]; (S. H. Scudder); Scudder Collection.
Opeia testacea (p. 46).
Described from twenty-five males and seventeen females from four
localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Lancaster, California, August 1,
1897; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
(Eonomus altus (p. 47).
Based on fifteen males and nine females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Mount Wilson, [nee Altadena],
California, elevation 2,400 feet, July 27, [1897]; A. P. Morse;
Scudder Collection.
Horesidotes cinereus (p. 49).
Described from nineteen male and eleven female specimens from
two localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; (Palm Canon), Palm Springs,
California, July 13, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Stenobothrus oregonensis (p. 50).
Described from numerous specimens from thirteen localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Divide, Oregon,19 September 12,
[1897]; A.P.Morse; Scudder Collection.
19 A specimen from this locality was chosen as the single type owing to the
fact that Divide, Oregon, is about the middle of the northward and southward
range of this species.
92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.r
Stirapleura pusilla (p. 52).
Based on eighty-nine males and eighty females from seventeen
localities.
Single type here designated: c? ; Mesilla, New Mexico, July 1,
[1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Stirapleura tenuicarina (p. 53).
Described from a unique female; Sierra Blanca, El Paso County,
Texas, June 26, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
AULOCARA RUFUM (p. 55).
Based on five males and four females from one locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Pueblo, Colorado, August 30-31,
[1877], [elevation 4,700 feet]; Scudder Collection.
AULOCARA FEMORATUM (p. 55).
Described from five males from four localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Lakin, Kansas, September 1,
[1877], [elevation 3,000 feet]; Scudder Collection.
AULOCARA PARALLELUM (p. 57).
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique d71 ; Salt Lake Valley, Utah,
August 1-4; Scudder Collection.
VI. " The Orthopteran Genus Schistocerca," by Samuel Hub-
bard Scudder. (Proc. American Academy of Arts and Sciences,
Vol. XXXIV, pp. 441-476, 1899.)
There are twenty-three species described as new in the paper
before us; of these we have found it advisable to choose the lecto-
typic specimens of nineteen of the new species from the Scudder
Collection and the remaining four from the Hebard Collection, ex
Bruner. The majority of specimens upon which these descriptions
are based are dried alcoholics and many are, moreover, in very poor
condition. In a few cases these factors have been consequently
of more importance than usual in selecting a specimen from the type
series as single type. There are no figures whatever. The labelling
is the same as in "The North American Ceuthophili," the second
paper treated in the present series, the date 1899, of course, being-
used. The exact location of the material is given as chiefly from
the Scudder Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93
SCHISTOCERCA GRACILIS (p. 447).
Described from a unique male; South America; Scudder Col-
lection.
SCHISTOCERCA AURANTIA (p. 448).
Based on one male and eight females from four localities.
Single type here designated: 920; Merida [nee Meriden],
Yucatan; Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA CARINATA (p. 449).
Based on a series of one male and six females from four localities.
Single type here designated: 921; Vera Cruz, Mexico; Heyde;
Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
SCHISTOCERCA CROCOTARIA (p. 450).
Described from a series of five females from two localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Chontales, Nicaragua; Scudder
Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA INTERRITA (p. 450).
Based on two females from Peru.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Peru; H. Edwards; Scudder
Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA CAMERATA (p. 451).
Described from a series of three females from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Sinaloa, Mexico; Koels;
Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA MELLEA (p. 452).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Vera Cruz, Mexico;
Heyde; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
SCHISTOCERCA ZAPOTECA (p. 453).
Based on twenty-one males and thirteen females from five localities.
Single type here designated: cT ; Venis Mecas, Mexico, January
6; Palmer; Scudder Collection.
20 This specimen is chosen as single type as it comes from the first definite
locality and is in much better condition than the other specimens of the typical
series.
21 This specimen is chosen as the single type as it fits the description perfectly,
is in good condition and comes from a definite locality; it is the only specimen
of the typical series which is satisfactory in all of these respects.
94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
SCHISTOCERCA PYRAMID ATA (p. 454).
• . Described from two males and five females from one locality.
Single type here designated: d71 ; Cuernavaca, Mexico; Barrett;.
Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA DESILIENS (p. 455).
Described from one male and four females from two localities.
Single type here designated: unique d" ; . Rio de Janeiro, Brazil,
November; Scudder Collection, (from Mus. Comp. Zool.).
SCHISTOCERCA INFUMATA (p. 457 I.
Described from seven male and three female specimens from two
localities.
Single type here designated : c? ; Montevideo, Uruguay ; Meyer-
Diir; Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA ^QUALIS (p. 458).
Based on two males from the same locality.
Single type here designated: d" ; Demerara, British Guiana;
Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA MAYA (p. 458).
Based on three males from two localities.
Single type here designated: d* ; Venis Mecas, Mexico, January
6; Palmer; Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA GULOSA (p. 459).
Based *on a single female; Demerara, British Guiana; Scudder
Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA BOGOTENSIS (p. 460).
Described from two females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Bogota, Columbia; Scudder
Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA IDONEA (p. 461).
Based on^three females from the same locality.
Single type here designated: 5 ; Chapada [nee Crapada], Brazil,
July-August; Scudder Collection, (from Mus. Comp. Zool.).
SCHISTOCERCA SONORENSIS (p. 463).
Based on two males from a single locality.
Single type here^ designated: cf ; Sonora, Mexico; Schott;
Scudder Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95
SCHISTOCERCA LINEATA (p. 465).
Based on two males and ten females from five localities.
Single type here designated: d1 ; Barber County, Kansas;
Cragin; Hebard Collection; ex Bruner.
SCHISTOCERCA VENUSTA (p. 467).
Described from twenty-two males and sixteen females from twelve
localities.
Single type here designated: c?22; Indio, California, July 9, 1897;
Morse; Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA MEXICANA (p. 468).
Described from a single male; Sinaloa, Mexico; Koels; Scudder
Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA SEPARATA (p. 469).
Described from one male and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated : unique cf ; Chontales, Nicaragua ;.
Scudder Collection.
SCHISTOCERCA OBLIQUATA (p. 470).
Based on one male and two females from a single locality.
Single type here designated : unique c? ; San Jose del Cabo.
Lower California, Mexico; Hebard Collection, ex Bruner.
SCHISTOCERCA PERTURBANS (p. 471).
Based on five female specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana;
Richardson; Scudder Collection, (from Mus. Comp. Zool.).
VII. "The Species of the Orthopteran Genus Derotmema,"
by Samuel Hubbard Scudder. (Proc. American Academy of
Arts and Sciences, Vol. XXXV, pp. 387-395, 1900.)
In the short paper before us we find all of the species described ;
with the specimens which should be chosen as lectotypes, in the
Scudder Collection, and all of the specimens so chosen in the present
paper have been examined by the authors.
The first sets of all the material collected on the Pacific Coast in
1897 by Professor Morse and described in this paper by Mr. Scudder
were to go to the author, the great majority of remaining specimens
were to go to Professor Morse.
22 This specimen is chosen as the single type as it is in the best of condition
and is in accord with the description throughout.
96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Derotmema laticinctum (p. 389).
Based on thirty males and twenty-eight females from five localities.
Single type here designated:23 cf ; Mesilla, New Mexico, June
30, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Derotmema delicatulum (p. 390).
Based on five males and three females from three localities.
Single type here designated: d* ; Lancaster, California, July 31,
[1897]; A. P. Morse; Scudder Collection.
Derotmema saussureanum (p. 391).
Based on forty-five males and thirty-four females from eight
localities.
Single type here designated: d\; San Bernardino, California,
July 16, [1897]; A. P. Morse; the type specimen has blue wings.
Scudder Collection.
Derotmema lentiginosum (p. 393).
Based on ten males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; South Park, Colorado, August
11-16, [1877], [Altitude 8,000-10,000 feet]; (S. H. Scudder); Scudder
Collection.
Derotmema lichenosum (p. 394).
Based on forty males and fourteen females from ten localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Alkali [Stage Station, Green
River], Wyoming, July 27, [1877], [elevation 6,000 feet]; (S. H.
Scudder); Scudder Collection.
SECTION TWO.
In this section of the series of Single Type papers it has been
decided to treat the North American species which have been de-
scribed by the authors. -It has seemed best to consider these all in
one paper, not making divisions of the different papers in which the
new species were described, owing to the frequent brevity and con-
siderable number of such papers. In the present paper we have
few of the difficulties to contend with which we encountered and dis-
cussed in Section One of this series of articles, because it has always
been the custom of the authors to describe new species from one
specimen, if but one sex of a new species was at hand, and from two
23 There is no male specimen in the typical series from Las Cruces, New
Mexico, the first locality given in the original description.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97
specimens, one of each sex, if both sexes were available. It is
consequently evident that, among the species at present under
consideration, a great number will be found already limited to a
single type, and the present limitations of the others consist merely
in determining which sex should be selected as single type. There
is but one case, that of Homceogamia subdiaphana mohavensis, where,
in the original description, the limitation was accidentally over-
looked. The present paper falls naturally into two portions. The
first of these treats those species which have been described by the
senior author; there are forty-five of these, of which twenty-four are
located in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, eleven
in the Collection of the University of Kansas, six in the Kebard
Collection and two each in the United States National Museum
and the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.
The second portion treats those species described jointly by the
authors of the present paper; there are thirty-eight of these, thirty-
four in the Hebard Collection, three in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia and one in the United States National
Museum. The nomenclature given will be that of the original
description, as these papers are not intended to be at all revisionary;
the names generally conceded to be absolute synonyms, however,
have been omitted.
Part One — Species of North American Orthoptera described
by James A. G. Rehn.
ISCHNOPTERA JOHNSONI.
Ent, News, Vol. XIV, p. 234, 1903.
Based on a unique male from St. Augustine, Florida; C. W.
Johnson; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Homceogamia erratica.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, p. 187.
Described from one male from Prescott, Arizona, June 10, 1902;
Oslar; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Chorisoneura plocea.
Ent, News, Vol. XV, p. 164, 1904.
Described from a unique female from the coast of South Carolina
[probably near Charleston] ;24 Hebard Collection.
21 Brackets are used in the present paper wherever additional data is given to
that contained in the original description.
7
98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.r
LlTANEUTRIA SKINNERI.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 26, fig. 1.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cT type; Can* Canyon,.
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, August, 1905;
Dr. H. Skinner; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Stagmomantis GRACILIPES.
Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 67, figs. 15, 16.
Described from a unique figured male from the Baboquivari
Mountains, Pima County, Arizona, August, 1906; F. H. Snow;
University of Kansas Collection.
Vates townsendi.
Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus., Vol. XXVII, p. 573, 1904.
Described from a unique female taken at Zapotlan, Jalisco, Mexico,
July 8, 1902; C. H. T. Townsend; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Sermyle arbusctjla.
Can. Ent., Vol. XXXIV, p. 141, 1902.
Based on a unique female taken at San Diego, California, May 7,.
1901; G. W. Dunn; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Prorocorypha snowi.
Kan, Univ. Sci. Bull, Vol. V, No. 17, p. 301, PI. LXIII, two figs.,.
1912.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique, figured, nearly adult cf type;.
Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, elevation 5,000-8,000 feet, June,
1907; F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
CORDILLACRIS PIMA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 69, figs. 17, 18.
Based on a unique female specimen from the Baboquivari Moun-
tains, Pima County, Arizona, 1906; F. H. Snow; University of
Kansas Collection.
Platybothrus alticola.
Ent. News, Vol. XVII, p. 284, 1906.
Described from one male from the Beaver Range Mountains,.
Beaver and Piute Counties, Utah, elevation 8,000-10,000 feet;.
Brooklvn Institute of Arts' and Sciences Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99*
Arphia CANORA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 564.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: & type; Salt Lake City, Utah;
A. N. S. P. Collection.
Arphia ramona.
Can. Ent, Vol. XXXIV, p. 142, 1902.
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf type; San Diego, California,
April 4, 1901; G. W. Dunn; A. N. S. P. Collection.
HlPPISCUS SIERRA.
Ent. News, Vol. XVIII, p. 350, 1907.
Described from a unique female taken on Mount Tyndall, Tulare
County, California, elevation 12,000 feet; C. F. Baker; A. N. S. P.
Collection.
SCIRTETICA RITENSIS.
Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull, Vol. V, No. 17, PI. LXIII, four figs., 1910.
Based on a unique female specimen from the Santa Rita Moun-
tains, Arizona, elevation 5,000-8,000 feet, July, 1907; F. H. Snow;
University of Kansas Collection.
CONOZOA CARINATA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 38, figs. 2, 3.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, August, 1905;
Dr. H. Skinner; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Trimerotropis arenaceus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 13, fig. 1.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured <? type; Springfield, Bingham
County, Idaho, July 25, 1906; Dr. H. Skinner; A. N. S. P. Col-
lection.
Trimerotropis magnifica.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 42, figs. 4, 5.
Described from a unique male specimen from Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, August, 1905:
Dr. H. Skinner; A. N. S. P. Collection.
100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Trimerotropis RUBRIPES.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 568.
Described from a unique female specimen from Albuquerque,
New Mexico, July 15, 1902; Oslar; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Trimerotropis snowi.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 223, 1905.
Based on a single female from Congress Junction, Yavapai County,
Arizona; F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
Phrynotettix taosanus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 597.
Described from a single female specimen from the Taos Valley,
Taos County, New Mexico; June, 1883; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Conalcea huachucana.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 48, figs. 6, 7.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured o71 type; Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, September 28,
1908; C. R. Biederman; Hebard Collection.
EOTETTIX HEBARDI.
Ent. News, Vol. XVII, p. 234, figs. 1, 2, 1906.
Based on a unique male from Tyty Plantation, Thomas County,
Georgia, January 6, 1906; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Bradynotes excelsa.
Ent. News, Vol. XVIII, p. 352, 1907.
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: a71 type; Mount Tyndall, Tulare
County, California, elevation 12,000 feet; C. F. Baker; A. N. S. P.
Collection.
Melanoplus destjltorius.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 51, figs. 8, 9.
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, September 24, 1905;
C. R. Biederman; Hebard Collection.
Melanoplus stonei.
Ent. News, Vol. XV, p. 85, 1904.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
1912.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101
Single type here designated: cf type; between Harris and White
Horse, Burlington County, New Jersey, August 13, 1902; Witmer
Stone and Rehn; A. N. S. P. Collection.
APTENOPEDES CLARA.
Ent. News, Vol. XIII, p. 14, 1902.
Described from one male taken at Miami, Dade County, Florida,
January 18, 1899; S. N. Rhoads; A. N. S. P. Collection, ex Rehn.
DlCHOPETALA L.EVIS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phila., 1907, p. 56, fig. 10.
Described from a unique female from Carr Canyon, Huachuca
Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, August, 1905; Dr. H. Skinner;
A. N. S. P. Collection.
HORMILIA APACHE.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 58, figs. 11, 12.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured d1 type; Carr Canyon,
Huachuca Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, August, 1905;
Dr. H. Skinner; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Areth^a sellata.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 61, figs. 13, 14.
Described from a single male from Palmerlee, Cochise County,
Arizona, July 30, 1905; C. Schaeffer; Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences Collection.
Drymadlsa arizonensis.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 573.
Based on a unique male from Florence, Arizona, 1903; C. R.
Biederman; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Plagiostira gracilis.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 227, 1905.
Based on a unique female from Bill Williams Fork, Arizona,
August; F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
Stipator grandis.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 544.
Described from one female from Alta Mira, Tamaulipas, Mexico,
June 27, 1903; M. E. Hoag; A. N. S. P. Collection.
102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Stenopelmatus TERRENUS.
Ent. News, Vol. XIII, p. 240, 1902.
Based on a unique female from Texas; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Ceuthophilus lamellipes.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 78, fig. 19.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Phoenix, Arizona,
November 18, 1903; R. E. Kunze; Hebard Collection.
Ceuthophilus paucispinosus.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 227, 1905.
Described from a unique female from Southern Arizona, August,
1902; F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
Ceuthophilus tuckeri.
Ent. Neivs, Vol. XVIII, p. 445, text fig., 1907.
Based on a unique male from Lawrence, Kansas, October, at night ;
E. S. Tucker; University of Kansas Collection.
Pristoceuthophilus marmoratus.
Ent. News, Vol. XV, p. 280, 1904.
Based on a unique male from the mountains near Claremont,
California; C. F. Baker; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Phrixocnemis franciscanus.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 228, 1905.
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf type; Humphrey's Peak,
Coconino County, Arizona, at base of mountain, elevation 9,500
feet; F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
Phrixocnemis hastiferus.
Ent. News, Vol. XIII, p. 241, 1902.
Based on a unique female from Arizona; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Phrixocnemis inhabilis.
Ent. News, Vol. XV, p. 282, 1901.
Described from a unique female specimen taken at St. Louis,
Missouri, November 15, 1903; C. L. Heink; Hebard Collection.
Phrixocnemis socorrensis.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 229, 1905.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103
Single type here designated: unique cf type; Magdalena Moun-
tains, Socorro County, New Mexico, August, 1894; F. H. Snow;
University of Kansas Collection.
Udeopsylla serrata.
Proc. Kan. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, p. 230, 1905.
Based on a single male from Southern Arizona, August, 1902;
F. H. Snow; University of Kansas Collection.
Udeopsylla vierecki.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 725.
Described from a unique male (?) from Cloudcroft, Otero County,
New Mexico, May 27, 1902; H. L. Viereck; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Gryllus alogus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1902, p. 726.
Based on a unique female taken at Albuquerque, New Mexico,
1902; T. D..A. Cockerell; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Falcicula hebardi.
Ent. News, Vol. XIV, p. 258, 1903.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique, subsequently figured25 <?
type; Thomasville, Georgia, April 17, 1903; Hebard; A. N. S. P.
Collection.
Part Two — Species of North American Orthoptera described
by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard.
Ischnoptera notha.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 442, fig. 21.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Huachuca Moun-
tains, Arizona, August 22, 1903; Oslar; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Temnopteryx deserts.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 116, fig. 1.
Described from a unique female from Johnstone, Valverde County,
Texas, July 8, 1907, under boulder on bare desert; Hebard; Hebard
Collection.
25 Entomological News, Vol. XIV, p. 302, 1903.
104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
TSCHNOPTERA INSOLITA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 450, fig. 27.
Described from a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Shovel Mountain,
Texas, June 21, 1901; F. G. Schaupp; A. N. S. P. Collection.
HOMOSOGAMIA SUBDIAPHANA MOHAVENSIS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 415.
Based on four males from the same locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Cottonwood, San Bernardino
County, California, September 9, 1907, on train attracted to light;
Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Yersinia sophronica.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 369, figs. 1, 2.
Based on a unique female specimen from Sonora Road Canyon,
Tucson Mountains, Pima County, Arizona, elevation 3,000 feet,
July 25, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Stagmomantis californica.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 416, figs. 1, 2.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; Cottonwood,
San Bernardino County, California, September 9, 1907, on train
attracted to light; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
DlAPHEROMERA (CeRATITES) COVILLE^}.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 127, figs. 5, 6, 9.
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf type; Franklin
Mountains, El Paso County, Texas, elevation 4,500 feet, July 9, 1907,
on greasewood, Covillea tridentata; Rehn; Hebard Collection.
PSEUDOSERMYLE TENUIS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 121, figs. 2, 3, 4.
Described from a unique male from the Franklin Mountains,
El Paso County, Texas, elevation 4,500 feet, July 9, 1907, on wisp
of dry grasses; Rehn; Hebard Collection.
Apotettix minutus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 34, PI. I, figs. 3, 4.
Based on a unique male specimen from Miami, Florida, February
6, 1904, damp spot near river; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105'
MORSEA CALIFORNICA TAMALPAISENSIS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 421, figs. 3, 4.
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured d1 type; Mount Tamalpais,
Marin County, California, August 23, 1907, on slopes, elevation
1,500-2,100 feet; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Parapomala acris.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 371, figs. 3, 4.
Described from a unique male from Railroad Pass, Cochise County,.
Arizona, July 23, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Parapomala perpallida.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 373, figs. 5, 6.
Based on a unique male from the Bright Angel Trail, Grand
Canyon of the Colorado, Coconino County, Arizona, elevation 3,750
feet, September 12, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Amphitornus nanus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 376, fig. 7.
Described from a single male from the Grand Canyon of the
Colorado, Coconino County, Arizona, elevation 7,000 feet, September
11, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
CORDILLACRIS APACHE.
Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 139, figs. 10, [11].
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; Silver City, Grant
County, New Mexico, July 20, 1907; Rehn and Hebard; Hebard
Collection.
CORDILLACRIS GRINNELLI.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 425, fig. 8.
Described from a single female from the South Fork of the Santa
Ana River in the San Bernardino Mountains, California, elevation
6,200 feet, July 6, 1906; Dr. J. Grinnell; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Clinocephalus pulcher.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 36, PI. I, figs. 1, 2.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured d" type; Miami, Florida,
July 20, 1903; W. S. Dickinson; Hebard Collection.
106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
HORESIDOTES PAPAGENSIS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 379, fig. 8.
Described from a unique female from the Sonora Road Canyon,
Tucson Mountains, Pima County, Arizona, elevation 3,000 feet,
July 25, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Ageneotettix sierranus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 429, figs. 9, [10].
Based on a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured c? type; Summit House,
Madera County, California, September 3, 1907; Hebard; Hebard
Collection.
■Chortophaga australior.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 589, figs. 1, 2.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; Thomasville,
Georgia, December 10, 1902; Hebard; A. N. S. P. Collection.
Encoptolophus robustus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 435, figs. 11, 12.
Based on a unique female from the Los Angeles River, Los Angeles,
•California, August 24, 1907; O. Poling; Hebard Collection.
Trimerotropis bilobata.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 362, figs. 11, [12].
Described from a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; Antlers, Mesa
'County, Colorado, August 15, 1904; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
ClRCOTETTIX RABULA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 393, figs. 13, [14].
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; summit of hills at
head of Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone National Park, Wyo-
ming, elevation 7,000 feet, August 8, 1904; Hebard; Hebard Col-
lection.
'ClRCOTETTIX SPLENDIDUS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 456, figs. 13, [14].
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique, figured d71 type; Mount
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107
Lowe, San Gabriel Mountains, California, elevation 5,300 feet,
August 8, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Campylacantha lamprotata.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 157, figs. 12, 13, 14.
Based on a unique male from Hijito, Valverde County, Texas,
July 8, 1907; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
PODISMA ORE AS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 402, figs. 15, 16.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: unique, figured cf type: summit of
foothills of Gallatin Range, Mammoth Hot Springs, Yellowstone
National Park, Wyoming, elevation 7,000 feet, August 5, 1904;
Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Amblycorypha floridana.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 42, PI. I, fig. 5.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured 9 type; Miami, Florida,
July 20, 1903; W. S. Dickinson; Hebard Collection.
MlCROCENTRUM ROSTRATUM.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 43, PI. I, figs. 6, 7.
Described from a single female from Miami, Florida, March 16,
1903; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
CONOCEPHALUS LYRISTES.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 45, PI. I, figs. 8, 9.
Based on a unique male specimen from Chokoloskee, Monroe
County, Florida; Hebard Collection.
CONOCEPHALUS MELANORHINUS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 304, figs. 1, 2.
Described from a unique female from Cedar Keys, Levy County,
Florida, August 12, 1905; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
CONOCEPHALUS HOPLOMACHUS.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 46, PI. I, figs. 10, 11.
Based on a single female specimen from Chokoloskee, Monroe
County, Florida, May; Hebard Collection.
108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Orchelimum FIDICINIUM.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 309, figs. 7, 8.
Described from a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf type; Cedar Keys, Levy
County, Florida, August 15, 1905, in flooded salt marsh; Hebard;
Hebarcl Collection.
Orchelimum militare.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 311, fig. 10.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique, figured cf type; Gainesville,
Alachua County, Florida, August 17, 1905, marshy sink-hole in pine
woods; Rehn and Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Orchelimum molossum.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. -Phila., 1907, p. 307, figs. 4, 5.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? type; Pablo Beach, Duval
County, Florida, August 13, 1905, in grass along railroad tracks;
Rehn and Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Aglaothorax sierranus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 476, figs. 15, 16, 19.
Based on a pair from the Yosemite National Park.
Single type here designated: figured c? type; Yosemite Valley,
Yosemite National Park, California, elevation 4,500 feet, September
1, 1907, hiding against bark on trunk of conifer several feet from
ground; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Ateloplus macroscelus.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 169, fig. 17.
Described from a unique female specimen from El Paso, Texas,
July 11, 1907, on Greasewood, Covillea tridentata; Rehn; Hebard
Collection.
Ceuthophilus virgatipes.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 798.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf type; Thomasville, Georgia,
August 13, 1903, in heavy swamp; for Hebard by Emmanuel,
(negro) ; Hebard Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109
LlPHOPLUS ZEBRA.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 49, PI. I, fig. 12.
Described from a single male taken at Miami, Florida, February
6,1904; Hebard; Hebard Collection.
Nemobius palustris aurantius.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 597.
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: d1 type; Thomasville, Georgia,
December 6, 1903, in sphagnum mosses in swampy spot; Hebard;
Hebard Collection.
section three.
The Species described by Professor Lawrence Bruner in the
Biologia Centrali-Americana and located in the
Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
One hundred and sixteen of the one hundred and seventy-three
species of Acrididse described by Professor Bruner in the Orthoptera
portion of the Biologia Centrali-Americana26 are located in the Hebard
Collection ex Bruner. In this series are included all but one of the
thirty-four species described by him in that work whose range of
distribution is known to extend north of the Mexican boundary.
The authors are at present mainly interested in locating the single
types of species which are found in North America north of the
Mexican line, but the present paper treats all of those species whose
single types should be located in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
The types of the remaining fifty-seven species should be found
distributed as follows: twenty-four in the Biologia Centrali-
Americana Collection in the British Museum; sixteen in Professor
Bruner's South American Collection; six in the Scudder Collection
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge; five in the
United States National Museum; four in the Carnegie Museum in
Pittsburgh and two in the Museum of Ceneva. The nomenclature
given in the original description is here used throughout, as this
paper is not intended to be in any way revisionary.
Paropomala pallida (p. 40).
Based on three female specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Indio, California; H. F. Wickham.
28 Biologia Centrali-Americana, Orthoptera, II, pp. 19-342, 1901-1908.
110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Paropomala DISSIMILIS (p. 41).
Based on a single female from Southern California or Northern
Mexico; Gustav Eisen.
Papagoa arizonensis (p. 42).
Described from a unique male from Southern California or North-
ern Mexico; G. W. Dunn.
Syrbula pactfica (pp. 43, 44).
Based on two females from the same locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Tepic, Mexico; Eisen.
Syrbula modesta (pp. 44, 46).
Based on two pairs from a single locality.
Single type here designated : c? ; Grand Canon of the Colorado
River, Arizona, [July 9, 1892]27; C. H. T. Townsend.
Acrolophitus variegatus (pp. 47, 48) Tab. I, fig. 3.
Based on an unspecified number of individuals from two localities.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Carrizo Springs, Dimmit
County, Texas, [June, 1885]; A. Wadgymar.
Acrolophitus uniformis (p. 47).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from various
localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Sterling, Colorado, July].
Mach^erocera pacifica (pp. 49, 51).
Based on numerous specimens of both sexes from one locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Tepic, Mexico, not far from San
Bias on Pacific Slope; Eisen.
SlLVITETTIX COMMUNIS (p. 56).
Based on numerous specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Monte Redondo, Costa Rica,
March, [1902]; Professor Lawrence Bruner.
Ochrotettix salinus (p. 56) Tab. I, figs. 4, 4a.
Described from an unspecified number of individuals from a single
locality.
27 In the present paper all authentic informatkn given, which was not con-
tained in the original description, is enclosed in brackets.
1912.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill
Single type here designated : figured <?; Salina Cruz, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, [December, 1898]; C. C. Deam.
Leuconotus biolleyi (p. 57).
Based on five males from two localities.
Single type here designated: c ; Rio Grande, Costa Rica, eleva-
tion 1,800 feet, [March 6, 1902]; Bruner.
Opeia imperfecta (p. 59).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from three
localities.
Single type here designated: c71 ; Jimulco, Mexico, November,
[1887]; Bruner.
Opeia mexicana (pp. 59, 60).
Described from a unique female specimen from Tlalpam, near
City of Mexico, Mexico, [November, 1887]; Bruner.
Opeia palmeri (pp. 59, 61).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique 9 ; Sierra de San Miguelito,
San Luis Potosi, Mexico; E. Palmer.
Amblytropidia costaricensis (pp. 63, 66).
Based on a series of specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: d71 ; San Jose, Costa Rica; Prof.
P. Biolley.
Amblytropidia elongata (pp. 63, 68).
Described from a single female from Tepic, Mexico.
Thyriptilon vitripenne (p. 69).
Based on fourteen males and six females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: d1 ; Valladolid, Yucatan; Gaumer.
Sisantum notochloris (p. 69) Tab. I, figs. 11, 11a.
Based on five males and two females from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Medellin, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, September; Rev. T. Heyde.
Orphula meridionalis (p. 73).
Based on a single female from Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, May or June,
1902; M. A. Carriker, Jr.
112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Orphulella graminea (pp. 75, 78).
Based on numerous specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Phoenix, Arizona; Kunze.
Orphulella meridionalis (pp. 77, 81).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: d1 ; [San Jose]; Costa Rica; Biolley.
Orphulella costaricensis (pp. 77, 82).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from one
locality.
Single type here designated: d71 ; San Jose, Costa Rica'; [Biolley].
LlNOCERATIUM BOUCARDI (p. 84).
Based on a series of six specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: d* ; Panama; Gustave Boucard.
Dichromorpha mexicana (pp. 86, 87) Tab. I, figs. 18, 18a.
Based on nine specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Tepic, Mexico.
Dichromorpha longipennis (pp. 86, 87).
Based on one male, six females and two nymphs from Mexico.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Tepic], Mexico.
Gomphocerus meridionalis (p. 93).
Described from a unique female from Cuernavaca, Morelos,
Mexico, January [4, 1899] ; Deam.
Boopedon fuscum (pp. 95, 96).
Based on a series of specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Nogales, Arizona; J. G. Lemraon.
Boopedon savannarum (pp. 95, 97).
Based on a series of specimens from one region.
Single type here designated: o71 ; West Point, Nebraska. Septem-
ber, 1884.
Boopedon diabolicum (pp. 95, 98) Tab. I, figs. 21, 21a.
Based on a unique female from Tepic, Mexico; Eisen.
Boopedon flaviventris (pp. 95, 98).
Based on an unstated series of both sexes from two localities.
Single type here designated: c? ; Tepic, Mexico.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113
Plectrotettix CALIDUS (p. 101).
Based upon an unstated number of specimens from four localities.
Single type here designated: o1 ; Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico;
0. W. Barrett.
Plectrotettix excelsus (pp. 101, 102).
Described from two females from different localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Tlalpam, near City of Mexico;
Barrett.
Zapata brevipennis (p. 103) Tab. I, figs. 22, 22a.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type there designated: unique figured 9 ; Lerdo, Durango,
Mexico, November, [1887]; Bruner.
Stirapleura salina (pp. 106, 107).
Described from two females from the same locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Salina Cruz, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, December, [1898]; Deam.
Stirapleura meridionalis (pp. 106, 107).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated : unique 9 ; Salina Cruz, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, December, [1898]; Deam.
Stirapleura brachyptera (pp. 105, 108).
Described from a unique female from Oaxaca, Mexico, [June 28];
Deam.
Ageneotettix australis (pp. 109, 110).
Based on a series of specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Phoenix, Arizona; Kunze.
Ageneotettix curtipennis (p. 109).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from southern
Colorado.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Durango], Colorado, [August
7, 1899].
AULOCARA BREVIPENNE (p. 111).
Described from a unique male from Comancho, Zacatecas, Mexico.
November, [1887]; Bruner.
8
114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Goniatron planum (p. 113) Tab. I, figs. 20, 20a, b.
Based on a single figured male from Comancho, Zacatecas, Mexico,
November, [1887]; Bruner.
Arphia imperfecta (pp. 121, 126).
Based on a single female specimen from Tlalpam, near Mexico
City, Mexico, November, [1887]; Bruner.
Arphia calida (pp. 121, 127).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from one
locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Zacatecas, Mexico, November,
[1887]; Bruner.
Arphia crassa (pp. 121, 128).
Based on a series of specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Southern Arizona; Lemmon.
Arphia townsendi (pp. 122, 129).
Described from an unstated number of specimens from two
localities.
Single type here designated : o71 ; Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua,
Mexico; Townsend.
Arphia pulchripennis (pp. 122, 131).
Described from a single male specimen from the vicinity of Los
Angeles, California; Koebele.
Arphia pallidipennis (pp. 122, 131).
Described from a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique 9 ; Eslava, Dist. Fed.,
Mexico; Barrett.
Arphia decepta (pp. 123, 132).
Based on an unindicated series from four localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Orizaba, Mexico, [November,
1887]; Bruner.
Arphia koebelei (pp. 123, 133).
Based on a single male specimen from San Mateo County, Cali-
fornia, [May]; Koebele.
Chortophaga meridionalis (pp. 135, 136).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from a single locality
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115
Single type here designated: 9 ; slopes of the Volcan cle Irazu,
Costa Rica, elevation 7,500 to 9,000 feet; Biolley.
Encoptolophus montanus (pp. 139, 140).
Based on an unindicated number of specimens (probably one pair)
from a single locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Bozeman, Montana, [September
10, 1904]; R, A. Cooley.
Encoptolophus fuliginosus (pp. 139, 141).
Described from a large series of both sexes from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua,
Mexico, [September, 1899]; Townsend.
Encoptolophus herbaceus (pp. 139, 141) Tab. II, fig. 13.
Based on a series from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Chapultepec, Dist.
Fed., Mexico, [November, 1887]; Bruner.
Encoptolophus californicus (pp. 139, 142).
Based on an unspecified series from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Los Angeles, California, [1888];
D. W. Coquillett.
Encoptolophus texensis (pp. 139, 142).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from six localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Carrizo Springs, Texas. October,
1884; Wadgymar.
Hippiscus australis (pp. 151, 157).
Described from a series from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Eslava, Dist. Fed., Mexico;
Barrett.
Leprus interior (pp. 158, 160).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Salt Lake Valley, Utah,
[September, 1883].
Dissosteira pictipennis (pp. 162, 163).
Described from a unique female from California ("probably
near Indio") ; Leon La Forge.
116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.
DlSSOSTEIRA PLANIPENNIS (pp. 162, 164).
Based on a single specimen ("taken between San Diego and San
Bernardino, Southern") California; La Forge.
Trachyrhachis compacta (pp. 174, 175).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens (probably
one pair) from one locality.
Single type here designated : 9 ; Silver City, New Mexico, July,
[1884; Charles H. Marsh].
Trachyrhachis inconspicua (pp. 174, 176).
Described from three specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: o71 ; Zacatecas, Mexico, November,
[1887]; Bruner.
Trachyrhachis townsendi (pp. 174, 176).
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique c? ; Colonia Garcia, Chihua-
hua, Mexico; Townsend.
Trachyrhachis occidentals (p. 174).
Based on an unstated number of specimens (probably a single
male) from one locality.
Single type here designated : c71 ; San Francisco [County, Call
fornia, June].
Trimerotropis townsendi (p. 180).
Described from numerous specimens of both sexes from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: o71 ; Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua,
Mexico;. Townsend.
Anconia grisea (pp. 185, 186).
Described from a unique male from Antelope Valley, California;.
Koebele.
Anconia c^eruleipennis (pp. 185, 186).
Described from a single female from Hawthorne, Nevada, [June] ;
H. F. Wickham.
Ramona deserticola (p. 187).
Based on a single female specimen from Indio, California ; Wickham.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117
Brachystola ponderosa (pp. 193, 191).
Described from two pairs from a single locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Guaymas, Mexico, [November,
1893; Eisen].
Brachystola intermedia (pp. 193, 191).
Based on three female specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Mazatlan, Mexico; Woodruff.
Brachystola eiseni (pp. 193, 196).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Tepic, Mexico; Eisen.
Calamacris californica (pp. 200, 201) Tab. IV, figs. 25, 25a.
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from one
locality.
Single type here designated : figured d71 ; San Jose del Cabo, Lower
California.
Calamacris mexicana (pp. 200, 201) Tab. IV, fig. 26.
Described from a unique figured female from Patrocinio, Lower
California, [April, 1889]; Charles D. Haines.
Calamacris palmeri (pp. 200, 202).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from one
locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cali-
fornia; Palmer.
Calamacris oculata (pp. 200, 202).
Based on a unique male from (extreme Southern) Arizona.
Sphenarium bolivari (pp. 203, 205).
Described from two males from different localities.
Single type here designated: c? ; Salina Cruz, Tehuantepec,
Mexico, [December, 1898]; Deam.
Sphenarium marginatum (pp. 201, 205).
Based on an unstated number of specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Orizaba, Mexico, [November,
1887]; Bruner.
Sphenarium rugosum (pp. 204, 206).
Based on an unstated series (probably a pair) from a single locality.
118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Single type here designated : c? ; Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico,
January [4, 1899]; Deam.
Sphenarium barretti (pp. 204, 206).
Based on a single male specimen from Rio Cocula, Guerrero,
Mexico, December; Barrett.
Sphenarium planum (pp. 204, 207).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique d71; Tehuantepec, Mexico,
[November].
Sphenarium minimum (pp. 204, 207).
Described from a unique specimen from Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico,
[December] ; Barrett.
Sphenarium affine (p. 207).
Described from a pair from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ;2S Orizaba, Mexico,
[November, 1887; Bruner].
Dracotettix californicus (p. 226).
Based on an unstated number of females (probably five) from four
localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Santa Cruz Mountains, Cali-
fornia.
1\eniopoda maxima (pp. 233, 235).
Based on an unstated series from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Limon, Costa Rica; Carriker.
T;eniopoda obscura (pp. 233, 235) Tab. II, figs. 21, 21a.
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Temax, Northern Yuca-
tan; Gaumer.
T.ENIOPODA BICRISTATA (pp. 233, 236).
Described from a single female from Mat. (possibly Matamoras,
Puebla), Mexico.
Nautia conspersipes (pp. 243, 244).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Chontales, Nicaragua.
28 In giving the location of the male and female types Bruner has evidently
confused the sexes.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119
T.ENIOPHORA FEMORATA (p. 245).
Described from an unstated number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: d1 ; Pozo Azul, Costa Rica; Carriker.
Rhicnoderma glabra (pp. 248, 249).
Based on two females from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Pozo Azul, Costa Rica; Under-
wood and Carriker.
Rhicnoderma pugnax (pp. 248, 250).
Based on an unstated number of specimens (probably one male)
from a single locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Vera Cruz, Mexico, [January,
1892]; Heyde.
Arnilia marschalli (pp. 255, 256).
Described from a series from two localities.
Single type here designated: cT ; Juan Vifias, Costa Rica, March,
[1902]; Bruner.
Arnilia propinqua (pp. 255, 257).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from three localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Amatitlan, Guatemala, [Feb-
ruary]; J. S. Hine.
Inusia nana (pp. 259, 260).
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique d" ; Limon, Costa Rica;
Carriker.
Inusia bicolor (pp. 259, 260).
Based on an unstated series from eight localities.
Single type here designated : d" ; Los Amates, Guatemala, [Feb-
ruary 26]; Hine.
Inusia inornatipes (pp. 259, 260).
Described from several specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated : <? ; San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico;
Townsend.
Proctolabus brachypterus (pp. 265, 266) Tab. Ill, figs. 19, 19a.
Based on a male and female type from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Jalisco, Mexico; Schu-
mann.
120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Leioscapheus gracilicornis (p. 267).
Based on several specimens (probably all females) from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Pozo Azul, Costa Rica; Carriker.
Ann»iceris meridionalis (pp. 269, 271).
Based on an unstated number of specimens (probably one pair)
from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cT ; Pozo Azul, Costa Rica; Carriker.
Anniceris apicalis (pp. 269, 271).
Based on two males and three females from a single localitj^.
Single type here designated: cf ; San Jose, Costa Rica;
Underwood.
Psilotettix obesus (p. 276) Tab. IV, figs. 12, 12a.
Based on one figured adult female from Sierra Laguna (Lower
California, Mexico?); Eisen.
Aristia depressicornis (p. 277).
Based on a single immature [female] specimen from Juan Vifias,
Costa Rica, March, [1902]; Bruner.
Leptomerinthophora smaragdipes (p. 287).
Based on several specimens of both sexes from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Pozo Azul, Costa Rica; Carriker.
Leptomerinthophora flavovittata (pp. 287, 288).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens (probably
one pair) from a single locality.
Single type here designated: d" ; Juan Vifias, Costa Rica, [March,
1902]; Bruner.
Leptomerinthophora modesta (pp. 287, 288).
Based on an unstated number of specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Monte Redondo, Costa Rica,
[March, 1902]; Bruner.
Ommatolampis annulicornis (p. 290).
Described from a single female specimen from Pozo Azul, Costa
Rica; Carriker.
CEdomerus corallipes (p. 293) Tab. IV, figs. 14, 14o.
Described from two females from a single locality.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121
Single type here designated : figured 9 ; San Jose del Cabo, Lower
California, [April, 1889]; Haines.
SCHISTOCERCA VITTAFRONS (p. 298).
Described from an unstated number of specimens (probably a
single pair) from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Boruca, Costa Rica, July;
Carriker.
Dasyscirtus olivaceus (p. 303).
Based on a single male from Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico,
January 4, [1899]; Deam.
Cyclocercus gracilis (p. 307).
Based on two males from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Tampico, Mexico, December,
[1906].
Calotettix bicoloripes (p. 309).
Based on an unstated number of specimens (probably a unique
male) from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico;
Barrett.
Calotettix flavopictus (pp. 309, 310).
Described from three females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico,
[September 20] ; Palmer.
Calotettix obscurus (pp. 309, 311).
Based on a single male from Tampico, Mexico, December, [1906].
Agroscotettix modestus (p. 312) Tab. IV, figs. 13, 13a.
Based on a single female from Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico,
November, [1887]; Bruner.
Melanoplus picturatus (p. 318).
Described from a single female from Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua,
Mexico; Townsend.
Teinophaus saussurei (p. 332) Tab. IV, figs. 3, 3a, 4, 4a.
Based on one male and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf of pair taken in coitu
(unique); Atoyac, Vera Cruz, Mexico, [November, 1887]; Bruner.
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.
Rhachicreagra pallipes (pp. 339, 340).
Based on a pair and three nymphs from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique adult c? ; Juan Vifias, Costa
Rica, March, [1902] ; Bruner.
Rhachicreagra aeruginosa (pp. 339, 340).
Described from a single female from Limon, Costa Rica; Carriker.
Rhachicreagra gracilis (pp. 339, 340).
Based on a considerable series, particularly of males, from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Juan Vifias, Costa Rica, [March,
1902]; Bruner.
SECTION FOUR.
In the present section the single types are designated of all of the
North American species of Orthoptera described by Professor
Lawrence Bruner which have not been selected previously in Sec-
tions I and III. Section IV is divided into four parts; the first
three treating the species described in three of Professor Bruner's
larger papers, and the fourth treating those species described in
various short papers from 1876 to 1905. The single types of forty-
three species are located in the present section; thirty-eight are in
the Hebard Collection ex Bruner; four in the United States National
Museum and one in the collection of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Cambridge.
Part I — "Some New Colorado Orthoptera," by Lawrence
Bruner. (Bulletin 94, Report of Entomologist, Colorado
Experiment Station for 1903, pp. 57-67, 1904.)
In the paper now before us we find the entire first series of typical
material retained by the author. The single types are therefore all
in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner. No figures are given in the
paper under consideration, and the material, if belonging to the
typical series, is labelled " Type.
}>
Nemobius brevicaudus (p. 57).
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : unique c? ; Fort Collins, Colorado,.
October 4, 1901.
1912.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123
Ceuthophilus arid us (p. 57).
Described from a unique male; Grand Junction, Colorado, Novem-
ber 17, [1902].
Ageneotettix occidentalis (p. 58).
Described from an unspecified number of specimens from Colorado
west of the main range.
Single type here designated: <f ; [Glenwood Springs], Colorado,
September [15, 1903].
Encoptolophus coloradensis (p. 58).
Described from one male and two females from a single locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Fort Collins, Colorado^
[August 31, 1898]; [L. Bruner].
Trimerotropis inconspicua (p. 59).
Based on an unspecified number of individuals from four localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Palisade, Colorado, July [8, 1901].
xEOLOPLUS MINOR (p. 60).
Based on a series of both sexes from a single locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Delta, Colorado, July 13, 1901.
Hesperotettix gillettei (p. 61).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from four localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Rifle, Colorado, July 25, [1900];
(specimen has. wings one-half as long as abdomen).
Hesperotettix coloradensis (p. 61).
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique <? : Durango, Colorado,
August 7, [1899].
Melanoplus sanguineus (p. 63).
Based on a series of both sexes from two localities.
Single type here designated: c? ; Lamar, Colorado, [September.
10, 1898].
Melanoplus tristis (p. 64).
*
Based on three males and five females from three localities. •
Single type here designated: c? ; Durango, Colorado, August
[3, 1900].
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Melanoplus flabellifer brevipennis (p. Go).
Described from six males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Palisade, Colorado, July 8, 1901.
Melanoplus dimidipennis (p. 66).
Based on a unique male; Fort Collins, Colorado, August 16, [1898].
Part II. — "Ten New Species of Orthoptera from Nebraska —
Notes on Habits, Wing Variation, etc.," by Lawrence
Bruner. (Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXIII, pp. 36-40,
56-59, 70-73. 1891.)
Practically the entire series of Orthoptera used in the prepara-
tion of the paper before us is in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner,
and all of the single types are there located. There are no figures
accompanying this paper and typical material is labelled "Type"
indiscriminately.
Cycloptilus borealis (p. 37).
Described from a series of specimens from two localities.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Lincoln, Nebraska, September
15, 1888 (taken on margins of large salt basin on sandy soil); L.
Bruner.
Ceuthophilus pallescens (p. 37).
Described from one female and one immature male from two
localities.
Single type here designated : unique 9 ; 17 miles north of Harrison,
Sioux County, Nebraska (taken in shallow well).
Udeopsylla compacta (p. 38).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from three States.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Barbour County], Kansas,
11886]; [F. W. Cragin].
Xiphidium modestum (p. 56).
Based on a series of specimens from five areas.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [West Point], Nebraska, [Sep-
tember 4].
Xiphidium nigropleurum (p. 58).
Described from a series of specimens taken in Eastern Nebraska.
Single type here designated: cf ; [West Point], Nebraska, [Sep-
tember 1].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125
Orchelimum gracile29 (p. 70).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from Nebraska.
Single type here designated : tf ; West Point, Nebraska, [Septem-
ber 5].
Orchelimum gladiator (p. 71).
Described from two females taken in the same locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; West Point, Nebraska, Septem-
ber, 1886 (taken on flowers of golden-rod, Solidago rigida) ; L. Bruner.
Orchelimum minor (p. 72).
Described from a single female; District of Columbia, [September
15, 1884].
CONOCEPHALUS NEBRASCENSIS (p. 72).
Based on an unspecified number of specimens from three States.
Single type here designated: <? ; [West Point], Nebraska, [August,
1887].
AMBLYCORYPHA SCUDDER.E (p. 73).
Described from an unspecified number of individuals from eastern
Nebraska.
Single type here designated: 9 ; [Omaha], Nebraska, [September].
Part III. — " First Contribution to the Knowledge of the
Orthoptera of Kansas," by Lawrence Bruner. (Bulletin
of the Washburn College Laboratory of Natural History, Vol. IV,
No. 4, pp. 125-139, 1885.)
The entire series of typical material, with the exception of one
specimen, used in the descriptions of new species in the paper here under
consideration, is in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner, and all of the single
types are there located. No figures are given in this paper and all
typical material is labelled "Type."
Gryllotalpa ponderosa (p. 126).
Described from one female; Labette County, Kansas; Dr. Newlon.
Daihinia gigantea (p. 127).
Based on a single male; Labette County, Kansas; Dr. Newlon.
-9 Brunei- (Ent. Neics, III, p. 264, 1892) replaced this specific name with
delicatum in consequence of Harris's previous use of the name for another species
of the same genus.
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Thyreonotus cragini (p. 129).
Based on a unique female; Barbour County, Kansas; Cragin.
Thyreonotus scudderi (p. 129).
Based on two pairs from two localities.
Single type here designated : d1 ; Barbour County, Kansas; Cragin.
Part IV. — Species of North American Orthoptera, described
by Professor Lawrence Bruner, in various short papers
from 1876 to 1905.
Arphia abekrans.
Bruner in Caudell; Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 467, 1905.
Described from a single female from the Huachuca Mountains,
Arizona; Dr. R. E. Kunze; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Encoptolophus pallidus.
N. A. Fauna, No. 7, p. 266, 1893.
Based on an unstated number of specimens from one locality.
Single type here designated: d\; Panamint Valley, California,
April 6, 1891; Death Valley Expedition; U. S. N. M. Collection.
SCIRTETICA OCCIDENTALIS.
N. A. Fauna, No. 7, p. 267, 1893.
Described from a single female taken in the Argus Mountains,
California, May, 1891; Death Valley Expedition; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
TOMONOTUS FERRUGINOSUS.
Bruner in Caudell; Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 470,
Fig. 4, 1905.
Description based on an unstated number of specimens from six
localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Fort Grant, Arizona, [1882];
Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
TRIMEROTROPIS CjERULEIPENNIS.
Can. Ent., Vol. XVII, p. 10, 1885.
Based on a series of both sexes from two localities.
Single type here designated: d* ; Umatilla, Washington, June
26, 1882; Hagen and Henshaw; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Dracotettix plutonius.
N. A. Fauna, No. 7, p. 267, 1893.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127
Based on an unspecified number of males and females from two
localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Panamint Valley, California,
April, 1891; Death Valley Expedition; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Pezotettix chenopodii.
Insect Life, Vol. VII, p. 41, 1894.
Based on large numbers of both sexes from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Grand Junction, Colorado,
June, [1893]; Brunei- ; Hebarcl Collection ex Bruner.
Pezotettix hispidus.
Can. Ent,, Vol. XVII, p. 12, 1885.
Based on an unstated series of both sexes from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Colville, Washington, July 24,
1882; Hagen and Henshaw; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Melanoplus fluviatilis.
Ann, Rept. Nebr. Bd. Agr. for 1896, p. 136, fig. 34, 1897.
Based on an unstated series from one region.
Single type here designated : figured <? ; [Ashland, Nebraska,
September, 1896]; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Pezotettix gracilis.
Can, Ent., Vol. VIII, p. 124, 1876.
Based on an unstated number of males and females from a single
locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Omaha, Nebraska, August-
October; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Melanoplus herbaceus.
U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Entom., Bull. 28, p. 25, Fig. 13b, 1893.
Based on a number of specimens of both sexes from one locality.
Single t ype here designated : figured cf ; El Paso, Texas, [Novem-
ber,] 1887; Bruner; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Pezotettix washingtonius.
Can. Ent., Vol. XVII, p. 14, 1885.
Described from a large series of both sexes from one locality.
Single type here designated: c? ; Loon Lake, Colville Valley,
Washington, July 25, 1882; Hagen and Henshaw; Hebard Collec-
tion ex Bruner.
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,
Bradynotes MONTANUS.
Can. Ent., Vol. XVII, p. 16, 1885.
Based on specimens of both sexes from two localities.
Single type here designated : cf ; Colville; Loon Lake, Washington,
July 23-25, [1882]; Hagen; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
CONOCEPHALUS ATLANTICUS.
Ent. News, Vol. X, p. 38, 1899. '
Based on fourteen specimens of both sexes from four localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Philadelphia Neck, Pennsyl-
vania, [from] J. B. Smith; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Ceuthophiltjs silvestris.
Bull. Washb. Coll., Vol. I, p. 127, 1885.
Described from eight specimens from a single locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Topeka, Kansas, under logs in
woods, F. W. Cragin; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
Myrmecophila oregonensis.
Can. Ent, Vol. XVI, p. 43, 1884.
Based on a single female specimen from Portland, Oregon, summer
of 1882; Henshaw; Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr.
Myrmecophila pergandei.
Can. Ent., Vol. XVI, p. 42, 1884.
Described from an unstated series from the South Atlantic States.
Single type here designated: 9 ; Washington, D. C, April 22,
1883, with Camponotus pennsyluanicus; Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
March 5.
Because of preparations for holding sessions, March 19th, 20th
and 21st, in commemoration of the founding of the Academy, no
arrangement was made for the stated meeting on the first Tuesday
of March.
1912J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129
CELEBRATION
OF THE
ONE HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY
OF THE
FOUNDING OF THE ACADEMY.
March 19.
The President, the Hon. Samuel Gibson Dixon, M.D., LL.D.,
in the Chair.
Three hundred and eighty-two persons present, including delegates
from American and foreign corresponding societies and institutions.
The President introduced the Hon. Rudolph Blankenburg,
the Mayor of Philadelphia, who welcomed the delegates and
guests to the city.
After brief instructions from the Recording Secretary, the dele-
gates responded to the names of the societies and institutions repre-
sented by them as they were called by the Corresponding Secretary }
their letters and addresses being handed to the President.
After announcements by the Recording Secretary, the President
read an Historical Address.1
The routine of a stated meeting was then proceeded with in the
belief, as was explained by the President, that an illustration of the
formula by means of which the Academy had transacted its business
as a society for one hundred years would be of interest to those
familiar with the results which made the present celebration worth
while.
The minutes of the last meeting and the minute of the first Record-
ing Secretary, Dr. Camillus Macmahon Mann, dated March 21, 1812,
defining the foundation, were read.
Additions to the museum and library were announced.
The Corresponding Secretary reported on letters received in
connection with the centenary and others.
1 The Mayor's Welcome, the President's Address, and other contributions to
the sessions will be published in the quartc Commemorative Volume (the
fifteenth of the Journal).
9
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
The Chair announced, with appreciative remarks, the death this
morning of Thomas Harrison Montgomery, Jr., Ph.D.
The report of the Council was received.
The Publication Committee, acting in conjunction with the
Centenary Sub-committee on Printing and Publication, reported
that arrangements had been made for the publication of a Com-
memorative quarto volume (the fifteenth of the Journal), an index
to the entire series of the Proceedings and Journal to the end of
1910, and a detailed history of the Academy by the Recording
Secretary, of which the Short History published in connection with
the Philadelphia Founders' Week Celebration may be considered a
prodromus.
Papers under the following titles had been presented for publica-
tion since the last meeting of the Academy:
"Notes on a collection of fossils from Wilmington, North Carolina,"
by Amos P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry (February 29).
"A synopsis of the genus Mastacembelus," by G. A. Boulenger
(March 1).
"The vegetation of the banana holes of Florida," by John W.
Harshberger (March 1).
"On the rate of growth of stony corals," by Thomas Wayland
Vaughan (March 12).
"The faunal divisions of eastern North America in relation to
vegetation," by Spencer Trotter (March 12).
"The relation of smell, taste, and the common chemical sense in
vertebrates," by George Howard Parker (March 18).
"On the supposed Tertiary antarctic continent," by Sir William
Thiselton Dyer (March 18). "
Under the head of "Verbal Communications," the Recording
Secretary gave some reminiscences of the people with whom he had
been associated in the Academy for the past fifty years,2 his first
record of accessions to the librae being dated February 4, 1862.
New nominations for membership were read. The election of
members was postponed until next month.
The rough minutes having been read and approved, the meeting
adjourned until the next morning at 10 o'clock.
Second Day, March 20.
The meeting was called to order by the President at 10.05 A. M.
The following communications were made :
2 These notes, with many others of the same kind, will be found in Dr. Nolan's
History of the Academy, to be published in connection with the Centenary Cele-
bration
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131
Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.: "Experimental Studies in Nuclear and
Cell Division." Illustrated.*
During several seasons extensive experiments were made on the
segmenting eggs of Crepidala plana. These experiments include a
study of the influence on nuclear and cell division of hypertonic
and hypotonic sea water, of ether, alcohol, etc., of the lack of oxygen,
of carbon dioxide, of the electric current, and of pressure and shaking.
The following general conclusions may be drawn from this work:
1. Under the same treatment the effects on cell division may be
extremely varied, owing, probably, to the different stages acted upon.
2. A dividing cell is much more easily disturbed or rendered
abnormal than is a resting one; the mitotic figure in particular is
very easily altered and most of the abnormalities observed arise
from this source.
3. The earlier stages of cleavage are much more easily altered than
are the later ones.
4. Certain general abnormalities occur after the most varied
treatment, e.g., the general result both of concentration and of
dilution of sea water is to produce polyasters and to prevent the
cleavage of the yolk.
5. On the whole, the results of the hypertonic solutions are the
same whether the}r are produced by evaporation of the sea water or
by addition of NaCl, MgCl, or KC1 to sea water; in short,, these
salts exert no specific action on cell division.
6. The most general modification of the mitotic figure is the
production of polyasters, multipolar spindles, and as a consequence,
multiple nuclei. In many cases the cells are filled with asters and
irregular mitotic figures during division, while in the resting stage
they are filled with equally numerous resting centrosomes and nuclei.
7. The movements of the chromosomes are in many cases inter-
rupted, so that they remain scattered along the spindle, while the
cytoplasmic movements are frequently stopped or altered.
8. In some cases the achromatic portion of the nucleus is separated
from the chromatic part, and the two may persist side by side during
the resting stage of the cell; in the division stages the achromatic
nuclei give rise to asters, the chromatic to chromosomes and both
may divide indefinitely, giving rise to large numbers of chromatic
and achromatic nuclei.
9. The most general modification of the division of the cell body
is the suppression of the cleavage of the yolk; this occurs in practi-
cally all the experiments ; at the same time the cleavage may proceed
more or less regularly in the protoplasmic portion of the egg. In
normal eggs the first and second cleavages divide the yolk into four
equal cells (the macromeres) and from each of these three small
cells (the micromeres) are budded off.
10. If the yolk remains undivided it gives rise in certain cases to
three micromeres, which have the characteristics of those formed
* An asterisk after the title of the paper indicates that it is published in the
Commemorative Volume of the Journal of the Academy (XV) .
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March.
from each of the four macromeres of the normal egg. If the yolk
has divided once so as to form two macromeres, each of these may
give rise to three micromeres, having the characteristics of the three
quartet cells of the normal egg. In short, the number of micromeres
depends upon the number of macromeres: when there are four of
these as in normal eggs, the micromeres are formed in three quartets;
when there are two, they are formed in three pairs; when there is
but one macromere, i.e., when the yolk remains undivided, the
micromeres are formed singly.
11. When eggs are subjected to pressure the third cleavage which
normally gives rise to the first group of micromeres, may divide one
or more of the macromeres equally, thus giving rise to five, six, seven
or eight macromeres. If the pressure is removed from such eggs
each macromere gives rise to three micromeres in a manner approxi-
mately normal ; again showing that the number of micromeres which
may come from a macromere is fixed, whatever the number of
micromeres may be.
12. The results stated in the two preceding paragraphs show that
the omission or the addition of cleavages does not alter the character
or localization of the egg substances and that the latter, when unim-
peded, determines the character of the cell division.
13. Isolated blastomeres undergo partial development, each giving
rise only to the cells which it would form if still a part of the entire
egg, but the general form is entire, i.e., there is no open side.
14. A weak electric current leads to the solution and disappearance
of the chromatin and may destroy spindle fibres and astral rays,
thus stopping mitosis. It may also destroy the polarity of the cell
and prevent the normal separation of protoplasm and yolk.
15. Abnormalities of mitosis may perpetuate themselves in sub-
sequent divisions, even when the cause which first induced them is
removed.
Carlotta J. Maury, Ph.D.: "A Contribution to the Paleontology
of Trinidad." Illustrated by drawings and charts.*
A large number of basal Eocene species recently discovered in the
vicinity of Trinidad Island are described.
These fossils have a very significant bearing on the problem of
the origin of the Midwayan and Lignitic faunas of the Gulf and of
certain species found also in lower Eocene formations of the Atlantic
coast of the southeastern States.
The shells were discovered by Mr. Arthur C. Veatch while explor-
ing a small island called Soldado Rock. This lies off the south-
western end of Trinidad, in the Gulf of Paria, near the Serpent's
Mouth, and rises about 100 feet above the surrounding waters. On
this rock Mr. Veatch found a succession of eight beds of which Nos.
2, 6 and 8 were fossiliferous. The collections made by Mr. Veatch
were given to the writer for identification.
Bed No. 2 was found to contain a rich fauna of basal Eocene forms,
among the forty-four species being the exceedingly characteristic
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133
North American species of that horizon, Venericardia planicosta,
Latirus tortilis, Calyptraphorus velatus, var. compressus, Levifusus
pagoda, and Turritella mortoni. To add to the interest, mingled
with these were the characteristic Brazilian species from the Pernam-
buco beds, Callista mcgrathiana, Chione paraensis, and Cucullcea
harttii. These had been previously found only in the Brazilian
beds, especially in those of the Maria Farinha, a rivulet near Pernam-
buco. Thus the age of the Maria Farinha beds which before were,
usually doubtfully referred to the Cretaceous, and that of the Soldado
No. 2 bed was definitely established as equivalent to the Eocene of
Midway, Alabama.
The Soldado fauna was rich and varied. The genera Ostrea,
Venericardia, Fusus, and Turritella led as regards numbers of species.
By the discovery of Venericardia planicosta at Soldado, its already
remarkable range is extended south as far as 10° N. Lat. Moreover,
its Antillean centre of distribution, postulated by Dr. Dall in 1903,
is now established by the facts. In the light of those facts, we can
trace this species from northern South America to southern and
western North America and to northern and southern Europe.
From the Pernambuco basin the Cucullwa harttii fauna travelled
north as far as Soldado; for in the early Tertiary there was no
Amazon to act as a barrier with its discharge of fresh water. As far
as known, Soldado was the northern limit of the migration of this
fauna.
The Venericardia planicosta fauna travelled from the Soldado to
the Alabama basin. This wandering species also crossed the strait
covering the future Isthmus and established colonies along the
Pacific coast in California and Oregon. It is a curious fact that its
descendants are living there to the present day, although elsewhere
the group has been entirely blotted out.
From the Alabama basin the Venericardia plan icosta fauna continues
to advance in a northeasterly direction up the coast, the peninsula
of Florida having not yet been raised to force a detour. The accom-
panying species settled down along the way, Turritella mortoni
advancing as far as Maryland. Thence Venericardia planicosta
continued its advance alone to the north and east, eventually reaching
the shores of northern Europe, probably via a Greenland-Iceland
shallow water route. Established in Europe, it spread in great force
over Belgium, France, and northern Italy.
In Bed No. 8, Soldado Rock, one of the commonest species is
Ostrea thirsce, so characteristic of the Lignitic Eocene of Alabama.
Hence this species indicates a later migration from South to North
America.
In conclusion, we may list the following as species which have
migrated northward from the Soldado region as a centre of develop-
ment: Ostrea cremdimarginata Gabb, 0. pidaskensis Harris, 0.
thirso3 Gabb, Modiola cf. alabamensis Aldrich, Venericardia alticostata
Con., T\ planicosta Lam., Meretrix cf. nuttaliopsis Heilprin, Lyria
wUcoxiana Aldrich var. aldrichiana n. var., Levifusus pagoda
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
Heilprin, Clavella hubbardanus ? Harris, Latirus tortilis Whitfield,
Fusoficula juvenis Whitfield, Calyptraphorus velatus var. compressus
Aldr., Turritella humerosa var. elicitatoides n. var., Turritella nerinexa
Harris, Turritella mortoni Conrad, Mesalia pumila var. allentonensis
Aldr., Calyptraia aperta Sol., Natica cf. semilunata Lea var., Den-
talium microstria Heilprin. The same place of origin is indicated
for the genera Rimella and Venerupis. The latter genus is now
extinct in the Atlantic.
Interesting and ancestral forms of other genera, as Pholas and
Pleurotoma, were also found at Soldado.
The Soldado faunas thus demonstrate that the Eocene of the
Gulf coast, just like its recent molluscan fauna, contained a large
Antillean element and that the lower Tertiary North American
faunas were made up in great measure of immigrants from the shores
of northeastern South America.
William J. Holland, Sc.D., LL.D.: "David Alter, the First Dis-
coverer of Spectrum Analysis."
Dr. Holland called attention to the fact that five years before
Kirchhoff, the celebrated German physicist, had announced the
possibility of determining the various elements by Frauenhofer's
lines in the spectrum, Dr. David Alter had published in the American
Journal of Science the results of his observations upon the spectrum,
showing the possibility of determining the presence through the
spectrum of various metals and gases. Dr. Alter's communications
had been extensively reproduced in foreign scientific journals at
dates preceding the publication by Kirchhoff of his discovery.
Dr. Holland exhibited the prism made by Dr. Alter with which
he had conducted his investigations.
John W. Harshberger, Ph.D.: " The Vegetation of the Banana
Holes of Florida."
The eastern coast of Florida south of the sand hills at Delray is
characterized by extensive outcrops of limestone known as Miami
oolite. The surface of this Miami oolite weathers into angular nodules
of lime rock and by water solution is eaten into pot holes of greater
or less depth known as banana holes. These reach to the water
table beneath the surface and have been filled with sand and organic
debris until a soil has been formed which supports a vegetation
distinct from that of the adjacent pine land. The soil of these sinks,
which vary greatly in diameter, is more retentive of moisture than
the porous soil of the pine land, so that the vegetation of broad-
leaved trees and associated herbs is essentially mesophytic, while
that of the pine land is essentially xerophytic. Most of the banana
holes contain standing water during a part of the year.
The occupancy of these pot holes by the migration of plants into
them is purely fortuitous, but the survival of any species, carried
there by wind, water, and birds, is conditioned solely by the amount
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135
of space, light, and edaphic relations. A very slight difference in the
soil, drainage, depth below the general surface of the adjoining
pine land, amount of soil or standing water, amount of light which
penetrates through the close stand of surrounding pine trees, makes
a difference in the vegetation that fills the different banana holes.
In all, twenty-three plants were found in seventeen different
banana holes investigated in a region where they are common,
namely, between Naranja and Princeton in South Florida. The
following is a list of the species and their relative abundance: Sabal
palmetto (12), Anona glabra (11), Chrysobalanus pellocarpus (8),
Sagittaria lancijolia (8), Myrica cerifera (6), Per sea pubescens (4),
Yitis munsoniana (4), Proserpinaca platycarpa (4), Cladium effusum
(4), Ilex cassine (3), Cephakmthus occidentalis (S),Salix longipes (3),
Phlebodium aureum (2), Isnardia natans (2), Polypodium polypo-
dioides (1), Typha latifolia (1), Phragmites phragmites (1), Smilax
laurifolia (1), Quercus virginiana (1), Metopium mctopium (1),
Morinda roioc (1), Conoclinum dichotomum (1), Willugbaeya scandens
(1). Of these species nine are trees; two, shrubs; three are lianes;
several are epiphytes; four are rooting aquatics and two are sub-
merged aquatics.
The origin of these banana holes and the character of the native
vegetation with which they are filled suggest the origin and nature
of the larger areas of deciduous subtropic and tropic forest trees
known in the South as hammocks. As the banana holes exist in all
sizes from those which are a meter in diameter to those which cover
several hectares, no sharp distinction can be made between the
vegetation of the larger banana holes and the smaller hammocks
which occur in the same region. Presumably the hammocks have
had a similar origin as the banana holes by starting in a shallow,
basin-shaped hollow of the prevailing oolitic limestone. This
hollow has filled gradually with leaf -mold and sand liberated by the
solution of the surrounding lime rock of which sand is a constituent
until a sandy loam soil is formed in which the tropic forest trees find
suitable conditions for growth. Once the hammock vegetation has
established itself, it becomes self-perpetuative and forms a climax
forest, which becomes an exclusive type gradually encroaching upon
the area of country occupied by the slash pine, Pinus caribaea, which
with its associates forms an ancient and successful type of forest
holding well its own against other competing types of vegetation.
Frederick W. True, LL.D.: "A New Species of Delphinodon."
Illustrated.*
Dr. Frederick W. True gave an account of a new species of fossil
porpoise from the Miocene formation of Maryland, belonging to
the genus Delphinodon, for which the name of Delphinodon dividum
is proposed. The U. S. National Museum was engaged in 1908
and 1909 in making collections of cetacean remains from the
Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, and obtained several skulls and fragments
of skulls, many limb bones, and large numbers of vertebrse. In
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
addition, the Museum obtained a nearly complete skeleton of a
fossil porpoise belonging to the family Delphinidse. This specimen
comprises the skull and mandible, about thirty vertebrae, many pairs
of ribs, a scapula, limb-bones, and numerous teeth, including several
in situ. It is possible from this material to determine accurately
the characters of the species. The skull is distinctly delphinoid,
but the crowns of the posterior teeth, instead of being simple and
conical, as in typical recent Delphinidse, are trituberculate, with
rugose enamel. The cervical vertebrae are all separate, the neural
spines of the thoracic vertebrae erect, the transverse processes of the
lumbar vertebrae long and slender, but not acuminate, and the ulna
furnished with a lunate olecranon.
The new species appears to belong to the genus Delphinodon,
which is based on two or three forms known only from detached
teeth, and hitherto regarded as belonging to the Squalodontidae.
From the evidence furnished by the new material, the genus should
probably be transferred to the Delphinidae.
Henry H. Donaldson, Ph.D.: "The Historv and Zoological Position
of the Albino Rat."*
There are two common rats in the United States: Mus rattus,
the black rat, together with Mus rattus alexandrinus — its gray
variety — and Mus norvegicus, the common brown or Norway rat.
Mus rattus entered Europe from the east about the thirteenth century
and spread widely, reaching America on the ships of the early ex-
plorers and colonists. Mus norvegicus, also coming from the East,
did not arrive in Europe until the beginning of the eighteenth cen-
tury and in America not until 1750 or 1775. Wherever the Norway
rat has gone it has displaced the Mus rattus. The common albino
which we see to-day is a strain of the Norway rat. It seems probable
that at one time albinos of Mus rattus must have existed, but they
are nowhere to be found at present. The origin and history of the
existing albinos is obscure, but there is no evidence that they have
established themselves in open competition with the pigmented forms.
They are always found under conditions of domestication. This
manner of life has led to some structural modifications, and especially
noticeable is the diminution in the weight of the central nervous
system.
Although all albinos breed true to color, yet their composition is
not identical, as is shown by the fact that in crosses of extracted
albinos with pigmented forms, the color markings of the progeny
are modified according to the ancestry of the albino. A pure strain
of albinos is therefore not obtainable.
Edward B. Meigs, M.D., and L. A. Ryan, Ph.D.: "The Ash of
Smooth Muscle."3
The smooth muscle of the bull-frog's stomach has been analyzed
quantitatively for potassium, sodium, iron, calcium, magnesium,
3 The entire article in The Journal of Biological Chemistry, May, 1912.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137
phosphorus, chlorine, and sulphur by methods in general similar to
those described by Katz in the Archiv fur die gesammte Physiologie,
1896, Vol. LXIII, pp. 1 et seq. At least two determinations were
made in the case of every element; and in no case, except that of
sodium, did the parallel determinations differ from each other by
more than 15 per cent. In the case of sodium, one determination
was about 24 per cent, higher than the other. The following are
the average amounts of the elements found, given as per cent, of the
fresh tissue: Potassium, 0.3250; Sodium, 0.0726; Iron, 0.0007;
Calcium, 0.0042; Magnesium, 0.0129; Phosphorus, 0.1372; Chlo-
rine, 0.1195; Sulphur, 0.1612. Six determinations were made of
the water and total solids. The averages were solids, 17.70 per cent. ;
water, 82.30 per cent. The widest differences were solids I, 17.39
per cent.; solids VI, 17.99 per cent.
Parallel analyses of the ash of the striated muscle of the same
frogs were made, and the results obtained were quite close to those
reported by Katz for frog's striated muscle. The work indicates
that smooth muscle contains somewhat less potassium and phos-
phorus and considerably more sodium and chlorine than striated
muscle, but the differences are much less marked than has sometimes
been supposed.
The chemical work was supplemented with microscopic study of
fixed and fresh samples of the tissue analyzed as "smooth muscle,"
and it was found that about 80 per cent, of its volume was smooth
muscle fibre; about 5 per cent, extraneous connective tissue; and
the remainder, interstitial spaces between the muscle fibres.
Marshall A. Howe, Ph.D.: "Reef -building and Land-forming
Seaweeds." Beautifully illustrated.
That the corals and other lime-secreting animals are active agents
in building reefs and forming land has been a matter of common
knowledge and belief for more than half a century, but that certain
marine algse or seaweeds also have an important and sometimes
predominating part in the same great work has received no par-
ticular emphasis until quite recent years. Most people think of
sea plants, if they think of them at all, as small delicate ornamental
"sea-mosses" or as coarse, succulent, not especially attractive, kelps
or rockweeds, having in either case, little solid substance to be left
behind on their decay. The fact is, however, that there are many
different kinds of marine plants that secrete lime from the sea water
and are more or less hard and stone-like, so that their decay or their
continued upward growth is accompanied by a considerable increase
in the height of the sea bottom wherever these plants happen to be
growing. The corals are, generally speaking, confined to the warmer
seas, but the corallines, lime-secreting marine plants with a superficial
resemblance to the corals, are more widely distributed, having, in
fact, been found to be very abundant more than 12° north of the
Arctic Circle. The late Professor Kjellman, of Upsala, has stated
that off the shores of Spitsbergen and Nova Zembla a certain coral-
138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
line (Lithothamnium glaciale) forms thick layers on the ocean floor,,
mostly in 60 to 120 feet of water and that "in the formation of the
future strata of the earth's crust in these regions it must become of
essential importance." Dr. Henry B. Bigelow, of Harvard University,
was quoted as stating that "algse probably form the greatest mass'7
of the "shell sands" of Bermuda, and Sir John Murray, in reporting
the results of the famous Challenger Expedition, has recorded his
opinion that in three out of four analyzed samples of so-called coral
sand or mud from Bermuda the calcareous seaweeds and their
broken-down parts composed over 50 per cent, of the mass. As
Dr. Bigelow has remarked, the reports of the borings in Funafuti,
a "true coral " island of the Ellice group, recently published by the
Royal Society of London, are of special interest in this connection.
Borings were here made to a depth of over 1,100 feet and the materials
brought up indicate that the lime-secreting seaweeds have been of
greater importance then the corals in the formation of this island.
The lecture was illustrated by about forty lantern-slides, showing
various types of calcareous seaweeds, and also by specimens from
the speaker's collections in the West Indies and elsewhere.
Adjournment for luncheon.
The meeting reconvened at 2.40 P.M., when the following com-
munications were made:
Benjamin Smith Lyman: "Natural History Morality."
Our predecessors, in founding the Academy, a hundred years ago,
probably little dreamed of any direct association of morality with
the study of natural history. They had doubtless been attracted
to the study by the beauty of its objects, as well, perhaps, as by an
instinctive feeling that a more thorough knowledge of them might
lead, not only to various commercial benefit, but to intellectual
broadening and improvement in many ways. Naturally, the first
thing to be done was to collect the facts, to describe and distinguish
by names the countless varieties of animals and plants; and then
to arrange them in systematic order. Whether the expression
"natural sciences" in the Academy's name was merely intended to
cover natural history or not, it certainly has turned out that, for
a hundred years, that has been almost exclusively the Academy's
field of work. Only through occasional strict construction and a
literal, logical interpretation of the society's name have astronomy,
chemistry, and other branches of physics been able, from time to
time, to assert and maintain a scanty foothold in the Academy's
proceedings. Through almost the whole of the first half of the
century, the natural history work was patiently, zealously, creditably,
and interestingly occupied with collecting, describing, naming and
systematizing' the natural forms that could be found in near and
distant parts of the world. Since then, Darwin's great discovery of
the origin of species through natural selection, so sympathetically
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139
appreciated at once by our Academy, has immensely enlarged the
scope and interest of the study, making it plain that all living species,
including man himself, have originated one from another; so that
all are but genetically consanguineous parts of one great whole, and
the study of one part is, therefore, more distinctly and surely a guide
to the complete understanding of the other so related, and thereby
more or less similar, parts. From a full consideration of this rela-
tionship may be deduced the strongest possible incentive to morality
and the clearest guide to its correct principles.
We may perceive that natural history studies teach us that what
is aimed at is not the benefit and survival of each and every indi-
vidual, but the perpetuation and progress of the race, through the
success of its most vigorous, ablest, fittest, members. For, in fact,
not only are species derived from one another, so as to be but parts
of one whole; but a race is yet more closely a unit, the somewhat
varied outgrowth of a single progenitor, as the leaves and limbs of a
tree grow out from one stem; though, in some cases, detached, to be
sure, like the rooted limbs of a banyan tree separated from the
perhaps perished parent trunk, or the rooted runners of a strawberry-
plant, or of a walking-fern, or of any layered plant. The propaga-
tion by artificial grafting of a bud, or scion, on a kindred stock is
closely parallel, with some variation in character from the new stock.
The perpetuation by a seed, a specialized portion of the tree, with
the whole character of the tree concentrated in small compass, as
fully as in a bud or scion, and naturally detachable and capable of
growing in a favorable soil and temperature, is plainly no less an
outgrowth, a growing forward, of the parent tree, than is the growth
of a rooted limb, or runner, or a grafted bud or scion. In the case
of animals, the simplest forms, like the amoeba, merely divide in
halves, and each half grows forward, with equal claim to be the
identical parent stock; but, in more complex organisms, minute
specialized portions only of two parents, with the character of these
parents concentrated therein (as a plant's is in its seed), unite and
grow, when favorably situated, partaking of both characters,
as a scion grafted on a rooted stock is doubly affected. The
race, then, is the perpetuated individual, and all parts of the race
are, in some sort, one, identical, with its progenitor; and as all races
and species have been derived from one another, the oneness, or
identity, extends to all living beings.
Surely, this identity is the highest incentive, as well as the best
guide, to morality. In the first place, it is seen that the true object
of morality is the benefit of the race, rather than of the individual;
though, of course, the individuals partake of the benefit. This view
makes the individual willing to die, if need be, for the true benefit
of his race. The appropriate instinct established by natural selec-
tion makes the mother, whethe%human or brute, fight with the utmost
courage or most ingenious cunning for the preservation of her young, '
as, indeed, for her own perpetuation, for the life of what has been a
part of her own body, and is still no less a part of her, notwithstanding
its being detached.
140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
Here, too, is the root of the more kindly features of the morality
taught by natural history, that fully counterbalance what may
often be thought the dominant and essential, but harsher, char-
acteristics of the instinctively selfish, sometimes fierce, struggle for
existence under natural selection, wholly incapable, it may seem, of
any connection with the gentle moral rules of conduct for men's
intercourse with men, which are now generally supposed to require
mild self-abnegation. To some degree among many of the lower
animals, but still much more in the human race, the weak and
defenceless young need for a time the protection and aid of the
parents. Any portion of the race that should have been deficient
in the instinct that provides such help would obviously have died
out; so that the instinct has become universal. This instinct, not
only unites in friendliness the parent and child, but tends to soften
the character of both, even with regard to outsiders, and makes
possible and probable more or less friendly intercourse between
brethren, and, by a sort of natural infection, between less closely
related men; and it is this feeling that has been at the bottom of
all systems of morality.
The aim, in general, is not to favor one individual only, but to
give all an equal chance, to establish justice, in order to enable the
ablest, the fittest, to survive and perpetuate the race in the highest
vigor and best condition; while the weaklings and those possessed
of characters prejudicial to the healthful permanence of the race
shall tend to die out and disappear. Clearly, the success of the race
depends on the success of the fittest individuals in this struggle for
existence and justice. "A mush of concession," in which the indi-
vidual always yields everything, with a total eradication of seeking
for selfish advantage, would be as harmful to the prosperity and
eventual survival of the race, as would be an over-grasping selfishness
that would deny what is fair to every competitor. The race can
only progress through the benefit to individuals. Selfishness, then,
the desire for private gain, is not altogether wrong, but should be
enlightened, should avoid running to excess, by conceding, not only
justice, but (to insure against the possible exaggeration of one's own
ideas of what might be rightfully claimed) should yield something-
more than what, to the claimant, seems mere justice; that is, should
aim at nothing more than justice seasoned with kindness. This,
then, is the practical rule that natural history indicates for the
guidance of intercourse between men; and enforces it unswervingly,
impartially, and inexorably by the most effectual penalties for any
transgression, even to the shortening of life, or to the wretchedness
of a later generation, or the extermination of a family or tribe, with
as much certainty as the punishment for the violation of hygienic
laws.
The incentive to high morality is particularly obvious to anyone
who realizes that his child is but an outgrowth from himself, that
it is, in fact, a part of himself. For he would perceive how important
it is that in this new life he should inherit the best possible charac-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141
teristics from both himself and the child's mother, and should,
thereby, be able to start forward on his new career under the most
favorable physical and moral circumstances. The idea greatly
reenforces the natural instinct, sometimes dulled, or even wholly
perverted, towards family life, which has long been considered the
chief promoter, if not the very foundation, of morality.
Evidently, natural history supplies the clearest principles and
most cogent motives for morality; and further and more precise
knowledge of the instinct of animals in their natural state (not so
much in the artificial, pampered, domesticated condition) may
sometimes yield important guidance towards detailed rules of con-
duct. Special applications of the principles (not according to mere
speculations, but to observed facts) are to be worked out, also, by
courts of justice, aided by schools, colleges and learned societies,
as the tendency has been for hundreds of years, especially among
the more logical nations.
Natural history, then, teaches through the thorough unity and
consanguinity of all living things, that, besides sympathizing with
them all and perceiving how much may be advantageously learned
from them as our relatives and congeners, we must not merely
struggle with them and with each other for existence and the survival
of the fittest, to the benefit of the race, but for the same reason,
equally must aid in the protection of our weak immature ones,
strictly our second selves, and by this habit, or instinct, maintain
complete morality, under the strongest incentives, unerringly and
inflexibly guided by natural selection.
Jacques Loeb, M.D., Ph.D., Sc.D.: " Experiments on Adaptation
to High Temperatures." (No abstract.)
Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.: ''Mimicry in Butterflies."*
It has been stated that some of the females of the American species
of Papilio have gradually changed their appearance to resemble
Papilio philenor, a species which in the larval stage feeds on Aris-
tolochia serpentaria , a plant having a root poisonous to man. It is
therefore contended that in the imago stage this butterfly is nauseous
or poisonous to birds, and that +he birds, mistaking the edible species
for philenor, avoid them.
The objections to this hypothesis are, that the records of birds
eating butterflies are very meagre, and there is no evidence to prove
that philenor is nauseous or poisonous to birds.
It has been shown that plants may be poisonous to man, to some
other animals, and yet may be eaten by birds with impunity.
The species said to be protected by their resemblance to Papilio
philenor are different in appearance in the two sexes and it is the
females that show this mimicry. These sexual differences are
termed antigeny and it is not unusual in the butterflies. It is due
to some general law and not in certain instances to so-called mimicry.
142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
The evidence advanced to prove mimicry in the Papilios was
considered inconclusive. Other cases of so-called mimicry in the
butterflies were regarded as being brought about by environmental
conditions, such as vertical distribution and desert distribution.
Spencer Trotter, M.D.: " The Faunal Divisions of Eastern North
America in Relation to Vegetation."*
Vegetation is more directly concerned in the problem of faunal
distribution than are the factors of heat and moisture. These, of
course, control vegetation, but soil is a more important control factor.
Topography likewise exerts a considerable influence. Zonal
arrangement of faunas is unnatural. On this basis of the vegetation
control, the following outline of Faunal Areas is submitted as best
expressing the known facts:
I. The Sub-Arctic Fauna.
(a) Barren Ground Type.
(b) Tree-limit Type.
II. The Atlantic Forest Fauna.
(a) Coniferous Forest Type.
(b) Deciduous Forest Type.
III. The Coastal Plain Fauna.
(a) The Alluvial Forest Type.
(b) The Marshland Type.
(c) The Pine Barren Type.
IV. The Grassland Fauna.
(a) The Prairie Type.
(b) The Steppe Type.
V. The Plateau Fauna.
(a) The Cactus Desert Type.
(b) The Mountain Forest Type.
T. Wayland Vaughan, Ph.D.: "Rate of Growth of Stony Ccrals."
Illustrated. (No abstract.)
Henry A. Pilsbry, Ph.D. : "On the Tropical Element in the Mollus-
can Fauna of Florida."*
A sketch of the successive non-marine faunas of the region was
given and the genesis of the several elements composing the molluscan
fauna was traced. A Mexican group of forms was recognized and
evidence was adduced to show that they entered southern Florida
at the close of Miocene or very early in Pliocene time. Antillean
species were held to be of later advent in Florida. The probability
that they had been carried from Cuba by hurricanes was discussed.
The various points were illustrated by lantern slides of shells and
maps.
The session closed with a beautifully illustrated communication
on "The Photography of Wild Birds," by William L. Baily. (No
abstract.) *
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143
Adjournment until the following morning.
A brilliant invitation reception was given in the evening by Dr.
Dixon, Mrs. Dixon, and Miss Dixon in the Bellevue-Stratford Hotel
from 8 until 11 o'clock.
Third Day, March 21.
The meeting was called to order by the President at 10.30 A.M.
The Chair referred to the fact that the late Dr. Montgomery had
been placed on the program for the first paper of the session under
the title "Human Spermatogenesis: Spermatocytes and Spermio-
genesis," but his funeral would take place to-morrow at 10.30 A.M.
Edwin J. Houston, Ph.D., then made a communication on "How
the Natural Sciences can be made Attractive to the Young."
If the natural sciences fail to interest the young, the fault is due
neither to the character of the subject nor the age of those whom
we wish to instruct, but to some faulty or illogical method of presen-
tation. The collections of the Academy present a fine opportunity
to interest the young in the natural sciences and they are doing this
now, but more could be done. The Academy encouraged and
assisted such men as Leidy, Cope, Morton, Rand, Tryon, Ryder,
Cassin, Parker, and many more, but it may have failed to develop
others.
It is one thing to read about a natural object and another to
examine a carefully prepared specimen of it, still better to know it
by actually touching and handling it. The young should be en-
couraged to make collections for themselves. In order to insure
the best results, the aid of a teacher will be required. Lectures
specially arranged are a great help, and means should be taken to
encourage exchange, an endeavor being made to promote what
may be called chumminess among the collectors. Interest will
soon die if the young investigator has no companion.
Suitable books are essential. They are not numerous. The
average books on the natural sciences cannot be used by children.
Dr. Houston had prepared a series of books, keeping in mind the
unwillingness of the child to read anything that looks like a school-
book. He had adopted the style of the Jules Verne stories and
endeavored to improve on it, making the work interesting while
being scrupulously careful to sacrifice no scientific truth. The
plan of these books was described in detail.
The following communications were also made:
James A. G. Rehn: "The Orthopteran Inhabitants of the Sonoran
Creosote Bush, Covillea tridentata."
The species of Orthoptera known to occur only on this bush were
shown to be six in number, representing three families and five
genera of the order. The remarkable color resemblance of certain
144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
of the forms to portions of the plant was discussed and the distribu-
tion of the species within the range of Covillea stated. Certain
other species of the order very commonly found on the same shrub
were afso mentioned. Specimens of the host plant of all the peculiar
species and a map of the distribution of the creosote bush were
exhibited.
Henry Fairfield Osborn, D.Sc, LL.D. : "Tetraplasy, a Law of the
Four Inseparable Factors of Evolution."*
Upwards of twelve years of work on the group of fossil mammals
first made known by Joseph Leidy, which may now be known popu-
larly as the Titanotheres, had led to the conviction that vertebrate
palaeontology may concern itself with two great questions in evolu-
tion:
(1) The origin of new characters.
(2) The transformation of existing characters.
Excluding any external agencies, we must seek such origins and
transformations either in:
(1) Environment, physical or biotic.
(2) Ontogeny, that is, in the development of the body, or soma.
(3) Heredity, or in the development of the germ.
(4) Selection, or in the competition between organisms.
Having reached in 1905 the conclusion that our quest for the
origin and transformation of characters must be directed to one or
the other of these four factors, working individually or separately,
the author published in 1908 what he believes to be the most funda-
mental biological law, and termed it The Law of the Four Inseparable
Factors.*
In nature each of these factors is in aHsense independent, with its
peculiar or intrinsic phenomena; in another sense dependent, or
intimately related to each of the other factors.
It is a striking fact in the history of biology, from the middle of
the 18th century, that the particular factor upon which naturalists
have concentrated their attention has seemed to them the all-
important or all-sufficient factor. Thus Environment in the minds
of Buffon, or Semper, or Wagner appeared to be the efficient cause
of evolution. Similarly, Ontogeny in the minds of Lamarck, Spencer,
Cope, seemed to be the primary source of evolutionary change.
Again, Selection in the minds of Darwin and Wallace, combined
with hereditary fortuitous variation, seemed to possess the chief
constructive power in evolution. Finally, as the latest phase,
Heredity, as developed by Galton, Weismann, Mendel, De Vries,
and Bateson, has come to be regarded as the chief centre of trans-
formation.
4 " The Four Inseparable Factors of Evolution, Theory of their Distinct and
Combined Action in the Transformation of the Titanotheres, an Extinct Family
of Hoofed Animals in the Order Perissodactyla." Science, N. S., Vol. XXVII,
No. 682, Jan. 24, 190S, pp. 14S-150.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145
The interopcration of the four factors may be represented sym-
bolically by the letters E. 0. H. S.
Returning to our original questions as to: (1) the origin and (2)
the transformation of characters, we first observe that there is the
following genera! relation:
External Initiation Environment, E.
Internal Genesis Ontogeny, O.
Heredity, H.
External Fixation Selection, S.
All phenomena involving either the origins or the transformations
of character may be conveniently represented by the use of formula
composed of E, O, H, S. Similarly, all interpretations of changes of
character should be made with this interopcration of the factors in
mind. For example, in the matter of continuity or discontinuity,
we find that E, 0, H, S, must all be considered. Thus the " con-
tinuity in Heredity" of the germ plasm is no more vital than the
"continuity in Ontogeny," or "continuity in Environment," or
"continuity in Selection," because change or discontinuity in any
one of these three latter factors, E, 0, S, immediately or finally
results in transformation of character in H.
Again, in experimental as contrasted with natural conditions we
observe the following:
In experiment,
Selection may be removed or altered.
Environment may be altered.
Ontogeny may be altered.
Heredity may be affected through E, 0, S.
On the contrary, in nature,
E, O, H, S, are constantly interoperative.
Thus the tetraplasic law, first conceived in 1905, first expressed
in 1908, may now be expressed in 1912 as follows: The life and
evolution of organisms continuously centre around the processes which
we term Heredity, Ontogeny, Environment, and Selection; these have
been inseparable and interacting from the beginning; a change intro-
duced or initiated through any one of these factors finally results in a
genetic change.
The conception of the individual, therefore, may be expressed in
the following diagram A:
10
146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
That is, the Ontogeny of the individual springs from its Heredity,
with its incessant reactions and origins, in response to its Environ-
ment.
Similarly, Heredity is sooner or later in the history of a phylum
under the influence of the three factors, Ontogeny, Environment,
Selection, as represented in diagram B.
This conception of the continuous interoperation of the four
factors in no way diminishes Heredity as the final seat of all genetic
change; either from the first or as a sequel to a long series of ante-
cedent interoperations, the seat of the origins and of the transforma-
tions of characters is certainly in Heredity.
Thus so far as the present law is concerned, the problem of evolu-
tion is to determine the relation between the interoperation of the
four factors E, 0, H, S, and the final fixation of the results of this
operation in Heredity.
Merkel H. Jacobs, Ph.D. : " Physiological Characters of Species."
In the experiments, on which the paper was based, an attempt
was made to compare a number of organisms with regard to certain
of their physiological characters. The organisms selected were
twelve species of protozoa, viz., Paramecium caudatum, P. aurelia,
P. bursaria, Colpidium colpoda, Coleps hirtus, Blepharisma lateritia,
Euplotes patella, Vorticella nebulifera, Peranema trichophorum,
Euglena viridis, Chilomonas Paramecium, and Entosiphon sulcatum.
The character chiefly studied was the effect of carbon dioxide on the
movements and the general vitality of these forms.
The experiments showed that each of the species in question
reacts to carbon dioxide in a characteristic manner and that each
has a general resistance to its toxic effects, which while varying to
some extent with different individuals and in different cultures, is
nevertheless fairly constant for the species. The most sensitive
form studied was found to be Coleps hirtus, which is killed, as a rule,
in three or four minutes, while Colpidium colpoda, the most resistant
form, under exactly the same conditions, remains uninjured after
many hours. Some forms were killed outright very quickly, while
others, although losing all power of movement within a few moments,
yet retained for a long time the ability to recover when again re-
stored to normal conditions.
One of the most striking results obtained was the demonstration
of the difference in the effects of carbon dioxide on different elements
within same cell. In general, contractile structures (myonemes)
are paralyzed within a few seconds, while vibratile structures (cilia,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147
membranelles, flagella) are affected only after a much longer time.
In Vorticella, for example, the power of contraction is lost in less
than a minute, while the membranelles may beat normally for three-
quarters of an hour or longer. Sometimes a converse relation in
the effect of carbon dioxide on these two classes of structures appears,
the contractile elements being first stimulated and then paralyzed
and the vibratile ones often temporarily stopped and then started
again.
George Howard Parker, Sc.D.: "Sensory Appropriation, as
illustrated by the Organs of Taste in Vertebrates."*
In addition to smell and taste, ordinarily regarded as chemical
senses, vertebrates possess a third sense which may be called the
common chemical sense and which is exemplified in man in the
sensitiveness of the mucous surfaces of the eye, nose, etc. Contrary
to the opinion of Weber, solutions of odorous substances introduced
into the human nose can be smelled. Hence Nagel's contention
that the nose of the water-inhabiting vertebrates is an organ of
taste rather than an organ of smell is unfounded and the recent work
of Parker and of Sheldon has shown conclusively that fishes scent
their food with the nose as air-inhabiting vertebrates do, i.e., the nose
in vertebrates, water-inhabiting as well as air-inhabiting, is a distance
receptor. A comparison of the chemical responses of catfishes, with
and without organs of taste, shows that the common chemical sense
is more closely related to the sense of taste than to the sense of smell
and that its receptors are the free-nerve terminations of certain
fibres in the spinal and cranial nerves. Of the three senses, smell,
taste, and the common chemical sense, the* most primitive is the
sense of smell, which probably represents the specialized and re-
stricted remains of a general chemical sense common to the whole
surface of the invertebrate ancestor of the vertebrates. By a
central migration of the cell body of these primitive olfactory
receptors of the general surface, the organs of the common chemical
sense were produced. These in turn appropriated groups of epider-
mal cells which in time became specialized into taste buds, and
thus arose the third and last of these chemical sense organs, the
organs of taste.
John M. Macfarlane, Ph.D.: "The Relation of Protoplasm to
its Environment."*
The simplest plants now living are the Schizophyceae and the
Schizomycetes, both composed of cells or cell chains with rich granu-
lar protoplasm, with or without a chromatophore, and either devoid
of a nucleus or with a granular chromatin rudiment of it.
The species of the two groups now found in hot springs at tem-
peratures of 55°-75° C. are probably primitive types, alike on account
of their wide distribution over the world and their adaptation to
high temperatures. From these, there seem to have developed
148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
forms that became acclimatized to cooler conditions, though the
thermophilic bacteria of soils, manure heaps, etc., still grow and
multiply at a high temperature and may be direct descendants of
hot spring species.
The spores and even at times the mature plants of some fungi,
mosses, ferns and selaginellas can resist prolonged exposure to
55°-70° C. without injury, while 100° C. may not destroy the
vitality of the spores. Experiment has equally shown that spores,
or cells, of some of the above can be exposed to from 75° C. to — 150° C.
without loss of germinating capacity. Amongst flowering plants,
seeds have been exposed to from — 75° C. down to — 200° C. without
injury, while many species of tropical desert regions and of sub-arctic
or arctic regions show a range of temperature resistance from 75° C.
down to —65° C. An abundant protoplasm and stored food,
enclosed by thick mucilaginous or cuticular walls that can act as
regulators to environal changes, are all-important cell factors in
ensuring continued protoplasmic existence. The relative water
content of the cell, and the composition of the protein substances
that are included, are probably the main factors in limiting proto-
plasmic resistance.
William H. Dall, A.M., Sc.D.: Mollusk-fauna of Northwest
America.* (No abstract.)
The meeting adjourned at 1 P.M. for luncheon, and was called to
order again by the President at 2.20 P.M.
Henry G. Bryant: ".Government Agencies in the Advancement
of Geographical Knowledge in the United States." Illustrated
by maps and charts.
Attention was drawn to the importance of agencies such as the
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey and the Geological Survey in
advancing geographical knowledge. While the picturesque aspect
of the subject represented by expeditions of exploration has received
attention, the quiet work of these organized forces of the govern-
ment is little known to the general public. In early days, the
Federal Government sent Lewis and Clark, Pike and Fremont to
investigate the western country. The work of these men and the
discovery of gold in California resulted in bringing about a fair
knowledge of the main physical features of the country by the
middle of the nineteenth century.
The Coast Survey is the oldest bureau of applied science, and for
nearly a century has been engaged in surveying the coasts of the
United States. Its officials, co-operating with those of Canada,
are surveying the Alaska boundary, where conditions of unusual
hardship are encountered. The operations of this bureau have
included: A survey of the coast, deep-sea soundings, study of the
tides, and of the Gulf Stream, and of terrestrial magnetism.
K)12.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149
Following the close of the Civil War and the rush of settlers to the
West, there came an imperative demand for a better knowledge of
the western country, which resulted in the organization of the U. S.
( reological Survey in 1879. The geographical work of the Survey-
as illustrated by excellent topographical maps on various scales, and
our contribution to the great International Map of the World — was
referred to.
The availability of all this material at a nominal cost has done much
to advance geographical knowledge. Other official agencies which
assisted were: The General Land Office, which issues numerous
maps; the Hydrographic Office of the Navy Department, which
publishes charts of foreign coasts and harbors, and the Map Collec-
tion of the Library of Congress at Washington, which was described
as the largest in this country.
Witmer Stone, A.M.: "Fauna and Flora of the New Jersey Pine
Barrens." Illustrated by beautiful lantern pictures.
Leisure time during the past fifteen years had been occupied in
collecting data upon the distribution of animal and plant life in the
coastal plain of New Jersey. There was a marked difference in the
fauna and flora of western and central New Jersey south of the fall
line, as compared with the Pine Barren area, and east of the
latter there existed a narrow strip bordering the maritime marshes
and recurring on the coast island, which possessed the same type of
plant and animal life as characterized west Jersey. The Cape May
peninsula belonged also mainly to this region, the Pine Barren
elements being only local.
The historic associations of the Pine Barrens were considered, and
the plants discovered there by Bartram, Pursh, Rafinesque and
Nuttall were enumerated. In considering the change of conditions
in the region, stress was laid upon the constant increase in the extent
of cultivated cranberry bogs and the injurious effect of the winter
flooding upon various rare plants which inhabit the native bogs.
Abama americana, and Tofieldia racemosa were two species which
were seriously threatened in this way. Mr. Clifford Pinchot's theory
in regard to the origin of the stunted forest of the elevated region
known as the plains was endorsed. No difference could be detected
in the character of the soil of this region and other parts of the Pine
Barrens except in the greater coarseness of the sand and gravel, and
repeated forest fires seemed to have kept down the tree growth when
once the stunted condition had been produced.
Numerous lantern slides illustrating the scenery and characteristic
birds and plants were exhibited showing the transition experienced
in crossing the coastal plain from Philadelphia to the coast.
In the evening one hundred and sixty members, delegates, and
guests partook of an enjoyable banquet in the remodelled library
hall. Dr. Conklin acted as toastmaster and responses were made
150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
by His Honor the Mayor; Moris, de Pulligny, the Director of the
French Commission of Engineers to the United States; Dr. Henry
Fairfield Osborn, of the American Museum of Natural History; the
President of the Academy; Dr. Theodore Gill, of the United States
National Museum; Dr. William J. Holland, of the Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburg; and Dr. Nolan. The celebration of the one hundredth
birthday of the Academy terminated with the singing of Aula1
Lang Syne.
The following were ordered to be published;
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
151
PHENACOLEPAS MALONEI n. sp.
BY E. G. VAN ATT A.
Shell white, suborbicular. Apex moderately elevated, slightly
recurved, situated at the posterior fourth and to the right of the
median line. About 2 mm. from the smooth apex, fine raised radial
striae begin and increase in number to the margin where they number
about 150. The surface is covered with irregular concentric rows
of grains which become more regular near the margin, where they
form about 5 beaded costae completely encircling the shell. There
are 11 concentric linos of tubercles upon the posterior slope, 16
upon the right side, 22 upon the anterior slope and 17 upon the
left side. The posterior slope is nearly straight and slightly concave
near the apex, anterior slope convex, base slightly arcuate. Margin
not crenulate. Interior with a slight pit under the apex; muscle
scar in the form of an irregular horseshoe, open in front, at which
point about 20 of the radial striae may be seen through the shell.
Alt. 4.5, diam. 13.5, length 15 mm.
In ballast from Santa Rosalia, L. California, collected by Mr.
J. G. Malone. Type No. 105,741 in the collection of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
This shell differs from granulosa Thiele by having the apex nearer
the posterior margin, posterior slope shorter, anterior slope more
convex, and regular concentric costae near the margin. P. malonei
is more orbicular and larger than P. navicelloides Cpr. ; and is smaller
than P. mirabilis Sby. with finer sculpture and the apex nearer the
posterior margin.
152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,
NOTE ON A COLLECTION OF FOSSILS FROM WILMINGTON, NORTH CAROLINA-
BY A. P. BROWN AND H. A. PILSBRY.
During a recent visit to Wilmington, N. C, Mr. Joseph
Willcox collected a number of fossils from a quarry about one and
a half miles east of the city.
The material is not well preserved, being mainly in form of internal
casts, yet as the horizon has received but little attention, we have,
at the request of Mr. Willcox, prepared the following list of species
identified.1
Lunulites distans Lonsdale.
Flabellum cuneiforme Lonsdale. Cast.
Scutella lyelliana Emmons.
Echinolampas appendiculatus (determined by Prof. W. B. Clark).
Terebratida ivilmingtonensis Lyell and Sowerby.
Pecten membranosus Morton.
Spondylus resembling gregalis Morton. Cast.
CrassatellUes willcoxi n. sp.
Cytherea profunda Conrad. Cast.
Cyprcea resembling nuculoides Aldrich. Casts.
"Voluta" sp. Cast.
Vasum wilmingtonense n. sp. Cast.
Aturia alabamiensis Conrad. Cast.
Pleurotomaria nixa (Tuomey).2
Crassatellites willcoxi n. sp. PI. I, fig. 1.
The shell is large, oblong, the anterior end evenly rounded, pos-
terior end subtruncate, beaks moderately elevated, at the anterior
two-fifths of the length; somewhat compressed, the diameter a
little less than half the length. Sculpture of rounded, subequal
concentric ridges separated by narrower sulci. The valves are
3 to 5 mm. thick, where edges are exposed by fracture. There is
no trace of a posterior ridge. The internal cast is smooth with very
1 The fauna of the Wilmington beds was first, we believe, described by Professor
Tuomey in an article entitled, "Description of some Fossil Shells from the Tertiary
of the Southern States," Proc. A. N. S. Phila., VI, pp. 192-194, 1852. Professor
W. B. Clark has also treated briefly of it in Bull. Geol. Sue. of America, I, pp
538-9, 1890.
2 This specimen, in the museum of the Wagner Free Institute of Science,
measures 7g inches in basal diameter.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE I.
-*.»
'
■
{!***»'
BROWN AND PILSBRY: FOSSILS FROM WILMINGTON, N. C.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153
faint traces of crenulation on the basal margin. The anterior adduc-
tor scar is raised in the cast and the posterior slightly sunken.
Length 105, alt. (as broken) 88 mm.
C. curta Conrad and C. conradi Whitfield, though very much
smaller, are similar to this species in contour, but both seem to be
smoother externally. C. littoralis Conrad is a similarly sculptured
species, but it is more inequilateral and far smaller so far as known.
C. vadosa Morton has the outline of C. willcoxi, except by its greater
compression. Most of the American Tertiary Crassatellites are longer
and more produced posteriorly than C. willcoxi.
Vasum wilmingtonense n. sp. PI. I, figs. 2. 3.
This form is represented by an internal cast wanting the apical
whorls, apparently derived from a species shaped like V. haitense.
The conic spire diverges at an angle of about 80°, the crown of each
whorl being narrowly rounded. The last whorl is much less convex
above, being somewhat flattened and sloping to the rounded shoulder.
The periphery, viewed from above, is polygonal; the last three
angles on the last half whorl are prominent, but several on the first
half are barely perceptible. Below the shoulder the sides taper
to the narrow base, are a little swollen midway and contracted below
the shoulder and near the base. Four deep furrows indicate as many
stout columellar folds in the shell, the lowest one being somewhat
smaller. The length of the cast is 113 mm. and the greatest diameter
66 mm.
In the absence of information as to the stratigraphic position of
the specimens, we cannot say whether this species occurred with
the preceding Eocene forms or, as seems more likely, in an overlying
bed.
Correction. — The Editor regrets that, through an inadvertence,
the name of Charles Morris was substituted for that of Effingham
B. Morris on the Finance Committee (page 1).
11
154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,
April 2.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Thirty-eight persons present,
The Publication Committee reported the reception of the following
papers :
"Fixation of the Single Type (Lectotype) specimens of species of
American Orthoptera, Part II." By A. N. Caudell and Morgan
Hebard (March 28).
"The Relation of Plant Protoplasm to its Environment." By
John Muirhead Macfarlane, D.Sc. (March 29).
The Chair announced the death, February 26, of Graceanna Lewis,
a member.
Dr. Henry Tucker made a communication on harmless and
useful snakes, illustrated by lantern slides. (No abstract.)
The death of Thomas Harrison Montgomery, Jr., Ph.D., having
been announced at a previous meeting, the following minute, pro-
posed by Dr. Philip P. Calvert, was unanimously adopted:
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has heard
with deep regret of the death of Prof. Thomas Harrison Mont-
gomery, Jr., on March 19, 1912.
Prof. Montgomery was a grandson of Samuel George Morton,
President of this Academy from 1849-1851, widely known for his
collection and studies of human craniology. To that ancestor we
may trace Montgomery's taste for natural history which led him to
study zoology in the University of Berlin (where he received the Ph.D.
in 1894) and to fill positions of instruction and research in the Wagner
Free Institute of Science, the Wistar Institute of Anatomy, the
Woods Hole Marine Biological Laboratory and the Universities of
Texas and of Pennsylvania. He was elected a member of this
Academy February 23, 1897. He served on the Committee of
Instruction and Lectures for 1903 and on the Committee on Accounts
from 1909. He was the first to respond to the invitation to contribute
to the Centenary Commemorative Volume and his memoir on
Human Spermatogenesis was the last paper completed by him,
although he did not live to read it at the anniversary meeting.
Barely thirty-nine years old when he died, he would have been
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155
justified in a feeling of pride in what he had accomplished. He had
made fruitful suggestions on the mechanism of inheritance based on
his studies of minute details of the structure of the germ cells; he had
investigated the anatomy of unsegmented worms, rotifers; and spiders ;
he had made known many interesting habits of spiders and of birds ;
his breadth of outlook and of zoological knowledge was displayed in
his book on the analysis of racial descent in animals.
From all that he had done we rightfully expected much to come
from his further researches, and our sorrow at his departure is made
keener by his fulness of promise.
Moved that this be spread on the minutes of this meeting and that
the Corresponding Secretary send a copy to Mrs. Montgomery.
April 16.
Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.. in the Chair.
Twenty-seven persons present.
The deaths of Miss Janes R. Haines, a member, November 11, 1911,
and of Prof. Rudolph Bastian, a correspondent, were announced.
Dr. Spencer Trotter made a communication on some biological
aspects of population. (No abstract. )»
The following resolutions were adopted:
Resolved, That the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
finds much encouragement and stimulus in the expressions of cordial
congratulation and recognition of its labors that reached it on the
occasion of the celebration of the centenary anniversary of its founda-
tion.
f Resolved, That the Corresponding Secretary be instructed to convey
to corresponding institutions and members an expression of the
Academy's warm gratitude for their appreciation and courtesy.
The following were elected members:
John Ashhurst.
Seth Bunker Capp.
Walter N. James, M.D.
Philip F. Kelly.
Cecilia Baldwin McElrov.
A. V. Morton, M.D.
William H. Newbold.
Harold Peirce.
Hon. John M. Reynolds.
Samuel C. Schmucker.
Harriet Newell Wardle.
156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
May 21.
Charles Morris in the Chair.
Nineteen persons present.
The meeting was held in conjunction with the Mineralogical and
Geological Section.
The reception of the following papers was reported by the Publi-
cation Committee:
"Further Experiments with Mutations in Eye-color of Drosophila:
The Loss of the Orange Factor," by T. H. Morgan (April 23).
"Some Aboriginal Sites on Red River," by Clarence B. Moore
(April 29).
"On the Radiation of Energy," by James E. Ives (May 9).
"The Gorgonians of the Brazilian Coast," by A. E. Verrill
(May 10).
"Tetraplasy, the Law of the Four Inseparable Factors of Evolu-
tion," by Henry Fairfield Osborn (May 18).
"Apparent Sun-crack Structures and Ringing-rock Phenomena in
the Triassic Diabase of Eastern Pennsvlvania," by Edgar T. Wherrv
(May 20).
"Lynmaea, Columella, and Self-fertilization," by Harold Sellers
Colton (May 21).
The Triassic of Pennsylvania. — Dr. Edgar T. Wherry spoke of
the discovery of silicified wood, first described from Bucks County
at a meeting three years ago, at a number of new localities as far
west as Lancaster and York Counties. He also described observa-
tions along the north border of the area, where hills underlain by a
coarse conglomerate are believed to represent delta deposits of rivers
flowing from the north into the Triassic basin, although the large
size and distant source of many of the pebbles suggests the possible
activity of floating ice as a means of transportation. He further
discussed certain phenomena connected with the diabase of the
region, especially the formation of boulders and hexagonally arranged
crack structures.'
Dr. F. Bascom made a communication on the lavas of South
Mountain, Pennsylvania. (No abstract.)
The following were ordered to be published:
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157
FIXATION OF THE SINGLE TYPE fLECTOTYPIC) SPECIMENS OF SPECIES OF
AMERICAN ORTHOPTERA.
DIVISION II.
BY A. N. CAUDELL and MORGAN HEBARD.
The Species of North American Orthoptera Described by
Andrew Nelson Caudell.
The desirability of selection and fixation of a single type was
pointed out by the last International Entomological Congress, and
the first paper on this subject with reference to the North American
species of Orthoptera by Mr. James A. G. Rehn and the junior
author of the present paper has recently appeared in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1912, pp. 60-128.
In the preface to that paper the subject is discussed and method of
selection of lectotypic specimens as followed in that contribution
explained. In the present paper the work is made easy, owing to the
fact that the author of all the species treated has selected from the
typical series that specimen for single type which he would have
selected at the time the species was described, had such action at
that time been customary. The type numbers of the United States
National Museum for Orthoptera are not available in fixing single
types, though they are given in the original descriptions of all new
species recently described or named from material belonging to that
institution. This is due to the fact that in the Orthoptera Collec-
tion these type numbers do not refer to a single type, or to the male
and female types of a species, but usually to the entire typical series.
Of the seventy-five species described by the senior author which are
found in North America, we find sixty-two single types in the United
States National Museum, seven in the Museum of the Brooklyn
Institute of Arts and Sciences, two in the Scudder Collection, and
one each in the American Museum of Natural History of New York,
the Saussure Collection, and the Morse Collection, while of one
species the typical series is lost. At the present day all of these
single types ?.re extant, with the exception of the one mentioned as
lost; those of the United States National Museum are in Riker
Mounts. The nomenclature given is that of the original description,
158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
as this paper is not intended to be in any way revisionary. All
forms described by the senior author at the present date considered
valid, and also all synonyms, are here treated.
Spongophora apicedentata.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 461, fig. la, 1905.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : figured cf ; Tucson, Arizona, January
14, on Giant Cactus, Cereus gigantea; H. G. Hubbard; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
Anaplecta abortiva.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 105,
1904.
Described from a single female specimen from Esperanza Ranch,
Brownsville, Texas, August 4, [1904]; [Chas. Schaeffer];1 Mus.
Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Collection.
HOMEOGAMIA BOLLIANA NIGRICANS.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 107,
1904.
Based on several males from one locality.
Single type here designated: cT ; Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville,
Texas, June [1903]; [C. Schaeffer]; Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and
Sci. Collection.
HOMEOGAMIA APACHA INFUSCATA.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 463, 1905.
Based on a single male from Phoenix, Arizona, June 4, 1904;
Dr. R. E. Kunze; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Latindia schwarzi.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. V, No. 2, p. 165, 1903.
Described from three males from the same locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Madera Canyon, Santa Rita
Mountains, Arizona, July 7, 1898; E. A. Schwarz; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
DlAPHEROMERA ARIZONENSIS.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 877, 1903.
1 The use of brackets in the present paper indicates authentic information
not contained in the original description.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159
Based on a unique male from Hot Springs, Arizona, June 28, 1901 ;
E. A. Schwarz and H. S. Barber; U. S. N. M. Collection.
DlAPHEROMERA PERSIMILIS.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 107,
1904.
Based on two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville,
Texas, June [1903]; [Chas. Schaeffer]; Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts
and Sci. Collection.
PSEUDOSERMYLE TRUNCATA.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 869, PI. LVIII, figs. 3-36, 1903.
Described from a single female from Dos Cabezos, Arizona, June,
1891; U. S. N. M. Collection.
PSEUDOSERMYLE BANKSII.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 871, 1903.
Based on two males from different localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Brazos County, Texas, September;
N. Banks; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Bacunculus BLATCHLEYI.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIII, p. 212, 1905.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Starke County, Indiana;
W. S. Blatchley; U. S. N. M. Collection.
HOPLOLIBETHRA TUBERCULATA.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 108,
PI. VI, figs. 1,2, 1904.
Described from a unique female specimen from Esperanza Ranch,
Brownsville, Texas, June 25, [1903]; [Chas. Schaeffer]; Mus. Brook-
lyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Collection.
Aplopus mayeri.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIII, p. 83, 1905.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Loggerhead Key, Dry Tortugas,
Florida; Dr. A. G. Mayer; Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.
Collection.
160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF |May,
ACHURTJM MINIMIPENNE.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 110,
PL VI, Figs. 3, 4, 1904.
Based on a unique female from Brownsville, Texas, April 22, [1903] ;
{Chas. Schaeffer] ; Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Collection.
LlGUROTETTIX KUNZEI.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. V, No. 2, p. 162, 1903.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Phoenix, Arizona, Septem-
ber 10, 1902; Dr. R, E. Kunze; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Chimarocephala pacifica obttjsa.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VII, Nos. 2, 3, p. 124, 1906.
Based on a single male from Monterey County, California, August,
1903; Coleman; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Chimarocephala pacifica incisa.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VII, Nos. 2, 3, p. 124, 1906.
Based on material misidentified as Chimarocephala pacifica Thomas,
by Saussure; from one locality.
Single type here designated: 9 ; California, Saussure Collection.
Encoptolophus subgracilis.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. V, No. 2, p. 163, 1903.
Based on two males and one female from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Phoenix, Arizona, October 27,
1902; Dr. R. E. Kunze; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Lactista oslari.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 468, 1905.
Described from a unique male specimen from Nogales, Arizona,
July 3, 1903; E. J. Oslar; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Mestobregma gracilipes.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 471, fig. 5, 1905.
Described from two males and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Huachuca Mountains,
Arizona, August 25, 1903; E. J. Oslar; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Mestobregma thomasi.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VI, No. 2, p. 125, 1904.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161
Based on material misidentified as (Edvpoda cincta Thomas, by
Bruner, Scudder, etc.
Single type here designated; figured2?; no data. Type lost.
Ar.EOPTERYX PENELOPE.
Can. EnL, Vol. XXXIII, p. 102, 1901.
Based on a single female specimen from Prescott, Arizona, Septem-
ber 29, 1900; Dr. R. E. Kunze; U. S. N. M. Collection.
PsiNIDIA SULCIFRONS3 AMPLICORNUS.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 791, PI. LV, fig. 2, 1903.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured 9 ; Victoria, Texas,
June, 1902; Caudell; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Trimerotropis SCHAEFFERI.
Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4, p. 112,
PI. VII, fig. 1, 1904.
Described from two males from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured d* ; Topo, near Brownsville,
Texas, May [1903]; [Chas. Schaeffer]; Mus. Brooklyn Inst, Arts
and Sci. Collection.
Trimerotropis titusi.
Proc. EnL Soc. Wash., Vol. VII, Nos. 2, 3, p. 125, 1906.
Based on eight males and three females from the same locality.
Single type here designated: d* ; Spreckles, Monterey County,
California, September 20, 1904, on sugar beets; E. S. G. Titus;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Heliastus benjamini.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 474, fig. 6, 1905.
Based on one male and two females from two localities.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Huachuca Mountains,
Arizona, August 16, 1903; E. J. Oslar; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Heliastus sumichrasti subrosea.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 951, fig. 3, 1904.
Based on a pair from a single locality.
2 This figure is very good, excepting the fact that the wing has the transverse
band drawn too near its apex.
3 This should be fenestralis, correction made, Can. EnL, Vol. XXXVIII,
p. 204, 1906.
162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; Galveston, Texas,.
[April, 1903]; C. Schaeffer; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Heliastus guanieri.
Proc. U. 8. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 794, PI. LV, fig. 3, 1903.
Based on specimens of both sexes representing two localities.
Single type here designated: figured 9 ; Pueblo, Colorado,.
October, 1877; G. F. Guanier; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Barytettix borealis.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. IX, Nos. 1-4, p. 69, 1908.
Based on two males and one female from probably two localities.
Single type here designated : <? ; base of Santa Catalina Mountains,.
Arizona, August 16, 1907; J. L. Webb; U. S. N. M. Collection.
^EoLOPLUS BRUNERI.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VIII, Nos. 3, 4, p. 134, 1907.
Based on material misidentified as Caloptenus regalis Dodge, by
Scudder. Type located P. A. N. S. P., 1912, p. 76.
Melanoplus brownii.
Can. Ent., Vol. XXXIV, p. 169, 1902.
Described from three pairs from one locality.
Single type here designated : cf1 ; few miles up Colorado River
from Yuma, Arizona, December 8, 1901, at head of dry slough;
Herbert Brown; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus coloradus.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 799, PI. LV, figs. 1, la, 1903.
Described from a single male from Palisade, Colorado, elevation-
4741 feet, July 8, 1901; Caudell; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus inconspicuus.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, Vol. XXVII, p. 87, 1902.
Based on a unique male from the Creek Nation, Indian Territory,,
near Arlington, Oklahoma, May 31, 1901; Mrs. Nellie Caudell;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Melanoplus latifercula.
Proc. U, S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 802, PL LV, figs. 4, 4a, 1903.
Based on a single male specimen from Cumbres, Colorado, eleva-
tion 10,015 feet, August 14, 1901; Caudell; U. S. N. M. Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163
MELANOPLUS SONONLENSIS.
Proc Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VII, Nos. 2, 3, p. 124, 1906.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique c? ; Glenellen, Sonoma
County, California, [September 18, 1904], on rocky hillside; E. S. G.
Titus; U. S. N. M. Collection.
ASEMOPLUS RAINIERENSIS.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. VIII, Nos, 3, 4, p. 134, 1907.
Based on a pair taken in coitu from a large series of both sexes
from a single locality.
Single type here designated: c? taken in coitu; Paradise Valley,.
Mount Rainier, Washington, July 31, 1906, in low, rank, green,,
grasses; Dyar and Caudell; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Amblycorypha iselyi.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIII, p. 50, 1905.
Described from two pairs from a single locality.
Single type here designated: cf ; Wichita, Kansas, July [291, 1904'
Professor Isely; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Paracyrtophyllus robustus.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIV, p. 36, PL I, figs. 1, 6, 1906.
Described from three males and two females from one State.
Single type here designated: figured d1 ; Texas; U. S. N. M.
Collection.
Cyrtophyllus elongatus.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIV, p. 40, 1906.
Described from a pair from two localities.
Single type here designated : c? ; Fountain County, Indiana,.
August [12, 1904]; W. S. Blatchley; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Cyrtophyllus furcatus.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIV, p. 41, PI. I, fig. 9, 1906.
Based on a single figured male specimen from West Point, Nebraska
[in Court House grounds], [in high trees], [late August, 1898]; [J. C
Crawford]; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Cyrtophyllus intermedius.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XIV, p. 41, PL I, fig. 8, 1906.
Based on a pair from different localities.
164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
Single type here designated: unique figured d71 ; Biloxi, Mississippi;
Alice Tracy; U. S. N. M. Collection.
XlPHIDION ALLARDI.
Ent. News, Vol. XXI, p. 58. 1910.
Described from two pairs from one locality.
Single type here designated: <? ; Tray Mountain, Towns County,
North Georgia, elevation 4,389 feet, late September, in low weeds
and short grass; H. A. Allard; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Neduba carinata convexa.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 300, fig. 10, 1907.
Described from a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured c? ; Mount Shasta, California;
Behrens; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Neduba morsel
Proc. Ik S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 301, fig. 11, 1907.
Based on a unique figured male specimen from Mount Wilson [nee
Altadena], California, July 27, [1897]; A. P. Morse; Morse Collection.
Rehnia victorle.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 306, figs. 14, 15, 1907.
Based on a unique figured male from Victoria, Guerrero, Mexico;
O. W. Barrett; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Behnia spinosa.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 307, figs. 16, 17, 1907.
Based on a unique figured male from Texas; U. S. N. M. Collec-
tion ex Bruner.
Zacycloptera atripennis.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 309, figs. 18, 19, 1907.
Described from a unique figured male specimen from Hawthorne,
Nevada, June; Wickham; U. S. N. M. Collection ex Bruner.
Capnobotes occidentalis uniformis.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 317, 1907.
Described from a unique figured male specimen from Los Angeles
County, California, July; Coquillett; IT. S. N. M. Collection.
Apote notabilis robusta.
Proc. U S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 330, fig. 34, 1907.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165
Based on an unspecified number of specimens apparently from
Washington.
Single type here designated: figured <? ; Rockland, Washington,
July 4, [1897]; W. K. Fisher; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Eremopedes balli.
Can. Ent, Vol. XXXIV, p. 100, 1902.
See Caudell, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 335, 1907, for
correct limitation.
Based on six males and two females from two localities in Arizona.
Single type here designated: cf ; Williams, Arizona, July, 1901;
H. S. Barber and E. A. Schwarz; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Eremopedes (?) brevicauda.
Proc. U. S. N. M.. Vol. XXXII, p. 336, fig. 39, 1907.
Described from a unique figured female from Xapa County,
California; H. Edwards; Am. Mus. Xat. Hist. Collection.
Stipator bruneri.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 343, 1907.
Based on two males and five females from Texas.
Single type here designated: cf ; Texas, [July 141; Belfrage;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Orchesticus nigromarginata.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, Vol. XXVIII, p. 89, 1902.
Described from a unique female from Texas, [January 5] ; Belfrage;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Stipator nigromarginatus griseis.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 347, 1907.
Based on a series from one or more localities.
Single type here designated: d71 ; Haigler, Nebraska; Carriker;
U. S. N. M. Collection ex Bruner.
Stipator grandis insignis.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 349, fig. 45, 1907.
Based on one male and three females from one locality.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf; Dallas. Texas ^
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Stipator mitchelli.
Can. Ent., Vol. XLIII, p. 137, fig. 7, 1911.
166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
Based on a unique figured male from Hondo, Texas, March 30, 1908,
eating petals of Opuntia flowers; J. D. Mitchell; U. S. N. M. Col-
lection.
Anabrus simplex nigra.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 355, 1907.
Based on six males and eight females from four localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Eddy, Routt [nee Route] County,
Colorado; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Anabrus simplex maculatus.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 356, 1907.
Described from eleven males and fourteen females from five
localities.
Single type here designated: cf ; Fort Walsh, British Columbia,
September; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Anabrus cerciata.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 361, fig. 48, 1907.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Washington: Morrison;
TJ. S. N. M. Collection ex Bruner.
Anabrus longipes.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 361, 1907.
Based on one male and two females from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Pullman, Washington,
August; C. V. Piper; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Ateloplus minor.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 371, fig. 56, 1907.
Based on a unique figured female specimen from Oracle, Arizona,
June 29, [1898]; E. A. Schwarz; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Ateloplus schwarzi.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 372, fig. 58, 1907.
Described from a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Tinajas Altas, Arizona,
[1905]; McGee; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Ateloplus luteus.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 373, fig. 59, 1907.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167
Single type here designated: unique figured cT ; Mohave, Arizona;
Wickham; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Idiostatus rehni.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 382, fig. 70, 1907.
Based on two males and one female from one locality.
Single type here designated: figured <? ; Siskiyou County, Cali-
fornia; A. Koebele; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Idiostatus elegans.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 384, figs. 71, 72, 1907.
Described from a pair from Nevada.
Single type here designated: unique figured cf ; [Reno], Nevada;
F. H. Hillman, [June 15, 1890]; U. S. X. M. Collection ex Bruner.
Idiostatus variegata.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 387. 1907.
Based on a unique female from Pocatello, Idaho; U. S. N. M.
Collection ex Bruner.
Plagiostira albonotata brevipes.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 392, 1907.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique c? ; Williams, Arizona,
July 24, 1901, on sagebrush; H. S. Barber: U. S. N. M. Collection.
Plagiostira gillettei.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 392, fig. 77, 1907.
Described from a unique figured male specimen from Grand Junc-
tion, Colorado, June 20, 1905; C. P. Gillette: U. S. N. M. Collection.
Idionotus brevipes.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 396, fig. 81, 1907.
Described from a single figured male from Arctic America; Kenni-
•cott; Scudder Collection.
Platycleis fletcheri.
Proc.U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 403, fig. 87, 1907.
Described from a unique female from Calgary. Assiniboia, Canada,
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Clinopleura minuta.
Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 402, fig. 86, 1907.
Based on two pairs from a single locality.
168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May;
Single type here designated: figured cf ; Calaveras [County],
California; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Cyphoderris monstrosus piperi.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XII, p. 53, 1904.
Based on one adult male and two female nymphs from a single
locality.
Single type here designated : unique cf ; Paradise Valley, Mount
Rainier, Washington, elevation 6,000 feet, in grove of Alpine fir;
C. V. Piper; U. S. N. M. Collection.
Marsa tuberculata.
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIV, p. 79, 1908.
Based on a pair from the same locality.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Eureka, California,
July 5, 1906, under loose bark of old tree near ground; Caudell;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
Daihinia phrixocnemoides.
Ent. News, Vol. XVIII, p. 11, figs. 1, la, 1907.
Described from a unique figured female specimen from Mesilla
Park, New Mexico, August 12, 1898; Cockerell; U. S. N. M. Col-
lection.
N EMOBIUS FASCIATUS ABORTIVUS.
Can. Ent, Vol. XXXVI, p. 248, 1904.
About three dozen specimens of both sexes from one locality.
Single type here designated : cf ; Moose Jaw, Assiniboia, August
24, 1903, in grass, in and along borders of draw on prairie; Caudell;
U. S. N. M. Collection.
MlOGRYLLUS OKLAHOMA.
Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, Vol. XXVIII, p. 90, 1902.
Based on a single male specimen from Perkins, Oklahoma, May 16,
1901; Mrs. Nellie Caudell; U. S. N. M. Collection.
CYRTOXIPHA COLUMBIANA.
Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, Vol. XV, p. 237, 1907.
Based on a pair from different localities.
Single type here designated: unique cf ; Falls Church, Virginia,
September 14, 1907; N. Banks; U. S. N. M. Collection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109
APPARENT SUN-CRA.CK STRUCTURES AND RINGING-ROCK PHENOMENA IN
THE TRIASSIC DIABASE OF EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
BY EDGAR T. WHERRY, PH.D.
The rocks deposited during the Triassic period in eastern North
America, variously known as the New Red, Newark, and Jura-Trias,
•cross the State of Pennsylvania in a northeast-southwest strip
averaging twenty miles in width. While they have in the past been
the subject of considerable investigation, some of their most interest-
ing features are as yet undescribed.1
About the middle of the 20,000 feet of sediments representing the
period in Montgomery County there occurs a sill of diabase, which,
although greater in size than the Palisade sheet of New Jersey, has
attracted far less attention since it does not happen to be so located
as to give rise to striking scenic effects. The total length of outcrop
of this sill being over 40 miles, it would be strange if there were not a
few exposures of its contact relations with the sediments, even in the
absence of a great metropolis nearby as an inducement for railroad
companies to pierce it by numerous cuts and tunnels; and, in fact,
its upper contact has been observed at several localities northeast
of the city of Pottstown. The rock surfaces exposed at these places
by the removal of the metamorphosed shale beds present a rather
startling appearance, being crossed by a rudely hexagonal network
of light-colored lines, closely resembling sun-cracks such as are
frequently found in the sediments. The best exposure, a photograph
of which is shown in figure 1, Plate II, is on the east side of a road,
opposite the house of Alexander C. Minshall, one-half mile north of
Neiffer Post Office, which lies about three miles north of Limerick
Square and two miles west of Zieglersville.
1 The writer has been engaged for several years in studying the portion of this
area lying east of the Susquehanna River, and has previously published two
papers upon it: "The Newark Copper Deposits of Southeastern Pennsylvania,"
Econ. Geol., Ill, 726-38, 1908; and "Contributions to the Mineralogy of the
Newark Group in Pennsylvania," Thesis, University of Pennsylvania, 1909,
Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science, VII, 1-23, 1910. An abstract of this paper
was read at the Pittsburgh meeting of the Geological Society of America, Decem-
ber, 1910, and published in Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., XXII, 718, 1911; and in
completed form it was presented at the meeting of the Academy in association
with the Mineralogical and Geological Section, May 21, 1912.
1!
170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
There can be no question, however, as to the igneous origin of the
rock. When studied in thin section it is found to consist of inter-
lacing laths of labradorite surrounded by augite similar to the contact
facies of Triassic diabases which have been described elsewhere.2
The lines turn out to be dikes, composed of coarser crystals of
the same minerals (fig. 3, Plate II). These dikes vary from \ to 5 mm.
in thickness, and penetrate into the rock to depths of several centi-
meters, gradually losing their identity as the size of grain of the
background increases.
The explanation of this occurrence is apparently to be found in the
tendency of magmas to contract on solidifying, exemplified in the
well-known columnar structure of many basalts. In the course
of the intrusion of the magma the outer portions were rapidly chilled
by the cold wall-rocks, and solidified in correspondingly fine-grained
form. At the same time there developed, perpendicular to the
contact surfaces, hexagonally arranged shrinkage cracks. Into these
the still liquid material beneath found its way, but since in the
meantime the surroundings had become heated, cooling was now less
rapid and larger crystals were formed.
The boulders which everywhere characterize the diabase areas
often show on their surface a hexagonal-crack effect resembling at
first sight that just described (fig. 2, Plate II). The two phenomena
are, however, quite distinct, for thin sections of the rock beneath
these cracks fail to indicate the existence of any structural peculiarity
(fig. 4, Plate II), and the cracking is evidently caused by expansion
of the surface layers during the exfoliation of the boulders under the
action of frost.
The striking similarity of these two effects to one another, and of
both to sun-cracks, is due, then, to the fact that all three have their
origin in tension exerted' uniformly in a plane, the normal result of
which is, as is well known, the development of cracks at approximate
angles of 120 degrees.
The blocks of diabase are occasionally collected into "boulder
fields" — in Germany termed Felsenmeere, or rock seas — tracts often
an acre or more in extent, which are practically barren of vegetation
(because of the absence of soil), in striking contrast to most of the
surrounding region (fig. 7, Plate II). Many of the boulders ring like
a metal when struck, and under the name of "ringing-rocks" have
attracted considerable attention from the inhabitants of the neighbor-
2 Lewis, J. V.: Ann. Rept., State Geol, New Jersey, 1907, 115, pi. XVI.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171
hood, many a fantastic theory having been advanced to account for
their formation. The principal localities of these ringing-rock fields
are:
Narrows ville, Bucks County, on the edge of the plateau south of
the Delaware River, 3 miles east of Kintners ville.
Shelly, Bucks County, 2\ miles northeast of the railroad station.
Spring Mount, Montgomery County, east of the Perkiomen Creek,
one mile above Schwenksville.
Ringing Rocks Park, 2 miles northeast of Pottstown.
Blue-Rocks, 1 mile east of Elverson Station, Chester County.
Although most of these places are rather widely known and are
frequently visited by outing parties, curiously enough no scientific
description of them appears to have ever been published.
The manner of formation of the large rounded rock masses known
as boulders, as described in text-books of geology, is as follows:
The solid rocks at or near the earth's surface are travi rsed by numer-
ous cracks, or "joints," usually intersecting in such a way as to divide
them into roughly rectangular or rhomboidal blocks. Rain water,
percolating downward along these joints, attacks and gradually
decomposes the rock constituents, but since at the intersections of
planes the action can take place in several directions at once, edges
yield twice, and corners three times as rapidly as the flat surfaces,
and as a result the ultimate shape attained by the blocks is that of a
spheroid (fig. 8, Plate II).
Boulders thus developed usually remain surrounded by weathered
rock fragments or the derived soil; but when running water finds its
way around them, this finer material may be removed, leaving them
exposed to view. Study of the above-mentioned occurrences has
shown that this explanation is adequate to account for their forma-
tion. The boulder fields are always found at or near the base of the
sheet of igneous rock, where the intensely metamorphosed underlying
sediments form an impervious pavement over which streams of water
flow; this can sometimes be heard, or even seen, through spaces
between the blocks. Their exact position is determined by local
conditions, such as the dip of the strata, which apparently must be
less than 30°, the configuration of the hills, which affects the flow of
the streams, and perhaps other factors. But the point calling for
particular emphasis, in view of the popular opinion about the matter,
is that there has been absolutely no " upheaval" or other violent
disturbance to bring the boulders together, but that they have,
quite to the contrary, been formed by the gradual breaking up and
172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
washing away of material from the solid rocks originally occupying
the ground.
The cause of the ring of the boulders when struck is no doubt to be
sought in the peculiar rock texture. As seen in thin sections (fig. 5,
Plate II), the feldspar crystals interlace to form a close network in
which sound waves can readily develop. But this alone is not
sufficient — the boulders must also be supported so as to be able to
vibrate freely, just as is necessary with a bell, for thin sections of
two of them found side by side, one ringing finely, the other not at all,
show absolutely no textural difference (figs. 5 and 6, Plate II), but
the former was loosely supported, and the latter wedged firmly,
between other blocks.
It is to be concluded, then, that the "ringing-rocks" consist of
boulders formed in the places where they are found by simple, normal
processes of weathering and that their ringing qualities are due to
the texture of the diabase rock of which they are composed.
Explanation of Plate II.
Fig. 1. — Sun-crack-like structure, upper surface of diabase sill, north of Neiffer
P. O., Montgomery County, Pa.
Fig. 2. — Boulder of diabase showing exfoliation cracks, near summit of Spring
Mount, Montgomery County, Pa.
Fig. 3. — Thin section of the rock of fig. 1, showing fine-grained diabase traversed
by more coarsely crystallized dike. Crossed nicols. X 20.
Fig. 4. — Thin section beneath an exfoliation crack, showing uniform size of
grain, the lighter color along the crack being due to decomposition of
augite, etc. Ordinary light. X 20.
Fig. .5. — Thin section of a rock yielding fine ring, Ringing Rocks Park. The
banded crystals are plagioclase feldspar, the gray patches chiefly augite.
Crossed nicols. X 20.
Fig. 6. — Same, from a boulder adjacent to the preceding, which failed to ring;
entirely similar as to minerals and structure.
Fig. 7. — Boulder field, Ringing Rocks Park, northeast of Pottstown, Montgomery
County.
Fig. 8. — Boulder formation in diabase, quarry at St. Peters, Chester County, Pa.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173
LYMNJEA COLUMELLA, AND SELF-FERTILIZATION.
BY HAROLD SELLERS COLTON.
The following paper is a preliminary study of the pond snail,
Lymncea columella Say, with the particular view of its furnishing
material for the study of genetics. We should look to this form
because of the probability that when isolated from one another,
the eggs that are laid are self -fertilized. No studies have yet been
made on animals that reproduce by self-fertilization, so that, as
pointed out by Jennings, 1911 B, no work on animals can be directly
compared with that on plants.
Notwithstanding the many means by which hermaphroditic
animals prevent self-fertilization, a number of cases are well
known where normally self-fertilization does occur. As an example
of this the following groups may be quoted: Rhabdocoel Turbel-
larians, Sekera 1906; Polystomum, Zeller 1876 j1 the digenetic Trema-
todes, Leucart, v. Siebold, Zaddock, Voeltzkow, and others; the
Cestodes, Loess, Carlisle, Schultze, Bellingham, van Beneden,
Pagenstecher, Leuekhart,2 and others; the Ascidians Cynthia and
Molgula, Morgan 1904; Botryllus, Pizon 1893; and the pond snail
Lymncea.
This paper will not discuss the adaptability of the material from
the Flat Worms or the Ascidians for breeding experiments. Parasites
and marine animals furnish great difficulties at the outset for such a
study, and Rhabdocoels reproduce also asexually, so we will turn at
once and consider the case of the pond snail.
The first point to be determined is: Does Lymncea self -fertilize
its eggs? Oken (1817)3 isolated an individual adult Lymncea. After
an interval of some months this snail laid fertile eggs. Oken con-
cluded that this was a case of self-fertilization. Von Hiring (1876)
showed how in many gastropods, Helix, for example, a long period,
as much as a year, may intervene between copulation and egg-laying.
Because of this he did not consider Oken's experiment of any value.
1 See Bronn, 1899 and 1900.
2 See Bronn, 1899 and 1900.
3 See Braun, 1888.
174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
In the meantime von Baer (1835) reported an observation which
seemed to confirm Oken's view. He actually saw Lymncea auricu-
laria with -own penis inserted in its own female opening. Braun
(1888) isolated eggs of Lymncea auricularia in separate vessels and
raised the young snails which when they reached adult size laid
eggs which developed. Although this author had the snails under
observation for weeks and months at a time, he never was able to
confirm von Baer. Nevertheless, he did not doubt that von Baer was
correct in what he saw. The present writer has repeatedly isolated
eggs and had them develop into snails which laid fertile eggs, but has.
never witnessed a case of self-copulation.
There is the alternative that must be disposed of : Can it be that
these eggs are not self-fertilized, but that they develop partheno-
genetically? This question cannot as yet be fully answered. To be
sure, normal parthenogenesis is unknown in mollusks, but direct
evidence on the case in Lymncea is lacking. The reduced number of
chromosomes in maturation of the sperm is small, six to eight, but
as yet the writer has been unable to satisfactorily imbed the eggs so
that they may be cut. As yet he has been unable to observe the
first cleavage figures.
An examination of the reproductive organs of the snail will show
that there is no reason why self-fertilization should not occur. This
system is a complicated one in the lung-bearing mollusks, and
Lymncea is no exception to the rule. The eggs and sperm arise side
by side in a common ovitestis. When ripe both eggs and sperm pass
down a common hermaphrodite duct. Into this duct the albumen
gland opens, the function of which is to secrete around the egg a
thick coat of albumen. This is the substance which makes the eggs
so difficult to imbed. Past this point the duct divides into a thread-
like vas deferens with wider portion called the prostate gland, and
a thicker-Availed oviduct. The former leads finally to an invertible
penis just back of the tentacle on the right side of the animal, while
the oviduct opens somewhat to the exterior somewhat posterior to
the former with a narrow slit. Into the oviduct near its aperture
opens the duct from the so-called sperm receptacle, in which the
writer has never found sperm, but in which very often he has found
eggs. He hopes to deal with this matter at another time.
The reason for describing in some detail the reproductive organs
of this animal is to make clear that there is every piece of mechanism
present to allow self-fertilization. If the eggs are not fertilized in the
upper part of the oviduct, they may be by self-copulation in the
lower part.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175
The fact that self-copulation had been observed by no other
observer than the great von Baer, the fact that a case of partheno-
genesis is as yet unreported in the group of the mollusks, together
with the fact that there is every arrangement present in the animal
to make self-fertilization possible — all these seem to the writer suffi-
cient evidence that the chance that parthenogenesis plays a part is
remote. This must not be taken as precluding this remote possi-
bility.
Are these animals easy to handle in a breeding experiment? This
question may be answered, on the whole, yes.
In 1908 the writer (Colton, 1908) published the results of a series
of experiments on the pond snail Lymncea columella, showing the
effects of various external conditions upon the growth. Among
other things, the writer found how easy it is to raise Lymncea from
the egg under ordinary laboratory conditions. They will live in as
little .as 500 cc. of water and require next to no care. Philadelphia
city water from the tap was found to be fatal to the young snails,
but the same water, after standing in a large aquarium for some
time, could then be used. In his experiments this winter even
this water proved fatal, so that water had to be procured from
the nearby pond in the Botanical Garden of the University. In
the previous experiments a water plant, Myriophyllum. and a little
soil seemed to offer the optimum conditions for growth, aeration
being neglected. This winter the writer has had the best results in
using dead leaves of trees from the bottom of the pond referred to
above. These were washed in running tap water as a precaution
against introducing young snails from the pond. The best results
are now procured by using about 700-1000 cc. of pond water in a
battery jar and placing in this a half-decayed leaf, such as a maple
leaf. One snail only is of course placed in the jar.
The length of time that it takes from hatching to egg-laying
varies greatly. As the cause of this variation is not understood
at all, it will be at the present time worth while to mention only
some of the cases. Thirteen had the following interval from hatch-
ing to egg-laying: 32, 26, 35, 49, 58, 92, 50, 50, 56, 57, 63, 74, and
74 days. Twenty-six days was the shortest interval. This shows,
even if we neglect the shortest periods, how surprisingly rapid is
the growth. As. for ease of handling in a laboratory, Lymncea
columella is seen to furnish splendid material. They require little
care, little space, and come to maturity promptly.
What are the characters that distinguish the various species and
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,.
varieties of Lymncea from one another, and what is the character of
the variation within one species?
The most recent work on the systematic relationships of the
various species and varieties of Lymncea is the monograph on the
group by F. C. Baker (1911). This writer recognizes one hundred
and two recent species and varieties which he distributes through
six genera as follows: Lymncea, two species and three varieties;
Radix, one species; Bulimncea, one species; Acella. one species;
Galba, fifty-eight species and twenty-eight varieties. The characters
on which these genera are distinguished from one another are as
follows : the relative size of portions of the male reproductive organs,
whether there are one or two penis sac retractors; whether there
are two or three cusps on the lateral teeth; proportions of the jaws,
length of the spire, axis of the shell gyrate or not, sculpture of the
surface, etc. It will be noticed that all these characters, with the
exception of two, are purely quantitative. The character of the teeth
is a qualitative difference to which the author attributed little
importance, as his Galba obrussa has the same type of radula as his
Pseudosuccinea columella when the latter is half-grown. There is
no qualitative difference between the radulse of the adults. Many
Galba have tri- and other Galba have bi-cuspid lateral teeth. Of
the one hundred and two species and varieties, of but thirty-two did
the writer know aught of the anatomy of the reproductive organs.
Nothing is apparently known of the internal anatomy of the type
species of the genus Galba, that is, Galba tnmcahda Muller. Since the
important characters in describing the genera are purely quantitative,
the present writer feels that he cannot accept these genera and will
for the present consider the old genus Lymncea as including them all.
When we know more, some genera may, perhaps, be farther separated.
Not being a systematist, the author cannot criticise this work and he
is very thankful that someone has taken the trouble to examine all
the literature and the species of this interesting group, bringing it
together in one work.
The individual species are separated one from the other by quanti-
tative differences in the shell characters, body characters, by color,
and where known the genital organs, the radula, and jaw. This
roughly outlines the sort of variation that takes place within the
genus. Within a single species what can we look for?
In the present case, where selection is hoped to be practiced,
characters visible on the exterior can alone be considered. This
forbids us at the outset dealing with any characters of the internal
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
177
organs. In the snail the shell at once presents itself. So far we
have considered the shell alone.
Adams, 1900, made a careful study of the fresh-water prosobranch
mollusk Io taken from many stations on the same watershed. He
measured the height of the spine, the length of the aperture and
width of the shell. In the present study three characters were also
measured. These were chosen so that when their ratios were plotted
a picture of the average shape of
the shells of the colony from which
the collections were made would re-
sult.
The length of. the spire of the shell
may be expressed by the ratio —
altitude to length of aperture. See
AT) m
fig. 1, where ^ this ratio. The
width of the shell may be expressed
roughly in terms of a ratio, length
of the aperture to the width. The
AD
former ratio g^ we will refer to as
the ratio, and the latter ratio we will
refer to as the index.
Using the measurements furnished
by Baker, 1911, which are prob-
ably measurements of extreme in-
dividuals, calculating their index
and ratio and plotting them, using
the index as an ordinate and the
ratio as the abscissa, when these Fig. 1.
are enclosed by a line, then we
have a rough picture of the shape of the shell. Fig. 2 shows such
a picture and the dark oval represents Lymnwa columella as it occurs
about Philadelphia as compared with some forms taken from Baker's
measurements.
The writer made a number of collections of Lymncea columella
from some ponds and streams about Philadelphia, and also examined
several series in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.4 The three characters referred to above were measured
with proportional dividers, the index and ratio were calculated and
plotted in groups. Fig. 3 shows a number of these collections. The
4 The writer wishes to thank Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural
tSciences, for many courtesies.
178
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[May,
probable error of the single ratio and index was calculated. These
were based on twenty measurements of the three characters from a
single'shell.5 The result of this was a probable error of ±.04 for
Fig. 2.
the index and ±.01 for the ratio. The probable error of the index
was greater as this character was more difficult to measure. H. B.
See Mellor (1905), pp. 515-520.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
179
Co
o
z
o
r\
n
?
o
"3
O
S5
3
aa a
. —
• ••
• aa
a
•• • a a
s
"0
a
c
o
o
o
"8
§>
V
>
<
Co
3 .
a
a
•
a
2 It
1 ?
-13
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
.--
2
D
c
o
§^
-t
o
>
•a m
r
99 a
a
• • a
• • * •
• •" a
aa a a
• a • •
•
••• a
•
a a
• •
a a
a ' a
a
• a
i —
o
C
-3
o
©
C5v
O
>
.<
^>
-Cs.
>
o
C
w
a a •
• aa
a •
a* a
a a
aa a
• »a
n
i
o
>
) —
y
n
Z
o
-
> Z
h
So o o o
§ oo o
ao oa
Ol o
ao oa
0
a a
a
a °
° °
o O O o
aa.
ooa
aoo
aaa • a
a
• •• a a
s £
> c/>
m jj
a.
Co
O
©
^
^
>
.<
0
V-o
/
O
-J
a
(71
3
>°
••"•• «
J
c
a
a a
z
a • • •
n
Z
S
^ a
a
<;
,="
<
-
3=>
^
13
.'
-^3
5?
5>
fr
>
.<
I
.-"
• a a .
aaa
• a a •
a
a
• • • ' :**»*.•:•: •
<
-5
a
a
• a
• •
a •
©
o
o
*• N °° "~S
^> ©; o o
o
o
I*.
>
<
9
So
a •
a
a a
aaa
a
aaa
©
"S
-5k -
o
Fig. 3.
180
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[May,
Baker (1910) found in Lymncea rejiexa that the length-breadth ratio
of the shell increased with the length of the shell. That is, the
larger shell had the higher ratio and therefore a higher spire. Tables
I and II show this relationship in Lymncea columella from about
Philadelphia and on both tables the length in millimeters is the
Index
Table I
TOTAL
i.yo
•
1
2
2
;
1.60
4
12.
lt>
16
2
3
;/
l./O
/
2
14-
16
40
^r-
""7/"-^
^4-
-4
"7
i.bo
/
""7"
17
29
26
14-
4
4
1
104
1)0
z
/
?
,(>
12
)
21
1.40
/
2
3
0 2. 4 6 8 10 12 14 ib 18 20 22 mm.
AtANs \i)oo \iboo\i.b2j\i.bw \/.6z/\i.6t/f\ t.p>)\ /?2l\ up/ \ iUo\i.6^4
FfaTIO
Table:
11
TOTAL
>47
1.60
/
1
1)0
^
/
X
6
6
2-
22
1 40
/
X
XL
^3
39
17
*F
7
b
J-
176
/.30
4
16
30
26
21
10
7
1
"3
1.20
j
4
7
1
13
Mea
C
NS
(477
1420
04)
w&
OM
m
typ
0)3
047
1.} do
1)62
> ;
L 4 6 8 10 /2 /4- ft f# 20 22 mm
— — . _
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
181
ordinate. The index on Table I is the abscissa. On Table II the
ratio is the abscissa. Table I shows that the larger shells have a
narrower aperture, which agrees with H. B. Baker, but Table II
shows that the height of the spire is about constant at all ages. On
both tables no conclusions can be based on shells under eight milli-
meters, for two reasons : the numbers of shells are too small and the
probable error of each ratio is too large. It may be as much as ±.10
on the part of the index and ±.05 for the ratio.
Remembering, then, that the larger shell may have a narrower
aperture, then we may look over fig. 3. In this the Cedar Lake
collection and the Wingohocking Creek collection both have narrow
apertures, but the former has an average shell of 9.44 mm., while
the latter has an average shell length of 17.37. The size of the shell
cannot influence, then, the characters in question in this case. The
other diagrams tell their own story and seem to show that each
restricted area has its own type of shell as far as these two characters
are concerned. The numbers are far too small on which to base
many conclusions.
(JO l.)o 140 i.jo i.bo 1.70
0 •
/.po
• 0
'.So
• •
0
• 0
• •
0
//o
'.to
•
•
•
0 •
•
• 0
•
0
• •
0 • 0
• •
• 0
•
0 •
0 0
iqo
f
:,§
tjo
\
; T
c
a
jfc^ys old Av^e/^ht Uoctl.to Ht r^noi.
7<Sd»ysolo *»•■?£> PCIndexI 13 Pl^atio!
p?
Fig. 4.
There were .hatched during the past winter from an egg capsule
laid by a snail from the Sixty-seventh Street and Elmwood Avenue
collection thirty-two snails, of which eighteen lived to be measured.
These were kept together in 1,000 cc. of water in a crystallizing dish.
They were measured from time to time. From two of these meas-
urements, an early one and a late one, 37 days and 78 days, respect-
ively, fig. 4 was compiled.
The probable error of the individual 37 days old measurements,
182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,
which were made with the camera lucida, were index ±.10, ratio-
±.05. These were so much larger in the case of the small shells
because of the difficulty in orienting them in exactly the same plane
at the time of measurement.
The range of the offspring are almost the same as that of the parent
colony. This is only significant as showing what we may expect
when we are able to deal with larger numbers in a more precise
manner.
Baker (1911) observed copulation between different individuals of
Lymncea stagnalis, Lymncea emarginata and Lymncea lanceata. Several
times L. emarginata tried to copulate with L. lanceata, & much smaller
animal. Baker saw also L. stagnalis in copulation with emarginata .
Heynemann (1869) records a cross between auricularia and peregra,
the former acting as female and the latter as male. Chaster (1909)
records a cross between L. stagnalis and L. auricularia, the former
taking the part of the male. The progeny were good examples of
peregra, and the query is raised by Chaster as to whether peregra
may not be the ancestral form of auricularia and stagnalis. Be that
as it may, it is possible that many of the so-called species and varieti' -
of Lymncea may be hybrids, and it will be necessary to experiment
in order to determine how true this is. In the ponds about Phila-
delphia, however, where Lymncea columella is found, the writer has
never found any other species present. The chance of hybridization
is, therefore, rare.
Conclusion.
Johannsen (1911) clearly defined the "pure line." "A pure line.''
he said, "may^be defined as the descendants from one single
homozygotic organism exclusively propagating by self-fertiliza-
tion. ... A line ceases to be 'pure' when hybridization (or
even intercrossing) disturbs the continuity of the self-fertilization."
With this definition in mind it is necessary, if we would have a pure
line in the Johannsenian sense, to deal with hermaphroditic organisms.
Not only must the organisms be hermaphroditic, but self-fertilization
must be possible. It must either be normal or can be induced and
controlled. These conditions can easily be fulfilled in many plants,
but, as far as I am aware, no animals with the proper requirements
have been experimented upon.
To be sure, Jennings (1911) and others have traced "lines" of
Protozoa. These animals divide by fission so that their method of
reproduction is probably closely allied to asexual or to partheno-
genetic reproduction as found in multicellular forms.
The Hydra with which Handel (1907) worked reproduced by
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183
budding. On the other hand, Woltereck's (1909) Daphnia were
parthenogenetic. These "lines" of animals therefore cannot be
compared strictly with those "lines" in plants that reproduce
through self-fertilization.
Adhering strictly to Johannsen's definition, as far as I know no
experiments with pure lines have ever been performed with animals.
Lymncea, after this superficial study, would seem to furnish such
material :
1. It apparently does self -fertilize its eggs when isolated.
2. The time for generation is short — two to three months.
3. There are a few well-defined characters that may be observed.
4. Hybridization is possible, but as far as Lymncea columella from
this region is concerned, it is rarely that more than one species is
found in a single habitat. There is no evidence, as yet, that it is
not homozygous.
On the whole, Lymncea columella seems to combine some of the
necessary requirements on which to base a pure-line investigation.
Literature.
Adams, C. C. 1900. Variation in Io. Proc. of the Am. Ass., IL, 208.
VON Baer. 1835. Selbstbefruchtung an einer hermaphroditischen Schneeke
beobachtet. Midler's Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys., Jahrg. 1835, 224.
Baker, F. C. 1911. The Lymnceidae of North and Middle America. Chicago
Academy of Sciences, Publication No. 3.
Baker, H. B. 1910. Variation in Lymncea reflexa Say from Huron Count v.
Twelfth Report of the Mich. Acad, of Sci.
Bratjn. 1888. Zur Frage der Selbstbefruchtung bei Zwitterschnecken. Nach.
d. deutsch. malakozol. Ges., XX, 146.
Bronn. 1889 and 1900. Klassen und Ordnung des Tierreichs.
Chaster. 1899. A Cross between Lymncea stagnalis and L. auricularia.
Jour, of Conch., IX, 282.
Colton. 1908. Some Effects of Environment on the Growth of Lymncea
columella Say. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Handel. 1907. Vererbung bei ungeschlechtlicher Fortpflanzung von Hydra
grisea. Jenaischi Zeitschr., XLIII, 321.
Heynemann. 1869. Begattung zwischen Lymncea auricularia und peregra.
Nach. d. deutsch. malakozol. Ges., I, 37.
von Ihring. 1876. ,An nnsere Mitglieder. Nach. d. deidsch. malakozol. Ges.,
VIII, 49.
Jennings and Hargitt. 1910. Characteristics of the Diverse Races of Para-
mecium. Jour, of Morph., XXI, 495.
Jennings. 1911. "Genotype" and "Pure Line." Science, December 15, 841.
Johannsen. 1911. The Genotype Conception of Heredity. American Natural-
ist, XLV, 129.
Mellor. 1905. Higher Mathematics for Students of Chemistry and Physics.
Morgan. 1904. Self-fertilization Induced by Artificial Means. Jour, of Exp.
Zool., I, 135.
Pearl. 1911. Inheritance of Fecundity in the Domestic Fowl. American
Naturalist, XLV, 321.
Pizon. 1893. Histoire de la Blastogenese chez les Botryllides. Ann. des Sci.
Natur., XIV, 1-386.
Sekera. 1906. Ueber die Verbreitung der Selbstbefruchtung bei den Rhab-
docoliden. Zool. Anz., XXX.
Woltereck. 1909. Verhandlungen deutsch. zoologischer Gesellschaft, 1909, 115.
184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
A REVISION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF THE GROUP MOGOPLISTII
(ORTHOPTERA; GRYLLID.E) FOUND IN NORTH AMERICA
NORTH OF THE ISTHMUS OF PANAMA.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.
The group Mogoplistii forms a division of the subfamily Myr-
mecophilince and comprises eleven genera and over fifty species
described from localities well distributed over the warmer regions of
the earth. All of the species are of small size, very delicate and
covered with minute, easily abraded scales, for which reasons they
appear to have been but little collected, and in consequence most of
the species were described from but little and often badly damaged
material.
In studying an extepsive series of North American specimens of
this group, we found it necessary to go so deeply .into the relationship
of the various genera and species that it became incumbent on us to
analyze all of the genera described to this date, to construct a new
key for all of the genera, and also erect four new genera. In addition
to this we were confronted with a great amount of confusion in regard
to the characters and extent of certain genera and also some com-
plicated specific synonymy. As these facts are best discussed in a
chronological sequence, we have summarized the history of the names
here treated.
History.
In 1839, Serville erected the genus Mogoplistes1 on the species
M. brunneus from southern Europe [Sardinia]. Guerin, in 1844,
described the genus Ornebius,2 basing it on two new species, 0.
xanthopterus, from Mauritius, and 0. nigripalpis, from Pondicherry,
the former of which has been selected as the genotype by Kirby.
The same author, in 1849, erected the genus Ectatoderus,3 on a new
species E. nigriventris, from Abyssinia. In 1855, Costa based a new
genus Arachnocephalus* on a species from Naples, this author being
1 Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth., p. 357.
- Iconogr. Regne Anim., Ill, p. 331.
3 In Lefebre, Voy. en Abyss., VI, p. 336, Ins. pi. VI, fig. 3.
4 Fauna Nap., Grill., p. 41, pi. IX, fig. 5. We are unable to quote this reference
from the original work as, unfortunately, our copy is incomplete, lacking among
ethers the reauisite naee.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185
fully acquainted with Mogoplistes, with which he compared his new
genus. Philippi, in 1863, described the genus Microgryllus0 as a
subgenus of Gryllus, placing in it the two new species Gryllus pallipes
and griseus from Chili, to the former of which the name has since
been limited. Scudder, in the year 1869, based a new genus Cyclop-
tilum,6 on a single new species, C. squamosum, from Texas, while at
the same time he described another new species from Lower Cali-
fornia as Mogoplistes occidentalis. Brunner, in 1873, proposed the
name Physoblemma7 for several unnamed species, which name is
clearly shown by the text to be an exact equivalent of the older
Arachnocephalus Costa, a genus apparently unknown to him at that
time. Saussure, in 1874, described a new species from Cuba8 which
he referred to Scudder's genus Cycloptilum as C. americanum, later
emending the spelling to Cycloptilus.9 The same author, in 1877,
erected the genus Liphoplus10 for two new species, L. novarce from
Tahiti and L. guerinianus from an unknown locality,-the former of
which has been selected as type of the genus by Kirby. Bruner, in
1891, described a species as Cycloptilum (using Saussure's emended
spelling, Cycloptilus) borealis, from Nebraska,11 while the next year
Redtenbacher described a species from St. Vincent, West Indies,
which he called Ectatoderus antillarum.12 Saussure, in 1897, in the
Biologials described two new species from Mexico as Ectatoderus
aztecus and Liphoplus mexicanus, while in the same year Scudder
described a species from southern Florida, based on a single female,
as Mogosiplistus [emended Mogoplistes] slossoni.u In 1905, the
present authors described a new species from a single male from
southern Florida as Liphoplus zebra,1'0 while Morse, in the same year,
based a new species, Mogisoplistus1* [emended Mogoplistes] barbovri
on a single female from the Bahamas.
Classification.
The three facts which strike one most forcibly after a careful study
of all the generic descriptions and the type species of the same are
5 Zeitschr.fur Geo. Natur., XXI, p. 231.
6 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 142.
■ Seine. Entom. Gesell, IV, pp. 167, 169.
■ Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool, VI, p. 426, pi. 8, figs. 41, 42.
9 Melang. Orth., II, p. 476, 1877.
wIbid., pp. 456, 483.
11 Canad. Ent., XXIII, p. 37.
12 Proc. Zobl. Soc. London, 1892. p. 218, pi. XVII, figs. 16a, 166.
™Biol. Centr. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 230-231.
14 Psyche, VIII, p. 55.
15 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 49, pi. I, fig. 12.
* Psyche, XII, p. 21.
13
186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
first, that Ectatoderus is quite distinct from any North American
form which has been referred to it. The greatly elongate pronotum
of the male, covering by far the greater portion of the abdomen, is a
character found in none of our species, while the form of the caudal
metatarsus is quite distinctive. The second fact is that Mogoplistes
is equally unrepresented in our fauna, the reference of forms from
North America to this genus being due to the fact that no males were
examined by the authors of those species. In all such cases we have
examined the types and unquestionably identical males, these
examinations proving that the species are not at all related to Mogo-
plistes brunneus, the type of that genus. The third fact is that
" Cycloptilus" as understood by Saussure is not Cycloptilum Scudder,
the characters of the pronotum, palpi and limbs being very different.
This misinterpretation was doubtless due to a certain amount of
vagueness in Scuclder's original description, but much uncertainty
as to what characters were really diagnostic of Cycloptilum resulted
from Saussure's error. The latter's key to the genera of the group17
contained two groups of very misleading characters; first, the
division or non-division of the interantennal protuberance, and second,
the elongate caudal metatarsus with its non-sulcate and non-serrate
dorsum in "Cycloptilus.'' The former feature is of considerable
value as a major section in a generic key, but as that vertical division
is represented more or less clearly in a few genera by a sulcus, or in
several by a decided deep incision, it is necessary to qualify the word
"division." Saussure is completely in error in the characters which
he gives for Cycloptilum, the typical material of the type of the genus
being very different in these features.18 The emphasis placed on
these two sets of characters was responsible for the present authors
describing Liphoplus zebra as a member of that genus, when it is
really a Cycloptilum. The presence of a weak but apparent sulcus
on the face, and the sulcate and serrate metatarsus easily ran the
species into the genus Liphoplus as placed in Saussure's key.
Material Excmiined.—h\ the preparation of the present work the
types of the following species have been before us :
• Cryptoptilum hesperum n. sp.
(Mogosiplistus slossoni Scudder, synonym of Cryptoptilum antil-
larwn Redtenbacher.)
*
17 Melang. Orth., II, p. 456.
18 Davis (Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, XVII, p. 187, 1909) correctly analyzed the
mistakes of previous authors and properly presented the evidence of the type
of Cycloptilum squamosum.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187
(Mogisoplistus barbouri Morse, synonym of Cryptoptilum antil-
larum Redtenbacher.)
Cryptoptilum contectum n. sp.
Cryptoptilum tubulatum n. sp.
Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum n. sp.
Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder.
Cycloptilum, zebra (Rehn and Hebard).
Oligacanthopus prograptus n. sp.
Hoplosphyrum occidentale (Scudder).
Hoplosphyrum boreale (Scudder).
The series examined numbers 763 specimens, generically distributed
as follows: Glaphyropus 2, Cryptoptilum 475, Cycloptilum 236,
Oligacanthopus 1, Hoplosphyrum 49. The great majority of these
specimens were taken by the authors on recent trips and are locat* < -
in the Hebard Collection and that of The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, a considerable series, moreover, is in the Hebard
Collection ex Bruner, while important specimens were kindly loaned
to us by Dr. Samuel Henshaw, of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Cambridge, and through Mr. A. N. Caudell we have been
able to have before us the entire series of specimens belonging to the
United States National Museum. To these gentlemen, for their
many kindnesses, we wish to extend our hearty thanks. We would
also express our gratitude to Professor Albert P. Morse, Mr. William
T. Davis and Messrs. Sherman and Brimley for specimens of this
group which they have sent us for examination.
Group MOGOPLISTII.
Group Characters. — Size of all forms small; body covered with
translucent scales; apterous or having in the male sex abbreviate
membranous tegmina. Head discoidal, depressed, having an
interantennal protuberance which is separated from the vertex by a
transverse sulcus; ocelli very small or absent; palpi variable in
length. Pronotum in males often produced, vaulted or depressed;
lateral lobes of pronotum very narrow. Tegmina when present
containing all essential parts of tambourine. Caudal femora moder-
ately or considerably inflated; caudal tibiae serrulate on dorsa:
margins, without true spines, armed distad with six spurs; caudal
metatarsi armed distad with two arcuate spurs; all of the interna:
spurs being longer than their external equivalents.
Key to the Genera of the Group.
A. Dorsum of metatarsus almost unarmed,19 Glaphyropus n. gen.
(Genotype G. americajius.)
19 In this division chaetiform spines are apparent on the margins of the meta-
tarsus when the latter is examined under a Zeiss binocular.
188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
AA. Dorsum of metatarsus serrate or serrulate on margins.
B. Facial protuberance not markedly divided.
(Oligacanthopus20 n. gen.)
(Genotype 0. prograptus.)
C. Tegmina of male absent or only represented by rudiments.
D. Internal tibial spurs elongate, slenderer,
Microgryllus Philippi.
(Genotype M. paUipes.)
DD. Internal tibial spurs less elongate, more robust,
Mogoplistes Serville.
(Genotype M. brunneus.)
CC. Tegmina of male present, although frequently hidden
under pronotum.
D. Pronotum of male very elongate, equal to two-
thirds of body length. (Tegmina present, but
completely covered by pronotum.)
Ectatoderus Guerin.
(Genotype E. nigriventris.)
DD. Pronotum of male less elongate. (Tegmina partly
visible or [Cryptoptilum] completely hidden under
pronotum.)
E. Pronotum strongly narrowing cephalad in male,
in length equal to about one-half that of
body.
F. Tegmina of male not visible beyond pronotum.
General size small, Cryptoptilum n. gen.
(Genotype C. antillarum.)
FF. Tegmina of male with periphery visible
beyond pronotum. General size very small,
Cycloptilum Scudder.
(Genotype C. squamosum.)
(Oligacanthopus n. gen., vide supra.)
EE. Pronotum not strongly narrowing cephalad in
male, in general more or less subquadrate.
F. Tibial spurs very long. Ovipositor not at all
enlarged at apex, Hoplosphyrum n. gen.
(Genotype H. occidentale.)
FF. Tibial spurs very short. Ovipositor some-
what enlarged at apex, ..Ornebius Guerin.
(Genotype 0. xanthopterins.)
BB. Facial protuberance markedly divided.
C. Tegmina absent in both sexes. (No perforation of
cephalic tibiae.) Arachnocephalus Costa.
(Genotype A. vestitus.)
20 This new genus belongs in this division, nearest Cycloptilum, but as it is
known only from the female we are unable to place it more exactly in this key.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189
CC. Tegmina present in male, partly projecting beyond
pronotum. (Cephalic face of cephalic tibiae perforate.)
Liphoplus Saussure.
(Genotype L. novarce.)
GLAPHYROPUS-1 new genus.
1S74. Cydoptilum Saussure (not of Scudder, 1868), Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech.
Zool., VI, p. 425.
1877. Cydoptilus Saussure (not Cydoptilum Scudder, 1868), Melang.
Orth., II, p. 476.
1897. Cydoptylum Giglio-Tos (not Cydoptilum Scudder, 1868), Boll. Mus.
Zool. Anat. Comp. Univ. Torino, XII, No. 301, p. 6.
The very elongate caudal metatarsus which is very sparsely and
very delicately armed dorsad, will immediately separate this genus
from the other genera of the group. Under an ordinary hand lens
the metatarsus appears unarmed dorsad, and this is doubtless the
reason Saussure accentuated this character, thus differentiating it
from the allied genera, but under a moderate-power microscope the
margins are seen to be supplied with delicate cheetiform spines.
However, this spination is most subtle and is entirely different in
character from that found in any of the allied genera, which all have
these spines more decidedly dentiform, often contrastingly colored
and always truly serrate in their arrangement. The extremely
slender metatarsus is so striking a character that it will at once serve
to distinguish members of this genus.
Genus monotypic. Genotype — Glaphyropus americanus [Cydop-
tilum americanum] (Saussure).
Generic Description. — Head small, subelongate, smooth; inter-
antennal protuberance weak, broadly rounded, no vertical dividing
sulcus present; eyes pyriform, not inflated; maxillary palpi very
long and slender, the distal joint very obliquely truncate, labial palpi
short. Pronotum of male strongly produced cauclad covering the
base of the abdomen, caudal margin strongly arcuate; of female
subquadrate in form, cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin
weakly arcuate and covering mesonotum and base of metanotum.
Tegmina in male concealed by the pronotum, absent in female.
Ovipositor straight, slender, moderately long; distal valves lanceolate,
but not differentiated from the shaft. Supra-anal plate of male
strongly plicate, bicarinate, bimammilate at the base; of female
rotundato-trigonal, sulcate cephalo-caudad and folded between the
cerci. Subgenital plate trapeziform in male; rotundato-trigonal
21 From ; 'Mujwpdc, smooth, and ~'» <;, foot; in allusion to the practically unarmed
dorsal margins of the caudal metatarsus.
190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
in female. Cerci very long and slender, very smooth,
tapering. Caudal femora dilated; caudal tibiae slender, sub-
compressed, very finely serrulate on dorsal margins, with three pair
of distal spurs, the dorso- and ventro-internal subequal, the medio-
internal nearly twice their length and equal to about two-fifths the
length of the metatarsus; caudal metatarsus very elongate, slender,
equal to over half the length of the caudal tibia, dorsal margins
supplied with very delicate chaetiform spines, second joint minute,
"bird joint very small.
Distribution in North America. — Cuba, Vera Cruz, Lower Cali-
fornia and Mexico.
Glaphyropus americanus (Saussure).
1874. Cycloptilum americanum Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool.,
VI, p. 426, pi. 8, figs. 41, 42. [Cuba.]
1874. Cycloptilum poeyi Saussure, ibid., explanat. pi. 8, figs. 41, 42. (Plate
name only.)
1888. C[ycloptilum] americanum Bolivar, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, I, p. 157.
[Cuba.]
1891. Cycloplilus americanus Gundlach, Entom. Cuban. II, p. 370. [Cuba.]
1909. Cycloptilum americanum Rehn, Second Rept. Cent. Exp. Sta., Cuba,
p. 221. [Cuba.]
Types: cf and 9 ; Cuba. (Poey and Gundlach.) [Saussure
Collection.]
The following description is based upon a female from San Rafael,
Vera Cruz, Mexico. (Townsend.) [Hebard Collection.]
Size small; form subdepressed; surface very smooth.22 Head
f>void, subdepressed, but convex dorsad; interantennal protuberance
separated from the vertex by a well-marked transverse interantennal
ill l
;
K«ri-'ntlKa»«>^<^^ri|1y|.|
*- -^ijj i V" ...OwO.'-ji
Fig. 1. — Glaphyropus americanus. Internal face of caudal metatarsus and in-
ternal tibial spurs. (Greatly magnified.)
sulcus. Maxillary palpi greatly elongate, distal joint elongate
tubiform, distal margin very obliquely truncate. Pronotum trans-
versely strongly arcuate, caudal width subequal to the length,
lateral outlines of disk gently arcuate, expanding little caudad;
22 Scales completely abraded from the only specimen seen by us.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191
lateral lobes broadly passing into disk except caudad where there is a
slight angle, depth of lobes about one-third the greatest length,
ventral margin truncate, obliquely truncate caudad. Subgenital
plate arcuato-trigonal, subcompressed ; ovipositor shorter than the
caudal femora, slightly thickened proximad, subequal and quite
slender for the greater portion of its length,' apex not broadened,
lanceolate, dorsal valves at apex with four rows of punctse which are
evenly spaced so that these valves when seen from
certain angles appear to have their margins sub-
crenulate, ventral valves smooth. Cephalic and
median limbs slender, femora subcompressed;
cephalic tibise with a very minute tympanum
placed more toward the dorsal face of the tibise than
is usually the case. Caudal tibiae slightly arcuate
ventrad, the medio-external spur nearly twice the
length of the dorso-external spur and considerably Fig. 2. — Glaphy-
longer than the ventro-external one, all of the external ropus amen-
CQ> ?l US. J\x &X-
spurs shorter than the internal. Caudal metatarsus illary palpus,
slightly arcuate dorsad, subcompressed, with distal (Greatlymag-
spurs small, slender, subequal, reaching to the base
of the distal tarsal joint.
Description of Male.23 — This sex differs from the female in the
following characters. Pronotum much larger, strongly produced
caudad as far as the second or third abdominal segment, expanding
gradually caudad, caudal margin broadly semicircular. Tegmina
large, rounded, not reaching quite as far as the caudal margin of the
pronotum, entirely covered by the same. Subgenital plate trapezi-
form, convex, punctate, margin sub-bilobate.
Measurements (in millimeters).
San Jose
Cuba San Rafael, del Cabo,
(ex Saussure). Vera Cruz, Lower
, ' < Mexico. California.
cT 9 9 9
Length of body 5.5 5.6 5.7 6.7
Length of pronotum 3 1.8 1.7 2
Caudal width of pronotum 2.4 2 1.7 2
Length of caudal femur 3.8 4 4 4
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.5 1.5
Length of ovipositor 2.8 2.8 2.8
Color Notes. — Saussure says of the species "pallid fulvo-testaceus,
23 Amplified from Saussure, his figure showing several characters not men-
tioned in his description.
192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julie.
hoiosericeo-tomentose, head and thorax fulvous, abdomen more
grayish." The specimen before us from
~^*^y: Lower California has been dried from
/ Z.ZZ^^:iC\ alcohol, and in consequence its coloration
i ^i-vV^ is greatly altered from that of nature.
Fig, 3.— G lap hyr opus In general it is cream-buff, darkening to
americanus. Apex of ochraceous on the head, antennae, thorax
ovipositor. (Greatly , , ,. . , , , , ,
magnified.) and base ol the abdomen, eyes dark
slate-gray, ovipositor pale ochraceous with
the apex tawny. The specimen in our possession from the state of
Vera Cruz is cinnamon, darkening to vandyke-brown on the sides
of the head, pronotum and dorsal surface of the abdomen, eyes
vandyke-brown, underparts of body, palpi, cephalic and median
limbs and caudal tarsi clay color, ovipositor russet.
Distribution. — Only known from Cuba, the state of Vera Cruz,
Mexico, the extremity of Lower California (San Jose del Cabo) and
northern Venezuela.24 It is possible that the Venezuelan material
may not be identical.
Synonymy. — Saussure's erroneous association of this very distinct
generic group with Cycloptilum Scudder beclouded the characters
of true Cycloptilum, preventing some authors from recognizing the
latter, as Scudder failed to mention the character of the dorsal
margins of the caudal metatarsus.
Remarks. — We have before us two females of this species from
Mexican territory, which show no character of difference from the
original description — in fact, agreeing in every particular. It is
interesting to find material from such widely separated and different
localities agreeing so thoroughly.
Specimens Examined. — 2 females.
San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico; 1 9 . [Hebard Collection.]
San Jose del Cabo, Lower California; 1 9 . [Hebard Collection.]
CKYPTOPTILUM-' new genus.
1892. Ectatoderus Redtenbacher (not of Guerin, 1849), Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1892, p. 218.
1897. Liphoplus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 232 (in part).
1897. Mogosiplistus Scudder (not Mogoplistes Serville, 1839), Psyche,
VIII, p. 55.
1897. Mogosiplistus Scudder (not Mogoplistes Serville, 1839), Guide to Gen.
Class. N. Amer. Orth., p. 63.
1905. Mogisoplistus Morse (not Mogoplistes Serville, 1839), Psyche, XII,
P-21. *
24 Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anal. Camp. Univ. Torino, XII, Xo. 301, p. 6.
1897.
5 From hpr-ror, hidden, and -ruovl wing; in allusion to the hidden tegmina.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. H»:
1905. Cycloptilus Mor.se (not Cycloptilum judder, 1868), Psyche, XII, p. 21.
1905. Liphoplus Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1877), Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 49.
1906. Liphoplux Rehn (not of Saussure, 1877), Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XXII, p. 117.
1907. Liphoplus Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1877), Proe. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 316.
1909. Liphoplus Rehn (not of Saussure, 1877), Second Rept., Cent, Exp.
Sta. Cuba, p. 220.
1910. Liphoplus Rehn (not of Saussure, 1877), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1910, p. 10.
1911. Cycloptilus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391 (in part).
Genus includes five species. Genotype. — Cryptoptilum antillarum
[Eetatoderus antillarum] (Redtenbacher).
Generic Description. — Form depressed, compact, surface clothed
with scales; pronotum produced caudad in male; tegmina absent
in female, concealed by pronotum in male.
Head small, rounded, produced cephalad; interantennal pro-
tuberance with trace of vertical division. Pronotum of male
narrow cephalad, produced caudad, in length equal to about
half of the entire length of the body; of female sub-quadrate.
Tegmina of male concealed by disk of pronotum, tympanum
perfectly developed, caudal margin of dorsal field of tegmina
strongly arcuate; lateral field of tegmina well developed. Ovi-
positor nearly straight, narrowly sub-lanceolate at apex, the latter
with margins unarmed. Subgenital plate of female with distal
margin complete or angulate-emarginate mesad. Cerci of both
sexes elongate, tapering. Cephalic tibiae with the cephalic face
bearing a distinct tympanum. Caudal femora much dilated;
armament of limbs as in Cycloptilum.
Distribution in North America. — Extending from central North
Carolina southward to extreme southern Florida and westward to
Brazos County, Texas. The genus is also found in Lower California
and has a wide insular distribution, having been recorded from
Bermuda. the Bahamas, Cuba and St. Vincent.
Key to Cryptoptilum. New Genus.
A. Terminal joint of maxillary palpi moderately elongate, expanding
gently distad, gently obliquely truncate.
B. Pronotum of male widening gradually but distinctly caudad.
C. Pronotum of male with cephalic width contained about
two and three-quarters times in the greatest length
of the same, much produced caudad; subgenital plate
of female broadly truncate distad with no emargina-
tion hesperum n. sp.
194
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
CC. Pronotum of male with cephalic width contained hardly
twice in the greatest length of the same, not as much
produced caudad; sub-genital plate of female arcuato-
convergent, narrowly acute-angulate emarginate
distad antillarum (Redtenbacher) .
BB. Pronotum of male subequal in width tubulatum n. sp.
AA. Terminal joint of maxillary palpi not so elongate, expanding
widely distad, very obliquely truncate.
B. Form compact, pronotum of male widening gradually, but
broadly caudad, not constricted in either sex; subgenital
plate of female arcuato-convergent, carinate meso-caudad,
very narrowly acute-angulate emarginate distad,
contectum n. sp.
BB. Form rather slender, pronotum of male narrow, expanding
gently caudad, noticeably constricted in both sexes; sub-
genital plate of female arcuato-convergent, broadly
obtuse-angulate emarginate distad trigonipalpum n. sp.
Cryptoptilum hesperum n. sp.
This species is closely related to C. antillarum, but differs from it
in having the interantennal protuberance more produced and bulb-
ous, the joints of the maxillary palpi more elongate with the
terminal joint more roundly and less obliquely truncate. The
pronotum is heavier in both sexes, and considerably longer pro-
portionately in the male. The caudal tibiae and metatarsi are very
slightly longer in proportion to the length of the caudal femora, the
caudal metatarsi having normally on each
dorsal margin ten or more serrations. In
the male the subgenital plate is much as
in antillarum, but in the female it is gently
arcuato-convergent laterad, broadly ar-
cuato-truncate distad with no trace of
emargination.
Type: 9 ; San Lazaro, Lower Cali-
fornia, September, 1894. [Hebard Col-
lection.]
Description of Type. — Size medium for
group. Head small, interantennal protu-
berance much produced and bulbous,much
longer in proportion to the general size of
the head than in antillarum, divided verti-
cally by a very minute sulcus. Maxillary
palpi with penultimate joint about two-
thirds as long as terminal joint, the latter expanding very gently
Fig. 4. — Cryptoptiluni hes-
perum. Dorsal view of
allotype. (X 4.)
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195
distad, very mildly obliquely truncate. All of the joints of the
maxillary palpi are considerably longer and more attenuate than in
antillarum. Eyes much as in antillarum, pronotum likewise, but
heavier. Tegmina absent. Subgenital plate somewhat arcuato-
convergent laterad, broadly truncate distad with no emargination
whatever. Ovipositor as in antillarum. Cerci missing. Cephalic
tibise with cephalic face bearing a distinct tympanum. Arma-
ment of limbs much as in antillarum except that the serrations
on the dorsal margins of the caudal metatarsi are heavier and
less widely spaced, and number seven on inner, ten on outer margin.
Caudal tibiae and metatarsi very slightly longer proportionally than
in antillarum.
Allotypic c? : Lower California. [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype. — Slightly smaller than female. Pronotum
larger and proportions considerably longer than in antillarum, the
caudal margin transverse, broadly arcuate. Tegmina much as in
antillarum.
In addition to the type and allotype, the entire series of specimens
here examined and listed below may be considered paratypic.
Measurements (in millimeters).
Allotype. Type. San Jose
Lower California. San Lazaro, del Cabo,
L. Cal. L. Cal.
c? 9 9
Length of body 8 8.9 10
Length of pronotum 5.1 2.7 2.9
Caudal width of pronotum 3.1 2.7 3
Length of caudal femur 5.4 5.4
Greatest width of caudal femur 2 2
Length of caudal tibia 3.9 4
Length of caudal metatarsus 1.6 1.7
Length of ovipositor 5 6.6
Color Notes. — As all but the two adult females are dried alcoholic
specimens, our color notes refer to these two specimens only. In
ground coloration they are much like antillarum, but the dorsum of
the abdomen is wholly black. The scaly covering of the type is in
perfect condition, and shows the insect to be thickly covered with
scales as in antillarum, but in this case the scales are metallic-bronze
in color. In this specimen there is a cephalic bar of dark brown
which crosses the eye, but is not continued on the pronotum; in the
two other adult specimens, both of which have almost entirely lost
196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
their scaly covering, no trace of such a bar exists. The maxillary
palpi are dark brown and are covered with light hairs.
Distribution. — The known range of this species is confined to
Lower California.
Remarks. — As noted under antillarum, the female, in the
later stages of the nymphal condition, has dentiform spines on each
side of the ovipositor sheath; these are situated distad along the
ventral margin of the upper section of the valves, and in the specimen
before us are five in number on each side. The adults all have a
distinct tympanum on the cephalic face of the cephalic tibiae, but
this tympanum is not present in any of the nymphs.
Specimens Examined.2" — 10; 1 male, 2 females and 7 nymphs.
Lower California; lcf,19 n.
Sierra el Toste, L. Cal.; September 23, 1894; (Eisen) ; ld'n, 1 9 n.
San Lazaro, L. Cal.; September, 1894; 1 9 , 2c?n, 2 9 n. (9 Type.)
San Jose del Cabo, L. Cal. ; 1 9 .
Cryptoptilum antillarum (Redtenbacher).
1892. E[ctatoderus] antillarum Redtenbacher, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1892.
p. 218, pi. XVII, figs., 16a, 166. [St. Vincent, West Indies.]
1897. Liphoplus krugii Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 232. [Cuba.]
(March, 1897.)
1897. M[ogosiplistus] slossoni Scudder, Psyche, VIII, p. 55. [Biscayne Bay,
Florida.] (April, 1897.)
1905. Liphoplus krugii Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1905,
p. 49. [Key West, Florida.]
1905. Mogisoplistus barbouri Morse, Psyche, XII, p. 21. [Nassau, New
Providence Island, Bahamas.]
1906. Liphoplus krugii Rehn, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat, Hist., XXII, p. 117.
[Mangrove Key, Andros, and Pot Key, Andros, Bahamas.]
1907. Liphoplus krugii Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila..
1907, p. 316 (in part). [Pablo Beach and Gainesville, Florida.]
1909. Liphoplus krugii Rehn, Second Rept., Cent. Exp. Sta. Cuba, p. 220.
[Cabanas P\>rtress, Cuba.]
1910. Liphoplus krugii Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila,, 1910, p. 10.
[Paget West, Bermuda.]
1911. Cycloptilus squamosus Sherman and Brimley (not of Scudder, 1868),
Ent. News, XXII, p. 391 (in part). [Beaufort, North Carolina.]
Type: d71, and allotype, 9 ; St. Vincent, West Indies, windward
side. (H. H. Smith.) [British Museum.]
The following description is based upon a male from Wrightsville,
North Carolina, September 7, 1911. (Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard
Collection.]
Size medium for the group, head small, interantennal space roundly
:e The entire series is in the Hebard Collection.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
197
produced and divided by a very minute subobsolete longitudinal
sulcus. Maxillary palpi with penulti-
mate joint about two-thirds as long as
terminal joint, the latter expanding
gently distad, gently obliquely truncate.
All of the palpal joints proportionately
more attenuate than in the two known
species of the genus Cycloptilum. Eyes
pyriform, subvertical. Pronotum
narrowing regularly cephalad, consider-
ably produced caudad, the entire dorsal
surface transversely gently arcuate; the
caudal margin transverse, broadly arcu-
ate. Tegmina wholly concealed from
above by the pronotum, from the side
the lateral field may be seen to embrace
the abdomen. Cerci as long as the
abdomen. Cephalic tibiae with cephalic
face bearing a large, oval and distinct
tympanum. Caudal femora dilated.
Caudal tibia? with three pair of well-devel-
oped distal spurs, the dorso-internal no-
ticeably shorter than the ventro-internal
spur, the medio-internal spur considerably
longer than the others with its length contained about twice in the
metatarsus. Caudal metatarsus rather long, straight, rather broad,
sulcate dorsad, both dorsal margins armed with four and five on
inner and six and seven well-developed
serrations27 on outer margins, the distal
extremity armed on both sides with
a long spur, the longer inner spur
reaching to the end of the first third
of the terminal tarsal joint.
A female, taken with the male here
described, differs from it in the
following respects :
Larger; the pronotum subquadrate,
narrowing very little cephalad; tegmina absent. The subgenital
Fig. 5. — Cryploptilum antil-
larum. Dorsal view of
male specimen here de-
scribed. (X 4.)
Fig. 6. — Cryploptilum antilla-
rum. Internal face of caudal
metatarsus and tibial spurs.
(Greatly magnified.)
27 The number of these serrations is found to vary considerably in the species
of this group, but the inner margins always bear fewer serrations than the outer
margins in the same individual.
198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julie.
plate is arcuto-convergent laterad, semi-ovate, narrowly acute-
angulate emarginate at the apex. The ovipositor is long,
straight, lateral division of valves exactly at middle of the sides,
sub-lanceolate at apex, the latter with margins unarmed.
Measurements (in millimeters) .
Wrightsville, N. C.
Described.28 Average of series.
& 9 &<? 9 9
Length of body 9. 9.3 8.2(7.2-9. ) 8.8(8. -9.8)
Length of pronotum 4. 2.5 4. (3.8-4.2) 2.3(2.2-2.5)
Caudal width of pro-
notum 3. 2.8 3. (2.8-3.1) 2.5(2.3-2.9)
Length of caudal femur 5.5 6. 5.1(4.5-5.5) 5.7(5.1-6. )
Width of caudal femur 2. 1.9 1.9(1.5-2.1) 1.9(1.8-2. )
Length of ovipositor 5.5 5.2(4.9-5.5)
Isle of Hope, Ga.
Average of series.
cTcf 9 9
Length of body 7.8(7.6-8.1) 8.4(7. -9. )
Length of pronotum 4. (3.9-4.2) 2.2(2. -2.4)
Caudal width of pronotum 2.7(2.5-2.9) 2.4(2.1-2.7)
Length of caudal femur 4.9(4.5-5. ) 5.6(5. -6. )
Width of caudal femur 1.7(1.6-1.9) 1.9(1.7-2. )
Length of ovipositor 5.1(4.8-5.6)
Atlantic Beach, Fla.
Average of series.
<?<? 9 9
Length of body 7.6(7.4-8. ) 8. (7.5-8.5)
Length of pronotum 4. (3.8-4.1) 2.2(2. -2.7)
Caudal width of pronotum 2.8(2.7-3. ) 2.5(2.3-2.8)
Length of caudal femur 4.9(4.3-5.2) 5.5(5. -6.2)
Width of caudal femur 1.8(1.7-2. ) 1.9(1.8-2.2)
Length of ovipositor 5.1(4.6-5.4)
Key West, Fla.
Average of series.
cTcf 9 9
Length of body 6.9 (6.7-7.3) 7.1(6.5-8. )
Length of pronotum 4. (3.8-4.2) 2.1(2.-2.2)
Caudal width of pronotum 2.85(2.8-3. ) 2.2(2.1-2.4)
Length of caudal femur 4.3 (4.1-4.5) 5. (4.9-5.2)
Width of caudal femur 1.6 (1.5-1.7) 1.9(1.8-2.)
Length of ovipositor 4.2(4. -4.3)
<»
28 These measurements are almost exactly the same as those given by Redten-
bacher in his original description. The large size of St. Vincent specimens may
prove to be the result of tropical influence.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199
These measurements plainly show that, in the United States, the
species reaches its greatest size at the northern limit of its range, and
that it gradually and constantly decreases in size southward, although
in all of the large series from a single locality there exists a great
amount of size variation. Specimens from Cabanas, Cuba, are very
much like those from Key "West.
Color Notes. — Ground color of dorsal surface of pronotum, head,
mesonotum, metanotum, and sometimes first abdominal segments,
russet, in some individuals varying to mars-brown. In the majority
of specimens, sides and under portions of head, lateral lobes of
pronotum, all of the limbs and under portions of body excepting
abdomen are of a much lighter shade, the outer and dorsal faces of
Fig. 7. — Cryptoptilum anlilla-
rum. Apex of ovipositor. Fig. 8. — Cryptoptilum antillarum. Maxillary
(Greatly magnified.) palpus. (Greatly magnified.)
caudal femora often dark. Abdomen black, frequently marked
above on edges of segments with brown, this usually more pronounced
in female sex, and females are occasionally found with whole dorsum
of abdomen suffused with that color. Maxillary palpi usually color
of under portions of body, sometimes darkly suffused toward distal
extremity of last segment.
Specimens covered with scales usually appear wholly silvery-drab
or silvery-white, as all portions of the insect excepting the eyes, face
and feet are heavily scaled. Specimens frequently have these scales
rubbed off in such a way that the insect would at first glance appear
to belong to a distinct species. An inconspicuous dark post-ocular
bar is often to be found on the head in the present species; but is
never continued on the pronotum.
Distribution- — In the United States this species is found within
the boundaries of the Lower Austral Zone; the most northern
locality at which it has been taken is Beaufort, on the central portion
of the coast of North Carolina, and the vicinity of Wilmington on
the southern coast of that State. A specimen before us from Brazos
County, Texas, constitutes the most western record at the present
date. The species is found on the Bermudas, and is probably widely
200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
iistributed through the greater and lesser Antilles, having been taken
in the Bahamas, Cuba, and St. Vincent.
Biological Notes. — The present species is bush-loving, and over
the greater portion of its range is rather plentiful in bayberry
and other heavy bushes. On the Florida Keys, specimens
could almost invariably be found in Ilex cassine during the
proper season. At Wrightsville, North Carolina, not only was
it found in great numbers in the bayberry bushes, but also on the
ground among leaves and low plants under live oaks in countless
numbers. Hardly ever before had the species been found on the
ground. In this respect the present species differs from both known
species of Cycloptilum which are almost Wholly terrestrial, and it
may be said to be truly thamnophilous.
Synomjmy. — The description and figures of ant Mar um perfectly
match the series of specimens before us, and we unhesitatingly refer
our specimens to Redtenbacher's species.
Saussure's Liphoplus krugii from Cuba also agrees perfectly, and
specimens before us from Cuba which we have previously determined
as krugii are inseparable from others in the present series. The
name consequently falls into the synonymy under antillarum.
Scudder has described Mogosiplistus slossoni from Biscayne Bay,
Florida, apparently without reference to the literature bearing on
the Mogoplistii of the Antilles, and after examination of his type we
unhesitatingly place it also in the synonymy under antillarum.
We have examined the unique female type of Mogisoplistus
harbouri Morse, in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cam-
bridge, and find it to be a very large specimen of the present species,
ten millimeters in length. The tympanum on the cephalic face of
the cephalic femora in antillarum is found to vary in a large series
from elliptical to nearly circular, and the fact that the species in
southern Florida is particularly small, doubtless caused the large
Bahaman specimen to appear different from the small individuals
of the type series of Scudder's synonymic Mogosiplistus slossoni when
it was compared with those specimens and described as new.
Remarks. — The female of this species in the later stages of the
nymphal condition has six heavy dentiform spines on each side of the
heavy ovipositor sheath, these are situated distad along the ventral
margin of the upper sections of the valves.
Specimens Examined. — 438; 175 males, 216 females and 47 nymphs.
Beaufort, N. C; early July, 1909; (Sherman); 2n.: middle Sept.,
1911; lcT, 1 9 . [Coll. N. C. Dept, Agr.]
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201
Wrightsville, N. C; Sept. 7, 1911; (R. and H.)29; 91 d\ 125 9,
6 9 n.
Winter Park, N. C; Sept. 7, 1911; (R. andH.); 3 d\ 9 9,1 9 n.
Lake Waccamaw, N. C; Sept. 8, 1911; (R. andH.); 2d".
Florence, S. C; Sept. 6, 1911; (R. andH.); Id",! 9 n.
Sullivan Id., Charleston Co., N. C; Sept. 5, 1911; (R. and H.);
1 d\
Tybeeld., Ga.; Sept, 2, 1911; (H.); 19.
Isle of Hope, Ga.; Sept, 3, 1911; (R. and H.); 27 cf , 36 9,5 9 n.
St. Simon's Id., Ga.; Aug. 30, 1911; (R.); 2 d\ 2 9 .
Cumberland Id., Ga.; Aug. 31, 1911; (R. and H.) ; 1 cf, 2 9,
4 9 n.
Jacksonville. Fla. ; (Priddav) ; 1 9 , 1 9 n. [Hebard Collection.]
St. George, Fla.; Aug. 27, 1882; 1 cf . [Hebard Collection.]
Atlantic Beach, Fla.; Aug. 24, 25, 1911; (R.andH.); 13 cf, 11 9,
3 9 n.
Pablo Beach, Fla.; Aug. 12, 13, 1905; (R. and H.); 2 cf , 1 9 n.
Gainesville, Fla.; Aug. 16, 1905; (R. and H.) ; 1 9.
Lake Worth, Fla. ; (Slosson) ; 1 n. [Scudder Collection.]
Biscayne Bay (Miami), Fla.; Feb. 9, 1904; (H.); 1 cf : (Slosson);
1 cf, 1 9,30 1 n. [Scudder Collection.]; Nov. 18, 1911; (Engle-
hardt), 1 cf. [W. T. Davis Collection.]
Key Largo, Fla. ; March 18, 1910; (H.) ; 1 9 n.
Long Key, Fla.; March 13, 1910; (H.); 7 cf, 5 9 , 2 cf n, 2 9 n.
Key Vaca, Fla.; March 14, 1910; (H.) ; 3 cf, 3 cf n, 1 9 n.
Boot Key, Fla.; March 14, 1910; (H.) ; 1 cf .
Key West, Fla.; Jan. 19, 1904; (H.); 1 cf, 2 9, 4 9 n: March
15, 16, 1910; (H.); 9 cf , 13 9 , 3 cf n, 4 9 n.
Wellborn, Brazos Co., Tex.; Aug. 27, 1904; 19. [U. S. N. M.]
Paget West, Bermuda; Jan. 6, 18, 1909; (F. M. Jones); 4 9.
[A. N. S. P.]
Nassau, New Providence Island, Bahamas; July, 1904; (T. Bar-
bour) ; 1 9 . (Type of Mogisoplistus barbouri Morse) [Mus. Comp.
Zool]
Cabanas (Fortress), Cuba; Jan. 29, 1904; (H.); 5 cf , 1 9 , 1 9 n.
Cryptoptilum tubulatum31 a. sp.
.This species is quite different from C. antillarum, to which of the
known species of this genus it is most nearly related. Its form is
quite distinctive owing to its somewhat tubular appearance, caused
by the fact that in this species alone, of the six known to belong to
the genus Cryptoptilum, the head, pronotum and abdomen are of very
29 Throughout the present paper it is understood that specimens taken by
the authors are in the Hebard Collection and The Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia.
30 This female is the type, here selected, of Mogosiplistus slossoni Scudder;
the other specimens, male and nymph, are paratypes.
S1 In allusion to the tubular appearance of the insect.
14
202
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,.
nearly the same width throughout. The insect is very much the
same size as antillarum, but the dorsal surface of the head is more
flattened, while the interantennal protuberance is more sharply
rectangulate. As in C. trigonipalpum, the tympanum on the cephalic
face of the cephalic tibia is circular, not oval as is usual in C. antillarum.
The last three segments of the maxillary palpi are much as in antil-
larum, but are more robust in proportion to their length. The
pronotum is proportionally longer and its sides are subparallel. The
caudal femora are much the same as in antillarum, and the armament
of the limbs is similar.
Type: d" ; Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico; December 22, 1898.
[Hebard Collection.]
Description of Type.— -Size medium for the group. Head small,
interantennal space produced and sharply rounded, divided by a very
minute subobsolete longitudinal sulcus.
Maxillary palpi with fourth joint from
distal extremity nearly twice as long as
broad, considerably longer than in C.
antillarum. Eyes pyriform, subvertical,
somewhat larger and slightly more promi-
nent than in antillarum. Pronotum when
seen from above subequal in width,
considerably produced caudad, the entire
dorsal surface transversely gently arcuate,
more decidedly so than in antillarum, the
caudal margin subtruncate. Tegmina
wholly concealed dorsad by the pronotum,
a portion of the lateral field may be seen
to embrace the abdomen, though in this
species the peculiar shape of the pronotum
causes the lateral lobes to embrace the
sides of the body to nearly the caudal margin of the pronotum.
Cephalic tibiae with cephalic face bearing a large, circular and distinct
tympanum. Limbs, and armament of the same, much as in antil-
larum.
Measurements (in millimeters). — cf : Length of body, 8.2; length
of pronotum, 5.2; cephalic width of pronotum, 2; caudal width of
pronotum, 2.1; length of caudal femur, 5.3; width of caudal femur,
1.8.
Color Notes. — Ground color of dorsal surface of pronotum russet.
Dorsal surface of head and all of abdomen blackish-brown. Other
Fig. 9. — Cryptoptilum tubula-
ium. Dorsal view of type.
(X 4.)
15)12.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
203
portions of head including palpi and also limbs very dark bistre.
Antenna? tawny-olive. The body is heavily scaled, above the great
majority of these scales are translucent wood-brown, the remainder
are translucent. Beneath the heavy scale covering is hoary-white.
Distribution. — As the species is known from but one specimen, we
are only able to give one locality in the state of Oaxaca, Mexico, at
which it is found, and nothing is known of the habits of the insect.
Specimens Examined. — 1 d". -
Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, Mexico; December 22, 1898; 1 d\ (Type.)
[Hebard Collection.]
Cryptoptilum oontectum1- n. sp.
This insect shows the closest relationship to C. trigonipalpum
(vide infra), from which species it differs in the somewhat heavier
build, which, however, is not as heavy as in C. antiUarum. The
pronotum is proportionately more expansive both in length and width
in the male, and in fact considerably exceeds the broader species
antiUarum. The caudal femora are more strongly inflated, and in
this respect closely resemble antiUarum. In the female the pronotum
is wider, being in proportionate width
intermediate between trigonipalpum and
antiUarum, the subgenital plate differs
from all other species of the genus in
being apically keeled, and the ovipositor
is also very much shorter than in any of
the other forms.
Type: c? ; Hayti. (P. R. Uhler.)
[Scudder Collection.]
Description of Type. — Size small ; form
not as slender as C. trigonipalpum.
Head small, the interantennal space
roundly produced, divided vertically by
a distinct though minute sulcus. Max-
illary palpi as in trigonipalpum. Pro-
notum narrowing regularly cephalad,
very wide and considerably produced
caudad. Cerci of type missing. Cephalic face of cephalic tibiae
bearing a large, distinct, broadly ovoid tympanum. Hind femora
and armament of limbs as in C. antiUarum.
Allotypic 9 . Data the same as the type.
Fig. 10. — Cryptoptilum con-
ted um. Dorsal view of
type. (X 4.)
32 In allusion to the expansive pronotum of the male of this species.
204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Description of Allotype. — Much the same size as the male. Prono-
tum proportionately wider than in C. trigonipalpum, narrower than
in C. antillarum. Tegmina absent. Subgenital plate arcuato-
convergent laterad, semi-ovate, carinate meso-caudad, very narrowly
acute-angulate emarginate at the apex. Ovipositor much shorter
than in the other species of the genus.
Measurements (in millimeters.)
<? Type. 9 Allotype.
Hayti. Hayti.
Length of body 7.2 7.1
Length of pronotum 4.7 2.1
Caudal width of pronotum 3. 2.
Length of caudal femur 4.5 4 9
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.9 2.
Length of ovipositor 3.6
Color Notes. — Head, antennae, pronotum and limbs cinnamon.
The pronotum of the female and first abdominal segments with
dorsal surface somewhat darker, approaching mars-brown. Abdo-
men of male black, all but the dorsal surface of the proximal segments
the same color in the female. Ovipositor russet. Scales on dorsal
surface translucent wood-brown, appearing silvery to the naked
eye; on the ventral surfaces of head and edges of the abdominal
segments the scales are hoary -white ; the heavy covering of scales on
the limbs is of the same color. On all but the edges of the abdominal
segments on the ventral surface of the abdomen, the scales are
translucent wood-brown.
Distribution. — The species is known from but two specimens from
the island of Hayti, and we have no information concerning the
habits of the insect.
Specimens Examined. — 1 cf1 , 1 9 .
Hayti; (P. R. Uhler); 1 d\ 1 9. (c? Type.) [Scudder Col-
lection.]
Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum n. sp.
1905. Cycloptilus americanus Morse (not of Saussure, 1874), Psyche, XII,
p. 21. [Nassau, New Providence Island, Bahamas.]
1907. Liphoplus krugii Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1897), Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 316 (in part). [Pablo Beach and San
Pablo, Florida.!
1911. Cycloptilus squamosus Sherman and Brimley (not of Scudder, 1868),
Ent, News, XXII, p. 391 (in part). [Raleigh, North Carolina.]
This species differs from C. antillarum in the average smaller size
over the major portion of its range, the more graceful build, the more
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
205
pronounced interantennal sulcus and very different terminal joint of
the maxillary palpi, the edges of which
when viewed from the side form an
isosceles triangle, owing to the fact that
this joint expands widely distad and is
very obliquely truncate. The pronotum
is proportionally narrower and smaller
in both sexes, the caudal femora are less
strongly inflated, while in the male the
subgenital plate is very slightly less
produced obtuse-angulate and in the
female it is semi-ovate, broadly obtuse-
angulate emarginate at the apex.
Type : cf ; Isle of Hope, Chatham
County, Georgia, in heavy undergrowth
of green plants and vines, September 3,
1911. (Rehn and Hebard.) [Hebard
Collection.]
Description of Type. — Size smaller
and more slender than C. antillarum.
Head very small, the interantennal space roundly produced, divided
vertically by a distinct though minute sulcus. Maxillary palpi with
greatest length of terminal joint a very little more than greatest
length of penultimate joint. Terminal joint conical, sharply expand-
ing distad, very obliquely truncate, so much so that when viewed
from the side the edges form an isosceles triangle, the equal sides
Fig. 11. — Cryptoptilum trigo-
nipalpum. Dorsal view of
type. (X 4.)
Fig. 12. — Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum.
Maxillary palpus. (Greatly magni-
fied.)
J° 6 o
Figs. 13-16. — Oblique views and rela-
tive terminal circumference of distal
joint of maxillary palpus of Cryptop-
tilum antillarum (figs. 13, 14) and
C. trigonipalpum (figs. 15, 16).
(Greatly magnified.)
formed by the diameter of the apex and the shortest lateral dimen-
sion. Pronotum narrower than in antillarum, general form of
pronotum and tegmina as in that species. Cerci nearly as long as
the length of the entire body. Cephalic face of cephalic tibiae with
tympanum as in antillarum. Hind femora considerably less dilated
than in antillarum, armament of limbs similar.
206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Allotypic 9 . Data the same as the type.
Description of Allotype. — Slightly larger than male. Pronotum,
mesonotum and metanotum noticeably narrower than in antillarum,
bringing into prominence the depressed ovate abdomen. Tegmina
absent. Subgenital plate semi-ovate, broadly obtuse-angulate emar-
ginate at apex. Ovipositor as in antillarum.
In addition to the type and allotype, the following specimens may
be considered paratypic: Isle of Hope, Ga. ; Sept. 3, 1911; (R. andH.);
1 cf n. Sandfly, Ga.; Sept, 3, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 9 .
Measurements (in millimeters).
Charlotte Key
Type. Allotype. Harbor, Largo,
Isle of Hope, Ga. Fla. Fla.
& 9 c? 9
Length of body 7.1 8. 6.8 7.8
Length of pronotum 4. 2.1 3.7 2.
Caudal width of pronotum 2.5 2. 2.4 2.
Length of caudal femur 5. 5. 4.2 5.1
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.7 1.8 1.3 1.9
Length of ovipositor 5.2 4.
Average of
Florence, S. C. entire adult series.
& 9 cfcf 9 9
Length of body 7. 8.5 7. 7.9
Length of pronotum 4.1 2.1 3.9 2.
Caudal width of pronotum 2.5 2.1 2.4 2.
Length of caudal femur 5. 5.5 4.4 5.
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.7
Length of ovipositor 6.2 4.8
The measurements would indicate that this species is smaller than
specimens of antillarum from the same place over the greater portion
of its range, but as it decreases in size southward much less rapidly
than that species, the two species are very nearly of the same size
in southern Florida, though their proportions markedly differ.
Color Notes. — There is scarcely any difference in ground coloration
between antillarum and the present species, except that, in the series
of the latter species before us, the maxillary palpi are never darkly
suffused, though of a richer brown than the surrounding facial parts,
and all have the dorsal surface of the abdomen wholly black. The
insects are thickly covered with nearly transparent scales, so that in
the field they frequently appear to have the black abdomen ringed
above at the intersection of the segments with whitish scales, due
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207
to the fact that at the juncture of the segments the scales are some-
what raised, and the refraction of light gives them a whitish appear-
ance where such refraction occurs.
Distribution. — This species is now known to occur in the Bahama
Islands and the southeastern United States. The series shows the
range of the species to extend from east-central North Carolina to
the northern Florida Keys and New Providence Island, Bahamas.
Biological Notes. — This species was not always recognized in the
field as different from antillarum, although on one or two occasions
the notes refer to it as a different species. From our notes we are
therefore only able to state that the species occurs often in the same
general region with antillarum, but it is probable that it seeks rather
heavier growth than that species, as the fallowing field note
would suggest. "The Jungle Liphoplus*3 has scales only oh under
side and around segments of abdomen giving it a ringed appearance
and a strikingly red and black color when compared with Liphoplus
krugii, which species is covered with sparse silvery scales, pronotum
and all."
Specimens Examined. — 24; 8 males, 8 females and 8 nymphs.
Raleigh, N. C; Sept., 1908; (Sherman); 1 &. [Coll. N. C. Dept.
Agr.]
Lake Waccamaw, N. C; Sept. 8, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 9 .
Florence, S. C; Sept. 6, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 cf , 1 9 .
Sullivan Id., Charleston Co., N. C; Sept. 5, 1911; (R. and H.);
1 9.
Isle of Hope, Ga.; Sept. 3, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 d\ 1 9 , 1 & n.
(<? Type; Hebard Collection).
Sandfly, Ga.; Sept, 3, 1911; (R, and H.); 1 9 .
Jacksonville, Fla. ; (Priddav) ; 1 9 . [Hebard Collection] : Aug.
25, 1911; (R. and H.); 2 c?.*
Atlantic Beach, Fla.; Aug. 24, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 9 n.
Pablo Beach, Fla.;34 Aug. 13, 1905; (R. and H.); 1 c? n.
San Pablo, Fla.;34 Aug. 13, 1905; (R. and H.); 1 d\ 1 9 n.
Charlotte Harbor, Fla. ; 1 d\ [Scudder Collection.]
Punta Gorda, Fla.; Nov. 13, 1911; (W. T. Davis); 19. [W. T.
Davis Collection.]
Key Largo, Fla.; March 18, 1910; (H.); 1 9 , 3 c? n.
33 To distinguish it from C. antillarum which was then called Liphoplus krugii.
34 These specimens were recorded as Liphoplus krugii by the authors, these
Proceedings, 1907, p. 316. At that time so few specimens of the group from
North America had been taken, and genera were so confused, that it was almost
impossible to determine with accuracy any of the species. The authors' notes
in that paper on Liphoplus, Cycloptilum and Ectaloderus are wholly erroneous.
208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Nassau, New Providence Island, Bahamas; Jan. 31, 1905; (A. E.
Wright); 1 &, 1 & n.35 [Morse Collection.]
Genus CYCLOPTILUM Scudder.
1868. Cycloptilum Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat, Hist., XII, p. 142.
1874. Cycloptilum Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 425 [in part].
1877. Cycloptilus Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 477 [in part].
1897. Cycloptilus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 231 [in part].
1897. Cycloptilum Scudder, Guide to Gen. Class, N. Amer. Orth., p. 64.
1905. Liphoplus Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1877), Proc. Acad.
Nat, Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 49.
1909. Ectatoderus Rehn and Hebard (not of Guerin, 1849), ibid., 1909, p. 482.
1909. Cycloptilum Davis, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XVII, p. 187.
Genus monotypic. Genotype — Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder.
Generic Description. — Form depressed, compact; surface clothed
with scales; pronotum produced caudad in male; tegmina absent
in female, projecting beyond pronotum in male.
Head small, rounded, produced cephalad; interantennal pro-
tuberance with trace of vertical division. Pronotum of male narrow
cephalad, broadened and produced caudad, in length equal to about
half of the entire length of the body; of female subquadrate. Teg-
mina of male extending caudad of caudal margin of pronotum a
distance subequal to one-third the greatest pronotal length, tym-
panum perfectly developed, caudal margin of dorsal field of tegmina
strongly arcuate; lateral field of tegmina well developed. Ovi-
positor nearly straight, sub-lanceolate at apex, the latter with margins
unarmed. Subgenital plate of female with distal margin complete
or distinctly but transversely emarginate mesad. Cerci of both
sexes elongate, tapering. Cephalic tibiae with the cephalic face
bearing a distinct tympanum. Caudal femora greatly dilated;
caudal tibiae with three pair of well-developed distal spurs, the
dor so-internal shorter than the ventro-internal spur; caudal meta-
tarsus sulcate dorsad, serrate on both dorsal margins, the distal
extremity armed on both sides with a spur which extends well
beyond the base of the distal tarsal joint.
Distribution in North America. — Extending from central New
Jersey southward to extreme southern Florida, westward in the
South through Texas to southern Arizona and theMojave Desert in
35 The specimens from this locality recorded as Cycloptilus americanus by
Morse, Psyche, XII, p. 21, 1905, cannot be found. The present specimens
from the collection of Professor Morse were determined by him as that same
species, but the records have not been published. We feel, therefore, confident
that those specimens recorded as Cycloptilus americanus are the authors' new
species, Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum, to which the present specimens unques-
tionably belong.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209
California, and northward to northern Nebraska and extreme north-
eastern Colorado.
Key to Cycloptilum Scudder.
A. Size small; pronotum of male with cephalic portion of dorsum
well rounded, caudal portion broadened and distinctly flat-
tened; the lateral outline of the pronotum when seen from
above expanding more sharply caudad; pronotum of female
small; ovipositor 3 mm. or over squamosum Scudder.
AA. Size very small; pronotum of male with entire dorsum trans-
versely well rounded, caudal portion not so much broadened;
the lateral outline of the pronotum when seen from above
expanding regularly but very slightly; pronotum of female
very small; ovipositor less than 3 mm.,
zebra (Rehn and Hebard.)
Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder.
1868. Cycloptilum squamosum Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Xat. Hist., XII,
p. 142. [Texas.]
1874. Cycloptilum squamosum Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI,
p. 427. [Texas.]
1877. Cycloptilus squam/jsus Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 477. [Texas.]
1891. Cycloptilus borealis Brunei-, Can. Ent., XXIII, p. 37. [Xear Xiobrara
River at Valentine and Lincoln, Xebraska.]
1893. Cycloptilum boreale Brunei-, Publ. Xebr. Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 33. [Cen-
tral and Xorthern Xebraska.]
1897. Cycloptilus squamosus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 231.
[Dallas, Texas.]
1903. Cycloptilus squamosus Caudell, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., XXVI, p. SOS.
[Victoria, Texas.]
1905. Cycloptilum squamosum? Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci.
Phila., 1904, p. 799. [Thomasville, Georgia.]
1907. Liphoplus krugii Rehn and Hebard, ibid., 1907, p. 361 (in part).
[San Pablo and Gainesville, Fla.]
1909. Ectatoderus occidentalis ? Rehn and Hebard, ibid., 1909, p. 482. [Cot-
tonwood, California.]
1909. Cycloptilum squamosum Davis, Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, XVII, p. 187.
[Lakehurst, Xew Jersey.]
1910. Cycloptilus squamosus Allard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XII, p. 42.
[Thompson's Mills, Georgia.]
1910. Cycloptilus squamosus Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept. Xew Jersev State
Mus., 1909, p. 191. [Lakehurst, Xew Jersey.]
1911. Cycloptilus americanus Sherman and Brimley (not Cycloptilum ameri-
canum Saussure, 1874), Ent. Xews, XXII, p. 391. [Raleigh and "Ala-
mance County," Xorth Carolina.]
Type: c? ; Texas. (Belfrage.) [Scudder Collection.]
Description of Type.— Size small for the group, head very small,
interantennal protuberance well produced, rounded, with trace of
vertical division. Maxillary palpi with penultimate joint not more
than two-thirds as long as terminal joint, the latter gently expanding
distad, gently obliquely truncate. Eyes reniform in outline, sub-
vertical. Pronotum strongly narrowed cephalad, considerably
210
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
broadened and produced caudad, its caudal margin forming nearly
a semicircle, the cephalic portion of the dorsum well rounded, the
broadened caudal portion of the dorsum distinctly flattened. Teg-
mina with dorsal field as broad as pronotum at its widest part,
tympanum perfectly developed, caudal margin*of tegmina subequal
in arcuation to the caudal margin of the pronotum; lateral field of
tegmina well developed, embracing abdomen; the cephalic two-
thirds of the tegmina concealed by the pronotum, the visible portion
extending caudad of the caudal margin of the pronotum a distance
subequal to one-third the greatest pronotal length.
Cerci more than one-half as long as abdomen. Cephalic tibiae
with cephalic face bearing a distinct tympanum. Caudal femora
greatly dilated. Caudal tibiae with three pair of well-developed
distal spurs, the dorso-internal very slightly shorter than the ventro-
internal spur, the medio-internal spur is the longest and has 'its length
Fig. 17. — C y clop til u m squamosum.
Dorsal view of type. (X 4.)
Fig. 18. — Cycloptilum squamosum. In-
ternal face of caudal metatarsus and
internal tibial spurs. (Greatly mag-
nified.)
contained two and one-quarter times in the metatarsus. Caudal
metatarsus rather long, straight, rather broad, sulcate dorsad, both
dorsal margins armed with short, well-separated serrations five on
inner and eight on outer margin,36 the distal extremity armed on
both sides with a spur, the somewhat longer inner spur reaching to
nearly the end of the first quarter of the terminal tarsal joint.
Allotypic 9 : Dallas, Texas. [United States National Museum
Collection.]
Description of Allotype here Selected. — The specimen differs from
the male type in that it is somewhat larger, the pronotum is sub-
quadrate, narrowing very slightly cephalad, and the tegmina are
absent. The subgenital plate is arcuato-convergent laterad, with
36 See note under Cryptoptilum antUlarum concerning variability as to number
of these serrations.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211
distal section of margin complete.37 The ovipositor is fairly long
and nearly straight, somewhat elongate sublanceolate at apex, the
base alone showing a slight upward curvature, lateral division of
valves exactly at middle of sides, the apex with margins unarmed.
Length of ovipositor contained in length of cerci nearly one and
one-quarter times.
Measurements (in millimeters).
C. boreal is Br.
Type. Allotype. Allotype. Type.
Texas. Dallas, Tex. Lincoln, Neb.
c? 9 c? 9
Length of bodv 6.3 7.2 6.638 6.2
Length of pronotum 3.4 2.2 3. 2.1
Caudal width of pronotum 2.9 2.1 2.6 2.
Length of caudal femur 3.5 4.2 3.9 4.1
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.9
Length of ovipositor 3.6 3.
Cumberland Island, Wrightsville,"
Georgia. North Carolina.
cf 9 & 9
Length of body 6.1 6.3 6.1 6.
Length of pronotum 3.3 2. 3.4 2.
Caudal width of pronotum 2.7 1.9 2.6 1.9
Length of caudal femur 4. 4.4 4.1 3.7
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.7 1.8 1.5 1.5
Length of ovipositor 3. 3.
Measurements taken of a large series from St. Simon's Island,
Georgia, show that there is an equal or
greater amount of variation among indi-
viduals from that locality than is found in
the specimens whose measurements are
given above. Length of body; <?, 5.4-6.9 squamosum. Apex of
mm.; 9, 5.6-6.9: length of pronotum; cf, ovipositor. (Greatly
3.1-3.9; 9, 2-2.1: caudal width of prono- m»gnified->
turn; a", 2.5-2.7; 9, 1.9-2: length of caudal femur; <? , 3.8-4.2;
9 , 3.5-4.2: greatest width of caudal femur; d\ 1.3-1.8; 9 , 1.6-1.9:
length of ovipositor; 3.6-2.9.
Color Notes. — Over the more arid portions of the range of this
species (which includes the type locality) the general color of the
insects is rather pale brown, the entire body more or less covered
37 For variability of this character see note in '•Remarks.'
38 Appears to have been somewhat squeezed out.
212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
with silvery or yellowish scales, while a post-ocular bar of darker
scales frequently extends as a narrow line of dark scales along the
dorsal edge of the lateral lobes of the pronotum to its caudal margin.
In specimens which have lost their scaly covering no trace of such a
line exists, the ground color of head, pronotum, limbs and first two
or three segments of the abdomen is found to be russet, while the
remainder of the abdomen is black. The maxillary palpi are much
suffused with blackish, this is most pronounced in the darkest
specimens. The ovipositor is vandyke-brown.
Specimens from Nebraska show, in individuals which have lost
their scaly covering, the same coloration, but when fully clothed with
scales their appearance is rather more yellowish, owing to the fact
that in these individuals a greater proportion of their scales are more
yellowish than in specimens from the arid West.
Individuals from the Atlantic coast are similar to western specimens
in body coloration, but their scale covering is usually composed
chiefly of blackish or slate-colored scales, which gives the specimens
a dark and somewhat mottled appearance quite different from that
of western representatives of the species. This difference in colora-
tion is augmented by the fact that while in western individuals the
caudal margin of the tegmina is marked with a few faintly darker
veins, the Atlantic coast representatives of the species have this
margin heavily and strikingly velvety black.
Distribution. — This species is now known to range from central
New Jersey southward on the Atlantic coast to north-central Florida,
westward across Texas and southern Arizona as far as the Mojave
Desert in California, in the middle west north to the northern
boundary of Colorado, and over the entire central and north-
eastern portions of Nebraska.
This distribution is rather surprising owing to the fact that the
species is to be found both in the humid regions of the East and the
areas of extreme aridity of the Southwest. The vertical range of the
species is known to extend from sea level to an elevation of 3,550 feet
on the Great Plains, 2,274 feet in the Mojave Desert, and 2,500 feet
in Pima County, Arizona.
Biological Notes. — At Cottonwood, California,39 this species was
common under creosote bush (Covillea), where, among the collected
refuse at the base of the bushes, the insects were heard shrilly stridu-
lating at dusk and later. The sound produced was an incessant and
Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, p. 482.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213
high-pitched zeee-zeee-zeee. Along the Atlantic coast the authors
have found the species under boards and various other debris on the
ground, usually along the edge of, or in forest growth, and almost
always in very small numbers. Once, however, a locality was
examined where the little insects were present in countless numbers;
this was on St. Simon's Island, Georgia, where myriads were found
jumping about among the dead leaves and very few low plants and
grasses growing on the sandy soil under live oaks. Professor Bruner
has stated that the synonymous C. borealis is common in Nebraska
among dry grass and under boards on sandy soil.
Synonymy. — As we have before us one male and fifteen females
of the typical series of Cycloptilus borealis Bruner, we are enabled to
refer it unhesitatingly to the present species. There are no differ-
ences between these specimens and the type and allotype of squamo-
sum, except in the coloration of the scaly covering which in the
present species is exceedingly variable. We find Scudder's measure-
ments to be accurate, while those given by Bruner in the original
description of borealis are quite different from what we find to be the
case in the typical series, which in size and proportions can in no way
be separated from squamosum.
Remarks. — In the series of females before us, the distal section of
the margin of the subgenital plate varies from a type which is arcuato-
convergent laterad with the distal section of the margin complete,
to one which has the distal section of the margin broadly emarginate,
this emargination flanked laterad by acute spiniform angles. The
majority of specimens from the Atlantic coast have this emargination
present, while it is absent in the majority of western specimens, but
an examination of the series shows that it is not constant and that
in this species the entire form of the subgenital plate is exceedingly
variable in the female sex, while in the male it is simple and broadly
arcuate.
Specimens Examined. — 215; 83 males, 115 females, and 17 nymphs.
Pinev Point, Md.; Sept. 14, 1902; (Pergande); 1 9 . [U. S. N. M.]
Raleigh, N. C; Oct. 2, 1903; 1 9 : Aug. 16, 1906; 1 cf : Oct.
30, 1907; 1 d\ 1 9 : Sept. 30, 1898; 2 9. (All Brimley.) [Brim-
ley Collection.]
Wilmington, N. C; Sept. 8, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 <? .
Winter Park, N. C; Sept, 7, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 9 .
Wrightsville, N. C; Sept. 7, 1911; (R. and H.); 2 d\ 1 9 .
Florence, S. C; Sept, 6, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 d\
Yemassee, S. C; Sept. 4, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 o\ 1 9 .
Thompson's Mills, Ga.; Oct. 1909; (Allard); 1 d\ 1 9. [U. S.
X. M.]
214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Isle of Hope, Ga.; Sept. 3, 1911 ; (R. and H.) ; 4^,2 9 .
St. Simon's Id., Ga.; Aug. 30, 1911; (R. and H.); 48 cT, 56 9,
3 9 n.
Cumberland Id., Ga.; Aug. 31, 1911; (H.); 6 d\ 13 9 , 5 9 n.
Brunswick, Ga.; Aug. 30, 1911; (H.); 1 &, 3 9.
Thomasville, Ga.; Aug. 3, 1903; (for H.); 1 cf n.
Atlantic Beach, Fla.; Aug. 25, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 d\ 3 9 .
San Pablo, Fla.;40 Aug. 13, 1905; (R. and H.); 1 9 , 1 9 n.
Live Oak, Fla.; Aug. 26, 1911; (R. and H.); 1 cT n.
Gainesville, Fla.;40 Aug. 16, 1905; (R. andH.); 1 9.
Texas; (Belfrage); 2 d\41 [Scudder Collection.]
Dallas, Tex.; 2 9 , 1 <? n. [U. S. N. M.]
Columbus, Tex.; May 31; 1 &. [U. S. N. M.]
New Braunfels, Tex.; Sept, 8; (Schwarz); 1 tf1, 1 d" n. [U. S.
N. M.]
Victoria, Tex.; June; (Caudell); 1 <? n. [U. S. N. M.]
Calhoun County, Tex.; (J. W. Mitchell) ; 1 9 . [U. S. N. M.]
Carrizo Springs, Tex.; (A. Wadgymar); 3 c?, 3 9. [Hebard
Collection.]
Brownsville, Tex.; May 13-24, 1904, June 6, 1904; (Barber);
6 d1 , 1 9 , 1 cf n. 1 9 n. [U. S. N. M., A. N. S. P., Hebard Collec-
tion.]
Tumamoc Hill, Tucson Mts., Ariz.; Oct, 3-4, 1910; (R. and H.);
2 9.
Snyder's Hill, Pima Co., Ariz.; Oct, 11, 1910; (R, and H.); 1 9 .
Tinajas Altas, Yuma County, Ariz.; 1905; (W. J. McGee); 1 9 .
[U. S. N. M.]
Cottonwood, San Bernardino County, Cal.; Sept, 9, 1907; (H.);
1 cf •
Julesburg, Colo.; July 29, 1910; (H.); 1 & n.
Lincoln, Nebr.; Sept, 1888; 1 cf, 15 9 .42
Sidney, Nebr.; 1 9. [Hebard Collection.]
Cycloptilum zebra (Rehn & Hebard).
1905. Liphoplus zebra Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905,
p. 49, pi. I, fig. 12. [Miami, Florida.]
At the time of the original description the authors were not ac-
quainted with the Scudderian genus Cycloptilum, and Saussure's
misconception led us to suppose that the present species did not
belong to that genus. We are now able to state definitely the fol-
lowing facts:
40 These specimens were unfortunately recorded as Liphoplus krugii by the
authors. These Proceedings, 1907, p. 316.
41 One of these two specimens is the unique type of Cycloptilum squamosum
Scudder.
42 These are from the paratypic series of Cycloptilus berealis Bruner, which are
divided as follows: lcf, 10 9 (including the single type and allotype), Hebard
Collection; 2 9 , Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, ; 1 9 , U. S. X. M . ; 2 9 , Scudder Collection.
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
215
The present species is distinguished from Cycloptilum squamosum
by its smaller size, relatively more regularly convex dorsal surface
of the pronotum in the male, which is less expanded caudad and is
much shorter. In the female the pronotum is very small and narrows
somewhat more cephalad. Proprtionately, the limbs are shorter
and the caudal femora more flea-like. Differences in coloration are
also apparent and are given in the color description below.
Type: cT ; Miami, Dade County, Florida, on wire-grass in low
undergrowth of pine woods, February 6, 1904. (Hebard.) [Hebard
Collection.]
Description of Type. — Size very small for the group. Head with
interantennal protuberance much as in squa-
mosus, but the perpendicular division is some-
what more apparent, very narrow but distinct.
Maxillary palpi with penultimate joint not
more than two-thirds as long as terminal
joint, the latter gently expanding distad and
gently obliquely truncate. Eyes reniform in
outline, subvertical. Pronotum with cephalic
width of dorsal surface approaching caudal width
of the same more nearly than in squamosum,
considerably produced caudad, its caudal margin
forming nearly a semicircle, the whole of the
dorsum well rounded. Tegmina with dorsal
field slightly broader than pronotum at its widest
point, tympanum perfectly developed, caudal
margin of tegmina subequal in arcuation to the
caudal margin of the pronotum. Cerci missing in
type (in other males of this species the cerci are more than one-half
as long as the abdomen). Cephalic tibia? with cephalic face bearing a
minute but distinct tympanum. Caudal femora more dilated than
in squamosum. Caudal tibiae with three pair of well-developed distal
spurs, the dorso-internal very slightly shorter than the ventro-
internal spur; the medio-internal spur is the longest and has its
length contained two and one-quarter times in the metatarsus.
Caudal metatarsus fairly long, straight, rather broad, sulcate dorsad,
both dorsal margins armed with short, well separated serrations,
much as in C. squamosum, the distal extremity armed on both sides
with a spur which extends to nearly the end of the first third of the
terminal tarsal joint.
Allotypic 9 : Key West, Monroe County, Florida, on underside
Fig. 20. — Cydopti-
lum zebra. Dor-
sal view of tvpe.
(X4.)
216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
of coquina boulder on sandy strand, March 16, 1910. (Hebard.)
[Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype here Selected. — Very slightly larger than type.
Pronotum subquadrate, narrowing perceptibly cephalad; tegmina
absent. Ovipositor rather short, straight, somewhat elongate sub-
lanceolate at apex, lateral division of valves exactly at middle of
sides, the apex with margins unarmed. Subgenital plate arcuato-
convergent laterad, distal section of margin flattened but with no
emargination. Cerci reaching but very little beyond the tip of the
ovipositor.
Measurements (in millimeters) .
Type. Allotype. Lake Long
Miami, Key West, Worth, Key,
Fla. Fla. Fla. Fla.
C? 9 c? 9
Length of body 5. 5. 6.43 5.1
Length of pronotum 2.9 1.7 2.6 1.6
Greatest width of pronotum 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6
Length of caudal femur 3.1 3.4 3.4 3.2
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.1 1.4 1.4 1.2
Length of ovipositor 2.8 2.7
Average in Key West, Fla., series.
cT 9
Length of body 5.2 (5. -5.5) 5.2 (4.9-5.5)
Length of pronotum 2.4 (2.3-2.6) 1.5 (1.3-1.7)
Greatest width of pronotum 2. (1.9-2.1) 1.7(1.5-1.8)
Length of caudal femur 3.1 (3. -3.2) 3.5 (3.4-3.7)
Greatest width of caudal femur 1.2 (1.1-1.4) 1.3 (1.3-1.4)
Length of ovipositor 2.8 (2.7-2.9)
Color Notes. — The entire territory over which this species is known
has much of its surface composed of rough coquina rock which rock is
very white. The species is wholly terrestrial, and we find that its
scaly covering is silvery, usually with limbs barred and body spotted
and mottled with dark brown scales; this coloration so matches the
surface of the coquina rock that the little insects are practically
invisible when at rest. The insect is very much whiter in appearance
than its larger relative C. squamosum, even where specimens of that
species from the arid West are found covered with pale yellowish
scales. The postocular bar is very dark in this species and in the
entire series before us extends along the upper edge of the lateral
43 Specimen much squeezed out, normal length probably about 5 mm.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217
lobes of the pronotum to the caudal margin. Rubbed specimens
show that the ground color of the species on head, pronotum, meso-
notum, metanotum and all of the limbs is very pale yellowish, while
the abdomen is black and the ovipositor dark brown. Unlike in
squamosum, the post-ocular bar mentioned above is present not only
in scale coloration but ground coloration as well, while the lateral
lobes of the pronotum are somewhat lighter in coloration than its
dorsal surface. The maxillary palpi are usually light, the apical
joint suffused with blackish distad, this darker suffusion in a few
cases overspreading the last three joints. The tegmina are bone
white, the caudal border lightly blotched with black.
Distribution. — Lake Worth, southward to Key West, Florida.
Biological Notes. — Nearly all of the specimens of this terrestrial
species have been captured hiding on the under surface of coquina
boulders near or on the strand ; the type, however, was captured in the
low undergrowth growing on rough coquina rock in the scattering
pine woods back of Miami. The little insects have never been found
more than two or three at a time, and usually a considerable area
has to be carefully searched before any specimens are discovered.
When first exposed they usually remain motionless and closely
pressed to the surface of the rock under which they had been hiding;
when disturbed, however, they spring about wildly and are so hard
to follow with the eye that unless captured before they are thor-
oughly aroused, individuals have excellent chances of escaping.
Remarks. — This species is unquestionably closely related to
Cycloptilum squamosum, and it is possible that it may prove to be a
geographic race of that species limited to southern Florida. Without
material from the region between Palm Beach and Jacksonville,
however, we are unable to find the slightest suggestion of inter-
gradation. The facts that the characters which separate zebra
from squamosum are constant, and that the former species is invaria-
bly much the smaller, rather suggest that zebra is not a race at all,
since over the tremendous range of squamosum, no such differences
are to be found in that species.
In the entire series of females the subgenital plate is, without
exception, arcuato-convergent laterad with the distal section of the
margin flattened, but with no trace of the emargination and acute
spiniform angles found in so many females of squamosum from the*
Atlantic coast.
Specimens Examined. — 21; 6 males, 9 females and 6 nymphs.
15
218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julie,
Lake Worth, Fla. ; (Slosson) ; 1 9 , 2 n. [Scudder Collection.] ;
1 d* . [Hebard Collection.]
Miami, Fla.; February 6, 1904; (H.) ; 1 d1 (Type). [Hebard
Collection.]; (Slosson); 1 n. [Scudder Collection.]
Long Key, Fla.; March 13, 1910; (H.); 1 9. [Hebard Col-
lection.]
Key West, Fla.; March 15, 16, 1910; (H.); 4^,7 9 , 3 & n.44
OLIGACANTHOPUS4' new genus.
1905. Mogoplistes Rehn and Hebard (not of Serville, 1839), Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 4.
Genus monotypic. Genotype — Oligacanthopus prograptus, n. sp.
This genus, known from a single female, is widely separated from
all others of the group. In some respects a relationship, or develop-
ment along similar lines to Glaphyropus, is apparent; this is shown in
"he compact build, rounded head, small eyes, broadly rounded and
but little produced interantennal space, which is not divided by a
vertical sulcus, and similar caudal femora.
With these characters, however, similarity to Glaphyropus ceases
and we find, instead, a close relationship to Cycloptilum in the follow-
ing respects: maxillary palpi very much like those found in Cyclopti-
lum, cephalic and median limbs also similar, very different from the
elongate type found in Glaphyropus; ovipositor of the type of Cyclopti-
lum, but somewhat arcuato-convex and differing from all other known
North American members of the group in having the ventral margins
of the apex armed distad with a row of minute but true serrulations ;
cerci of the type found in Cycloptilum, caudal tarsi even shorter and
proportionally heavier ; armament of limbs of the same type as found
in Cycloptilum but reduced in size to an extreme degree; the metatarsi
are proportionally very long, nearly intermediate between Glaphy-
ropus and Cycloptilum, but more closely approaching the former, the
dorsal margins armed with serrulations similar to those of Cycloptilum,
but so fine that they apparent only in a good light under a microscope.
Consequently we see that the caudal limbs are most peculiar in
having proportions and armament differing strikingly from any
other known species; the caudal femora are elongate and not at all
flea-like, the tarsi are very short, quite heavy and armed with minute
distal spurs, while the metatarsi are proportionally very long and
slender, their dorsal margins so finely serrate that these could almost
be termed unarmed and their terminal spurs minute.
*.
44 These specimens are distributed as follows: lcf, 3 9, 3 9 n., Hebard Col-
lection; lo%2 9, A. N. S. P.; ld\ 1 9 , U. S. N.M.; lo\ 1 9 , Mus. Comp. Zool.
4b From b'/jyoc, small, anavOa, thorn, and Kovg, feet; in allusion to the very
small tarsal spurs.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219
When compared with Mogoplistes the following differences are
found. Head very different, ovoid, interantennal protuberance not
as produced and with no vertical sulcus, eyes not so protuberant;
pronotum with dorsal surface more flattened; caudal femora shorter,
caudal tarsi very much shorter, proportionally very much longer
caudal metatarsi; armament of limbs different, as in Cycloptilum,
but all of the spurs and serrulations much smaller. The ovipositor
in Mogoplistes is straight, rather long, with lateral division of valves
exactly at middle proximad, but rising sharply and much nearer the
dorsal margin over the greater length of the ovipositor, the apex is
not widened and is armed on the ventral edge of the dorsal valves
with blunt, knob-like serrations, while the surface of the dorsal valves
is finely punctate. In Oligacanthopus the ovipositor is very different
from this as may be seen by reference to the description.
Generic Description. — Head small, transverse, subelongate, smooth,
interantennal protuberance weak, broadly rounded, flattened distad,
no vertical dividing sulcus present; eyes pyriform, very slightly
inflated; maxillary palpi not very long, gently expanding distad,
the distal joint mildly obliquely truncate. Pronotum of female
subquadrate in form, cephalic margin subtruncate, weakly arcuato-
emarginate, caudal margin weakly arcuate, leaving the entire metano-
tum exposed. Tegmina absent in female. Ovipositor very gently
arcuato-convex, very short, somewhat elongate sublanceolate at
apex, lateral division of valves exactly at middle of sides, the
surface of apex smooth, the ventral margins of the ventral valves
armed distad with a row of minute serrulations. Subgenital plate
of female rotundato-trigonal. Cerci elongate, subcrassate, tapering.
Caudal femora dilated; caudal tibiae proportionately heavy and short,
minutely serrulate on dorsal margins, with three pair of distal spurs,
the dorso-internal shorter than the ventro-internal; caudal meta-
tarsus elongate, proportionately slender, equal to over one-half the
caudal tibia in length, dorsal margins supplied with minute serrula-
tions, second joint not quite as long as third joint.
Distribution in North America. — Extreme southern Florida.
Oligacanthopus prograptus1" n. sp.
1905. Mogoplistes slossoni Rehn and Hebard (not Mogosiplistus slossoui
Scudder, 1897), Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 190o, p. 48. [Miami,
Florida.]
Type: 9 ; Miami, Dade County, Florida, under sign on oak in
"hammock," February 6, 1904. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]
46 From ~/">, in front, and ypairroc, that which is written upon; in allusion to
the striking dark bars on the facial protuberance.
220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Description of Type. — Size small; form depressed, compact; surface
covered heavily with scales. Head ovoid, occipital outline depressed,
Fig. 21. — Oligacanthopus prograptus. Internal face of caudal metatarsus and
internal tibial spurs. (Greatly magnified.)
weakly arcuate dorsad; interantennal protuberance separated from
vertex by a well-marked transverse interantennal sulcus. Maxillary
palpi with penultimate joint not more than two-thirds as long as
terminal joint, the latter gently expanding distad, gently obliquely
truncate. Pronotum with dorsum transversely very gently arcuate,
curving sharply laterad, caudal width subequal to length, lateral
outlines of disk straight, subparallel; lateral lobes passing into disk
with an angulation but slightly indicated, depth of lobes over one-
quarter their greatest length, ventral margin sinuato-truncate.
Subgenital plate arcuato-trigonal, subcompressed. Ovipositor
shorter than caudal femur, gradually thickened proximad, very
gently arcuato-convex, somewhat elongate sublanceolate at apex,
the surface of apex smooth, the ventral margins of the ventral valves
armed distad with a row of minute serrulations. No tympanum pres-
ent on the cephalic tibiae. Caudal tibiae straight ; armament of same
similar to that found in Cycloptilum, but greatly reduced in size, much
smaller than in any other known North American species of the
Mogoplistii, the medio-external spur nearly twice the length of the
dorso- and ventro-external spurs. Caudal metatarsus straight,
subcompressed; distal spurs reduced to very small heavy teeth
which are sharply upcurved distad and scarcely reach the base of the
Fig. 22. — Oligacanthopus pro-
graptus. Apex of ovipositor. Fig. 23. — Oligacanthopus prograptus. Ceph-
(Greatly magnified.) alic aspect of head. (Much enlarged.)
second tarsal joint, which is twice the length of one of these external
spurs; these, as is true also in the tarsal spurs, are longer than the
homologous internal spurs.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221
Measurements (in millimeters). — 9 : Length of body, 5.8; length
of pronotum, 1.5; caudal width of pronotum, 1.4; length of caudal
femur, 3.7; greatest width of caudal femur, 1.2; length of caudal
•tarsus, 2; length of caudal metatarsus, 1.2; length of ovipositor, 2.5.
Color Notes. — So heavily covered with scales is the only specimen
known that it is difficult to state the ground coloration of the insect.
This coloration appears to be very pale wood-brown over the entire
surface of the body; the interantennal protuberance never has the
distal portion scaled, and in the present species this is strikingly
marked with four parallel vertical bars of bistre separated by bars
of the ground color of the same width, these somewhat more tinged
with yellowish. The terminal joints of the maxillary palpi have
also a broad band of bistre encircling their median portion, while the
tip is more yellowish than the basal portion of the palpi which is of
the prevailing very pale wood-brown. The antennae are colored as
the tips of the maxillary palpi, but have the third, sixth, tenth and
sixteenth joints on each side bistre. The scaly covering is composed
of silvery scales among which darker ones are found in confused
masses, the tarsi all are distinctly twice banded with these scales,
and in addition the base of the caudal tarsis is so darkened. The
general effect is that of an irregularly mottled silvery hair-brown
insect with banded limbs.
Biological Notes. — Although but a single specimen of this species
has been captured, others were seen. All of these were observed
at Miami, Florida, in the heavy semi-tropical "hammock" on the
south bank of the Miami River, and were found by prying up loose
pieces of bark and tearing off signs on the low oak trees. When
exposed the insects sprang wildly about, to which habit is due the
fact that but a single specimen was taken.
Distribution. — Miami, Dade County, Florida.
Synonymy. — When the specimen, on which this species is based,
was first recorded, the authors confused it with Scudder's Mogosi-
plistus slossoni [Cryptoptilum antillarum] partially owing to the fact
that Saussure had stated that the interantennal protuberance of
Mogoplistes (Mogisoplistus Saussure, 1877; not Mogosiplistus Scudder,
1897) was not divided by a median vertical sulcus. Specimens from
Saussure before us of the type of that genus, Mogoplistes brunneus,
prove that though the interantennal protuberance is not absolutely
divided by a sulcus, still it shows a distinct though minute sulcation
quite as strongly as Cryptoptilum antillarum. This sulcation appears
to be found in nearly all the species of the present group, and although
222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
in Glaphyropus and Oligacanthopus this may be said to be absent,
under a powerful microscope traces of such a suture may be found.
Liphoplus and Arachnocephalus are said to have the protuberance so
distinctly sulcate that, when viewed from above, the interantennal
protuberance can be seen to be divided by a sulcus which separates
this part into two distinct lobes. In all of the other known genera a
distinct but more or less subobsolete sulcus exists. The variation in
individual opinion in considering this type sulcate or non-sulcate has
led to much confusion.
Specimens Examined. — 1 9 .
Miami, Fla.; Feb. 6, 1904; (H.); 1 9. (Type) [Hebard Col-
lection.]
HOPLOSPHYRUM47 new genus.
1868. Mogoplistes Scudder (not of Serville, 1839), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., XII, p. 142.
1874. Mogoplistes Saussure, Miss. Sri. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 423 (in part).
1877. Mogisoplistus Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 463 (in part).
1897. Ectatoderus Saussure (not of Guerin, 1849), Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
I, p. 230. .
1902. Ectatoderus Scudder (not of Guerin, 1849), Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci.,
IX, p. 58.
Genus includes three species. Genotype — Hoplosphyrum occi-
dentale [Mogoplistes occidentalis] (Scudder).
.The genus Hoplosphyrum is erected to include forms which are
closer to Ornebius Guerin than to any other genus, but from which,
individuals of this genus can be readily separated by the elongate
median spur of the caudal tibiae and the very peculiar non-dilated
apex of the ovipositor. The form of the pronotum and the apparent
tegmina of the males show that they are not at all related to true
Ectatoderus, while the presence of well-developed tegmina in the
male, the ovipositor structure in the female, and the spur propor-
tions are readily appreciable characters to differentiate the new
genus from Mogoplistes.
Generic Description. — Form hardly depressed, compact, surface
clothed with scales; pronotum little produced caudad in male, in
general subquadrate dorsad ; tegmina absent in female, well-developed
and projecting caudad of pronotum in male.
Head little produced cephalad; interantennal protuberance with
slightest trace of vertical division. Pronotum of male subdepressed,
7 From '''../mi •, arm or weapon, and cyvpov, ankle; in allusion to the long spurs
on the distal extremities of the caudal tibiae.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 22!
subquadrate or slightly longer than wide, narrowing but little ceph-
alad, cephalic margin areuato-emarginate, caudal margin arcuato-
truncate; of female transversely arcuate, subquadrate in form,
cephalic margin areuato-emarginate, caudal margin emarginato-
truncate; disk in both sexes cephalad with paired pyriform impressed
outlines flanked cephalad and caudad by single subcallous points.
Tegmina of male extending caudad of pronotum a distance equal or
subequal to the pronotal length, broad, distal margin arcuate,
tympanum fully developed, lateral field deep. Ovipositor cylindrical,
straight or but little arcuate, apex simple, not differentiated from the
shaft, unarmed, immediate apex acute. Subgenital plate of both
sexes with the distal margin not excised, this plate in females com-
pressed. Cerci of both sexes elongate, tapering. Cephalic tibiae with
the cephalic face with a distinct tympanum. Caudal femora dilated;
caudal tibiae straight, robust, deplanate dorsad, serrate dorso-laterad^
with three pair of distal spurs, the dorso-internal shorter than the
ventro-internal, the medio-internal elongate, reaching to the middle of
the metatarsus; caudal metatarsus compressed, sulcate dorsad,
strongly serrate on both dorsal margins, armed disto-laterad with
spurs which cover the proximal portion of the terminal joint of the
tarsus.
Distribution in Xoiih America. — Extending from southern X<\
Mexico to the southern slopes of the Sierra Madre in California,
southward to the Cape Region of Lower California, and also in the
state of Guerrero, Mexico.
Key to Hoplosphyrum, New Genus.
A. Terminal palpal joint elongate, subtubiform, the distal margin
very obliquely subtruncate.
B. Pronotum of male with cephalic width contained one and
one-half times in the greatest length of the same, somewhat
produced caudad; lateral lobes of male pronotum obliquely
areuato-emarginate caudad; ovipositor slender, subequal
to the caudal femora in length occidental (Scudder).
BB. Pronotum of male with cephalic width contained very
slightly more than once in the greatest length of the same,
subquadrate; lateral lobes of male pronotum obliquely
subtruncate caudad, not at all areuato-emarginate;
ovipositor more robust, shorter than the caudal femora,
boreale (Scudder).
AA. Terminal joint of palpi broader, ovate aztecum (Saussure).
224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Hoplosphyrum occidentale (Scudder).
1868. Mogoplistes oceidentalis Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII,
p. 142. [Cape St. Lucas, Lower California.]
1874. Mogoplistes oceidentalis Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Recli. Zool., VI,
p. 424. [Lower California.]
1877. M[ogisoplistus}? oceidentalis Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 469.
[Lower California.]
1896. Mogoplistes oceidentalis Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXVII,
p. 215.
1902. E[ctatoderus] oceidentalis Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 59.
Types:48 2 9 ; Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. [Scudder
Collection.]
Description of Lectotype here Selected. — Size large for the genus;
form elongate fusiform. Head rather small, depth subequal to
greatest width, depressed dorsad, moderately protuberant between
the antennal bases, without an appreciable vertical sulcus; eyes
subpyriform, somewhat prominent laterad when viewed from the
cephalic aspect. Maxillary palpi with the distal joint very elongate,
slightly longer than the preceding joint, trumpet shaped, the distal
margin very obliquely truncate, the length of the truncation con-
tained over twice in the next shortest side. Pronotum subdeplanate
dorsad, in proportions subquadratc, the lateral lines of the disk
weakly subconvergent cephalad; cephalic margin strongly arcuato-
emarginate, the head well seated in the same, caudal margin sub-
truncate, very faintly and very broadly subemarginate mesad;
dorsum passing into the lateral lobes without lateral carina?, but with
appreciable angles caudad; lateral lobes with the greatest depth
contained about three times in the greatest (dorsal) length of the
same, ventral margin of lobes straight, becoming obliquely sub-
arc uato-emarginate in the caudal half. Tegmina absent. Abdomen
slightly deplanate dorsad, elliptical in outline. Subgenital plate
small, subrostrate, very slightly arcuato-emarginate mesad. Ovi-
positor equal in length to the abdomen, subequal in length to the
caudal femur, of moderate depth, slightly arcuate dorsad in the
proximal third, thence straight, apex with very small impressed
puncta. Cerci elongate, tapering. Cephalic tibia? with a distinct
but small elliptical tympanum on the cephalic face. Median limbs
similar in proportions to the cephalic. Caudal femora moderately
48 Both of the types have lost all of their limbs, and the characters of these
partB are supplied from practically topotypic material.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
225
inflated, the greatest depth con-
tained slightly more than two
and one-half times in the length
of the same. Caudal tibiae
compressed, V-shaped in section,
the dorsum deplanate, nonsul-
cate, the margins elevated and
closely serrate, dorso- and ventro-
external distal spurs subequal in
length, medio-external nearly
twice the length of those dorsad
and ventrad of it, internal spurs
all longer than the external spurs
and as in the generic diagnosis;
caudal metatarsus armed on
the dorso-internal margin with
eight to nine spines, on the
dorso-external margin with
nine to ten spines.
Allotypic a71 here selected;
San Jose del Cabo, Lower Cali-
fornia. [Hebard Collection.]
Description of Allotype. — -
Agreeing with the female lecto-
type except in characters here mentioned. Pronotum of male more
produced caudad and more ampliate in the same direction, the
cephalic width contained one and one-half times in its greatest
length, the greatest caudal width subequal to its length; cephalic
margin as in female, caudal margin strongly arcuate laterad, arcuato-
truncate mesad; lateral lobes as in the female. Tegmina well
developed for this group, projecting caudad of the pronotum a
distance which at its greatest is subequal to the greatest length of the
pronotum, broad, the width of the dorsal field of a single tegmen
subequal to the greatest width of the pronotum; lateral field deep,
slightly less than half the width of the dorsal field; distal extremity
of dorsal field well arcuate; speculum of tegmina subequal in width
to the cephalic margin of the pronotum. Subgenital plate with the
distal margin complete.
Fig. 24. — Hoplosphyrum ocddenlale.
Dorsal view of allotype. (X 4.)
22G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June.
Measurements (in millimeters).
Allotype. Type.
San Jose Cape
del Cabo, St. Lucas,
. L.Cal. L. Cal.
c? 9
Length of body 14.3 13.2
Length of pronotum49 4.5 4.
Caudal width of pronotum 4.2 4.
Length of caudal femur 7.5 ,
( Greatest width of caudal femur 2.9
Length of ovipositor 7.8
Average of series.
<?<? 9 9
Length of body 12.7 (12. -14.5) 12.8 (11.5-14. )
Length of pronotum49 4.1 ( 4. - 4.5) 3.8 ( 3.5- 4. )
Caudal width of pronotum 4.1 ( 4. - 4.5) 3.9 ( 3.5- 4.2)
Length of caudal femur 7.3 ( 7.2- 7.5) 7.6 ( 6.7- 8.2)
Greatest width of caudal femur. 2.9 ( 2.9- 3. ) 3.1 ( 2.9- 3.3)
Length of ovipositor 7.6 ( 7. - 8. )
Color Notes. — General shade of females varying from tawny ochra-
ceous to vandyke-brown, the abdominal segments frequently darker
proximad than is the general coloration. General color of head and
Fig. 25. — Hoplosphyrum ocddentale. Internal face of caudal metatarsus and
internal tibial spurs. (Greatly magnified.)
pronotum of male varying from cinnamon-rufous to hazel, the pyriform
pronotal impressions umber, some incomplete concentric markings on
the occiput of the same color. Abdomen of male deep chocolate,
the margins of the segments very narrowly lined with whitish; the
overlying scales of the abdomen bistre with points of ecru-drab, the
latter color predominating in the marginal scales. Eyes very pale
drab; palpi seal-brown; antenna? raw umber. Pronotum with the
lateral lobes seal-brown. Tegmina of male broccoli-brown clouded
with seal-brown, particularly toward the distal margin, veins more or
less prominently lined with grayish-white; lateral field of tegmina
19 Along lateral angle, as in the female the median length is less than the
ateral.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227
with the base color seal-brown. Cephalic and median limbs seal-
brown; caudal limbs burnt umber becoming seal-brown on the
tarsi. Ovipositor raw umber.
All of the specimens before us appear to have been immersed in
alcohol at some time, and in consequence the color description is not
Fig. 27. — Hoplosphyrum occiden-
Fig. 26. — Hoplosphyrum oceidentale. Maxil- tale. Apex of ovipositor.
lary palpus. (Greatly magnified.) (Greatly magnified. J
as satisfactory as could be desired. In nearly all of the specimens
the scales have been almost completely abraded and in but one
specimen is there enough left to give an idea of the mass coloration
of the scales.
Distribution. — With all the known material of this species before
us, we can only give its distribution as the Cape Region of Lower
California. San Jose del Cabo and Cape St. Lucas are the localities.
Synonymy. — Originally described and for years known only from
two typical females, the acquisition of males of the allied boreah
enabled Scudder to remove the species from Mogoplistes, in which he
had erroneously placed it at the time of the original description.
Unfortunately, he placed it in Ectatoderus Guerin, a genus which has
no apparent tegmina in the male and an immensely long pronotum
in the same sex. In consequence we have been compelled to erect
the genus Hoplosphyrum to receive the three forms here placed in it.
Specimens Examined. — 9; 3 males and 6 females.
Cape St. Lucas, Lower California; 29. (Types) [Scudder Col-
lection.]
San Jose del Cabo, Lower California; 3 d\ -A 9 . [Hebard Col-
lection.]
Hoplosphyrum boreale (Scudder;.
1902. Ectatoderus borealis Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 58,
pi. IV, fig. i.b<1 [La Cueva and Dripping .Springs, Organ Mts., New
Mexico; Julian, San Diego County, California.]
1905. Edatoderus borealis Baker, Invertebr. Pacif., I, p. 79. [Claremont,
California.]
1909. Ectatoderus borealis Helm and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1909, p. 172. [Between Alamogordo and Dry Canon, Otero County,
New Mexico; Florida Mts., New Mexico.]
This species differs from H. oceidentale in having the cephalic
228
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
I
width of the male pronotum contained only slightly more than once
in the greatest length of the same,
and in consequence the pronotal disk
is more quadrate; the lateral lobes
/ \^S-^%^y \ "' ''"' ma'(' pronotum are obliquely
subtruncate, but not at all emarginate,
and the ovipositor is more robust and
is shorter than the caudal femora.
Types : 1 tf , 1 9 ; La Cueva, N. M. :
1 d" ; Julian, Cal. [All Scudder Col-
lection.]'
Lectotype here selected: d" ;
La Cueva, Organ Mountains, New
Mexico, September 4. (C. H. T.
Townsend.) [Scudder Collection.]50
Descri p t i o n of Lectotype. — This
specimen differs from the allotypic
male of occidentale in the characters
here given. Size smaller, head sub-
compressed, the depth considerably
greater than the greatest width (across
eyes); eyes less protuberant, hardly
projecting beyond the general line of the head. Pronotum with the
cephalic width contained slightly more than once in the length of
the dorsum, lateral margins moderately expanding caudad, caudal
margin of the disk less rounded laterad than in occidentale and in conse-
quence the caudal margin is straighter ; lateral lobes of the pronotum
deeper than in occidentale, ventro-caudal margin without any arcuate-
emargination, more decidedly oblique truncate. Tegmina, on ac-
count of the reduced pronotum, appearing to be longer and more
ample than in occidentale, in general form and proportions, however,
being very similar; the greatest width of a single tegmen is slightly
less than the caudal width of the pronotum; speculum of tegmina
distinctly wider than the cephalic width of the pronotum and sub-
equal to the median length of the same. Caudal femora less inflated
than in occidentale; caudal metatarsus armed dorsad with eight
internal and ten external spines.
Fig. 28. — Hoplosphyrum borcale.
Dorsal view of lectotype.
(XI)
0 The originally figured specimen is the female from Dripping Springs {vide
infra), the condition of the individual fully agreeing with the figure. As this
specimen was subsequently received by Scudder and is not one of the listed
type scries, it cannot be regarded as the lectotvpe.
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
229
Allotypic 9 here selected. Data the same as the type, except
date which is September 5.
Description of Allotype. — Closely resembling the same sex of
occidentale, differing only in the characters here indicated. Size
smaller. Head with the proportions of the same and prominence
of eyes as in male sex. Pronotum subquadrate, the greatest caudal
width slightly greater than the length of the same; margins as in
occidentale; lateral lobes as in the male. Ovipositor more robust
and shorter than caudal femur. Caudal limbs somewhat less robust.
Measurements (in millimeters) .
Type. Allotype.
La Cueva,
N. M.
&
Length of body 12.7
Length of pronotum 3.
Caudal width of pronotum . 3.2
Length of tegmen 4.5
Length of caudal femur 7.
Greatest width of caudal
femur 2.5
Length of ovipositor
9
13.
3.
3.4
7.1
2.4
6.5
Julian,
Cal.
cT
10.5
2.9
3.1
4.1
0.
La
San Jose Chee-
del Cabo, parosa,
L. Cal. L. Cal.
8.6
2.4
2.7
3.2
Length of body
Length of pronotum
Caudal width of pronotum
Length of tegmen.
Length of caudal femur
Greatest width of caudal femur
Length of ovipositor
Los
Angeles
Co., Cal.
9
... 9.5
.... 2.4
.... 2.8
5.1
2.
4.8
12 ~
E
d
3.3
3.4
4.
6.
2.2
Florida
Mts.,
N.M.
9
12.
2.9
3.2
7.
2.4
6.2
Los Angeles and Los Angeles Co., Cal.
Average of series.
Length of body 9.3 (8.5-10. )
Length of pronotum 2.4 (2.3- 2.6)
Caudal width of pronotum 2.8 (2.6- 3. )
Length of tegmen 3.2 (2.9- 3.8)
Length of caudal femur 5.3 (5.2- 5.5)
Greatest width of caudal femur 2. (2. )
Length of ovipositor
9 9
10.2 (9.5-11. )
2.5 (2.3- 2.8)
2.9 (2.8- 3.1)
5.6"(5'!i- 6.3)
2. (1.9- 2.2)
5.1 (4.6- 5.5)
230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Color Notes. — General tone of more or less abraded specimens
varying from cinnamon to ochraceous, the abdomen generally seal-
brown, but in a few specimens51 the abdominal coloration is no
darker than the general tone. Eyes varying from broccoli to clove-
brown; palpi varying in similar fashion. Lateral lobes of the pro-
notum wholly seal-brown, the dorsal line of the color mass more
sharply defined in some than in other specimens. Abdominal
segments in the majority of specimens narrowly margined with
whitish; ovipositor ferruginous; cerci buffy, darkening distad.
Limbs buffy,52 but as the overlying scales are more generally present
on the limbs than on the rest of the body and in color are raw umber,
the general shade is dark, with, however, a more or less distinct paler
pregenicular annulus; caudal tibiae with the scales colored in such a
fashion that there is a broad median pale annulus and another
extremely narrow one immediately distad of the genicular extremity,
the remainder of the tibial scales being seal-brown. In the specimens
sufficiently abraded on the dorsum to enable one to ascertain the
color of the scales, it is seen that pale buff-gray is the covering color,
while in some specimens regularly placed patches of umber scales
are found on the margins of the abdominal segments.
Distribution. — From Southern New Mexico (Alamogordo and
Organ Mountains) west to Southern California, north as far as the
southern slopes of the Sierra Madre (Claremont), thence south to
the Cape region of Lower California. Nothing whatever is known
of the distribution of the species in northern Mexico, and we have
no record of its occurrence in Arizona. The highest elevation (of
which we have record) at which the species has been taken is Drip-
ping Springs, N. M., at an altitude of 5,800 feet above sea level.
Biological Notes. — The only knowledge concerning the habits of this
species is the fact that the Alamogordo specimen was taken by the
authors from a dead yucca.
Remarks. — The present species is one which varies much in size,
New Mexican individuals surpassing all others in this respect except
Sierra Laguna, Lower California, specimens. Such variation is not
51 These specimens have not had their coloration lightened by alcoholic
immersion. A number of other individuals which have at some time been
immersed in alcohol are equally pale on the abdomen, but we have not considered
such specimens in drawing up the above notes.
62 In specimens which have been in alcohol the cephalic and median limbs are
much darker, seal-brown in fact, but this does not seem to be the natural colora-
tion.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231
correlated with definite regions, as San Jose del Cabo representatives
are as small as any seen, while the Los Angeles County, California,
specimens are all of very small size. The Lower California indi-
viduals vary considerably from the typical New Mexican phase,
approaching occidentale in the shape of the head; some specimens
having the proportions of the latter as in occidentale, but in such
cases the proportion of the pronotum in the male, the rather slenderer
caudal femora in both sexes, and the distinctly shorter and more
robust ovipositor in the female will serve to associate properly the
individuals. The number of spines on the dorsal margins of the
caudal metatarsi varies considerably, the external margin having
from six to nine and the internal seven to twelve distinctly indicated.
The number of these spines is in no way correlated with the locality.
The tympanum is clearly indicated on the cephalic face of the caudal
tibiae in all the adults examined, although varying considerably in
size and exact shape, but it is not present in nymphal specimens.
The cerci vary in length in this species much as in Cryptoptilum
antiUantm. The subgenital plate in the male is weakly subtruncate
in several individuals, but its normal form is similar to that of
occidentale.
Specimens Examined. — 40; 13 males, 23 females and 4 nymphs.
Dripping Springs, Organ Mts., N. M.; Sept., 1899; (Cockerell);
1 — . [U. S. N. M.]: (Cockerell); 1 d\ 1 9. [Scudder Collection.]
La Cueva, Organ Mts., N. M.; Sept. 4, 5; (C. H. T. Townsend);
1 d\ 1 9 . (Types) [Scudder Collection.]
Alamogordo to Dry Canon, N. M.; July 13, 1907; (R. and H.);
1 9 n. [Hebard Collection.]
Florida Mts., N. M.; (Pilsbrv); 2 9 . [A. N. S. P.]
California; 19. [U. S. N. M.]
Los Angeles County, Cal.; (Coquillett) ; 2 d\ 4 9 . [U. S. N. M.]
Los Angeles, Cal.; (Coquillett); 1^,29. [U. S. N. M.]: 1 <? .
[Hebard Collection.]
Claremont, Cal.; (C. F. Baker); 1 d\ [A. N. S. P.]
Julian, San Diego Co., Cal.; July; 1 d\ (Type) [Scudder Collec-
tion.]
Lower California; 1 cf , 3 9. [Hebard Collection.]
Sierra Laguna, L. Cal.; (Eisen); 1 cf, 3 9 . [ibid.]
La Joya, Sierra Laguna, L. Cal. ; (Eisen); 1 9 n. [ibid.]
La Cheeparosa, L. Cal.; 1 d", 1 9 n. [ibid.]
San Lazaro", L. Cal.; Sept., 1894; 1 9. [ibid.]
Sierra el Toste, L. Cal.; Sept. 23; (Eisen); 1 d\ [ibid.]
San Jose" del Cabo, L. Cal.; 1 cf , 5 9 , 1 9 n. [ibid.]
232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julie,
Hoplosphyrmm aztecum (Saussure).
1897. Ectatoderus aztecus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 230,
pi. XI, figs. 35, 36. [Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, 4,000 feet.]
1905. Ectatoderus aztecus Baker, Invertebr. Pacif., I, p. 79. [Acapulco,
Guerrero, Mexico.]
As far- as can be determined from the description, this species can
be readily separated from the other species of this genus, to which it
undoubtedly belongs, by the ovate terminal palpal joint.
Type: d71 ; Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, elevation 4,600 feet.
(H. H. Smith.) [Biologia Collection in British Museum.]
Description of Type.—" Somewhat thickened, fuscous. Head
suborbicular, lightly convex, a fulvous obsolete transverse facial
line and an irregular fulvous line on each side above the eyes. Anten-
nae fuscous, bases paler. Eyes broadly elliptical or subovoid, hardly
attenuate above, internal margin above very subtlely incised.
Terminal palpal joint a little broader, ovate. Pronotum as long as
wide, deplanate, anteriorly not strongly coarctate; anterior margin
sinuate, posterior transverse, scarcely arcuate; upper part seen from
above castaneous, broadly flavo-fulvous on the margins of both sides,
lateral lobes black. Disk marked above on both sides with two
crassate black puncta and on each side between these an intercalate
pyriform depression, showing exteriorly acute elevated margins.
Elytra parallel on dorsum, leaving the apex of the abdomen exposed,
shaded with dull testaceous and fuscous lines, posterior margin
arcuate; regularly vittate with fuscous at the margin. Speculum
much broader than long, with elevated lines, the anterior angle
right- or obtuse-angulate; anal rami three. Lateral field very
wide, luteous, with two to three longitudinal fuscous lines, the second
the widest; inferior margin angulate before the middle. Feet
compressed; anterior and intermediate fuscous, coxae, knees and
tarsal articulations testaceous; metatarsi moderately long. Pos-
terior femora heavy, fusco-testaceous, apically fuscous. Posterior
tibiae moderately broad, fusco-rufescent, apically more fuscous,
above broadly canaliculate, the margins heavily denticulate. Internal
intermediate spur fairly elongate; upper minute. Tarsi fuscous;
posterior metatarsus elongate, above armed with many teeth.
Abdomen brownish-black, beneath fusco-testaceous. Cerci rather
long, rufous, bases thickened. Last dorsal segment narrow, testa-
ceous. Supra-anal plate elongate-trigonal, apex rounded. Sub-
genital plate transverse, margin subarcuate, black.
"d\ Length of body 6.8; pronotum 2.2, width 3; elytra beyond
pronotum 2.7, width 3.2; posterior femur 4.8 millimeters."
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233
Remarks. — No specimens of this species are available for study.
We have included the species to make our study of the genus com-
plete for the forms found north of Panama.
Genus LIPHOPLUS Saussure.
1877. Liphoplus Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, pp. 456, 483.
Genotype (selected by Kirby) : Liphoplus novarce Saussure.
We do not feel positive that the following species is really a member
of the genus Liphoplus, which elsewhere is found only in the Poly-
nesian, Indian and Malagasian regions. However, as the original
description specifically agrees with most of the generic characters
which Saussure gave as diagnostic of his genus, we have no alternative,
in the absence of material, but to retain it in Liphoplus. No mention
is made of the absence of a tympanum on the cephalic face of the
cephalic tibiae, which absence is considered an important generic
character in the original description of the genus, but this omission
is rather discounted by the figure which shows no tympanum, thus
agreeing with true Liphoplus. The interantennal protuberance is
described and figured as distinctly divided.
Generic Description. — "Body pubescent, the females apterous, the
males supplied with tegmina. Head as in Arachnocephalus, showing
a protuberance divided by a sulcus.
"Pronotum in the males produced posteriorly over the metanotum,
as in Ectatoderus, the caudal margin arcuate; less produced in the
females. Anterior tibiae having the internal faces supplied with a
small tambourine. Tegmina of males short, membranous, supplied
with a complete tambourine, but sometimes more or less obsolete.
"This genus is to us but imperfectly known. The body is very
pubescent, but we presume that it should be likewise more or
less scaled in fresh and well-preserved individuals. The elytra of
the males show in their tambourines certain analogies to those of the
Phalangopsini, the first vein being angulate.
"Liphoplus differs from Arachnocephalus in the anterior tibiae being
furnished with a tambourine, and in their winged males; from
Ectatoderus in their facial protuberance being distinctly divided."
Distribution in North America. — State of Guerrero, Mexico.
Liphoplus mexicanus Saussure.
1897. Liphoplus mexicanus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 231, pi.
XI, fig.*37. [Amula, Guerrero, Mexico.]
Type: c?; Amula, Guerrero, Mexico, elevation 6,000 feet.
(H. H. Smith.) [Biologia Collection in British Museum.]
Description of Type. — "Rufo-testaceous, depressed. Antennae of
16
234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
the same color. Head and pronotum covered with grayish scales.
Facial scutellum much swollen, divided by a sulcus. Pronotum
large, depressed, much narrowed anteriorly, much dilated poste-
riorly, posterior margin transversely arcuate. Elytra surpassing the
pronotum very much, leaving the last two abdominal segments
exposed, broader than pronotum, testaceous, flat; lateral field deflexed;
narrow, reflexed interiorly, divided by a thick, luteous longitudinal
vein, marginal half (base and extremity excepted) blackish; dorsal
field very broad, posterior margin broadly rounded, margins reddish;
speculum very large, subtrigonal, posterior margin arcuate, anterior
angle hidden under pronotum, entire disk irregularly folded like a
fan and divided by a rectangular vein. Feet reddish, covered with
whitish scales; femora heavy. Posterior tibiae mildly arcuate, above
flat, acutely rounded, thickly armed with minute teeth. Internal
spurs: intermediate equal to one-third of the metatarsus; upper
short, shorter than lower, equalling or exceeding half the length of
the intermediate. External spurs very small: upper little longer
than lower, removed from the intermediate spur. Metatarsus
posteriorly compressed, having two series of denticulations above.
All of the tarsi black at apex. Apical portion of abdomen attenuate
black. Supra-anal plate minute, transverse, deflexed, divided by a
sulcus. Subgenital plate elongate, covered with hairs, the apex
forming two denticulations. Cerci long, reddish.
"o*. Length of body 9; pronotum 3.7, width 3; tegmina beyond
pronotum 2.9, width 3.8; caudal femora 5 millimeters."
Remarks. — No specimens of this species are available for study.
We have included the genus and species to make our study of the
group complete for the forms found north of Panama.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235
ON THE ORTHOPTERA FOUND ON THE FLORIDA KEYS AND IN EXTREME
SOUTHERN FLORIDA. I.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.
It has been the desire of the authors for some time to determine
what species of Orthoptera were to be found throughout the winter
in the subtropical area of southern Florida. With this end in view,
the junior author visited the region in the latter part of March, 1910,
as it seemed evident that this would be the time when species would
have entirely disappeared, should they succumb to the colder weather
in this region, while spring forms would, as a rule, not have reached
maturity. The facts obtained would indicate that a considerable
proportion of the species of this region are in evidence throughout
the winter, though probably in considerably reduced numbers.
The amount of this reduction cannot be stated at present, as insuf-
ficient work has been done in this region during the summer. The
families Mantidae and Tettigoniidse, however, alone seem to be
severely affected by the cold, and the few specimens taken which
belonged to these families were either most battered remnants of
the past summer or the first freshly emerged individuals of the
spring brood. Nymphs of a number of interesting species were far
more abundant than adults of the same, while nymphs of several
species plainly unknown to the United States were taken, unfor-
tunately in such an early stage of development as to make determina-
tion impossible. It is the intention of the authors to do considerable
work in southern Florida during the summer of the present year,
and not only is it hoped that adults of these very interesting species
may be secured, but also that the publication of the results, when
compared with those given in the present paper, will indicate the
difference between the abundance of forms in the summer and
winter throughout the region.
The following table will indicate the comparative abundance of
forms as found just before the appearance of the spring forms.
Number Very Small
of abun- Abun- num- Very Nymphs
Family. species, dant. dant. bers. Rare. rare. only.
Forficulidae 5 13 1
Blattidae 9 12 13 2
Mantidae 2 2
Phasmidae 3 1 11
Acrididae 23 1 11 6 1 1 3
Tettigoniidse. 5 — 113 —
Gryllidae 18 2 4 5 1 5 1
236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
The number of specimens taken on the trip of March, 1910, is
thirteen hundred and fifteen, and includes sixty-one species. The
authors have also examined and here recorded material from this
region which was collected for the Brooklyn Museum of Arts and
Sciences during the latter part of November, 1911. All of the
material in the United States National Museum from southern
Florida has been placed at the disposal of the authors through the
kindness of Mr. A. N. Caudell, and the specimens which had not
been previously considered are recorded in the present paper. Mis-
cellaneous material in the Hebard Collection and the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from this region, and the collections
made by the junior author in January and February, 1903 and 1904,
in southern Florida, have also been examined and treated in the
present paper, when such action has been thought advisable. All
of the material considered in the present paper is in the Hebard
Collection and that of the Academy of Natural Sciences of- Phil-
adelphia, with the exception of these specimens which have B. I.
(Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences), or U. S. N. M. (United
States National Museum) in brackets after the records. We wish
to extend our thanks to Mr. W. S. Blatchley for the loan of the types
of his Eritettix sylvestrus, which enabled us to solve definitely
the problem involved. The total number of specimens treated in
the present paper is fourteen hundred and eighty-six, which includes
sixty-three species; of these one new species and two new geographic
races are described, while one circumtropical species is recorded from
the United States for the first time.
*
FORFICULIDJE
Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas).
Long Key, Fla., March 17, 1910; 1 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 5 & , 12 9 .
In the series before us we find the femoral annuli lacking in two
specimens and weakly indicated in a number of others. The speci-
mens from Key West were taken from under boards in a vacant
field, from under coquina boulders on coquina sand on the beach
and also under coquina boulders on fine sand a little back from the
beach. Along the beach this form was much the less plentiful of
the two species of the genus there found.
Anisolabis maritima (Gene).
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 4 d% 11 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 24 <? , 24 9 : November 21,
1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 9 [B. I.].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237
The specimens from Long Key were all found on the wet ground
under heads of prostrate cocoanut palms which had been saturated
with salt water and were thoroughly decayed. These specimens
when captured possessed an exceedingly disagreeable odor suggestive
of decomposition. One specimen at Key West was taken from under
boards in a vacant field where most of the specimens of Anisolabis
annulipes were found, but the others of the series were all taken
from under coquina boulders scattered along the beach just above
the usual high-water mark. It is among these boulders about half
way up the beach that the beach plant, Borrichia fontescens, grows
abundantly. In this situation Anisolabis maritima was exceedingly
plentiful, and when disturbed individuals of a colony were seen to
run about with abdomen curved upward and forceps wide open,
ready to administer a vigorous pinch.
Labidura bidens (Olivier).
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 13 <? , 9 9 , 1 9 n: November
21, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 & [B. I.].
We use Olivier's name in conformity with our previous papers,
although we are by no means convinced of the specific distinction of
Floridian and West Indian specimens from true Labidura riparia.
Burr1 has tentatively allowed bidens to have a place in his " forms"
of the riparia group. This species was found in the same beach
environment as the last, usually in twos and threes, and individuals
were exceedingly repulsive owing to the fact that they emitted an
odor suggesting carrion, but even more nauseating. This odor
seemed not to originate from an ejected secretion, but from the oily
surface of the body. The great forceps of this species are exceedingly
weak compared with those of Anisolabis maritima, although indi-
viduals made themselves appear very formidable when molested.
Labia curvicauda (Motsch).
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 50 a", 78 9,4 n.
This species, which has never before been recorded from the
United States, was found in numbers in the dying tops of cocoanut
palms at the white base of the fronds where these were moist. None
were ever found at the dry bases of the dead fronds, but when these
were torn off, the living, hard, white base of each underlying frond,
already dead and dry except at that point, would usually expose
several specimens. Sometimes several adults would be exposed,
sometimes a small colony of very young insects, and once a female
1 Genera Insectorum, Derm., p. 37.
238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June.
guarding a tiny heap of eggs which she immediately started to re-
move, carrying two or three eggs at a time to a spot an inch away.
These earwigs were often found near nests of a small stocky red ant,
which species did not seem to interfere with them at all. It was
possible to obtain so large a series owing to the fact that the
hurricane of the previous summer had blown down quantities of
cocoanut palms; these prostrate or half-prostrate trees were exam-
ined and about half were found to contain specimens of this earwig.
In the large series before us we find the length of the females to be
from 4 to 5 mm., and that of the males from 4 to 5.5 mm.; a few
other specimens would exceed this maximum, but are found to be
squeezed to an unnatural length. The great majority of adults in
the series are very near 4.5 mm. in length. Among the specimens
taken are two females which had but recently reached maturity and
are colored uniformly pale, wood-brown. This species is found
around the world in tropical latitudes; it was described from the
Nura Ellia Mountains of Ceylon.
Prolabia unidentata (Beauv.).2
Labia burgessi Sc.
Labia guttata Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 7 d\ 7 9,2 9 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 3 cf , 6 9,1 9 n.
One male specimen from Miami has the usual median tooth on the
internal margin of the forceps lacking, while the other individuals
of that sex show this tooth varying from a very blunt to a strongly
marked protuberance. We have followed Burr in using this specific
name for the wingless form generally called burgessi Scudder. All
of the present series lack wings. The specimens were all taken from
under the bark of dead pine logs in the pine woods.
BLATTIDiE.
Ischnoptera deropeltiformis (Brunner).
Homestead, Fla., March 17 19, 1910; 2 d% 1 9 , 1 & n, 2 9 n.
Both of the adult males have the tegmina 15 mm. in length, this
being slightly smaller than the measurements previously given by
the authors as the minimum for the species. The adult female,
on the other hand, is slightly above the average size. In all the
specimens the femora and tibiae are similarly colored. This species,
previously recorded as far south as Miami, Fla., was found under
- Burr, Proc. U. S. X. M., Vol. XXX VIII, pp. 451, 452, 1911.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239
rubbish about a small cultivated "pot-hole" in the pine woods,
excepting the adult female, which was taken from under a board
far out on the everglades. This species is distinctly geophilous and
appears to prefer damp surroundings.
Neoblattella adspersicollis (St&l).
Homestead, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 cf.
The only previous record of this species in the United States is the
authors' report of its occurrence at Miami, Fla.4 The specimen taken
at Homestead was captured two miles westward in the pine forest.
All of the specimens secured at Miami were taken in the town, and
it was therefore a question whether the species was not recently
introduced. The capture of the present specimen, well out in the
untouched forest, would indicate that the species is indigenous to
this region. There are four specimens of this species in the National
Museum from Dade County, Florida.
Ceratinoptera diaphana (Fabr.).
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 2 n.
This striking species, easily recognized in the immature condition,
has been recorded from Key West by the authors.5 These are the
only records of the species occurring within the United States. The
specimens at present under consideration were taken from under the
loose dry fibres near the head of a standing cocoanut palm. The
specimen from Key West, an adult female, was taken from under a
coquina boulder in heavy scrub.
Ceratinoptera lutea S. and Z.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 28, 1910; 1 <? , 4 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 &.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 9 .
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 4^,3 9 , 4 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 1 d\ 4 9 , 1 n.
All the adult specimens from the above localities have the tegmina
failing to reach the apex of the abdomen by a considerable interval.
Specimens from Georgia and North Carolina agree more fully with
the original description in having the tegmina as long as the abdomen.
The series from Long Key was captured by looking under dead
petioles of the cocoanut palm lying on moist ground along the edges
of pools of brackish water, while the specimens from Key West were
3 Vide Shelford, Entom. Monthly Mag., (2) Vol. XXII, p. 155.
4 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 32.
5 Entomological News, Vol. XXI, p. 103, 1910.
240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [June,
Taken in dead dry grasses under boards in a vacant field on the edge
of the city.
Phoetalia laevigata (Beauv.).
Key Largo, Fla., March, 1898, 1 9 .6
This specimen, taken by C. L. Pollard, is in the U. S. N. M. Col-
lection.
Eurycotis floridana (Walker).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 cf : November 15, 1911 (Engle-
hardt); 1 d" [B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 4 n.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 9 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 3c?,7 9 , 11 n.
Of the above adult specimens but one, a female, possesses decided
light lateral borders on the pronotum, tegmina, and metanotum;7
five others, however, representing both sexes, have more or less
distinct indications of the same. These bars are not at all indicated
in three of the five most immature individuals, but are very decided
in the nymphs in the several stages immediately preceding maturity.
The youngest specimens vary from uniform very dark seal-brown
to the same color passing into maroon on the median portion of the
thoracic segments, one of the latter coloration having fairly distinct
lateral bars on a portion of the pronotum. One of the youngest
Long Key nymphs is much paler than any of the others, being dark
ferruginous with weakly indicated lateral bars. The antennae of
these quite juvenile individuals are ochraceous, slightly darker in
some than in others. Apparently with the assumption of the pale
lateral bars the head becomes paler, ferruginous in fact, and the
antennae are darkened. As growth progresses the head becomes
burnt sienna, more or less clouded with seal-brown as found in the
adult.
The specimens taken from the Florida mainland were all found in
the pine woods under the dry bark of dead pine logs. On Long Key
the series was taken from the dry fibres at the base of the heads of
cocoanut palms; two adults seen escaped.
At Key West a large colony was discovered among boards lying
on dry grass in a field, and several were captured upon turning over
coquina boulders in the dense bush. When trying excitedly to
6 See Ent. News, Vol. XXI, p. 103, 1910.
7 For the synonomy of Platyzosteria sabalianus Scudder, Plaiyzosteria ingens
Scudder, and Periplaneta scmipirta Walker, see Rehn, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc,
Vol. XXIX, p. 277, 1903.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241
escape these insects emit from their anal extremities spurts of a white,
acrid fluid which has a very pungent, stifling odor. They are called
"Spanish roaches" by the natives of this region.8
There are three females and one nymph from Cape Sable, Fla.,
and one male from Sugar Loaf Key, Fla., taken in March, 1898, by
0. F. Cook, in the National Museum.
Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linn.).
Haulover, Fla., March; 1 adult [U. S. N. MJ.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 1910; 3 cf, 4 n: November 16, 1911
(Englehardt); 1 9 [B. I.].
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 5 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 1 9 , 7 n.
This species is common under planks, stones, and other debris on
the ground throughout this region. Two specimens were also found
at Long Key in the dry fibres at the base of the petioles of a cocoanut
palm.
Blaberus atropos (Stoll).
Key West, Fla.; 1 cT.9
This specimen is in the collection of the Academy of Natural
Sciences. The collection of the National Museum also contains a
male specimen of this'species taken at Key West, Fla., December 28,
1909, by Harris.
Plectoptera poeyi (Sauss.).
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 9 , 1 n.
The eight specimens collected at this locality on January 19, 1904,10
were taken with ease in a short space of time by beating Ilex cassine,
but on this last visit, though triple the number of these bushes were
beaten vigorously, but one adult specimen of this roach was taken.
Key West is the only definite locality in the United States from which
this Cuban species has been recorded.
Chorisoneura plocea Rehn.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 9 , 1 c? n.
The adult specimen measures as follows:
8 For further notes on this species from Southern Florida see the present
authors (these Proceedings, 1905, p. 32).
9"The specimen was unintentionally recorded by the senior author in the
Entomological News, Vol. XIX, p. 441, 190S, and by the authors erroneously
as Blaberus cubensis Saussure in the Entomological News, Vol. XXI, p. 103, 1910.
10 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 33.
242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Length of body 8.2 mm.
Length of pronotum 2.
Greatest width of pronotum 3.
Length of tegmen 7.5
Greatest width of tegmen 2.9
When compared with the Marietta, Ga., female recorded by the
authors,11 the Key Largo individuals are paler, more ochraceous,
with the brown pronotal maculations reduced to a minimum, in
this respect similar to the type.
The almost impenetrable jungle on Key Largo was examined, and
in its depths the two specimens of this species were secured by
beating the lower branches of gumbo limbo, other trees and the lower
bushes and shrubs, among which latter are to be found such semi-
tropical forms as Ocotea catesbyana and Citharexylum villosum.
MANTID^].
Stagmomantis Carolina (Johansson).
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 1 n.
The specimen from Key West was beaten from the shrub Ilex
cassine.
Gonatista grisea (Fabr.).
Dade City, Fla., September 14, 1907 (W. D. Furnley); 1 2
[U. S. N. M.].
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 4 n.: April 1 (Schwarz);
1 & [U. S. N. M.].
Capron, Fla., April; 1 9 n. [U. S. N. M.].
These individuals from Key West are in a similar condition to
those previously recorded by the authors from the same island.
Two stages of development are represented in the four specimens.
The specimens were taken in the same situation where they were
previously found,12 on the trunks of gumbo limbo trees.
The collection of the Academy contains an adult male from Tarpon
Springs, Fla., taken November, 1909, by P. Cheyney, and an adult
female from Texas without further data.
PHASMIDJE.
Manomera tenuescens (So.).
Miami. Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 9, 11 n.
This series was taken by beating the clumps of wire grass and low
u These Proceedings, 1911, p. 586.
12 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 33.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243
bushes growing on the very edge of the everglades. Five stages
of development are represented among the eleven immature indi-
viduals. The adult female had just reached the mature stage and
when captured was still in a soft condition. Considerable search
failed to reveal more adults, and the indications are that in this
region the last of March is the very earliest time for adults to appear.
Aplopus mayeri Caudell.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 n.
The specimen was beaten from a dense tangle of wild grape vines
and other shrubbery growing in the heart of the jungle on Key Largo.
So dense was the overhead vegetation in this situation that a condi-
tion of twilight existed throughout the day. While the specimen is
quite immature, being but seventeen millimeters in length, it possesses
sufficient in the way of characters to enable us to determine the
species when compared with an adult par at y pic pair from the type
locality, Loggerhead Key. Florida. This record brings the range
of this species close to the mainland of Florida, the only known
locality other than the two mentioned above being Key West
(Caudell).
Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stolb.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 4 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 19,1 nearly adult and 2 quite
immature specimens.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 5 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 7 c?,3 9 , 2 nearly adult and
2 quite immature specimens.
The youngest specimens in this series show that the longitudinal
blackish lines of the adult are rarely present as pronounced con-
tinuous markings in the earlier stages of immaturity, in a few
cases they are completely but weakly indicated and in most
of the specimens are represented by more or less discontinued
lineations on the head and thoracic segments. When the in-
dividuals are more than half the size of the adults, the lateral
blackish lines are weakly indicated and the median one is propor-
tionately narrower than in the adults and on the head, thorax, and
portion of the abdomen divided by a hair-line of ochraceous. The
adult specimens of both sexes are strongly patterned with black, the
width of the median bar varying appreciably. The coloration of
the adults is Vandyke brown shading into russet, while that of the
nymphs in the last stages of immaturity is wood-brown shading into
bistre. It would be easy to mistake the nymphs in the last stage
244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
of immaturity for specimens of a smaller, lighter, and more uniformly
colored species of the genus.
The series here recorded was taken in a great variety of situations.
Many were on the underside of coquina boulders, some between
boards piled in a field and some under the bark of a dead pine log.
ACRIDIDiE.
Apotettix rugosus (Sc.).
.Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 6 <? .
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 5 d1 , 2 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 &.
Considerable variation in the shape of the tegmina exists in this
scries, some individuals having the form distinctly oval, others have
the ventro-distal margin more or less distinctly oblique-arcuate.
These tettigids were taken at Miami and Homestead in small moist
spots in the pine woods covered with very low swamp vegetation;
at the latter place £hey were also taken in a marshy arm of the
everglades. The specimen taken at Key West was beaten from
Ilex cassine in a "powder-dry" field.
Neotettix variabilis Hancock.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 9.
Cocoanut Grove, Fla., 1887; 1 9 (Type) [U. S. N. M.].
This species is very close to N. femoratus (Sc), agreeing in general
form, character of dorsum of abdomen, and shape of the frontal costa;
differing only in the smaller size, distinctly smaller tegmina, and
regular dorsal carina of the caudal femora. More material may
show this to be a geographic race of N. femoratus. The specimen
from Miami was taken in a low spot in the pine woods near the
south bank of the Miami River.
The type differs from the specimen from Miami in being more
scabrous on the dorsum of the pronotum, much like specimens of
N. coarclatus, but fully agreeing in the essentials, i.e., the form of the
facial forks and the short, apically rounded tegmina. The regularity
of the dorsal carina of the caudal femora is not as marked in the
type as in our specimen.
Keotettix coarctatus Hancock.
Apotettix minutus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1905, p. 34.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 33 cT, 33 9 , 15 n: November
16, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 <?, 1 9 [B. I.].
Cocoanut Grove, Fla., 1888; 1 9 (Type) [U. S. N. M.].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245
Dade County, Fla. (Hubbard and Schwarz); 1 913 (Type)
[U. S. N. M.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 19 <?, 23 9 , 4 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 9 n.
Punta Gorda, Fla., November 12-14, 1911 (Davis); 2 d\ 1 n.
[U. S. N. M.].
Our specimens of this species agree perfectly with the types. This
form is very close to N. bolteri Hancock, being probably a southern
geographic race of the same, differing in the somewhat less robust
form with the median carina of the pronotum less regularly arcuate
and subdepressed between the humeral angles. The species occurs
in one form with the pronotum elongate and another with the apex
of the same not surpassing the tips of the caudal femora. The
former of these is represented by ten males and five females from
Homestead and four males and two females from Miami. In general
appearance this form seems at first glance to be quite distinct from
the form having the short pronotum, but careful comparison shows
them to be identical. The present authors' Apotettix minutus is
based on the elongate form, and in consequence their name falls into
the synonymy, although it would have to be retained to distinguish
this phase should a separate name be used to indicate it. The median
carina of the pronotum is decidedly variable in strength in both of
these forms. The general size varies considerably in both sexes
and the coloration in a large number is quite uniform in tone without
the usual paired blackish velvety spots. There is some variation in
the rugosity of the pronotum, a few specimens having the rugse very
weak, but the subscutellate frontal costa readily separates these
specimens from the femoratus-variabilis series. •
This was the common species of tettigid on the wet ground, sparsely
overgrown with the knee-high marsh grass, found on the arms of the
everglades and in "pot-holes" in the pine woods.
Tettigidea spicata Morse.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 tf1 n.
This species, described from Georgia and Florida, has previously
been definitely recorded from but one locality, San Pablo, in the
latter State.
The specimen before us is probably in the next to last nymphal
stage, and is referred without hesitation to this species. This nymph
was taken in the low moist spots in the pine woods among very low
swamp vegetation on the south bank of the Miami River.
15 This specimen is the one recorded as "New Mexico" by Hancock. The
accession number shows it to have been taken in Dade County, Florida.
246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Tettigidea lateralis (Say).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 4 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 2 <? , 3 9 , 4 n.
Specimens of this genus were found in the same locations as the
series of the two preceding genera but always in much smaller
numbers. The nymphs all show the front margin of the pronotum
distinctly angulate while the series of adults all have this margin
broadly arcuate. This would suggest that the ancestral form from
which this species is derived had the cephalic margin of the pronotum
produced over the head in a distinct angle.
Radinotatum brevipenne peninsulare subsp. now
This insect differs from Radinotatum brevipenne in the longer head
with much more produced rostrum and more concave face, longer
antennae, pronotum with shallower lateral lobes, more linear and
usually shorter tegmina, longer and more slender caudal femora and
more delicate, shorter, genicular angles. The subgenital plate in the
male is also usually longer and more slender.
Type ; o71 : Homestead, Dade County, Florida, about wire-grass
in undergrowth of pine woods, March 17-19, 1910. (Hebard.)
[Hebard Collection.]
Size large for the genus. Body exceedingly slender and much
compressed. Head nearly twice as long as pronotum, strongly
produced, rostrate, face concave; fastigium in front of the eyes as
long as the eyes, nearly twice as long as broad, the lateral margins
parallel and strongly rotundato-rectangulate on the cephalic margin;
antennas long, triquetrous, rather broadly ensiform; eyes extremely
elongate-ovate. Pronotum elongate, the dorsum subequal in width;
lateral lobes vertical and subequal, cephalic margin very oblique,
slightly concave, the ventro-cephalic angle sharp and obtuse, caudal
margin broadly obtuse-angulate emarginate with the ventro-caudal
angle sharp and acute. Tegmina as long as pronotum, decidedly
elongate-lanceolate, narrowing proximad, apex very narrowly
rounded, separated by a space nearly twice as great as the tegminal
width. Subgenital plate very long and lanceolate, one and one-quarter
times the length of the pronotum. Caudal femora exceedingly slender,
nearly as long as the abdomen exclusive of the subgenital plate, with
genicular angles produced, the inner considerably more so than the
outer.
Allotypic 9 . Data the same as the type.
Considerably larger than the male, body less slender, antennae
proportionately more broadly ensiform, tegmina separated by a
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
247
space somewhat more than twice the tegminal width, caudal femora
much shorter than abdomen.
General color prout's brown, the lateral paired post ocular lines very
pale, the dorsal of these extending to the tips of the tegmina, the
Figs. 1 and 2. — Lateral views of males of Radinotatum brevipenne peninsulars
(1, Type) and R. brevipenne (2; Thomasville, Ga.). (X 1§.)
ventral extending to the ventro-caudal angle of the lateral lobes of
the pronotum. These lines are particularly distinct in the male, and
in the same sex there is also a medio-longitudinal bar of hair-brown
on the dorsal surface of the head increasing in width ventrad. The
Figs. 3 and 4. — Lateral view of females of Radinotatum brevipenne peninsvlare
(3, Allotype) and R. brevipenne (4; Thomasville, Ga.). (X 1J.)
248
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June.
female is irregularly speckled about the head with clove-brown, but
under the microscope this appears to be due to a diseased condition.
The type and allotypic female have been measured and the results
are given below (in millimeters), together with the measurements of a
male and female of Radinotatum brevipenne from Thomasville, Ga. ;
the latter specimens appear to be typical^of that species over the
greater part of its range.
Figs. 5 and 6. — Dorsal outline of head and pronotum of males of Radinotatum
brevipenne pcninsulare (5, Type) and R. brevipenne (6; Thomasville, Ga.).
(X2.)
R. brevipenne
peninsulare.
Type
<?•.
Length of body 35.
Facial length of head (to clypeal
suture) 8.
Length of fastigium (from eyes). 2.2
Width of fastigium (in front of
eyes) 1.2
Length of antenna 13.5
Length of pronotum 4.
Width of pronotum 2.2
Depth of lateral lobe of prono-
tum 1.5
Length of tegmen. 4.
Greatest width of tegmen 7
Length of caudal femur 15.
Greatest width of caudal femur... 1.2
Length of subgenital plate 5.
re.
R. brevipenne.
otypic
Figured
Figured
9.
&.
9.
44.
30.
40.
10.
6.
8.
2.5
2.
2.2
1.7
1.5
2.
14.
10.5
6.14(11)
5.5
4.
5.5
1.5
2.2
1.5
2.2
1.7
2.5
6.
6.
7.
1.
1.2
1.5
18.
13.7
17.
1.5
1.7
3.
2.
14 Antennae aborted, the length of the antennae in other females from the same
locality is given in parentheses.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
249
In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us the fol-
lowing series which may be considered paratypic:
Figs. 7 and 8. — Dorsal outline of head and pronotum of females of Radinotatum
brevipenne peninsidare (7, Allotype) and R. brevipenne (8; Thomasville, Ga.).
(X 2.)
Figs. 9 and 10. — Dorsal view of distal extremity of caudal femur of females of
Radinotatum brevipenne peninsulare (9, Allotype) and R. brevipenne (10;
Thomasville, Ga.). (Greatly enlarged.)
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 35 d\ 18 9, 1 9 n.
Miami, Fla., Jan. 27, 1899; 1 9 : Jan. 29, 31 and Feb. 3, 1903;
2 d\ 1 9 : Feb. 6, 9, 1904; 9 tf1, 1 9 , 1 9 n.: July 28, 1904; 1 9 :
March 20-28, 1910; 11 d\ 6 9 , 1 & n., 1 9 n.: Nov. 16, 1911 (Engle-
hardt); 2 cT, 1 9 , 1 n. [B. I.]: March 2 9 n. [U. S. N. M.].
Besides the paratypes we have before us a series of specimens
from the following localities which belong to this species:
Fort Reed, Fla., April 28, 1876 (Comstock); 1 9 [Hebard Col-
lection].
Gotha, Fla., October, 1901; 1 d", 2 9 [A. N. S. P.].
Tampa, Fla., January 17, 1904 (Hebard); 2 cf, 1 9 .
Chokoloskee, Fla.; 1 9 [Hebard Collection].
Capron, Fla.; 1 tf1 [U. S. N. M.].
In the large series from Homestead and Miami little variation is
17
250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
to be found; both brown and green phases are represented, the
former much more numerous, as has been observed in Radinotatinu
brevipenne. There is a suggestion of an approach toward Radino-
tatum brevipenne in one of the females from Gotha.
In the series of Radinotatum brevipenne before us we find an adult
female from Daytona and a nymphal female from Archer, Fla.,
showing a strong approach to the southern form in several characters;
in fact, these specimens are nearly intermediate between the two.
A series from Gainesville and Ormond, Fla., show a tendency toward
the southern form in a few characters. Examination of the types in
the National Museum shows that Radinotatum brevipenne was de-
scribed from individuals which have some of these characteristics,
since these specimens were taken at Palatka, Fla., a locality but
little north of the region where the two races intergrade.
The species here described was first recorded by Scudder15 as
Achurum brevipenne from Fort Reed, Fla. A large number of
adults with a few nymphs were taken in this locality by Comstock
between April 5 and May 1, 1876. Comstock16 himself, speaking of
these specimens, says that he has found the species north to the coast
of Maryland. This latter record is highly improbable, as nymphs
of the. genus Mermiria were doubtless mistaken for the species.
We feel able to make this assertion owing to the fact that considerable
field work along the Atlantic coast has shown us that the range of
Radinotatum brevipenne is limited to points far south of Maryland.
The present authors17 have recorded this form as Radinotatum
brevipenne on two previous occasions from Miami and Tampa,
Fla., while Caudell18 has similarly recorded it from Arcadia and Miami.
It is evident that this form has not been recognized previously
owing to the fact that so little material of this genus has been avail-
able.
The range of R. brevipenne peninsulare covers the mainland of
southern Florida and extends northward to the vicinity of the
twenty-ninth degree of north latitude.
The species was common in the undergrowth of the pine woods.
Mermiria «p-
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 4 n.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 n.
These specimens are quite immature.
15 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 88, 1877.
16 Introd. Ent., p. 101, 1888.
17 Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, Vol. XXVII, p. 331, 1902, and these Proceedings, p. 35,
1905.
™Enl. News, Vol. XVI, p. 217, 1905.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251
Macneillia obscura (Sc).
Eritettix sylvestrus Blatchley, A Nature Wooing, pp. 192, 219, 1902.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 2c?,4n.
Homestead, Fla., March 19, 1910; 1 9 .
There is great variation in this species, both in general coloration
and in the intensity of the color pattern. In one of the males from
Miami the general color is Vandyke brown gradually changing dorsad
to seal-brown on all but the upper edge of the wings, the dorsal
median section of the pronotum between the supplementary carinse
and the corresponding portion of the head; these latter portions of
the insect are clay color, naturally making a striking contrast. The
other adult male from the same locality is nearly uniform prout's
brown in color. This diversity of coloration is found throughout
the series from other localities which we have studied.
We have received for examination one male and two females of
this species from Ormond, Fla., taken April 10, 1899, by W. S.
Blatchley. A male and female were correctly recorded as this species
in A Nature Wooing, but the other female, which is highly colored
and has the vertex slightly more produced, was described as Eritettix
sylvestrus in that work. The species was described from two females,
but the other type specimen has been destroyed. In the absence
of a large series such an error is easily understood. We have before
us females which agree perfectly with Blatchley's type, and in the
frequent specimens which have the lateral carinse strikingly whitish,
the general superficial resemblance to Eritettix is very apparent.
The more unicolorous specimens often have the lateral carinse of the
pronotum very faint and sometimes absent. The variability of
this character in Eritettix has been noted by the present authors, and
it is likely that such will be found to be true in still other species
of the Truxalinse.19
As is almost always found to be the case with this species, the six
specimens from Miami were all found in an area not more than a rod
in diameter. All of the specimens here recorded were taken in the
undergrowth of the pine woods. The species may be considered
scarce.
Amblytropidia occidentalis (Sauss.).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 5 d\ 5 9 .
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 d\ 2 9.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 3 d", 4 9 .
19 These Proceedings, 1910, p. 626.
252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 7 <?, 1 9 .
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 2 9 .
We have before us all the available material of this species from
southern Florida and find that specimens from Cape Florida on Key
Biscayne, Long Key, Key Vaca and Boot Key, as a rule have the
body slightly more compressed, the face more retreating, and the
caudal femora slightly more slender. These differences from main-
land individuals are, however, very slight, not absolutely constant
and sometimes but one of the three may be appreciable, while a few
mainland specimens possess the usual insular characters.
In size the Miami and Homestead individuals are but slightly
larger than Thomasville, Ga., specimens. The Boot Key and
Key Vaca representatives are much the same size as those from
Miami and Homestead, although several males are distinctly larger
than Thomasville individuals of the same sex. The Long Key
specimens exceed in size any individuals of the species seen by us,
the females particularly being very large. A series of five males
and six females from Cape Florida on Key Biscayne, average larger
than any series except that from Long Key. Measurements (in
millimeters) of average individuals from the localities mentioned
above are as follows:
Thomas-
ville. Miami.
Length of body 18.8 20.2
Length of pronotum 4. 4.2
Length of tegmen 16.8 16.2
Length of caudal femur 13. 13.5
Males.
Home-
Cape
Long
Key
Boot
stead.
Florida.
Key.
Vaca.
Key.
21.9
22.8
24.2
23.
22.
4.5
4.6
5.
4.6
4.3
18.
19.
19.3
18.
18.
14.5
15.5
16.2
15.
15.
Females.
Thomas- Home- Cape Long Key
ville. Miami, stead. Florida. Key. Vaca.
Length of body 24.5 29. 29.5 31. 31.8 29.5
Length of pronotum 5.1 5.5 5.9 5.8 7. 6.
Length of tegmen 20.5 21. 20.8 23.2 25. 22.2
Length of caudal femur 16.5 18.5 17.5 20.2 21.8 19.2
The usual polychromatism of the species is exemplified in the
present series. The Long Key females are all of the strongly bicolored
type with the dorsal aspect uniform ochraceous and the lateral and
ventral faces nearly uniform seal-brown. The males from the same
locality are similarly but much less decidedly colored, the same also
being true in the case of the Key Vaca individuals.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253
The specimens taken on the Florida mainland were all captured
in the undergrowth of pine woods. Pines do not grow on any of the
Keys which were examined, and the specimens of this species were
there found in the luxuriant tangles on the edge of the scrub and in
a sort of wire-grass.
Orphulella pelidna (Burm.1.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 27, 28, 1910; 5 &, 4 9 , 2 n.: November
16, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 9 [B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 9 .
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 2^,3 9 .
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 3^,3 9 , 1 n.
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 3 <?, 3 9 , 1 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 2 tf1, 5 9 : November 21,
1911 (Englehardt); 2 9 [B. I.].
These specimens are similar in character to New Jersey individuals
of the species, exhibiting considerable diversity in size and relative
tegminal length, even in specimens from the same locality. Practi-
cally all of the color phases found in the species are represented in
the south Florida series.
At Miami and Homestead this species was found in wet depres-
sions in the pine woods, while on Long Key and Key Vaca it was taken
among the salt-marsh grasses growing scantily on the otherwise
bare coquina rock of the low wet portions of these Keys. At Boot
Key the specimens were taken among scant tufts of wire-grass
growing on the coquina, and were noticed to resemble very closely in
color the surface of the rock. The species was found quite plentiful at
Key West among the peculiar halophytic plants which grow on the
bare coquina.
Arphia granulata Sauss.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 9 tf, 2 9 , 2 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 4 d".
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 12 d\ 6 9 .
Several males and females from Key West vary from burnt umber
to chestnut in general coloration and are very little mottled, the
rest of the specimens of the series here recorded have as a basic color
clove-brown, usually variously mottled with a lighter color. In
these latter specimens the two dark bands on the caudal femora are
generally quite pronounced, while in the more reddish individuals
these bands are either very faint or wholly lacking.
This species was found in open spots in the pine woods at Miami
and Homestead, at the former place not infrequently. At Key
254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
West the species was quite plentiful in the open spots in the scrub,
where on the previous visit it was only occasionally found.
Chortophaga australior R and H.
Palm Beach, Fla., November 12, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 c?
|B. I.].
Lemon City, Fla.; (E. J. Brown); 2 cf . [U. S. N. M.]
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 8 d\ 4 9 , 3 n: March (Dyar
and Caudell) ; 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17, 18, 1910; 2 9 .
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 4 d\ 2 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 18 a*, 11 9 : November 21,
1911 (Englehardt); 2^,4? [B.I.]: March (Dyar and Caudell);
7 cf [U.S. N. M.]: April 13, 1903 (Schwarz); 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
In the present series there are but seven specimens in the green
color phase, all of which are females and, with the exception of one
individual from Miami, were taken at Key West. One of the female
specimens from Key Vaca and one from Key West show a decided
approach to this color form, but in these specimens the face and
dorsal surface of head and pronotum are suffused with ferruginous,
while the bases and tips of the caudal femora are washed with madder-
red, which color is more faintly indicated on the contiguous portions
of the tegmina. In a large number of the darker specimens before
us, the light cruciform marking on the pronotum is very noticeable.
This decidedly campestrian species was abundant wherever found.
The insects fly up with alacrity when disturbed, making a whirring,
clicking sound in their flight. Although this species is always found
in large colonies, the insects are sufficiently wary and rapid in flight
to cause the capture of a series to be quite a task.
Scirtetica marmorata picta (Sc).
Capron, Fla., April 24; 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Palm Beach, Fla., November 12, 1911 (Englehardt); 1 & [B. I.].
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 13 <?, 3 9 , 1 n: November 16,
1911 (Englehardt); 1 9 [B. I.].
After examining about one hundred specimens of Scirtetica mar-
morata from Massachusetts, Connecticut and New Jersey and
eighty-one specimens which are referable to picta, we have reached
the conclusion that Morse's suggestion20 that the two forms are but
geographic races of the same species is strongly supported by our
material. Unfortunately, we lack specimens from eastern Virginia
and northeastern North Carolina, but we now have a sufficient
30 Publ. 18, Carnegie Inst,, p. 37, 1904.
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
255
series from southwestern North Carolina to prove to us that inter-
graduation does exist.
The characters of typical individuals of the two races can best be
shown in tabular form:
S. marmorata.
Wing narrower, its greatest width
contained one and three-fourths
to one and seven-eighths times
in the length.
Disk of wing sulphur-yellow.
Wing band relatively narrow,
always narrower than the
width of the colored disk, never
continued around to the inter-
nal margin of the wing.
Disk of pronotum frequently with
pale decussate markings.
S. marmorata pida.
Wing broader, its greatest width
contained one and one-half to
one and three-fourths times in
the length.
Disk of wing varying from deep
chrome to cadmium-yellow.
Wing band relatively broad, rare-
ly narrower than, usually as
broad as the width of the colored
disk, continued around to, or
nearly to, the internal margin of
the wing.
Disk of pronotum never with
pale decussate markings, uni-
form in color.
In addition to these features certain others are evident in a number
of specimens, but not so consistently as to be considered diagnostic.
These are the usually more distinct median carina of the pronotum
of marmorata, the very frequent breaking up in pida of the three
Figs. 11 and 12. — Tegmen and wing of male of Scirtetica marmorata (11, Clemen-
ton, N. J.) and of same sex of S. marmorata pida (12, Miami, Fla.). ( X 1J.)
usually present and well-defined dark tegminal cross bars of mar-
morata21 and the usually more robust build of marmorata. The
pronotum of marmorata is more constricted cephalo-mesad than is
21 In the unicolorous individuals which occur in both races these maculations
are almost absent.
256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
that of picta, but as this can hardly be appreciated without actual
comparison of specimens, we have not given it in the above table.
Specimens from Winter Park, New Hanover County, North
Carolina, have the proportions of the wings intermediate between
the extremes of marmorata and picta, while the bands of the wings
are no wider than in marmorata and of similar form, although the
color of the disk is closer to picta in several specimens and exactly
intermediate in others. Several of these specimens also have traces
of the decussate pronotal markings of marmorata, while the character
of the median carina of the pronotum and of the pronotal constriction
i> closer to picta. From these notes it can easily be seen that the
characters of the two forms are blended in the individuals from
southeastern North Carolina. In consequence of this we have used
a trinomial for this form.
The specimens from Miami were taken in the pine woods.
Psinidia fenestralis (Seiv.).
Palm Beach, Fla,, November 12, 1910 (Englehardt) ; 1 d1, 1 9
[B. I.].
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 5 cf , 4 9 , 1 n.
The coloration of the disk of the wings in this series ranges from
orange-buff to orange. The species was found fairly abundant in
sandy spots in the pine woods.
Romalea microptera (Beauv.).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17, 18, 1910; 4 n.
Four of these specimens are in the same nymphal stage and would
all approximate a length of 12 mm. if not shrunken. The remaining
specimen, from Homestead, is apparently in the following nymphal
stage and is 19 mm. in length.
The coloration of nymphs of this species is constant, all are black
marked with yellowish-red, as is fairly well shown by Glover22 in his
illustration of the nymph of this species. These markings, contrary
to that illustration, border only the caudal margin of the pronotum,
and in the specimens in the more immature stage before us are
orange-vermilion. The specimen in the nymphal stage following
has these markings colored sat urn red. We have noticed that the
newly emerged nymphs of this species have these markings nearly •
vermilion, while in the nymphs approaching maturity the same
markings are usually cadmium-yellow.
2 i
III. N. A. Ent., Orth., pi. 3, fig. 4, 1S72.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257
All of these .specimens were taken in the grasses of the everglades.
At this time of year colonies of these, each usually numbering several
dozen, may be found in such places, all close to the spot from which
they have emerged from the ground.
Leptysma marginicollis (Serv.).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 d\ 3 9 .
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 3 d", 3 9 , 1 n.
One female specimen from each of these localities has the general
coloration oil green instead of the prout's brown coloration usually
found in this species; the dorsal surface, however, in each of these
specimens is cinnamon. The lateral pale bars are strongly indicated
in "all but one of the adults here recorded. The series before us
would indicate that in this species there is some increase in size
southward, but we find that this is not constant. The length of the
females which we have examined from southern Florida varies from
32.5 mm. to 38.5 mm.
At Homestead the specimens were all taken among grasses in the
everglades, while those from Miami were captured among a few
cat-tails growing in a wet spot.
Schistocerca americana Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 27, 1910; 3 d\ 1 9 •
Kev Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 d\
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 2 d\ 2 9 .
Kev Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 d", 1 9 .
Boot Kev, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 d\ 1 9 .
Kev West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 4 d\ 1 9 : November 21,
1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 9 [B.I.].
In this series of specimens, taken in extreme southern Florida, the
wing length in many cases, notably in the individuals from the Keys.
is much less than the average of those from more northern localities.
The following measurements in millimeters give the average of some
forty specimens we have examined; the figures in parentheses indicate
the range of variation in specimens from the region given.
Length of pronotum. Length of tegmina.
Males from southern
Florida 8.2 ( 7.5 to 8.7) 37.4 (34.5 to 40.5)
Males from Georgia to
Pennsylvania 8.3 ( 8.2 to 9. ) 43.8 (41.7 to 47.2)
Females from southern
Florida 10.4 ( 9.5 to 12. ) 46.9 (42.2 to 50. )
Females from Georgia to
Pennsylvania 10.6 (10. to 10.7) 56.8 (54. to 58.5)
258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
In other respects the southern Florida specimens are inseparable
from those taken farther north, and can certainly not be considered
worthy of racial distinction.
The specimens from Long Key and Key West are paler than is
usual in southeastern individuals of this species, but show no approach
whatever to the Cuban Schistocerca pollens.
At Miami this species was not uncommon in the pine woods; it
was occasional on the Keys and was noticed to be plentiful on Long
Key among beach vegetation on the shore.
Schistocerca damnifica oalidior subsp. nov.
This southern or Lower Austral representative of Schistocerca
damnifica of the Upper Austral Zone is separated from the typical
form by the greater general size, the more elongate and proportion-
ately much slenderer tegmina, longer and more filiform antennse
and slenderer caudal femora. The insect is, in the new form, much
more elongate than in damnifica sensu strictiore, and the general
appearance is quite different, but in analyzing the characters we find
it hard to express the differences except in a few features.
The median carina of the pronotum is, in the new form, very
generally less elevated and arcuate, and more depressed when seen
from the side, but this is not absolute as quite a few specimens of
S. damnifica calidior have this carina appreciably arcuate. The
width of the marginal and discoidal fields of the tegmina, taken at
the distal third, is in the male of true damnifica (ex New Jersey)
contained four and one-half to four and three-quarters times in the
greatest tegminal length, in the female of the same form this pro-
portion varies from the same as in the male to having the tegminal
width contained five times in the tegminal length. The male of
the new form has the same width of the tegmina contained from six
to nearly seven times in the tegminal length, while the female has
the width contained from five and one-half to six and one-quarter
times in the length.
The caudal femora of damnifica s. s. have the greatest width con-
tained from four to four and one-quarter times in the length of the
-a me, while S. damnifica calidior has the width of the same con-
tained four and one-half times in the length.
The original description of damnifica is clearly based on the northern
form, the measurement of length (37 mm.) perfectly fitting northern
female specimens, while this measurement is much surpassed in that
sex of the southern form. The type locality — Tennessee — is near
the range of the southern race, and specimens from that region do
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
259
not represent the extreme condition of the northern form as found
in New Jersey; however, we have Asheville, N. C, specimens
which would doubtless agree with Saussure's original material, and
these are decidedly the northern form.
We find that none of the synonyms of damnified were based on the
southern race, and in consequence a new name is necessary to desig-
nate this distinctly differentiated form. Scudder used the previously
unpublished Acridium appendicidatum Uhler MSS. for specimens
of the form here described, but as it was unaccompanied by a descrip-
tion that name must date from Provancher, who referred a specimen
said to be from Canada to it. Scudder examined this individual and
assigned it to damnified.
Type: d* ; Homestead, Dade County, Fla., undergrowth in pine
woods, March 17-19, 1910. (Hebarcl.) [Hebard Collection.]
Size medium (for the genus). Form subcompressed, slender;
surface of greater portion of the body impressed ruguloso-punctate.
Figs. 13 and 14. — Lateral outlines of males of Schistocercn damnified (13; Stafford's
Forge, N. J.) and S. damnified calidior (14; Type). (X li-)
Head with the frontal costa subequal in width, not expanded between
the antennal bases, non-sulcate; eyes ovate, less elongate than in
true damnified ; antennae very slightly shorter than twice the greatest
dorsal length of the pronotum, subfiliform. Pronotum with the
median carina not at all elevato-arcuate, nearly straight when seen
from the side; caudal angle of the disk subrectangulate. Tegmina
260
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
moderately elongate, surpassing the tips of the caudal femora by
two-thirds of the dorsal pronotal length, the width of the distal
third contained about six and one-half times in the greatest length
of the same; apical portion moderately narrowed by the arcuation
of the costal margin, the immediate apex obliquely rotundato-
truncate. Caudal femora moderately robust but with the distal
third slender, the greatest width contained four and one-half times
in the length of the same.
Allotypic female. Miami, Dade County, Fla., undergrowth in
pine woods, March 27, 1910. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]
Agrees with male except in the following characters. Size con-
siderably greater than in male. Antennae nearly one and one-half
times the dorsal length of the pronotum. Caudal angle of the
pronotal disk rounded obtuse-angulate. Tegmina in form similar
Figs. 15 and 16. — Lateral outlines of females of Schistocerca damnified (15;
Stafford's Forge, N. J.) and S. damnified cdlidior (16; allotype). (X 1|.)
to those of the male, surpassing the tips of the caudal femora by
one-half of the dorsal pronotal length, the width at the distal third
contained slightly more than six times in the length. Caudal
femora with the greatest width contained four and two-third times
in the length of the same.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261
General color walnut-brown, passing ventrad into russet and
tawny-olive, the narrow but moderately denned median line on the
head and pronotum russet, while the anal area of the tegmina is
wood-brown, margined laterad by the burnt-umber wash of the
remainder of the tegmina. Antennae passing from cinnamon-rufous
at the base to hazel at the tips; eyes russet.
Measurements (in millimeters).
S. damnified.23 S. damnifica calidior.
d1. 9. cf Type. 9 Allotype.
Length of body 23.8 34. 29. 46.5
Length of pronotum 6. 8.5 7.2 9.5
Length of tegmen 17.5 23.2 25.8 34.
Length of caudal femur 13.2 18. 21.5 22.2
In addition to the type and allotypic female we have before us
the following specimens which may be considered paratypic:
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 7 d\ 2 9 : November 16, 1911
(Englehardt) ; 2 9 [B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 7 <?.
The male individuals are fairly uniform in coloration, some few
specimens having the general tone deeper and more umber, while
others have the discoidal field of the tegmina distinctly crypto-
maculate. The additional Miami females, however, have the gen-
eral colors more clay color and bistre, with the pronotum strongly
marked with the latter and the discoidal and marginal fields of the
tegmina strongly maculate with the same, the caudal tibiae also
being quite purplish. These specimens greatly resemble brownish
individuals of S. alutacea.
In studying this form we have had before us a series of over one
hundred and forty specimens of the two forms from south of Virginia,
a sufficient series to enable us to map with considerable accuracy
the limits of the range of both forms.
True damnifica probably ranges over the entire Upper Austral
Zone, extending southward over the Appalachian system as far as
Gainesville and Atlanta, Ga., and eastward over the lower country
to Raleigh, N. C. The specimens from Raleigh and Atlanta show a
slight approach to S. damnifica calidior, but in general form they are
much closer to the northern type. The new form is typical north-
23 The specimens whose measurements are here given are from Stafford's
Forge, N. J., and have been used for comparison with the new form as well as
having been figured above.
262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
ward as far as Yemassee, S. C.j and Thomasville, Ga. Specimens
from the region about Florence, S. C, Wilmington and Fayetteville,
N. C, show decided tendencies toward the northern form, although
they are in general more representative of calidwr. The area of
intergradation is between the Blue Ridge and the low coastal plain
region, probably being approximately marked by the fall line.
S. damnified calidior was occasional in the low undergrowth of the
pine woods at Homestead and Miami, at the latter locality it was
plentiful at one place where the undergrowth was more than waist
high on the edge of a hammock. The males are active and fly
with quite the vigor of S. alutacea.
Arranging our material from the Southeastern States according
to the above distribution, we have the localities grouped as follows:
Schistocerca damnified (Sauss.).
North Carolina; Asheville,24 Raleigh.24
Georgia; Gainesville, Atlanta.25
Schistocercd damnified cdlidior subsp. nov.
North Carolina; Fayetteville, Wilmington, Winter Park.
South Carolina; Florence, Yemassee.
Georgia; Tybee Island, Isle of Hope, Sandfly, St. Simon's Island,
Cumberland Island, Brunswick,25 Waynesville,25 Jesup, Okeefenokee
Swamp, Albany,25 Thomasville.26
Florida; Live Oak, Jacksonville, San Pablo,27 Pablo Beach,27
Gainesville,27 Melbourne, Miami, Homestead, Chokoloskee.2&
Melanoplus puer Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 20-28, 1910; 19 <?, 8 9 , 2 n: November 16,
1911 (Englehardt) ; 2 <?, 1 9 [B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 14 &, 8 9 , 3 n.
The series before us shows a marked increase in size over the
specimens of the type series from Fort Reed, Fla.29 The males
range in length from 13.5 to 17 mm., while the females are from 19
to 22.5 mm.; the majority of the adults measuring nearest the
maximum. The insects here recorded are also all proportionately
heavier than the types, with strongly developed caudal femora.
We find, therefore, that the species materially increases in size
in its southward range and that it cannot be ranked among the
24 These Proceedings, p. 632, 1910.
"-''Ibid., 1910, p. 594.
26 Ibid., 1904, p. 789.
27 Ibid., 1907, p. 292.
25 Ibid., 1905, p. 40.
29 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX, p. 87, 1877.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263
smaller species of the genus. The caudal margin of the disk of the
pronotum is very broadly V-shaped emarginate mesad, both in the
specimens here recorded and in the type series. The males show a
considerable amount of variation both in length and shape of the
cerci. The majority, however, agree with Scudder's description,
but one specimen has the cerci acutely styliform beyond the thickened
base and a number of individuals show a tendency to have the tip
subspatulate. The figures given by Sc udder30 of the extremity of
the male abdomen of this species are extremely poor.
Figs. 17 and 18. — Lateral and dorsal views of the apex of abdomen of male
Melanoplus puer from Miami, Fla. (X 6.)
Scudder's color description is based on dried alcoholic specimens,
as the typical series are all in that condition, and we have conse-
quently deemed it advisable to give the following color notes.
In the series before us the general color in the males varies from
russet to drab tinged with raw umber and in the females from burnt
umber to clove-brown tinged with vandyke brown. In the males the
customary spot on the lateral lobes of the pronotum is very pro-
nounced, piceous, triagonal in shape and covers about half the lateral
surface of the lobes; the females are not so noticeable in this respect
since they are, as a rule, darker in general coloration and have this
spot smaller and less intense. In all of the males the sides of the
first four abdominal segments are piceous, which color consequently
extends considerably beyond the tips of the tegmina; this marking-
is, in the females, suggested in only a few specimens. The hind
femora in both sexes are usually heavily twice banded, with the apex
also blackish, the darkest specimens alone having these bands faintly
indicated. The ventral face of the caudal femora is gamboge-yellow,
sometimes changing caudad to deep chrome in the males, and saturn
red usually shading to flame scarlet on the outer edge in the females.
In both sexes the caudal tibiae are without exception deep heliotrope-
purple.
The species is local in distribution and is usually found in small
colonies in the undergrowth of the pine woods; it was scarce at
30
Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XX, pi. XVII, fig. 2, 1897.
26-4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Homestead, but locally common at Miami. The saltatorial ability
of this insect is surprising, but it is easily taken owing to the fact that
its movements are seldom hasty.
Paroxya atlantica Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 20-28, 1910; 16 tf,31 8 9 , 1 n (nymphs were
exceedingly abundant): November 16, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 2 9
[B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 4 d\ 6 9, In (nymphs
were exceedingly abundant).
We have examined the entire series previously recorded from
southern Florida by us as well as the material now being studied
and find that, when compared with specimens of the type series from
Georgia,32 the individuals from Miami, Cape Florida on Key Biscayne
and Homestead are considerably smaller, more attenuate, with
proportionately longer tegmina and wings and usually lighter colora-
tion. There are no characters to be found in the series, however,
which would warrant its being considered a racial form. The
specimens before us from Thomasville, Ga., agree in every re-
spect with typical specimens.
Measurements (in millimeters).
Average
Typical c?33 9 Cotype, in present series.
Sandford, Fla. Georgia. d1 9
Length of body 22.5 29. 18. 24.
Length of tegmen 17. 18. 15. 17.5
Width of tegmen 3.2 4. 2.6 3.5
Length of hind femur 13. 16. 11.5 13.5
Width of hind femur 3. 4. 2.8 3.2
The specimens here examined were all taken in damp spots in the
pine woods.
Paroxya atlantica paroxyoides (Sc).
Melanoplus paroxyoides of authors.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 4 <? , 4 9,3 n.34
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 9^,5 9,1 n.34
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 10 o\ 9 9 .
31 These specimens show conclusively that the species first reaches maturity
at Miami in late March. All of these specimens have recently reached the adult
condition, and seven have the curved white fine peculiar to the nymphal state
still indicated on the sides of the pronotum.
32 These specimens were sent to Professor Bruner by Mr. Scudder and are now
in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner.
33 Proc. U. S.N. M., Vol. XX, p. 382, 1897.
34 These specimens in nymphal stages have the bands of the caudal femora
already well marked.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
265
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 9.
Key West, Fla., January 19, 1904 ;35 17 d" , 9 9 : March 15-16,
1910; 9 d\ 7 9 : November 21, 1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 9 [B. I.].
The species Melanoplus paroxyoides™ was described by Scudder
from three males and four females taken at Key West and Talla-
hassee, Fla., and a male single type from Key West has been se-
lected by the present authors.37 It is hard to understand how this
species could have been placed in the genus Melanoplus by a worker
familiar with the genus Paroxya. The types38 show that it is but
a geographic race of Paroxya atlantica, so near typical specimens
of the latter now before us that we must rely almost wholly on
coloration to separate the two forms.
The series at hand from the southern Keys differs, it is true, from
true atlantica in being, as a rule, smaller but somewhat heavier, with
proportionately shorter tegmina and more robust caudal femora;
moreover, the male cerci are usually longer, more attenuate and
roundly spatulate at the apex, while the supra-anal plate is more
subtriangulate in outline.
On the other hand, careful examination of the entire series of
eighty-eight specimens from the southern Keys shows that none of
these characters are sufficiently constant to be of diagnostic value
and that no constant structural differences exist.
The coloration of the caudal tibiae is, however, in the majority of
the specimens from the southern Keys,
quite distinctive and a grayish suffusion
is frequently noticeable. A large number
of individuals have the lateral face of the
caudal femora heavily trifasciate with
very dark brown, quite a few specimens
have these markings very pale, while in
others the entire surface is darkly
suffused; in every specimen examined,
however, the inner half of the dorsal face
of the caudal femora is noticeably thrice
Fig. 19.— C a u d a 1 1 i m b of
male Paroxya atlantica
paroxyoides, from Key
Vaca, Fla. (X 3.)
spotted with the color which, in the more heavily marked individuals,
35 These twenty-six specimens from Key West were recorded as P. atlantica
by the present authors; these Proceedings, 1907, p. 298.
36 Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XX, p. 331, 1897.
37 These Proceedings, 1912, p. 86.
38 Type and two paratypic females from Key West, Fla. (Morrison), in Hebard
Collection ex Bruner.
18
266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
characterizes the tri-fasciate markings; these spots if present at all,
are almost never so pronounced in true atlantica.
The series from the southern Keys are readily separable from
specimens of atlantica from the mainland and Cape Florida on Key
Biscayne, although their characters are practically intangible and
exceedingly difficult to express without exaggeration.
Caudell's record of Melanoplus paroxyoides from Miami39 belongs
to Paroxya atlantica; the paratypes from Tallahassee, Fla., should
doubtless be referred to the same form.
This geographic race is usually found fairly abundant in the low
halophytic vegetation growing on the otherwise almost bare coquina
rock of the Keys and also in the tangled growth along the edge of
the scrub.
Average measurements {in millimeters).
J1 9
Length of body 20. 27.
Length of tegmina 14.8 17.
Width of tegmina 3. 3.9
Length of hind femora 12. 14.7
Width of hind femora 3. 3.9
Apteoopedes clara Rehn.
Punta Gorda, Fla., November 11, 1911 (Davis); 1 9 [U. S. N. M.j.
Palm Beach, Fla., January 24 (Dyar) ; 19: 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 3 &, 5 9 , 3 n: November 16,
1911 (Englehardt); 1 9 [B. I.].
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 5 d\ 3 9 .
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 2<?,ln.
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 4 d".
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 3 d\ 1 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 4^,2 9 : November 16,
1911 (Englehardt); 1 9 [B. I.].
This series shows that while there is considerable variation in size,
both geographic and individual, in the present species, the characters
originally given hold true in the series of seventy specimens now
available for study. As previously pointed out by us,40 male speci-
mens from Tampa are not quite typical in the form of the cerci, these
being less elongate and not as decidedly falcate as in individuals
from southern Florida, but in all other characters they are fully
representative of clara. It is possible that this species is a geographic
race of sphenarioides, but we have no positive evidence of this or
even of approach to that form except in the shortening of the distal
portion of the cerci in the Tampa specimens.
39 Enl. News, Vol. XVI, p. 218, 1905.
40 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 41.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267
The males of the two species may be separated by the following
characters :
.4. sphenarioides. A. clara.
Antennae shorter. Antenna? longer.
Furcula narrow, digitiform, tips Furcula broad depressed lobes,
variable in production. hardly produced.
Supra-anal plate narrow, lateral Supra-anal plate broad, lateral
margins in large part straight margins arcuate, not subparal-
and subparallel. lei.
Cerci short, simple, styliform. Cerci elongate, acute falcate
distad.
The form of the cerci of the males varies somewhat in the present
series, although in all cases the general outline remains the same.
The variation lies entirely in the width of the cercus, the degree of
falcation of the distal portion and the presence or absence of a very
broad, blunt angulation at the distal third of the dorsal margin.
The Cape Florida specimens previously recorded and measured by
us,41 in the male sex surpass in size any individuals of that sex in the
present series, although in the female they are equalled by Miami,
Homestead, Boot Key, and Key West representatives.
The range of this beautiful species is now known to extend north
to Tampa, south on the mainland at least as far as Homestead and
over the Keys to Key West. We have no knowledge of the limit of
its range along the east coast of Florida. Scudder's records of
Aptenopedes sphenarioides from Key West and Biscayne Bay42 are
erroneous references of female individuals of this form43 to the more
northern species.
On the Keys this species was found in very scant numbers, usually
on the edge of the scrub where the low undergrowth was unusually
heavy, while on the mainland the specimens were taken in low spots
in the pine woods and once or twice were beaten from the marsh
grasses growing on arms of the everglades.
Aptenopedes aptera Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 20-28, 1910; 2 tf, 2 9 .
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 &.
"Ibid., p. 41.
« Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XX, p. 400, 1897.
43 We have before us, ex Cln. Bruner, a Biscayne Bay female examined by
Scudder and labelled sphenarioides by him when studying the genus for his
Melanopli revision. This specimen is of course clara. Doubtless he would have
separated the species if he had had the more easily recognized male.
268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
The specimens here recorded were captured in the low undergrowth
of the pine woods, all of the individuals seen being taken.
TETTIGONIID^].
Stilpnochlora marginella (Serv.).
Lake Worth, Fla., June 24, 1889; eggs [U. S. N. M.].
Key West, Fla., March 16, 1910; 1 9 : April 24, 1881 (Schwarz) ;
1 adult [U. S. N. M.].
The collection of the Academy contains a male specimen labelled
" Fla. " This individual has been compared with material from Cuba,
Mexico, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Cayenne. The only previous
records of this species from within the United States were those
from the Tortugas by Scudder44 from Chokoloskee, Fla., by the
authors45 and from Florida by Caudell.46
The specimen taken by the junior author was beaten from a high
bush, Ilex cassine, some ten feet from the ground, and when opened
for stuffing was found to contain one hundred and twenty-four fully
developed and fourteen partially developed eggs. The specimen is
somewhat battered, and it is probable that very few specimens of the
species survive the winter in this region.
Scudderia texensis Sauss. and Pictet.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 2 & : November 16, 1911 (Engle-
hardt); 1 9 [B. I.].
The collection of the Academy contains a male taken at the same
locality on January 20, 1899, by S. N. and M. C. Rhoads.
Microcentrum rhombifolium (Sauss.).
Miami, Fla., March 27, 1910; 1 tf .
This specimen was taken, on a hedge at night, where at intervals
it was giving its loud stridulation, which sound most resembles a
harsh "tszzickk!"
Conocephalus gracillimus (Sc).
Xiphidium gracillimum of authors.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 d\ 3 n. (nymphs were exceedingly
abundant.)
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 7(^,3 9 , 2 n. (nymphs
were exceedingly abundant.)
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 n.
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 n.
44 Bost. Jn. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, p. 447, 1862. (As the synonymous Micro-
centrum thoracicum.)
45 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 42.
46 Can. Ent., XXXIX, p. 287, 1907.,
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
269
These specimens show but little variation in size and almost none
at all in coloration. The nymphs are easily recognized by the
striking dark median bar and the very narrow fastigium. The present
records carry the known range of the species out over the Keys,
while it has been recorded from as far north as Tampa.
Both at Miami and Homestead the high grass on the everglades
was swarming with nymphs of this species in all stages of development,
but the few adults were secured only after strenuous and long-
continued beating, and all proved to have reached maturity very
recently. In this region the great majority of the individuals of
this species probably reach maturity during the first part of April.
Atlanticus glaber n. sp.
This fine species differs from its nearest relative, Atlanticus gibbosus,
in having a proportionately longer pronotum with the disk trans-
versely more convex and subequal in width throughout, the caudal
margin much narrower and more sharply
rounded. The lateral carinae of the
pronotum differ in being parallel and of
equal intensity throughout, while the
median carina is faintly indicated
throughout and more pronounced on the
metazona. The caudal margins of the
lateral lobes of the pronotum are much
less sinuate. The abdomen above is
much more distinctly tricarinate and the
posterior femora are shorter and much
less swollen on the basal half than in any
other species of the genus. The cerci of
the male are not at all like those of
A. gibbosus, they somewhat resemble
those of A. pachymerus, but are much
stouter.
Type; c? : Miami, Dade County,
Fla., on narrow arm of the everglades
sparsely overgrown with knee-high marsh
grasses, March 28, 1910. (Hebard.)
[Hebard Collection.]
Size not as large as A. gibbosus. Body
slender and compressed for the genus.
Head moderately large; fastigium broad,
rounded, broader than first antennal
Fig. 20. — Atlanticus glaber
n . sp . Dorsal view of type.
(X li)
270
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
segment, not as broad proportionally as in A. gibbosus; eyes moderate,
not prominent; antennae long and slender, basally enlarged. Pro-
notum large, elongate, much more so than in any other of the three
previously known species of the genus, produced caudad over the
base of the tegmina, only the costal portion of the distal margin of
the tegmina being visible from above; disk of the pronotum long,
narrow, and convex, without transverse sulci, subequal in width, the
cephalic margin subtruncate, the caudal margin strongly rotundato-
arcuate. Tegmina extending to caudal margin of pronotal disk,
the costal portion of the distal margin visible from above. Abdomen
not so heavy as in A. gibbosus, distinctly tricarinate above. Cerci
of the male short, heavy, subdepressed proximad, becoming strongly
so distad, proximal portion subequal in width, distal section bluntly
acute-angulate when seen from above; internal tooth placed slightly
distad of the middle, short, sharp, slightly recurved. Spination as
in A. gibbosus except in the case of the external margin of the posterior
femora which are unarmed in the present species.
Fig. 21. — Atlatdicus glaber n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 1^.)
Allotypic 9 . Taken in the low undergrowth of the pine woods;
other data the same as the type.
Very little larger than the male, tegmina wholly concealed, caudal
limbs of the same general proportions, but slightly more elongate.
Ovipositor over one-quarter shorter than the caudal femora, as
heavy as in A. gibbosus, straight.
General color broccoli-brown, face and antennse very light, broken
blackish markings extend caudad from caudal margins of the antennal
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271
scrobes and the adjacent portions of the eyes. The lateral lobes of
the pronotum have the general pattern of coloration
found in Atlanticus very pronounced, being shining
black, bordered on the ventral margin with ivory-
white, this border being wide cephalad, but narrowing
sharply caudad; the entire cephalic portion of the
lobes suffused with olive-grav. The sides of the Fif: 22-^ 'Allan-
0 J turns glaber n.
abdomen are marked on the first seven segments sp. Outline of
with triangular shining black maculations, these are Txfil cercus'
large cephalad, but rapidly decrease in size ventrad
and terminate dorsad at the lateral carinse and ventrad at the margin
of the abdominal segment. The median carina of the abdomen is
necked with the same color, noticeably cephalad and gradually
disappearing caudad until absent on the ninth abdominal segment.
In coloration the female is very like the male except that the dorsal
portion of the head, pronotum and abdomen is faintly streaked with
bistre.
Measurements (in millimeters) .
Type. Allotypic.
Length of body 31.5 32.5
Length of pronotum 11.5 11.8
Width of pronotum 4.1 4.1
Length of caudal femur 25.8 28.
Greatest width of caudal femur 4.4 4.9
Least width of caudal femur 1.5 1.5
Length of ovipositor 20.
In addition to the type and allotype we have the following speci-
mens before us which may be considered paratypic:
Homestead, Fla., March 19, 1910; one nymph probably in the
next to last nymphal stage.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; one nymph in the same stage.
The specimens in the one-fourth grown condition taken at Miami,
February 6-9, 1904, and the still more immature individual taken
there on January 17, 1904, and recorded by the present authors as
Atlanticus sp.,47 are nymphs of the species here described.
All of the specimens of this species, with the exception of the male
type, were taken in the low undergrowth of the pine woods, and there
is every reason to believe that this environment is the favorite
habitat of the species; the male type was captured while crossing
47 These Proceedings, 1905, p. 48.
272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
the previously mentioned narrow arm of the everglades from the
fringing pine woods on one side to those on the opposite margin.
GRYLLIDiE.
Scapteriscus abbreviates Sc.
Key West, Fla., March 16, 1910; 2 9 .
One of these specimens has the base color paler and more buffy
than the other.
Both specimens were taken on the strand in burrows in the damp
sand, exposed by overturning large coquina boulders lying among
the growth of the plant Borrichia fontescens.
In addition to these specimens, we have examined the following
in the United States National Museum:
Port Tampa, Fla., February 7, 1899 (Brenan); 3 tf1.
Miami, Fla., April 8, 1904 (J. A. McCrony); 2 9 , 1 n.
Key West, Fla., May 23, 1911 (J. V. Harris); 1 d% 1 9 .
White Oak, Ga., (A. S. Barnwell); 1 tf, 1 9 , 1 n.
The only previous record of the species from within the United
States was Scudder's "Southern Florida" reference in his catalogue.
Ellipes minuta (Sc).
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 1 d>, 4 9 , 5 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 n.
The specimens from Miami were all taken in wet depressions in
the pine woods, while the specimen from Homestead was captured
in a pot-hole in the pine woods where a strawberry bed was situated.
Cryptoptilum antillarum (Redt.).
Miami, Fla. (Biscayne Bay), February 9, 1904; Id": (Slosson),
1 cf, [Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr.].
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 9 n.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 7 d\ 5 9 , 2 & n., 2 9 n.
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 3 <?, 3 9 n., 1 9 n.
Boot Key, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 rf.
Key West, Fla., January 19, 1904; 1 d\ 2 9 , 4 9 n.: March 15,
16, 1910; 9 d\ 13 9, 3 <? n., 4 9 n.
This species and the specimens here listed have been recently
treated in full by the authors.48
Cryptoptilum trigonipalpum R. and H.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 9 , 3 d" n.
This recently described scarce species has been fully treated and
field notes on the specimens here listed have been given by us.49
48 These Proceedings, 1912.
" These Proceedings, 1912.
1912. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273
Cycloptilum zebra i.R. and H.).
Lake Worth, Fla., (Slosson); 1 cf.
Miami, Fla., February 6, 1904; 1 cf.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 4^,7 9 , 3 n.
The authors have treated this species fully and have already
discussed the specimens listed here.50
Nemobius fasciatus socius (So.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 <?.
Nemobius ambitiosus Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 28, 1910; 2 cf , 1 9 , 5 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 2(^,2 9 .
The entire series was taken in the undergrowth of the pine woods.
Nemobius cubensis Sauss.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; (macropterous) 3 d\ 3 9 ;
(brachypterous) 4 d\ 12 9 ; In.
These specimens agree with the authors' conception of the species.
Saussure's description, although not fully adequate, is much more
satisfactory than many later descriptions of species of Nemobius.
The preponderance of brachypterous individuals in the present
series is probably due to the fact that these specimens were taken in
their natural environment and not attracted to light; in the latter
case individuals of this genus are almost always found to be macrop-
terous. Though the presence or absence of wings gives individuals
of this species a very different general appearance, close examination
fails to show the least difference in any other respect.
All of the specimens here treated were taken in the high grass
growing on the everglades.
Nemobius carolinus Sc.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 9 .
The single specimen referred to this species was taken with the
series of N. cubensis; it is brachypterous and exactly agrees in size
and coloration with specimens of that form of N. cubensis, though
easily separated by all the more important though less conspicuous
characters.
Miogryllus saussurei (Sc).
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 &, 1 9,2^n,l 9 n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 9 n.
The individuals from Homestead were found under rubbish about
60 These Proceedings, 1912.
274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
a strawberry bed situated in a " pot-hole" in the pine woods, the
specimens from Key West were taken from under coquina boulders
and boards.
Gryllus firmus Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 5 c? n., 1 9 n.: November 15,
1911 (Englehardt) ; 1 9 n. [B. I.]
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 1 9 n.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 c? n.
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 2 d\ 3 9,4 9 n.
The adults in this series are very small for the present species
averaging 21.4 mm. (20 to 24 mm.) in length. The majority of the
specimens taken at Key West were found in or near their holes
situated in the short heavy grasses growing on the scant soil near
depressions.
Gryllus rubens Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 2 <? .
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 2 9 n.
The adults from Miami were captured in low grass growing in the
grounds of the Royal Palm Hotel.
Gryllodes sigillatus (Walk.).
Miami, Fla., March 27, 28, 1910; 1 d\ 1 9 .
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 17, 1910; 2 d\ 1 9 n.
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 2 9 .
The entire series here recorded was captured in cracks and crevices
about buildings. The species nourishes in or near human habita-
tions, and, although probably brought to southern Florida in goods
from the West Indies, it is now thoroughly established there. At
Key Vaca a large colony was found between boards piled for building
near the railroad station ; so active were the insects and so numerous
were the nymphs that in the collector's efforts to capture adults all
but two females escaped.
Anaxipha pulicaria (Burmeister).
Key West, Fla., March 15, 1910; 1 9 .
We are using the above name provisionally for this species, following
Saussure in so doing, although we are not convinced that Gryllus
pulicarius51 Burmeister, from Jamaica, based on a twelve-word
diagnosis, is the same as the present individual. There can be little
doubt, however, that the insect described by Saussure52 under
Burmeister's name is the same as the present specimen.
51 Handb. der Entom., II, Abth. II, pt, 1, p. 732, 1838.
52 Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool, Orth., p. 371, pi. 7, fig. 1, 1874.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275
The specimen before us was taken in short, heavy grasses growing
on the scant soil near a depression, where long-continued search failed
to reveal other individuals.
Cyrtoxipha gundlachi53 Sauss.
Miami, Fla., March 20, 28, 1910; 2 d\ 3 9 , 1 n.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 d\ 3 n.
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 9 .
Key Vaca, Fla., March 14, 1910; 1 cf , 2 9 .
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 26 d\ 18 9 : April 6, 1903
(Schwarz); 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
This species varies appreciably in size in both sexes, while the
extent to which the caudal portion of the wings extends caudad of
the tegmina varies from one-half to four-fifths of the length of the
caudal femora. In all of the adults in the above extensive series
the tympanum of the cephalic face of the cephalic tibiae is distinctly
indicated.
A single male from Punta Gorda, De Soto County, Fla., taken
November 17, 1911, by W. T. Davis on mangrove (B. I.), is also
before us. It is slightly smaller than the smallest of the present
series, but otherwise shows no differences.
The series taken at Miami was captured by beating heavy foliage
in "jungle growth"; on the Keys the species was found not uncom-
mon on a great variety of bushes, vines and trees, many were beaten
from Ilex cassine, while numbers were heard and some few taken
from the foliage of the mangroves.
The sound produced by the males of this species is very delicate
and high-pitched — a clear, tinkling note which is very pleasing.
Hapithus quadratus Sc.
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 n: November 15, 1911 (Engle-
hardt); 1 n. [B. L]
Long Key, Fla., March 13, 1910; 1 d\
Key West, Fla., March 15, 16, 1910; 3 d\ 2 9 .
The adult specimens were all captured by beating low bushes, such
as Ilex cassine, and high plants, while the nymph taken at Miami was
found in the undergrowth of the pine woods.
53 The record by the authors of C. delicalula Scudder, from Key West and
Miami (these Proceedings, 1905, p. 51), is an erroneous identification of the
present species. Since that date we have been able to examine, the typical
material of C. delicatula and ascertain its true relationship to the specimens in
hand.
276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Orocharis saulcyi (Gu6rin).
Miami, Fla., March 28, 1910; 1 n.
Homestead, Fla., March 17-19, 1910; 2 n.
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 cf, 1 9 , 3 n.
The adults were taken on Key Largo in the twilight of the heavy
jungle growth, by vigorously beating the foliage of the lower limbs
of the trees and the tangled grape and other vines.
During the winter months this species is one of the scarcest to be
found in southern Florida, constant search for it during several
winter collecting trips has resulted in the capture of but four adults.
Tafalisca lurida Walk.
Capron, Fla., April 7, 21; 2 9 , 2 n. [U. S. N. M.]
Haulover, Fla.; 1 n. [U. S. N. M.]
Key Largo, Fla., March 18, 1910; 1 n.
Key West, Fla.; 1 n. [U. S. N. M.]
The nymph from Key Largo was taken in the same manner and
situation as the specimens of Orocharis saulcyi from that locality.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
277
STATISTICAL STUDIES ON VARIATION IN THE WING-LENGTH OF A
BUTTERFLY OF THE SUBFAMILY SATYRINJE.
BY T. FUKUDA.
As is well known, the distinction of sex, generation, or habitat in
any species of butterfly may sometimes be a definite cause of the
differences in size. The aim of the pre sent report is to determine
statistically the degree of such differences found under these cir-
cumstances.
Material.
Ypthima philomera var. argus', which I selected for the material
of this work, is a small butterfly of the subfamily Satyrinse commonly
found in Japan. Judging from my observations and breeding
experiments, this species most likely repeats its life-cycle three
times during one year, at least in all the warmer districts of this
country, the butterflies appearing in succession, April-May (first
generation), June-July (second generation), and August-October
(third generation). The details of the material are shown in Table I.
Table I.
Lot,
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
Male.
Female.
37
42
57
36
53
30
45
157
56
Date.
11-15, V, 1910
13-17, VII, "
20-24, IX,
20-24, VIII, 1909
28-30, VIII, 1910
19-22, VIII, "
Locality.
Kawanabe, Prov. Satsuma.
Himeji, Prov. Harima.
n a tt
Tsumago, Prov. Shinano.
All the individuals of one and the same lot were captured by
myself within an area about two miles in diameter. ' There is scarcely
any doubt that Lots I— III belong to the corresponding generations
of 1910, while Lots IV and V are most likely the representatives of
the third. Having come from a comparatively cold district, Lot
VI probably consists of the individuals of the second generation.
1 Kawanabe, Prov. Satsuma, 20 miles south of Kagoshima, nearly at the
southern extremity of Kiushiu; Himeji, Prov. Harima, 35 miles west of Kobe;
Tsumago, Prov. Shinano, 60 miles northeast of Nagoya.
278
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
The Method of Measurement.
The method adopted in the measurement is as follows: the right
fore wing of the butterfly, carefully removed from the body, is put
upon the glass stage of a dissecting microscope and covered with
a thin plate of mica; the mirror of the microscope is arranged to
so reflect light from its surface as to make the outline of the wing
clear; then the length from the base of the wing to the farthest
point on its outer margin, without taking the length of the marginal
hairs into account (this point is always a little behind the anterior
angle), is measured with compasses from over the mica to the nearest
half -millimeter.
The Differences Among the Means.
Table II shows how the variants of each lot are distributed through
the classes, while in Table III are exhibited the means of measure-
ments, the standard deviations, and the coefficients of variation
with their probable errors. One may notice in these tables, but
more clearly in Table IV, how some fairly considerable differences
occur among the mean values of several measurements. These
differences are always great enough to be considered significant, as
they exceed three times the corresponding probable errors except
in one case only (a) where two groups of males from the same locality
and captured in the same season two successive years are to be
compared with each other. It might be supposed that some
intrinsic causes lying in the bodies of the animals must have had
influence in determining the wing-length of the butterflies; but
several external factors, too, e.g., the temperature, the quantity of
food, etc., working on the developing organisms surely have had
some important share in it.
Table II
Class.
Lot
Sex
No
Mode.
Range.
cf
37
15.5
16.0
16.5 17 0
17.5
1
18.0
3
18.5
2
19.0
6
19.5
9
20.0
9
20.5
5
21.0
2
I
19.5, 20.0
17.5-21.0
11
o1
42
1
10
13
12
5
1
18.0
17.0-19.5
111
&
57
1
1
5 16
20
11
3
17.5
15.5-18.5
111
9
36
3
10 13
8
2
17.0
16.0-18.0
IV
d1
53
1
3 6
16
17
9
1
18.0
16.0-19.0
IV
9
30
1
2
5 13
4
4
1
17.0
15.5-18.5
V
d>
45
1 6
13
16
9
18.0
16.5-18.5
VI
V
157
1 1
11
29
50
37
22
4
2
18.5
16.5-20.5
VI
y
56
2 4
9
22
7
8
3
1
18.0
16.5-20.0
1912.]
I
II
III
III
IV
IV
V
VI
VI
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
Table III.
279
Sex.
No.
d"
37
<?
42
&
57
9
36
J
53
9
30
&
45
&
157
9
56
Mean.
19.527
18.155
17.360
16.944
17.717
17.050
17.789
18.637
18.116
0.093
0.057
0.053
0.057
0.057
0.080
0.051
0.036
0.067
Standard Devia-
tion.
0.838
0.551
0.591
0.511
0.611
0.650
0.511
0.667
0.738
0.066
0.041
0.037
0.041
0.040
0.057
0.036
0.025
0.047
Coefficient of
Variability.
4.29
3.03
3.40
3.01
3.45
3.81
2.87
3.58
4.07
0.34
0.22
0.21
0.24
0.23
0.33
0.20
0.14
0.26
Table IV.
Lots.
Difference.
%
a
V -IV c?
0.072 ± 0.076
0.405
b
I -II
1.372 ± 0.109
7.026
c
II -III &
0.795 ± 0.078
4.379
d
VI <?-II
0.482 ± 0.067
2.586
e
VI <?-v
0.848 * 0.062
4.550
f
V -III cf
0.429 ± 0.074
2.412
■ g
III cf-IH 9
0.416 ± 0.078
2.396
h
IV cf-IV 9
0.667 ± 0.095
2.795
i
VI cf-VI &
0.521 ± 0.076
2.796
We can see (Lots I-III in Tables II, III, or b, c in Table IV) that
the length of the fore wings of the male butterflies diminishes grad-
ually as the season advances.
That this species winters over as caterpillars was ascertained in
my breeding experiments, and that Lot I implies only the individuals
which had hibernated during their caterpillar stages is scarcely
doubtful, so I am inclined to attribute this difference (6) of the
wing-length between this lot and Lot II to some such cause
as mentioned by Standfuss,2 i.e., the difference in the length of
the feeding period, which had happened to affect the developing
organisms. The same rule has probably held in Case c. In the
succeeding three cases, d-f, we can recognize how the length of the
fore wings of the butterflies, even if of the same sex and generation,
has the tendency to increase the more the latitude of their habitat
increases.
Bachmetjew3 has ascertained that the butterflies of this sub-
2 Morgan, T. H., Experimental Zoology, 1907, pp. 24, 25.
J Experimented Entomologische Studien, II (1907).
280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
family flying in Bulgaria, with a few exceptions, have greater wing-
expansion than those of the same species found in Germany or in
France. He attributes this to the difference of temperature.
We have several other instances concerning the size of the
butterflies of this subfamily diminishing gradually under compara-
tively high latitudes. All these instances are not in accordance
with my result. In g-i once more we meet with such an instance of
the differences in the wing-length as is opposed to the facts hitherto
commonly acknowledged and especially to the results of observations
made by Bachmetjew. On examining ten Bulgarian species of this
subfamily, he has concluded that the wing-expansion of the females
more or less exceeds that of the males. The case is quite the
reverse with Ypthima philomera var. argus, the males having on an
average longer fore wings than the females. It is true that this
species shows a sexual difference in the shape of the fore wings,
their anterior angles being a little more obtuse in females than in
males; but this difference is never so great that it can reverse the
situations of the two sexes. I cannot interpret the above-mentioned
discrepancies between the present results and those hitherto obtained
but to attribute them to the differences between the species.
The Standard Deviations and the Coefficients of
Variabilities.
The standard deviations and the coefficients of variation do not
represent anything as distinct as the case of means. They are
fairly great, however, in Lot I, differing so much from those of Lot
II or III as to claim to be considered probably significant; thus:
* the difference between Lots I and II
0.287 =■= 0.077
a the difference between Lots I and III
0.247 * 0.076.
C the difference between Lots I and II
1.26 * 0.40
C the difference between Lots I and III
0.89 =*= 0.40
If we call to mind that the individuals included in Lot I are such
as had distinctly longer caterpillar stages than in the other lots,
this fact may deserve our special notice.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281
THE EXPERIMENTAL METHOD OF TESTING THE EFFICIENCY OF WARNING
AND CRYPTIC COLORATION IN PROTECTING ANIMALS
FROM THEIR ENEMIES.
BY W. L. McATEE.
Contents.
Introduction 281
Experiments with Invertebrates (chiefly Insects) 287
Experiments with Vertebrates...! 289
Fishes 289
Amphibia 290
In Countries other than the United States 290
In the United States 291
Toads 291
Frogs 295
Salamanders 296
Reptiles 296
Experiments in Asia 296
Experiments in Europe 298
Experiments in America 298
Mammals 300
Mixed Groups of Animals 301
Birds 318
Experiments in Europe 318
Experiments in Africa 325
Experiments in Asia 326
Experiments in America 331
Experiments by Judd and Beal 332
Summary 356
Introduction.
The selectionist theories regarding the significance and the causes
of production of the so-called warning, mimicking, and cryptic
coloration long preceded a knowledge of the food preferences of
insectivorous animals sufficient to warrant such speculations. In
fact, this knowledge is still almost entirely lacking for many parts of
the world — including the Amazon valley, which is the home of the
brightly colored Heliconiid butterflies and their mimics that sug-
gested the mimicry theory to H. W. Bates. In 1861, Bates explained
the numerous cases of mimicry of the butterflies of this family by
butterflies and moths of at least five other families, by stating that
the Heliconiidse probably are unpalatable to insect enemies, and
that the others disguised in their dress share this immunity.1 He
1 Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., XXIII, 1862, p. 510.
19
282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
also proposed to explain cryptic resemblances, or the mimicry of
inanimate objects by natural selection. Four years later, A. R.
Wallace stated'2 that he agreed entirely with Bates as to the cause of
mimicry, and cited many examples of the phenomenon from the
Malayan region. In 1867 the same author first gave a definite
theory3 concerning the significance of the brilliant colors which are
now commonly referred to as warning colors. In 18704 he extended
the application of Bates' theory of cryptic and mimicking colors
and advanced the results of experiments in support of the theory of
warning colors.
It is not necessary at this time to trace the later development of
the theory by Miiller, Dixey, Poulton, and others. Suffice it to say
that the original definite suggestion that conspicuous colors have
been developed to advertise disagreeable qualities was the result
of Wallace's cudgelling his brain at Darwin's instance, for an explana-
tion of the coloration of certain insect larva?, which obviously could
not be accounted for by sexual selection. The theory has since been
expanded to include conspicuous coloration in all groups of animals.
A certain insect smells badly to man ; is colored red and black, for
example, it is conspicuous and nasty to us, hence it must be to
insectivorous animals. Its striking color advertises its nauseous
qualities and it is avoided after experience; in other words, is pro-
tected. So goes the original theory. Although it has been expanded
to include all conspicuous forms, whether or not they are nauseous
to man, its supporters seemingly find it impossible entirely to forsake
the older anthropomorphic ground. Mimicry theories hold that a
palatable form gains protection by resembling one of the conspicuous
but nauseous ones, and that distasteful forms are mutually benefited
by resemblance. Each of these theories, it may be repeated, was
built up in the absence of evidence that the insects concerned were
actually distasteful or palatable as claimed. This was the principal
criticism made by the comparatively few who at the time dared
question the all-sufficiency of natural selection, and it stands to-day
the greatest obstacle to acceptance of the theories.
This criticism spurred the supporters of the theory to sporadic
efforts to produce evidence in favor of their contentions. The
favorite method of securing such evidence has been by experimenting
with captive animals, and the principal body of alleged proof of the
2 Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., XXV, 1866, pp. 19-22.
3 Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867, p. lxxxi.
4 Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection, 1870, Chap. III.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283
distastefulness of certain insects and the palatability of others
consists of the results of experiments. The cry always is to test
theories under experimental conditions, but there are many things
which cannot be so tested. The very conditions of captivity and
the limited choice of food constitute abnormalities which cannot
fail to distort the food relations of most animals, and so modify the
results of experiments that they bear little or no analogy to natural
conditions.
In experiments play is allowed to the fancy of the experimenter,
and the interpretation of facial and other expression of the subject
has often been given more weight than the actual result of the
experiment, that is, whether the insect was eaten or rejected. R. I.
Pocock5 very frankly admits this, saying, "It is quite clear that the
plain record of an insect being eaten is no proof of its palatability.
Better evidence on this head is supplied by the behavior of the bird
towards it. After a little experience in the matter, I was able to
satisfy myself, at all events, as to the approximate correctness of my
interpretation of the bird's actions, and to judge thereby of the
comparative palatability of the insects they tasted." This is honest
confession at any rate, but the writer must take issue with this
author as to the value of interpretation of behavior. "The plain
record of an insect being eaten," which he holds up to scorn, may not
show palatability, but shows something much more definite, namely,
that the insect is acceptable food. Palatability in the sense used
by some of the experimenters is entirely a figment of the imagination.
This is proved by the -many cases of refusal in captivity of insects
which are eaten under natural conditions, and by the misinterpreta-
tion of the following among other features of the behavior of caged
birds and other animals.
Wiping the bill or mouth: If a bird wipes its bill, or a lizard or
frog its mouth, when it is being experimented with, the action is
almost always credited as a sign of distaste. Yet nothing is more
common than to see wild birds wiping their beaks across branches or
other objects. It occurs at all times, apparently is often done in a
purely mechanical way, and certainly has no essential connection
with the taking of food or perception of tastes.
Dropping and picking up or in any way manipulating the prey
is another thing usually taken as evidence of unpalatability, but
nothing could be more at variance with conclusions drawn from
5 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, p. 810.
284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
natural behavior. It is highly characteristic of many birds to
thresh their prey about, and this is often continued until the object
is broken in many pieces, which are separately swallowed. E. B.
Poulton considered (P. Z. S., 1887, p. 219) that a pupa would have
been swallowed whole if palatable, but as it was crushed and the
contents eaten it must have been unpalatable; and Weismann
(Studies in the Theory of Descent, 1882, Vol. I, p. 341) thinks it readily
conceivable that a certain caterpillar may not be unpalatable to
lizards, because they swallow it whole, whilst it is perhaps distasteful
to birds, because they must hack and tear it in order to swallow it.
As a matter of fact, it is habitual for woodpeckers and jays to peck
open pupse and extract the contents, and smaller birds, as the chicka-
dees and titmice, not only use this method when attacking pupse,
but for large larva? also. Many birds hold the food between their
feet and hammer it vigorously before eating, and others accomplish
the same end by repeatedly picking it up and throwing it down.
At least one experimenter, Jenner Weir, recognized such actions as
natural, for he says, "All perfect Lepidoptera apparently require
preparation before they are swallowed by birds; they are taken
between the mandibles, shaken and bruised for a minute or two, and
generally have the wings removed before they are eaten."6 In many
experiments, however, this same action is reckoned . as a sign of
disgust, if not as an actual rejection. Lizards habitually chew large
prey before swallowing, snakes chew it or crush it by constriction;
all of these actions are simply part of the normal preparation of food
for deglutition, and in no sense of the word evidences of distaste.
Hesitancy and caution are usually translated as distaste. Does
a bird of prey dislike the mouse it holds by a talon on its perch for
hours at a time; does a butcherbird dislike the prey it impales on a
thorn or wedges in a crotch for future reference? Does a cat play
with a mouse because she hesitates to swallow so distasteful a
creature? What animal does not employ dilatory tactics in feeding
when it is not uncomfortably hungry? This subject naturally leads
up to that of disregard, which may be looked upon as hesitancy
prolonged.
Disregard may arise from many conditions, unrelated to the
palatability of the food, such as varying appeal of the food to the
captive animal according to its state of activity or health, or degree
of hunger; or such as the size of the object offered, presence of the
8 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869, p. 22.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285
experimenter, or other disturbing elements. Disregard is a frequent
phenomenon in experiments with birds of mixed feeding habits,
which are most frequently used because more easily provided for
in captivity. These birds have no great natural fondness for insects,
and certainly not for adults of the order — Lepidoptera — most
frequently used in the experiments. The insignificance of disregard
is shown throughout Frank Finn's experiments, in the accounts of
which (Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1895, 1896, 1897), very common
expressions concerning cases in which certain butterflies were not
eaten in the presence of the experimenter are: "The butterflies
were all gone later on," "Next day all the butterflies were gone,"
etc. In fact, more than 64 per cent, of the butterflies which were
left in the cages were eaten in the absence of the experimenter, and
more than 77 per cent, of those eaten belonged to the "nauseous"
group. The experiments of S. D. Judd (see pp. 332-352) show that
disregard bears no particular relation either to acceptances or to
rejections, and certainly none to natural preferences. Thus, of the
three categories of insects offered to the birds, namely, "warningly
colored" insects, others "specially defended," and "non-protected"
forms, practically the same proportions (17 to 19 per cent.) were
rejected, while the percentage disregarded varied from 3 to 11.
In Poulton's tabulations of experiments (P. Z. S., 1887) disregard
is usually reckoned practically the same as a refusal. Indeed, the
original tendency was to consider that disregard showed much
greater distaste than any result following trial, for it is pointed out
(pp. 193, 194) that the brilliant colors of caterpillars to be of value
must generally prevent even trial, because of the fatal consequences
to these larvae of very slight wounds. However, Poulton states that
out of thirty-seven cases in the "nauseous" group, fifteen were
exposed to hungry animals, other food being withheld, and of the
fifteen only three remained untasted. Of these two have been
shown to be eaten under certain circumstances (p. 225). Poulton
estimates disregard properly in one case, that of Lasiocampa querciis
larvse. These were disregarded by birds and lizards, and the com-
ment on the evidence is, "Neutral as far as the adult larva is con-
cerned" (p. 209). As a matter of fact, disregard is no more of neutral
significance in this case than in the fifteen others in which disregard
or disregard plus acceptance is the sole evidence upon which proof
of distastefulness is claimed. The fact that nine of the eighteen
insects of the "unpalatable" group are known to be eaten by wild
286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julie
British birds further suggests the unreliability of disregard as a
guide to natural tastes.
In consequence of the too great fondness of some experimenters
for psychological deductions, the writer, in judging experiments, has
separated "disregards" for the reasons above stated, and has taken
cognizance only of rejections that resulted from actual trial. But a
rejection has been credited for each time the experimenter says the
object was refused, even if it was eaten later. This is certainly as
great a concession in favor of the experiments as can be expected
from one who believes not at all in their utility. Tabulations have
been made anew (whenever possible) from the detailed accounts of
the experiments. It cannot be hoped that these are free from error,
but it may properly be assumed that they are approximately correct.
The earlier experiments especially are characterized by the average
small number of tests of the various insects. For this reason, single
or a very few acceptances or refusals have been held to prove the
palatability or otherwise of a certain form. Thus in the eyes of
those who had faith in experiments, results piled up in a really
beautiful way. It is not out of order, however, to point out in
advance that there are many inconsistencies between the various
sets of experiments and that these show that conclusions based
upon a few trials are extremely liable to be overturned.
An interesting case showing the danger of basing conclusions upon
a single rejection is given by Jenner Weir (Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1869, p. 22): "The imago of Spilosoma menthastri .... was tasted
by the reed bunting, but not relished, and soon dropped; the ....
bird, however, attracted by the fluttering insect, returned to it, and
ultimately swallowed it." If the insect had been taken out, the
single rejection would, of course, have stood as the reed bunting's
record. A case illustrating the possibilities of single acceptances or
rejections is R. I. Pocock's experiment on "the distastefulness of
Anosia plexippus" (Nature, 87, 1911, pp. 484-485). A specimen was
offered to eleven species of birds and refused a total of thirteen times
by them, before it was offered to a tinamou, which swallowed it at
once. Reversing the experiment thus might have given an exactly
opposite impression of the palatability of this insect.
In the following pages the expressions accepted, rejected, and
disregarded are often abbreviated to A, R, and D, respectively. In
general, the experiments are reviewed in groups determined by the
classes of animals tested.
1912.j natural sciences of philadelphia. 287
Experiments with Invertebrates (Chiefly Insects).
Since Professor E. B. Poult on,7 the most prominent supporter
of the theories of warning and mimicking coloration, has come to
the conclusion, from proper data — that is, records of insects col-
lected with naturally captured prey — that predaceous insects in
general are enemies of the "specially protected" groups, it is not
necessary to review experiments relating to the food preferences of
insects. It is worthy of note, however, that some of these experi-
ments have often been quoted as affording support to the prevailing
theories. Poulton's latest conclusion is proof, therefore, that even
the ardent believers in the experimental method admit that an
"ounce" of proof as to natural behavior is worth a "pound" of
experimental evidence.
An annotated bibliography of experiments upon invertebrates is
given for the benefit of those who may desire to consult the original
accounts. Those entries marked with an asterisk denote experi-
ments which were not undertaken with a view to testing protective
adaptations.
Barlow, Edward. A short note on the Food-insects of the Mantis
Heirodula bipapilla Serv. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, December,
1894 (1895), pp. 138-139.
Ate Musca, Lucilia, and its own species, and killed but did not eat
the Hemiptera, Cydopetia and Physomerus.
Belt, Thomas. The Naturalist in Nicaragua. London, 1888.
Experiments with Heliconii. "A large species of spider (Nephila)
.... used to drop them out of its web when I put them into it.
Another spider that frequented flowers seemed to be fond of
them, and I have already mentioned a wasp that caught them to
store its nest with" (p. 317).
Butler, A. G. Remarks upon certain Caterpillars, etc., which are
unpalatable to their enemies. Trans. Ent. Soc. Land., 1869,
pp. 27-29.
Spiders (Ereiba diadema and Lycosa) rejected larva? of Abraxas
grossidariata and Halia wauaria (p. 28).
Embody, G. C. [Food of fresh-water Amphipods in aquaria]. Son-
derabdruck aus Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiologie u. Hydro-
graphie, Biol. Suppl., Ill, 1911 (1912), pp. 4-6.
Freshly killed isopods, snails, earthworms, tadpoles, and bits of
fish, and beef were eaten, but planaria were refused.
[Food of Hydra] p. 31.
Young Hyalella and Eucrangonyx were eaten.
Marshall, G. A. K., and Poulton, E. B. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1902.
7 See Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 363, 364, 401, 403, and 408.
288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Experiments on Mantidse in Natal and Rhodesia (G. A. K. M.),
pp. 297-313.
[Summary of these experiments] (E. B. P.), pp. 313-315.
Conclusions from experiments on Mantidse (E. B. P.), pp. 315-319.
"We may safely conclude that outside the Acrseinse, and doubt-
fully the Danainse, Mantidse devour butterflies very freely,
the species with warning colors as well as the others, and that
they are far more indiscriminating than the majority of insect-
eaters" (p. 316). "But Mr. Marshall's experiments yielded
plenty of evidence of the positive refusal and acceptance, as it
were, under protest of Acrseinse, so that there can be no doubt
of their distastefulness to this class of enemy" (p. 317).
Despite this conclusion, the fact remains that these Mantidse ate
more Acrseinse than they rejected upon trial, and rejected no
Danainse. It should be noted, furthermore, that many of the
rejections occurred in the last day or two of the life of the
various individual mantids when no food whatever was taken.
Experiments on spiders in the Karkloof (G. A. K. M.), pp. 319-322.
Results of experiments on spiders and the earlier experiments on
Mantidse : one probable meaning of tenacity of life in distasteful
insects (G. A. K. M.) pp. 322-325, (E. B. P.) pp. 325-328.
"Experiments have convinced me that both spiders and mantises
have no appreciation of warning colors" (p. 322). "It is quite
probable .... that certain species of spiders, together with
mantides and other predaceous insects, will be found among the
chief, perhaps the chief, non-parasitic enemies of aposematic
insects" (p. 327).
Marshall, G. F. L., and de Niceville, L. The Butterflies of India,
Burmah and Ceylon, Calcutta, 1882-83.
"Mr. de Niceville has experimented with the carnivorous Mantis
on many of the butterflies believed to be offensive to birds, and
he has found A. violce is the only butterfly which all the species
of Mtintis he has experimented with refuse to eat" (p. 318).
This is all there is on the experiments.
Meisner, Otto. [Food of an Ant-lion and a Clerid in confinement.]
Ent. Bl. Nurnberg, 5, Nr. 9, September 20, 1909, pp. 181 and 182.
A larva of the ant-lion {Myrmeleon) which had been fed only
upon flies and caterpillars for a long time, afterwards rejected
ants. A Clerus formicarius ate every Adalia bipunctata which
got into its cage.
*Patch, E. M. Predaceous Beetles and hibernating Insects. Bid.
148, Maine Agr. Exp. Sfa., November, 1907, pp. 273-276.
Pterostichus lucublandus was tested with numerous specimens of
Corimelama pidicaria, Cosmopepla carnifex, Lygus pratensis,
and one Serica vespertina, all of which were eaten. Staphy-
linidse were tested with the Corimelama, Lygus, Cosmopepla and
cutworms with same result.
Peckham, E. G. [Food of spiders and ants in captivity.] Occas.
Papers Nat. Hist. Soc. Wis., I, 1889, pp. 107, 109, 110.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289
Attidae devoured flies, gnats, larvae and other spiders, but would
not touch ants. Synageles picata and Synemosyna formica are
always hungry for gnats, but will not eat ants (p. 107). Ants
devoured an ant-like spider, Herpyllus, which was placed in a
vial with them (p. 109).
*Peckham, G. W. and E. G. The Sense of Sight in Spiders with
some observations on the Color Sense. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci.,
X, 1894-5, pp. 231-261.
Remarks on food taken in captivity, but nothing in relation to
protective adaptations of prey.
Plateau, Felix. Observations et experiences sur les moyens de
protection de l'Abraxas grossulariata L. Mem. de la. Soc. Zool.
de France, VII, 1894, pp. 375-392, 3 figs.
Experiences avec Araignees, pp. 385-388.
Spiders, Amaurobius ferox, and Agalena labyrinthica would not
touch the larva of Abraxas. Tegenaria domestica attacked the
larva, but could not pierce its tough skin. Both Tegenaria and
Epeira diadema ate imagos, while Agalena rejected them.
Experiences avec Carabes et Dytiques, pp. 388-390.
Carabus auratus, Dytiscus- marginatus, and D. dimidiatus freely
devoured Abraxas larvae.
*Pocock, R. I. Notes upon the habits of some living Scorpions.
Nature, 48, 1893, pp. 104-107.
They ate cockroaches, blue-bottle flies, etc., in captivity.
Pocock, R. I. Further notes and observations on the instincts of
some common English Spiders. Nature, 49, 1893, pp. 61-63.
It was found that the prey of Agalena labyrinthica consists largely
of b^es. A Bombus put in a web was enshrouded before it was
killed; a blue-bottle fly was pounced upon at once, while a
drone-fly (Eristalis) was cautiously attacked and killed, but not
enshrouded.
*Porter, J. B. The habits, instincts, and mental powers of Spiders,
genera, Argiope and Epeira. Amer. Journ. of Psychology, 17,
1906, pp. 306-357.
Experiments with food, but not in relation to protective adapta-
tions, are described on pp. 334-338.
Experiments with Vertebrates.
fishes.
In a paper entitled, "An Experimental Field-study of Warning
Coloration in Coral-reef Fishes,"8 Prof. Jacob Reighard records a
variety of experiments to determine the significance of colors and
flavors of prey to gray snappers (Lutianus griseus). The predaceous
fishes were free and under normal conditions. The common prey
8 Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Vol. II, 1908,
No. 9, pp. 257-325.
290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jime;,
of this species at the time of the tests was found to be the sardine
(Atherina'laticeps), a silvery fish that could readily be stained any
color. A large number of Atherina stained vermilion, yellow,
green, blue, or purple were eaten practically as rapidly as fed. Others
dyed and treated with formic acid, formaldehyde, red pepper, quinine,
ammonia, or carbon bisulphid were taken with equal readiness.
Atherina were made unpalatable, however, by sewing in their mouths
bits of the tentacles of medusa?, and an association of this unpala-
tability with a color (red) was established in the individuals of a
colony of 150 snappers. The association was found to persist at
least five weeks.
The brightly colored fishes of the coral reefs were then offered to
the snappers, and they attempted to capture all offered, and actually
did take all but one species, of which the single large specimen
offered escaped. The species taken were of a variety of colors,
including colors and patterns considered as typically warning. In
several species " conspicuousness is combined with unpleasant
attributes in the form of defensive spines, the typical warning com-
bination, yet these fish were all instantly taken" (p. 303).
It was further found "that the gray snapper discriminates with
great rapidity and delicacy between the various possible food ele-
ments of its environment, which are not conspicuously different
from each other," thus proving that the bright colors of the reef
fishes would be unnecessary even were their possessors unpalatable-
Hence "the conclusion is reached that the conspicuousness of
coral-reef fishes, since it is not a secondary sexual character and has
no necessary meaning for protection, aggression, or as warning, is
without biological significance" (p. 320).
AMPHIBIA.
In Countries Other than the United States.
Experiments dealing chiefly with Amphibia are few. Those of
Poulton with Hyla9 are cited in another place. A. G. Butler,
Eltringham, Plateau, and Finn also record short experiments with
animals of this class. Butler published10 the fact that he had found
the larvae of Abraxas grossulariata , Halia loauaria, and a sawfly, all
fed upon gooseberry, to be distasteful to frogs (and lizards). He
asks: "May it not be possible that the plant transmits some pecu-
*Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 269-274.
l0Ent. Monthly Mag. 5, 1808, pp. 131-132.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291
liar acid to the larvae which feed upon it, such as to cause their
rejection as food by small reptiles, etc.?"
Plateau found that Rana temporaria and Triton punctatus rejected,4
while Triton alpestris disregarded the larvae of Abraxas.11 Eltringham
cites a very few tests made with a salamander. The animal accepted
earthworms and honey bees, and disregarded larvae of Pieris
brassicce.1'- Finn found that the Indian bull-frog (Rana tigrina)13-
took all butterflies offered to it, except two Danais chrysippus, of
Avhich species it ate one.
In the United States.
A number of experiments upon Amphibia have been performed in
the United States. These are discussed in two groups, those on
toads and those on frogs.
Toads. — In company with Dr. A. K. Fisher, the writer once
attempted to give a toad (Bufo lentiginosus) his fill of hymenopterous
food. This occurred on Plummer's Island, Md., about 1905. Honey
bees and wasps of the genera Polistes, Sceliphron, and Vespa were
captured, their wings were clipped, and they were put down so that
they would crawl in front of the toad, which was partially domesti-
cated about the cabin and was not much disturbed by the move-
ments of humans. The toad took every insect offered, although at
times he showed considerable but ludicrous signs of discomfort. Not
less than 30, and perhaps as many as 40 Hymenoptera were taken by
this animal in about an hour. He finally left the spot, apparently
to get away from a locality characterized by such extremely spicy
food, which nevertheless he was apparently unable to refuse.
In another experiment performed by the writer at the same locality,
on August 6, 1911, another toad was also fed Polistes, Pelopceus, and
another stinging wasp, none of which was refused. A sphinx moth,
a small white moth, several ants and flies also were taken. The
toad attempted to eat a katydid (Cyrtophyllus perspicillatus) , but
found it too large. A small Heterocampa larva, colored green and
red, was eaten, and then a Julus was put before him. As soon as
it began to crawl he seized it by one end and, not getting a good hold,
ejected it. It then crawled over his head. This might be construed
by some as evidence of dislike, but I think that if the Julus had been
fairly seized it would have gone down. At any rate the case well
11 Mem. de la Soc. Zool. de France, VII, 1894, pp. 383, 384.
12 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, pp. 473, 474.
i3Joum. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 66, 1897 (1898), p. 533.
292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
illustrates the danger of drawing conclusions from scanty experi-
menting, for stomach examinations show Julus to be a favorite food
with toads. A. H. Kirkland says in his valuable paper on the
economic value of the toad:14 "Myriapods form a constant article
of diet for the toad. Species of the genus Julus were present in the
majority of the stomachs examined, the largest number found in a
single stomach being seventy-seven. These creatures form 10 per
cent, of the food for the season."
Mr. Kirkland's examinations of stomachs serve to check another
set of experiments which is claimed to show that squash bugs (Anasa
tristis) are seldom eaten by toads. The account of these experiments
by C. M. Weed and Albert F. Conradi is as follows:
"The common toad has been generally considered an enemy of
the squash bug, being frequently referred to in this connection in
articles concerning the pest. We made a large number of observa-
tions on this phase of the subject, the most interesting result being
the discovery that the odor given off by the bugs will actually kill
toads if confined in a small open vessel, such as a wide-mouthed
bottle. Some of these experiments as recorded in a published letter
by Mr. Conradi are as follows:15 When a squash-bug nymph of the
fifth stage was suddenly introduced into a half-pint, open, wide-
mouthed bottle containing a half-grown, live toad, so that the
batrachian would get the full effects of the pungent fumes secreted
by the bug, the toad was thrown into a temporary stupor, the effect
being similar to that of chloroform. As the number of bugs was
increased, the effect on the toad was increased. When as many as
seven bugs were introduced, the toad fell into a profound stupor, from
the effects of which it died in the course of twenty-four hours.
"On September 8, an adult toad that had been kept in the labora-
tory vivarium with a scant food supply for several clays, was placed
in a quart jar of the same construction as the one mentioned above,
and eight bugs were introduced; these bugs, however, had been so
much disturbed previously that the source of the pungent secretion
had been temporarily exhausted. The toad hesitatingly devoured
three, after which she would remove with her front feet every speci-
men that made an attempt to ascend the wall of her enclosure; but
these bugs were not eaten. The toad was then transferred to another
jar of the same size and construction, and eight bugs were suddenly
14 Bui. 46, Hatch Exp. Sta., 1897, p. 15.
"Science, N. S., Vol. XIV, No. 360, November 22, 1901, pp. 816, 817. See
also Science, N. S., Vol, XIX, No. 479, March 4, 1904, pp. 393, 394.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293
introduced from the squash leaf so that the animal would get the
first and fullest effects of the odor ; the result was that the toad went
through a series of contortions followed by a short period of stupor
similar to that mentioned before. Upon recovery the toad was
again removed to the vivarium, where it now lives in partial hiber-
nation.
"A young, red-spotted salamander was affected and killed as
easily as the half-grown toad, while for the common field frog a
greater number of bugs were required to bring about similar effects,
the frogs also being killed. Many experiments with snakes were
tried, but no ill effects from the secretion of the bugs were apparent.
"The odor that the bug secretes is contained in a clear, slightly,
greenish liquid expelled from the extremity of the alimentary canal;
when it comes in contact with the air the odor is given off almost
instantaneously while the liquid remains to evaporate.
"Further observations showed that toads in confinement would
eat squash bugs when very hungry, but we do not think that toads
ordinarily devour many of the pests."16
It is most obvious that the conditions of these experiments are
never even faintly simulated under natural conditions. The con-
clusions in the last paragraph, being based on the results of the
experiments, are therefore unwarranted. Moreover, they do not
agree with the statements of other observers relating to the habits
of the toad under normal conditions. Kirkland found Anasa tristis
in collected stomachs,17 as did also Judd and the writer.
Kirkland briefly records an experiment of his own as follows:
"The writer once confined for study a large toad in a shaded
out-of-door box filled with damp earth. To provide suitable and
sufficient food for it was quite a task until an entirely satisfactory
expedient suggested itself. A hard bread-crust was soaked in
molasses and placed in the cage. Bees, wasps, ants, flies, and beetles
came to this bait, and it was most interesting to watch the toad
seize the flying insects, often before they had alighted on the bread.
Stinging insects, bees, wasps, etc., when swallowed by the toad
apparently produced uncomfortable sensations for a short time.
Fish-worms when captured by the toad often prove too much to be
swallowed at once, and when this is the case the fore limbs are brought
16 "The Squash Bug," Bull. 89, New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta., February,
1902, pp. 21-23.
17 Bui. 46, Hatch Exp. Sta., 1897, p. 26.
294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
into use to force the unfortunate worm into the capacious gullet
of its captor."18
In this connection we may quote C. F. Hodge,iy who, in giving
instructions as to the use of toads as insect catchers in houses, says:
"Sugar solutions should not be used [as bait] on account of the
danger to honey bees which a toad will take in great numbers despite
their stings." Hodge quotes20 a feeding test by Miss E. M. Foskett,
the insect used being Macrodactylus subspinosus. Miss Foskett
says: "One day I gathered a quantity of rose bugs in a tin box,
sat down in the shade beside my queer pet and began feeding bugs
to him. At first I did not count, but finding his appetite so good,
I started to count. When I had counted over eighty bugs and the
toad showed no signs of wishing to conclude his meal, I picked him
up. .... Previous to my beginning to count, he had taken
anywhere from ten to twenty bugs. He was quite a large toad, but
the bugs were large, too, and very 'scratchy.'"
The American Sportsman (Vol. 3, No. 2, October 11, 1873, p. 23)
reports a series of experiments with toads by Dr. Thomas Hill.
This account does not have a thoroughgoing appearance of verity,
but this may be not a reflection on the experiments themselves, but
upon the reporting. It is said a toad ate "yellow-striped" locusts,
earthworms, and at one meal twenty-three squash bugs and ninety-
four larvse of Pygcera menistra [Datana ministra].
C. V. Riley briefly states21 the results of offering larva? of Anosia
plexippus to various animals, as follows: "Prompted by ... .
experiments made in England, I was led to make similar ones with
our gayly colored Archippus larva, and the result fully accords with
that obtained by Mr. Weir, for neither turkeys, chickens, toads, nor
snakes would touch it."
Included with some notes on the Florida chameleon (Anolis
principalis), Dr. S. Lockwood records22 an observation upon captive
toads. Two of these animals ate; respectively, three and two potato
beetles (Leptinotarsa decemlineata) , after which they would take no
more. Dr. Lockwood then remarks: "It was specially observable
of the one which had swallowed the three spearmen, despite the
grotesque gravity of his demeanor, that there was a certain dolorous
18L.c, p. 11.
19 Nature Study Leaflet, Biol. Ser. I, Worcester, Mass., 1898, p. 11.
20 L. c, p. 10.
21 Third Ann. Rep. on the Insects of Missouri, 1871, p. 148.
32 Am. Nat., 10, 1876', p. 8.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295
air about him, as of one suffering from an overdose of Doryphora..
Though kept some two weeks with no other food, neither Bufo would
touch a spearman again."
No better illustration could be asked of the misleading character
of experimental results nor, it may be added, of the highly imagina-
tive conclusions drawn therefrom. Notwithstanding the "dolorous
air" of these toads by reason of potato-beetle diet, the fact remains
that toads habitually feed on potato beetles. Tenney,23 Riley,24
Kirkland,25 Garman,26 and Chittenden27 among others record toads
as enemies of potato beetles. The writer has found the remains of
no fewer than twelve Leptinrfarsa decemlineata in a single casting
of a toad.
Frogs. — In an article entitled, ''Habit Formation in Frogs,"28
A. A. Schaeffer says: "Individuals of three different species of
frogs, Rana clamata, R. sylvatica, and R. virescens learned to avoid
disagreeable objects, such as hairy caterpillars, in from four to seven
trials or possibly less. Such habits persisted for at least ten days,
but this point was not thoroughly tested.
A Rana clamata formed a habit of avoiding earthworms treated
with chemicals in two trials. This habit persisted perfectly for only
a short time, covering five trials in about twenty-two hours. The
habit persisted somewhat imperfectly for five days. After an electric
stimulus had been applied, earthworms were not eaten for seven days,
although mealworms were eaten" (p. 334).
These observations point to the conclusion that any color may
be regarded as warning, provided a sufficiently disagreeable impres-
sion becomes associated with it.
Another experimenter, Charles W. Hargitt, was led to doubt the
quick formation of such associations by Hyla, as is shown by his
comments on the behavior of a tree frog toward Hymenoptera. In
food taking, he says: "Hyla behaves quite similarly to others of
its kind. It seems not to notice any except moving objects. A
spider may remain quietly in a given part of the cage for hours or
days undisturbed. If it assume an active attitude it is almost
certain to be taken very promptly. It is thus with any prey. The
insects most commonly supplied were flies, small beetles, grass-
23Amer. Nat., 5, 1871, pp. 170, 171.
24 Fourth Mo. Rep., 1872, p. 16, and in many other publications.
25 Bui. 46, Hatch Agr. Exp. Sta., 1897, p. 25.
26 Bui. 91, Ky. Agr. Exp. Sta., 1901, p. 66.
27 Circ. 87, U. S. Bur, Ent., 1907, p. 12.
2SJourn. An. Behavior., Vol. 1, No. 5, Sept.-Oct., 1911, pp. 309-335.
296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
hoppers, spiders, etc. On one occasion a small wasp was released
in the cage and at once began to buzz about or run up the sides of
the cage actively. It was but a few moments ere a specimen leaped
eagerly and captured the prey. Then a most interesting performance
took place. No sooner was the wasp seized than it was whipped
into the mouth, and in turn stung the frog; the frog in turn showed a
very lively appreciation of that fact, and made an apparent effort
to eject the creature; but the process of ingestion had gone too far
and deglutition was completed without further ado, nor did the
frog show the least further sign of distress. On another day the
operation was repeated and very much after the fashion of the
preceding. It may be doubted whether Amphibia show any particu-
lar discrimination based on that type of experience."29
Salamanders. — Albert M. Reese, in a paper on the "Food and
Chemical Reactions of the Spotted Newt, Diemyctylus viridescens,"
says that the animals show no difference in reaction toward bits of
raw meat and earthworms nor to the juices from these substances.30
A specimen of hellbender (Cryptobranchus allegheniensis) which
ejected remains of a crawfish soon after capture, refused to eat any
of these animals placed in its aquarium later.31
Reptiles.
Experiments in Asia.
Among Frank Finn's many experimental contributions to the
theory of natural selection are two which deal with the food taken
by lizards. The first32 deals with the Indian lizard (Calotes versi-
color), both captive and free individuals of which were offered a
variety of adult Lepidoptera. The results of feedings of the free and
confined individuals agree very well except in the case of butterflies
of the genus Evplcea. The record for these insects with lizards in a
cage is A 4 Rl, and with those unconfined, Al R4. Species of
Danais, Delias eucharis, and Papilio aristolochia> were freely eaten,
and Finn concludes: "The behavior of these reptiles certainly does
not appear to afford support to the belief that the butterflies, at any
rate, usually considered nauseous, are distasteful to them" (p. 48).
The second series of experiments we refer to are reported in
2 "Behavior and Color Changes of Tree Frogs," Journal of Animal Behavior,
Vol 2 No. 1, Jan.-Feb., 1912, pp. 53, 54.
° r^urn- Animal Behavior, Vol. 2, No. 3, May- June, 1912, p. 207.
» Oconomowoc," Forest and Stream, 8, No. 20, June 21, 1S77, p. 320.
*-Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 65, 1896 (1897), pp. 42-48.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297
Natural Science, December, 1892.33 They deal chiefly with the East
African lizards, Mabuia striata and Hemidactylus mabuia. Several
presumably distasteful insects were refused by these species. They
refused wood lice also, which were eaten, however, by Gerrhosaurus
major.
Experiments to determine the tastes of Calotes were also per-
formed by R. C. Punnett in Ceylon.34 Punnett concludes that the
lizard tested (in confinement) by him showed no discrimination in
the choice of various adult Lepidoptera offered. "The presumably
distasteful Danais was eaten before the presumably palatable
Euschema or Mijcalesis, and the so-called distasteful Euplcea was
taken before the supposedly palatable Junonia iphita of not very
dissimilar coloration. Nor was any hesitation manifested towards
Papilio aristolochice with its postulated evil taste and marked warning
coloration" (p. 13). Punnett also found the larvae of the last-named
insect as well as an adult Danais plexippus were eaten by another
lizard (Lyriocephalus). "From such experiments as these one can
hardly fail to draw the conclusion that Calotes as well as Lyriocephalus
will readily eat anything in the way of butterflies that they come
across. Nor is this surprising, in view of the fact that such noxious
creatures as the large ant {CEcophylla smaragdina) and hairy cater-
pillars constitute a considerable proportion of the contents of their
stomachs. They certainly do not appear to exercise that nice
discrimination with regard to butterflies, which is necessary for the
establishment of mimicking forms on the theory of natural selection"
(p. 13).
Lieut. -Col. Neville Manders also performed experiments with
lizards35 in Ceylon, using the following species: Calotes versicolor,
C. ophiomachus, C. nigrilabris, C. zeylanica, and Ceratophora stoddarti.
The last two species are smaller than the others and would not try
to eat butterflies either when caged or free. The experiments with
free specimens of the other three species resulted as follows: Lepi-
doptera classed as edible, All; Lepidoptera classed as nauseous,
A 17 R 3. Manders says one of the latter was at first refused because
of large size, then partly eaten, and the other two were too dry.
He further states "that so long as the butterflies remained per-
fectly still, they were entirely unnoticed by the lizards, though they
might be in close proximity to them" (p. 708). This indicates that
/, No. 10, pp. 746, 747.
"Spolia zeylanica, VII, Pt. XXV, September, 1910, pp. 12, 13.'
35 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, pp. 707-710.
20
298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June^
color is not the stimulus to capture, but that motion is. Manders
concludes: "It would seem that those who assume that reptiles
take no part in the production of Batesian or Mullerian mimicry
are correct, though further experiments are required" (p. 710).
Experiments in Europe.
A series of experiments by H. Eltringham with Lacerta viridis™-
have as their main point the demonstration that a certain lepidop-
terous larva (Boarmia rhomboidaria) , was more distasteful to the
captive lizards when it had fed on ivy than when fed on apple. In
addition, a number of other insects and other invertebrates were
used in the experiments. No general conclusions are given. Possible
comparisons with Poulton's tables of experiments (1887) are as
follows :
Poulton's tables,
1887. Eltringham. Animal tested.
Pieris brassicce, larva R. A 4 D. Lacerta viridis.
Apis mellifera A many. R.
Later, Eltringham says that the -caterpillars referred to in his
previous experiments are not Boarmia rhomboidaria, but Odontoptera
bidentata. The adult moths were eaten by lizards, to which they
were fed by Messrs. Eltringham and Pocock. The latter found that
they were acceptable also to a bird, Graculifera melanoptera. Eltring-
ham concludes that the distastefulness of the larvse was not intrinsic,
but due to the character of the food in their digestive tracts.37
Plateau states38 that seven Cistudo europaa ignored the caterpillar
of Abraxas grossulariata, while one tried and rejected it. Coluber
eesculapii and Lacerta muralis disregarded the larvae and rejected
them when placed in their mouths.
Experiments in America.
Few experimental tests of the efficiency of the protective adapta-
tions of insects have been made in the United States. The most
important series hitherto published in full was performed by Annie
H. Pritchett and was reported in the Biological Bulletin (Vol. 5,
pp. 271-287, 1903). The animals used were Sceloporus floridanus,
Gerrhonotus infernalis, Crotaphijtus collaris, Cnemidophorus sexli-
36 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, pp. 471-478.
37 "Edibility of Lepidopterous Larvse," Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1910, pp. xxxi,xxxii..
38 Mem. de la Soc. Zool. de France, VII, 1894, p. 383.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299
neatus, Eumeces sp., and Phrynosoma cornutum. A large variety of
invertebrates were offered the lizards, with the following principal
results: (a) Only one instance of a lizard eating a dead insect;
(6) insects that move slowly do not attract the attention of the
lizard so much as do the more active forms, hence those that remain
quiescent are rarely even attacked; (c) insects below a certain size
are apparently not perceived by the large species of lizards; (d)
large beetles having hard elytra are seldom eaten; (e) the myriapod
Julus was not eaten by any lizard ; (/) although the combinations of
black and yellow, black and orange, or black and red are supposed
to serve the purpose of warning coloration, all insects possessing
these colors were, at one time or another, eaten, with the possible
exceptions of Panorpa nuptialis Gerst. and a malodorous Lygseid bug.
Some experiments with Sceloporus undulatus by Dr. S. D. Judd
which have never been published may now be put on record for
purposes of comparison with the series just noted. The results of
these tests follow:
Orthoptera :
Blattid.e — Stylopyga orientalis (black) A 2
Mantid^e — Stagomantis Carolina (dark brown) R
Locustid^b — Microcentvum sp. (green) R
Gryllid^e — Gryllus sp. (dark brown) A 3
Coleoptera:
Carabid^e — Carabida? (undet.) A
Harpalus pennsylvanicus (black) A
Scarites subterraneus (black) R
Coccinellid^e — Coccinella sp. (warning colors) R 2
Hippodamia sp. (warning colors) R
Adalia sp. (warning colors) D
Epilachna borealis (yellow and black) A
Dermestid^e — Dermestes sp. (nearly black above,
white below) A
LampyridjE — Chauliognathus sp. (warning colors) R
Scarab^eid^e — Ligyrus sp. (reddish-brown) R 2
Lachnostema sp. (reddish-brown) R 2
Chrysomelid.e — Leptinotarsa decemlineata (vellow and
black) R2
Diabrotica sp A
Heteroptera (all strong smelling) :
Pentatomid^e — Brochymena sp R
Nezara hilaris (green) R
Reduviid^e — Arilus cristatus (red-brown, wings with
bronzed tips) R
300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Lepidoptera:
Arctiid.e — Hyphantria cunea 1. (yellow, brown, and
black, very hairy) .. A 2 R2
Liparid.e — Orgyia leucostigma 1. (red, black, white,
and yellow, hairy, tufted) R 2
Diptera:
Muscidje — Calliphora erythrocephala (metallic blue) D
Sceloporus floridanus and S. undulatus are very close relatives;
hence so far as the lizards are concerned, comparsions between the
two sets of experiments are not far-fetched. Unfortunately, the
insects offered have nothing more than the genus in common, and
that in only a few cases. However, the comparisons possible on
this basis are given:
Pritchett. Judd.
Brochymena D R
Chauliognathus A 24 R 2 R
Harpalus A 3 D 4 A
Gryllus A 5+ A3
Summing up Judd's experiments, we have the following results:
A.
"Protected " group39 4
" Non-protected " group 8
Evidently these Sceloporus were hard to please, accepting barely
more than a third of all the insects offered; 66 per cent, of the
individuals of "protected" species were refused and 52 per cent, of
the "non-protected" group.
Dr. S. Lockwood briefly records40 the food habits of the Florida
chameleon (Anolis principalis) in captivity. The lizards ate flies
and spiders, but would not take the potato beetle (Leptinotarsa
decemlineata) , and, in fact, were not fond of beetles at all.' Dr. Lock-
wood cites an observation by Bell, that a pet Anolis, catching an
Epeira diadema by the leg, was bitten by its captive and death soon
ensued.
MAMMALS.
Finn records41 brief experiments with an East African mongoose
(Crossarchus fasciatus). This animal refused one specimen of a
frog (Xenopus Icevis) and ate and vomited another. It ate and
39 That is those "warninglv" colored or otherwise "specially defended."
40 Am. Nat., 10, 1876, pp. 7, 8.
41 Natural Science, I, No. 10, December, 4892, pp. 746-747.
R.
D
10
1
10
1
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301
vomited parts of a lizard (Mabuia striata), but the lizard was never-
theless entirely eaten. The mongoose was unwilling to eat birds
and refused to attack a conspicuous milliped (Spirobolus). An
obscurely colored milliped also was refused by a lemur (Galago).
Another of Finn's experiments concerning the tastes of mammals
for insects deals with a tree-shrew {Tupaia ferruginea).42 The
conclusion is: "It is obvious that this animal had a very strong
objection to the 'protected' Danainse and Papilio aristolochice, as
it. so constantly refused them" (p. 532). This is a fair summary of
the experiment except as it applies to Papilio aristolochice, the record
for which was A 2 R2.
Marshall and Poulton have published43 accounts of experiments
with a mongoose {Herpestes galera), baboons, and a monkey (Cerco-
pithecus pygerythrus) . The mongoose tested by Marshall (pp. 376-
378) refused but one insect consistently and had only two trials
with that. The animal was tested with birds as food and refused
five out of ten kinds offered. Two of the five refused have colors
of the type called warning and this is peg enough upon which to hang
some speculations as to distastefulness. Nothing is said about the
equally conspicuous colors of two of the species eaten, viz., Nettopus
auritus, blackish-green, white and rufous; and Saxicola pileata,
chestnut, black, and white. The results of single trials of several
insects with Cercopithecus pygerythrus are recorded on p. 379, and
pp. 380-392 are devoted to an account and dtscussion of more
extended experiments with baboons. Poulton tabulates the Cole-
optera accepted and rejected by the baboons, and from these tabula-
tions it appears that about 75 per cent, of the beetles rejected had
warning color patterns, as did about 55 per cent, of those accepted.
It is unfortunate that there are no records of the natural food of
these African mammals that can be used as a check on the experi-
mental results.
MIXED GROUPS OF ANIMALS.
Brief notes on experiments with a marmoset and lizards are
included in E. B. Poulton's description of the "means of defence
adopted by the larva of Stauropus fagi" and the "defensive value of
'tussocks' of Orgyia and the associated black intersegmental mark-
ings."44
i2Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 66, 1897 (1898), pp. 528-532.
43 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 376-392.
44 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, pp. 581-588 and 589-591.
302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
We are told that when at rest the larva of Stauropus fagi resembles
a withered beech leaf. Next, it is stated that the second and third
pairs of thoracic legs are so held that they resemble, "in the most
beautiful manner, a bunch of brown scales (the stipules of the foliage
leaves) which enclose the buds of the beech, and hang down after
the latter are unfolded." As if withered beech leaves, thus adorned,
were common during the life of this larva and as if beech were the
only food plant of the larvae. As a matter of fact, Stauropus feeds
on the foliage of several other woody plants. When aroused the
larva is said by Poulton to assume a terrifying attitude, the main
suggestion of which is a spider-like creature.
It is rather amusing to contemplate the variety of resemblances
claimed for Stauropus larvae. For instance, Poulton himself, ten
years later, insists upon an entirely different resemblance from those
above mentioned. He then says:
"The young larvae of Stauropus fagi have often been described as
resembling ants. The likeness has recently been analyzed in much
detail by Portschinski {Coloration marquante et Taches ocellees,
V, St. Petersburg, 1897, p. 44). This acute observer considers that
the head of the larva represents the globular abdomen of the ant,
while the head and antennae of the latter are suggested by the larval
caudal shield with its two appendages. He believes the disturbed
larva represents an ant which has seized and is endeavoring to carry
off some object on the branch which it is exploring During
the present summer (of 1898) I have had the opportunity of studying
these larvae. The young larvae were thought to be ants by all the
friends to whom they were shown. One lady considered that they
were 'double ants' — an interpretation evidently due to their dis-
proportionate length and to the head-like appearance of the caudal
shield."45
Birchall46 states that the young larva closely resembles a twig of
beech with unopened buds, and that when feeding its likeness to a
great earwig or to a Staphylinus is very striking. He also remarks
upon the general suggestion of a crustacean in the larva's aspect,
but he further desires "to speak doubtfully of the sharp eyes of a
bird or Ichneumon being de'ceived when engaged in its own special
business, by any such colorable imitation" (p. 233).
Mrs. Bazett47 notes the great resemblance that the newly hatched
45 Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, Vol. XXVI, 1898, pp. 589, 590.
46 Ent. Monthly Mag., XIII, 1877, p. 231.
47 Enl. Rec. II, 1891, p. 210.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303
larva bears to an ant, while Kirby48 says it is from the extraordinary
appearance of the larva that the species derives its name of lobster
moth.
Thus the larva of Stauropus is supposed to mimic more or less
closely, objects in both the vegetable and the animal kingdoms,
and within the limits of the latter, representatives of five orders
(not to mention ants carrying prey nor double ants), belonging to no
fewer than three classes of the phylum Arthropoda. It is evident
that the predaceous foes of Stauropus, had they only the imaginative
powers of its human observers, could have a banquet of many diverse
courses, each of which would be merely Stauropus in disguise.
Poulton says: "I should not, however, have ventured to speak
so plainly of the meaning of the various details in the defensive
attitude of the larva if I had not been able to rely upon the best
support attainable — the support yielded by direct experiment."49
He would have been approximately correct if he had said the poorest
support attainable, but let us see what the support is. A marmoset
and a lizard were offered one Stauropus larva each; they showed
caution in attack, but each ate the larva. Rather a slender basis, one
would say, for four pages of argument on the special defence of the
creature.
The continuation of the argument — defence against insect enemies
— is even more far-fetched. When irritated the larva displays
black patches on certain segments, and Poulton thinks "it is clear
that the black marks exposed by the larva are calculated to suggest
to the approaching enemy [parasite] that the individual [larva] in
question is already occupied." Super-parasitism is too common an
occurrence to warrant the belief that parasitic insects are warned
away by any visible signs of preoccupation.
The tussock moths (Orgyia antiqua and 0. pudibunda) are supposed
to be protected by the fine hairs of the tussocks which come out
easily in immense numbers. Poulton says: "This interpretation
is entirely due to experiment. A larva of 0. antiqua was introduced
into a lizard's cage and, when attacked, instantly assumed the defen-
sive attitude. An unwary lizard seized the apparently feasible part
of the larva: most of the tussock came out in its mouth, and the
lizard seemed greatly troubled by the fine hairs and did not touch
the larva again" (p. 590). An Orgyia pudibunda larva was killed
but not eaten by another lizard.
48 The Butterflies and Moths of Europe, 1903, p. 46.
49 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 585.
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
The results of most of the earlier experiments with various animals
are brought together by Prof. E. B. Poulton in a paper entitled,
"The Experimental Proof of the Protective Value of Color and
Markings in Insects with Reference to their Vertebrate Enemies"
(Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1887, pp. 191-274). It is convenient to
review these experiments collectively. Those covered by Poulton
are as follows :
Butler, A. G. Remarks upon certain Caterpillars, etc., which are
Unpalatable to their Enemies. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.. 1S69,
pp. 27-29.
Animals experimented with were Lacerta viridis, frogs, and spiders.
In part previouslv published in Ent. Monthly Mag., .5, 1868,
pp. 131, 132.
Poulton, E. B. Diary of observations during 1886. P. Z. S.
Lond., 1887, pp. 269-274. "
Using Lacerta muralis, L. viridis, and Hyla arbor ea. The earlier
sketch of some of the results of these experiments is: "Some
experiments upon the protection of insects from their enemies
by means of an unpleasant taste or smell." Rep. British A. A.
S., 1886 (1887), pp. 694, 695.
Weir, J. Jenner. On Insects and Insectivorous Birds, and especially
on the relation between the Color and the Edibility of Lepi-
doptera and their Larva?. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1869, pp.
21-26.
The birds used were seven species of finches, one weaver bird,
one muscicapid, one pipit, and one thrush. Few of them are
highly insectivorous species.
Weir, J. J. Further Observations on the relation between Color and
the Edibility of Lepidoptera and their Larvae. Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1870, pp. 337-339.
Birds used as in his previous experiments.
Weir, J. J. Diary of observations during 1886. Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 1887, pp. 268, 269.
Experiments with lizards: Lacerta viridis, L. agilis, and Zootoca
vivipara.
Weismann, A. Studies in the Theory of Descent. London. 1882,
Vol. I, pp. 328-341.
Principally experiments with Lacerta viridis.
The main burden of the first half of Poulton's paper is the searching
of the results of these experiments for support of "Wallace's original
suggestion 'that brilliant or conspicuous larva? would be found to
be refused by their enemies'" (p. 196). In the preliminary sketch50
60 Rep. British A. A. S., 1886 (1887), p. 694.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305'
of his own experiments Poulton says: "Wallace had predicted that
brilliantly colored and conspicuous insects would be refused by the
ordinary vertebrate enemies of their class." This statement, which
was a "bull" from the very beginning (inasmuch as we cannot
reckon as enemies of an insect those animals that refuse to eat it)
is wrongly stated by Poulton in both of the above cases. Wallace's
original suggestion, as reported in Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1867,
p. lxxxi, is that, "as a rule, the brilliantly colored larvse were those
which were distasteful to birds." Poulton further twists this in his
table headings to a suggestion "that brilliant and conspicuous
larvae would be refused by some at least of their enemies," a much
later modification of Wallace's statement.
However, this later claim would be admitted without argument
did we accept Poulton's usage of the term enemies as including
practically all insectivorous animals. Even if there were no other
factors involved, the relative sizes of the larva? and of various insec-
tivorous animals in themselves establish limits to the number of
predators upon a certain form; thus numerous large larvse will be
free from attacks of all but a small proportion of insectivorous foes.
Very small larva?, on the other hand, will be overlooked by many
predators. That is, considerations entirely aside from coloration
will limit the number of enemies of any given form. It is evident
that all vertebrates cannot be enemies of the same insect; enemies
and prey form indefinite groups that intermesh in a multitude of
combinations. Consequently, an insect cannot be said to be pro-
tected, because certain vertebrates more or less ignore it, when they
perhaps have no opportunity and certainly in many cases no necessity
for feeding on it in the wild state.
Poulton first tabulates the results of experiments with eighteen
species of "undoubtedly conspicuous larvse," and concludes: "The
first and obvious result of the first table is, with only one entirely
antagonistic exception, the most complete demonstration of the
truth of Wallace's suggestion that a highly conspicuous appearance
would be found to be accompanied by some unpleasant attribute"
(p. 205). Upon close inspection of this table, we find there are two,
not one, species that are not shown to be distasteful to any animal,
namely, Deilephila euphorbice and Lasiocampa pini; eight not refused
by anything are included because they were disregarded by birds.
The writer has explained above why disregard cannot be accepted
as a test at all. The inadvisability of so doing is shown by the fact
that at least three of these eight species of larvse, namely, Orgy in
306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
antiqua, Cucullia verbasci,51 and Hybernia defoliaria, are known to be
eaten by British wild birds. The other eight species included in the
table comprise three others disregarded by caged birds, two of which
are also eaten by British wild birds. These eight, however, were
used chiefly in experiments with lizards, and four of them were
accepted as well as refused upon trial. Of the four only refused,
one (Porthesia auriflua) was eaten by hungry lizards in Poulton's
experiments of 1887.52 Another, Pieris brassicce, was eaten more
often than refused in Pocock's experiments (reviewed later), and a
third which was rejected by frogs and lizards is known to be eaten
by nestlings of Parus major.
Exception may be taken to remarks about some of the species
listed in this table. For instance, J)eilephila euphorbia? was eaten
by a captive lizard, and Newman says, "sea-gulls and terns devour
them in numbers." We may add to the list of enemies the mause-
bussard, on the authority of Schuster.53 Poulton's comment on
this larvae is: "The correlation of a startling appearance with some
unpleasant attribute must probably have existed once if not now.
Have we a case in which hunger or opportunity have caused the
enemies to neglect the latter and therefore to benefit by the former? "
(p. 199). We cannot so conclude, unless we admit also that similar
warning coloration (D. euphorbia? is "black, red, and yellow or
white") would lose its meaning (admitting for the purposes of argu-
ment that it has a meaning) to the same enemies in all other cases.
It is of interest to note that Hybernia defoliaria, included in this
table because disregarded by captive birds, was found in the stomachs
of three species of British birds by Robert Newstead.54 Schuster
(I. c.) records many species of birds as enemies of this larva as well
as of H. brumata.
Table II includes four larvae which only become conspicuous when
approached and detected; one is not shown to be unpalatable to
anything, one was both eaten and refused by lizards, and another
was eaten by at least two species of birds and avoided without trial
by two or more other species. The fourth species was refused by
lizards and poultry, but eaten by nestling great tits.
One of the larvae listed in this table has been made the basis of some
61 See particularly the note, "Do birds eat the larvae of Cucullia?" by H.
D'Orville, Entomologists' Monthly Mag., VI, June, 1869, p. 16.
52 Rep. British A. A. S., 1887 (1888), p. 764.
63 Ent. Bl. Niirnberg, 5, Nr. 7, July 15, 1909.
i4 Suppl. Jour. Bd. Agr. Bond., XV, No. 9, December, 1908.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307
of the most far-fetched theorizing imaginable. Chcerocampa elpenor
is its name; "When approached the anterior part of the body is
distended and resembles a serpent-like head (of the cobra type)"
(p. 206). In Weismann's experiments, "A tame jay ate the larva at
once; sparrows and chaffinches (wild) were frightened by it, and
would not come near a seed trough in which it was placed; fowls
were evidently frightened, but in the end cautiously attacked it,
when it was soon eaten." Lady Verney notes that small birds
"would not come near a tray with crumbs on it on which the larva
had been placed" (p. 206). The larva of Chcerocampa is a large one
(the ocellated spots are present only in last stage; if so useful, why
is this the case?) and its size alone is sufficient to explain the actions
of the small birds. In the case of the sparrows at least, almost any
strange object of the same size might cause the same reaction.
Anything new about their regular haunts is viewed with suspicion.
In regard to the Cobra-like appearance of Chcerocampa, Poulton
says: "It is likely that the terrifying appearance of our own larvae
probably first arose in the tropics, where the imitated cause of alarm
to the enemies of the larvae is real and obvious. And it is probable
that the success of the same method in countries where the reptilian
fauna cannot be said to constitute a source of alarm is due to the
inherited memories of a tropical life which live on, as that instinctive
fear of anything snake-like which is so commonly exhibited by the
higher land vertebrates, including ourselves" (p. 204).
What a characteristic piece of selectionist reasoning(?) ; at least
four very debatable biological propositions, namely, the tropical
origin of the European fauna, its origin in a part of the tropics having
cobras, and instinctive fear in man and other vertebrates, are prac-
tically taken as established facts. Aside from these assumptions,
the argument is very amusing also when contrasted with that insisted
upon by selectionists, in a hundred places, that birds have no instinct-
ive knowledge of what is suitable for food, but must learn by experi-
ence. If an instinct of cobra fear is present in birds whose remote
ancestors may possibly have seen cobras, it would seem that instinct
about such an every-day matter as food were not a point to strain at.
However, it is obvious that both arguments cannot well be sup-
ported by any but the exceedingly versatile.
Table III includes seven "not inconspicuous larva? which are not
nocturnal and which do not conceal themselves." Two are not
shown to be unpalatable to anything and four are included on the
basis of disregard by birds or lizards, at least two of which are eaten
308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
by wild birds. While the remaining one was refused by three species
of birds and disregarded by others, it also is eaten by wild birds.
Table IV presents the results for " bright-colored or conspicuous
insects other than larvae." It deals with fifteen forms, four of which
are not shown to be distasteful to any animal; two are included on
the basis of disregard only, and four were accepted and refused by
the same class of enemies. One of the remaining five, i.e., Anthro-
cera filipendula, imago, refused by lizards in these experiments, was
eaten by lizards in the 1887 experiments (I.e.). Concerning another
insect of this group, namely, Abraxas grossulariata , Poulton notes
(p. 220) his opinion that Butler's record of frogs eating the moth
must be a mistake. It is noteworthy, however, that he uses others
of Butler's records without question. Butler later affirmed the
correctness of his note, and showed that the same insect is taken by
some birds.
Tables I-IV deal with forty-four insects, nine, or 17 per cent., of
which are not shown to be distasteful to any animal; another nine
were both accepted and rejected by the same classof enemies. Eighteen
were either disregarded or rejected by birds, and at least nine of
these are known to be eaten by wild British birds. We have pointed
out above inconsistencies of some of the other cases with other
experiments. In fact, as may be seen on p. 313, in seven out of eight
possible direct comparisons of these experiments with those of
Pocock, the only other extensive series using British insects, the
results are inconsistent.
Eight of the insects of the distasteful groups in these tabulations
were fed to hungry lizards, in experiments performed by Poulton
in 1887, 55 and all were accepted. The behavior of the lizards in the
cases reported contrasts. strongly with that shown in the previous
experiments as shown in the following table of comparisons.
Birds: 1886. 1887.
Orgyia antiqua, larva D A
Vanessa urticce, pupa R A
Lizards :
Euchelia jacobw, 1 A 2 R4 D A
Pygcera bucephala, 1 A3 R3 D A
Porthesia auriflua, 1 R2 A
Anthrocer a filipendula, ad R A
Abraxas grossulariata, 1 Al R7 D2 A
" Further Experiments upon the Protective Value of Color and Markings
in Insects," Rep. British A. A.S., 1887 (1888), pp. 763-765. These experiments,
dealing with frogs, lizards, and a marmoset, and including a few of A. G. Butler's
notes on birds, are not reported in full. Hence they are not reviewed.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309
Progs:
Croesus septentrionalis, 1 A A
Thus it appears that these experiments are inconsistent among
themselves, and from the fact that at least fifteen of the forty-four
insects alleged to have been proved distasteful by the experiments
are known to be eaten by wild British birds, we are justified in
suspecting that the experimental results do not accurately indicate
behavior under natural conditions.
A fifth table by Poulton comprises the results of experiments with
insects which are protectively colored or which evade their enemies
by other means. On the theory, therefore, all of these insects should
be eaten freely by insectivorous animals. However, in sixteen out
of sixty-eight cases, more than 23 per cent.,56 the "evidences of
distaste" are fully as strong as in the majority of the cases in the
first four tables. Taking this fact in connection with that previously
adduced, to the effect that 17 per cent, of the " protected" insects
were not shown to be "unpalatable" to anything, and the additional
fact that sixteen out of the forty-four, or 36 per cent., were included
on the basis of disregard (some of them being eaten also), it is quite
•clear, that the insects, etc., were sorted out into the various tables,
in accordance with the requirements of the theory, experimental
evidence to the contrary notwithstanding. If authors are not
•consistent in the interpretation of the results of experiments, how
can they expect others to have faith in them?
Poulton tries to explain the refusals of certain "protectively
colored" imago Lepidoptera; for instance, with regard to Vanessa
urticce he says (p. 246) : "I have no doubt that the refusal of some
frogs was due to scales only," and of Pieris brassicce, "eaten readily
by all lizards, but not much relished, I believe, because of the mechani-
cal difficulty of the scales and wings and not from being actually
unpalatable." We cannot accept these explanations (which no
doubt are true) without asking that they be made to cover the
refusals of all adult Lepidoptera (of proper size for the animal experi-
mented with). This would affect four species of Table IV and seven
in Table V. We find Poulton later regarding P. brassicai as intrinsi-
cally unpalatable (P. Z. S., 1911, pp. 864, 865).
The inconspicuous larvae of Mania typica were tasted and rejected
by Lacerta muralis, Poulton's comment is: "At first sight a most
56 This does not take into account earthworms and fly larvse, which were
rejected as well as refused, although the fact is not stated in the table.
310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
startling difficulty, yet it is evident from the behavior of the lizards
that they fully expected the larva to be palatable, in itself a strong
confirmation of the suggestion that nearly all such larvae are palat-
able" (p. 243). This is another argument that cannot be accepted
unless it is also applied to the rejections of conspicuous larvae upon
trial, and this latter evidence rather than disregard is all the experi-
ments yield that is worth any consideration. In fact, if impartially
applied, this argument would do away with the experimental evidence
of the efficacy of warning colors in all cases in which the insects were
tasted before refusal. In other words, it would be just as fair to
presume that these conspicuous larvae also were expected to be
palatable, "in itself a strong confirmation of the suggestion that
nearly all such larvae are palatable."
The experiments performed by R. I. Pocock, Superintendent of
the London Zoological Gardens, like those just reviewed, cover a
variety of vertebrate orders. A far larger number of species both
of predators and prey were used than in any other experiments yet
recorded. The captive animals included twenty-six species of
mammals, ninety-six of birds, and seven of lizards, of which only
six birds and one lizard occur naturally in England. The insects
used were, of course, chiefly native. Even if we believe that experi-
mental results have any value as indicating natural behavior, we
can only conclude that the conditions of these experiments invalidate
the findings, for of what possible value can it be to know the likes
and dislikes of exotic animals for British insects?
The account of these experiments is in P. Z. S. Lond., 1911, pp.
809-864. Mr. Pocock thinks his experimental results have "an
important bearing upon the criticism sometimes advanced against
the theory of warning coloration and mimicry as applied to butter-
flies, namely, that birds under natural conditions are seldom seen to
eat these insects. Hence it has been inferred that birds cannot be
reckoned as serious enemies of butterflies. Whatever may be the
explanation of the circumstance," Pocock says, "I am tolerably
sure, from the behavior of the two classes of animals when pitted
against one another that the inference drawn therefrom is erroneous.
The insectivorous birds in our aviaries seemed to know at once what
the butterflies were; they were on the alert the moment one was
liberated and pursued it with determination and precision, following
its every turn and twist, and either catching it upon the wing or
pouncing upon it after settling. It is true that this predatory
deftness may have been acquired in relation to the chase of insects
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311
other than Lepidoptera; but unless the birds recognized butterflies
in general — a group which cannot be mistaken for other insects —
as part of their natural prey, it is difficult to understand their eager
excitement at the sight of those I offered them" (p. 81 1).57
Before quoting further, let us look into this argument a little:
it is characteristic of the selectionist style. He is very charitable
in admitting that predatory deftness may have been acquired in
chasing other insects than butterflies. A little reflection will con-
vince anyone, be he ignorant or not concerning the important con-
stitutents of bird food, that butterflies even if eaten, can furnish
but a small percentage of bird food, namely, an amount proportional
to their numbers among diurnal insects as a whole. Hence a
correspondingly small amount of training in predatory deftness can
possibly have been acquired from capturing them. Pocock finds
it difficult to understand the eager excitement of the birds at the sight
of Lepidoptera, unless they recognized them as such; this after
telling us on the preceding page of "the exceeding keenness of the
birds for the insects brought to them. This was no doubt due in a
measure to our inability in the Gardens to feed the birds on living
insects other than mealworms."
Caged canaries, sometimes become frantically excited when a
grasshopper or other insect is held up to the bars of their cage—
they may never have seen an insect in their life before, they only
know there is something they want. Pocock's parenthetical expres-
sion concerning Lepidoptera — "a group which cannot be mistaken
for other insects" — directly opposes many arguments by selec-
tionists relative to the resemblances of Sesiidse to Hymenoptera;
but any argument to establish the present point without reference
to its bearing on other phases of the theory is a long-standing rule
among selectionists. Continuing his argument, Pocock says:
"Again, unless the species of butterflies used for the experiments are,
or were in the past, habitually preyed upon by birds,57 whence comes
the extraordinary skill the liberated specimens .... displayed in
dodging the swoop of birds in midair? Having repeatedly seen the
aim of the pursuing bird baffled by the evasive twist of the butterfly,
I cannot doubt that the insect's behavior was prompted by the
instinct to escape an habitual enemy of its species, of the same class,
and with the same predatory methods" (p. 811).
57 It is worth pointing out that the disciple is here arguing directly against
one of the cardinal teachings of the master, as Poulton iterates and reiterates,
"acceptance is not proof of palatability" (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 436
317, 348, and 389).
312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Suppose a different experiment were performed : let some muskrats
i Fiber) be put into an aquarium with some sea-lions ; would their
•efforts to escape indicate previous experience in evading enemies of
-the same class? Not at all, it would indicate merely adaptation to
expert progression in the same medium. The relations of birds
(in general) to bats and of birds (again in general) to dragonflies are
instances illustrating the same fact, but which are due to no general
predatory relation between the groups. The wonderful powers of
flight of many of the Syrphida? are strictly comparable to that of
butterflies, as the adults feed only at flowers and have no need of
expert flight for predatory purposes; also they do not need it so
highly developed for defense, for rather a small proportion of birds
are capable of catching insects so expert on the wing. The extreme
rapidity and dexterity of flight of humming-birds has no possible
relation to their prey, nor need it have been developed to its present
perfection to evade species that might be inclined to prey upon
hummers. When Mr. Pocock arrives at the true reason for the
extraordinary powers of flight of humming-birds, he will undoubtedly
be less insistent upon the predator-evasion theory as an explanation
of the tortuous flight of butterflies.58
Pocock further says: "Those who hold on the negative evidence
above stated, that birds are not to be reckoned as serious enemies
of butterflies, must be called upon to supply some explanation other
than that above proposed of the marked reactions between these
two classes of animals when brought into contact with one another,
and to show reason why what takes place in the aviary may not be
regarded as indicative of similar occurrences in nature" (p. 812).
The pertinent retort to this statement is that it is the selectionists
who first claimed and who still claim that birds are important enemies
of butterflies, and it is up to them to produce real evidence in favor
of their contention. So far they have brought forward little except
results of experiments. Pocock's own results, namely, the consump-
tion of large numbers of British insects by exotic animals, should
have convinced him that what takes place in the aviary may not
necessarily be regarded as indicative of similar occurrences in nature.
The point may be further illustrated by the following. Suppose a
5S It is a matter of common observation that butterflies constantly exercise
their powers of flight by playing with other butterflies even of different species.
They often dart at falling leaves, flying bits of paper, and even birds. The
writer saw (March 27, 1912, Plummer's Id., Md.) a Vanessa antiopa dash at
and come within a few inches of a phcebe (Sayornis), that had just perched after
•one of its customary quick sallies at insect prey. The bird, a highly insectiv-
orous species, paid no attention to the butterfly.
1912.'] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313
man has fired his last shot ineffectually at a charging tiger or rhinoce-
ros; he naturally shows a "marked reaction" by taking to his heels,
not because he or his ancestors have had similar experiences, but
because he can run. So with the butterflies, skilful efforts to escape
do not necessarily indicate previous racial experience of the same
nature.
The principal failing of the selectionists always has been a vast
ignorance of what wild birds really eat. They have made very
little effort to acquire such knowledge, and their speculations through-
out show the lack of it. Practically the only large body of authentic
information on the natural food habits of birds is contained in the
records of the United States Biological Survey. They comprise
detailed identifications of the contents of more than 48,000 bird
stomachs representing all families of birds and collected in hundreds
of localities in the United States at all seasons. The United States
has a goodly representation of butterflies, yet only five of these
48,000 stomachs contained remains of Rhopalocera. It is hoped
this will be more satisfactory to the selectionists than the " negative
evidence" they are accustomed to cite with contempt.
The extreme artificiality of Pocock's experiments and the inappli-
cability of the results to the natural relations of British birds and
insects are so evident that it is not worth while to comment on the
details. A few comparisons of the results with those of experiments
recorded by Poulton are of interest as showing the inconsistency,
inter se, of experiments. It has not been possible to collect a large
number of such comparisons because Poulton's experiments were
chiefly with lizards and few with birds, while the opposite is true of
Pocock's. The varying stages in which the insects were presented
also tend to limit comparisons. The table includes all possible
direct comparisons and only one pair in eight shows real correlation.
Birds: Poulton. Pocock.
Vanessa urticai, larva D A 7 R 4 D 1
" pupa R A 2 R 2 D 1
Clisiocampa neustria, larva D A 1
Euchelia jacobaz, ad A A 1 R 4
Cosmotricha potatoria, larva D A 1 R 4 D 1
Anthrocera filipendula, ad. A R 4
Lizards:
Apis mellifera, worker A R 3
Pieris rapw, ad A 20 A 2
Notes on Pocock's experiments, by Prof. E. B. Poulton, are given
21
314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jliner
on pp. 864-868, and show his customary facility in drawing conclu-
sions satisfactory to himself from the most refractory evidence.
For instance, he says: "The experiments on the Pierince support
the conclusion that the perfection of the under surface procryptic
resemblance affords a true criterion of the degree of palatability.
Pieris brassicce, with its conspicuous gregarious larva and imago
larger and less cryptically colored than the other three species ....
was distinctly the least palatable" (pp. 864, 865). The records of
acceptances and rejections of the three species of Pieris are as follows:
Pieris rapce, A 10 R 2, a proportion of 5 to 1 ; Pieris brassicce, A 40
R 33, 1| to 1; and Pieris napi, A 8 R 8, 1 to 1; P. napi thus being
the least favored in the experiments. These figures are reproduced
not because the point as to relative palatability is of any importance,
especially as an indication of natural preferences, but merely to show
that the experimental results are not accurately judged by those
most interested in them. It is of interest to compare Pocock's
results with Pieris brassicce with those obtained by Dr. G. Rorig in
Germany. Pocock records the pupae of this insect as A 1 R 8 D 3,
and the adult as A 16 R 7 D 1, while Dr. Rorig says:59 The pups?
of the Kohlweisling "were eagerly torn open by all the titmice, " and
the adults "were always freely eaten by all the birds which I have
tested."
Poulton bases considerable speculation upon the unpalatability
of Araschnia levana, the record for which in the experiments is A 20
R 10. He follows this with a page of theorizing on the probable
mimicry of Melitcea by Hesperia, and says that the experimental
"results as a whole leave little doubt that Melitcea is distasteful to
many birds, and that it does actually possess the qualtities which
would render it an advantageous model for the Hesperiidse" (p. 867).
As a matter of fact, the experiments with birds and Melitcea de-
scribed on pp. 826 and 827 show that it was finally refused by only
one bird; it was eaten by thirteen species, seven species of which
took nine specimens without hesitation. Two birds which dropped
the first specimen offered them later took one and two, respectively,
including those dropped. The final record for birds is A 18 R 1.
If this is considered proof that Melitcea is advantageous as a model,
the demands of the theory are most modest.
On p. 867 he also refers to Melanargia as a highly distasteful genus ;
its record in the experiments is A 14 R 4. Another extract from
Arb. Biol. Abt. f. Land. Forstwirts. K. Gesundheitsamte, 4, 1903, p. 47.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315
Poulton's remarks is, "Although so many insectivorous animals in
confinement disregarded the special defence of Formica rufa, there
can be little doubt that such defence is very effective in the wild
state. It is impossible on any other hypothesis to account for the
conditions under which the species exists, swarming in vast numbers
in restricted areas and an easy prey to any enemy that would dare
to attack" (p. 868). Here we have a case where experimental
results are not in accord with the theory, and it is evident that it is
so much the worse for the experiments. Where the evidence is of
a supporting nature, experiments are extolled to the skies. Pocock,
who tries to stick consistently to the experimental results which for
Formica rufa were an indefinite number of acceptances and no
rejections by a monkey, A 13 R 0 by birds, and two refusals by
lizards, says: '"The unavoidable conclusion that these insects are
palatable is rather surprising in view of the frequency with which
ants are mimicked in the tropics" (p. 849). In deeming it impossible
for the ants to live as at present unless specially defended, Poulton
takes the struggle for existence too seriously. In fact, he seems to
think all gregarious insects must be specially protected, thus over-
looking periodical cicadas, migratory locusts, canker-worms, army-
worms, etc., which usually occur in large numbers and are eagerly
attacked by a great variety of insectivorous foes.
Poulton further remarks: "It was also apparent in many of the
experiments that the unpalatability of conspicuous Lepidoptera
was .... far more obvious to the birds than the mammals. In
view of the part which birds are believed to play in the production
of mimetic resemblances, it is obvious that this inference may be
highly significant" (p. 868). The writer has tabulated the accept-
ances and rejections for mammals and birds, including only those
Lepidoptera which were refused by some species, and the result is
mammals A 19 R 10, or about 34 per cent, refused, and birds A 112
R 80, or about 41 per cent, refused. Hardly enough difference to
warrant the comment quoted.
A very interesting series of experiments with frogs, lizards, birds,
and mammals upon a good variety of insects and other inverte-
brates as subjects were performed by Beddard and Finn at the
London Zoological Gardens and recorded by the former in his volume
entitled Animal Coloration (1892, pp. 149-166). Mr. Beddard's
principal conclusions are as follows: "It is quite clear from these
experiments that insects which exhibit warning colors are by no
means always exempt from attack. The opinions of insect-eating
il u
it
iC
u
316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
mammals, birds, and reptiles appear to vary as to the edibility of
this or that insect But these experiments do show that
very generally, though not always, a disagreeable taste is associated
with a conspicuous and varied coloration. On the other hand,
precisely the same deductions can be drawn by watching the behavior
of animals when offered inconspicuously colored insects" (p. 155).
As in previous cases, we will give the direct comparisons that can
be made between these and other sets of experiments. Four out of
seven contrasted pairs are contradictory.
Poulton's
Tables, Animals
1887. Beddard. tested.
Armadillo vulgaris A A 2 Lacerta viridis.
Lithobius forficatus A R
Pieris brassicce, 1 R A 5 R 2 D 1 Lizards.
Abraxas grossulariata, 1...A 1R7D2 R1D2
Vespa vulgaris D A 2
Euchelia jacobce, 1 A 2R4 A1R3D1
Pocock, 1911. Beddard.
Pieris brassicce, 1 A 20 R 18 A 2 D 1 Birds.
Beddard justly remarks (p. 166): "None of these experiments
are thoroughly satisfactory; it is so difficult to interpret them, and
they are often contradictory, for a bird will eat one day what it has
refused before. The experiments that have been made are like most
other statistics — they may be made to prove anything. A careful
series of observations upon the contents of the stomachs of wild
birds would be the nearest approach to a satisfactory solution of the
difficulty; but there are obvious objections to this mode of inves-
tigation."
Fortunately, this objectionable method has been pursued to some
extent in England, i.e., by Newstead, and to a slight degree the
work serves as a check on experiments with British birds and insects.
Beddard gave an earwig to a green woodpecker, which made a great
deal of fuss over it, but ended by swallowing it; Newstead found
these insects in two stomachs of green woodpeckers, one of which
contained 23. 60
Merely for the sake of completeness the very brief notes upon
experiments by Thomas Belt61 may be given here:
A tame white-faced monkey always killed but did not eat Heliconii
(pp. 316, 317).
60 Suppl. Journ. Bd. Agr. [Lond.], XV, 1908, p. 64.
91 The Naturalist in Nicaragua, 1888.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317
Lampyridse were "invariably rejected by the monkey, and my
fowls would not touch them") p. 317).
A red and blue frog was not touched by fowls and ducks, but one
of the latter tricked into taking one rejected it (p. 321).
We may add also those of Haase:62
Erithacus rubecula had to be starved into eating Zygoma trifolii
(p. 20).
Fowls always rejected Danais chrysippus, but eagerly ate Papilio
pammon. Captive monkeys also rejected Danais (p. 23).
Attempts to feed species of Danais, Pharmacophagus, Delias, and
Euschema to tame chickens were unsuccessful (p. 99).
Danais septentrionalis was rejected by caged lizards (Calotes
mystaceus) (p. 99).
The following, appended in bibliographic form, are self-explana-
tory:
Donisthorpe, H. St. J. K. Cases of Protective Resemblance,
Mimicry, etc., in the British Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1901.
Three species of lizards were found to reject the Telephorid,
Psilothrix nobilis (p. 362).
Specimens of Melasoma populi " were pecked at, but finally refused,
though killed, by Shama, Pied Mynah, Laughing Jackass and
Brambling. The Drongo and Graculipica nigrirostris ate
several." The author says: "It appears to me that their
refusal by so many insect-eaters in confinement conclusively
proves their distastefulness" (p. 368). It proves nothing of
the sort. Moreover, "distastefulness" of the kind here claimed
seems to be no protection at all. Specimens of Cassida equestris
were eaten by all the birds to which they were offered (p. 369).
Shelford, Pi. Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 230-284,
pis. 19-23.
Two tame monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus) manifested disgust
after tasting specimens of the Reduviid (Eulyes amcena), but
ate its mimic, the mantis (Htjmenopus bicornis) (p. 232). The
writer says he has proved the distastefulness of Lycidse, by
repeated trials with various small mammals and birds (p. 244).
"All the Lycidse are strongly distasteful .... A strong vitality
is correlated with this distastefulness: I have seen a Lycid
beetle walk away apparently uninjured after it had been well
pecked by two or three fowls" (p. 267).
Titchener, E. B., and F. Finn. Comparative Palatabilitv of
Insects, etc. Nature, Vol. 42, No. 1,093, October 9, 1890,
pp. 571, 572.
Haase, E., Researches on Mimicry, Part II, Stuttgart, 1896.
318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J line,
The animals used in these experiments were domestic mice, toads,
a mynah (Acridotheres tristis), a heron (Ardea cinerea), a prairie
owl, a water tortoise and a lizard. The results of the experi-
ments are described in detail, but no general conclusion is given.
At least seven of the things offered as food were both accepted
and refused by the same species of animal. This number
included the common earthworm (Lumbricus terrestris) .
Titchener, E. B. Comparative Palatability. Nature, Vol. 44,
No. 23, October 8, 1891, p. 540.
Experiments with frogs, toads and ducks, supplementary to the
above; no general remarks.
Titchener, E. B. Comparative Palatability. Nature, Vol. 45,
No. 3, November 19, 1891, p. 53.
These experiments relate to the choice of food by captive goldfish,
silverfish, frogs, and a spider. The details are given without
comment.
BIRDS.
Experiments in Europe.
Birds have been used more frequently than animals of any other
class to test the potency of the protective adaptations of insects and
other groups under experimental conditions. One of the most
important series of experiments was carried on chiefly as a study of
the origin of the process by which food is accepted or rejected by
birds. In this series Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan performed various
experiments with young chicks, pheasants, guinea-fowls, moorhens,
and ducks, the net result of which "is that, in the absence of parental
guidance, the young birds have to learn for themselves what is good
to eat and what is distasteful, and have no instinctive aversions."63
The results of these experiments are often quoted by the selectionists,
and as usual in such cases with sweeping inclusions not at all intended
by the author. He says: "I am not, of course, prepared to say
that in no case is there such instinctive aversion Birds
like the megapodes, which are hatched out in mounds apart from
parental influence .... may show instinctive avoidances which
our well-cared-for birds do not possess. That the parent bird does
in most cases afford guidance is unquestionable" (pp. 43-44).
Some of the principal results that have a bearing on the value of
warning colors under experimental conditions are as follows:
1. Chicks tested and rejected cinnabar caterpillars (Euchelia jacobce),
but ate brown loopers and larvae of the green cabbage-moth
(p. 42). A jay ate five cinnabar larvae, but would take no
more (p. 43).
63 Habit and Instinct, 1896, p. 43.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319
2. Young moorhens found the conspicuously colored burnet moths
{Zygoma filipendula) distasteful, the obnoxious part being the
wings, for the body from which the wings were removed was
eaten with apparent relish while the severed wings were rejected
(p. 42).
3. Lvmbricus faztidus was refused at first, as were all other earth-
worms for some time afterwards. Later all were eaten.
4. All birds tested avoided woolly-bear caterpillars (Arctia caja).
5. Jays, ducks, and moorhens ate caterpillars of the tiger moths,
Nemeophila plantaginus and Chelonia villica, while chicks,
pheasants, and guinea-fowls found them distasteful (p. 43).
6. Jays ate pupae of Abraxas grossulariata (p. 43), an insect refused
by most of the captive animals to which it has been offered.
7. One jay ate a larva of Phalera bucephala, which another jay and
duckling and chicks refused (p. 43).
8. Soldier-beetles and ladybirds were avoided (p. 43).
In No. 2, intrinsic distastefulness is not shown; it is the dry, scaly
wings that are objectionable. Nos. 3, 5, and 7 give evidence for
both sides of the question, and No. 6 is inconsistent with most other
experiments on the same insect.
The evanescence of some associations concerning food are shown
by the following experiment: Bits of orange peel were offered to a
young chick that had learned to eat yolk of egg; they were refused,
as were also bits of yolk substituted immediately afterward. Sub-
sequently the yolk was again tested and accepted (p. 41).
Another test indicates that in some cases taste cannot be the
criterion upon which choice is made. "While small worms are
picked up with avidity, large worms are left alone by quite young
birds and often evoke the alarm note. None of the chicks on the
fifth day dared go near a particularly large worm. Bits of red-brown
worsted, somewhat resembling worms, were seized with eagerness
and eaten with surprising avidity so long as they were not more than
a couple of inches long. Of a four-inch bit the chicks were afraid,
until one bolder than the rest, seized it, whereupon the other chased
him for the prize till he escaped to a secluded corner and swallowed
it "(p. 50).
An unusual experience with customary food may lead to its rejec-
tion, as decisively as if it were " nauseous" and " warningly colored."
"Pheasants and partridges, when they seized a worm for the first
time, shook it and dashed it against the ground; one of them did so,
indeed, with such vigor that he shook himself over, and thereafter
could not for some time be induced so much as to look at a worm"
(p. 51). "A little pheasant which would run to my hand for wasp
320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
larvae placed upon the palm, one morning gave the alarm note, and
would not as usual jump upon my fingers. Four or five of the
grubs had stuck together so as to form a large mass of which he was
afraid!"
"Moorhen chicks were at first afraid of the common yellow under-
wing moth and of the gamma moth, though both were eaten freely
after I had given them dead moths" (p. 50).
"Even protective coloration is of little value if there is movement,
so sharp are the eyes of young birds. The caterpillar of the small
white butterfly (Pieris rapcc) on a nasturtium leaf, with which its
clear green color assimilated well, was picked off by a moorhen chick
the moment it moved its head. Recently hatched stick insects
(Diapheromera femorata) , which Prof. Poulton gave me, were snapped
off the lime leaves directly they moved" (p. 46).
Prof. Morgan made many tests with bees and wasps, and in
summing them up says: "Much .... depends on the nature
of initial experience. A bird that has in early days seized a bee
with ill effects is shy for a long time, not only of bees, but of moths ,
large flies, and beetles, while one which is so stung at a later stage is
made, perhaps, a little more cautious generally, but the main effect
is a particularized one concerning bees or the bee-like drone fly"
(p. 54).
A series of experiments, of much the same nature as Morgan's,
but shorter, is described by L. W. Kline.64 Chicks were tested with
earthworms, white boring grubs, cabbage worms, and bits of yellow
pine and starched muslin. "They rejected pine wood after a few
experiences at the age of three days, but three days later they ate
it again, while experience with muslin on the third day was lasting.
They were six days getting acquainted with earthworms and eight
days with canker [cabbage] worms" (p. 276).
An excellent article, previously referred to, "The Food of Some
British Birds,"65 by Robert Newstead, besides presenting the largest
amount of detailed information on its subject, thus far brought
forward, contains a short account of an experimental feeding of
starlings. Certain food items were placed near a nest in which
young were being fed. One centipede (Geophilus longicornis) and
one earwig (Forficula auricularia) were refused, although each species
had previously been given to the nestlings by the parent birds. Only
64 " Methods in Animal Psychology " [Chicks], Amer. Journ. of Psychol., 10,
1898-9, pp. 265-277.
M Suppl. Journ. Bd. Agr. [London], XV, No. 9, December, 1908.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 32L
one of six wood lice (Oniscus asellus) was accepted, and from five to
seven green cherries were refused. Both of these items are eaten by
adult starlings, thus rounding out to a total the contradictory
evidence as to choice of the four items by the same bird under natural
and under artificial conditions.
In 1889 and 1890, Mr. A. G. Butler, whose experiments with
lizards are included in the tables of Poulton, previously discussed,,
published three articles dealing with the food preferences of captive
birds. These included both British and tropical birds, which were
kept in large aviaries. The first66 of Mr. Butler's trio of papers
treats only the general results of six years' experimenting. He says:
"My experience .... has been that no insect in any stage was
ever refused by all the birds; what one bird refused another would
eat" (p. 171). In the course of this paper, Mr. Butler casually
remarked that for two years he had sent data on the experiments to
Mr. Poulton, "not even retaining a copy of my notes, but so far
nothing seems to have come of it; I presume, therefore, that my facts
have rather tended to mystify than clear the matter up" (p. 171).
Poulton seems to have taken deep umbrage at Butler's remarks,
as he returned the notes and made a hot reply on pp. 358-360 of the
same volume. Butler later published his notes in full,67 and says::
"Few things ever astonished me more than the hostile attitude which
Mr. Poulton assumed with regard to that innocent paper, or the
cruel misconstruction which he put upon the most harmless remarks
made therein; that my comment touching the repeated reproduction
of a few comparatively unimportant observations of my own should
have been dislocated into a claim to the origination of Wallace's
theory is too absurd to be considered seriously I still
insist that, so long as a few desultory observations are incessantly
forced into a front place, it is an evidence of how little has hitherto
been done upon which to establish the truth of a theory ; many more
observers are wanted, and all their observations must be impartially
treated if we are to arrive at exact scientific truth. I was not aware
that Mr. Poulton had made a selection of 'the most interesting
results' of my recent experiments for publication in the Report of
the British Association, or I should not have said 'so far nothing-
seems to have come of it'; nevertheless, as it is impossible for any
66 "A few remarks respecting Insects supposed to be distasteful to Birds," Annals
and Mag. of Nat. Hist., Sixth Ser., Vol. IV, 1889, pp. 171-173.
67 " Notes made during the summer of 1887 on the effect of offering various
Insects, Larvse, and Pupae to Birds," I.e., pp. 463-473.
322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
one man to judge how far even apparently uninteresting results may
eventually tell for or against a theory — as, too, Mr. Poulton has
evidently forgotten some of those facts .... I think I cannot do
better than publish the whole of my observations in detail" (pp.
463, 464).
"The most interesting results" made use of by Poulton68 are
remarks upon only four species of insects eaten by birds, while
Butler's notes deal with at least forty-seven species of insects and
other invertebrates. Moreover, without mentioning Butler's results,
Poulton discusses the results of his own tests with lizards and a
marmoset of three other species of insects, which Butler had fed to
birds. Poulton gratuitously observes: "If I had no more notes
than those supplied by Mr. Butler, their preparation for publication
would be only a work of a few hours; but these notes are a very
small fraction of the whole."69 The fact remains, however, that the
large "fraction of the whole," with unimportant exceptions remains
unpublished to-day. As a result of this series of experiments,
Butler concludes that "no insect in any stage, excepting the red-
tailed bumble-bee (which, by the way, I only offered to the missel-
thrush), was rejected by all my birds; those insects which were
refused by certain species were eagerly devoured by others
In the second place, so far from my birds learning by experience to
reject with scorn that which they had proved to be unpalatable,
I found that in some instances they seemed to acquire a taste for
larvae previously refused. Birds are very intelligent, but their
memories are ridiculously short" (p. 473).
Butler's third paper70 enumerates tests of 17 invertebrates offered
to birds, with the following principal conclusion: "My experiments
have convinced me that the tastes of birds not only differ in individ-
uals of the same species, but that the same individuals in consecutive
years vary as to their likes and dislikes."
Unfortunately, the experiments of Butler cannot be compared
with those of Pocock, who also used British insects and both native
and exotic birds, as Butler does not record the number of times an
insect was refused or accepted, but only tells what species of birds
ate it and which did not. Probably the only coincidence of the same
68 Rep. British A. A. S., 1887 (1888), pp. 762, 763.
69 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1889, pp. 359, 360.
" Notes made during the present year on the Acceptance or Rejection of
Insects by Birds," Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Sixth Ser., Vol. VI, 1890, pp.
324-327.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323
species of bird tested with the same stage of the same species of
insect, in the two sets of experiments, is Leiothrix with larvse of
Pieris brassicce. The result in each case was acceptance.
A. D. Bartlett recounts an experience in rearing young water
ouzels which well illustrates the fundamental difference between
experimental and natural conditions. He says:71
"They had been tried with the usual food for most insect-eating
birds, such as scraped beef and hard-boiled eggs, ant eggs, mealworms,
spiders, flies, beetles, aquatic snails, shrimps, salmon spawn, and
many other mixtures, but all failed, until my clerk and assistant,
Mr. Arthur Thomson, who had taken as much interest in rearing
these birds as myself, hit upon the idea of scalding the mealworms,
and tried it. It was soon apparent that in this condition the meal-
worms could be digested, while in a raw or living state they (espe-
cially their hard skins) would pass through the birds in a hard and
undigested condition. From this moment I had but little trouble.
The birds fed greedily upon the half-boiled mealworms, and I soon
found them ready to leave the nest."
Thus these birds did not thrive upon a regimen that included
several elements of their natural food, but did well only when the
staple food was partially cooked. Mr. Bartlett adds :
"In May, 1869, I obtained my first living water ouzel. Since
that time I have had a great many of these birds. Some of them
I reared from the nest, and I fed them upon boiled mealworms, the
larvse of the caddis fly and other insect food; but as soon as they
were able to feed themselves and took to the water, they caught and
fed upon very small fish, especially young minnows. I found them
rather expensive pets, having to provide for a family of four, as they
caught and devoured several dozen daily, and seemed to prefer live
fish to all other food."
If experimental results could be taken as a guide to natural be-
havior, we should conclude from this testimony that water ouzels
feed largely on fish. It is worthy of note, therefore, that Newstead72
found no fish in the stomachs he examined.
In the account73 of the experiments by Dr. G. Rorig, previously
referred to, it is stated that all of the following insects :
71 Wild Animals in Captivity, 1899, pp. 308-310.
nSuppl. Joum. Bd. Agr. Lond., XV, No. 9, December, 1908, p. 25.
73 Arb. Biol. Abt. f. Land. u. Forstwirtschaft . K. Gcsandheitsamte, IV, 1903,
Heft 1, pp. 34-50.
324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,.
Cnetkocampa pinivora, eggs and larvae;
Fidonia piniaria, larvae;
Euproctis chrysorrhoea, larvae;
Clisiocampa neustria, pupae and adults;
Liparis salicis, pupae and adults;
Pieris brassicce, pupae and adults;
Porthetria dispar, adults;
Nematus abietum, larvae;
Nematus salicis, larvae,
were taken eagerly by captive birds, such as titmice, redstarts,
kinglets, nuthatches, etc. Although the list includes hairy larvae,,
some with urticating hairs, and sawfly larvae which other experi-
menters state that birds usually reject, Dr. Rorig does not mention
any refusals. We have already quoted his notes on the accept-
ance of Pieris brassicce, which has been classed as distasteful.
Dr. Rorig's birds also ate plant-lice, Aradus cinnamomeus, Cecidomyia
saliciperda, Retinia buoliana, R. turionana, Phyllopertha horticola, and
Scolytidce.
We may note here also the experiment74 of Dr. Gunther in feeding
Meloidae to chickens. He fed the fowls from 1 to 5 grams of Can-
tharus daily, until a total of 28, 28, 40.5 and 80.5 g. of the material,
was taken by four chickens respectively. One of the birds which
ate 28 g. showed symptoms of poisoning; the others remained
healthy. Significant amounts of cantharidin were recovered from
the bodies of these birds,, and even from eggs laid by them.
Another German experiment but slightly related to the theory
of protective adaptations is recorded75 by Alexander Bau. The
titmice, Parus major and P. communis, accepted in confinement
eggs of Liparis monacha, Porthetria dispar, Orgyia spp., and Clisio-
campa neustria (p. 69).
Brief mention should be made of the following:
*te ■
[Donisthorpe, H.] [Experiments with Birds.] Proc. Ent. Soc„
Lond., 1901, p. xiii.
Quoted by Rev. Canon Fowler, to the effect that Clythra quadri-
punctata, Gonioctena rufipes, and species of Lina were rejected
by several species of British and foreign birds in the London
Zoological Gardens. All of these beetles were eat^n by a
racket-tailed drongo.
Longstaff, G. B. Experimental evidence as to the Palatabilitv
of Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, pp. 629-631.
74 Tierdrztliches Zentralbl, 34, Nr. 18, June 20, 1911, S. 273-276.
' Nutzen und Schaden tlurch die Vogel; Vogelschutz." In Nalurgeschichte
der Deutschen Vogel, by C. G. Friderich, Stuttgart, 1905, pp. 60-76.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325
The experiments were performed in Ceylon with Gracula sp.,
and domestic fowls. "So far as these experiments teach any-
thing, it would appear that these mainas would eat with relish
Nissanga patina, Yphthima ceylonica, Atella phalanta, Ergolis
sp., and Lampides sp. On the other hand, Papilio aristolochice
and Crastia asela were distinctly distasteful. The evidence
as to the other species experimented with fails to convince me
one way or the other" (p. 631). In several of the experiments
the birds apparently were not hungry enough to care for any-
thing.
Experiments in Africa.
In their extensive and interesting paper on the " Bionomics of
South African Insects,"76 Marshall and Poulton record the results
of experiments with kestrels (Cerchneis rupicoloides and C. naumanni)
and a ground horn-bill (Bucorax caffer).
The experiments with the kestrels (pp. 340-345) are characterized
by the average small number of trials of the various insects used.
The writer desires to draw attention to only one point in the dis-
cussion of these experiments. On p. 346, Poulton says with regard
to some supposedly distasteful beetles which the birds had eaten:
"It is probable that most of the defensive fluid had been already
discharged in the case of the Carabidse of the genera Piezia, Poly-
hirma, and Graphipterus, of which the acid secretion was seen to be
a very positive protection when there was opportunity for its opera-
tion on a normal scale." The "normal scale" referred to was the
offering of the beetles tail first! Marshall found these carabids in
the stomachs of certain wild birds, and in discussing this Poulton
says the fact is not remarkable, as "the defensive secretions may be
discharged and lost as the result of the attacks of an experienced
enemy" (p. 353). This better illustrates action on a "normal
scale."
The ground horn-bill experimented upon by Marshall (pp. 347-
348) ate all butterflies offered it, including several of the reputed
"protected" forms, with the exception of two specimens of Limnas
(Danais) chrysippus. Poulton, therefore, remarks: "It has already
been pointed out that the acceptance of insects by insectivorous
animals in captivity is no proof of their normal likes or dislikes in a
wild state Hence the fact the Acrseas were devoured is.no
evidence that thej- are normally eaten except in a time of unusual
hunger" (p. 348). Marshall,77 however, says: "The bird was
76 Trms. Ent. Soc. Loud., 1902, pp. 287-504.
~ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. 139.
326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
entirely unconfined, and wandered at will searching for its food just
like his wild relatives on the next hillside, with only this exception,
if insects, etc., were scarce, the .... bird always got additional
food at the house. The conditions of the experiment, therefore,
render it highly improbable that the hornbill was eating insects
which it would normally reject, and its whole demeanor was quite
at variance with such a supposition."
It is apparent that experts may draw very different conclusions
from the same experimental data, a fact among many which points
to the conclusion that the results of stomach examination are the
only reliable criteria regarding bird food.
Experiments in Asia.
No experiments are more widely quoted than those performed by
Frank Finn while Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum,
Calcutta. Only those of Pocock are more extensive, and they were
performed under much more artificial conditions. The results of
Finn's experiments on birds are published in the Journal of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal, as follows:
No. I. Experiments with a Babbler (Crateropus canorus). Vol. 64,
1895 (1896), Pt. 2, pp. 344-356.
No. IV. Experiments with various Birds. Summary and con-
clusions. Vol. 66, 1897 (1898), Pt. II, pp. 613-668.
The birds used in these experiments were :
Pekin robin Leiothrix luteus.
Common babbler Crateropus canorus.
Red-whiskered bulbul Otocompsa emeria.
Common bulbul Molpastes bengalensis.
Yellow-vented bulbul Molpastes leucotis.
White-crested bulbul Pycnonotus sinensis.
Green bulbul Chloropsis sp.
White-eye Zosterops sp.
Sibia Malacias capistrata.
Mesia Mesia argentauris.
Button quail ■.. Turnix taigoor.
Bhimraj Dissemurus paradiseus
King-crow Dicrurus ater.
Shama Kittacincla macroura.
Indian starling Sturnus menzbieri.
Mynah Acridotheres tristis.
Black and white hornbill Anthracoceros sp.
The Zosterops, probably because of their small size, played a^very
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327
minor part in the experiments, caged as they were with a variety
of larger birds; the Mesia had an exceedingly brief trial, and the
Anthracoceros was tested principally with dead and dry insects left
over from experiments with other birds. Finn remarks that of two
individuals of this last species, one did not care for insects at all;
the other on some occasions had to be coerced into eating insects
of the supposedly palatable kinds.
In commenting upon the significance of his experiments Finn puts
an emphasis on order of choice between insects, which the writer
does not consider justifiable. These as all other experiments are
to determine what will be eaten, and the fact that insects not eaten
in the presence of the experimenter, as a rule, were devoured before
his next visit or the next morning, shows the futility of drawing fine
distinctions as to apparent preferences.
More than 123 butterflies which were left in the cages were eaten
in the absence of the experimenter or by birds not specified, and
more than 77 per cent, of them belonged to the "nauseous" group.
About seventy-two butterflies remained uneaten overnight, though
it should be remarked that many of these were taken later the next
day. Of the seventy-two, about 85 per cent, belonged to the "nau-
seous" group, a percentage practically no different than in the case
of those eaten. It is worthy of note that the number of butterflies
left uneaten is definitely stated in every case, while those eaten are
often included in general terms, as "some," "several," etc. In
making these calculations, "some" has been reckoned as two;
undoubtedly it sometimes meant more. These expressions occur
nineteen times for the "nauseous" group among the butterflies
eaten in the absence of experimenter, only once for the "palatable"
group, and not at all in the case of butterflies left over. Hence
there is no doubt as implied above that the proportions of these
groups are about the same in the butterflies eaten as in those left
over.
In the following table are shown the approximate numbers of
acceptances and rejections upon trial of both the "nauseous" and
"palatable" groups of insects. Species of the former group used are
Acrcea violce, Danais chrysippus, D. genutia, D. limniace, Delias
eucharis, Euploea sp., Euproctis sp., Mylabris sp., Papilio aristo-
lochice, and Terias sp. The principal species of the "palatable"
group are Catopsilia sp., Junonia sp., Elymnias undularis, Papilio
demoleus, P. polites, Huphina phryne, Hypolimnas misippus, Nephe-
ronia hippia, Atella phalanta, and Neptis kamarupa.
328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Nauseous.
A. R.
Crateropus canorus 111+ 36
Leiothrix luteus 52 22
Dissemurus paradiseus 30+ 22
Dicrurus ater 17 2
Kittacincla macroura 21 28
Sturnus menzbieri 17 16
Chloropsis sp 6 5
Malarias capistrata 0 0
Otocompsa emeria79 21 7
Molpastes bengalensis79 15 1
Molpastes leucotis 15 0
Pycnonotus sinensis 7 9
Turnix taigoor 29 1
Acridotheres tristis 2 . 1
Palatable.
A.
R
96
1
94
21
54
6
32
4
78
12
42
7
16
5
5
5
7
6
10
0
5
0
10
1
20
3
2
1
343+ 150 471 72
Finn's conclusions may be discussed in order:
1. "That there is a general appetite for butterflies among insec-
tivorous birds, even though they are rarely seen when wild to attack
them" (p. 667).
This is a thing which can never be proven by experiment. As
well say there is a general appetite for boiled rice, bread and milk,
and domestic cockroaches which were the stock foods of the birds
used in these experiments. Certainly, these things are no more
foreign to the natural dietaries of many species of birds than are
butterflies, and the eating of either in captivity is no proof that they
are taken or even relished by wild birds. This argument is strength-
ened by the record of the button-quail (Turnix taigoor) in Finn's
experiments. This essentially ground-loving bird, which is in no
way equipped for capturing butterflies under natural conditions,
and consequently cannot have an appetite for them, in captivity
took all but four out of a total of fifty-three that it tried.
Mason and Lefroy, in the most comprehensive and valuable
statement yet published regarding the food of birds in India, say:so
"Butterflies do not form any appreciable proportion of the food of
78 Finn records the refusal of Acrosa by the red-whiskered bulbul (p. 640),
while Poulton (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. xxxi) publishes a letter from H. L.
Andrewes, which states that this bird was observed to feed to its young Acrcea
violce, supposedly one of the most distasteful of the group.
79 An interesting case of the diversity in results of experiments, and a proof,
therefore, of their misleading character, probably refers to this bird, the common
bulbul of India. A. G. Butler (Nature, 3, No. 61, December 29, 1870, p. 165)
notes that a Mr. Newton, of Bombay, said it was only by repeated persecution
that a caged bulbul was induced to touch a Danais. The record of this bird
with Danais in Finn's experiments is A 8 R 4.
80 Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Ent. Ser., Vol. Ill, January, 1912, p. 338.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 32 )
any one species of bird, though a good many birds take these insects
at times. A long series of experiments with regard to birds taking
protectively colored or distasteful insects and especially butterflies
was made by Mr. Finn They have little importance to
economic ornithology, since most of the experiments were conducted
with caged birds, these, therefore, being under unnatural conditions."
2. "That many, probably most species, dislike, if not intensely,
at any rate in comparison with other butterflies, the "warningly
colored" Danainse, Acrcea violce, Delias eucharis, and Papilio aristo-
lochice; of these the last being the most distasteful and the Danainse
the least so" (p. 667).
By consulting the tabulation of acceptances and rejections given
above, it will be seen that only two out of fourteen species of birds
considerably experimented with failed to take as many or more
insects of the "nauseous" group than they refused, and that seven
of these fourteen species' refused as large or a larger proportion of
the "palatable" butterflies as of the "nauseous" ones. Conse-
quently the assertion in Conclusion 2, at least as regards the Dan-
ainse, is not borne out even under experimental conditions; it should
read, about half of the species of birds considerably experimented
with showed in captivity a greater or less degree of preference for
butterflies of the "palatable" group. The figures show that about
30 per cent, of all "nauseous" butterflies tested were refused, as were
about 13 per cent, of the "palatable" ones. About 23 per cent, of the
Danais (average of three species) and of the Euplceas were rejected,
proportions nearly as small or smaller than in the case of at least three
species of the so-called palatable group, namely, Papilio demoleus, 25
per cent.; Atella phalanta, 22 per cent.; and Elymnias undalaris, 24
per cent.
The approximate numbers of refusals and acceptances and the
percentage of refusals for the important species of both groups are
given below:
"Nauseous" group.
A. R. %R.
Danais chrysippus 136+ 38 21.8
" genutia 59+ 23 28
" limniace 38+ 9 19.1
Delias eucharis 13 19 59.3
Euplcea sp 53 16 22.8
Euproctis sp 11 2 15.3
Mylabris sp 1+ 1 50
Papilio aristolochice 17 33 . 66
Terias sp 11 4 26.6
Acrcea violce 3 5 62.5
22
330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juner
"Palatable" group.
Atella phalanta 16 6 22.7
Elymnias undularis «*r 25 8 24.2
Hypoli?nnas misippus 13 1 7.1
Nepheronia hippia 12 1 7.6
Papilio demoleus 69 24 25.8
" polites.. 55 12 17.9
3. That the mimics of these are at any rate relatively palatable
and that the mimicry is commonly effectual under natural condi-
tions" (p. 667).
According to the figures obtained by me, the mimics, Hypolimnas-
misippus and Nepheronia hippia were each rejected once in thirteen and
twelve trials, respectively, an average of about 7 per cent., or much
under the average for the ''palatable" group as a whole, while about
18 per cent, of the Papilio polites and 24 per cent, of the Elymnias
undularis were refused, fully as large a proportion as in the case of
several members of the "nauseous" group.
There is no more evidence for the latter half of this conclusion
than that any other features of the experiments are analogous to
natural conditions.
As noted above, the experiments and conclusions of Finn are often
quoted in support of the selectionist theories, and Finn himself in
summing up this earlier work says: "On the whole, the theory of
Wallace and Bates is supported by the facts detailed in this and
former papers, so far as they deal with birds. (and the one mammal
used)" (pp. 667, 668).
It is of great interest, therefore, to note that the builder of these
oft-sought bulwarks of the selectionists later came to the opinion
that neither they, nor any other of the defenses brought forward,
would save the day for the selection theories. In collaboration with
Douglass Dewar, in a book entitled The Making of Species (1909).
he says: "Many naturalists, especially Dr. Wallace and Prof.
Poulton, have pushed the various theories of animal coloration to
absurd lengths (p. 171) We have examined these mighty
images of gold, and silver, and brass, and iron, and found that there
is much clay in the feet " (p. 172) .... What we "know of the
struggle for existence offers but poor support to the Neo-Darwinian
explanation of the cases of the so-called mimicry in nature"
(p. 240).
As a result of his experience with captive birds, Finn recommends
that future experimenters use birds in a state of freedom, and at
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331
least one experimenter, Lieut. -Col. Neville Manders, has done so.
Manders himself says: "I am extremely doubtful as to any real
value accruing from experiments on caged birds, whether nestlings or
adult. No one, I imagine, believes that all butterflies taste alike;
no doubt some are more tasty than others, and caged birds fed upon
butterflies, even with other insect food, would no doubt learn in
time to distinguish the different kinds ; but this procedure to my mind
begs the question, as it assumes that butterflies are an ordinary
article of food in the wild state, a proposition .... which the
evidence .... does not altogether support."81 It is noteworthy
that the free birds Manders did induce to take disabled butterflies
were not seen by him to attack these insects under normal con-
ditions. He frequently comments (pp. 736-739, 741) on this fact.
Although the birds ate the helpiess butterflies, they took no notice
of the freely flying ones that abounded in the vicinity.
The wild birds experimented upon in Ceylon by Manders, with
their records, are as follows: (Disregarded — D. — means simply
not taken and not tried. Behavior toward dead butterflies not
noted) .
Nauseous Palatable
group. group.
A. R. D. A. R. D.
Robin flycatcher, Siphia hyperythra 2 0 2 6 0 1
Dusky-blue " Stoparola sordida 7 0 0 2 0 4
Brown shrike, Lanius cristatus 4 0 7 4 0 5
Magpie robin, Copsychus saularis. ... 10 3 4+ 21+0 6
Mynah, Acridotheres tristis 110 1 5 0 1
34 3 14+ 38+ 0 17
Thus there were no refusals (upon trial) of any living butterflies
except by the magpie robin. This bird has three rejections, two of
Euplcea core, one of which it ate immediately afterwards. The
bird's record with this butterfly was A 9 R 2. Manders says the
other butterfly (Terias hecabe) refused by this species was too dry.
The percentage of insects disregarded is practically the same for the
"nauseous" and the "palatable" groups. Manders' conclusion from
this and other evidence is that "the terms palatable and unpalatable
are not justified at present" (I.e., p. 742).
Experiments in America.
Unfortunately, the natural food habits of many of the Indian,
81 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., September, 1911, p. 745.
332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
African, and British birds experimented with are not well known,
for the selectionists have examined very few stomachs of wild birds.
This method is more arduous and does not pile up results so hand-
somely as do experiments. But it is, nevertheless, in connection
with the strictly correlated examination of contents of other parts
of the alimentary canal, and of pellets, and faeces (together with
reliable records of individuals seen or collected with food in talon or
beak), the only trustworthy method of learning what birds actually
eat under natural conditions. And this information only is accep-
table proof of the tastes and food preferences of birds or, for that
matter, of any other animals.
It is fortunate, therefore, that one series of experiments has been
made the results of which can be closely checked with a satisfactory
amount of exact information upon the food habits of the same species
under natural conditions.
Experiments by Judd and Beal.
The experiments referred to have never been published upon as a
whole, though some of the results may be found in the following
publications :
Beal, F. E. L. The Bluejay and its Food. Yearbook U. S. Dept.
Agr., 1896 (1897), pp. 205, 206.
Birds of California in relation to the Fruit Industry. Part I,
Bui. 30, Biol. Survey, 1907, p. 35.
Judd, Sylvester D. Four common Birds of the Farm and Garden.
Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agr., 1895 (1896), pp. 410, 414.
The Efficiency of some Protective Adaptations in securing
Insects from Birds. Am. Nat., 33, No. 390, June, 1899, pp.
461-484. .
The relation of Sparrows to Agriculture. Bui. 15, Biological
Survey, 1901, pp. 45-48.
The Bobwhite and other Quails of the United States in their
economic relations. Bui. 21, Biological Survey, 1905, pp.
28, 29, 36, 38, 40, 41, 44-45.
Doctor Judd was at one time yery enthusiastic with regard to
experiments in feeding birds, and these experiments were initiated
and largely carried on by him. They were watched, however, and
in part performed by Prof. F. E. L. Beal, the veteran economic
ornithologist, who has examined the contents of more bird stomachs
than any other person in the world. Prof. Beal was mainly respon-
sible for the discontinuance of these experiments, and I am betraying
no secret in asserting that experimental ornithology was abandoned
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333
by the United States Biological Survey because of a direct realization
from these trials of the futility of experiments as indications of the
food preferences and, therefore, of the economic status of species
under natural conditions.
It is not the writer's purpose to give a detailed account of these
experiments, but merely lists of the items accepted and rejected, with
comments thereon. It will be helpful to consider separately those
items which were both refused and devoured. Several discrepancies
exist between the statistics here presented and the published accounts
previously referred to, but the writer has made the following tabula-
tions directly from notebooks containing daily entries regarding
the experiments. He believes these should be accepted as correct,
rather than statements in the printed pages that have run the gantlet
of editors and proof-readers, whose efforts often have just the oppo-
site result, so far as accuracy is concerned, from that which the
exercise of their true functions is intended to insure.
To interpret the bearing of this and the following experiments on
the theory of protective adaptations, it should be recalled that the
common types of what is called warning coloration are the combina-
tions of black with red, yellow, and white. Metallic colors also are
usually classed as warning. Besides the insects, etc., possessing
these colors, other groups, for various reasons, are said to be specially
defended. Among these are ground beetles (Carabidse), many of
which have acid and nauseous secretions; the true bugs (Hemiptera),
nearly all pungently flavored and malodorous ; ants, and the stinging
wasps and bees (Hymenoptera) ; the spiders and centipeds with
poison fangs; and the millipeds with acid juices. All of these crea-
tures are supposed to be especially protected from the attacks of
predaceous animals or, in other words, to be distasteful.
To bring out clearly the attitude of Judd's captive birds toward
these categories of "protected" animals, the writer has tabulated
the results (as regards the animal food only) of each series (except
the shorter ones) of experiments under the following headings:
"warningly colored" species, others "specially defended," and
"non-protected" species. Of course, the term "non-protected"
is not in accordance with the theories of protective adaptations, as
the more obscurely colored and innoxious forms thus described are
also said to be protected, but chiefly in a more passive way than the
other two groups, namely, by concealing coloration. "Non-pro-
tected" is therefore used to bring into greater contrast the theoretical
attributes of these comparatively poorly "protected" species.
334
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
Bobwhite (Colinus virginianus) :82 —
Accepted:
Ch^etopoda.
Earthworms.
coleoptera.
Carabid^e. •
Scarites subterraneus (black).
Harpalus erythropus (black, reddish legs).
CoCCINELLIDiE.
Adalia bipunctata (red, black, and yellow).
Epilachna borealis (yellow and black).
SCARAB^EID^E.
Li gyrus gibbosus (red-brown).
Chrysomelid^e.
Diabrotica 12-punctata (yellow and black), 2 + .
Diabrotica vittata (yellow and black), 2 + .
Leptinotarsa decemlineata (yellow and black), three birds
ate fifty in five minutes.
Lepidoptera.
PlERID^E.
Pieris rapce larvae (green, black, and yellow), 2.
SPHINGIDiE.
Phlegethontius sp. larvae (green and white), 2.
Noctuid^:.
Agrotis sp. larva.
Rejected:
COLEOPTERA.
COCCINELLID.E.
Chilocorus bivulnerus (black and red).
MELOID.E.
Melee angusticollis (dark blue or violet, vesicant body
fluids).
HOMOPTERA.
APHID.E.
Hymenoptera.
Tenthredinid^e, larvae.
Summary: Colinus virginianus.—
Accepted.
Rejected.
Species.
Speci-
mens.
^cies. *£
"Warninely colored" species
7
1
4
KQJ. O O
Others "specially defended"
1 2
r. n
2 +
0
"Non-protected" species
82 Partial account of these experiments in Bui. 21, Biol. Survey, 1905, pp. 28-29,
36, 38, 40, 41, 44-45.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335
Thus these bobwhites ate, among other things, three species of
•strongly flavored yellow and black Chrysomelidse, or leaf beetles,
and two species of equally if not more pungent Coccinellidse or
ladybirds, whose colors of yellow and black and red, black, and
yellow are typically "warning." On the other hand, the birds
refused one red and black ladybird. It is evident considerations as
to color of prey have little weight with the quail. It is worthy of
note also that although these birds refused plant lice, birds experi-
mented upon by Mrs. Margaret M. Nice ate large numbers of these
insects.
Mrs. Nice's experiments upon bobwhites83 which have previously
been reviewed84 by the writer clearly bring out the fact that birds
will eat in captivity insects which they probably never eat or in
some cases never even see in their normal existence. Examples are:
house-flies (Musca domestica) and mosquitoes; 1350 and 568 of
these insects, respectively, were taken at single meals, but undoubtedly
they are seldom if ever eaten by wild bobwhites. Silver fish (Lepisma
saccharina), clothes moths (Tinea pellionella), and mealworms
(Tenebrio) also were eaten by the captive quail, but wild birds
probably never have a chance to get these close associates of man.
The writer does not list the results of Judd's trials of quail with
various vegetable foods, but only one item was refused, namely,
strawberries. These are eaten by wild bobwhites and Judd com-
ments85 on the fact as follows: "M. B. Waite reports that near
Odenton, Md., it sometimes picks ripening strawberries. Yet
birds that were kept in captivity several months refused straw-
berries when they were hungry."
Broadwinged Hawk (Buteo platypterus) . —
Accepted:
Lepidoptera.
Basilona imperialis imago (yellow and purplish-brown).
Bartrachia.
Bufo sp.
Aves.
MlCROPODID^E.
Chcetura pelagica (fuscous).
83 " Food of the Bob white." By Margaret Morse Nice, Journ. of Economic
Entomology, Vol. 3, No. 3, June, 1910, pp. 295-313.
84 Journ. Economic Ent., Vol. 3, No. 5, October, 1910, pp. 437-438.
« Bui. 21, Biol. Survey, 1905, p. 36.
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JlHie,
Fringillid^e.
Passer domesticus (nestlings), 3.
There is no record of a refusal by this bird. The toad is supposed
to be protected by acrid secretions of glands in the skin.
Ruby-throated Hummingbird (Archilochus colubris) : —
Rejected:
Small Aphidse.
" Jassidae.
" Culicidse.
" Other Diptera.
" Halticinse.
" Araneida.
The leaf hoppers (Jassidae), small flies (Diptera), flea-beetles
(Halticinse), and spiders (Araneida), at least, are common articles in
the natural diet of this species.
Bluejay (Cyanocitta cristata) :86 —
Accepted:
CHiETOPODA.
Earthworms, 7.
ISOPODA.
Oniscus asellus, 6.
Chilopoda.
Lithobiiis sp., 2.
Julus sp., 2.
Ephemerida.
Adults, many.
Orthoptera.
acridiid^e.
Dissosteira Carolina, 1.
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Agonoderus pallipes (pale yellow and black), 1.
Anisodactylus discoideus (black and brownish-yellow), 2.
" rusticus (brownish-black), 2.
Calosoma scrutator (metallic green, red, and blue), 1.
Chlcenius sp., 1.
Galerita janus (black and reddish-brown), 2.
Harpalus caliginosus (black), 1.
86 Partial account in Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agr., 1896 (1897), pp. 205, 206.
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 337
Elaterid^e.
Alaus oculatus (black and silvery, with eye-spots). •
Elaterid, adult, 1.
Elaterid, larva, 1.
ScARAB.EIDjE.
Allorhina nitida (green and yellow), 1.
LUCANID.E.
Passalus cornutus (black), 2.
Cerambycid.e.
Typocerus sinuatus (black with yellow bands), 5.
CHRYSOMELID.E.
Diabrotica 12-punctdta (yellow with black spots), 1.
TENEBRIONID.E.
Nyctobates pennsylvanicus (black), 1.
Tenebrio obscuras (dark reddish-brown), 1.
Tenebrionid undet., 1.
Heteroptera.
pentatomid.e.
Brochymena sp., 1.
Lepidoptera.
Philosamia cynthia. (yellow and purplish-brown), 3 (alive
and dead).
Telea polyphemus ad. (mainly reddish-brown, white and
black, eye spots on each pair of wings), 1.
Orgyia leucostigma, pupae, 2.
Hyphantria cunea, larvae (very hairy), many.
Hairy caterpillar, undet., 1.
Cutworm, 1.
Hymenoptera.
Apina, 2.
Agapostemon sp. (metallic green), 1.
Araneida.
Spider, 1.
Aves.
phasianid.e. *
Egg shells.
Fringillid^e.
English sparrow eggs, 2.
Rejected:
Orthoptera.
Blattid^e.
' Stylopyga orientalis (black).
Heteroptera.
Belostomatid^e.
Benacus griseus (light brown).
338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
coleoptera.
Lampyrid^e.
Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus (yellow and black), 3.
Chrysomelid^e.
Chrysochus auratus (metallic green and coppery).
Lepidoptera.
Papilionid^e.
Papilio troilus adult (dark red-brown, white, and bluish-
green) .
PULMONATA.
LlMACID,E.
Limax sp.
Aves.
PhASIANIDjE.
Hen's egg (whole).
FrINGILLIDjE.
Passer domesticus (alive), in cage three days.
Mammalia.
Murid^e.
Mus musculus (alive).
Spermatophyta.
MORACE^E.
Morus sp. (berry), 2.
Aquifoliace^e.
Ilex opaca, berry (red), 2.
Disregarded:
Coleoptera.
Coccinellid^e. .
Adalia bipunctata (red, black, and yellow), 2.
Hippodamia sp., 1.
.Chrysomelid^e.
Galerucella luteola (yellow and black), 3.
Lepidoptera.
Papilionid^e.
Papilio turnus ad. Killed, dropped when frightened by
observer, not picked up (mainly yellow and black), 1.
Hymenoptera.
Apina.
Apis mellifera, worker (brown), 1.
Spermatophyta.
Fagace^e.
Fagus grandifolia, nuts.
MYRTACEiE.
Citrus sp., whole fruit.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339
Accepted and Rejected:
Orthoptera.
Gryllid^b.
Gryllus sp., A 1 11 1.
coleoptera.
Carabid.e.
Scarites subterraneus (black), A 2 R 1.
Hydrophilid^e.
Hydrophilus triangularis (shining greenish-black), A 2 R 2.
ScARAB^IDiE.
Ligyrus gibbosus (reddish-brown), A 17 R 2.
Hymenoptera.
Bombus sp., A 1 R 1.
Xylocopa virginica, worker (black with yellow hairs),
A 1 R 1, male A 1.
Mammalia.
Murid;e.
Mus musculus (dead), A 3 R 1.
Accepted and Disregarded:
COLEOPTERA.
SCARAB,EID,E.
Lachnosterna sp. (reddish-brown), A 3 D 2.
Hymenoptera.
MYRMICIDiE.
Tetramorium caspitum (a minute reddish ant), A 1, D many.
Accepted, Rejected, and Disregarded:
Orthoptera.
Blattid^e.
Blattella germanica (vellow-brown and dark brown),
A 16+ R 1 D 1.
Coleoptera.
SCARAB^EIDiE.
Dyscinetus trachypygus (black), A 5 R2 D 2.
Lepidoptera.
Philosamia cynthia, cocoons. One pecked, could not be
opened, was left; two others disregarded were after-
wards eaten when cut open.
Spermatophyta.
Fagace^e.
Quercus sp. (acorns), A 8+ D several, R.
Disregarded and Refused:
Coleoptera.
Leptinotarsa decemlineata (yellow and black), D 1 R 2.
Lepidoptera.
Colias philodice ad. (yellow and black), D 2 R 1.
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Summary: Cyanocitta cristata. —
[June,
|
Accepted. Rejected. Disregarded.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
"Warningly colored" species
Others "specially defended"
12
8
15
21 +
12
29
3
1
5
5
1
5
4
1
0
7
1
"Non-protected" species
0
Accepted and
rejected.
Accepted and
disregarded.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
"Warningly colored" species...
2
1
4
A3 R2
2 1
23 6
0
!
AO
1
3
DO
Others "specially defended"
1 +
"Non-protected" species
2
"Warningly colored" species
Others "specially defended".
"Non-protected" species
Accepted, rejected Disregarded and
and disregarded. rejected.
Spe-
cies.
0
0
3
Specimens. ^Pe~ Specimens.
A 0 R 0 D 0
0 0 0
24+4 5
2
0
0
D3
0
0
R3
0
0
Imagos of Philosamia cynthia, at least, among the things ac-
cepted are seldom or never encountered by wild bluejays. This
species was imported with its food plant Ailanthus glandulosus, and
is established in very few places. The cocoons of this species could
not be opened by the jay, but when opened for him the pupae were
eaten. Of the items refused, hen's eggs are all too often attacked
by wild birds ; living birds and mice are frequently killed and eaten,
and mulberries also are eaten under natural conditions.
Among things both accepted and rejected, crickets (Gryllus) and
May-beetles (Laclino sterna) are commonly devoured by free birds.
The carabid Scarites also has been found in the stomach of this
species. Beechnuts were disregarded by the captive jay, and acorns
were both disregarded and refused, though some were afterwards
eaten. Both of these nuts are frequently eaten by wild jays. These
instances in themselves are sufficient to show that acceptances and
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341
rejections by captive birds are no guide to the natural tastes of the
species.
English Sparrow (Passer domesticus) :—
Accepted:
COLEOPTERA.
SCARAB,EID;E.
Ldgyrus gibbosus (reddish-brown), 1.
Spermatophyta.
Gramin^e.
Panicum sanguinale.
Chcetochloa italica.
Chcetochloa viridis.
Chenopodiace.e.
Chenopodium album.
Ambrosiace^e.
A mbrosia a Hem isia 'folia .
Rejected:
Heteroptera.
Pentatomid.e.
Brockymena arborea (dark brown) , 1 .
Spermatophyta.
Cichoriace.e.
Taraxacum taraxacum (heads with akenes).
Accepted and Rejected:
Spermatophyta.
Amaranthace.e.
Amaranthus sp. Refused at 9 A.M. when hungry, but
eaten at 11 same morning.
The fruiting heads of dandelion which were refused are a favorite
natural food; and Amaranthus seeds, which were refused but eaten
two hours later, are commonly eaten by wild birds of this species.
Snowbird (J unco kyemalis) :87 —
Accepted:
Orthoptera.
Encoptolophus sordidus (brown).
Rejected:
COLEOPTERA.
COCCINELLID.E.
Adalia bipunctata (red, yellow, and black).
SCARAB.EID.E.
Dyscinetus trachypygus (black).
87 Partial account of experiments with this and the following two species in
Bid. 15, Biol. Survey, 1901, pp. 45-48.
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Chrysomelid,e.
Lema trilineata (yellow and black).
MELOIDiE.
Epicauta sp.
Spermatophyta.
Chenopodiace^e.
Chenopodium sp. (seeds).
The latter seeds are a common natural food.
White-throated Sparrow (Zonotrichia albicollis) : —
Accepted:
Heteroptera.
Pentatomid.e.
Murgantia histrionica (orange and black).
Other acceptances and rejections same as with Junco, and same
remark applies.
Song Sparrow (Melospiza melodia) : —
Accepted:
Neuroptera.
Chrysopid^e.
Chrysopa sp., 1.
Orthoptera.
Encoptolophus sordidus (brown), 1.
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Amara sp., 2.
Anisodactylus terminatus (dark brown to greenish-black), 1.
Harpalus pennsylvanicus (black), 1.
Nebria pallipes (black, legs yellow), 1.
Platynus sp., 2.
Pterostichus sayi (green), 3.
Trogositid^e.
Trogosita virescens (metallic green or blue), 1.
CURCULIONID^E.
Sitones sp., 2.
HOMOPTERA.
Jassid^e (nymphs and adults), 3.
Heteroptera.
Lyg,eid,e, 1.
Reduviid,e, 1.
Lepidoptera.
papilionid.e.
Papilio turnus, ad. (mainly yellow and black), 1.
Moths, 2.
Araneida.
Spider, 1.
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 343
Spermatophyta.
Caryophyllace,e.
Alsine media (seeds).
Rejected:
coleoptera.
Carabid.-e.
Various Harpini were refused, but later Harpalus penn-
sylvanicus was eaten.
COCCTNELLID^E.
Adalia bipunctata (red, black, and yellow), 1.
Hippodamia sp., 2.
SCARAB^EIDiE.
Allorhina nitida (green and yellow).
Lachnosterna sp.
Chrysomelid^e.
Diabrotica 12-punctata (yellow and black), several.
Lema trilineata (yellow and black).
Meloid.e.
Epicauta sp.
Lepidoptera.
Arctiid.e.
Leucarctia acroea, ad. (white, yellow, and black).
Hymenoptera.
formicid.e.
Black ant, probably Camponotus.
Spermatophyta.
Chenopodiace.e.
Chenopodium sp.
PoLYGONACEuE.
Polygonum sp.
Accepted and Rejected:
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Agonoderus pallipes (pale yellow and black), ate 2, refused
others, but next day ate 15 in three minutes.
Chiasmus sp., A 1 R 1.
SCARAB.EID.E.
Dyscinetus trachypygus (black), A 1 R 1.
Trox sp., A 1 R 2. *
Spermatophyta.
AmARANTHACEjE.
Amaratithus sp. Refused at first, finally starved into
eating it.
Cichoriace.e.
Taraxacum taraxacum. The opened fruiting head was'
accepted at the only trial, the closed involucres were
at first refused; several days afterwards 3 were eaten.
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Summary: Melospiza melodia. —
[June,
Accepted.
Rejected.
Accepted and
rejected.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
6
13
5
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
" Warningly colored" species....
Others "specially defended "
"Non-protected" species
4
9
3
5
3 +
2
6
3 +
2
2
0
2
A 18
0
2
R2 +
0
3
In rejecting the seeds of Chenopodium and Polygonum this bird
refused two favorite items of the food of wild members of its species; the
bird was only starved into eating Amaranthus seeds, another favorite
natural food. Of the rejected insects, Camponotus, Diabrotica, Hippo-
damia, and Lachnosterna have been found in collected stomachs. The
acceptances include at least one insect, Papilio turnus, which the
bird probably never gets under natural conditions. The experi-
menter noted that this butterfly would have easily escaped the bird
had it not been confined.
Little Butcherbird (Lanius ludovicianus) :88 —
Accepted:
Chilopoda.
Lithobius sp., 1.
Orthoptera.
acridiid.e.
Hippiscus sp., 2.
COLEOPTERA.
SCARAB^EID^E.
Copris Carolina (black), 1.
Lachnosterna sp., 1.
Ligyrus gibbosus (dead) (reddish-brown), 1.
Osmoderma sp., 1.
Trichius piger (greenish-black, reddish-brown, white; both
white and yellow hairs), 1.
CERAMBYCID.E.
Monohammus sp., 1.
Meloid^e.
Meloe americana (bluish-black, vesicating juices), 1.
Heteroptera.
Pentatomid^e.
Euschistus sp., 1.
Nezara hilaris (green), 1.
88 Partial account in Bui. SO, Biol. Survey, 1907, p. 35.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345
BELOSTOMATID.E.
Belostoma americanum (light brown), 1.
Lepidoptera.
Ceratomia catalpce larva (black and yellow), 2.
Estigmene acrcea, ad. (white, yellow, and black), 2.
Euvanessa antiopa, ad. (reddish-brown, light blue, and
yellow), 2.
Diptera.
Calliphora sp., 2.
Pisces.
Goldfish, 1.
Micropterus salmoides, 1.
Urodela.
Plethodon cinereus erythronotns (brown and red).
Plethodon glutinosus (black and white), 1.
Reptilia.
Storeria dekayi (grayish-brown and black), 1.
Heterodon platyrhinus (yellow or reddish and brown or
black), 1.
Sceloporus undidatus (gray or brown and black), 1.
Aves.
Fringillid^e.
Passer domesticus? 3.
, VlREONID^E.
Vireo olivaceus, 4.
TrOGLODYTIDjE.
Telmatodytes palustris (dead), 1.
Mammalia.
Mus musculus, 5.
Rejected:
coleoptera.
Erotylid^e.
Megalodacne heros (black and yellow), 1.
Lampyrid^e.
Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus (yellow and black), 1.
Chrysomelid^e.
Diabrotica 12-punctata (yellow and black), 4.
Meloid^e.
Epicauta vittata (yellow and black), 1.
Heteroptera.
Pentatomid^e.
Murgantia histrionica (yellow and black), 1.
Lepidoptera.
Euvanessa antiopa larva (black, spiny), 1, pupa 1.
Hyphantria cunea larva (yellow, brown, and black, very
hairy), 2.
Malacosofna americana larva (black, white, and blue,
hairy), 1.
23
346
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[June,
Orgyia leucostigma larva (red, black, white> and yellow,
hairy tufted), 1.
Spermatophyta.
Rosacea.
Fragaria sp. (fruit).
Accepted and Refused:
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Calosoma scrutator (metallic blue, red, and green). The
butcherbird seemed to be staggered by the effluvium
of one of the first Calosomas given, but devoured it.
Later one was offered it rear end first through the wall
of the cage; the bird ate part of the viscera, then
refused to touch it again. However, he ate two the
next day. In all seven were devoured.
SlLPRTD,E.
Silpha incequalis (black), A 1 R 1.
SCARAB.EID.E.
Trox sp., A 1 R 1. Both the Silpha and the Trox were
refused in presence of experimenter, but their remains
were found in a pellet thrown up by the bird about two
hours later.
Hymenoptera.
Apina.
Apis mellifera, worker (brown), A 1 R 1; drone, A 1.
Mammalia.
Murid^e.
Mus norvegicus, A 2 R 2.
It is difficult to believe that a bird acting on principle would
refuse Epicauta vittata and eat Meloe americana. Diabrotica is eaten
by wild individuals of the species, and Silpha, which was both accepted
and rejected by this bird, is a common capture. Calosomas also
are frequently eaten by wild butcherbirds.
Summary: Lanius ludovicianus. —
Accepted.
Rejected.
Accepted and
rejected.
Spe- Speci-
cies. mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
"Warningly colored species"
12 lfi
8
1
0
12
2
0
1
2
2
A7 Rl
Others ' ' specially defended "
4
11
4
21
3 2
"Non-protected species"
3 3
Mockingbird (Mimus polyglottos) . —
Twice chose the grasshopper (Encoptolophus sordidus) in prefer-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347
ence to the May-beetle (Lachnosterna) , although the latter is eaten
by wild mockingbirds.
Catbird (Dumetella carolinensis) :89 —
Accepted:
Ch^etopoda.
Earthworm.
Isopoda.
Oniscus asellus, 6.
Chilopoda.
Julus sp.
Orthoptera.
Green Acridiid.
coleoptera.
Carabid.e.
Undetermined, 11.
Agonoderus pallipes (pale yellow and black), 1.
Anomoglossus pusillus (bluish-green, blue, or black).
Bembidium chalceum (coppery to greenish or black).
Staphylinid^e.
Undet. (with red elytra), 1.
CoCCINELLHhE.
Undet., 1.
ClJCVJIBM.
Cucujus clavipes (larvae), 6.
Dermestid^e.
Dermestes talpinus (black with variously colored hairs), 4.
ScARAB.EID,E.
Lachnosterna sp.
Onthophagus hecate (black).
ChRYSOMELIDjE.
Diabrotica 12-punctata (yellow and black).
Tenebrionid^e.
Tenebrio molitor (reddish-brown or black), 2.
CURCULIONID.E.
Centrinus scutellum-album (gray).
Lepidoptera.
Euvanessa antiopa, ad. (reddish-brown, light blue, and
yellow) .
Phlegethontius 5-maculatus, ad. (gray, dark brown, and
yellow).
Hyphantria cunea, larva (yellow, brown, and black, very
hairy), 5.
Diptera.
Calliphora erythrocephalus, larvae, 56; ad. (metallic blue,
eyes dull red), 1.
Musca domestica (black and gray), 2.
89 Partial account in Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agr., 1895 (1896), p. 410.
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Hymenoptera.
formicoidea, 7.
Lasius alienus, 22.
Cremastogaster linearis, pupa, 3.
Formica sp., 7.
Camponotus pennsylvanicus, 8.
Araneida.
Lycosa sp.
PULMONATA.
Umax sp., 3.
Spermatophyta.
MoRACEiE.
Morus sp., many.
Rejected:
COLEOPTERA.
BlJPRESTID^E.
Undet., 3 (could not break the insects).
Hymenoptera.
Wasp.
Disregarded:
COLEOPTERA.
Passalus cornutus (black).
Lepidoptera.
Euvanessa antiopa, larva (black, spiny).
Accepted and Rejected:
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Chlcenius sp., A 3 R 5.
Tenebrionid^e.
Nyctobates pennsylvanicus (black), A 3 R 3.
Hymenoptera.
Apina.
A pis mellifera, workers (brown), A 5 R 2.
PULMONATA.
Snail (large), R 1; (small), A 2.
Spermatophyta.
Rosacea.
Strawberry (Fragaria sp.), A several, R several.
AMYGDALACE.E.
Cherry (Cerasus sp.), A 2 R several.
Accepted and Disregarded:
coleoptera.
Lampyrid^e.
Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus (yellow and black), D 1
Al. "
Of the insects accepted, the larvae of Cucujus clavipes, at least,
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
349
which live under the bark of rotting trees, are probably never en-
countered by wild catbirds, but all offered the captive birds were
eaten. Among the forms accepted and rejected, the nauseous
metallic-green ground-beetle (Chlcenius) and the honey-bee (Apis
mellifera) are eaten by wild catbirds, and both strawberries and
cherries are favorite foods, as cultivators to their sorrow well know.
A wasp was rejected by the captive birds, but many wasps have been
found in stomachs of wild catbirds. The soldier-beetle (Chauliogna-
thus pennsylvanicus) , both disregarded and accepted in the experi-
ment, is eaten under natural conditions.
Summary: Dumetella carolinensis. —
Accepted.
Rejected.
Disregarded.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe- Speci-
cies. j mens.
"Warningly colored" species
Others "specially defended"
-
9
10
11
16
62
80
0
1
1
0
1
3
0
1
1
0
1
"Non-protected" species
1
Accepted and
rejected.
Accepted and
disregarded.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
Spe-
cies.
J
Specimens.
"Warningly colored" species
1
1
3
A3
5
5
R5
2
4
Al
0
0
D 1
Others "specially defended"
0
"Non-protected" species
0
Brown Thrasher (Toxostoma rufum) :90 —
Accepted: - •
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Harpalus caliginosus (black).
LaMPYRIDjE.
Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus (yellow and black).
Chrysomelil\e.
Leptinotarsa decemlineata (yellow and black), twice swal-
lowed and thrown up, then swallowed again and re-
tained.
Diabrotica 12-punctata (yellow and black).
90 An account of these experiments, with some additional remarks about the
bud's preferences for certain human foods and wild berries, is in Yearbook U. S.
Dept. Agr., 1895 (1896), p. 414.
350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
MeLOID^E.
Epicauta sp.
Heteroptera.
COREID^E.
Anasa tristis (brown).
Lepidoptera.
PlERID^E.
Pieris rapce, larvae (green, yellow, and black), 3.
Arctiid.e.
Caterpillar, swallowed, but thrown up.
Rejected: *
Lepidoptera.
Hyphantria cunea, larvae (yellow, brown, and black, very
hairy) .
Both of the insects this captive thrasher seemed to have difficulty
in keeping down are eaten in the wild state. All of the other insects
accepted belong to "specially protected" species.
Bluebird (Sialia sialis) : —
Accepted:
ISOPODA.
Oniscus asellus, 2.
Orthoptera.
Gryllid^e.
Gryllus sp., 2.
Coleoptera.
Carabid.e.
Anisodactylus discoideus (black and brownish-yellow).
Hydrophilid^e.
Hydrophilus triangularis (shining greenish-black), ate
parts of one broken by bluejay.
Refused:
Hymenoptera.
Apid^.
A pis mellifera worker (brown).
Spermatophyta.
AqUIFOLIACEjE.
Ilex opaca, berries (red).
Disregarded:
Coleoptera.
coccinellid^e.
Adalia bipunctata (red, yellow, and black).
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
351
Chrysomelid^e.
Galerucella luteola (yellow and black), 15 disregarded
three times.
Hymenoptera.
Myrmicid^e.
Tetramorium ccespitum.
Accepted and Disregarded:
coleoptera.
Scarab.eidye.
Lachnosterna sp., A D.
Araneida.
Spider, A 3 D.
Disregarded and Refused:
coleoptera.
Carabid^e.
Scarites subterraneus (black), D R 3.
Summary: Sialia sialis. —
Accepted.
Rejected.
Disregarded.
Spe- Speci-
cies. mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
Spe-
cies.
Speci-
mens.
"Warninglv colored" species
1 1
0 0
3 5
0
1
0
0
1
0
2
1
0
16
Others "specially defended"
1
"Non-protected" species
0
•
Accepted and
disregarded.
Disregarded and
rejected.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
Spe-
cies.
Specimens.
"Warningly colored" species
0
1
1
AO
3
1
DO
1
1
0
1
0
DO
1
0
RO
Others "specially defended"
3
"Non-protected" species
0
This bluebird accepted one insect — Hydrophilus triangularis —
which very probably is never taken by wild bluebirds. The ground
beetle — Scarites — disregarded and thrice refused by the captive
bluebird has been found in collected stomachs of the species. The
same is true of the only berry offered it, that of Ilex opaca, which the
caged bird rejected. The honey bee, which was refused, and spiders
and May-beetles, which were disregarded as well as accepted, are also
eaten by wild bluebirds.
352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
General Summary: All species of birds .91—
[June,
Ac-
cepted
137 +
97
152
Re-
jected
30
16 +
15 +
Disre-
garded
Accepted and
rejected.
Accepted and
disregarded.
" Warningly colored " species
Others "specially defended"
"Non-protected" species
23
3
1
A 31
10
33
R10 +
5
16
Al
4
4
Dl
2 +
3
Accepted, rejected,
and disregarded.
Disregarded
and rejected.
"Warningly colored" species.
Others "specially defended"..
"Non-protected" species
AO
0
24+
R0
0
4
DO
0
5
D3
1
0
R3
3
0
Totals.
"Warningly colored" species
Others "specially defended".
"Non-protected" species
Ac-
cepted.
169 +
111
213 +
Re-
jected.
43 +
24
52 +
Dis-
regarded.
27
6 +
9
Percent- Percent-
age age dis-
rejected. regarded.
17.99
17.02
18.97
11.29
4.25
3.28
It appears from this final summary that Judd's captive birds
rejected practically the same proportion of the " non-protected"
species offered them as of the "specially protected" group. The
result, therefore, is quite different from that reached in some other
series of experiments. Although it harmonizes with what we believe
is the average influence of preclaceous animals, as a whole, upon their
prey, i.e., an indiscriminate one, it is no more worthy of respect
than other experimental results, for the behavior of the animals
experimented with did not correspond with the natural habits of
their species. This is amply shown by the cases (a few not noted)
in which the birds would not eat articles of food that have been
found in" the stomachs of wild individuals of the same species.
This is more than 38 per cent, of all the items (not specimens)
offered that were either disregarded or rejected; if so large a pro-
portion of the experimental results are manifestly untrustworthy,
the only safe course is to place reliance in none of them.
11 Includes Buieo platypterus, Archilochus colubris, Passer domesticus, Junco
hyemalis, Zonotrichia albicollis, and Toxostoma rufum, for which no summaries
were presented in previous pages.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353
Bibliography of Other Experiments in America.
An annotated bibliography will sufficiently illustrate the character
of other American experiments upon the food of birds. Few of
them have any special reference to the efficiency of protective
adaptations. The bibliography does not include citations to papers
on aviculture nor on the winter feeding of birds. These are very
numerous and their only merit from our present standpoint is that
they afford much proof, if proof of the obvious were needed, that
birds, both free and confined, will readily accept foods with which
their species has never had experience under natural conditions.
Bolles, Frank. Young Sapsuckers in Captivity. Auk, IX, No. 2,.
April, 1892, pp. 109-119.
Proof that they can live a long time on a diet of syrup with very
few insects.
Carpenter, F. H. Screech Owls Breeding in Confinement. Ornith..
and Oologist, 8, No. 12, December, 1883, pp. 93, 94.
"I fed them exclusively on frogs They seemed to prefer
them to any other food, which led me to believe that they
constituted no mean portion of their regular fare when at
liberty."
This inference is not supported by the results of stomach examina-
tions. Dr. Fisher found frogs in only two out of a total of 255
stomachs examined (Bui. 3, U. S. Biological Survey, 1893, pp.
169-173).
Collins, C. W. Some Results from Feeding Eggs of Porthetria
dispar to Birds. Journ. Economic Ent., 3, No. 4, August, 1910, ■
pp. 343-346.
Some English sparrows and a pigeon were tested. In all cases
it was necessary to force the birds to eat the eggs. Eggs in
dough fed to English sparrow were mostly rejected.
Collins, J. W., et al. [Food of Young Ruffed Grouse.] Rep.
Comm. Inland Fisheries and Game, Mass., 1900 (1901), p. 43.
Some young ruffed grouse which had been fed on maggots, lettuce,.
and young clover were given grain, and as a result died. Were
they also given gravel?
F. G. The Pine Grosbeak in Confinement. Ornith. and Oologist,
9, No. 4, April, 1884, p. 41.
Fond of corn meal and milk, apple seeds, beechnuts, and buds
and seeds of pine and spruce.
Forbush, E. H. [Food consumed by two young crows.] Useful
Birds and Their Protection. Mass. Bd. Agr., Boston [1907],
pp. 45-48.
Chiefly concerns the quantity of food. Toads, frogs, and sala-
manders, often stated to be "distasteful," were eaten.
Forbush, E. H., and Fernald, C. H. The Gypsy Moth, Porthetria.
dispar (Linn.). Mass. State Bd. Agr., 1896.
354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
( )n pp. 231 and 239 it is stated that gypsy moth eggs were fed to a
confined English sparrow and a crow. The former ate them
voluntarily, but "did not appear to relish them"; the latter
would not take them except when they were concealed within
other food.
It will be noted that in Collins' experiment (see above) the English
sparrow took the eggs only when they were forced upon it.
Herkick, F. H. The Home Life of Wild Birds. New York, 1901.
Young kingfishers rejected raw meat, but throve on fish in cap-
tivity (p. 92).
Hodge, C. F. Our ( iommon Birds. Nature Study Leaflet, Biol.
Ser. No. 2, Worcester, Mass., 1899.
A young cedarbird took flies, poke berries, cabbage worms, "edema"
larvae, ants, fall web worms (a little sparingly), bush cranberries,
and peppermint drops (p. 15). Mockingbirds accepted meal-
worms and spiders (p. 19).
Hodge, C. F. [Food of Young Ruffed Grouse.] Rep. Comm.
Fisheries and Game, Mass., 1903 (1904), pp. 182, 183.
"I tested them with a great variety of prepared foods — grated
egg, bread crumbs, scraped raw meat, grated boiled meat, grits,
boiled rice, millet and other small seeds, grass, clover, chickweed,
partridge, and wintergreen berries, etc. They would either
pay no attention to any of these things, or, if they did pick at
them at all, would not do so but once." Foods accepted were
sweet curds, earthworms, mosquito larvse, plant lice, mealy
bugs, thrips, mealworms and maggots.
Hodge, C. F. A Summer with the Bluebirds. Bird Lore, 6, No. 2,
March-April, 1904.
"In my series of feeding tests I brought in a number of potato
beetles and thoughtlessly dropped a large larva into an open
mouth, before observing whether they would take them of their
own accord. I noticed that they picked them up once apiece,
wiped their bills in disgust, and declined to touch them again.
Next morning one of the birds was dead under the perch" (p. 45).
Hodge, C. F. [Food of Young Ruffed Grouse.] Rep. Comm.
Fisheries and Game, Mass., 1904 (1905), pp. 132, 133.
Gives a long list of foods accepted; pears and peaches were scarcely
more than tasted; thorn-apples, barberries, and black alder
berries were not refused, but were taken in large quantities:
they took quantities of all sorts of leaves except grape, snowball,
artichoke, and Rosa rugosa.
Thorn-apples and black alder berries are commonly eaten by wild
ruffed grouse. See Biological Survey, Bid. 24, 1905, pp. 36-38.
Hodge, C. F. [Food of Ruffed Grouse in Confinement.] Rep.
Comm. Fisheries and Game, Mass., 1905 (1906), pp. 65-68.
Gives names of numerous food items accepted. Berries of black
alder were taken sparingly; oats and barley were eaten spar-
ingly; peas and beans were refused.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355
Hodge, C. F. [Food of Young Ruffed Grouse.] Rep. Comm.
Fisheries and Game, Mass., 1907 (1908), p. 70.
Two died from swallowing objects too large to pass into gizzard
(black cricket and large spider). This certainly was not the
cause of death. A young ruffed grouse's digestive apparatus
would quickly dispose of two such soft-bodied insects.
Hodge, C. F. [Report .... relative to the Propagation of Ruffed
Grouse and Quail in Confinement.] Rep. Comm. Fisheries and
Game, Mass., 1908 (1909), pp. 60-69.
On pp. 60 and 61, Hodge says: "I encountered a new difficulty
against which we must be on our guard in the future. Striped
plant bugs were abundant on the grass, and were easily obtained
by sweeping with insect nets. The young chicks [of ruffed
grouse] ate them greedily, and simply went to sleep and died as
if they had been chloroformed. These bugs had the strong
odor of squash bugs, by feeding which to toads Conradi found
that thev died as though they had been poisoned with chloro-
form."
"Conradi found that five or six squash bugs might be sufficient
to kill a toad, and Miss Morse has fed as many as eleven to a
bob white at a single meal. Plant bugs are not so strong as
squash bugs, and I have observed a toad eat over 250 of them in
a day without showing ill effects. Still, while this evidence is
not conclusive, .... I think that we should be more careful in
future not to feed too many strong-smelling bugs to young
grouse chicks."
Dr. Hodge's experience with the young grouse, and the bluebird,
above noted, being killed by eating certain insects, is unsupported
by other testimony, and the observations leading to his con-
clusions are not scientifically exact.
The reference to Conradi's experiments is incorrect. The toads
when confined in small bottles were killed by the vaporized
secretions of squash bugs; they were not killed by eating the
bugs. The feeding of bobwhites is described on pp. 64-67. He
justly remarks: "The most careful artificial feeding of a flock in
confinement cannot approach in variety the food of wild birds"
(p. 64). Reports of the Massachusetts Commissioners on
Fisheries and Game for other years contain notes on the feeding
of game birds in captivity, but not in relation to "protected"
insects.
Hyslop, J. A. The False Wireworms of the Pacific Northwest.
Bid. 95, U. S. Bur. Ent., Part V, 1912.
In the discussion of natural enemies (p. 84) are reports on experi-
mental feedings of adult Eleodes chiefly to various gallinaceous
birds. Chickens, ducks, the Reeves pheasant, and silver pheas-
ant ate the beetles, while turkeys refused them, and golden and
Lady Amherst pheasants would not notice them. The author
says, "However, these birds seemed quite annoyed by our
presence and might have eaten the beetles had they not been
frightened."
356
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
Jenkins W. E. [Blue Jay in Confinement.] Ornith. and Oologist,
9, No. 3. March, 1884, p. 36.
Principal foods are meat, beechnuts, and corn.
The Birds of Ontario in relation to Agriculture.
Out. Dep. Agr., Toronto, 1901.
On p. 44 are the results, as to quantity of cutworms and earth-
worms, experimentally fed to a young robin.
Owen, D. E. Notes on a Captive Hermit Thrush. Auk, XIV,
No. 1, January, 1897, pp. 1-8.
Notes on quantity of earthworms and beef eaten. Worms from
manure hill refused, those from garden eaten.
Peckham, E. G. [Fowls Eating Argiope riparia]. Occas. Papers,
Xat. Hist. Soc. Wis., I, 1889, p. 72.
This deep black and brilliant yellow spider seems to lack "one
means of defence common among conspicuous creatures, i.e.,
the possession of a nauseous flavor." "Some chickens, to
which she was offered, ate her with relish."
Reiff, W. Some Experiments on the resistance of Gypsy Moth
Eggs to the Digestive Fluids of Birds. Psyche, 17, No. 4,
August, 1910, pp. 161-164.
Eggs concealed in other food were fed to a German canary, a
chaffinch, a yellow hammer, a Japanese robin, a screech owl,
and a carrier pigeon. The eggs given to the first three birds
were put in pieces of bread. In each case part of them were
picked out and rejected.
For a more complete review of the various experiments in feeding
gypsy moth eggs to birds, see Auk, 28, No. 2, April, 1911, pp.
285, 286.
Scott, W. L. Baltimore Oriole. Ornith. and Oologist, 8, No. 11,
November, 1883, p. 86.
"He is particularly fond of hard-boiled egg, bread, and finely
chopped meat."
Stickney, J. H., and Hoffmann, R. Bird World, Boston, 1898.
An unconfined yellow-throated vireo took cankerworms and
many black ants (pp. 106-112).
Treadwell, D. [The Food of Young Robins.] Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hist., VI, 1859, pp. 396-399.
Discusses amount of earthworms and beef eaten per day.
Weed, C. M.,- and Dearborn, N. [Food of a Captive Crow.]
Birds in Their Relations to Man, 1903, pp. 61, 62.
On quantity of fish consumed.
Wueelock, I. G. Nestlings of Forest and Marsh, Chicago, 1902.
Young bluebirds were fed yolk of hard-boiled eggs, cracker crumbs,
and earthworms (p. 34).
Summary.
^m the writer's point of view, three main conclusions regarding
?rimental tests of the efficiency of protective adaptations
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357
against natural enemies are unavoidable: (1) The experiments
are very inconsistent : (2) They have been misinterpreted, and (3)
They are not trustworthy guides to behavior under natural con-
ditions.
The Experiments are very Inconsistent. — Inconsistency in the details
of various series of experiments have been set forth in previous
pages (see pp. 298, 300, 313, 316 and 319). Inconsistency
in the results of entire series is plainly shown by the strongly
contradictory conclusions different experimenters have drawn.
Thus Weir, Poulton, Marshall, Pocock, and Finn, for instance, thought
their experiments supported the selectionist theories concerning
protective adaptations, while Butler, Manders, Punnett, Plateau,
Reighard, and Pritchett, among others, drew just the opposite
conclusion. Beddard's opinion was that distastefulness was not
more definitely associated with conspicuous colors, than with plain
ones. The characteristic inconsistency of experimental results are
described by him in the following language:92 "None of these
experiments are thoroughly satisfactory; it is so difficult to interpret
them, and they are often contradictory, for a bird will eat one day
what it has refused before. The experiments that have been
made are like most other statistics — they may be made to prove
anything."
The Experiments have been Misinterpreted. — This charge weighs
not so much against the experiments themselves as against their
makers, but it throws doubt upon the desirability of such tests,
since the personal equation is so large a factor in the interpretation
of results.
Definite instances of misinterpretation have been cited in
previous pages (295, 303, 305-316, 325 and 328-330). A
chronic case is well illustrated by the following quotations from
Prof. E. B. Poulton (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902) :
" A mantis is probably less affected in this respect [food preferences]
by confinement than a vertebrate animal; but the same general
criticism will probably hold in both cases — that while the rejection
of an insect by a not over-fed insectivorous animal in captivity is
evidence of unpalatability or dislike, its acceptance is not sufficient
evidence of appreciation or that it constitutes an element of the
normal diet. An insect may be eaten readily in captivity which
would be rejected or only eaten under the stress of hunger in the
wild state" (p. 317).
32 Animal Coloration, 1892, p. 166.
358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
"It has already been pointed out that the acceptance of insects
by insectivorous animals in captivity is no proof of their normal
likes or dislikes in a wild state. Such acceptance only proves what
their action would be when they had been, from some exceptional
cause, kept without their normal food in its usual quantity and
variety. Hence the fact that Acrseas were devoured [by a ground
hornbill] is no evidence that they are normally eaten except in a
lime of unusual hunger. On the other hand, the rejection of two
L. chrysippus, after three Acrseas had been readily eaten, indicate
that the former butterfly is decidedly distasteful to this species of
bird" (p. 348)
" Byblia ilithyia was .... distinguished [by baboons] from an
Acrcea, but this by no means proves that the resemblance is not
beneficial under natural conditions (p. 388) Considering
what has been already argued about insect-eating animals in con-
finement, the acceptances (excluding the Hesperiidse) probably do
not justify the conclusion that the Lepidoptera were palatable, or
that they would be sought for in the wild state except under the
stress of hunger" (p. 389).
"It has already been pointed out that the refusal or evident
dislike of insect food by captive animals is trustworthy evidence of
unpalatability, while acceptance is not proof of palatability " (p. 436).
It is self-evident that this oft-repeated dictum is merely special
pleading for the admission of as much as possible of the evidence
favorable to the theories, and the exclusion of as great a proportion
as possible of the evidence that might be unfavorable. So plain is
this fact that even Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, collaborator with Prof.
Poulton in the paper quoted from, severely criticized the Professor's
attitude. He says93 in part:
' There is too emphatic an insistence upon the possibility of error
where an insect is accepted; for it practically casts suspicion upon
every such case. On the other hand, the possibility of error in the
other direction is not indicated."
The Experiments are not Trustworthy Guides to Behavior under Natural
Conditions. — The writer is by no means the first to question the
analogy of behavior under experimental to that under natural
conditions. The idea is put briefly by L. W. Kline in an article on
'Methods in Animal Psychology":94 "Nothing so shrinks and in-
■■ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. 140.
Amer. Joum. of Psychol, 10, 1898-9, p. 276.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359
hibits completely the fulness and variety of an organism's activities
than prison life and fear."
In groups as low even as the Amphibia behavior in confinement
is far from natural. Prof. C. 0. Whitman found that Necturus
ordinarily refused food in captivity on account of its extreme timid-
ity. He says:95 "The first adults which I kept in captivity in a
large aquarium refused to eat pieces of raw beef or small fish, whether
dead or alive. For months they went on, seeming entirely indifferent
to any proffered food, not paying the least attention, so far as I
noticed, to tempting morsels dropped quietly in front of them or
held in suspension before them. Living earthworms and insect
larvae were presented to them, all of which were known to be palatable
to the creature in its natural habitat; but nothing availed to draw
attention or elicit any evidence of hunger. Quiet and wholly indif-
ferent in outward behavior, yet the animals were actually starving
or wasting away."
Many snakes will not take food in captivity, and it is therefore
necessary to force food down their throats to prevent death from
starvation. Captivity greatly modifies the behavior of some other
reptiles also, as is well stated in the following quotation from H. H.
Newman: "In order to understand an animal one must live with
it, must spend long hours, quiet days, in thoughtful observation of
it, as it pursues its daily round of occupations. This I have had an
opportunity of doing, and I now feel that I have a really personal
acquaintance with at least five species of tortoises
"Studies of this sort should, I believe, precede experimental
studies, for sometimes shyness or weariness might be mistaken for
stupidity, and sullenness for sluggishness in reaction. As a rule,
the more highly organized and alert species of tortoises display,
when in captivity, the greatest degree of sullenness, and hence their
actions in confinement very poorly represent their true character.
The species, on the other hand, that are less highly organized are
the species that act more nearly normally when in captivity
Captivity inhibits normal activity in nearly all tortoises; conse-
quently I abandoned at an early stage of my work the observation
of specimens in confinement and devoted myself to long-continued,
and at times tedious, observation of the various species as they live
in their active environment
"Extreme sullenness characterizes the behavior of Aspidonectes
95 Biol. Lectures, 1898 (1899), pp. 295, 296.
360
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
while in confinement. If kept in a room they hide behind furniture
and remain motionless for hours and almost days. When put in
aquatic enclosures they immediately bury themselves in the mud
and seem to remain there for months. Nothing will induce them to
eat or to take any interest in their surroundings. If caught while
making their nest, they are sometimes forced to lay the eggs, but
never make a nest in confinement. The eggs are simply dropped
about on land or in the water, and are usually crushed when found.
None of their normal characteristics are in evidence, and it would be
a waste of time to attempt to draw conclusions about their disposi-
tion or intelligence from their actions in captivity."96
Prof. Charles W. Hargitt makes a similar but more general criticism
of the experimental method of studying animal behavior, as follows :
"I have made the field work emphatic whenever at all practicable.
I have elsewhere97 emphasized the crying need for larger attention
to this phase of experimental work, believing that in many cases
it is all but impossible to secure trustworthy results as to behavior
of animals where the work has been done under such unusual, un-
natural, and artificial conditions as most laboratory provisions afford.
"What right has one to assume that the actions of an animal taken
rudely from its natural habitat and as rudely imprisoned in some
improvised cage are in any scientific sense -an expression of its normal
behavior, either physical or psychical? Is it within the range of the
calculus of probability that conclusions drawn from observations
made upon an animal in the shallow confines of a finger-bowl, but
whose habitat has been the open sea, are wholly trustworthy? It is
no part of my purpose to discredit the laboratory or laboratory
appliances as related to such investigations. They are indispensable.
But at the same time let it be recognized that they are at best but
artificial makeshifts whose values, unless checked up by constant
appeal to nature, must be taken at something of a discount. This
must be especially the case with higher organisms. Some of these
may, of course", be readily domesticated, or made more or less at
home in aquaria or vivaria; but not a few absolutely fret their
lives out, are never at ease, and probably never give expression to a
natural reaction under such conditions. It seems to the writer
until one has been able to place his specimens under conditions
labits of Certain Tortoises," Journ. of Compar. Neurology and
Psychol, XVI, 2, March, 1906, pp. 126, 127, and 135.
Observations on the Behavior of Tubicolous Annelids," Journ. Exp.Zool.,
Vol. 7, 1909, p. 157.
1912.] • NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361
approximating the natural, or has at least brought them to a state
of semi-domestication, where in food taking, evidence of health, etc.,
they are at ease, he has small right to dogmatize as to conclusions,
or presume to make such conclusions the basis of so-called laws of
animal behavior. Not a little of recent investigations along the
lines of animal behavior has been vitiated at just this point, and
must be repeated to be made trustworthy. The amazing mass of
contradictory results which has loaded the literature of recent
years is attributable to some extent to this misfortune."98
With regard to experimentation with captive birds, Prof. S. A.
Forbes, the founder of economic ornithology, says:99 "This evi-
dently shows only what the bird will eat when restrained of its
liberty, of such food as may be placed before it, and furnishes few
data which we can use with safety in making up an account of its
food in freedom, when foraging for itself. The state of confinement
is so abnormal for a bird that on this account, also, we can rarely
reason from its habits in that state to its ordinary habits. This
method is, therefore, available only for the solution of a few separate
questions."
The assertions of these authors regarding the modifying effects
of captivity upon behavior apply more pertinently to no set of
experiments than those which have been conceived to be tests of
the food preferences of insectivorous animals in relation to pro-
tective adaptations.
The writer has asserted that the experiments are not trustworthy
guides to behavior under natural conditions, and he expects to prove
this by citing evidence along two lines, viz.: (1) Animals accept in
captivity articles of food which they not only do not eat in the wild
state, but with which their species probably has never had experience,
and (2) animals reject in captivity articles of food which are not only
occasionally eaten by wild members of the species, but which may be
very important elements of the subsistence as a whole.
(1) Acceptances. — This point really needs no proof. Universal
experience with the feeding of all kinds of captive animals confirm it.
The coarse brown bread (containing oats, shorts and molasses) given
to the bears, in some zoological parks, the chopped-up beets, carrots,
potatoes, etc., of which the parrots, cranes, and certain rodents are
fond, sufficiently illustrate foods relished in confinement by animals
98 Journ. of Animal Behavior, Vol. 2, Xo. 1, January-February, 1912, pp. 51, 52.
» Bui. III. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, No. 3, 1880, pp. 86, 87.
24
362
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
to which they are unknown in the wild state. The experiments of
Pocock and Butler, resulting in the acceptance of many British
insects by a variety of foreign mammals and birds, illustrate the same
point. As noted before, the acceptance of butterflies by some of
Finn's birds signifies no more, concerning their natural food habits,
than does their acceptance of boiled rice. It means no more than
the eating of silver fish, clothes moths, and mealworms by Mrs.
Nice's bobwhites.
The point need be no further elaborated. We are forced to
conclude that acceptance of various items of food by captive animals
is no indication whatever that they are eaten by the same species
in the wild state.
(2) Rejections. — This point really follows from analogy the con-
elusion just cited. There is no logic in regarding rejections as
indicative of natural tastes, when acceptances are plainly shown not
to be. But evidence to prove the case is much harder to obtain,
and it is for this reason that we have been compelled to endure the
style of argument that asserts " refusal .... is trustworthy evidence
of unpalatability, while acceptance is not proof of palatability."
Fortunately, however, we have information regarding the choice
of food by a number of animals, both in captivity and under natural
conditions. We have shown that in certain of the experiments with
amphibia, the animals refused articles of food which they habitually
eat in the natural state. For instance, this is true of the refusal
by the common toad of the Eastern United States of millipeds
(Julus), squash-bugs (Anasa tristis), and potato beetles (Leptino-
tarsa decemlineata) . Prof. Whitman found that ordinary articles
of the natural diet were refused by captive Necturus. Snakes, in
particular, often refuse all food in confinement. Is this "trustworthy
evidence of unpalatability?" The writer had the care for a year of
six prairie rattlesnakes (Sistrurus catenatus). Live mice and birds
put in their cage were killed, but not eaten. No food was taken
naturally and they were kept alive only by putting meat well down
their gullets with long-jawed forceps.
Beddard found that a green woodpecker made great objection to
eating a single earwig, yet Newstead found twenty-three of these
insects in the stomach of a wild bird of this species. Finn found
that captive red-whiskered bulbuls refused Acrcea, but an observer
in India saw the birds feeding the "most distasteful" insect of the
genus to their young. So little is known regarding the natural food
of birds in most countries that few such comparisons can be made.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363
Fortunately, this is not the case in the United States, where we have
data enough to prove the point.
A selection of the more conspicuous cases of refusal of favorite
natural foods by the birds tested by Judd are given in the following
tabulation. Other instances are cited in the summaries of the
separate experiments (pp. 340, 346, 349, 350 and 351).
Eaten by wild individuals of the
Rejected by captive birds. same species.
A ruby-throated hummingbird All of these items are corn-
rejected small leaf -hoppers, flies, monly eaten by wild birds of
flea-beetles, and spiders. this species.
A bluejay refused a hen's egg, In a state of nature jays f re-
living birds and mice, and mul- quently break up outlying nests
berries. Acorns also were refused, of fowls. Birds and mice are
preyed upon and mulberries are
eaten. Acorns have been found
in dozens of stomachs of wild
birds and are a very important
element of the normal diet.
English sparrows rejected Whole flocks of English spar-
fruiting heads of dandelion. rows pass days in rifling the ripe
involucres of this plant.
A snowbird, a white-throated These seeds are a common
sparrow, and a song sparrow re- natural food of all three birds,
fused seeds of lamb's quarters.
The song sparrow rejected, also, All are eaten by wild song
seeds of smartweed and beetles sparrows, the smartweed seeds
of the genera Diabrotica, Hippo- in abundance.
damia, and Lachnosterna.
These facts show that the feeding reactions of various animals
are strikingly modified by confinement. Some animals refuse items
of food which are a favorite with wild individuals of the species,
some of which may form a notable percentage of the total subsist-
ence. Others refuse all food. The birds experimented upon by
Judd together disregarded or rejected 108 articles of food. Forty-
two of these items have been found in stomachs of wild birds of the
same species that ignored or refused them in captivity. Investiga-
tions carried on while this paper was in preparation raised this
number to 42 from 35, and it must be borne in mind that subsequent
stomach examinations will increase, never diminish the total. The
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
experimental indications as to what food items are unattractive or
distasteful to the birds, thus, are proved to be misleading in 42 cases
out of 108. This makes a percentage of error of 38 (which will
grow larger), enough to entirely invalidate the data. Furthermore,
it is not probable that the data from any other series of experiments
are any more reliable. The conclusion cannot be avoided, therefore,
that the rejection of various items of food by captive animals does
not prove that these items are rejected by the same species under
natural conditions.
Conclusion.
It has been demonstrated that behavior of captive animals toward
food is not a reliable indication of what wild individuals of the same
species would do in the presence of the same food. In other words,
since the feeding habits of an animal in captivity may vary widely
from its known habits in the natural state, there is no avoiding the
conclusion that the results obtained under experimental conditions,
do not indicate the part the animal might play in natural selection.
We must conclude, therefore, since acceptances and rejections
in experiments bear no close relation to food preferences under natural
conditions, that the value of experiments to determine the efficiency
of warning colors, and other protective adaptations of prey, is very
questionable. Having no certain value in themselves, they must
be checked up with definite knowledge of the natural food habits.
This information is obtained by collecting animals with freshly
captured prey and by examination of pellets, castings, and the
contents of stomachs or other portions of the alimentary canal.
There is no possibility of going back of such evidence on the choice
of food, nor is there any need of so doing.
Since this evidence is sufficient in itself, and since experimental
data must be supported by it to be worthy of any consideration, why
perform the experiments? The same time expended in collecting
trustworthy data regarding the natural food habits of animals would
bring much greater returns, and the result would be truth, not
imaginative inferences from abnormal behavior.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365
A NEW SYNALLAXIS.
BY WITMER STONE.
In a collection of birds made by Air. Samuel N. Rhoads in Ecuador
in 1911, and recently acquired by the Academy, there are several
specimens of a Synallaxis which appears to be undescribed, although
individuals of apparently the same form have been taken by previous
explorers and referred to S. gularis. From typical S. gularis Lafr.
from Bogota the Ecuador birds differ very decidedly; the upper
surface is much darker and less tawny, while the lower parts are
uniform pale tawny olive with no rusty tints on the side nor gray
on the breast; the white gular patch and superciliaries are not so
pure and the white of the lores and frontlet much obscured with
brown and gray.
Birds from the Cauca Valley, Colombia, recently described by
Mr. F. M. Chapman as Synallaxis gularis rufipectus, are much
closer to the Ecuadorian form, having the lower parts uniform, with
no trace of gray on the breast, but the colors above and below are
much brighter and richer, especially the under parts, while the bill
seems to average stronger and heavier.
The Ecuador bird may be known as
Synallaxis gularis pichinchse subsp. nov.
Type, No. 59,432, Collection Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
c?, May 1, 1911. Hacienda Garzon, southern foot of Mt. Pichincha,
Ecuador, 10,800 ft. elevation. Collected by Samuel N. Rhoads.
Upper parts uniform raw umber1 with a slight russet tinge, tail
chestnut; lower parts uniform pale tawny olive inclining to isabella
color, slightly darker on the sides of the body, gular patch rather
dull white, narrow superciliaries white, lores gray, with a dull white
stripe above, forming the anterior extension of the superciliary.
Wing 58 mm. Culmen 12 mm.
A female obtained at the same locality, May 17, and another
male, May 5, correspond exactly with the type.
My thanks are due to Mr. F. M. Chapman, curator of ornithology
in the American Museum of Natural History, for the loan of speci-
mens of the new forms of this group recently described by him, as
well as for typical specimens of S. gularis, one of which had been
compared with the type. These specimens were invaluable in
determining the relationships of the Ecuador bird.
Colors named according to Ridgway's Nomenclature of Colors, Boston, 1886.
366
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
SILICIFIED WOOD FROM THE TRIASSIC OF PENNSYLVANIA.
BY EDGAR T. WHERRY, PH.D.1
The occurrence of silicified wood in the Triassic or "Newark"
rocks of the eastern United States was first observed in the Richmond
Basin. Virginia, by Thomas Nuttall in 182 1,2 and it was shortly
afterward discovered in North Carolina3 and in Connecticut,4 but
its presence in Pennsylvania does not appear to be mentioned in the
literature.5
The inhabitants of southern Bucks and northern Chester and
Lancaster Counties have long recognized the character of specimens
of it plowed up in their fields, but its scientific interest was first
realized by Mr. John F. Vanartsdalen.of Holland, Bucks County,about
1890, who brought it to the attention of the writer several years
later. The western Lancaster County occurrences were discovered
independently by Professor H. Justin Roddy, of the Millersville
State Normal School. Subsequent search has greatly increased
the number of localities, so that it is now known to occur at short
intervals along the strike of the Triassic rocks, near their base — the
southern edge of the belt, since the clip is for the most part gently
northward — from the Delaware River to beyond the Susquehanna,
a distance of over 100 miles. These relations are well brought out
in the accompanying sketch map and geographical table.
Table I. Localities of Silicified Wood.
B. Bucks County.
1. Roelofs: Farm of George W. DeCoursey, \ mile southeast of
the station.
2. Woodbourne: On several farms 1| miles north of the station.
1 This paper, the fourth of the writer's studies on the Triassic, was presented
in preliminary form at the meeting of the Academy in association with the
Mineralogical and Geological Section on May 18, 1909, but publication was
deferred until opportunity for completing the work could be obtained, the final
results being announced at the similar meeting on May 21, 1912.
2 Observations on the Geological Structure of the Valley of the Mississippi,
[etc.], Jour. An,,]. Nat. Sci. Phila., II, i, p. 37.
Olmsted, D. Descriptive Catalogue of Rocks and Minerals Collected in
North Carolina, Amer. Jour. Sci., [1], V, p. 261, 1822.
4 Hitchcock, E. Miscellaneous Notices of Mineral Localities, with Geological
Remarks, Amer. Jour. Sci. [1], XIV, p. 228, 1828.
5 Compare, however, Prof. O. C. S. Carter: A Ferruginised Tree, Jour.
Franklin Inst., CXI.!, pp. 227-229, 189G, which perhaps refers to similar material.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
367
3. Newtown: Bed of Neshaminy Creek, \\ miles west of the town.
4. St. Leonard's: Roadside northeast of station.
5. Rocksville (Holland P. O.): Fields along north bank of Mill
Creek.
6. Holland: Fields south and southeast of the station.
7. Churchville: Fields east of station.
8. Center Hill: Fields along ridge just northwest of village and
for 2 miles south west ward.
9. Spring Valley: Fields 1 mile to the southwest.
10. Doylestown: Fields 1| miles south of the town.
M. Montgomery County.
1. Morganville: Trenton Cut-Off R. R. cut | mile east of station.
2. Jarrettown: Sand quarry \ mile northwest of cross-roads.
3. Maple Glen: Sand quarry south of house of William Teas,
\ mile east of cross-roads; this is the "ferruginized tree"
locality.
C. Chester County.
1. Sheeder: Roadside f mile northeast of cross-roads.
2. Coventry ville : Fields on farm of Isaac D. Rosen, \ mile east
of the village.
L. Lancaster County.
1. Churchtown: Fields 2 miles northwest of town.
2. Elizabethtown: Penna. R. R. cut \ mile southeast of station;
also in fields east and southwest of town.
3. Bainbridge: On several farms about 3 miles to the northeast;
and on that of Omar Baughman, one mile north of the town.
Y. York County.
1. York Haven: In fields about 2 miles to the south and southeast.
368
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
The wood occurs in fragments of all sizes, up to complete trunks
a foot or more in diameter and several feet long. It is usually dark
brown in color, and almost entirely replaced by granular to minutely
crystalline quartz,6 with occasional carbonaceous streaks. Its
original vegetable character is almost always evident to the naked
eye, although annual rings are never visible; and thin sections,
which are readily prepared by grinding with carborundum, after
the manner of making ordinary rock-sections, show under the micro-
scope every structural detail beautifully outlined in brown. While
usually found loose in the fields or along the roads, it has been ob-
served in place in several localities, and is always associated with
the highly arkosic sandstones or conglomerates which mark the
lower portions (Norristown or Stockton formation) of the Triassic.
It is not limited to any narrow horizon, however, but occurs at
various levels throughout a thickness of at least 5,000 feet of beds,
locality M. 1, for instance, being at the very base, and B. 3 at the
top, of that formation.
The material found outside of Pennsylvania has all been referred
to three species, Araucarioxylon virginianum, A. woodworthi, and
( '( droxylon huttonianum ?, the first being the most widely distributed.
As a result of the examination of some sixty specimens, about half
of which were sectioned by Mr. Vanartsdalen, two new species have
been recognized, which are here described as Araucarioxylon vanarts-
daleni and Brachyoxylon -pennsylvanianum. The present paper is
not to be regarded as the last word upon the subject, however, as it
is possible that the discovery of additional material may throw
further light on the status and relationships of these species.
Genus ARAUCARIOXYLON Kraus.
Araucarioxylon virginianum Knowlton. Plate III, figs. 1-3.
Fossil Wood and Lignite of the Potomac [and Newark] Formation, Bull.
U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 56, pp. 50-52, pi. VII, 1889. A Revision of the
Genus Araucarioxylon of Kraus, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 615,
1889, and Amer. Jour. Sci., [3], XL, p. 257, 1890. Report on some Fossil
Wood from the Richmond Basin, Virginia, Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol.
Surv., XIX, pt. ii, pp. 516, 517, pi. LII, 1899. Description of a Small
Collection of Fossil Wood from the Triassic Area of North Carolina,
Ann. Kept. V. S. Geol. Surv. XX, pt, ii, pp. 272-274, pi. XXXVII, 1900.
Report on Fossil Wood from the Newark Formation of South Britain,
Conn. Ann. Rept, U. S. Geol. Surv., XXI, pt, hi, pp. 161, 162, 1901.
Transverse Section: Annual ring indistinct; tracheids thick
c Chemical analysis of a Lancaster County specimen (from L. 3) by Prof.
Miles Timlin, of the M illersville State Normal School, showed: Si02, 96.5%;
1 '<■,<),, 1.2' , , the remainder being carbonaceous matter. Cf. PI. IV, fig. 6.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369
walled, moderately large (about 0.04 mm. in diameter) in radial
rows.
Radial Section: Tracheids long, thick walled; bordered pits
in one or frequently two series; wdien in one, in contact and flattened;
in two, closely packed, alternate, strongly hexagonal, and nearly
covering the walls of the cells (diam. 0.016 to 0.021 mm.); medul-
lary rays long, without pits; resin ducts none.
Tangential Section: Rays simple, of 1 to 27, usually 10-12
cells about 0.025 mm. in diameter; no pits on walls, but cross-
sections of radial wall pits prominent.
Occurrence: This species, hitherto found near the base of the
Triassic in North Carolina, Virginia, and Connecticut, is now re-
ported for the first time from Pennsylvania, being occasionally found
at localities B. 2 and B. 5.
Relationship: Araucarioxylon (Dadoxylon) rhodeanum Goppert,
from the Permian of Silesia, appears from descriptions to be very
similar to this species, but distinctive features would no doubt be
found if well-preserved specimens could be compared.
Araucarioxylon vanartsdaleni ap. nov. Plate III, figs. 3-6.
Transverse Section : Annual ring indistinct ; tracheids averag-
ing 0.03 mm. in diameter, thick walled.
Radial Section: Tracheids long, thick walled, with bordered
pits (diam. 0.015-0.020 mm.) usually in single rows, barely touching,
and but little compressed; about one cell in every fifty with double
rows, which are alternate and hexagonal; medullary rays long
(at least, no partitions preserved), without pits; resin ducts absent.
Tangential Section: Ray cells rather small (diam. 0.02 mm.),
up to 10 in one row, though usually 5 or 6; pits absent.
Occurrence: This appears to be the most widespread form in
the Triassic of Pennsylvania, occurring at practically every locality
on the list.
Relationship: When first examined all of the wood with con-
tiguous pits was referred to A . virginianum, but the study of a large
number of specimens indicates that there are probably two distinct
species represented, and the one characterized here differs from
A. virginianum as well as from A. woodworthi Knowlton, which
occurs near the top of the Triassic in Virginia, in the fewer-celled
medullary rays and the predominance of the uniserial arrangement
of the pits. It is therefore regarded as new, and named after its
discoverer. Its nearest relative in other regions is A. wurtemburg-
370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
iacum Goppert, which is a Jurassic form, but there is no reason to
suppose them to be really identical.
Genua BRACHYOXYLON Hollick and Jeffrey.
Brachyoxylon pennsylvanianum sp. nov. Plate IV, figs. 1-5.
Cedroxylon .' pennsylvanianum, the writer's communication to the Academy,
May 18, L909. Peuce huttoniana Witham ? Rogers, W. B.: [Exhibition
of Specimens, with Remarks.] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., V, pp. 17, 18,
1854.
Transverse Section: Annual ring distinct; tracheids about
0.035 mm. in diameter, medium walled.
Radial Section: Tracheids long, medium walled; bordered
pits, 0.010 to 0.012 mm. in diameter, in one or rarely two series,
circular, not quite touching, when double in part distant and sub-
opposite, yet in other places in the same sections alternating and
hexagonal; medullary rays long, without pits; resin ducts absent.
Tangential Section: Rays simple, containing from 2 to 30
cells, usually 7-9, about 0.02 mm. wide; no bordered pits visible.
Occurrence and Relationships: While the majority of the
specimens of silicified wood show the araucarian type of structure,
a few fragments, found at four or five localities, differ in having
distinctly separated and more or less opposite bordered pits. Ac-
cording to Kraus's classification, this material should therefore be
referred to the genus Cedroxylon, as was done in the writer's pre-
liminary report. But the variation in the character of the pits in
different parts of the same section suggests its probable identity
with the new genus Brachyoxylon Hollick and Jeffrey,7 in which both
alternating double and non-contiguous single rows of pits are present.
The occurrence of this type of structure in so early a geological
period as the lower Triassic is interesting, although in the absence
of any information as to the leaves or other external characters of
the plant, discussion of its relationships or significance would be
futile.
In searching for evidence as to the age of the "Middle Secondary"
rocks in Virginia, Rogers had made a microscopical examination of
silicified wood from both "western and eastern belts" and thought
ii< structure " to agree very nearly with the fossils figured by Witham
under the name of Pence Huttonia."* He unfortunately never
7 .Studies of Cretaceous Coniferous Remains from Kreischerville, N. Y., Mem.
N. )'. Hot. Gard., Ill, pp. T.4-57, pi. XIII, 1909.
8 Witham, II. T. M. The Internal Structure of Fossil Vegetables, p. 70, pi.
13; reclassified as Cedroxylon huttonianum by Kraus: Schimper's
i< PaUontologie Vegetale, II, p. 371, 1870.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371
published the exact localities from which it had been obtained, but
it may have been identical with the species here characterized,
although in the writer's opinion this is more like C. lindleyanum
(Witham) Kraus. Both of these species had been described from
the Lias of England, and Rogers accordingly inferred the Jurassic
age of the American rocks, but there can be no question that our
form is really entirely distinct from either, and it is named after the
State in which it was discovered.
The distribution of these species is shown in the following table;
material from localities M. 2 and M. 3 could not be obtained for
study.
Locality B. 123456789 10
A. virginianum X X
A. vanartsdaleni X X X X X X X X X X
B. pennsylvanianum X X X
Locality M. 1 2 3 C.l 2 L.l 2 3 Y.l
A. virginianum
A. vanartsdaleni X — X X X X X
B. 'pennsylvanianum X X
In conclusion, a word may be added concerning the bearing of the
fossil wood on the question as to the climate of the Triassic. A
prevailing red color in the sediment of any period has now come to be
recognized by geologists as an indication that the climate of the
time was to some extent arid. The obscurity of the annual ring in
these trees may be regarded as pointing to a certain extent9 in the
same direction, for it shows that there could not have been any
marked seasonal variation in temperature conditions, and the sim-
plest way in which this could occur would be under the prevalence
of a dry climate, caused perhaps by some peculiarity of configuration
of continents or elevation of mountains, which produced a different
circulation of the atmosphere from that prevailing here at present.
The arkosic matrix of the wood specimens (from the feldspar of
which their silica has been derived) is also suggestive of the same
state of affairs, for it must have been formed under conditions where
disintegration exceeded decomposition, so that the feldspar and
other silicates could be broken up without extensive chemical altera-
tion, and although this could result equally well in frigid as in arid
climates, there is no direct evidence for the former, so that the
9 Although the value of this evidence is limited by the fact that living arau-
carias show little annual ring, even though growing in temperate climates.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
latter remains as the most probable climatic condition of the Triassic
period in Eastern North America.
Explanation of Plates III, IV.
Plate III. — Fig. 1. — Araucarioxylon virginianum Knowlton. Locality B. 5.
Transverse section, X 20. No definite annual ring.
Fig. 2. — .Same. Radial section, X 40. Shows several double rows of pits.
Fig. 3. — Same. Tangential section, X 40. Shows cross-section of medul-
lary rays and of radial wall pits.
Fig. 4. — Araucarioxylon vanartsdaleni sp. nov. Locality B. 5. Transverse
section, X 20. No annual ring.
Fig. 5. — Same. Radial section, X 40. Shows one of the very rare double
rows of pits.
Fig. 6. — Same. Tangential section, X 40. Shows few-celled rays.
Plate IV. — Fig. 1. — Brachyoxylon -pennsrjlvanianum sp. nov. Locality C. 1.
Transverse section, X 20. Shows distinct annual ring of four layers of
small cells just above middle.
Fig. 2. — Same. Radial section, X 40. Shows single rows of pits, dis-
tinctly separated.
Fig. 3. — Same. Tangential section, X 40. Shows medullary rays.
Fig. 4. — Same. Another radial section, X 40. Shows several double rows
of pits, which are only partially alternate.
Fig. 5. — Same as figure 4, but X 100.
Fig. 6. — The section shown in Plate III, fig. 3, under crossed nicols (X 40),
showing the complete replacement by crystalline quartz.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373
AGE AND CORRELATION OF THE "NEW RED" OR NEWARK GROUP IN
PENNSYLVANIA.
BY EDGAR T. WHERRY, PH.D.1
The so-called "New Red" or Newark group of rocks of the Eastern
United States has heretofore been almost universally regarded as a
geologic and paleontologic unit, and correlated with the Rhsetic
or uppermost Triassic of Europe. Mr. Benj. Smith Lyman, Director
of the Mineralogical and Geological Section, who was the first to
make a detailed study of any portion of these beds, found them in
eastern Pennsylvania to be unexpectedly thick (27,000 feet) and
capable of considerable subdivision, and accordingly put forward
the suggestion that the group is not all of the same age, but that its
deposition began in some portion of the late Paleozoic and con-
tinued throughout the Triassic and perhaps even into the Jurassic.2
This view was considered briefly by Ward3 and cast aside, but the
question has never been really settled, and is here reopened and
discussed in detail.
The Paleozoic age of the lowermost beds was inferred by Mr.
Lyman from the supposed occurrence of:
Lepidodendron of Lower Carboniferous type at Newark, N. J.
Calamites of Permian age at Holicong, Bucks County, Pa.
Dendrophycus of Devonian aspect at Portland, Conn.
To which may be added, silicified wood related to Permian species
of Europe as described by Knowlton4 and by the writer.5
The identification of the Lepidodendron was made by Lesquereux
on a photograph of a poorly preserved fragment, and must therefore
at best be regarded as doubtful, even had no other examination of
the material ever been made. But Newberry6 and Fontaine,7
studying the same or a similar specimen, agreed that it represents
a conifer, probably Abies or Palissya, while Berry thinks that "all
that can be safely said is that it is the decorticated trunk of a gym-
1 The subject-matter of this paper has been presented in the form of occasional
notes at meetings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the Academy.
2 Age of the Newark Brownstone, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, XXXIII, pp. 5-10;
and Some New Red Horizons, ib., pp. 192-215, 1894.
3 Status of the Mesozoic Floras of the U. S., Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv.,
XX, pt. ii, pp. 218-221, 1900.
4 Fossil Wood and Lignite of the Potomac [and Newark] Formation, Bull.
U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 56, p. 52, 1889.
5 Preceding paper.
6 Fossil Fishes and Fossil Plants of the Triassic Rocks of New Jersey and the
Connecticut Valley, Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., XIV, pp. 94, 95, 1888.
7 In Ward's Status of the Mesozoic Floras of the U. S., Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol.
Surv., XX, pt. ii, p. 219, 1900.
374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
aosperm."8 As a matter of fact, the building-stone beds, from which
it was obtained, are stratigraphically many thousand feet above the
base of the Triassic.
The Calamites from Bucks County, discovered many years ago
by Mr. John S. Ash, had been identified by Lesquereux as Calamites
<m nanus, a Triassic species,9 and later by Dr. N. L. Britton10 as
Schizoneura laticostata (or planicostata) , a form occurring in the
Upper Triassic of Virginia. As there still seemed to be a possibility,
however, that the fossil was of Permian age, the writer in 1908
carried on excavations at the locality, and sent the material then
obtained together with specimens of this plant and a cycad pre-
viously collected by Mr. Ash and by the Mineralogical and Geological
Section of the Academy to the United States National Museum for
identification. It was there examined by Messrs. David White and
F. H. Knowlton, the foremost authorities on Carboniferous and
Triassic plants, respectively, and they reported as follows:
"The equisetalean stem fragments probably belong to Schizoneura,
with which they accord fairly well. The gymnospermous fragment
seems to belong to Cycadites, and has many characters in common
with C. tenuinervis of the southern Newark. The material affords
no evidence of Paleozoic age, the equisetalean specimens being
generally unlike the Paleozoic Calamites and Equisetites, while the
genus Cycadites is unknown in the cosmopolitan Permian flora.11
Though of relatively little value, the data embraced in {.his collection
points toward Triassic age."
The " dendrophycus " is of no diagnostic value because it is of
inorganic origin, representing a rill-mark,12 and of course water flowed
over mud about the same in the Triassic as in the Carboniferous
period. So there remains to be considered only the silicified wood.
Of the three species found in Pennsylvania one has its nearest relative
in the Permian of Europe, although the other two are more like
Jurassic forms, as pointed out in the preceding paper. The apparent
similarities would no doubt largely disappear, however, if well-
preserved material were available for direct comparison, for pub-
8 A Brief Sketch of Fossil Plants, Ann. Rept. Stale Geol. N. J., 1905, p. 124,
note 2, No. 5.
'Lewis, II. C. A Great Trap Dyke Across Southeastern Pennsylvania.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Sac, XXII, p. 453, 1883.
10 [Exhibition of Specimens.] Trans. N. Y. Acad. /...., V, p. 17, 1885.
1 Although Goppert described two species from t) a Carboniferous limestone
of Silesia: Beitrage zur Kenntniss Fossiler Cycadeen, Neues Jahrb. Min.
Paleont., 1866, pp. 131, 132, pi. II. [E. T. W.]
Lull, R. S.: The Life of the Connecticut Trias, Amer. Jour. Sci., [41,
XXXIII, p. 403, 1912.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
375
lished descriptions and figures necessarily leave much to be desired
as far as really complete characterization is concerned. Furthermore,
it is generally recognized that because of the relative stability of
internal structures as compared with external characters, identifica-
tion for purposes of correlation must be based on the latter; indeed,
plants may pass from one formation or even period to another with
the former apparently unchanged, and of all types of structure that
of the araucarias is the most persistent, extending from the Devonian
down to the present time.
It appears, therefore, that there is actually not the slightest
foundation for the idea that the deposition of the Newark group
began during the Permian or any other portion of the Paleozoic.
But it is not by any means certain that more than one limited sub-
division of the European Triassic may not be represented within its
bounds.
For purposes of comparison, a table of the subdivisions which have
been recognized both here and in Europe is added.
Table I. Subdivisions of the Triassic.
Pennsylvania.13
New Jersey.14
Great Britain.15
Germany.15
•
Brunswick,
12,000 feet.
Rhaetic,
250 feet.
Rhaetic,
500 feet.
Sale f W1^
16,000 feet.
Upper Keuper,
3,000 feet.
Keuper,
1,000 feet.
Lower Keuper,
450 feet.
Lettenkohle,
230 feet.
Gwynedd,
Lockatong,
3,600 feet .
3,500 feet.
Muschelkalk,
Variegated
sandstone,
2,000 feet.
1,000 feet.
Norristown,
5,500 feet,
Stockton,
4,700 feet,
Bunter,
1,500 feet.
13 Lyman, op. cit., p. 197.' and Report on the New Red of Bucks and Mont-
gomery Counties, Summo Final Report, Penna. 2d Geol. Surv., Ill, pt. ii,
pp. 2589-2638, 1895. Thic nesses somewhat modified in accordance with later
work.
14Kummel, H. B. The Newark System — Report of Progress, Ann. Rept.
State Geol. N. J., 1896, pp. 34-55; thicknesses, p. 59.
15 Von Huene, F. Eine Zusammenstellung iiber die Englische Trias, etc.,
Cerdr. Min. Ueol. Raleont., 1908, p. 16; thicknesses from various sources.
376
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
A few words should be added concerning the nomenclature of the
America]) formations. The upper portion of the Newark was
divided by Mr. Lyman, as shown in the table, into three members:
the Lansdale, a soft red shale, followed by the Perkasie, described as
harder and darker in color, and the Pottstown, again soft and red.
The writer has not been able to recognize the validity of this sub-
division, as the Perkasie at its type locality, as well as at several
other places, contains various secondary minerals, such as quartz,
epidote, and stilbite and other zeolites, which are seen in microscopic
sections to fill the spaces between the grains, and are also often
crystallized out in crevices, showing it to be merely a metamorphosed
phase of the otherwise soft red sediments. It is therefore most
convenient to treat these three formations as a unit, for which the
name Brunswick, first applied to the New Jersey area, may well be
adopted. For the two lower formations the Pennsylvania names
have priority, but since the New Jersey ones have been rather widely
used it seems necessary to give both to insure against any mis-
understanding.
While the earlier observers were inclined to consider the fossils
of the American Newark as equivalent to forms from the Rhsetic
of Europe — the transition stage between the Triassic and Jurassic
periods — the plants were shown by Stur16 to match most closely
those of the German Lettenkohle or lower Keuper, and more recently
Dr. C. R. Eastman17 has found the fish fauna to have its analogue
in that of the upper Muschelkalk and the lower Keuper of the
Alpine Province. In all of these discussions it has been taken for
granted that the Newark is a geologic and paleontologic unit; and
it must be admitted that little definite evidence to the contrary has
as yet been obtained; but it seems incredible that the enormous
thicknesses of beds developed here could all be represented by two or
three hundred feet of the foreign Triassic. Mr. Lyman's plea for the
more definite placing of fossil occurrences in the stratigraphic column
is therefore worthy of more attention than it has received, for it is
only by so doing that we can ever hope to learn the true relations
and equivalences of the beds.
A geographical table of the more important fossil localities of
Pennsylvania, exclusive of those of silicified wood, which were given
6 Die Lunzer-Lettenkohlen Flora in den "Older Mesozoic Beds of the Coal
Field of Eastern Virginia," Verh. KK. Geol. Reichsanst., 1888, pp. 203-217.
7 Triassic Fishes of Connecticut, Bull. Conn. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv., No. 18,
.pp. 23-25, 1911.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377
in the preceding paper, is here introduced. The locality numbers
correspond to those on the accompanying map.
B. Bucks County.
1. Wycombe: Quarries | mile south and 1 mile southwest of
station. Upper part of the Gwynedd-Lockatong formation.
Estheria ovata Lea.
Other Crustacea and fish scales.
2. Holicong: Mr. John S. Ash's farm, | mile northwest of the cross-
roads. For references see above. At least 3000 feet below
the top of the Norristown-Stockton formation.
Schizoneura sp.
Cycadites sp. (cf. tenuinervis Fontaine).
3. Carversville : Road metal quarry f mile to the east. A. P.
Brown: New Cycads and Conifers from the Trias of Penn-
sylvania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, pp. 17-21, pi.
I-V. Transition beds between the Norristown-Stockton and
the Gwynedd-Lockatong formations.
Podozamites formosus Brown.
Zamites velderi Brown.
Palissya diffusa (Emmons) Fontaine.
" obtusa Brown.
Cheirolepis munsteri Schenk.
" latus Brown.
M. Montgomery County.
1. Gwynedd Tunnel, P. & R. Ry., north of Gwynedd Valley station.
Cope: Synopsis of the Extinct Batrachia, Reptilia, and Aves
of North America. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, XIV, pp. 170-175,
1871. Also other references by Leidy and Lea in Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, etc. Middle of the Gwynedd-Lockatong
formation, of which it is the type locality.
Numerous bones of a pterosaur, Rhabdopelix lorigispinis Cope.
Various fish scales and reptile teeth.
2. Areola: Perkiomen R. R. cuts | mile and f mile southeast of
station. Bottom of Gwynedd-Lockatong.
Estheria ovata Lea.
Fish scales.
3. Yerkes: Perkiomen R. R. cut near station. Leidy: Fish
Remains of the Mesozoic Red Shales. Proc. Acad. NatSSci.
Phila., 1876, p. 81. Base of Brunswick.
A few fish scales, Radiolepis elegans Emmons?.
4. Graters Ford: Fishers quarry, 1 mile northwest of station.
Lower part of Brunswick. Fossil footprints, of several species.
C. Chester County.
1. Pheenixville : P. & R. Ry. tunnel § mile north of station. Has
been the subject of numerous papers, the most elaborate of
25
::7^
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July,
which is that of Wheatley: Remarks on the Mesozoic Red
Sandstone of the Atlantic Slope, and Notice of the Discovery
of a Bone Bed Therein. Amer. Jour. Sci., [2], XXXII, pp.
41-48, 1861. Middle of Gwynedd-Lockatong formation.
Plants, species of Equisetum, Pterozamites, and Ctenophyllum.
Estheria ovata and other Crustacea.
Fish scales.
Reptile teeth and bones.
L. Lehigh County.
1. Hosensack: Road cut somewhere southwest of the village.
Lea: Description of a Fossil Saurian of the New Red Sand-
stone Formation of Pennsylvania; with some Account of
that Formation. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [2], II, pp.
185-202, PI. XVII-XVIV, 1854. Middle of the Brunswick.
Reptilian bones: Clepysaurus pennsylvanicus Lea.
Y. York County.
1. York Haven and vicinity. Wanner and Fontaine, in Ward's
Status of the Mesozoic Floras of the U. S., loc. cit., pp. 233-255,
1900. Middle of the Gwynedd-Lockatong.
Numerous fossil plants.
2. Emigsville: Copper prospects 2 miles northwest. Frazer and
Cope: [Fossils from York County], Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc,
XXIII, pp. 403, 404, 1886.
Reptile bones and teeth.
Nearly all of these localities, as pointed out by Mr. Lyman, are
Gwynedd-Lockatong formation. As this consists of a series
carbonaceous and calcareous rocks, no doubt representing a time
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379
of swamp development, attributable to a temporary modification of
climatic conditions, which would of course affect the whole region
at the same time, the fossils from the various places could hardly
be expected to be otherwise than equivalent. It is these that are
used in correlation of the "Newark" with the European Keuper.
The only fossil locality at any considerably lower horizon is that at
Holicong, Bucks County (B. 2). The forms occurring there are
unfortunately not specifically identifiable, and so can throw little
light on the age of the beds. But since both Cycadites and Sehizo-
neura are genera which are found in the Bunter or lower Triassic of
Europe, it is by no means impossible that the Norristown-Stockton
formation is really the approximate equivalent of that horizon,
which it certainly closely resembles lithologically.
Because of the total absence of fossils of diagnostic value in the
upper 10,000 feet of the Brunswick formation in Pennsylvania, its
exact position is also indeterminate. It further does not seem
advisable to attempt extrapolation into other districts, where the
succession of formations is in general quite different from that here
outlined. But the absence of beds of uppermost Triassic or even
of Jurassic age can in no way be regarded as certain.
It is to be concluded, then, that there is no evidence whatever
of the deposition of any part of the New Red or Newark group
during the Permian period; but since all of the fossils of diagnostic
value, indicating middle-upper Triassic age, have come from a
rather limited horizon, about the middle of the group, we are not
justified in concluding either that the whole group is of the same age
or that the Bunter sandstone below and the upper Keuper or Rhsetic
above are not represented in the American rocks.
;;,si)
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
A CATALOGUE OF JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
by s. stillman berry.
Introduction.
While engaged in a somewhat comprehensive study of the Ceph-
alopod fauna of the Hawaiian Islands, the writer found himself
impelled to consider the possibility of correlation with that of other
regions of the Pacific, notably Japan, whence so many bizarre and
interesting types have been described. In pursuance of this a
simple catalogue was first compiled, then a fairly detailed list of
references added, and finally, when the collections of Stanford
University proved to be surprisingly rich in material from this
region, a mass of other data was accumulated. The greater part of
all this is now offered' in the present paper. The aim is merely to
present a bibliographic catalogue of all the cephalopod mollusks
known to occur within the waters of the Japanese Empire, with the
addition of a few more or less pertinent notes regarding such species
as have chanced to come under the personal observation of the
writer.
As already indicated, the bulk of this material was furnished by
the zoological collections of Stanford University, where it owes its
origin chiefly to the Jordan and Snyder Expedition to Japan in
1900. As the purpose of this expedition was mainly ichthyological,
no special effort was made to secure a large collection of cephalopods,
but the species which were incidentally obtained are fairly numerous
and frequently of considerable interest.
In addition to the above, mention should be made of a small
series of cephalopods secured by Dr. David Starr Jordan at Fusan,
Korea, in 1911, and a few taken at Takao, Formosa, by Mr. Hans
Sauter, which are likewise in the Stanford University collections.
Through the courtesy of Mr. Samuel Henshaw, I have also had
the privilege of examining a large series of Euprymna from Hong
Kong in the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Lastly, but very fortunately, I have been enabled, through the
signal kindness of Prof. A. E. Verrill, to secure the loan of an inexten-
sive but unusually interesting series of small squids, including
cotypes of two important species, taken many years ago by Prof.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381
E. S. Morse in the Bay of Tokio (Yecldo), and now preserved in the
Yale University Museum.
Historical Survey.
With the possible exception of Tilesius. the honor of being the
first author who attempts to refer taxonomically to any Japanese
cephalopod belongs, so far as I have been able to ascertain, to Alcide
d'Orbigny, who, in the great Histoire produced during the years
1834-1839 in collaboration with Ferussac, attributed the following-
named forms to this region:
Octopus Fa ng-sia o . Sepiola japon ica .
Octopus areolatus. Sepioteuthis sinensis.
Octopus sinensis. Sepia sinensis.
Loligopsis chrysophtalmos.
As the majority of these nominal species were based upon the
rude drawings or descriptions of other authors and hence, as a rule,
are quite unaccompanied by accurate definition, only the Octopus
areolatus appears capable of precise determination. All of the other
names, with the doubtful exception of Sepiola japonica, have dropped
from use.
Following the activity of d'Orbigny, we find a long period covering
the decades from 1845 to 1885 when but little in regard to this
particular field found its way into print save a few exceedingly
scattered and fragmentary observations by such authors as Lischke
(1869), Try on (1879), Steenstrup (Sepia andreana 1875, Todarodes
pacificus 1880), Hilgendorf (Architeuthis martensii 1880), Owen
(1881), and Verrill (Inioteuthis japonica and morsei 1881).
In the years 1885 and 1886, however, occurred the successive
publication bj^ Dr. William E. Hoyle of the important results at-
tained by his exhaustive study of the cephalopods taken during the
cruise of H. M. S. "Challenger." In a resume of the Cephalopoda
of the region under consideration (1886, p. 219) some 25 species
(one of them doubtful and another since eliminated) belonging to
8 genera are listed. The species added to the fauna include the
type of a new genus, 8 other new forms, and several others pre-
viously described from other regions, as follows:
Octopus hongkongensis. Sepia myrsus ?
Octopus januarii. Sepia esculenta.
Promachoteuthis megaptera. Sepia kobiensis.
Loligo edulis. S< pia andreauoides.
Loligo kobiensis. Sepiella maindroni.
Loligo japonica. Calliteuthis ocellata (as C. reversa).
382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
In the meanwhile appeared an important paper by Appellof
(Japanska Cephalopoder, Stockholm, 1886), which is significant as
being the first time that we find the cephalopods of Japan dealt
with as an assembled unit by themselves. In this paper 8 species
were added:
Octopus vulgaris. Loligo bleekeri.
Octopus globosits n. s. Loligo swnatrensis.
Octopus macropus. Sepia peterseni n. s.
S( pioteuthis lessoniana. Sepia ( = Metasepia) tullbergi n. s.
Two years later the publication of a second treatise on the same
subject from the pen of Dr. A. E. Ortmann (Japanische Cephalo-
poden, Zool. Jahrb., 1888) marked another notable increase in our
knowledge. Thirty-six species referable to 10 genera are accredited
to our area, of which the following are first recorded:
Tremoctopus doderleini n. s. Loligo tetradynamia n. s.
( = Ocythoe tuberculatd) Loligo chinensis.
Octopus kagoshimensis n. s. Loligo aspera n. s.
Octopus pusillus. Sepia hoylei n. s.
Microteuthis paradoxa n. s. Sepia torosa n. s.
( = Idiosepius). Sepia tokioensis n. s.
During the next twenty years succeeded another period of only
occasional short papers and desultory notes, the most important
of which are those of Pilsbry (Sepia hercules, 1894), Ijima and
Ikeda (Opisthoteuthis depressa 1895, Amphitretus pelagicus and
Alloposus pacificus 1902), Mitsukuri and Ikeda (1898), Joubin
(1897, 1898), Pfeffer (1900), Nishikawa (1906), Meyer (1906), and
Chun (1908, 1910).
Very recently Wulker (1910) has published a third survey of the
Japanese members of the group, based upon a portion of the valuable
material brought to Germany by Dr. Doflein. In this work, notable
for its numerous interesting data and the able manner in which they
are presented, Japan is accredited with no less than 24 genera com-
prising an even 60 species (3 of them doubtful). The following are
additions to the fauna:
Tremoctopus violaceus. Sepia elliptica.
Polypus doflein i n. s. Sepia lorigera n. s.
Polypus pictus fasciatus. Sepia misakiensis n. s.
Sepia aculeata. Sepia appellofi n. s.
Symphctoteuthis oualaniensis.
the present catalogue the recognized number is increased to
eies I I considered doubtful), falling under 29 genera, with
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383
one somewhat doubtful subspecies. But one new species (Sepia
formosana) is here proposed, although two others, Stoloteuthis nip-
ponensis and Abraliopsis scintillans (Berry 1911, 1911a), have pre-
viously been described from the same material and are now more
fully characterized and figured.
Relationships and Distribution.
After the excellent discussion of the relationships of the Japanese
cephalopod fauna by Wtilker (1910, pp. 23, 24), it would be idle to
reenter into the subject with much detail here. Suffice to say that
the close analogy there dwelt upon between many Japanese and
Mediterranean types is now still further heightened by the addition
of Thelidioteuthis alessandrinii to the list. Nevertheless, the pre-
dominant tone of the fauna is quite decidedly Indo-Malayan.
Indeed, outside of the genera Loligo and Sepia, astonishingly few
species are known to be exclusively Japanese, though these two
groups here attain such an abundant development and comprise
so many unique species that the gross aspect of any large collection
from the region is quite characteristic. The presence of the hong-
kongensis group of Polypi appears somewhat anomalous and may
indicate that these species are invaders from the Aleutian-Californian
fauna, where they or their near allies form one of the most striking-
elements, a conclusion which is, however, by no means to be regarded
as certain.
These points are brought out somewhat more forcibly by state-
ment in tabular form.
The distribution of the fauna, according to groups, is significantly
shown in the following table : »
Genera.
octopoda 7
Myopsida 1 1
(Egopsida^. 1 1
Tetrabranchiata 1
Species.
Sub-species.
Doubtful
20
1 ?
2
35
2
12
1
Total .30 68 1 ? 4
The most striking feature is very obviously the great prepon-
derance of the Myopsida which comprise more species, or at least
as many, as all other groups combined. This again is almost en-
tirely due to the more abundant representation of Loligo and Sepia,
and is quite the reverse of the conditions prevailing in other areas
of the North Pacific.
384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Despite the enormous number of recognized species and the fact
t hat no other region of the Pacific has been so diligently investigated,
our understanding of the fauna is still so incomplete that this cata-
logue can scarcely be regarded as any less provisional in nature
than its predecessors.
As yet we know almost nothing regarding the distribution of
this class of animals along the coasts of northwestern Japan and
in the Japan Sea, and but little collecting has been done anywhere
on the island of Hokkaido. As is to be expected, the neighboring
bays of Tokio, Sagami, and Suruga afford us with the bulk of our
information, and the vicinity of Misaki has proven a particularly
prolific locality.
Note.— In the following pages the sign ! indicates that specimens
from the locality cited have been examined and verified by the
present author. Numbers enclosed in brackets have reference to
the private card register of the author and are given for purposes of
convenience and accuracy only. Mere listing of a species in the
various catalogues of Hoyle (1886, 1886a, 1897, 1909) and of Wttl-
ker (1910) has not generally been included in the lists of references.
Class CEPHALOPODA.
Order DIBRANOHIATA Owen, 1832.
Sub-order OCTOPODA Leach, 1818.
Family CIRROTEUTHID^J Keferstein, 1866.
Genus OPISTHOTEUTHIS Verrill, 1SS3.
Opisthoteuthis depressa Ijima and Ikeda, 1895.
Opisthoteuthis depressa Ijima and Ikeda, 1895, pp. 1-15, pi. 33.
Opisthoteuthis depressa Meyer, 1906, pp. 758-760 (anatomy).
Opisthoteuthis depressa Meyer, 1906a, pp. 183-269 [1-93], pis. 11-16
(anatomy) .
Opisthoteuthis depressa Doflein, 1906, p. 260, fig.
Opisthoteuthis depressa Marchand, 1907, p. 3S1, [77] (anatomy).
Opisthoteuthis depressa Dollo, 1912, pp. 131, etc., pi. 3, fig. 5.
Distribution.— 250 fathoms, Okinose Bank, near Misaki, Sagami
(type locality).
Family ARGONAUTID^] Cantraine, 1840.'
Sub-family ARGONAUTINiE s. s.
Genus ARG0NAUTA Linne, 1758.
The Japanese members of this genus have not yet been carefully
worked out, but all three of the names appearing in the literature
belong to widely distributed species.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385
Argonauta argo Linnc, 1758.
Argonauta Argo Linne. 1758, p. 708, Nos. 282, 231.
Argonauta Argo Lischke, 1859, vol. I, p. 29 (locality record).
Argonauta Argo Dunker, 1882, p. 1 (mere note).
Argonauta argo Ortmann, 1888, p. 641.
Argonauta argo Jatta. 1S96, p. 191, pi. 8, fig. 3; pi. 18, figs. 15-29.
Argonauta Argo Hirase, 1907, p. 3 (locality record).
Because of the large number of other species common to both
regions, the identity of the Japanese race with typical A. argo from
the Mediterranean is here assumed, although the fact still remains
to be definitely established.
Distribution. — Enoshima, Sagami (Ortmann); Tokio (Dunker);
Tango (Hirase); Loo-Choo Islands (Lischke). Atlantic, Mediter-
ranean, and Indian Oceans.
Argonauta hians Solander, 1786.
Argonauta hians Solander, 1786, p. 44, No. 1,055 (fide Dall).
Argonauta hians Dilhvyn, 1817, vol. 1, p. 334.
Argonauta gondola Dilhvyn, 1817, vol. 1, p. 335.
Argonauta gondola Lischke, 1839, vol. I, p. 29 (mere note).
Argonauta gondola Dunker, 18S2, p. 1 (mere note).
Argonauta hians Ortmann, 18S8, p. 641.
Distribution. — Enoshima, Sagami (Ortmann) ; Sagami (Hirase) ;
Loo-Choo Islands (Lischke). Indo-Pacific, South Atlantic, etc.
Argonauta hians navicula Solander, 1786.
Argonauta navicula Solander, 1786, p. 44, No. 1,055 (fide Dall).
Argonauta Oweni Adams and Reeve, 1850, p. 4, pi. 3. figs. la-Id.
Argonauta Owenii Dunker, 1882, p. 1 (mere note).
Argonauta hians navicula Dall, 1908, pp. 226, 229.
Distribution.— J apan (Dunker). South Atlantic, Indo-Pacific, etc.
Sub-family OCYTHOIX.E.
Genus 0CYTH0E Rafiuesque, 1814.
Ocythoe tuberculata Rafmesque, 1814.
Ocythoe tuberculata Rafmesque, 1814, p. 29.
Tremoctopus doderleini Ortmann, 1888, p. 642, pi. 20.
Ocythoe tuberculata Jatta, 1896, p. 198, pi. 6. fig. 3; pi. 7, fig. S; pi. 19, figs.
1-12; text figs. 14, 52.
Ocythoe tuberculata Wi'ilker, 1910, p. 1.
The Tremoctopus doderleini of Ortmann, which is obviously not
a Tremoctopus in the accepted sense of the term, is said by Wiilker
to be identical with the common Mediterranean O. tuberculata. The
reported dispersal of the species is somewhat peculiar and indicates
that it will eventually prove to be nearly cosmopolitan.
Distribution. — Bay of Tokio (Ortmann); near Misaki, Sagami
(Wiilker); near Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wi'ilker). Mediterranean
Sea; Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts (Verrill); West Indies (fide
Verrill).
386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July.
Sub-family TREMOCTOPODIN^E.
Genus TREMOCTOPUS Delle Chiaje, 1S29.
Tremoctopus violaceus Delle Chiaje, 1S29.
Tremoctopus violaceus Delle Chiaje, 1829, pis. 70, 71 (fide Wulker).
Tremoctopus violaceus Jatta, 1896, p. 204, pi. 6, fig. 2; pi. 20, figs. 1-18.
Tremoctopus violaceus Wulker, 1910, p. 5.
Distribution. — Coast of Boshu, Sagami Sea (Wulker). Mediter-
ranean Sea.
Family POLYPODID^E Hoyle, 1904.
Genus POLYPUS Schneider, 1784.
That the genus Polypus attains an especially large development
on the coasts of Japan is attested by the formidable list of names
which have at one time or another been ascribed to this area, and
that despite the fact that, so far as members of this group are con-
cerned, the deeper waters off shore are still practically a terra incognita.
P. januarii being the only abyssal species thus far reported. How-
ever, the true number belonging to the fauna is somewhat obscured
by the lack of sufficient diagnosis or other needful information
respecting several of the alleged species. The following list is
thought to include all the names which occur in the literature:
Polypus vulgaris Lamarck. P. hongkongensis Hoyle.
P. granulatus Lamarck ( =rugo- P. dofleini Wulker.
sus Bosc). P. pictus fasciatus Hoyle.
P. macropus Risso ( =cuvieri P. areolatus De Haan.
d'Orbigny). P. ocellatus Gray.
P. kagoshiniensis Ortmann. P. broehi Ortmann.
P. globosus Appellof. P. fang-siao d'Orbigny.1
P. pusillus Gould. P. sinensis d'Orbigny.1
P. januarii Steenstrup. P. nienibranaceus Quoy and Gai-
mard.
Polypus vulgaris (Lamarck, 1799).
Octopus vulgaris Lamarck, 1799, p. IS (fide Jatta).
Octopus octopodia Tryon, 1879, p. 113, pi. 23, figs. 3, 4 (after d'Orbigny);
pi. 24, figs. 5, 6 (after d'Orbigny); pi. 24, fi>>;. 7 (after Jeffreys).
Octopus vulgaris Appellof, 1886, p. 7.
Octopus vulgaris Ortmann, 1888, p. 642.
Polypus vulgaris Wulker, 1910, p. 5.
As I have had no European specimens of P. vulgaris available
for comparison, I cannot feel personally certain that the following-
specimens are correctly referred to this species, but I think little
doubt exists that they are conspecific with the form so identified
1 Octopus Fang-siao and Octopus sinensis are names applied by d'Orbigny
to certain rude illustrations of Chinese or Japanese origin and published by him
without any real diagnosis. They arc nearly or quite unrecognizable and probably
can never have any standing. Appellof has suggested that O. Fang-siao belongs
to the synonymy of O. ocellatus. Tryon refers O. sinensis without hesitation
to O. membranaceus, Hoyte somewhat dubiously unites it with O. areolatus,
while Appellof places it with a query under O. vulgaris.
1912.J
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
387
by the various other writers on Japanese cephalopods. The fact
that the lateral arms are usually notably longer than the others,
the minute conical hectocotylus, reticulate surface, and reddish-
gray color seem to be very characteristic. The lateral arms in the
male show a conspicuous enlargement of one or (occasionally) more
of the suckers near the umbrella margin, as has been noted in numer-
ous other species.
The dimensions of two cf specimens are given below :
[Xo. 339]
[Xo
mm.
Total length to tip of arms 6102
Length of mantle (dorsal) 101
Width of mantle 85
Width of neck 47
Width of head 53
Length of funnel 45
Length of right dorsal arm, outside measurement . 3952
Length of left dorsal arm, outside measurement 4102
Length of right second arm, outside measurement 470+2
Length of left second arm, outside measurement 4402
Length of right third arm, outside measurement . 3802
Length of left third arm, outside measurement 4202
Length of right ventral arm, outside measurement. 3802
Length of left ventral arm, outside measurement 3802
Length of hectocotylus 4
Length of umbrella between dorsal arms no
Length of umbrella between ventral arms 70
Diameter of largest sucker 20
. 337]
mm.
3552
71
60
39
40
33
2202
2002
2652
2452
2052
2502
2302
2252
3
. 50
35
13
Material Exam ined. —
Xo.
Sp. Locality. Sex.
1 Misaki, Sagami cf
1 Misaki, Sagami
1 Bay of Waka, Kii 9
3 Tsuruga, Echizen 9
1 Tsuruga, Echizen cf
Collectors.
Jordan and
Snyder
Jordan and
Snyder
Jordan and
Snyder
Jordan and
Snyder
Jordan and
Snyder
3 Tsuruga, Echizen 2d 1$ Jordan and
Snyder
D. S. Jordan
D. S. Jordan
2 Fusan, Korea cf
1 Fusan, Korea 9
Where Author's
deposited. Register.
L.S.J.U., 336
Cat. 2,000
L.S.J.U.. 345
Cat, 2,001
L.S.J.U., 335
Cat, 2,002
L.S.J.U., 338
Cat. 2,004
L.S.J.U., 339
Cat. 2,003
Not re- 340
tained
L.S.J.U., 337
Cat. 2,005
L.S.J.U., 334
Cat. 2,006
2 Measurements necessarily inaccurate.
388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Distribution. — Bay of Tokio (Ortmann) ; Misaki, Sagami ! (Wiil-
ker) ; Nagasaki (Appellof) ; Bay of Waka, Kii ( !) ; Tsuruga, Echizen
(!); Fusan, Korea (!). Nearly cosmopolitan in the Atlantic, Medi-
terranean, and Indian Oceans.
Polypus granulatus (Lamarck, 1799).
Sepia rugosa Bosc, 1792, p. 24, pi. 5, figs. 1, 2 (fide Hoyle).
Octopus granulatus Lamarck, 1799, p. 20.
Octopus rugosus Brock. 1887, p. 605.
? Octopus kagoshimensis Ortmann, 1888, p. 644, pi. 21, fig. 2.
Octopus rugosus Ortmann, 1891, p. 669.
Octopus granulatus Joubin, 1897a, p. 99.
Polypus granulatus Wiilker, 1910, p. 5.
An almost cosmopolitan species characterized by its short, sub-equal
arms, only about double the length of the body (Brock), and usually
having the formula 4, 3, 2, 1 ; the warted surface (apparently a
very variable feature), coloration, etc. I have not discovered this
form in any of the material at my disposal.
Distribution. — Washinokami, Rikuzen (Wiilker) ; Misaki, Sagami
(Wiilker); Nagasaki, Hizen (Joubin). Atlantic, Indo-Pacific, etc.
[Polypus kagoshimensis (Ortmann, 1888).]
Octopus kagoshimensis Ortmann, 1888, p. 664, pi. 21, fig. 2.
Octopus rugosus (pars) Ortmann, 1891, p. 669.
Polypus granulatus (pars ?) Wiilker, 1910, p. 6.
Three years after its description this species was referred by
Ortmann himself to 0. rugosus Bosc. (granulatus), and the same
course has been somewhat doubtfully followed by Wiilker.
Distribution. — Kagoshima (type locality, Ortmann).
Polypus globosus (Appellof, 1886).
Octopus globosus Appellof, 1886, p. 7, pi. 1, figs. 4, 5.
Octopus globosus Ortmann, 1888, p. 662.
Octopus rugosus (pars) Ortmann, 1891, p. 669.
Octopus globosus Goodrich, 1896, p. 19, pi. 5, fig. SI (hectocotylus).
Octopus globosus Joubin, 1897«, p. 98.
Octopus globosus Appellof, 1898, p. 565.
Polypus globosus Hoyle, 1909, p. 259 (no description).
This is a rather small species belonging to the same group as
P. granulatus and P. kagoshimensis: It has been united with P.
rugosus (granulatus) by Ortmann. but this disposition has since been
vigorously combated by Appellof.
Distribution. — Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof). Ternate (Appellof);
Straits of Malacca (Goodrich) ; Kabusa Is. (Goodrich) ; Nicobar Is.
(Goodrich); Bombay (Goodrich): Point Galle, Ceylon (Goodrich).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389
Polypus pusillus (Gould, 1852).
Octopus pusillus Gould, 1852, p. 478, fig. 591.
Octopus pusillus Tryon, 1879, p. 112, pi. 31, figs. 31-33.
Octopus pusillus Ortmann, 1888, p. 644, pi. 21, fig. 1.
? Polypus pusillus Hoyle, 1904, p. 16, pi. 4, fig. 5.
The identity and important characters of this species are scarcely
yet established upon a firm basis, for it seems to me questionable
whether the Western Pacific specimens referred by Hoyle (1904)
to P. pusillus are really conspecific with Gould's type. The rela-
tively wide umbrella (one fourth as long as the arms) arm formula
1, 2, 3, 4, lack of cirri, smooth skin, and large, prominent eyes
appear to be the most salient features noted in Gould's de-
scription.
Distribution. — Kagoshima, Satsuma (Ortmann). Mangsi Islands,
China Sea (type locality, Gould) ; off the southwest coast of Central
America (Hoyle).
Polypus macropus (Risso, 1826).
Octopus macropus Risso, 1826, vol. 4, p. 3 (fide Hoyle).
Octopus Cuvierii d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1826, Poulpes, pi. 4
{fide Hoyle).
Octopus Cuvieri Appellof, 1886, p. 6, pi. 1, fig. 6.
Octopus macropus Hoyle, 1886, pp. 11, 95.
Octopus macropus Ortmann, 1888, p. 643, pi. 21, fig. 3 (hectocotylus).
Octopus macropus Joubin, 1897a, p. 99.
Polypus macropus Wi'ilker, 1910, p. 8.
The loose, soft, elongate body; long, attenuate, and very unequal
arms; short umbrella; curiously formed hectocotylus, and nearly
smooth surface serve to distinguish P. macropus from any of its
Japanese congeners. The arms of the various pairs are conspicu-
ously different in proportion, their order persistently 1, 2, 3, 4, and
the dorsal pair much the stoutest and longest. The right third
arm of the cf is scarcely half as long as its mate of the opposite side
and terminates in an extremely conspicuous, oblong, trough-shaped
hectocotylus, ornamented with perhaps 8 or 9 prominent transverse
ridges on its inner surface and so thickened as to greatly exceed the
adjacent portion of the arm in diameter.
The skin is in general smooth, but the present material shows
usually about three small conical tubercles just above and behind
each eye-opening, with a few scattered smaller ones occasionally
apparent over the rest of the dorsum.
The more important measurements of two specimens are given
below, both being males:
390
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July
Length, total
I ,ength of mantle, dorsal
Width of mantle
Width of neck
Width of head
Length of funnel
1 .rugth of right dorsal arm (outside measurement). .
Length of left dorsal arm (outside measurement)
Length of right second arm (outside measurement)...
Length of left second arm (outside measurement)
I .( ugth of right third arm (outside measurement).... ...
Length of left third arm (outside measurement)
Length of right ventral arm (outside measurement ).
Length of left ventral arm (outside measurement)
Length of hectocotylus
Width of hectocotylus
Width of umbrella between dorsal arms
Width of umbrella between ventral arms
327.
No. 325.
mm.
mm.
225
320
75
45
30
29
13
15
21
20
41
30
390
140+
435
255
300 +
195
305
190+
140
90
245
170
175 +
156
215
152
20
9
7
3.5
65
34
30
26
Distribution. — Hakodate, Oshima (!); Aomori, Mutsu (!); Matsu-
shima, Rikuzen (!); Bay of Tokio (Ortmann); Misaki, Sagami
Wtilker !); Yokohama (Hoyle); Bay of Waka, Kii (!); Nagasaki,
Hizen (Appellof).
Canary Islands, Mediterranean Sea, etc. As this species has
also been recorded from the Red Sea, Bay of Bengal, Straits of
Malacca, and various other localities, its area of distribution appears
to form a continuous belt along the entire southern and south-
western shores of the Eurasian continent. It is represented in the
Stanford University collections by an excellent series of specimens
from the following localities:
No.
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors.
1 Hakodate, Oshima <? Jordan and
Snyder
2 Aomori, Mutsu & Jordan and
Snyder
3 Mat sushima, Rikuzen 9 2d1 Jordan and
Snyder
Misaki, Sagami 9 Jordan and
Snyder
1 Bay of Waka, Kii 9 Jordan and
Snyder
Where Author's
deposited. Register.
L.S.J.U., 32S
Cat. 2,007
L.S.J.U., 325
Cat. 2,008
L.S.J.U., 327
Cat. 2,009
L.S.J.U., 346
Cat. 2,011
L.S.J.U., 326
Cat. 2,010
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391
Polypus hongkongensis (Hoyle, 1885).
? Octopus punctalus Gabb. 1862, p. 170 (not of Blainville, 1S26).
Octopus hongkongensis Ho3rle, 1885a, p. 224.
Octopus hongkongensis Hoyle, 1885c, p. 99.
Octopus punctatus -Hoyle, 1886, pp. 11, 100, etc., pi. 5.
Octopus punctatus Ortmann, 1888, p. 662.
Octopus punctatus Joubin, 1897, p. 110, pi. 9.
Octopus punctatus Joubin, 1897o, p. 98.
Polypus punctatus Wi'ilker, 1910, .p. 7.
Wulker cites the enormous elongate hectocotylus (^ or more the
length of the arm) and the very long arms (7 times the ventral
mantle length) as perhaps the most conspicuous features which may
be depended upon to distinguish this very distinct species. I am
not at all convinced that the Eastern Asiatic species is really iden-
tical with the O. punctatus Gabb of California, although without
doubt they are very closely related.
Distribution. — 345 fathoms, off Ino Sima Island (type locality,
Hoyle); Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wulker). Hong Kong, China
(Hoyle); Kamtschatka (Joubin).
Polypus dofleini Wulker, 1910.
Polypus dofleini Wulker, 1910, p. 7, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2; pi. 3, fig. 10.
A species of the hongkongensis group distinguished by its rela-
tively moderate arms (4 times the ventral mantle length) and decid-
edly smaller hectocotylus (one-sixteenth as long as the> arm).
Distribution. — Todohokke, Oshima (type locality, Wulker).
Polypus sp. Young.
Catalogue Xo. 2,012, Stanford University Invertebrate Series,
contains four small cf Polypi taken by Snyder and Sindo at Tane-
gashiBaa Island, Japan [S. S. B. No. 344]. These agree briefly in the
following characters, but I am unable to refer them with certainty
to any of the described species:
Body plump, firm, rounded; head short and broad. Dorsal
surface finely and quite evenly granulose with numerous minute,
acute, pointed papilla?; one or two larger ones over each eye; smooth
below.
Arms moderate, subequal, evenly tapering, about three times as
long as the head and body, their order 3 = 2, 4, 1. Suckers large,
crowded; one or two of those just inside the web margin on the
lateral arms a little larger than the rest, but not abruptly or con-
spicuously so. Hectocotylized arm scarcely at all shorter than its
mate of the opposite side; the terminal organ very small, smooth,
elongate, spoon-shaped. Umbrella short, about equally developed
all around.
392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
( !olor a dark blackish slate, paler below and within the arms.
Measurements.
mm. mm. mm.
Total length 106 So 78
Length of mantle (dorsal) 18 15 15
Width of mantle 20 15 14
Width of neck 14 11.5 lO.o
Width of head 15 14 13
Length of funnel 10 9 6
Length of right dorsal arm 70 56 50
Length of left dorsal arm 71 55 49
Length of right second arm 75+ 64 54
Length of left second arm 83 65 54
Length of right third arm 78 65 60
Length of left third arm 84 65 60
Length of right ventral arm 75 58+ 58
Length of left ventral arm 75 58 61
Length of hectocotylus 3 3 3
Length of umbrella between dorsal
arms 14 14 8
Length of umbrella between ven-
tral arms 11 12 8
These specimens in certain ways suggest the P. globosus of Appellof ,
but the order .of the arms is decidedly different, and the hectocotylus,
though very much smaller, is of a similar type to that prevailing
in the hongkongensis group. The possibility has not been over-
looked that they may be young P. dofleini, but here again the arm
formula1 fail to coincide.
Polypus januarii (Steenstrup, 1885).
Octopus januarii "Steenstrup, MS.," Hoyle, 1885a, p. 229.
Octopus januarii "Steenstrup, MS.," Hoyle, 1885c, p. 105.
Octopus januarii Hoyle, 1886, pp. 11, 76, 97, etc., pi. 7, fig. 4.
Octopus Januarii Goodrich, 1896, p. 19.
Polypus januarii Hoyle, 1904, p. 18, pi. 5, fig. 2 (radula).
A very distinct species, well differentiated from all other Japanese
Polypi by its soft, smooth integument, pinkish color, swollen eyes,
extensive umbrella, short conical hectocotylus, and abyssal habit.
It has been taken in this region only by the "Challenger," which
secured a single cf specimen at a depth of 1875 fathoms in the
North Pacific east of Japan (Hoyle, 1886).
Distribution. — North Pacific, east of Japan (Hoyle). Off Barra
( Irande, Brazil (type locality, Hoyle) ; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (Hoyle) ;
Bay of Bengal (Goodrich); Andaman Sea (Goodrich); off the
( !ocos [slands ( Hoyle).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393
Polypus pictus fasciatus (Hoyle, 1886).
Octopus pictus var. fasciata Hoyle, 1S86, p. 94, pi. 8, fig. 3.
Octopus pictus var. fasciata Goodrich, 1896, p. 19, pi. 5, fig. 82 (hectocotylus).
Polypus pictus var. fasciata Wulker, 1910, p. 6.
Characterized by its conspicuous and definite color pattern com-
prising various bands of pigment on the body and series of roundish
blotches along the outer surfaces of the arms.
Distribution. — Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wulker). Port Jackson, Aus-
tralia (type locality, Hoyle, Goodrich).
Polypus ocellatus (Gray, 1849).
Octopus ocellatus d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, Poulpes, pi. 9,
upper fig. (fide Gray).
Octopus ocellatus Gray, 1849, p. 15.
Octopus membranaceus Tryon (pars), 1879, p. 285 (merely listed), pi. 29, fig. 8.
Octopus ocellatus Appellof, 1886, p. 8, pi. 1, figs. 1-3.
Octopus areolatus Hoyle (pars), 1886, pp. 8, 86.
Octopus ocellatus Brock, 1887, pp. 608, 611.
Octopus ocellatus Ortmann, 1888, p. 662 (mere note).
Octopus ocellatus Joubin, 1898, p. 22.
The status of this species is still very uncertain as it is not quite
apparent whether the Octopus ocellatus Gray is the same as the
Chinese drawing to which the same name was previously applied
by d'Orbigny, or whether the 0. ocellatus Appellof is in turn identical
with that of Gray. Tryon refers Gray's species to 0. membranaceus,
while Hoyle places 0. ocellatus of both Gray and Appellof in the
synonymy of 0. areolatus. However, Appellof's determination has
been called in question by Brock.
Wulker, the most recent writer on the subject, lists the species
as P. ocellatus Gray.
Distribution. — Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof); China Sea (type
locality, Gray).
Polypus areolatus (de Haan, 1838).
Octopus areolatus de Haan MS., 1S35 (fide d'Orbigny).
Octopus areolatus d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1838, p. 65.
? Octopus sinensis d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1838, p. 68, pi. 9.
Octopus areolatus d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 186.
? Octopus ocellatus Gray, 1849, p. 15.
Octopus areolatus Hoyle, 1886, pp. 8, 86, 205, etc., pi. 3, figs. 6, 7.
Octopus areolatus Brock, 1887, pp. 610, 611.
Octopus brocki Ortman, 1888, p. 645.
Octopus areolatus Ortmann, 1888, p. 662.
Octopus areolatus Joubin, 1894, p. 28.
Octopus areolatus Joubin, 1898, p. 22.
Polypus areolatus Hoyle, 1904, p. 16.
Polypus areolatus Wulker, 1910, p. 6.
P. areolatus is a small species with a compact, pyriform body,
widest posteriorly, and with a conspicuous ventral furrow. The
head is small and weakly differentiated from the body. The dorsal
26
394
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July,
surface is quite heavily and evenly papillose with either (1) soft
polygonal tubercles, or (2) almost a shagreen of small stellate warts,
or (3) fairly smooth when poorly preserved. Ventrally the papillae
become nearly obsolete. A group of two large and several smaller
papillae surmounts either eye.
The arms are almost of a length, the second pair slightly longer
than the others, but not much more than twice as long as the head
and body taken together. They taper evenly to slender extremities.
In the male the third right arm is only a little shorter than its mate.
The very ample marginal canal is transversely striate within and
terminates in a faint groove running down the inner face of the
small naked elongate-conical hectocotylus. One sucker of the fifth
or sixth pairs on each lateral arm shows a conspicuous enlargement.
The color of preserved specimens is a dark slaty-brown, paler
below and on the inner surface of the umbrella. Obliquely in front
Fig. 1. — Polypus areolntus, outline drawing of funnel organ, X 2; [148].
of and below the eye on either side is a conspicuous eye-like spot,
comprising a dark outer ring enclosing within it a narrower ring
of a lighter color (usually bluish and showing a faint metallic lustre),
and within this a central zone of the same dark shade as the outer
ring. There is also a definable but less conspicuous ovoid spot
between the eyes of a lighter and browner tint than the general
surface. The ocular markings of the six specimens in the Stanford
University collection seem much larger than those of the animal
figured by Hoyle in the Challenger Report, but I have no doubt
b that they are correctly referred to the same species.
i measurements of a well-preserved male are given below, the
men referred to being No. 148 of the author's register.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395
mm.
Total length 203
Length of body (dorsal) 42
Width of body 35
Width of neck 20
Width of head 21
Length of funnel 20
Length of right dorsal arm (inside measurement) 134
Length of left dorsal arm (inside measurement) 130
Length of right second arm (inside measurement) 85+
Length of left second arm (inside measurement) 142
Length of right third arm (inside measurement) 120
Length of left third arm (inside measurement) 121 +
Length of right ventral arm (inside measurement) 125
Length of left ventral arm (inside measurement) 120+
Length of hectocotylus 7
Length of umbrella between dorsal arms 28
Length of umbrella between ventral arms * 24
Dimensions of ocular spot of right side 7 x 12
Ortmann separates his P. brocki from P. areolatus on account of
(1) the larger ocular spots; (2) the nearly smooth skin; (3) the unusual
enlargement of the suckers, and (4) the presence of a brown spot
between the eyes. Wulker considers part of these characters due
to the preservation and suggests that the remainder are equally
applicable to P. areolatus. The present specimens bear out this
opinion very fairly.
Distribution. — Aomori, Mutsu (!); Tsuruga, Echizen (!); Tokio
(!); 100 meters off Misaki, Sagami (Wulker); 110 meters off Dzushi,
Sagami (Wulker); Bay of Waka, Kii (!); Kagoshima, Satsuma
(Ortmann). Hong Kong (Hoyle); south of Papua (Hoyle).
Material Examined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
2 Aomori, Mutsu d" Jordan and L.S.J.U., 329
Snyder Cat. 2,013
1 Tsuruga, Echizen c? Jordan and L.S.J. U., 148
Snyder Cat, 2,014
1 Tokio cf Jordan and L.S.J.U., 347
Snyder Cat, 2,015
1 Bay of Waka, Kii 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 330
Snyder Cat. 2,017
A specimen entered as L. S. J. U., Cat, 2,018 (S. S. B. No. 332],
collected by Jordan and Snyder at Tsuruga, Echizen, is not only
much larger than any of the specimens above referred to P. areolatus,
39(3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
but differs from them so conspicuously in several quite important
characters that I feel considerable uncertainty as to whether it is
specifically identical with them.
There is a large irregular tubercle over each eye, but except for
this the skin is almost perfectly smooth. At various points on the
dorsal surface, however, are to be observed a few small scattered
pit-like indentations resembling impressed papilla?, most conspicuous
being a diamond-shaped group of four on the middle of the back.
The arms are about three and a half times as long as the head and
body and very unequal, though this appears to be clue to the fact
that many of them have been mutilated and are undergoing regenera-
tion. The enlarged suckers and hectocotylus are similar to those
just described for P. areolatus. The color is exceedingly dark and
the heavy pigmentation extends over even the inner surfaces of the
aims and periphery of the suckers, so that the pale inner surfaces
of the latter stand out very conspicuously against the slate-colored
background. The ocular markings are nearly circular, and the
inner light colored ring is nearly as wide as the one enclosing it.
There are also traces of another light colored zone or ring outside
the latter. The inmost dark core is conspicuously smaller than in
the specimens described above.
The dimensions are as follows:
mm.
Total length 340
Length of body (dorsal) 53
Width of body 50
Width of neck 32
Width of head 37
Length of right dorsal arm 230
Length of left dorsal arm 260
Length of right second arm 200
Length of left second arm 265
Length of right third arm 102!
Length of left third arm 160*
Length of right ventral arm HO3
Length of left ventral arm 240
Length of hectocotylus 33
Length of umbrella between dorsal arms 33
Length of umbrella between ventral arms 32
Diameter of oculation, maximum ll|x 14
Diameter of oculation, excluding outermost light ring 8 x 10
3 Regenerating.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397
[Polypus membranaceus (Quoy and Gaimard, 1832).]
Octopus membranaceus Quoy and Gaimard, 1S32, p. 89, pi. 6, fig. 5.
Octopus membranaceus d'Orbignv and Ferussac, 1838, p. 43, Poulpes, pis.
10, 28 (/ided'Orbigny).
Octopus membranaceus d'Orbignv, 1845, p. 181.
Octopus membranaceus Gray, 1849, p. 13.
Octopus membranaceus Tryon, 1879, p. 124, pi. 28, figs. 20, 21.
Amphioctopus membranaceus Fischer, 1882, p. 333.
Octopus membranaceus Brock, 1887, pp. 609, 612.
Octopus membranaceus Ortmann, 1888, p. 662 (mere note).
Octopus areolatus Joubin (pars), 1894, p. 28.
Reported from Japan by Tryon, who included with this species
as synonyms the 0. ocellatus and 0. sinensis of d'Orbignv. The
occurrence of undoubted membranaceus in this region needs con-
firmation.
Family AMPHITRETID^E Hoyle, 1886.
Genus AMPHITRETUS Hoyle, 18S5.
Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1885.
Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1885, p. 271, fig. 106.
Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1885a, p. 235.
Amphitretus j)elagicus Hoyle, 1885c, p. 113, fig.
Amphitretus pelagicus Hoyle, 1886, pp. 4, 67, etc., pi. 9, figs. 7-9.
Amphitretus pelagicus Ijima and Ikeda, 1902, pp. 85-101, text figs. 1-3, pi. 2.
Distribution. — Okinose Bank, near Misaki, Sagami (Ijima and
Ikeda). Off the Kermadec Islands (type locality, Hoyle).
Family ALLOPOSIDiE Verrill, 1881.
Genus ALL0P0SUS Verrill, 1881.
Alloposus pacificus Ijima, 1902.
Alloposus pacificus Ijima in Ijima and Ikeda, 1902, p. 87, note.
A species not yet sufficiently characterized.
Distribution. — Sagami Sea (type locality, Ijima).
Sub-order DECAPODA Leach, 1818.
Division Myopsida d'Orbigny, 1845.
Family LOLIGINID^J Steenstrup, 1861.
Genus L0LIG0 Schneider, 1784.
Among cephalopods only Polypus and Sepia exceed the wide-
spread genus Loligo, in the number of species known from Japanese
waters. The following species have been described or identified
from this region :
L. edulis. L. sumatrensis.
L. chinensis. L. japonica.
L. kobiensis. L. tetradynamia.
L. bleekeri. L. aspera.
398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Loligo edulis Hoyle, 1885.
Loligo edulis Hoyle, 18856, p. 186.
Loligo edulis Hoyle, 1885d, p. 289.
Loligo edulis Hoyle, 1886, pp. 29, 152, etc., pi. 23.
Loligo edulis Ortmann, 1888, pp. 658, 663.
Loligo edulis Brazier, 1892, p. 16 (locality record).
Three specimens in the collections examined agree very fairly
with the description given by Hoyle. Two lots of young individuals
are referred provisionally to the same species.
Distribution. — Aomori, Mutsu (!); Same, Mutsu (!); Bay of
Tokio (!); Yokohama (type locality, Hoyle); Bay of Waka, Kii
(!). Port Jackson, Australia (Brazier).
Material Examined. —
No . Where Author' s
iSp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
1 Bay of Tokio 9 E.S.Morse Yale Univ. 363
Mus.,
Cat. 9,641
2 Bay of Waka, Kii d" Jordan and L.S.J.U., 372
Snyder Cat. 2,030
?36 Aomori, Mutsu juv. Jordan and L.S.J.U., 373
Snyder Cat. 2,028
? 4 Same, Mutsu juv. Jordan and L.S.J.U., 374
Snyder Cat. 2,029
Loligo chinensis Gray, 1849.
Loligo chinensis Gray, 1849, p. 74.
Loligo chinensis Tryon, 1879, p. 145.
Loligo chinensis Ortmann, 1888, pp. 657, 665, pi. 24; pi. 25, figs. 2a-2d.
Distribution.— Bay of Tokio (Ortmann); Kadsiyama (Ortmann).
China (type locality, Gray).
Loligo kobiensis Hoyle, 1885.
Loligo kobiensis Hoyle, 18856, p. 184.
Loligo kobiensis Hoyle, 1885d, p. 287.
Loligo kobiensis Hoyle, 1886, pp. 29, 154, etc., pi. 25, figs. 1-10.
Loligo kobiensis Ortmann, 1888, pp. 659, 665.
A species well characterized among all Japanese forms, except
L. aspera, by its large tentacular suckers, the horny rings of which
are devoid of teeth.
Distribution.— Inland Sea (Hoyle); Bay of Kobe, Settsu (type
y, Hoyle); Onomichi, Bingo (!); Nagasaki, Hizen (!); Mai-
zuru, Tango (Ortmann).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399
Material Examined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
2 Onomichi, Bingo cf 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 365
Snyder Cat. 2,031
2 Nagasaki; Hizen 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 366
Snyder Cat. 2,032
Loligo bleekeri Keferstein, 1866.
Loligo Bleekeri Keferstein, 1866, p. 1402, pi. 122, figs. 9, 10; pi. 127, fig. 14.
Loligo Bleekeri Tryon, 1879, p. 149, pi. 57, figs. 185, 186.
Loligo Bleekeri Brock, 1882, p. 604.
Loligo Bleekeri Appellof, 1886, p. 31, pi. 1, figs. 7-10.
Loligo bleekeri Hoyle, 1886, pp. 30, 158, etc.
Loligo bleekeri Ortmann, 1888, pp. 664, 665 (mere note).
Loligo bleekeri Joubin, 1894, p. 56.
Loligo bleekeri Wiilker, 1910, pp. 10, 36, etc., pi. 4, fig. 30 (digestive system).
Distribution. — Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wiilker); Nagasaki, Hizen
(Appellof). Amboina (Joubin).
Loligo sumatrensis d'Orbigny, 1839.
Loligo sumatrensis d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1839, p. 317;
Calmars, pi. 13, figs. 1-3 (fide Hoyle).
Loligo sumatrensis d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 349.
Teuthis sumatrensis Gray, 1849, p. 77.
Loligo Sumatrensis Tryon, 1879, p. 145, pi. 58, figs. 190, 191 (after d'Orb.).
Loligo sumatrensis ? Appellof, 1886, p. 32, pi. 1, fig. 11; pi. 3, figs. 11-15.
Loligo sumatrensis Ortmann, 1888, p. 664 (merely listed).
Distribution. — Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof). Sumatra (type local-
ity, d'Orbigny).
Loligo japonica Steenstrup, 1885.
Loligo japonica Steenstrup, MS., in Hoyle, 18856, p. 187.
Loligo japonica Steenstrup, MS., in Hoyle, 1885cZ, p. 290.
Loligo japonica Hoyle, 18S6, pp. 30, 157, etc., pi. 24, figs. 7-15.
Loligo japonica Ortmann, 1888, p. 663.
The nearest ally of this distinct little species is the next following
and it now appears quite likely that the two are identical.
Distribution. — Yokohama (Hoyle); Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wiilker).
Loligo tetradynamia Ortmann, 1888.
Loligo tetradynamia Ortmann, 188S, p. 659, pi. 23, figs. 4a-ik; pi. 25, fig. 1.
This small and curious species, although admittedly showing
close affinity to L. japonica, was differentiated by Ortmann on* the
following grounds :
1. The suckers of the lateral arms are very much larger than
those of the dorsal and ventral pairs, a condition prevailing equally
in both sexes.
2. There are no suckers upon the buccal membrane.
3. The arms of the third pair do not possess a membranous keel.
4. The structure of the hectocotylus is different.
400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Viewed casually, these features appear sufficiently diagnostic.
Nevertheless, an examination of the large series of. specimens before
me causes me to incline very strongly to the opinion that L. tetra-
dynamia will eventually prove to be entirely synonymous with
L. japonica, although the differences apparent in the descriptions
of the hectocotylized arms and one or two other less important
divergencies deter me at present from uniting them. In this regard
a comparison of the respective type specimens with one another
would certainly prove of the utmost service.
The present specimens appear to belong beyond dispute to L.
tetradynamia, and yet in several particulars Ortmann's diagnosis is
not quite sufficient 'to embrace them. The hectocotylus is as de-
scribed by Ortmann. Likewise the suckers of the lateral arms are
invariably of conspicuously greater size than those of the dorsal
and ventral pairs. However, this statement is decidedly not true
of both sexes in equal degree, since in all the males I have seen the
suckers of the lateral arms are at least half again as large as those of
a female of the same size. Other differences to be noted are that
the horny rings of the larger tentacular suckers are toothed all
round, not alone upon the distal border, with some 23-25 blunt
teeth, and that the arms of the third pair are possessed of a decided
keel.
Indeed, the females accord suspiciously well* with the specimen
of japonica taken by the Challenger Expedition in the Yokohama
Market. The chief points of difference are that here the dorsal
arms are distinctly keeled instead of rounded, as stated by Hoyle,
and he makes no mention of the great disparity in the size of the
suckers, although his phrase "and vary in size in accordance with
the arms on which they are situated" may amount to the same
thing. Comparison with his excellent figure distinctly fortifies
the latter interpretation. Likewise the tentacles are compressed
and angular rather than cylindrical, and I have discovered no suckers
on the buccal membrane, though I do not regard this observation
as proving their absence there. These items of difference, however,
seem to be very minor, and were it not for Hoyle's careful description
of the curious hectocotylized arm of a male in the Copenhagen
Museum which he held to be eonspecific with his type, there could
be little hesitation in relegating L. tetradynamia to the synonymy.
Distribution.— Same, Mutsu (!); Bay of Tokio (type locality,
Ortmann, etc. !); Okayama, Bizen (!); Kochi, Toza (Ortmann);
Kawatana, Hizen (!).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401
Material Exam ined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
2 Same, Mutsu tf Jordan and L.S.J. U., 369
Snyder Cat, 2,033
5 Bay of Tokio & 9 E. S. Morse Yale Univ. 367
Mus.,
Cat, o,e:o
1 Bay of Tokio 9 E.S.Morse S.S.B., 368
coll., 2,404
14 Tokio cf 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 370
Snyder Cat, 2,034
1 Okavama, Bizen cf AlanOwston L.S.J.U., 393
Cat. 2,086
7 Kawatana, Hizen cf1 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 371
Snyder Cat. 2,035
LoligO aspera Ortmann, 1888.
Loligo aspera Ortmann, 1888, p. 661, pi. 25, figs. 3a-3d.
This species is so far known only from Kochi, Toza, the type
locality, and I am not aware that it has been observed since its
original description by Ortmann.
Genus SEPIOTEUTHIS Blainville, 1S25.
[Sepioteuthis sinensis d'Orbigny, 1S39.]
Sepioteuthis sinensis d'Orbigny, in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1839, p. 304.
Sepioteuthis sinensis d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 329.
Sepioteuthis sinensis Tryon, 1879, p. 154.
D'Orbigny applied this name to a squid said to be eaten by the
Japanese. No specific characters have been given.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Ferussac, 1826. PI. VI, figs. 3, 5.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Ferussac in d'Orbigny, 1S26, p. 155.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Lesson, 1830, p. 241, pi. 11.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1S39, p. 302; Sepiot., pi. 1;
pi. 6, figs. 9-14 (fide Hoyle).
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 326.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Gray, 1849, p. SO.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Keferstein, 1866, p. 1402, pi. 122, fig. 7.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Tryon, 1879, p. 152, pi. 62, fig. 212; pi. 64, fig. 213.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Appellof, 1886, p. 31.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Hoyle, 1886, pp. 27, 151, etc.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Ortmann, 188S, pp. 657, 665.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Ortmann, 1891, p. 676.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Joubin, 1894, p. 39.
Sepioteuthis Lessoniana Joubin, 1S98, p. 26.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Hoyle, 1909, p. 265.
Sepioteuthis lessoniana Wiilker, 1910, pp. 11, 28, 36, etc., pi. 3, fig. 28; pi.
4, figs. 29, 31.
Body elongate, massive, dorso-ventrally compressed; contour elon-
gate ovoid, tapering rapidly to a blunt point behind. Mantle very
402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
thick and heavy; its anterior margin free, produced forward to a
rounded point in the nuchal region, and similarly, but to a much
less degree, ventrally; broadly emarginate below the funnel. Fins
large; attached along the entire length of the mantle, which they
slightly exceed both in front and behind in the specimen furnishing
the description (a cf from Wakanoura), though not in the others.
Cartilaginous articulations as usual in the genus, large and very
prominent.
Head of moderate size, squarish. Eyes large and prominent. In
front of the orbit is a large pore ; behind it the integument is raised into
a very prominent crest, bilobate, curved, and somewhat excavated
in front, with the "olfactory" pore sheltered- just below its dorsal
margin. Funnel very large, very wide at the base and tapering
bluntly to a rounded extremity; aperture large and directed down-
ward, with well-developed lips and valve; supported above by a
fleshy bridle at the base of the funnel groove.
Arms of moderate length, stout, squarish, unequal; the order of
length not constant, but in my best specimens 3, 4, 2, 1 . All the arms
are outwardly keeled and provided with a broad marginal membrane
supported by numerous transverse fleshy processes having their origin
between the bases of the sucker pedicels. The latter is best developed
on the third pair and least on the ventral arms. The keel, however,
attains its maximum on the ventral arms, where it is developed as
a broad, thickened web ensheathing the base of the tentacles. These
arms are also furnished with a second less prominent keel running
down their inner margins. Suckers large, regularly alternating
in two rows on all the arms; horny rings prominent, armed with
about 18 to 22 stout acute, curved teeth.
The hectocotylization affects the left ventral arm of the male
after the fashion usual in this genus and in Loligo. The first 19
pairs of suckers are normal ; they then become much reduced, and
after the 24th pair are supplanted by stout conical papilla?. On the
first four or five papilla? the suckers persist, though in a very rudi-
mentary way, but soon become entirely obsolete. • The integument
on and between the papilla? of the Wakanoura specimen is much
folded and lobed, a condition perhaps due to the action of the
preservative.
Tentacles rather short, laterally much compressed and keeled
on both outer and inner margins. The outer keel becomes expanded
i a broad fleshy web along the distal portion of the club. The
soon becomes obsolete and is succeeded by an abruptly
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403
differentiated flattened area, where the integument is finely and
irregularly plicate. Club large, comprising nearly half the length
of the tentacle, and provided with a broad trabeculate marginal
membrane similar to that of the sessile arms. Suckers in four rows,
large near the middle, diminishing in size toward either end, distally
becoming very minute, and showing the spoon-shaped arrangement
at the tip described by Goodrich (1896, p. 6) and Hoyle (1904, p. 31)
for related species; horny rings with 18-20 stout, acute, incurved
teeth.
Buccal membrane seven-pointed, bearing from three to five
minute suckers on each lappet. The suckers are pedunculate and
have horny rings.
Gladius lanceolate; the lateral thickenings diverging from the
thick midrib extend along the middle of the wings for the posterior
two-thirds of their length (PI. VI, fig. 5).
Color of preserved specimens brownish-buff, heavily reticulated
above with purplish-black, lighter below, and with the ventral sur-
faces of the fins unmarked.
Measurements.
The more important measurements of two male specimens are
given below:
No. 36. No. 341.
mm. mm.
Length, total 360 400+
Length of mantle, dorsal „.... 207 235
Width of mantle 70 75
Width across fins at widest point '. 165 156
Width of fin at widest point, ventral : 50 48
Width of head 53 61 ,
Length of dorsal arm 61 68
Length of second arm 76 84
Length of third arm 95 102
Length of ventral arm 90 95
Length of hectocotylized portion 26 24
Length of tentacle 127 158
Length of tentacle club 63 79
Diameter of largest sucker on third arm 4 4
Diameter of largest sucker on tentacle 5 6
Distribution. — Tsuruga, Echizen (!); Tokio (Ortmann); Misaki,
Sagami (!); Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wtilker); Wakanoura, Kii (!);
Bay of Waka, Kii (!); Kagoshima, Satsuma (Ortmann); Nagasaki,
Hizen (Appellof, !) ; Fusan, Korea (!). Trincomalee (d'Orbigny);
404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Ceylon (Ortmann); Cape Fabre (d'Orbigny); Java (d'Orbigny,
Keferstein); Ternate (Hoyle); Amboina (Joubin); New Guinea
(d'Orbigny); Apia, Samoa (!); Kandava, Fiji (Hoyle); New Zea-
land ((iray).
As the original figures of d'Orbigny and Ferussac have not been
accessible to me, I have not referred the specimens in hand to this
species without a certain amount of hesitation, and hence have
thought it well to enter somewhat fully into the details of their
description. Few of the species of Sepioteuthis have been as well
characterized in the literature as they should be, but I have little
doubt that the present material is at least identical with that from
the same region which authors before me have identified as S. les-
soniana. The species is said to attain a length of three feet, but
the maximum dimension given by Hoyle in respect to the specimens
taken by the "Challenger" is only 570 mm.
If correctly understood, this form would seem to have a surprising
range in the tropical and subtropical waters of the Pacific, and
possibly several other nominal species should be relegated to the
synonymy.
Material Examined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
1 Tsuruga, Echizen 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 35
Snyder Cat, 2,041
3 Misaki, Sagami juv. Jordan and L.S.J.U., 37
Snyder Cat, 2,036
9 Misaki, Sagami juv. Jordan and L.S.J. II., 40
Snyder Cat. 2,037
4 Bay of Waka, Kii juv. Jordan and L.S.J. U., 41
Snyder Cat. 2,039
1 Wakanoura, Kii cT Jordan and L.S.J.U., 36
Snyder Cat. 2,038
4 Nagasaki, Hizen juv. Jordan and L.S.J.U., 38
Snyder Cat, 2,040
1 Fusan, Korea tf D. S. Jordan L.S.J.U., 341
Cat. 2,042
6 Fusan, Korea tf 9 D. S.Jordan L.S.J.U., 342
Cat. 2,043
3 Apia, Samoa <? 9 D. S. Jordan L.S.J.U., 39
Cat, 2,044
Sepioteuthis sieboldi Joubin, 1898.
Sepioteuthis Sieboldi Joubin, 1893, p. 27 (fide Hoyle).
I have not seen the description of this species.
Distribution.— Japan (Joubin). Waigeou (Joubin).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405
Sepioteuthis brevis Owen, issi.
Sepioteuthis brevis Owen, 1881, p. 137, pi. 26, fig. 1.
Sepioteuthis brevis ( = lessoniana ?) Wiilker, 1910, pp. 11, 22.
At best a doubtful species.
Distribution . — Japan (Owen) .
Family IDIOSEPIIDiE Appellof, 1898.
Genus IDIOSEPIUS Steenstrup, 1881.
Idiosepius paradoxa (Ortmann, 1888).
? Idiosepius pygmceus Steenstrup, 1881, p. 219, pi. 1, figs. 11-22.
Microteuthis paradoxa Ortmann, 1888, pp. 649, 665, pi. 22, fig. 4.
Microteuthis paradoxa Joubin, 1902, p. 105, fig. 15.
Idiosepius pygmceus Wiilker, 1910, p. 22 (merely listed).
By Wiilker this species is considered to be identical with /. pyg-
mceus Steenstrup, and such may well prove to be the case.
Distribution. — Kadsiyama (type locality, Ortmann).
Family SEPIOLID^E Steenstrup, 1861.
Sub-family SEPIOLIN^E s. s.
Genus INIOTEUTHIS Verrill, 1881.
Inioteuthis japonica (Tilesius MS.?) Verrill, 1881. PL V, fig. 5.
? Sepiola Japonica d'Orbigny (from Tilesius MS.) in d'Orbigny and Ferussac,
1839, p. 234, No. 3 (fide d'Orbigny).
? Sepiola Japonica d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 251.
? Sepiola ? Japonica Gray, 1849, p. 93.
? Sepiola japonica Steenstrup, 1857, pp. 93, 94.
? Sepiola Japonica Tryon, 1879, p. 157.
Inioteuthis Japonica Verrill, 1881, p. 417, footnote.
Inioteuthis japonica Appellof , 1886, p. 16.
Inioteuthis japonica Hoyle, 1886, pp. 17, 113, etc.
Inioteuthis japonica Ortmann, 1888, p. 647, pi. 21, fig. 6; pi. 22, fig. 2.
Inioteuthis japonica Joubin, 1897a, p. 101.
Sepiola japonica Joubin, 1902, p. 95, fig. 10.
Inioteuthis japonica Hoyle, 1904, p. 27.
Inioteuthis japonica Wiilker, 1910, p. 10.
Sepiola inioteuthis Naef, 1912a, pp. 265, 266, 268.
The species Sepiola japonica was published by d'Orbigny from a
manuscript letter of Tilesius and I cannot find that any specimens
were seen by d'Orbigny himself. Gray (1849) copied his diagnosis
from d'Orbigny, but expressed some doubt as to its proper reference
to Sepiola. Then except for a brief mention in Tryon's " Manual"
(1879) we find it otherwise unnoticed for over thirty years. Finally
a small collection of squids obtained by Prof. E. S. Morse in the Bay
of Tokio was sent by him to Prof. A. E. Verrill, then engaged with
his report on "The Cephalopods of the Northeastern Coast. " These
specimens furnished the descriptions of two species which were
accordingly published in the appendix of this report as a footnote
(1881, p. 417), and the genus Inioteuthis was erected to receive them.
The form now under consideration was expressly made the
40(i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
type4 and identified with the Sepiola Japonica of d'Orbigny, although
upon exactly what grounds other than general probability does not
seem to be entirely clear. A great many points yet remain to be
cleared up, and, as I have been able through the kindness of Prof.
Yerrill himself to secure the use of the majority of his specimens,
they have been made the basis of the more extended description of
the species given herewith:
Body short and saccular; mantle in the male somewhat ..bell-
shaped, widest in front, tapering rapidly to a rounded posterior
extremity; in the adult female more rounded and cylindrical, less
tapering, and relatively much more plump. Nuchal commissure
rather wide, but considerably narrower than in Euprymim morsei.
Mantle margin usually, but not ahvays, more or less emarginate
beneath, permitting the siphon a greater freedom of movement.
Fins thin, small, subcircular, forming a lobe in front; attachment
narrow, considerably above the median horizontal plane of the
body; position with regard to the mantle almost median in the
adult, but in the young placed much further back.
Head oblong, flattened above; width inclusive of the eyes about
twice the length. Funnel long, tapering, rather slender. Locking-
apparatus comprising an oblong groove on either side of the base
of the funnel and folds to correspond on the inner surface of the
mantle. The grooves are provided with a thickened reflexed margin.
The folds are simple narrow ridges, much longer than the grooves.
Eyes of moderate size; openings small. "Olfactory organ"
situated considerably below and behind the lid opening.
Arms short, fleshy, but fairly slender; the first pair the shortest
and smallest, the rest subequal; third pair obscurely carinate,
stouter and somewhat longer than the others. A poorly developed
web connects the arms at the base, but is obsolete or wanting between
the ventral pair. Suckers in two alternating rows; in the female
very minute and alike on all the arms; somewhat modified in the
male. Left dorsal arm of the male very conspicuously hectocotylized ;
at its extreme base appear one or two very minute and rudimentary
suckers, these immediately succeeded by a huge ridge-like swelling,
irregularly oval in shape and somewhat suggestive of the concha
of the human ear; this curious organ extends about half way up the
arm and is apparently formed by the fusion of exceedingly modified
obscured sucker pedicels, though it bears no suckers. The
he structure given by Ortmann is recognizable, but scarcely
species, /. morsei, has since become the type of Steenstrup's genus .
Euprymna.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407
more. The distal half of the arm is sucker bearing, but on the
specimen in hand only the pedicels remain. The right dorsal arm
is essentially like that of the 9 except that the suckers along its
central portion are very much larger than the rest and hence fewer
in number. The same peculiarity is true of the outer row of suckers
on the second pair of arms of the d7" and to a much less degree of
the ventral arms. The suckers of the third-arm pair are very minute
and relatively very widely spaced.
Individual suckers of the sessile arms nearly spherical, with very
small apertures and smooth horny rings. They break off with such
ease that few of my specimens retain an average of more than two
or three on each arm.
Tentacles slender, as long as the body, but when bent back not
extending beyond the fins; tentacular club but little thickened,
with a thin membrane along its inner margin, its inner surface
villous; a microscopic examination shows the velvety appearance
to be due to the exceeding minuteness of the suckers which clothe it;
the latter long pediceled and closely placed in about eight rows.
Individual suckers bell-shaped, the wide openings surrounded by a
papillary area, outside of which is a thin, broad, outwardly flaring,
striate membrane; horny rings well developed, seemingly armed
with twenty or more distinct acute teeth, but it is not outside the
range of possibility that the apparent teeth may be merely very
large papilla? or chitinous projections from the papillary border.
Beak and radula not examined. Gladius none.
Color when living not observed; in alcohol a pale yellowish-brown,
the chromatophores appearing as bluish-black spots, quite small
and distinct on the mantle, larger and more run together on the head.
Measurements.
Cotypes.
Sex '. 'cT & 9 9
Number in author's register [112] [111] [391] [392]
Length total (excluding tentacles).... 40 32 35 31
Length of mantle, dorsal 19 16 17.5 15
Width of body 12 12 13 10.5
Width of nuchal commissure 5.5 5 6 5
Width across fins 23 25 24
Length of fin, extreme 10 9.5 9
Length of fin at point of attachment. 6.5 5.5 6 5.5
Length of dorsal arm (left side) 16 9 10.5 10
Length of second arm 18 14 12 12
Length of third arm 18 14 13 12
Length of ventral arm 13 13.5 12 10
Length of tentacle :... 27 23 26 20
•408
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Type.— Cat. No. 9,639 (part), Yale University Museum; a male.
Cotypes of same sex in Yale University Museum and the author's
collection.
Type Locality.— Bay of Yeddo (Tokio), Japan; Edward S. Morse.
Distribution. — Matsushima, Rikuzen (!); Bay of Tokio (!);
Enoshima, Sagami (!); Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wtilker); Nagasaki,
Hiz en (Joubin).
Specimens Examined: —
pj0 Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collectors. deposited. Register.
v Bay of Tokio c? E.S.Morse Yale Univ. Ill
Mus.,
Cat. 9,639
(cotypes)
1 Bay of Tokio & E.S.Morse S.S.B., 112
(cotype)
5 Bav of Tokio 9 E.S.Morse Yale Univ. 390
Mus.,
Cat. 9,639a
1 Bay of Tokio ,9 E. S. Morse S.S.B., 391
1 Matsushima, Rikuzen... * 9 L.S.J.U., 392
Cat. 2,019
1 Enoshima, Sagami 9 A. Owston L.S.J. IT., 389
Cat. 2,020
Since the establishment of the genus and the elimination of
Euprymna morsei, Inioteuthis has been enriched by the addition of
but one other species, the J. maculosa Goodrich 1896. In the mean-
while the actual status of the group has been the occasion of con-
siderable discussion. Unquestionably, the most important known
difference separating Inioteuthis from Sepiola is the absence of a^
gladius in the former, the generic significance of which feature in a
case such as the present is certainly not yet fully established.
/. maculosa does not seem to differ very strikingly from the Japanese
species and further information regarding it would be very useful.
It has been reported from the Andaman Islands, Ceylon, and the
Persian Gulf.
Genus EUPRYMNA Steenstrup, 1887.
Euprymna morsei (Verrill, 1881) Steenstrup, 1887. PI. VI, figs. 1, 2.
Inioteuthis Morsei Verrill, 1881, p. 417, footnote.
? Sepiola bursa Pfeffer, 1884, p. 6, fig. 6.
Inioteuthis Morsei Appellof, 1886, p. 15, pi. 2, figs. 15, 16; pi. 3, figs. 16, 19,
20, 23.
Inioteuthis morsei Hoyle, 1886, pp. 17, 112, etc., pi. 14, figs. 1-9.
orymna Morsei Steenstrup, 1887. p. 66 [20].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409
Euprymna Morsei Steenstrup, 1887a, p. 89 [43].
Inioteuthis morsei Ortmann, 1888, pp. 647, 665, pi. 21, fig. 7; pi. 22, fig. 3.
Inioteuthis Morsei Joubin, lS97o, p. 101 (dimensions, fide Hoyle).
Inioteuthis Morsei Joubin, 1902, p. 97, figs. 11, 12.
Euprymna morsei Hoyle, 1904, p. 26.
Euprymna morsei Hoyle, 1904a, p. 198.
Euprymna morsei Hoyle, 1905, p. 981.
not Euprymna morsei Berry, 1909, p. 418 (locality record).
Euprymna morsei Wulker, 1910, pp. 9, etc., pi. 1, fig. 9; pi. 3, figs. 23, 24;
pi. 4, fig. 40 (anatomy).
Euprymna morsei Naef, 1912, p. 247.
5 Animal small, sepiolif orm ; body short, thick, rounded, the
lateral diameter on the average equal to about three-fourths of the
length. Fins large, semicircular, attached very obliquely in- advance
of the middle of the body; broadest posteriorly; anterior ]obe
conspicuous and abruptly notched at its inner margin so that the
attached portion of the fin comprises but about the posterior two-
thirds of the total length. Mantle margin projecting well forward
ventrally, but with a deep, notch-like emargination just below and
encompassing the funnel; united dorsally with the head by means
of a very wide commissure, so that the opening of the mantle cavity
attains only to a point just back of, and superior to, the eye opening
on either side.
Head almost as broad as the body, the length somewhat exceeded
by the width; flattened above; beneath slightly excavated for the
reception of the funnel. Eyes very large and prominent, somewhat
swollen. Funnel large, very elongate, but in the best preserved
specimens not nearly reaching to the margin of the web between the
ventral arms; tip with three heavy longitudinal ridges6 on its interior
surface, just back of which on the dorsal wall is a minute triangular
valve; general surface of interior transversely ridged. Funnel
organ posterior in position, large, tripartite, comprising a broad
triangular-hepatiform median pad on the dorsal wall and a pair
3 Verrill's original diagnosis (1881, p. 417, footnote) is* as follows:
"Inioteuthis Morsei V., sp. nov. This is easily distinguished from the pre-
ceding [/. japonica] by the presence of four crowded rows of suckers on all the
arms; the suckers are attached by slender pedicles, which arise from the top of
prominent, thickened, basal stems. The tentacular clubs are well developed,
with exceedingly numerous, very minute suckers, in more than sixteen rows.
Fins large, situated in advance of the middle of the body. Dorsal and ventral
arms about equal; two lateral pairs longer, the third pair slightly longer than
the second. Mantle edge, beneath, with a large emargination; dorsal com-
missure broad.
"No males of this species are in the collection; therefore I refer it to this
genus only provisionally. It has no pen."
0 I am inclined to consider these ridges a physiological modification attendant
upon the conditions of preservation of the specimen furnishing the description.
410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
of large elongate-pyriform cushions on the ventral wall; a narrow
membranous ridge running down the centre of the median pad
terminates anteriorly in a minute slender papilla.
Arms rather short, but the shortest ones usually at least as long
as the mantle, the others somewhat longer; unequal, the order of
relative length usually about 2, 3, 4 = l7; dorsal (outer) margin of
ventral arms carinate, the others rounded; outer surfaces smooth.
Umbrella lacking or at best rudimentary between the dorsal arms,
better developed between the dorsal and second arms and between
these and the third pair; between the third and fourth pairs it
extends for over one-quarter of their length as a broad web ensheath-
ing the base of the tentacles, becoming again much reduced or even
obsolete between the ventral arms. Suckers on all the arms closely
crowded in four rows, except at the extreme base where they appear
in two to three rows; obliquely poised on stout conical pedicels
so that they are easily rubbed off, leaving the stumpy pedicels intact ;
nearly spherical; apertures small, with smooth horny rings.
The above remarks I believe to be equally applicable to either
sex, but in the detailed arrangement and appearance of the suckers
a number of fairly conspicuous differences become evident. In the
9 the suckers at corresponding parts of all the arms are subequal
and exceedingly minute, their diameter little greater than that of the
thickened bases of the pedicels. In the d\ left ventral arm conspicu-
ously hectocotylized; distinctly thicker and perhaps a little shorter
than its mate; all the suckers nearly as small as in the 9 , the first
two or three pairs in two to three rows, the remainder in four; about
where the four-rowed condition commences, two components of
the outermost (ventral) row become modified as a pair of elongate
suckerless papillae; subsequent to this point ensue about six quar-
tets of normal suckers reaching somewhat less than half way up the
arm. Here the suckers of the two ventral rows are succeeded by a
single series of much enlarged, compressed, transversely elongate,
tightly palisaded papillae of a very characteristic appearance, bearing
the merest rudiments of suckers at their tips; these rudiments have
mouth-like apertures, but do not have the appearance of mere lips
a- figured by Hoyle for E. stenodactyla, since close examination reveals
the presence of well-developed though minute horny rings, their
margins minutely but distinctly dentate with a number of acutely
7 Variations from this formula occur frequently in my material, but in this
instance the majority of them seem due merely to poor preservation.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411
pointed triangular teeth. The number of these papillae is about
thirty, the largest occurring in the neighborhood of the tenth, thence
gradually diminishing in size toward the tip. The suckers of the
dorsal rows maintain their arrangement in two series and there are
about three more pairs of unmodified suckers than in the ventral
row, but at this point they, too, become affected, their pedicels much
swollen and puffed out, and the suckers themselves relatively much
reduced, though not to quite so great a degree as in the ventral row.
The horny ring from one of these also shows minute teeth. The
right dorsal arm is longer, more slender, and more closely approxi-
mates the condition found in the 9 , but most of the suckers from
the present specimens have been lost through abrasion, so there may
have been minute differences now impossible to observe. On the
second arms most, if not all, of the suckers of both the two outermost
rows are two to three times as large as those of the two median rows,
except near the tip, where all are again subequal. My specimens
do not warrant the assertion that a similar condition prevails on the
third pair, but it certainly reappears on the ventral arms and is here
again nearly as conspicuous as on those of the second pair. A large
sucker taken from the latter is rotund, its base somewhat heart-
shaped; horny rings deep, smooth, but with a lateral indentation
on each margin, above which a large, thin, hood-shaped expansion
obstructs part of the aperture and destroys its otherwise nearly
circular outline.
Tentacles stout, elastic, cylindrical; inner surface slightly flattened;
half as long again as the body and more. Clubs little expanded,
keeled, tips recurved; inner face rounded, everywhere armed with
exceedingly numerous and minute, long-stalked suckers, giving it a
finely villous appearance.
Buccal membrane fleshy, pointed, rugose within.
Radula not examined.
Gladius wanting.
Color in alcohol a light brownish-buff; heavily maculated both
above and below with numerous large dark slate-colored chromato-
phores, which are least numerous on the inner surfaces of the arms
and the lower aspect of the fins. On the under side of the latter
over the area adjacent to the base of attachment they are absent.
412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Measurements.
Number in author's register [291]
Sex ?
Length, total 140
Tip of body to base of dorsal arms... 58
Tip of body to tip of dorsal arms 101
Length of mantle, dorsal 40
Width of mantle 26
Width of dorsal commissure 14
Width across fins 58
Length of fins, total 22
Length of fins along plane of attach-
ment 14
Length of head 19
Width of head 23
Length of right dorsal arm8 36
Length of left dorsal arm8 35
Length of second arm8 46
Length of third arm8 39
Length of ventral arm8 36
Length of tentacle 80
Length of tentacle club 16
Length of funnel 24
Number in author's register [290]
Sex cf1
Length, total 119
Tip of body to base of dorsal arms.... 43
Tip of body to tip of dorsal arms 84
Length of mantle, dorsal 32
Width of mantle 20
Width of dorsal commissure 12
Width across fins 40
Length of fins, total 16
Length of fins along plane of attach-
ment 10
Length of head 12
Width of head 17
Length of right dorsal arm8 37
Length of left dorsal arm8 25
Length of second arm8 40
Length of third arm8 33 +
Length of ventral arm8 36
Length of tentacle 74
Length of tentacle club 11
Length of funnel 19
[105]
[288]
[285]
Cotvpe.
Cotype.
9
9
9
64
38
28
21
43
34
20
15
30
14
13
8
8
29
23
43
10
9
7
7
7
5
13
11
12
12
12
12
144-
14
40
15
13
12
12
36 '
' 19
101
5
3.5
[292]
[294]
[285]
c?
&
cf
95
113
31
48
63
85
21
32
16
15
24
11
16
28
43 +
28
11
8
12
10
16
■ 14
19
26
25+
24
29+
34
42
15.5
32
27
35
65
75
19
10
10
19
22
-
s Measured along inner face from outer base of buccal membrane.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413
Type. — Cat. 9,638, Yale University Museum, a female [S. S. B.
No. 105]. Cotypes in Yale University Museum and in Cat. No. 2,402
of the author's collection, also .a female.
Type Locality.- — Bay of Yeddo (Tokio), Japan; Edward S. Morse;
3 9.
Distribution.— Bay of Tokio (Verrill,!); off Misaki, Sagami
(Wtilker); off Dzushi, Sagami (Wtilker); Wakanoura, Kii (!);
Bay of Waka, Kii (!); off Kobe, Settsu (Hoyle); Onomichi, Bingo
(!); Kagoshima, Satsuma (Ortmann); Kadsiyama (Ortmann);
Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof, Joubin, !); Takao, Formosa (!). Hong
Kong, China (!); Gulf of Manaar (Hoyle); Andaman Islands
(Goodrich); Maldive Archipelago (Hoyle).
Specimens Examined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Sex. Collector. deposited. Register.
1 Bay of Tokio 9 E. S. Morse Yale Univ. 105
Mus.,
Cat. 9,638
(cotvpe)
1 Bay of Tokio 9 E.S.Morse S.S.B., 288
Cat. 2,402
(cotype)
1 AYakanoura, Kii 9 Jordan and L.S.J.U., 293
Snyder Cat. 2,022
3 Bav of Waka, Kii 9 & Jordan and L.S.J.U., 294
Snyder Cat, 2,023
3 Onomichi, Bingo 9 c? Jordan and L.S.J. U., 292
Snyder Cat. 2,021
4 Nagasaki, Hizen 9 c? Jordan and L.S.J.U., 289
Snyder Cat. 2,024
1 Japan 9 ? L.S.J.U., 291
Cat, 2,025
3 Takao, Formosa 9 cf HansSauter L.S.J.U., 290
Cat, 2,026
5 Hong Kong, China 9 cf W.H.A.Put- Mus.Comp. 283
nam, 1861 . Zool.,
Cat. 1,571
1 Hong Kong, China 9 W.H.A.Put- Mus.Comp. 284
nam Zool.,
Cat. 3,446
2 Hong Kong, China 9 & W.H.A.Put- Mus.Comp. 285
nam Zool.,
Cat, 1,537
The material at my disposal referable to this species has been
so unusual both in quantity and character, including even the
414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
original type specimens of Verrill, that despite the juvenility of
the latter and the admittedly unfavorable preservation of the re-
mainder L have thought it well to redescribe the species throughout
as carefully and completely as the material would allow. One of the
types is likewise figured on Plate VI. Some of the nearly allied species
are most puzzlingly close, but it is hoped that the data here given
will prove sufficient to prevent its confusion with any of them. It
must be confessed, however, that I have been unable to select any
characters or combinations of characters which I am certain will
suffice to distinguish a series consisting of females alone from any
other species of the genus. The males appear to be constantly
characterized by the large number of modified suckers on the hecto-
cotylized arm, coupled with the fact that the suckers of both the
outer rows of the second, third, and fourth arms undergo enlarge-
ment, a character exceedingly conspicuous on the second arms at
least and in well-preserved material probably on all.
Good descriptions have already been given by Appellof (1886),
Hoyle (1886), Ortmann (1888), and of the anatomy by Wulker (1910).
Verrill's types are therefore made the basis of the above notes, with
the exception of those portions relating to the d\ of which he had
no specimens. However, his specimens do not differ from the various
larger females seen by me in any essential particulars except their
dimensions.
This is the commonest Japanese Sepiolid and has been obtained
by so many collectors that it must be a species of considerable
abundance. Specimens from Formosa do not seem different in any
way, nor have I been able to separately identify the large series of
individuals from Hong Kong in the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
The latter is also the type locality for Pfeffer's Sepiola bursa, and
should not specimens in better preservation prove otherwise, there
can be little doubt that this name is a complete synonym of E. morsei.
Genus STOLOTEUTHIS Verrill, 1881.
Stoloteuthis nipponensis Berry, 1911. PI. V, figs. 1-4.
Stoloteuthis nipponensis Berry, 1911, p. 39, fig.
Sepiolina nipponensis Naef, 1912, p. 248.
Body small, compact, short, plump, sepioliform, rounded behind.
Mantle attached to the head dorsally by a rather narrow commissure
I L5 mm.); free below and produced forward beneath the head, its
edge sinuous and slightly emarginate in front, so as to expose the
extreme tip of the funnel, otherwise entirely hidden. Fins large,
aicordate, the forward lobe extending from the anterior base of
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415
attachment as far as the mantle margin; posterior lobe scarcely
developed; nearly median in position, the plane of attachment
nearly level with the dorsal surface of the mantle.
Head very large, as broad as the body, flattened above, excavated
beneath. Eyes large with rather large openings; the right eye-
lid appears to be free all round, the left eye has only the lower lid
free. Funnel rather small, flexed upward so as to lie closely in the
excavation formed by the hollowed under surface of the head. A
slight curved longitudinal groove with a raised and reflexed edge,
situated on either side of the funnel quite far back, articulates with
a corresponding ridge on the inner surface of the mantle; the ridge
similarly curved, rather heavy, and notably longer than the groove.
"Olfactory organ" situated on the same level with the lower eyelid
and just behind it.
Arms stout, thick, flesh}', and rather short, the order of length
2, 1, 3, 4, only the ventral arms noticeably shorter than the others;
each with two rows of spherical short-pediceled suckers extending
for their entire length. Both dorsal arms hectocotylized; squarish,
prominently keeled above, unequal, the right slightly the larger;
much swollen; suckers very small, even at the base of the arms,
whence they gradually diminish in size toward the tip, the two
rows very regularly alternating; inner surface of each arm curiously
striate with numerous fine transverse corrugations arranged more
or less in bands to correspond with the bases of the sucker pedicels.
Suckers of the second pair of arms slightly larger, but still quite small,
excepting some five pairs along the middle of the arm which are
conspicuously larger than the rest; third pair similar in structure
to the second pair; ventral arms shorter and more slender than the
others, their suckers mainly lost in the specimen examined. The
pedicels of all the suckers, especially the enlarged ones, are very
brittle and delicate. Openings of suckers very small; horny rings
smooth. Arms connected at the extreme base by a poorly developed
web or umbrella which is totally lacking between the ventral pair;
dorsal arms laterally angled and with a dorsal keel; in the second
pair angles and keel become obsolete, but reappear again in the
third pair; ventral arms keeled along the outer side.
Tentacles stout and fleshy ; about as long as the mantle ; the club
furnished with a membranous keel, but otherwise not exceeding
the stalk in diameter; suckers extremely minute, subequal, irregu-
larly arranged in at least 12 (perhaps as many as 16) rows, giving
the club a velvety appearance; peduncles slender; the horny rings
416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
under the high power seem to be smooth, but the material examined
is imperfectly stained.
Color in life unknown; in alcohol a pale brown, suffused here
and there with blackish-purple. Chromatophores numerous, ap-
pearing as dark dots. As in the other species of the genus, the
ventral surface of the mantle is marked by a large shield-shaped
patch, over which the chromatophores are exceedingly fine, numerous,
and evenly distributed; the patch is bordered by a rather indistinct
slaty-blue margin.
Beak and radula not examined. Gladius absent.
Type.— Cat. No. 2.027 (Invertebrate Series) of the Stanford
University collections; a male. The type is unique. [S. S. B.
No. 32.]
Type Locality. — Suruga Bay, Japan.
Measurements. — The chief measurements of the type are as follows:
mm.
Total length exclusive of tentacles 38.5
Medio-dorsal length of mantle 17
Medio-ventral length of mantle 20
Width of body 13
Width across fins 24
Length of fin, total 13
Length of fin at plane of attachment 9
Width of nuchal commissure 4.5
Width of head 14
Length of head 9
Length of dorsal arm 1 1
Length of second arm 12
Length of third arm 10.5
Length of ventral arm (measured from inner base) 10
Length of tentacle 20
S. nipponensis appears to be very different from either of the
only two species of the genus heretofore described, although sharing
with them the curious combination of characters upon which the
group was founded. The generic type — S. leucoptera Verrill, from
the North Atlantic — differs in the more complete webbing of the
arms, their relative shortness, the more anterior position of the fins,
hectocotylization (though affecting the same arms), and other
details. It is also stated to have the eyelids free all round, but from
the appearance of the present specimen this should possibly be
regarded as a physiological condition, rather than a permanent
feature as in the cegopsid decapods.
The other Pacific form— S. iris Berry, from the Hawaiian Islands—
totally different aspect and stands quite alone in the relative
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417
magnitude of its head and fins and the great width of the nuchal
commissure. If the type is adult, it is also a much smaller species
than S. nipponensis.
Naef (1912) has recently made S. nipponensis the type of a new
genus Sepiolina.
Sub-family ROSSIIN^.
Genus ROSSIA Owen, 1834.
Rossia sp.
Dr. Heath has shown me egg capsules containing late embryonic
stages of some species of Rossia. The animals were far enough
advanced to exhibit clearly the distinctive characters of the genus.
They were taken off the northwestern coast of Honshu.
Genus PROMACHOTEUTHIS Hoyle, 18S5.
Promachoteuthis megaptera Hoyle, 1885.
Promachoteuthis megaptera Hoyle, 1885, p. 273, fig. 109. .
Promachoteuthis megaptera Hoyle, 18856, p. 182.
Promachoteuthis megaptera Hoyle, 1885c/, p. 284.
Promachoteuthis megaptera Hoyle, 1886, pp. 19, 120, etc., text fig. 3, pi. 14,
figs. 10-14.
Promachoteuthis megaptera Joubin, 1902, p. 109, fig. 17.
Distribution. — 1,875 fathoms, southeast of Nosima (type locality
—Hoyle).
Family SEPIIDJE Steenstrup, 1861.
Genus SEPIA Linne, 1758.
The tremendous development of the genus Sepia, both in species
and number of individuals, is the most conspicuous feature of the
cephalopod fauna of Japan, as it is likewise in the waters of the
Indo-Malayan Archipelago. It is therefore not surprising to find
that no less than eighteen names have at one time or another been
applied to Japanese forms. These are as follows:
Sepia aculeata. Sepia peterseni.
Sepia sinensis.9 Sepia tullbergi [ — Metasepia].
Sepia chrysophtalmos.10 Sepia tokioensis.
Sepia myrsus.11 Sepia hoylei.
Sepia andreana. Sepia torosa.
Sepia esculenta. Sepia hercules.
Sepia elliptica. Sepia longer a.
Sepia kobiensis. Sepia misakiensis.
Sepia andreanoides. Sepia appeUofi.
9 Sepia sinensis d'Orbigny, 1839, united by Gray with S. inermis (van Hasselt),
is a name applied by d'Orbigny to a squid described in an article in the Encyclo-
pedic japonaisc. Although Tryon follows Gray, it seems doubtful if the species
is in any way recognizable.
10 Sepia chrysophtalmos Tilesius is a minute animal referred by d'Orbigny
(1839, p. 324, Loligopsis, pi. 1, figs. 2-4, fide Hoyle) to Loligopsis, but probably
impossible of determination.
11 Sepia myrsus Gray (1849, p. 10S) has been doubtfully listed in the Japanese
fauna by Hoyle (1886, p. 219), but I know of no other reference to its actual
occurrence there.
418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
This list is somewhat reduced by the elimination of doubtful
names, but even then contains many species which are not always
easy to distinguish from one another and sometimes offer problems
of great difficulty. The entire group is much in need of a pains-
taking and thorough revision at the hands of someone having access
to a wealth of carefully preserved material, and when this time
comes it is possible that several of the nominal species may be reduced
to the rank of synonyms. A good many specimens have been
available to the present writer, but the series have usually been too
incomplete or, in the case of numerous market specimens, too poorly
preserved to render accurate determination easy, much less afford
ground for any important generalizations.
The majority of Japanese species belong to a rather well-defined
group of narrow-shelled forms referred to by Wiilker as the "andreana-
Gruppe" and here for the sake of convenience recognized as a sub-
genus or section, to denominate which the term Doratosepion de
Rochebrune has been rehabilitated. An excellent discussion of these
forms together with a detailed key to the same has been given by
Wiilker (1910, pp. 17-20).
Sepia aculeata Van Husselt MS., 1834.
Si pin aculeata Van Hasselt MS., in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1834, p. 287,
pis. 5, 25 (fide Wiilker).
Sepia aculeata d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 296.
Sepia aculeata Gray, 1849, p. 105.
Sepia aculeata Steenstrup, 1875, p. 473, pi. 2, fig. 4.
Sepia aculeata Tryon, 1879, p. 195, pi. 90, fig. 415; pi. 91, figs. 416, 417
(after d'Orbigny).
Acanthosepion Hasselti de Rochebrune, 1884, p. 101.
Sepia aculeata Joubin, 1898, p. 25.
Sepia aculeata Wiilker, 1910, p. 11.
A large o71 specimen of this species having a dorsal mantle length
of 21 cm. is entered as Cat. No. 2,045 in the Stanford University
Invertebrate Series [S. S. B. No. 3431. It was obtained by Messrs.
•Jordan and Snyder at Tsuruga, Echizen. The locular index of the
gladius of this specimen is 13.3.
Distribution. — Near Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker); Tsuruga, Echizen
(!). Java (d'Orbigny); Indian Ocean (Gray).
Sepia esculenta Hoyle, 1885.
Sepia esculenta Hoyle, 1885/', p. 188.
Sepia esculenta Hoyle, lss."W, p. 291.
Sepia esculenta Appellof, 1886, p. 28, pi. 3, figs. 1-6.
Sepia esculenta Hoyle, 1886, pp. 129, etc., pi. 17, figs. 1-5; pi. 18, figs. 1-6.
Sepia esculenta Ortmann, 1888, pp. 649, 665.
Sepia esculenta Pilsbry, 1894, p. 144.
Sepia esculenta Hedley, L906, p. 463.
?, entered as No. 2,046 of the Invertebrate Series,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419
Stanford University collections [S. S. B. No. 360], was obtained at
Tokio by Jordan and Snyder. It much resembles the preceding-
species, but seems clearly referable to S. esculenta since it "lacks the
suckers on the buccal membrane and also the callosity of the inner
cone. " Despite these differences, the two forms are very nearly allied.
Distribution. — Tokio (Ortmann, !); Yokohama Market (type
locality, Hoyle); Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof). Queensland, Australia
(Hedley).
Sepia Hercules Pilsbry, 1894.
Sepia hercules Pilsbry, 1894, p. 144.
S( pia hercules Pilsbry, 1895, p. 2, pi. 1, fig. 2.
Sepia hercules Wiilker, 1910, pp. 11, 22, 21 (mere note).
Distribution. — Japan (Pilsbry); Loo Choo Islands (Pilsbry).
Sepia elliptica Hoyle, 1885.
Sepia elliptica Hoyle, 1885b, p. 189.
Sepia elliptica Hovle, 1SS.W, p. 293.
Sepia elliptica Hoyle, 1886, pp. 22, 131, etc., pi. 19, figs. 14-24.
Sepia elliptica, Wiilker, 1910, pp. 11, 23.
Distribution. — Near Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker). Arafura Sea,
south of Papua (type locality, Hoyle).
Sepia hoylei Ortmann, 1888.
Sepia hoylei Ortmann, 1888, p. 650, pi. 22, fig. 5; pi. 23, fig. 1.
Sepia elliptica (pars ?) Wiilker, 1910, pp. 11, 22.
Wiilker has . suggested that this species may be identical with
S. elliptica and infers that Ortmann may have been mistaken in the
most important diagnostic character — the presence of teeth on the
horny rings of the sessile arm suckers. I can, however, confirm
Ortmann's observation. Suckers of a specimen from Nagasaki
show about 35 small, short, broadly conical teeth, their tips squarish
(or broken ?), developed with fair evenness all around. In all other
respects also this material agrees well with the description of S.
hoylei, but indicates that this form is at best so weakly differentiated
from S. elliptica that the conclusion attained by Wiilker may yet
prove to be correct.
A specimen before me from Wakanoura is young and too poorly
preserved for certain identification, but the gladius agrees well with
the Nagasaki specimens.
Material Examined. —
No.
Sp. Locality.
■4 Nagasaki, Hizen
? 1 Wakanoura, Kii
Where
Author's
Collector.
deposited.
Register.
Jordan and
L.S.J.U.,
356
Snyder
Cat. 2,047
Jordan and
L.S.J.U.,
379
Snyder
Cat. 2,048
420
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July,
Distribution.— Maizuru, Tango (Ortmann); Bay of Tokio (Ort-
mann); Enoshima, Sagami (Ortmann) ; Wakanoura, Kii (!); Kadsi-
yama (Ortmann); Kochi, Toza (Ortmann); Kagoshima, Satsuma
Ortmann); Nagasaki, Hizen (!).
Sepia torosa Ortmann, 1888.
Sepia torosa Ortmann, 1888, pp. 652, 665, pi. 23, fig. 2.
Sepia torosa Ortmann, 1891, p. 674.
Distribution.— Buy of Tokio (type locality, Ortmann). Amboina
(Ortmann) .
Sepia formosana new species. PI. IX, fig; 7.
Body wide, stout, compressed, semi-elliptical. Fins nearly one
third as wide as the body, widest near the middle and becoming
very narrow posteriorly though nearly continuous around the
Fig. 2. — Sepia formosana [361]: a, camera outline of horny ring from third left
arm, much enlarged; b, camera outline of horny ring of large tentacular
sucker, same scale as preceding; c, ventral aspect of gladius, natural size.
extremity of the body. Mantle margin produced into a prominent
rounded angle above, but truncate or slightly emarginate below.
Head broad, flattened. Eyes large, prominent. Funnel broad,
truncate at the apex, the latter barely reaching the gap between
the ventral arms.
Anns subequal, somewhat over a third as long as the body; all
more or less compressed, the third and fourth pairs conspicuously
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421
keeled. Membranes bordering the sucker-bearing area well devel-
oped. Suckers minute, cup-shaped, in four rows on all the arms;
horny rings smooth. K narrow umbrella connects all the arms at
the base.
Tentacles rather short, stout, the clubs very large. Suckers
in about four to five rows; those of the two marginal series very
minute, the median ones slightly larger and about six of the latter
very much larger than any of the others, the three nearest the mid-
dle of the club being largest of all (PI. IX, fig. 7). The latter have
smooth horny rings while those of the smaller suckers seem to be
very minutely denticulate or crenate.
Surface smooth throughout.
Color dull buff -gray, heavily mottled above and more lightly
dotted below with blackish-slate-colored chromatophores.
Gladius elongate-elliptical in outline, a little over one-third as
broad as long; chitinous margin quite wide and narrowly continuous
posteriorly across the short stout straight spine. Dorsal surface
finely rugose-granulose, the granules disposed in concentric series
parallel to the anterior margin; two shallow converging grooves
near the centre divide the shell into a narrow median and two wide
lateral areas; the calcareous coating over the chitinous layer is very
thin dorsally, especially near the edges. Ventral surface excavated
posteriorly; the striated area occupies about half the length of the
shell, but its extreme posterior portion is obscured by the heavy
callous which strengthens the inner cone. The limbs of the callous
arise near a point a little more than one-third the length of the shell
from the posterior end. Locular index (inclusive of chitinous
margin) about 43.
Type. — Cat. 2,049, Invertebrate Series, Stanford University
Collections [S. S. B. No. 361].
Type Locality. — Takao, Formosa (Hans Sauter) ; one specimen.
Measurements.
mm.
Tip of body to base of dorsal arms 82
Median length of mantle (dorsal) 72
Median length of mantle (ventral) 64
Width of mantle 37
Width of fin at widest point 11
Width of head 31
Length of funnel 26
Length of dorsal arm 35
Length of second arm 31
422 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
mm.
Length of third arm 32
Length of ventral arm * 34
Length of tentacle 45
Length of tentacle club 17
Diameter of largest tentacular suckers 3
Judging from the single specimen at hand (which, it must be
confessed, is not in the best state of preservation), this little species
approaches very closely to S. torosa Ortmann, but differs in (1) the
decidedly more elongate outline of the body, (2) the smooth horny
rings of the sessile arm suckers, and (3) the even more conspicuous
enlargement of certain suckers on the tentacle club (decidedly more
than "noch einmal so gross wie die iibrigen"). The locular index of
the gladius is about the same, unless in calculating it we exclude the
chitinous margin, in which case the index is but about 37. The
calloused area is, however, relatively greater.
Other allied forms appear to be S. rouxii d'Orbigny (Indo-
Malayan), S. microcotyledon Ortmann (Ceylon), and possibly the
Chinese S. sinope Gray, the two latter of which have been discussed
by Ortmann (1891, p. 674). S. microcotyledon is the only one
described as having .smooth horny rings, but here the structure of
the tentacle club is very different.
Curiously enough, I have been unable to discover any records of
cephalopods from Formosa in any of the literature. Although my
search may not have been exhaustive, it is probable that the three
species here recorded (Sepia formosana, Euprymna morsei, and Sepio-
teuthis lessoniana) are the first species to be accredited to the island.
Sub-genus DORATOSEPION (de Rochebrune, 1884).
Sepia (Doratosepion) lorigera walker, 1910.
Sepia lorigera Wiilker, 1910, p. 12, pi. 2, figs. 3, 4; pi. 3, figs. 11-14.
Distribution. — Near Misaki, Sagami (type locality, Wiilker).
Sepia (Doratosepion) andreana Steenstrup, 1879.
Sepin Andreana Steenstrup, 1875, pp. 474, 479, pi. 1, figs. 11-19.
Sepia Andreana Tryon, 1879, p. 193, pi. 89, fig. 408; pi. 90, figs. 409, 410
(after Steenstrup).
Doratosepion andreana de Rochebrune, 1884, p. 96.
Sepia andreana Ortman, 1888, pp. 662, 665.
Sepia andreana 'Wulker, 1910, pp. 19, 22, 24.
Distribution. — Japan (Steenstrup) .
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 423
Sepia (Doratosepion) peterseni Appellof, 1886.
Sepia Peterseni Appellof, 1886, p. 23, pi. 2, figs. 1-8; pi. 3, fig. 21.
Sepia peterseni Ortmann, 1888, pp. 663, 665.
Sepia peterseni Wiilker, 1910, pp. 14, 19, 24.
Distribution. — Tokio Market (Wulker); near Misaki, Sagami
(Wiilker); Nagasaki, Hizen (type locality, Appellof).
Sepia (Doratosepion) andreanoides Hoyle, 1885.
Sepia andreanoides Hoyle, 18856, p. 193.
Sepia andreanoides Hoyle, 1885d, p. 297.
Sepia andreanoides Hoyle, 1886, pp. 139, etc., pi. 21, figs. 11-19; pi. 22, fig. 11.
Sepia andreanoides Ortmann, 1888, pp. 653, 665.
Sepia andreanoides Wiilker, 1910, pp. 19, 22, 24.
Distribution. — Bay of Tokio (Ortmann) ; Yokohama Market
(type locality Hoyle).
Sepia (Doratosepion) kobiensis Hoyle, 1885.
Sepia kobiensis Hoyle, 1S856, p. 195.
Sepia kobiensis Hoyle, 1885rf, p. 300.
Sepia kobiensis Appellof, 1886, p. 20, pi. 3, fig. 7.
Sepia kobiensis Hoyle, 1886, p. 142, pi. 18, figs. 7-14.
Sepia kobiensis Ortmann, 1888, pp. 654, 665.
Sepia kobiensis Hoyle, 1905, p. 982 (locality record).
Sepia kobiensis Wiilker, 1910, pp. 16, 20, 24.
This is one of the most abundant Japanese species, but the con-
dition of the material is such that I am in some doubt as to whether
all of the following specimens are properly referred to it.
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Collector. deposited. Register.
13 Nagasaki, Hizen Jordan and L.S.J. U., 349
Snyder Cat. 2,051
1 Hakodate, Hizen Jordan and L.S.J.U., 357
Snyder Cat. 2,050
4 Hakodate, Hizen Jordan and L.S.J. U., 359
Snyder Cat. 2,050
Distribution. — Bay of Tokio (Ortmann) ; Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker) ;
Kobe, Settsu (type locality, Hoyle) ; Kadsiyama (Ortmann) ; Kago-
shima, Satsuma (Ortmann); Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof, !); Hako-
date, Hizen (!); Maizuru, Tango (Ortmann).
Kolumadulu Atoll, South Pacific (Hoyle).
Sepia (Doratosepion) tokioensis Ortmann, 1888.
Sepia tokioensis Ortmann, 1888, pp. 653, 665, pi. 23, fig. 3.
Sepia tokioensis Wiilker, 1910, pp. 14, 20.
Three specimens taken by Jordan and Snyder at Aomori are
perhaps to be referred to this species (Invertebrate Series Cat.
No. 2,052, Stanford University Collections).
Distribution. — Aomori, Mutsu (!); Bay of Tokio (type locality,
Ortmann); near Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker).
124
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Sepia (Doratosepion) misakiensis Walker, 1910.
Sepia misakiensis Wtilker, 1910, p. 15, pi. 1, figs. 5, 6; pi. 3, figs. 19, 22.
Distribution.—. 135 meters' depth, off Misaki, Sagami (type locality,
Wiilker).
Sepia (Doratosepion) appellor! Wtilker, 1910.
Sepia appellofi Wtilker, 1910, p. 14, pi. 1, fig- 8; pi. 3, figs. 15-18.
Distribution.— Near Misaki, Sagami (type locality, Wiilker).
Genus METASEPIA (Hoyle, 1885).
Metasepia tullbergi (Appellor, 1886).
Sepia Tullbrrqi Appellof, 1SSG. p. 20, pi. 2, figs. 7-14.
Sepia {Metasepia) tullbergi Ortmann, 1888, pp. 650, 665.
Distribution.— Kadsiyama (Ortmann) ; Kagoshi'ma, Satsuma (Ort-
mann); Nagasaki, Hizen (type locality, Appellof).
Genus SEPIELLA (Gray, 1849).
Sepiella inermis (Van Hasselt MS., 1839) Steenstrup, 1880.
Sepia inermis Van Hasselt MS., in d'Orbigny and Ferussac, 1839, p. 286,
pi. 0, bis; pi. 20, figs. 1-9 (fide Hoyle).
Sepia inn-mi* d'Orbigny, 1845, p. 29_5, pi. 12, figs. 9, 10.
Sepia microcheirus Grav, 1849, p. 107.
Sepia inermis Tryon, 1879, p. 196, pi. 91, fig. 423; pi. 92, figs. 424, 425.
Sepia inermis Steenstrup, 1875, p. 478, pi. 2, fig. 3.
Sepiilla inermis Steenstrup, 1880a, pp. 347-356, figs. 1-8.
Sepiella inermis Joubin, 1897a, p. 103.
Sepiella inermis Joubin, 1898, p. 25.
Sepiella inermis Hoyle, 1905, p. 982, fig. 152.
Distribution.— Japan (Joubin). Timor (Joubin); Batavia, Java
(d'Orbigny); Male Atoll (Hoyle); Pondicherry (d'Orbigny); Coro-
mandel (d'Orbigny); Bombay (d'Orbigny).
Sepiella maindroni de Rochebrune, 18S4.
Sepiella Main/Irani de Rochebrune, 1884, p. 89.
Sepiella maindroni (?) Hoyle, 1886, pp. 26, 149, etc., pi. 22, figs. 1-10.
Sepiella maindroni Ortmann, 1888, pp. 663, 665 (merely listed).
Sepiella maindroni Wtilker, 1910, pp. 20, 23.
Distribution.- — Tokio Market (Wtilker) ; near Aburatsubo, Sagami
(Wiilker); Inland Sea (Hoyle). Pondicherry (type locality, de
Rochebrune).
Division CEgopsida d'Orbigny, 1839.
Family GONATIDiE (Hoyle, 1886).
Genus GONATUS Gray, 1849.
GonatUS fabricii (Lichtenstein, 1818) Steenstrup, 18S0.
OnychoU uthis Fabricii Lichtenstein, 1818, p. 13 (fide Hoyle).
Onychoteuthis Kamtschatica Middendorff, 1849, p. 515, pi. 12, figs. 1-6.
Gonatus Fabricii Steenstrup, 1881a, p. 9, pi. 1.
Gonatus fabricii Pfeffer, 1900, p. 163.
Gonatus fabricii Berry, 1912, p. 308, pi. 52, figs. 1-4; pi. 53; pi. 54, figs. 1-4;
pi. 5',.
I have already given a full bibliography of this widely distributed
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425
species in the paper cited. It has been reported from Shumshn
Island, Kurile Group, by Middendorff, and from Japan without
more definite locality by Steenstrup. It probably inhabits the
whole northern part of the archipelago.
Family ENOPLOTEUTHID^E Pfeffer, 1900.
Sub-family ENOPLOTEUTHIN.E Chun, 1910.
Genus ABRALIOPSIS Joubin, 1S96.
Abraliopsis scintillans Berry, 1911. Pis. VII, VIII; pi. IX, figs. 1-6.
? Abraliopsis sp. Nishikawa 1906a, p. 310 (eggs).
Abraliopsis scintillans Berry 1911a, p. 93.
Animal small, loliginiform ; the mantle thin, cylindrical in front;
slender and tapering rapidly to an acute point posteriorly. Fins
very large, broadly sagittate, over three-fifths as long as the mantle,
their total width at the point of greatest expansion about the same
as the length; forward margins arcuate, descending abruptly inward
from a nearly right angle anteriorly; angles of lateral margins
rounded, a little less than right, well anterior of the middle; hinder
margins concave, produced posteriorly to an acute point. Anterior
mantle margin slightly produced to form an obtuse median point
above and a lateral angle on either side of the funnel.
Head large, flattened, excavated beneath. Eyes enormous,
rounded and frequently much protruding in preserved specimens;
ocular apertures large, with a distinct sinus in front. Funnel broad,
compressed, little projecting; interior with a pocket-like valve near
the tip; funnel organ comprising a large A-shaped median pad, with
notably expanded limbs posteriorly situated on the dorsal wall,
and two ovate ventro-lateral cushions (PI. IX, fig. 5).
Each funnel-locking cartilage a large elongate-ovate plate, deeply
excavated down the centre, the elevated margin conspicuously
reflected, its cavity corresponding with a simple linear groove about
8 mm. long on the inner surface of the mantle.
Arms of moderate length, nearly equal, the order of length in
general 4, 3 = 2, 1, though the third pair is sometimes a little longer
than the second. In detailed structure the arms differ considerably;
for the sake of more accurate observation, those of the left side of
one specimen were removed and have furnished the following account.
Dorsal arm armed with 12 small stout hooks in two alternating
rows, replaced by numerous minute suckers in two series at the
extremity; on the outer margin along the whole length, except at the
extreme base, is a broad colorless keel, widest below the middle of
28
426
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
the arm; along the ventral margin of the sucker-bearing area is a
delicate hyaline swimming membrane supported by a series of
fleshy lappets about equal in longitude to the hooks opposite which
they lie. Second arm also with 12 hooks (though on the right second
arm of another specimen 14 hooks were counted) and otherwise in
all essentials like the first. The third arm likewise has 12 hooks
succeeded by minute suckers at the tip; it is, however, more robust
than any of the others; a very broad conspicuous hyaline mem-
branous keel, unadorned with chromatophores on either surface,
runs along the outer margin, at its widest point (near the middle)
exceeding the diameter of the arm itself; ventral margin furnished
with a hyaline swimming membrane as above, but its trabecule are
much longer and larger. Ventral arm (PL IX, fig. 4) with 11-12 hooks
and no suckers, the whole extremity of the arm being bare except for
the curious terminal organs described below; longer and more gradually
tapering than the other arms, the hooks slightly smaller; devoid of
swimming membranes, but there is a well-developed keel along the
outer (dorsal) angle; the tip of each ventral arm is occupied by a
longitudinal series of three large, ovoid, heavily pigmented, bead-like
organs of a blackish color succeeded distally by one or two minute
rudiments of similar structures where the tip of the arm suddenly
tapers to a point; these are little protruding and have the super-
ficial appearance of being enveloped within the substance of the
arm itself, though really enclosed in the integument on the side of
the latter; in size the central organ perhaps slightly surpassing
the others (PL IX, fig. 1).
As all the specimens seen are females, the hectocotylized arm
and other sexual characters have not been observed.
Tentacles slender, about the length of the mantle, sides com-
pressed and somewhat flattened, inner surface of stalk flattened.
Clubs little or not at all expanded, the distal two-thirds armed with
four distinct crowded rows of minute suckers, some 74 to 76 in all,12
regularly diminishing in size toward the tip; proximal to these and
projecting well out beyond the ventral margin are two very large,
elongate, slender, strongly incurved, sharply pointed hooks pro-
jecting for some distance from their large fleshy bases; opposite
these along the dorsal margin a single series of exceedingly minute
-hort-pediceled suckers, usually four in number and apparently
12 Cf. the figure given by Chun of A. morisii 9 (1910, pi. 8, fig. 3), where but
about 40 such suckers are shown occupying a relatively much smaller proportion
of the entire club.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427
homologous with the most marginal row of the distal suckers; proxi-
mal to the hooks and in a line with them on the right tentacle club
is usually situated a single minute sucker similar to those just de-
scribed. Certain variations occur, as (e.g.) in the club from which
the accompanying figure (PI. IX, fig. 6) was drawn; here the small
suckers opposite the hooks were apparently wanting (through abra-
sion ?) and were supplied in the drawing from another specimen. The
general character and extent of these variations are well brought
out in the accompanying table of data taken from all the specimens
examined and would seem to indicate that where the number of
minute suckers is fewer than that above regarded as typical, it may
be due to the facility with which such delicate structures may be
lost by abrasion.
No. suckers No. suckers
No. of large proximal opposite No. suckers No. pads Arrangement
[Tentacle. hooks in to hooks in to hooks in in fixing in fixing of fixing
ventral row. ventral row. dorsal row. apparatus, apparatus. apparatus.
,J Right 2 15 4 4 Compact,
I Left 2 0 4 4 4
9 J Right 2 1 4 4 4
I Left 2 0 4 4
o j Right
1 Left 2 0 0 4 4 Diffuse.
i f Right 2 0 4 4 4 Compact.
(Left 2 0 3 4 4 Diffuse.
-(Right 2 1 4( + l?) 4 4 Medium.
I Left 2 0 2(+?) 4 4 Compact.
fi( Right 2 0 413 3 3 Medium.
(Left 2 0 3 3 3 Compact,
Fixing apparatus well developed and with one exception very
constant in comprising four minute suckers and four pads regularly
alternating in two rows; sometimes these are relatively distant as
in the figure, but often more compactly grouped. . The distal (sucker-
bearing) part of the club is furnished with a membranous keel along
its dorsal margin (PL IX, fig. 6).
Buccal membrane eight-pointed, papillose within; its color deep
violet, the supporting lappets of a conspicuously paler shade out-
wardly.
Gladius (fig. 3) with broad wings, embracing the slender midrib for
quite three-quarters of its length; only slightly subangulate laterally
at the point of widest expansion. Keel plainly visible through the
dorsal integument as a dark median line.
13 Here a small sucker is also present between this row and the proximal hook.
12s
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July,
Radula not examined.
Integument with numerous minute photogenic organs, appearing
as dark bluish dots having a distinctly paler centre. These are
distributed as follows: (1) on the ventral surface of the mantle they
are everywhere exceedingly numerous and so evenly distributed
that a bilateral arrangement is only apparent after close examina-
tion, being even then not at all absolute; definite rows indistin-
guishable except for a narrow but distinct and fairly conspicuous
area entirely free of photophores and forming a straight longitudinal
band down the medio-ventral line with a fairly constant width of
scarce more than a millimeter throughout its course; the number
of photophores in one of the rows bordering it is from 42 to 45.
Laterally, the organs rapidly scatter and diminish in size until they
•>&:&:&::
w
9
W
mm
■
p'4»Y
#
Fig. 3. — Abraliopsis scintillans, dorsal aspect of gladius, natural size; [147].
Fig. 4. — Abraliopsis scijitillans, portion of integument from ventral surface of
mantle seen by reflected light, showing photophores and chromatophores;
from an unstained mount in balsam; greatly enlarged; [147].
are only with difficulty to be made out at all. However, I have been
unable to find that they extend very much past the level of the eyes.
2. On the ventral aspect of the funnel the photogenic organs
are similar in character to those of the mantle, but are fewer in
number and therefore appear more symmetrically disposed. They
! ranked in about ten poorly defined longitudinal rows, variously
distant and containing 3-4 organs each, but the arrangement of
two lateral halves is alike and here again they are separated
by a clear space down the middle.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429
3. On the ventral surface of the head the photophores have
evidently a primary arrangement in longitudinal series, but this
has become so modified by the interpolation of various shorter
series and isolated organs that the exact number of rows is difficult
to determine. Most apparent are (a) the usual median row which
bifurcates at the apex of the funnel groove and at the base of the
ventral arms, along which latter its two branches continue for the
proximal two-thirds of their length; (6) a long lateral series beginning
on the ventral fold of the olfactory crest which curves inward on
the head and also continues out the ventral arms to their extremities;
(c) a very distinct circlet of more ovoid organs surrounding the ocular
aperture (PL IX, fig. 2).
4. The ventral arms as just noted have two rows of photophores
upon the arm itself, and in addition a distinct row of 7-8 small
very distant organs along the outer margin of the keel. The third
arms have but a single row of 4-5 organs along their ventral aspect.
On the remaining arms, on the tentacles, and on the dorsal surface
of the head no luminous organs were observed.
In addition to the photogenic organs of the general integument
and the curious pigmented structures already described at the tips
of the ventral arms, there is a third very distinct type of photophore
in the form of a series of small circular bead-like bodies, brownish-
orange in color, on the ventral periphery of the eyeball; these are
five in number, the three central ones smallest and interspaced from
one another about a millimeter; the two terminal ones are each distant
about 1| mm. from the neighboring organ and their diameter is
about twice as great (i.e., rather less than a millimeter) (PL IX, fig. 3).
These organs, though situated on the eyeball itself, are usually
visible even when the latter is closely retracted, because of a small
ovate hyaline non-pigmented area in that portion of the ventral
integument which normally covers them. When, as sometimes
occurs, this area is iridescent and a little distended, it becomes quite
conspicuous. Its purpose is obviously to allow the rays of light
from these organs to pass through the outer integument with as
little obstruction as possible.
Color in life not observed; in alcoholic specimens the ground
color is a pale brownish-buff, dotted over nearly the entire surface
with small and very beautiful reddish-brown chromatophores,
which are especially numerous and darkest just above the keel of
the gladius, but thickly scattered, even on the ventral surface where
they are very conspicuous among the bluish photophores. On
430
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[July,
the under sides of the fins, the hyaline area above described, the
inner surfaces of the arms, and the keels of the three dorsal pairs
the skin is nearly or entirely free of chromatophores. Because
appearing with unusual constancy, a single large chromatophore,
surrounded by a circlet of smaller ones and situated on the head
just posterior to the crotch between the dorsal arms, is also probably
worthy of mention. The lens of the eye is large, spherical, and
exquisitely pearly.
Measurements.
Author's register..
147
279
Specimen number.
Length, total
Length, exclusive of tentacles
Length of mantle, dorsal
Width of mantle
Width across fins
Length of fins, total
Length of fins along plane of
attachment
Width across head
Width between eyes
Length of head, dorsal
Length of right dorsal arm
Length of left dorsal arm
Length of right second arm
Length of left second arm
Length of right third arm
Length of left third arm
Length of right ventral arm
Length of left ventral arm
Length of right tentacle
Length of left tentacle
Length of tentacle club
Length of funnel...
1
mm.
132
95
59
16
38
39
33.
17
8
12
19
21
22
22
23
24
26
27
59
65
7
o
2
3
4
5
6
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
mm.
119
125
117
123
91
86
97
93
98
55
52
60
57
55
15
13
15
14
17
38
37
45
40
46
36.5
34
38
35
38
33
30
33
30
32
18
17
15
13
15
7
7.5
9
7
8
11
12
11
11
12
17
19
23
22
22
18
20
22
22
22
23
22
25
26.5
25
23
22
25
25
26
23
22
25
24
25
23
23
25
25
25
28
26
28
28
31
24
27.5
28
31.5
55
56
52
56
51
53
48
55
7
7
7
7.5
9
Type.— Cat. No. 2,053. Invertebrate Series, Stanford University
collections [S. S. B. No. 147]; a female.
Tijpe Locality. —Japan, probably off Misaki (Alan Owston ?);
three 9 specimens.
Material Examined.— -In addition to the three cotypes, three
other specimens, taken at Misaki by Ishikawa [S. S. B. No. 279],
been examined. All six are females. In the tables they have
imbered, respectively, 1-3 and 4-6, and the specimens denoted
as Nos. 3 and 5 have been destroyed by dissection.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431
Remarks. — This beautiful little squid was originally described
from three individuals in the Stanford University collections thought
to be from Japan, but in reality of quite uncertain origin. This
habitat was, however, confirmed in a most interesting manner,
almost immediately upon the preparation of the original diagnosis,
by the receipt through the kindness of Dr. Harold Heath of three
"squids with luminous dots," sent to him from Japan by Dr. Ijima.
These were the specimens mentioned above from Misaki and proved
to be identical in every essential feature with the types, entirely
confirming in every particular the characters which I had depended
upon as diagnostic. Both the Stanford specimens and those sent
by Dr. Ijima are beautifully preserved, are nearly of the same size,
and apparently fully grown. One of the largest, if not the largest
species of the genus, A. scintillans, is differentiated from the pre-
viously described forms in the following apparently constant
characters :
1. The great number of photophores on the ventral surface and
the comparative obscurity of their bilateral arrangement as well
as the absence of distinct longitudinal series.
2. The presence of only one row of hooks (the ventral) on the
tentacle club, with but two elements present even here.
3. The replacement of the dorsal row of hooks present in other
species by a single or slightly zigzag series of minute suckers.
4. The large number of suckers in the four distal rows on the
club and the fact that these occupy nearly two-thirds of the total
length.
5. The usual presence of four suckers and four pads in the fixing
apparatus.
6. The detailed structure of the sessile arms which appears to
differ constantly from the careful account given by Hoyle (1904,
p. 37) in regard to A. hoy lei.
With these features in mind, it is by no means difficult to separate
A. scintillans from either the Atlantic A. pfefferi or the A. hoylei
of the South and East Pacific,14 with both of which it is, however,
closely allied. It is to be expected that any structure so complex
14 Chun, in a recent monograph (1910, p. 78), unites both of these forms
under the earliest name applied to a member of the genus, A. morisii Verany,
1837, and gives a large number of exquisitely beautiful figures of a series sup-
posed to be identical. The evidence offered is certainly suggestive, but does not
appear to the present writer to be conclusive proof that we have but a single
cosmopolitan species of Abraliopsis, however closely related otherwise the various
forms may be.
432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
as the armature of the tentacle club should be subject to a consid-
erable degree of variation among its constituent elements, so that
its great constancy in the present series is really quite surprising
and indicates that it may prove especially important in distinguishing
species. The discovery of males of this species should throw an
interesting light upon the entire subject.
In gross aspect and general outline of the body there is great
variation, depending upon the conditions of preservation. The
greatest individualities observed are in the form of the mantle.
Sometimes the outline tapers smoothly and regularly from the
anterior margin, or there may be a pronounced bulging near the
middle, or sometimes a general inflation of the whole.
Genus THELIDIOTEUTHIS Pfeffer, 1900.
Thelidioteuthis alessandrinii (Verany, 1851) Chun, 1910.
Loligo Alessandrinii Verany, 1851, p. 99, pi. 35, figs, f, g, h (fide Chun).
Enoploteuthis polyonyx Troschel, 1857, p. 67, pi. 4, fig. 9.
Thelidioteuthis polyonyx Pfeffer, 1900, p. 167.
Thelidioteuthis Alessandrinii Chun, 1910, p. 104, pi. 7, figs. 16, 17.
A specimen in the possession of the writer from the Gulf of Kago-
shima appears to be a young individual of this widely distributed
species, though it is possible that the adult might show differences
worthy of separate recognition. [S. S. B. No. 274.]
Distribution. — Gulf of Kagoshima (!). Mediterranean; South
Atlantic (Pfeffer); Indian Ocean (Chun); Society Islands (Pfeffer).
Family OCTOPODOTEUTHID^ new name.
( = Veranyidoe Chun, 1910.)
Genus 0CT0P0D0TEUTHIS Riippell, 1844 (em.).
Octopodoteuthis sp.
Octopodoteuthis near O. sicula Chun, 1910, p. 139.
In the work cited Chun mentions a specimen of this genus taken
by Doflein in Sagami Bay.
Family HISTIOTEUTHID^J Verrill, 1881.
Genus CALLITEUTHIS Verrill, 1S80.
Calliteuthis ocellata (Owen, 1881) Verrill, 1881.
Loligopsis ocellata Owen, 1881, p. 139, pi. 26, figs. 3-8; pi. 27.
CalliU uthis ocellata Verrill, 1881, p. 402.
Calliteuthis ocellata Verrill, 1882, p. 412 [202].
Calliteuthis reversa Hoyle, 1886, p. 183, pi. 33, figs. 12-15 (not of Verrill).
Calliteuthis reversa (pars) Pfeffer, 1900, p. 170.
Calliteuthis reversa (pars) Chun, 1906, p. 744.
Calliteuthis ocellata Chun, 1910, pp. 149, 170, etc., Texttafel 1, figs. 1,2;
text figs. 22, 23; pi. 20, figs. 7-9.
rue Calliteuthis reversa Verrill is not yet known to be a member
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433
of the Japanese fauna. Assuming the correctness of the recent
careful synopsis of the genus given by Chun (1910), the various
references to it in the literature cited have certainly been based upon
misidentifications.
Distribution. — Sagami Bay (Chun); 345 fathoms, off Ino Sima
Island (Hoyle); China Sea (type locality, Owen).
Family ARCHITEUTHID^ Pfeffer, 1900.
Genus ARCHITEUTHUS Steenstrup, 1856.
Architeuthus martensii (Hilgendorf, 1880) Steenstrup, 1882.
Megateuthis Martensii Hilgendorf, 1S80, p. 65.
Architeuthus Martensii Steenstrup, 1882, p. 157 [15].
Architcuthis, sp. Mitsukuri and Ikeda, 1895, pp. 39-50, 1 pi. (fide Hoyle).
Distribution. — Japan (Hilgendorf) .
Family OMMASTRBPHID^ Gill, 1871.
Genus OMMASTREPHES d'Orbigny, 1835.
Ommastrephes sloanii Gray, 1849. PI. VI, fig. 4.
Ommastrephes Sloanii Gray, 1849, p. 61.
Ommastrephes Sloanii Tryon, 1S79, p. 180 (after Gray).
Todarodes pacificus Steenstrup, 1880, pp. 83, 90, etc. (fide Hoyle).
(?) Sloanei Steenstrup, 1880, p. 98.
Ommastrephes sloanei Verrill, 1881, p. 386 (brief note).
Ommastrephes pacificus Appellof, 1886, p. 35, pi. 3, figs. 8-10.
Todarodes pacificus Hoyle, 1886, pp. 34, 163, 219, pi. 28, figs. 1-5.
Todarodes pacificus Ortmann, 1888, pp. 664, 6135 (merely listed).
? Ommastrephes gouldi M'Coy, 1SSS.
? Ommastrephes gouldi Brazier, 1892, p. 17 (locality record).
Todarodes pacificus Joubin, 1897a, p. 103.
not ? Ommastrephes sloanei Schauinsland, 1899, p. 92 (mere note).
Ommatostrephes sagittatus sloanei Pfeffer, 1900, p. 179.
[Pfeffer also unites with this species the O. insignis of Gould, 1852,
ascribed to the Fiji Islands and the Antarctic region.]
Body elongate, cylindric, tapering posteriorly to a sharp point
between the fins. Mantle margin entire above and but little emar-
ginate below. Fins broadly sagittate, in the adult a little more
than two-fifths as long as the mantle. . Mantle connectives as usual
in the group.
Head rather small, squarish, but much compressed, considerably
narrower than the widest expansion of the body; bounded pos-
teriorly by a transverse thickened ridge, continuous with the three
oblique ear-like folds behind each eye. Eyes large, the wide lid
openings with a narrow incision or sinus in front. Funnel groove
with a distinct foveola in its anterior portion, comprising a horseshoe-
434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
shaped fold of membrane embracing between its arms a series of
8-10 shorter and more fleshy longitudinal folds.
Arm- moderate, squarish, fairly attenuate, averaging about half
as long as the mantle; unequal, the order of length almost always
2, 3, 1. 4, although there are occasionally slight variations from this
formula. Umbrella lacking, but the outer angles of all the arms
equipped with a firm fleshy keel especially developed on the basal
half of the third pair, and a delicate trabeculated swimming mem-
brane, which is least evident on the ventral arms and widest on the ven-
tral margin of the third pair. Suckers decidedly small (PL VI, fig. 4) ;
rather distantly placed at the base in two regularly alternating rows,
becoming more crowded at the tip; the interspacing between the rows
very variable, apparently dependent mainly upon the degree of
compression of the arms; suckers of the lateral arms slightly, but
not at all conspicuously larger than those of the dorsal and ventral
pairs; on an arm of the second pair some 56 to 60 suckers can readily
be counted without using a lens. Horny rings well developed,
their lower margins ordinarily smooth, but with 9 to 12 stout acute
teeth, accompanied by occasional intervening denticles on the upper
edge; these teeth are largest at the apex, but the median one is not
particularly differentiated in this respect more than its neighbors.
Tentacles stout, moderate; the club slightly expanded, its sucker-
bearing portion including about 60-65% of the total length in the
adult (55-71%, according to Pfeffer); in general structure entirely
similar to 0. hawaiiensis,15 the horny rings of the large median
suckers armed with about 17 rather short, stout, acute, subequal
teeth, occurring in regular alternation with an equal number of very
low squarish plates, both teeth and plates being more regular, though
somewhat more weakly developed than in 0. hawaiiensis. A small
sucker of the marginal rows shows about 18 acute teeth, larger and
longer on the upper margin where they are accompanied by a few
alternating denticles.
In young specimens, such as No. 273, the body appears more
slender and the fins much shorter, both in proportion to the mantle
length and their own width.
The* chief measurements of eight specimens are given in the
following table:
<-ephe$ hawaiiensis new species: A Hawaiian form closely allied
pacificus), but with much larger and fewer suckers on the
isile arms of the adult and with the central upper tooth of the hornv rings
mctly larger than any of the others.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
435
Measurements.
Author's register number [286]
mm.
Length, total 393
Length, exclusive of tentacles 310
Length of mantle, dorsal 168
Width of mantle, median 5016
Width across fins Ill
Length of fins, total 78
Length of fins along plane of attach-
ment 72
Length of head 37
Width of head 33
Length of right dorsal arm :. 101
Length of right second arm 113
Length of right third arm Ill
Length of right ventral arm 90
Length of right tentacle, total 205
Length of right tentacle, sucker-bear-
ing portion 125
Length of left tentacle, total 202
Length of left tentacle, sucker-bear-
ing portion 123
Author's register number [257]
mm.
Length, total 301
Length, exclusive of tentacles 253
Length of mantle, dorsal 155
Width of mantle, median 31
Width across fins 81
Length of fins, total 64
Length of fins along plane of attach-
ment 59
Length of head 21
Width of head 21
Length of right dorsal arm 66
Length of right second arm 78
Length of right third arm 75
Length of riglmfc ventral arm 60
Length of right tentacle, total 126
Length of right tentacle, sucker-bear-
ing portion 83
Length of left tentacle, total 123
Length of left tentacle, sucker-bear-
ing portion 81
[258]
mm.
332
263
164
28
80
66*
62
23
22
67
74
68
63
135
81
152
90
[257]
mm.
292
256
161
4216
84
69
63
22
3116
66
77
77
66
111
71
111
71
[257]
mm.
329
277
159
42i6
95
67
58
24
26
79
97
91
71
149
91
138
86
[257]
mm.
279
250
156
34
77
66
59
25
22
62
75
70
60
106
67
106
68
[257]
mm.
316
279
170
35
87
67
62
24
32
72
85
85
67
118
74
120
78
[273]
mm.
83
73
45
1016
19
12
11.
8
10
17
19
18
14
31
17
27
14
Badly compressed dorso-ventrally.
436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
TUpc.—Oi sloanii, in the British Museum; of pacificus, in the
Copenhagen Museum.
Type Locality.— Of sloanii, Waitemata, New Zealand (Gray);
of pacificus, Hakodate, Japan (Steenstrup).
Distribution.— Tomakomai, Iburi (!); Todohokke, Oshima (Wlil-
ker); Hakodate, Oshima (Steenstrup, !) ; Tokio(!); Misaki, Sagami
(Wiilker, !); Aburatsubo, Sagami (Wiilker) ; Inland Sea (Hoyle) ;
Nagasaki, Hizen (Appellof). Vladivostok (Joubin); Indian Ocean
(Gray); Victorian Water, South Australia (Brazier, as 0. gouldi);
Tasmania (Verrill); Waitemata, New Zealand (Gray).
Material Examined. —
No. Where Author's
Sp. Locality. Collectors. deposited. Register.
1 Tomakomai, Iburi J.O.Snyder L.S.J.U., 273
Cat. 2,057
2 Hakodate, Oshima J.O.Snyder L.S.J.U., 258
Cat. 2,056
9 Hakodate, Oshima Jordan and L.S.J.U., 257
Snyder Cat. 2,055
1 Tokio Jordan and L.S.J.U., 256
Snyder Cat. 2,058
1 Misaki, Sagami Jordan and L.S.J.U., 259
Snyder Cat, 2,059
Under the name Ommastrephes Sloanii, J. E. Gray in 1849 pub-
lished the description of a species of squid from New Zealand belong-
ing to the typical group of the genus and having probable relationship
with 0. sagittatus.11 Subsequently Steenstrup (1880) erected a new
species of his genus Todarodes ( = Ommastrephes s. s.) for the recep-
tion of an apparently very similar cephalopod in the Copenhagen
Museum from Hakodate, his description being supplemented by
Hoyle with further interesting notes in the Challenger Report (1886)
and a very excellent series of figures which fix the identity of the
17 "
Ommastrephes Sloanii.
"Body cylindrical, rather tapering behind. Fin rhombic, rather more than
one-third the length of the body. Sessile arms compressed; cups equal, oblique,
in two rows; rings black, higher side with regular acute teeth, lower smooth;
hird pair acutely finned, with a narrow, rayed, membrane on the inner edge of
the ventral side. Tentacular arms slightly keeled externally, base half-naked;
cups of lower pari small, in two rows, of middle four rows, "the seventh pair of
central series largest ; rings with distant teeth all round; of the lateral series
. longly peduncled, and very oblique; of the apical portion small, in three
or four rows, the smallest one nearly sessile." (Gray, 1S49, p. 61.)
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437
form intended beyond any manner of doubt. It is interesting to
observe that Steenstrup himself affirms entire ignorance of the true
generic position of 0. sloanii, although Hoyle in the work cited
referred it doubtfully to Todarodes. More recently Pfeffer (1900)
has come to the conclusion that the two forms are identical and has,
moreover, reduced them to subspecific rank under the Atlantic
O. sagittatus. If these premises are correct, the rejection of the name
pacificus -m favor of the prior sloanii follows as a matter of course,
an arrangement which has since been followed by Hoyle (1909) and
by Wiilker (1910), and is therefore adopted in this paper. To the
present writer, however, this interpretation does not appear by any
means conclusive. In the first place, the description of Gray when
judged by modern standards is at best incomplete, and an examina-
tion of his type or even of further South Pacific material may yet
reveal that he overlooked characters of sufficient importance to
delimit this race from the Japanese form as completely as the latter
now appears to be separated from its Mid-Pacific (Hawaiian) con-
geners. In the same connection another small item of evidence
should not be overlooked: so careful an observer as Verrill (1881,
p. 386) relates that a Tasmanian specimen referred by him to 0.
sloanii lacks the foveola at the apex of the funnel groove so charac-
teristic of 0. sagittatus, pacificus, and hawaiiensis. In any case, the
specimens now before me are most certainly identical with the true
0. pacificus as described and figured by Steenstrup and Hoyle,
whether the latter eventually prove distinct from sloanii or not.
A key to the various known races of typical Ommastvephes, con-
structed on the same general plan as that utilized by Pfeffer, is
accordingly offered as follows :
Sucker-bearing portion of the tentacle comprising more than f of the
total length (Atlantic species) sagittatus.
Sucker-bearing portion of the tentacle comprising distinctly less than
f of the total length (Pacific species) 1
f Median upper tooth of the horny rings of the suckers on the
, sessile arms obviously the largest hawaiiensis.
' No single tooth of the horny rings noticeably larger than the
others sloanii
Most recent authors follow Pfeffer in regarding sloanii as a sub-
species of sagittatus, but despite the small differences I cannot see
that anything is to be gained by the use of the trinomial, especially
since truly intergrading forms are not yet known to occur.
438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Genus SYMPLECTOTEUTHIS Pfeffer, 1900.
Symplectoteuthis oualaniensis (Lesson, 1830) Pfeffer, 1900.
Loligo oualaniensis Lesson, 1830, p. 240, pi. 1, fig. 2.
iplectoteuthis oualaniensis Pfeffer, 1900, p. 180.
Symplectoteuthis oualaniensis Wiilker, 1910, p. 21 (merely noted).
Distribution. — Near Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker). Laccadive Islands
(Hoyle) ; Vanikoro (Quoy and Gaimard) ; Caroline Islands (Lesson) ;
Torres Straits, Great Barrier Reef, and Nickol Bay, Australia (Bra-
zier); Laysan Island (Schauinsland) ; Cocos Islands (Hoyle).
Family THYSANOTEUTHIDiE Keferstein, 1866.
Genus THYSANOTEUTHIS Troschel, 1857.
Thysanoteuthis rhombus Troschel, 1857.
Thysanoteuthis rhombus Troschel, 1857, p. 70, pi. 4, fig. 12; pi. 5, figs. 1-4.
Thysanoteuthis rhombus Jatta, 1896, p. 56, pi. 9, figs. 1-13.
Thysanoteuthis rhombus Pfeffer, 1900, p. 182.
An Atlantic and Mediterranean species quoted from Japan without
more definite locality on the authority of Pfeffer.
Family CHIROTEUTHID^J Gray, 1849.
Sub-family CHIROTEUTHIN^E Chun, 1908.
Genus CHIROTEUTHIS d'Orbigny, 1839.
Chiroteuthis macrosoma Goodrich, 1896.
Chiroteuthis macrosoma Goodrich, 1896, p. 12, pi. 3, figs. 51-57.
Chiroteuthis macrosoma Pfeffer, 1900, pp. 185, 186.
Cheiroteuthis macrosotna Nishikawa, 1906, pp. 109-113, pi.
Chiroteuthis macrosoma Chun, 1910, p. 240.
Distribution. — Japan (Nishikawa). Off the Kistna Delta (type
locality, Goodrich).
Sub-genus CHIROTHAUMA Chun, 1910.
Chiroteuthis (Chirothauma) imperator Chun, 1908.
Chiroteuthis imperator Chun, 1908, p. 88.
Chiroteuthis (Chirothauma) imperator Chun, 1910, pp. 240, 241; texttafel
2; pi. 38; pi. 39, figs. 1-10; pi. 40, figs. 2-5, 7; pi. 41; pi. 42, figs. 1-4;
pi. 43; pi. 44, figs. 3, 6-16.
Distribution. — Sagami Bay (Chun). Off Nias, Sumatra (type
locality, Chun).
Family CRANCHIIDiE Gray, 1SJ9.
Genus LI0CRANCHIA Pfeffer, 1884.
Liocranohia sp.
A single very immature individual of an undetermined Liocranchia
from Japan is in the author's collection [S. S. B. No. 385].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439
Order TETRABRANCHIATA Owen, 1832.
Sub-order NAUTILOIDEA.
Family NAUTILIDJE Owen, 1S36T
Genus NAUTILUS Linn6, 1758.
Nautilus pompilius Linne, 1758.
Nautilus Pompilius Linne, 1758, p. 709, Xos. 283, 233.
Nautilus Pompilius Lischke, 1869, p. 29 (mere note).
Nautilus Pompilius Dunker, 1882, p. 1 (mere note).
Nautilus sp. Dean, 1901, p. 819.
Distribution. — Japan (Dunker); near Misaki, Sagami (Dean);
Loo Choo Islands (Lischke). Indo-Malayan region.
Bibliography.
The following list of references is thought to include a practically"
complete bibliography of the subject, but a few relevant titles have
doubtless been omitted either through inadvertence or because they
have escaped the observation of the writer. Titles included in
brackets have been inaccessible and are quoted on the authority
of other authors.
Adams, Arthur, and Reeve, Lovell. 1S50. The Zoology of the Vovage of
H. M. S. "Samarang," etc. Mollusca. Part I. London, 1850.
Appellof, A. 18S6. Japanska Cephalopoder. K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad.
Handl, vol. 21, pp. 1-40, pis. 1-3.
1898. Cephalopoden von Ternate. Ergebn. zool. Forsch. Molukken
Borneo, etc. Dr. Willy Kiikenthal. Part II, vol. 2, pp. 561-637, pis.
32-34. Frankfurt-a-M., 1898.
Berry, S. S. 1909. Diagnoses of new Cephalopods from the Hawaiian Islands.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, pp. 407-419, with 9 text figures, December,
1909.
1911. A new Sepiolid from Japan. Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 37, pp. 39-41,
1 figure, January, 1911.
1911a. Note on a new Abraliopsis from Japan. Nautilus, vol. 25,
pp. 93-94, December, 1911.
1912. A Review of the Cephalopods of Western North America. Bull.
U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 30, pp. 269-336, pis. 32-56, text figs. 1-18,
July, 1912.
Bosc, L. A. G. [1792. Observation sur la Sepia rugosa. Acles Soc. Hist.
Nat. Paris, vol. 1, p. 24, pi. 5.]
Brazier, John. 1892. Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Australia and Tas-
mania. Part I, Cephalopoda. Australian Mus. Cat., Svdnev, 15, pp.
1-19, 1 pi.
Brock, J. 1882. Zur Anatomie und Systematik der Cephalopoden. Zeitschr.
fur wissensch. Zool., vol. 36, pp. 543-610, pis. 34-37.
1887. Indische Cephalopoden. Zool. Jahrb., vol. 2, pp. 591-614, pi.
Chun, Carl. 1906. Ueber die Geschlechtsverhaltnisse der Cephalopoden. Zool.
Anzeiger, vol. 29, pp. 743-753, March, 1906.
1908. Ueber Cephalopoden der deutschen Tief see-Expedition. Zool.
Anzeiger, vol. 33, pp. 86-89, May, 190S.
1910. Die Cephalopoden. 1. Teil: CEgopsida. Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch.
Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, vol. 18, pp. 1-402, with 2 pis. and 32 figs, in text
and an Atlas of 61 pis.
440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July.
Dall, William H. 1908. Reports on the dredging operations off the West
Coasl of Central America .... carried on by the .... "Albatross"
XXXVII. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to
the Eastern Tropical Pacific .... by the .... "Albatross" ....
XIV. The Momisca and the Brachiopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol.
13, pp. 205-487, pis. 1-22, October, 1908.
Dean, Basheord. 1901. Notes on Living Nautilus. Amer. Naturalist, vol.
35, pp. 819-837, 15 figs, in text.
Delle Chi.uk, Stefano. [1828-1830. Memorie Bulla struttura e Notomia
degli aniinali senza vertebre del Regno di Napoli. Napoli, 1828-30.]
Dillwyn, L. W. 1817. A descriptive Catalogue of Recent Shells arranged
according to the' Linnsean Method, with particular attention to the Syn-
onymy. 2 vols., 8vo, London, 1817.
Doplein, Franz. 1908. Ostasienfahrt, Erlebnisse und Beobachtungen eines
Naturforschers in China, Japan und Ceylon. 511 pp., profusely illustrated,
Leipzig and Berlin, 1906.
Dollo, Louis. 1012. Les Cephalopodes adaptes a la Vie Nectique Secondaire
et a la Vie Benthique Tertiaire. Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. XV, 1. Bd., pp.
105-140, pi. 3.
Dunker, G. 1882. Index Molluscorum Maris Japonici.
Fischer, P. 1882. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de paleontologie conchyli-
ologique ou histoire naturelle des mollusques vivants et fossiles. Pp.
i-xxiv, 1-1369, 1 1.5S figs, in text, 23 pis., large 8vo, Paris, 1880-1887.
Gabb, W. M. 1862. Description of two new species of Cephalopodes in the
Museum of the California Academv of Natural Sciences. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Nat. Sri., vol. 2, p. 170-172.
< iooDRicH, E. S. 1896. Report on a collection of Cephalopods from the Cal-
cutta Museum. Trans. Linnean Soc. London (2, Zool.), vol. 7, part 1,
pp. 1-24, pis. 1-5, December, 1896.
Gould, Augustus A. 1852. United States Exploring Expedition, etc., under
the command of Charles Wilkes. Vol. XII — Mollusca and Shells. 4to,
Philadelphia, 1852.
( rRAY, J. E. 1849. Catalogue of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British
Museum. Part I. Cephalopoda Antepedia. Small 8vo, pp. i-viii, 1-164,
London, 1849.
Hedley, Charles. 1906*. The Mollusca of Mast Head Reef, Capricorn
Group, Queensland. Part I. Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol.
31, pp. 453-479, pi.
Hilgendorf, F. M. 1880. Einen riesigen Dintenfisch aus Japan. Sitzb.
Gesellsch. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1880, pp. 65-67.
Hirase, Y. 1907. Catalogue of Marine Shells of Japan, to be had of Y. Hirase.
49 pp., pis. 1-3, 8vo, privately printed, Kyoto, 1907.
Hoyle, William E. 1885. Brief Notice of the "Challenger" Cephalopoda.
Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. "Challenger," Narrative, vol. 1, pp. 269-274 [1-7],
figs. 106-109.
1885a. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda collected during the
cruise of H. M. S. "Challenger." Part I. The Octopoda. Ann, Mag.
Nat. Hist., (5), vol. 15, pp. 222-236, March, 1885.
18856. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda collected during the
cruise of H. M. S. "Challenger." Part II. The Decapoda. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (5), vol. 16, pp. 181-203, September, 1885.
188oc. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda collected by H. M. S.
Challenger." Part I. The Octopoda. Proc. Roy. Soc, Edinburgh, vol.
13, pp. 94-114, cuts, August, 1885.
1885d. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda collected bv H. M. S.
Challenger." Part II. The Decapoda. Proc. Roy. Soc/ Edinburgh,
vol. 13, pi>. 281-310, cuts, 1885.
1886. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by H. M. S. "Challenger"
■luring the years 1873-76. Rep. Sci. Rj?s. Voy. "Challenger," vol. 16,
part 44, pp. i-vi, 1-240, pis. 1-33, 1886.
Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda. Proc. Roij. Phys. Soc.
Edinburgh, 1886, pp. 205-267 [1-63].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441
1897. A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda. Supplement, 1887-96.
Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1897, pp. 363-375 [1-13].
1904. Reports on the dredging operations off the West Coast of Central
America .... carried on by the .... "Albatross" .... XXIX. Re-
ports on the scientific results of the expedition to the Eastern Tropical
Pacific .... by the .... "Albatross" .... V. Reports on the Ceph-
alopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, vol. 43, pp. 1-71, pis. 1-12, 7 figs, in
text, March, 1904.
1904a. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by Professor Herdman,
at Ceylon, in 1902. Rep. Govt. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Gulf of
Manaar. Supplementary Report XIV., pp. 185-200, pis. 1-3.
1905. The Cephalopoda, in Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and
Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 2, suppl. 1, pp. 975-988, text figs. 144-153,
pi. 95.
1909. A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda. Second Supplement.
1897-1906. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 17, pp. 254-299, October,
1909.
1910. A List of the Generic Names of Dibfanchiate Cephalopoda with
their Type Species. Abhandl. Senckerib. Nat.-freund. Gesellsch., vol. 32,
pp. 407-413. Frankfurt, 1910.
I.iiMA, I., and Ikeda, S. 1895. Description of Opisthoteuthis depressa, n. sp.
Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 8, pp. 1-15, pi. 33.
1902. Notes on a specimen of Amphitretus obtained in the Sagami Sea.
Annotat. Zool. Japon.^ vol. 4, pp. 85-101, 3 figs, in text, pi. 2, August, 1902.
Jatta, Giuseppe. 1896. I Cefalopodi viventi nel Golfo di Napoli (Siste-
matica). Fauna und Flora Golf. Neapel, Monog. 23, 268 pp., 31 pis.
Joubin, Louis. 1894. Cephalopodes d'Amboine. Revue suisse de Zool.,
vol. 2, pp. 23-64, pis. 1-4.
1897. Observations sur divers Cephalopodes. Deuxieme note. Octopus
punctatus Gabb (1). Mem. Soc. zool. France, vol. 10, pp. 110-113, pi. 9.
1897a. Observations sur divers Cephalopodes. Troisieme note. Ceph-
alopodes du Musee Polytechnique de Moscou. Bull. Soc. zool. France, vol.
22, pp. 98-104.
1898. Sur quelques cephalopodes du Musee royal de Leyde et descrip-
tion de trois especes nouvelles. Notes Leyden Mus., vol. 20, pp. 21-28.
1902. Revision des Sepiolidse. Mem. Soc. zool. France, vol. 15, pp.
80-145, 38 figs, in text.
Keferstein, W. 1866. In Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs:
Weichthiere (Malacozoa). 2 vols., Leipzig and Heidelberg, 1862-1866.
L\m\rck, J. B. P. A. de. 1799. Memoires d'Histoire naturelle, vol. 1, Paris,
1799.
Lesson, R. P. 1830. Mollusques, in Voyage autour du Monde, etc., de la
Coquille. Zoologie, vol. 2, Paris, 1830.
Lk'htenstein, K. M. H. 1818. Onychoteuthis, Sepien mit Krallen. Isis,
pp. 1591-1592, pi. 19.
Linxe, Carl von. 1758. Systema Naturae. Edit. X, Holmise, 1758.
Lischke, C. E. 1869. Japanische Meeres-Conchylien. 3 vols., 4to, Cassel,
1869.
Marchand, Werner. 1907. Der mannliche Leitungsapparat der Dibran-
chiaten. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 86, pp. 311-415, with 66 figs, in text.
M'Coy, Frederick. [1888. Prodr. Zool. Victoria, dec. XVII. ]
Mever, Werner T. 1908. Ueber den mannlichen Geschlechtsapparat von
Opisthoteuthis depressa (Ijima und Ikeda). Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 29, pp.
758-760.
1906a. Die Anatomic von Opisthoteuthis depressa (Ijima und Ikeda).
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 85, Bd. 2, pp. 183-269, 16 text figs., pis. 11-16
(also separately printed and paged, Leipzig, 1906).
Middendokff, A. T. 1849. Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologica Rossica. II.
Mem. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petersbourg (6), vol, 6, pp. 329-610, pis. 1-21.
Mitsukuri, K., and Ikeda, S. [1895. Notes on a gigantic Cephalopod.
Zool. Mag. Tokyo, vol. 7, pp. 39-50, 1 pi.]
29
442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Nakf \dolf 1912. Teuthologische Notizen. 1. Die Familien der Mvopsiden.
Zoolog. Ameig., vol. 39, pp. 241-248, March, 1912.
1912a. Teuthologische Notizen. 3. Die Arten der Gattungen Sepiola
und Sepietta. Zoolog. Anzeig., vol. 39, pp. 262-271, figs, la-le, 2a-2d,
March, 1912. r^
Nishikawa, T. [1906. Mezurashiki Ika. [On a rare Cephalopod.] Dobuts.
Z. Tokyo, vol. 18, pp. 109-113].
[1906a. Fuyu-sei Ika-ran no ichi rei. [A case of pelagic Cephalopod
eggs.] Dobuts. Z., Tokyo, vol. 18, pp. 310-314.]
d'Orbigni Alcide. 1S26. Tableau met hodique de la classe des Cephalopodes.
Ann. Sri. Nat. (1), vol. 7, pp. 95-169.
1845. Mollusques vivants et fossiles. Vol. I and Atlas, Paris, 1845.
d'Orbigny, Alcide, and Ferussac, A. de. [1834-1848. Histoire naturalle
generate et particuliere des cephalopodes acetabuliferes, vivants et fossiles.
Paris, 1834-1848.]
Ortmann, A. 1888. Japanische Cephalopoden. Zool. Jahrb., vol. 3, pp.
639-670, pis. 20-25.
1891. Cephalopoden von Ceylon. Zool. Jahrb., vol. 5, pp. 669-678, pi. 46.
Owen, Richard. 1881. Descriptions of some new and rare Cephalopoda
(Part II). Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 11, pp. 131-170, 3 figs, in text,
pis. 23-35, June, 1881.
Pfeffer, Georg. 1884. Die Cephalopoden des Hamburger Naturhistorischen
Museums. Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg VIII, 1, pp. 1-30, pis. 1-3.
— — 1900. Synopsis der cegopsiden Cephalopoden. Mitteil. Naturhist. Mus.
Hamburg XVII, pp. 147-198.
Pilsbry, Henry A. 1894. Notices of New Japanese Mollusks, I. Nautilus,
vol. 7, pp. 143-144, April, 1894.
1895. Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of Japan. F. Stearns, Detroit,
1895.
Quoy, J. R. C, and Gaimard, J. P. 1832. Zoologie, in Voyage de l'Astrolabe,
pendant les annees 1826-29, etc. Vol. 2, Paris, 1832.
Rafinesque, C. S. [1814. Precis des Decouvertes Somiologiques on Zoo-
logiques et Botanique. Palermo, 1814.]
Risso, A. [1826. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe
meridionale, etc. Vol. 4, Paris, 1826.]
de Rochebrtjne, A. T. [1884. Etude monographique de la famille des Sepiadse.
Bull. Soc. Philomat. Paris (7), vol. 8, pp. 74-122, pis. 3-6.]
Schauinsland, 1899. Drei Monate auf einer Koralleninsel (Laysan). Bremen,
1899.
Solander, D. [1786. Portland Catalogue.]
Steenstrup, Japetus. 1857. Hectocotylus-formation in Argonauta and
Tremoctopus explained by observations on similar formations in the Cepha-
lopoda in general. [Translated from the German of Prof. Troschel by W. S.
Dallas.] Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (2), vol. 20, pp. 81-114, pis. 2, 3.
1875. Hemisepius, en ny Slaegt af .Sepza-Blaeksprutt ernes Familie, med
Bemaerkninger om *Sepio-Formerne i Almindelighed. Vid. Selsk. Skrift.,
(5), vol. 10, pp. 465-482, I-IV, pis. 1, 2.
1880. Orientering i de Ommatostrephagtige Blaeksprutters inbyrdes
Forhold. Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., pp. 73-110, 1 pi. and text fig.
1880o. Sepiella Gray, Stp. Vid. Meddel. nat. Foren. Kiobenhavn,
1880, pp. 347-356, figs. 1-8.
1881. Sepiadarium og Idiosepius, to nye Slaegter af Sepiernes Familie.
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift., (6), vol. 1, pp. 213-242, pi. 1.
1881a. Professor Verrils to nye Cephalopodslaegter: Sthenoteuthis og
!.<-stoteuthis. Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1881, pp. 1-27, pi. 1.
1882. Notae Teuthologicae. 1-4. Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh.,
pp. 143-168 [1-26].
>7. Notae Teuthologicae. 6. Species generis Sepiolae Maris Mediter-
inei. Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1887, pp. 47-66 [1-20].
sTotse Teuthologicae. 7. Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. 1887,
pp. 67-126 [21-80].
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443
Troschel, F. H. 1857. Bemerkungen liber die Cephalopoden von Messina.
Archiv fur Naturgesch., Jahrg. 23, vol. 1, pp. 40-76, pis. 4, 5.
Tryon, Gsjorge W., Jr. 1879. Cephalopoda. Manual of Conchology (1).
vol. 1, 316 pp., 112 pis., 8vo, Philadelphia, 1879.
Verany, J. B. [1851. Mollusques mediterraneans, observes, decrits, figures
et chromolithographies d'apres le vivant, I. Cephalopodes de la Mediter-
ranee. Genes, 1851.]
Verrill, Addison E. 1881. The Cephalopods of the North-eastern coast of
America. Part II. The Smaller Cephalopods, including the Squids and
the Octopi, with other allied forms. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Sci., vol. 5,
pp. 259-446, pis. 26-56, June, 1880-December, 1881.
1882. Report on the Cephalopods of the Northeastern coast of America.
Rep. U. S. Com. Fish and Fisheries 1879, pp. 211-455 [1-245], pis. 1-46,
Washington, 1882.
Wulker, Gerhard. 1910. Ueber Japanische Cephalopoden. Beitrage zur
Kenntnis der Systematik und Anatomie der Dibranchiaten. Abhandl.
II Kl. K. Akad. Wiss., Ill Suppl., Bd. 1. Abhandl., 71 pp., 5 pis., Miinchen,
1910.
Explanation of Plates V-IX.
Plate V. — Fig. 1. — Stoloteuthis nipponensis tf, dorsal aspect of type, X 2|; [32].
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Fig. 3. — Right lateral view of same, same scale.
Fig. 4. — Enlarged view of left tentacle club of same.
Fig. 5. — Inioteuthis japonica d", dorsal aspect of cotype, X 2; [112].
Plate VI. — Fig. 1. — Euprymna morsel 9 , dorsal aspect of cotype, X 2; [105].
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Fig. 3. — Sepioteuthis lessoniana c?, ventral view of specimen from Waka-
noura, X i; [36].
Fig. 4i.—Ommastrephes sloanii, inner aspect of right third arm of specimen
from Hakodate, nearly natural size; [257].
Fig. 5. — Sepioteuthis lessoniana 9 dorsal aspect of gladius [35].
Plate VII. — Fig. 1. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , dorsal view of cotype, nearly
natural size; [147].
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Fig. 3. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , dorsal view of type, same scale as pre-
ceding; [147].
Fig. 4. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Plate VIII. — Fig. 1. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , dorsal view of specimen from
Misaki, nearly natural size; [279].
Fig. 2. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Fig. 3. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , dorsal view of another specimen from
Misaki, same scale as preceding; [279].
Fig. 4. — Ventral view of same, same scale.
Plate IX. — Fig. 1. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9, tip of left ventral arm, outer
aspect, much enlarged; [147].
Fig. 2. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9, left eye of type, lateral aspect; much
enlarged; [147].
Fig. 3. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , right eye of type, ventral aspect showing
arrangement of photophores; same scale as preceding; [147]. The
eyeball has protruded itself through the lid opening.
Fig. 4. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9, inner aspect of left ventral arm; X 4;
U47l-
Fig. 5. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , funnel of cotype laid open from below
to show the funnel organ; X 5; [147].
444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,
Fig. G. — Abraliopsis scintillans 9 , left tentacle club of cotype, inner aspect,
drawn from a mount in balsam; X 13; [147].
Fig. 7. — Sepia formosana, left tentacle club of type, inner aspect; X 2§;
[361]. Drawn by John H. Paine.
>te. — Plates VII and VIII and figs. 3 and 4 of PJate VI are from photographs
by Mr. John H. Paine, of Stanford University. The remaining illustrations
with the exception of fig. 7 on Plate IX were drawn by Miss Lora Woodhead,
of Stanford University.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
445
A NEW SPECIES OF VERTIGO FROM FLORIDA.
BY E. G. VANATTA.
Vertigo hebardi n. sp.
Shell umbilicate; rather short; oval; very small, fragile,
corneous; whorls 3|, convex, the first smooth, penultimate irregu-
larly striate, body whorl with a few growth striae. Aperture semi-
ovate, provided with 5 teeth, parietal lamella very high and long,
angular much lower and shorter than parietal,
columellar very strong and directed downward,
the two palatals are high and short. No
crest behind the outer lip.
Alt. 1.25, diam. .84 mm.
This species is much smaller than V. rugosula
St. and does not have such long palatals;
it is smaller than V. oralis St. and has fewer
teeth, also lacks the impression on the outer lip.
Type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences -of
Philadelphia; Number 106,359; picked from leaf -mould collected
on Long Key, Florida, by Mr. Morgan Hebard. It was associated
with Chondropoma dentatum Say, Helicina clappi Pils., H. tantilla
Pils., Polygyra c. carpenteriana Bid., Thysanophora incrustata Poey,
T. selenina Gld., T. cceca Guppy> T. plagioptycha Shutt., Yitrea
dalliana 'Simps.' Pils., Varicella g. floridana Pils., Succinea floridana
Pils., and 19 specimens of Drymmus multilineatus Say, two of which
are almost entirely black.
440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,
OBSERVATIONS 05 THE STRUCTURE OF SOME CORAL BEDS IN THE
HAMILTON SHALE.
BY BURNETT SMITH.
In the majority of the Paleozoic systems layers of rock occasionally
occur which are made up in large part of the remains of corals.
These coral masses in the attitudes and in the mutual crowding of
their individuals, as well as in their general field relations, exhibit
conclusive evidence that they lie in the position of original growth.
From certainly the Silurian upward we find among such coral layers
many which in structure approach, to a greater or less degree, the
reefs of existing seas. Such fossil reefs are, as might be expected,
more abundant in the limestones, and probably the Silurian and
Devonian rocks of this type furnish us with the best examples which
are to be found throughout the North American Paleozoic series.1
In most cases, however, the reefs can be studied for only a small
part of their extent. For instance, the Onondaga limestone of
New York State is in many localities and through much of its thick-
ness nothing more than an old reef, but here, as a rule, only a small
horizontal section is exposed and the delimiting of the actual margins
of the coral masses must be left to the field of conjecture. In the
later Hamilton shale of the same region corals are a rather incon-
spicuous element when compared with the rich fauna of brachiopods
and mollusks. Locally, however, we find in the shales layers which
are composed of corals to the practical exclusion of other forms of
ife. Such layers are, in the main, of small thickness, and in studying
them we are again confronted with the usual limited horizontal
exposure. The coral reefs (if they can be dignified with the term)
which form the basis for this description are an exception in this
hot respect, for they present a large and very beautiful exposure of
about a mile along the eastern shore of Skaneateles Lake, in Onon-
daga County, New York.
For purposes of convenience in presentation it is advisable to
consider these structures under the following headings: (1) The
Chamberlin, in Geology of Wisconsin, vol. I, 1873-79; C. J. Sarle,
ncan Geologist, November, 1901, pp. 282-299 (chiefly Bryozoa), and
A. W. Grabau, in Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 14, p. 337 1903-4
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
447
Large Southern Reef; (2) The Channel, and (3) The Small Northern
Reef.
The Large Southern Reef. — As we follow the shore of the lake
northwestward from Spafford Landing (Skaneateles Quadrangle,
U. S. G. S.), the corals first appear above water level on the north
side of a small point known locally under the terms Ivy Point and
also Willow Point. The reef at its first appearance ranges from
3.5 feet to 4 feet thick and is made up almost entirely of the hard
parts of Zaphrentis, Heliophyllum, and Cystiphyllum, together with
the silt which filled the interstices between the growing corals and
brought an end to their growth. The reef maintains this uniform
character and thickness as far northwestward as the point known
locally as Staghorn Point — a distance of approximately two-thirds
of a mile. From Ivy Point the reef rises gradually for a ways, then
runs with little or no dip well up toward Staghorn Point, where the
N W
Otaiylwn It
Diagrammatic northwest-southeast section of the Staghorn Point Coral
Masses in the Hamilton Shale of Skaneateles Lake, N. Y.
Reefs in solid black. Shales in lines. Channel and reef-margin deposits in
lines and dots. S = Southern Reef. C = Channel. N = Northern Reef.
dip increases. Its base is from 1 to 2 feet above high-water
mark just south of Staghorn Point. Throughout this distance
(from Ivy Point to Staghorn Point) the reef is apparently entirely
conformable with the beds above and below. It is underlaid by
thickly bedded hard limy shale, which carries a characteristic Hamil-
ton fauna rich in brachiopods and mollusks. It is immediately
overlaid by shales carrying a sparse fauna, the typical Hamilton
assemblage reappearing a few feet above the reef. In the reef
itself the species of brachiopods and mollusks, so abundant through-
out the rest of the Hamilton, are almost entirely lacking.
Just north of Staghorn Point the base of the reef is about 5 feet
above the lake level and its thickness has fallen to about 3 feet.
For a distance of about 700" feet northward the reef rises until it is
448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,
finally about 8 feet above the level of the lake, while during this
rise it thins rapidly down to about 9 inches in thickness. Throughout
this thinning it still maintains the same conformable relations with
the thickly bedded shales below and the thinly bedded shales above,
as were observed south of Staghorn Point.
The reef now takes a sharp drop toward the north and thin layers
of corals and limy shales fan away from it (PI. X, PI. XI, fig. 1).
A- we approach lake level the mass of corals thickens, but it is soon
lost again in the complex of thin interbedded layers. We are here
evidently on the northern border of the southern reef.
The Channel. — The space between the reef above described and
that which lies to the north was evidently an open channel during
most of the time when the corals of the two reefs flourished. The
abrupt descent of the fanning layers from both reefs toward mid-
channel and the discordance with the uniform southerly dip of the
shales which later overwhelmed the reefs point conclusively to
contemporaneous erosion for an explanation of the observed phenom-
ena. This channel was gradually filled with limy silt, and occa-
sionally an invasion of undersized corals ventured out into the
currents only to be stifled by more silt without attaining maturity.
These conditions are recorded by from 7 to 8 feet of thin limy shales
and interbedded colonies of scattered corals. Ripple marks and
cross-bedding in the limy layers bear witness to the shallowness as
well as to the motion of the water in this old channel.
The Small Northern Reef. — At the southern edge of this small reef
the conditions observed at the northern margin of the larger southern
reef are duplicated. A thick mass of corals occurs near the lake
level. These corals rise rapidly and during their rise from the lake
the beds deposited in the old channel are seen to fan away from them.
The reef rises sharply to a height of 10 feet above the lake, and here
it is little more than a foot in thickness. Followed a short distance
north, the conditions on the southern edge are again met with, the
reef descends rapidly, thickens, and thin limy shales and coral
colonies fan away from the main mass. Just north of the reef border
this series of thin, ripple-marked, limy shales and seams of corals is
about 9 or 10 feet thick. These beds, which owe their origin to the
coral growths and to the disintegration of the corals, maintain their
character for some distance along the lake shore — that is, for some
tance away from the reef (PI. XI, fig. 3), but, being reef -margin
dep< heir distinctive features disappear as the distance from
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449
the reef increases, and we can observe a gradual lateral transition
into contemporaneous shale of the typical Hamilton fades.2
Sequence of Events. — In interpreting the observed facts we can
assume with reasonable certainty that a local shallowing of the
Hamilton Sea combined with an introduction of clearer water cur-
rents produced the conditions which were favorable to the growth
of the corals. The limy shales were followed by communities of
corals. During the growth of these beds currents kept a channel
excavated in the northern portion of the region of coral *growth.
This channel was slowly filled with lime mud derived from the
growing reefs and by invading colonies of corals, which latter,
however, were never able to maintain their existence for long in the
waters of the channel. Lime muds also derived from the reefs
spread out for a small space around the northern margin of the
area of coral growth.
When the channel between the two reefs was nearly filled with
lime mud, the whole reef area was overwhelmed by fine land-derived
clay muds. This effectually stopped the growth of the reefs, exter-
minating the corals and reintroducing the prevalent fauna of the
Hamilton Seas.
Correlations.
As far as the author has been able to learn, the few references to
the Staghorn Point coral masses which are to be found in geological
literature are rather short and incidental. In view, however, of
the advisability of correlating these reefs with one of the various
Hamilton coral-bearing beds which occur in other portions of the
county and of the State, the author believes it pertinent to mention
here such references as are known to him.
In 1886 Mr. E. B. Knapp,3 in a paper read before the Educational
Council of Onondaga County and published at a later date, speaks
of the principal collecting grounds for corals in the local Hamilton.
We find also that he gives 6 feet as the thickness of the "old coral
reef" at Staghorn Point.
Schneider,4 in 1894, speaks very briefly of "the ancient coral reef
at Staghorn Point" as an excellent collecting ground for cyatho-
phylloid corals, but makes no mention of the size or structure of the
reef.
2 We have good negative evidence that the section above described is near
the western limit of the coral masses, for considerable search has failed to disclose
any reefs on the western shore of Skaneateles Lake.
3 Knapp, E. B., Glimpses of the Geology of Onondaga County, p. 5.
4 .Schneider, P. F., Notes on the Geology of Onondaga County, Syracuse, 1894.
450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,
Luther,5 in his Economic Geology of Onondaga County, New York
(p. 282), saj's: "On the east shore, near Staghorn Point, is a very
remarkable bed of fossil corals. It is a solid mass of cyathophylloid
or cup corals, together with other genera. It is 5 feet thick at the
thickest place, and is exposed along the shore, near the level of the
water, for a distance of a quarter of a mile or more. Thousands of
specimens, some of them 10 or 12 inches long, and sufficiently sug-
gestive of staghorns to give the name to the point, are in sight in
the lay#r or loose in the water. This coral reef, or a similar one at
about the same horizon, is exposed at Lord's Hill, several miles
northeast, and along the hillside wTest of Otisco Lake. From its
position it seems probable that this bed is the eastern extension of
the Encrinal band of the western counties, which abounds in cyatho-
phylloid corals of the same species."
Cleland,6 in his Fauna of the Hamilton Formation of the Cayuga
Lake Section in Central New York (p. 85), after refering to Luther's
observations, says: "Since in Ontario, Seneca, and Cayuga Counties
the most abundant coral faunas are in the Basal Hamilton, either
this coral reef at Skaneateles Lake is (1) a continuation of the stratum
called the 'Basal Hamilton,' which is several hundred feet above
the Alarcellus shales in the Cayuga Lake section, or (2) the Encrinal,
or (3) the union of (1) and (2), or (4) a separate stratum." Lower
on the same page we find: "East of Cayuga Lake the correlation
of the coral zones is yet to be worked out. However, conditions of
sedimentation, such as would produce a limestone stratum anywhere
in the Middle Hamilton, would be adapted to and contain what
might be called a limestone fauna which would not differ materially
from the fauna of the Encrinal; and whether this stratum were
continuous or not, the same association of fossil would probably
exist."
Leaving the interesting question of the possible equivalency of
the Staghorn Point reefs with "the Encrinal" or some other of the
western lime bands, let us return to the much nearer coral layers
which are found to the east and northeast of Staghorn Point.
Luther's locality of "Lord's Hill" I have so far been unable to
identify with absolute certainty, but the exposures on the "hillside
west of Otisco Lake" are numerous and probably most of them have
been visited. These latter are known to exhibit an approximately
northwest and southeast outcrop for about 3 miles, and as the
5 Luther, D. D., Rep. N. Y. State Geologist, 1895.
6 Cleland, H. F., Bull. 206, U. S. G. S.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451
lower limit of the corals ranges in altitude between 1,000 feet and
1,060 feet it is reasonable to assume that the exposures trend not
far from the line of strike. The coral beds of the Otisco Valley
present certain differences from the Staghorn Point masses. In
the first place, the coralline strata are usually thicker, probably 10
feet thick at the northernmost exposure examined, while at a ravine
cutting across the north and south road which leads to the Otisco
causeway7 we find two beds of corals — a lower one of undetermined
thickness at 1,000 feet altitude separated by non-coralline shales
from an upper bed which is at least 30 feet thick. The Otisco
exposures are for the most part in very narrow gullies choked with
debris, and though there can be no doubt that they represent an
essentially continuous system, the exact structure is hardly deter-
minable.
The question then naturally arises as to whether or no these
Otisco Valley reefs are the contemporaries and the stratigraphic
equivalents of the Staghorn Point reefs. Checks with a reliable
reference plane are hard to make in the Otisco Valley, but the coral
masses appear to lie about 300 feet below the base of the Tully
limestone, while in the Skaneateles Valley the corresponding differ-
ence is about 360 feet. Considering the great variations in thickness
which these coral masses exhibit, we are, it is believed, justified in
regarding this evidence as pointing to essential stratigraphic equiva-
lency.
Regarding, then, the Otisco Valley and the Staghorn Point masses
as a practically contemporaneous system of coral bodies growing
in the same sea, it is advisable to notice here two other Onondaga
County exposures — those near the hamlets of Vesper and Joshua
(Tully Quadrangle, U. S. G. S.).
The Vesper Reef is exposed in the Fellows Falls ravine and has
been mentioned very briefly by Clarke8 and Luther as "exposed in
the Fellows Falls ravine 3 miles west of Tully. " This bed is about
6 feet and 4 inches thick and lies approximately 350 feet below the
Tully limestone or in practical agreement with the Staghorn Point
reefs.
The coral layers near Joshua9 lie at a much higher altitude than
any of the others and their exact horizon is much less susceptible of
precise determination. They are exposed between the 1,180 and
7 The causeway is represented in an unfinished condition on the topographic
map of the Skaneateles Quadrangle (U. S. G. S.).
8 Clarke, John M., and Luther, D. D., N. Y. Slate Museum Bull. 82, p. 48.
9 This is presumably Luther's "Lord's Hill" locality. See pi. 79, Lot 218,
in Sweet's New Atlas of Onondaga County, New York, 1874.
452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,.
1,300 feet contours about 1| miles southeast of Joshua and
some nine miles from Staghorn Point in a northeasterly direc-
As this line corresponds quite closely to the general direction
of dip of the Hamilton shales, the difference in altitude in no way
precludes the stratigraphic equivalency of the Joshua and Staghorn
Point beds. Though the horizontal exposure is very limited at the
Joshua locality, we are furnished with quite an extensive vertical
section. Enough is revealed to allow us to say that here we have
an upper reef some 65 feet thick separated by barren shales from one
or more thinner reefs.
Allowing, then, essential contemporaneity for the Onondaga County
coral masses already mentioned, it is well in passing to say that
other coral-bearing localities to the east of Vesper and Joshua have
not yet been visited, while to the west of Staghorn Point the absence
of definite reefs in the Skaneateles Valley renders Luther's suggestion
of correlation with the "Encrinal band" still an open question.
The- Coral-bearing Drift of the Otisco Valley. — Along the eastern
side of the Otisco Valley exposures of the bed rock are, on the whole,
quite rare. So far none of the exposures examined have shown
coral beds in situ. The glacial drift, on the other hand, is very high
in cyathophylloid corals.
The ultimate source of drift inclusions is always open to some
question, but in the present case the corals, besides being specifically
identical with those of the Hamilton reefs, are also of the same
general size and in many cases carry adherent fragments of the
Hamilton matrix.10 After the examination of a large number of
specimens the author believes that no reasonable doubt can exist
as to the origin of these fossils.
In places the drift is so packed with corals as to preclude the
theory of transportation for any considerable distance. Every-
thing, in fact, points to a very local source, and unless we ascribe
this to the Joshua reefs alone, it is believed that we are warranted
in assuming the presence of extensive though drift-covered Hamilton
reefs along the eastern wall of the Otisco Valley. Though the
exact horizon of such hypothetical reefs must, of course, remain
in doubt, the probabilities are that it coincides quite closely with the
horizon of those Hamilton reefs which we can see in place.
In view of the great number of corals in the local Onondaga limestone,
and in view of the fact that the Hamilton species are also found in the limestone,
night be urged that some of this is Onondaga drift. The Hamilton reefs are,
, made up almost entirely of Zaphrentis, Heliophyllum, and Cystiphyllum,
)nondaga contains not only many additional genera of corals, but an
associated Brachiopods, Bryozoa, Crinoid stems, etc. These
s have not been found in the Otisco Valley drift.
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 453
Summary.
From the observations briefly outlined in this paper, it is believed
that we can draw the following conclusions concerning the geological
history of this area in central New York: (1) During Hamilton
time a considerable surface of the sea-bottom shallowed, this shallow-
ing being accompanied by the introduction of clear ocean currents
with the resultant cessation or at least interruption of mud deposition.
(2) These physical changes of sea-bottom and of sea produced
conditions favorable to the growth and development of the same
coral fauna throughout the greater part of the area. The coral
growths varied greatly in thickness with the locality. In places
they endured for a considerable time, while in other nearby situations
the growth was discontinuous and the history is recorded in the
strata by thin interbedded coral bands and limy shales — the probable
records of old channels.
(3) Though these changes, physical and faunal, were of short
duration when compared with the whole of Hamilton time, they
nevertheless represent perhaps the most striking episode in the
history of the Hamilton Sea in this area, namely, a transitory return
to Onondaga-like conditions, followed again by the mud-bearing
waters and the mud-loving fauna of the typical Hamilton.
Among the unsolved problems connected with these reefs perhaps
of most importance are the following:
(a) Correlation with coral-bearing horizons in the western portion
of the State.
(6) Determination of the direction from which the faunal and
environmental invasion came.
(c) Possible correlation with some important, though perhaps
distant, crustal movement.
Acknowledgments are due to Mr. Sedgwick Smith, of Harvard
University, for assistance in the field, and to Mrs. Ethel Ostrander
Smith, who photographed the reef structures under rather difficult
conditions.
Explanation of Plates X and XI.
Plate X. — Coral layers fanning away from the northern margin of the Southern
Reef (see text figure, S) near Staghorn Point, Skaneateles Lake, N. Y.
Eroded shale (a) below, followed by fan or wedge-shaped reef-margin deposits
(6), with thinly, bedded shale (c) at the top.
Plate XI. — Reef and reef -margin deposits near Staghorn Point, Skaneateles
Lake, N. Y.
Fig. 1. — Coral layers fanning away from the northern margin of the Southern
454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,
Reef (text figure, S). Illustrates the abrupt northward (to the left) descent
of the marginal deposits (b) into the channel (see text figure, C) and the
truncation of the southward dipping shale (a) below.
Fig. 2. — Northern margin of the Southern Reef. In this figure the reef itself
cannot be distinguished, but its base is shown by the top of the truncated
shale below the reef. The discordance between the line of truncation
(x, y) and the southward dip of the shale above the reef is also illustrated.
Fig. 3. — Reef-margin deposits about the northern border of the Northern
Reef (see text figure, N). These deposits lie beyond the area in which
fanning occurs and their alternating hard and soft layers are essentially
parallel. The hard layers are limy and the soft layers are friable shale.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE II.
4
WHERRY: SUN-CRACKS AND RINGING ROCKS.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE III.
\>&i
WHERRY: SILICIFIED WOOD.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE IV.
irt tiiimiiiiai
npiiii. m
A
^*Sm
WHERRY: SILICIFIED WOOD.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
TLATE V
BERRY: JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191'2.
PLATE VI.
BERRY. JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE VII.
BERRY: JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE VIII.
BERRY: JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE IX.
>1
<%
BERRY: JAPANESE CEPHALOPODA.
c
x
w
-3
Q
O
M
>
r
a
d
X
PI
r
-J
o
z
in
>
p]
C
p
>
>
p
>
H
w
o
13
X
r
>
CD
to
13
r
>
H
M
X
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XI.
\ far
3
■ %
BURNETT SMITH : CORAL BEDS IN THE HAMILTON SHALE.
X
w
p
<
p
S
fc
o
en
P
o
2
S
o
CO
Oi
< ^
PC
P
E-
<
o
>-
w
p
<^
o
<
h
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455
NEW POLYCLADS FROM MONTEREY BAY, CALIFORNIA.
BY HAROLD HEATH AND ERNEST A. MCGREGOR.
The material serving as a basis for the present paper was collected
along the rocky beaches on the southern border of Monterey Bay
or was dredged in the shallow water off shore. That it does not
embrace all of the polyclads inhabiting this region is recognized,
but it probably includes the more common species, and will, it is
hoped, stimulate others to complete the list and extend their inves-
tigations into other localities bordering the western coast of North
America. It is a surprising fact that up to the present time, so far
as we can learn, but three species of these animals have been recorded
between Panama and the coast of Asia, a distance of over 7,000
miles. Stimpson's characteristically brief diagnosis of Leptoplana
maculosa is far from being exclusive, and accordingly must exist
as a nomen nudum. On the other hand, Miss Plehn's description
of Leptoplana calif ornica and Amblycereus luteus is accurate and
complete, as we know from specimens in hand.
Concerning the habits of these animals, we have unfortunately
little to say on the subject. In captivity practically all of the
species fail to thrive, and if they live at all withdraw into some
shaded nook or remain quiet for hours together. In their native
haunts they are even more retiring, and observations upon their
mode of life are very difficult. Planocera californica occupies sites
farthest removed from low-tide mark. Under stones or in crevices
of the rocks it finds a hiding place and a food supply consisting of
small animals together with scant quantities of diatoms. Through-
out the greater part of the year its egg masses, forming more or less
circular patches from two to six millimeters in diameter, appear like
encrusting plant growths concealed in crevices of the rocks or attached
to the under surfaces of boulders scattered on the beach. About
mean-tide mark and even higher on the shore where the surf breaks
strongly, and from such situations down to the low-tide mark,
nearly all of the species of Leptoplana find a home. Leptoplana
rupicola was encountered upon two occasions only attached to the
under surface of large rocks at about the limit of extreme low tide.
This is likewise the habitat of Leptoplana timida and Stylostomum
30
456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept..
califoi Nothing further is known concerning their mode of
life. Leploplana inquieta was dredged on one occasion in water
about six fathoms in depth; it is usually concealed in the burrows
coring mollusks (Penitella penita), and when dislodged
pr< to be an active, restless species incapable of living in
ptivity. Leploplana saxicola is peculiar in that it inhabits
small, elevated tide pools whose waters are changed only during
rough weather, when they are submerged in the dashing surf. A
growth of algae (Cladophora) frequently lines such pools, and in
its i'eltwork this species may be found in abundance, living upon
small mollusks, Crustacea, and an occasional rhabdocele, whose
remains have been found in the digestive tract. The species of
Eurylepla and Amblycereus are usually found in the rhizoids of the
brown kelp (Macrocyslis pyrijera). Amblycereus luteus is an active
swimmer, progressing by means of wave-like undulations of the
margins of the body. Most of the remaining species described in
the following pages were secured from collections made by students
attending the seaside laboratory of Stanford University at Pacific
drove and were gathered at low tide, though we have no accurate,
information concerning their exact habitat or mode of life.
The food of several of the species consists largely of minute organ-
isms in the plankton or small, strictly littoral species. In their
digestive tracts have been found small spores, unicellular plants,
especially diatoms, numerous sponge spicules, remains of amphipods
and isopods, multitudes of Sabella larvae, small annelids and the
radulse of gastropod mollusks. These substances frequently impart
a characteristic color to the animal, and several of the more trans-
parent species derive much of their apparent outward tint to materials
in the digestive tract, as is shown by keeping such animals in cap-
tivity without food until that already eaten has digested, when their
true color becomes apparent.
In the fixation of these animals the ordinary methods were" em-
ployed. Lang's formula particularly was used with good results,
but was slightly inferior to another solution that we devised during
the course of our study. To 4 parts of a saturated solution of corro-
sive sublimate 1 part of formaldehyde was added, and 100 parts of
this mixture were combined with 5 parts of glacial acetic acid. The
solution was used hot and usually was poured over the specimen,
though active, highly contractile individuals were often imprisoned
1 >etween two microscope slides lightly held together. When this last-
led device was employed, the specimen usually remained attached
1
1912. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457
to one of the slides, and in this position was passed through the
various grades of alcohol and cleared and mounted. In a few species
the active movements of the body may be inhibited to a considerable
degree by allowing them to remain for some time in sea water held
in small vessels, but in the greater number of cases the resulting
sluggishness is accompanied by an abnormal distortion of the body
that is difficult to overcome. Chloretone (aceto-chloroform) and
a number of other narcotizing agents were used from time to time,
but without much success, since the animals, even while compara-
tively active, would undergo a surprising degree of disassociation of
the tissues. Delafield's hematoxylin was usually employed as a
stain, occasionally with Orange G or rubin, and after such treatment
the specimens were generally examined in clove oil and finally
mounted in balsam.
Key to California. Species.
I. Without sucking disc on ventral surface Tribe Acotylea.
A. Nuchal tentacles present Family Planocerid^e.
a. Pharynx almost wholly in middle half of body; antrum-
masculinum continued close to dorsal surface as a
crescent-shaped blind sac; accessory sac 3-parted,
Planocera calif ornica.
aa. Pharynx nearly central; antrum-mascujinum normal: ac-
cessory sac normal,
b. Nuchal tentacles at beginning of second fourth of
body; ample pharynx with large deep folds; sex
openings rather close to posterior border of pharyn-
geal pocket Planocera burchami.
bb. Nuchal tentacles before end of first fifth of body;
pharynx small and weakly folded; gut branches
anastomosing; *sex openings far removed from
pharyngeal pocket and from posterior end of body,
Stijloehopla na calif ornica .
AA. Nuchal tentacles wanting Family Leptoplanid^e.
a. A single seminal vesicle Genus Leptoplana.
b. Separate sex openings.
c. Vasa deferentia anastomosing L. rupicola.
cc. Vasa deferentia unbranched; gut branches anas-
tomosing,
d. Pharynx central, deeply lobed; penis broad,
blunt; accessory sac lying wholly behind
the female opening L. timida.
dd. Pharynx considerably nearer the posterior end,
weakly folded; penis very long, attenuate;
accessory sac lying wholly before the female
opening : L. saxicola.
458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
bb. ( ommon sex opening.
c. Tentacle eyes small, numerous; cerebral eyes
minute, converging anteriorly L. californica.
cc. Tentacle eyes large, few; cerebral eyes not con-
verging L. inquieta.
aa. A pair of seminal vesicles Phylloplana litoricola.
II. With sucking disc on ventral surface Tribe Cotylea.
A. Numerous gut branches; tentacles appear as marginal folds;
pharynx folded Family Pseudocerid^e.
a. Approximately 50 pairs of gut branches,
Lichenoplana lepida.
AA. Few gut branches; solid marginal tentacles; pharynx without
folds Family Euryleptid^e.
a. Mouth and male sex opening a common aperture; female
pore before hind end of pharynx,
Stylostomum calif ornicvm.
aa. Mouth and male aperture not united; female opening
behind posterior end of pharynx.
b. Mouth immediately behind the brain which is close to
the anterior body margin; male aperture under
.front end of pharyngeal pocket; tentacles lacking,
Acer os langi.
bb. Mouth well removed from brain and body margin;
male aperture behind pharyngeal pocket or ventral
to posterior end of it; tentacles usually present.
c. Eyes lacking in region of tentacles; vasa deferentia
and uteri anastomosed; no uterus glands,
Anciliplana graffi.
cc. Eyes present in tentacle region.
d. A pair of uterus glands present; gut branches
and vasa deferentia not anastomosing,
Eurylepta aurantiaca.
dd. Uterus glands wanting; gut branches anas-
tomosed Genus Euryleptodes.
e. Granular gland present; vasa deferentia
unbranched.
f. Tentacles well developed E. cavicola.
ff. Tentacles absent or rudimentary,1
E. panmdus.
ee. Granular gland absent; vasa deferentia
elaborately anastomosed E. phyllvlus.
Tribus ACOTYLEA.
Without sucking disc. Mouth in middle of the body or behind it.
Pharynx ruff-like. Copulatory apparatus in the posterior end of
the body. Without tentacles or with nuchal tentacles.
1 Cf. page 485.
1912.1
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
459
Family PLANOCERID^E Lang, 1884.
With nuchal tentacles. Mouth about the middle of the body.
Penis directed backward.
Genus PLANOCERA. de Blainville, 1828.
With slender, pointed nuchal tentacles well removed from the
anterior end of the body. Separated sex openings a considerable
distance from the posterior end. Eyes on bases of tentacles and
in the brain area.
Planocera californica sp. nov.
This species is fairly abundant along the southern coast of Mon-
terey Bay, and to the south for at least thirty-four miles. It usually
occurs above mean tide in crevices of the rocks and beneath boulders
on the beach. The ground color is light transparent olive, upon
which a system of chocolate-colored markings occur, corresponding
closely to the position of the digestive tract. A long bar of this
color extends along the mid-dorsal line from the front of the brain
to the reproductive openings, sending off lateral branches along its
course which ramify to the body margin. On the ventral surface
of the animal the tissues are unpigmented and the somatic muscles
are of whitish cast and so opaque that the internal organs are
invisible.
The largest specimen (PI. XVIII, fig. 39) measured 24 mm. in
length by 14 mm. in width, and the oval or broadly elliptical body
is of very firm consistency. Nipple-like retractile tentacles occur
immediately before the
end of the first fifth of . .
• • ••
the body. The eyes
(text fig. 1) occur in the
two usual groups — one,
consisting of about
ninety large ocelli in
each of the tentacle clus-
ters distributed in and
about the tentacles in
somewhat spindle-
shaped areas diverging
anteriorly, while the
other, the cerebral set,
comprises about sixty-
five smaller eyes, commencing at the level of the posterior border of
4
• • ».. .
r-
.**-..
».
'■'k
Fig. 1. — Eyes of Planocera californica.
460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
the brain and extending directly forward along the sides of this
organ fo a point a little farther from the brain than its length.
The mouth (PL XVIII, fig. 39), situated somewhat in front of the
the body, opens into the pharnyx, which is placed almost
entirely in front of the centre of the animal. Its length is between
-third and one-fourth that of the body, and is devoid of diver-
ticula although it is moderately folded. The rather narrow main
gut, of about the same length as the pharyngeal pocket, bears six
or seven pairs of lateral branches with occasional alternating out-
pouching^. A median branch crosses the brain, and it like the
others is without anastomoses.
It is evident that this species is carnivorous, as both the type and
cotype contain radulse of some gastropod mollusk. In one individual
a radula occupies the anterior branch of the gut, extending across
the brain, and shows signs of disintegration under the action of the
digestive juice. Also in many of the gut pouches isolated teeth are
to be seen in considerable numbers.
The brain is situated at the beginning of the second sixth of the
body length, and is unusually clearly bilobed. The accompanying
groups of granules (Kornerhaufen) are clearly evident, but the
nerves, even in sections, are very indistinct, and accordingly no
attempt has been made to determine their distribution.
The testes are ventrally distributed, but are not clearly united
with the sperm capillaries, nor have these last-named canals been
seen to unite with the vasa deferentia. Each vas deferens appears
to originate at about the level of the male aperture, from which point
each pursues its course directly forward as a convoluted, unbranched
duct until abreast of the posterior end of the pharyngeal pocket
where it bends suddenly inward and backward, finally opening
beside its fellow into the small seminal vesicle (PL XV, fig. 24)
located immediately posterior to the pharynx. The posterior
contracted end of the seminal vesicle is continuous with the immense,
spindle-shaped, granular gland whose walls are more or less con-
tinuous with the tissue of the penis. The slender penis is of an
unusual type in that it is curved upward (PL XVI, fig. 32) and opens
into a large cup-shaped cavity that is a dorsal continuation of the
antrum masculinum. Several chitin-like spurs project into this
space from its anterior wall. Ventrally the antrum is modified to
form a long, slender passage, which opens to the exterior ventral to
the above-described cavity.
'he ovaries are in large measure dorsal, and in a few locations
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461
have been seen to connect with what appears to be an anastomosing
series of canals. The uteri are very distinct in the cotype, and are
united anteriorly immediately in front of the pharynx. Relatively
small ova occur throughout their entire length, save in the immediate
neighborhood of the median egg canal. This last-named tube
(PI. XV, fig. 24) is continued posteriorly, and opens into the central
region of the accessory sac, which in this species consists of three
large pouches of equal size, the usual median one and an anterior
pair bordering the egg canal. Anteriorly, the egg canal expands into
the ample bursa, abundantly supplied with glands, that opens to
the exterior not far behind the male aperture.
Planocera burchami sp. nov.
This species is represented by five individuals collected in Monterey
Bay at a depth of ten fathoms. The color in alcohol was at first a
brownish-pink over the pharyngeal area, with a dark brown line
along the middle of the dorsal surface marking the position of the
main gut. From the pharyngeal area outward, the color gradually
changes to a creamy-pink in the neighborhood of the body margin.
The entire, dorsal surface is blotched with white pigment in varying
quantity, though the' spots are generally of small size. A small
non-pigmented area between the tentacles marks the position of
the brain. The ventral surface of the animal is unpigmented, and
through the somatic musculature the brain, pharynx, uteri and vasa
deferentia are clearly visible.
All of the specimens are broadly oval in outline, and the largest
measured 14 by 11 mm. The mouth (PI. XV, fig. 27) is placed very
nearly in the centre of the ventral surface. The tentacles and brain
are situated one-fourth of the body length from the anterior margin,
the former appearing in preserved material as small, blunt, and
hemispherical projections. Circular groups of eyes (PI. XIII, fig. 9)
are ranged about their bases, and numerous ocelli are also scattered
irregularly between the tentacles. No eyes occur on the body
margin.
The external mouth leads into the pharyngeal pocket that with
broad, ample lateral divisions extends at least two-fifths of the body
length. The main intestine, closely coinciding with the pharynx
in outline, gives rise to six or seven pairs of stout lateral branches
and an anterior offshoot, which immediately forms three sub-
divisions posterior to the brain. The ultimate divisions of the
intestine have never been seen to anastomose.
462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
The brain, about one-fourth the length of the body from the
anterior end of the animal, is oblong in transverse diameter, slightly
emarginate in front and behind, and gives rise to atrleast four pairs
of lateral nerve trunks. Over most of the body the larger nerve
trunks have been traced with unusual distinctness, and the results
show that the nervous system in general conforms to the usual type.
The testes are ventral, and especially in an immature state their
arrangement suggests that they are united by sperm canals, forming
an anastomosing system, though, generally speaking, these capillaries
are invisible. The vasa deferentia, on each side of the body, form
a narrow, inverted-U-shaped loop whose distal end arises abreast of
the male aperture, the bend occurring opposite the mouth. Owing
to the rather poor preservation of the specimens, the details of the
male reproductive apparatus could not be determined completely.
The proximal ends of the vasa deferentia appear to terminate in
what seems to be a large antrum masculinum (PI. XVIII, fig. 44),
but no seminal vesicle could be seen nor could the penis be clearly
studied, although it is doubtless directed backward. The male sex
opening is well removed from the pharyngeal pocket.
The ovaries are dorsal, and an anastomosing connecting system
of oviducts exists. The uteri extend forward, running parallel to
the inner limbs of the vasa deferentia, and thus pursue a course
directly forward to the tentacles to terminate immediately behind
them. Posteriorly, these canals pass dorsal to the vasa deferentia,
and lateral to the male aperture where they bend quickly inward
toward the median line. As in the case of the male reproductive
system, the details of the female reproductive complex could not be
ascertained with certainty. The uteri appear to lead directly into a
large antrum femininum, but there are also indications of an accessory
gland, though its relations were not established satisfactorily. The
female sex opening is immediately behind that of the male system.
Two peculiar deep pits (PL XVIII, fig. 44, dp), one immediately
in front of the level of the male aperture and one immediately behind
the female aperture, occur on the dorsal surface connected by a
narrow, shallow groove. This appears in two of the largest indi-
viduals, but there is no clue to their function.
Named in memory of Mr. Samuel Burcham, who undertook the
investigation of the polyclads of the California coast while a student
at Stanford University. This work, still in its early stages, was
terminated by his untimely death.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463
Genus STYLOCHOPLANA Stimpson, 1857.
Stubby tentacles about one-fifth the body length from the anterior
end. Male and female genital pore united and well removed from
v posterior end of body. Eyes on basis of tentacles and in brain area.
Stylochoplana gracilis sp. nov.
This very small species is represented by eight individuals, all of
which were taken on the broad thalli of Macrocystis pyrifera, growing
in the vicinity of the wharf of the Del Monte Hotel, near Monterey.
It was most often found on surfaces encrusted with colonies of bryozoa.
The color of the dorsal surface is pale brownish-yellow or buff,
fading gradually as the margins of the body are approached. The
ventral surface is unpigmented, yet the tissues are so opaque that
little more than the digestive tract is visible in living material.
The largest specimen measured 7.5 mm. in length by 3 mm. in
width. In every case the outline of the body is cuneate-oval (PI. XII,
fig. 2) with a broad semi-truncate anterior margin, while the posterior
end is usually pointed. The mouth is located slightly in front of
the middle of the body. The penis is directed backward. Finger-
like nuchal tentacles are placed at the end of the first body fifth.
The eyes (PL XIV, fig. 20) are arranged in two groups. The ten-
tacle pair, each consisting of about four medium-sized eyes, is confined
to the basal portion of the tentacles, while the cerebral clusters,
fairly well differentiated, comprise approximately fourteen eyes each.
The mouth (PI. XII, fig. 2) opens into the pharynx, which is
considerably nearer the anterior than the posterior end, and covers
an extent equal to one-fourth the length of the animal. The pharynx
is slightly folded only, though the resulting inconspicuous lobes are
relatively numerous. The main gut is narrow, of moderate length,
and possesses usually seven pairs of intestinal branches with alter-
nating diverticula. The posterior pair terminate the gut immediately
behind the pharyngeal pocket, but anteriorly a median branch
continues forward across the brain. All of the branches immediately
anastomose and continue to do so until close to the margin of the
body.
The brain holds a position at the commencement of the second
body sixth, but as the main nerve trunks to which it gives rise are
typical and their ramifications are very difficult to follow, no serious
attempt has been made to examine critically this particular system.
The testes, for the most part ventrally placed, have not been seen
to connect with sperm capillaries, but the vasa deferentia, on the
464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
other hand, arc clearly defined, convoluted, unbranched canals
continuous across the mid line immediately behind the female
reproductive pore. From this point they swing forward, diverging
until opposite the posterior end of the pharynx where
>end abruptly, and parallelling the outer trunks for a relatively
distance pass inward and forward to the anterior end of the
seminal vesicle. This last-named organ (PL XII, fig. 6) is of mod-
erate size, muscular, oval in form, and is placed far behind the pharynx.
Leaving it posteriorly the short ejaculatory duct immediately enters
(PL XV, fig. 26) what is doubtless the granular gland. The latter
is of an unusual type. It is round-oval in form and its walls, pro-
duced posteriorly, appear to be continuous with the tissue of the
penis. The penis is short, blunt, and projects into an ample antrum
masculinum.
Generally speaking, the ovaries are dorsal, but no connections have
been traced between them and the uteri. These canals have their
origin opposite a point midway between the mouth and the front
end of the pharynx. From here they extend backward, closely
skirting the pharynx, at whose posterior extremity they approach
one another and close to the mid line continue their course, diverging
slightly in order to pass around the male reproductive pore where
they enter the common egg canal (PL XII, fig. 6). The latter is
short, and almost at once extends forward and ventrally to open
into the antrum femininum. Posteriorly, the egg canal is continuous
with the moderate-sized accessory sac (PL XV, fig. 26). The
female orifice is usually a short distance posterior to that of the
male, though two specimens possess a common opening.
No histological examination was made of the reproductive system.
Leptoplana rupicola sp. nov.
This large species is represented by three individuals found adher-
ing to the under surface of large rocks near extreme low-tide mark a
short distance south of the entrance to Monterey Bay. The largest
specimen, 35 mm. in length by 15 mm. in width, is somewhat oval
in form (PL XII, fig. 3), having the anterior end more rounded than
the posterior. The color above is light with a pinkish or reddish
tinge very marked in one of the specimens. There is a dark brown
or brownish-red line along the mid line in the region of the
pharynx. At the margins of the body the color is usually very
Ventrally, pigment is absent and the reproductive system
the pharynx appear with considerable distinctness. A clear,
1912.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465
translucent spot marks the position of the brain. The mouth is
situated almost exactly in the
centre of the body. Tentacles •
are lacking. The penis is placed
about one-third of the distance
from the mouth to the posterior .*** *.;, * •
end, well behind the pharyngeal •«?'*%$ * ;**;
/
:»
•
pocket, and is directed back- #">;•:♦ .VJ«*
ward. The eyes (text fig. 2) are 1*i« •„ 'tf i' " !**!• "*
arranged in four groups, a com-
paratively long pair of approxi- ./*J *•*• * »*••• ' >*^'l
mately 30 eyes in each adjacent . /• ^Jg^
to the brain, and a small more . %
rounded, laterally placed pair **
comprising about 30 eyes in each Fig. 2.— Eyes of Leptoplana rupicola.
cluster. No eyes occur elsewhere
in the body.
The pharyngeal pocket, scarcely one-third the length of the body,
is supplied with numerous irregularly lobed diverticula, correspond-
ing in a general way to the folds of the pharynx. The main gut is
of about the same length as the pharynx, though is much more
slender in outline, and is provided with approximately fifteen pairs
of lateral intestinal branches whose subdivisions give no signs of
anastomosing.
The brain is placed very nearly one-fourth of the body length
from the anterior margin of the body, and as described previously is
associated with two pairs of eye clusters. The ventral system of
nerves is fairly well defined and conforms to the usual type.
The testes are ventral, and what appears in sections to be an
anastomosing system of sperm canals unites them with the vasa
deferentia. The last-named tubes (PI. XII, fig. 3) are continuous
across the mid line immediately posterior to the female reproductive
pore, and from this point extend forward, diverging somewhat, as
they become increasingly anastomosed. Opposite a point slightly
anterior to the level of the mouth this elaborate network bends upon
itself, skirts the margin of the pharynx, and not far behind the
posterior end of the gut each becomes reduced to a single duct which
sweeps inward and forward to fuse with its fellow in the mid line.
This median duct (PI. XV, fig. 22) proceeds in an anterior direction
for a short distance, then bends upon itself and immediately enters
the small but muscular seminal vesicle. Emerging from this at the
466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
opposite end, the canal plunges at once into the comparatively large
granular gland (PL XIII, fig. 13), and after its exit pursues its
course to the base of the penis. A triangular muscular sheath sur-
rounds the seminal vesicle and the terminations of the vasa deferentia.
The copulatory apparatus is single and of the normal type. A large
antrum masculinum is present.
As usual, the ovaries are dorsal and the uteri anteriorly are continu-
ous across the mid line (PL XII, fig. 3). Immediately posterior
to the male reproductive opening the uteri bend inward and meet to
form the median oviduct (PL XV, fig. 22) that exists in the form
of a relatively large canal, on one hand uniting with the long yet
ample accessory gland and in the other direction with the spacious
shell gland chamber and the antrum femininum. The opening to
the exterior is close to that of the male and immediately in front of
the accessory gland.
Leptoplana timida sp. nov.
This species is evidently rare as it is represented by only two
individuals taken along the southern shore of Monterey Bay. The
color of the dorsal surface is clear, translucent white, dotted more or
less uniformly with minute dark red spots. In the central regions
of the body these pigment spots are closely grouped to form a trans-
verse, saddle-shaped blotch that becomes especially conspicuous
when the animal is in a contracted condition. On the ventral
surface of the body pigment is lacking, and through the white,
semi-transparent somatic muscles the pharynx and vasa deferentia
may be distinctly seen in living specimens.
The body is broadly oval in shape (PL XII, fig. 1), blunt ante-
riorly, and the type specimen measures 23 mm. in length by 12 mm.
in breadth. The mouth is situated a
\ .; • *. " very short distance posterior to the.
* \\ ',. centre of the body. Tentacles are
■Ji"' lacking. The penis is located imme-
0jfyr i ** ;* »*•£ ** diately behind the pharyngeal pocket
one-fourth of the length of the body
i- o r. ,, * . r from the posterior end and is directed
*ig. 6— Eyes and brain of Lepto- ,. , j an. n. £ o\
plana timida. backward. The eyes (text fig. 3) are
arranged as usual in four clusters, the
cerebral consisting of about 40 in each on both sides of the brain,
while the tentacle groups, each comprising 12 comparatively large
irregular ocelli, are more laterally placed. No eyes occur on the
margins of the body.
1912.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467
The pharyngeal sheath (PL XII, fig. 1) is of nearly half the body
length and is provided with broad, irregularly lobed branches.
Owing to the compression of the animal during its fixation, the main
intestine cannot be clearly differentiated from the pharynx, but it
apparently exists as an elongated organ extending the full length of
the pharynx posteriorly and at least as far as the brain anteriorly.
Approximately sixteen pairs of lateral branches have been distin-
guished which appear to finally anastomose, though of this we cannot
be positive.
The brain is situated one-third of the distance from the mouth to
the anterior end of the body, but neither it nor the nerves originating
from it present any noteworthy features.
The testes are placed in the ventral half of the body, and although
no anastomosing system of sperm canals could be distinguished, the
position of the male reproductive glands suggests that one probably
exists. The vasa deferentia (PL XII, fig. 1) present the form of a
heart-shaped loop, since they are continuous across the mid line
immediately behind the female aperture, from whence they extend
anteriorly and laterally to arch inward ventral to the uteri opposite
a point not far behind the mouth. They then bend backward and
inward and, fusing, unite with the seminal vesicle (PL XIII, fig. 12),
surrounded by an ellipsoid muscle sheath, situated immediately
behind the posterior end of the pharynx. Emerging from this organ,
the canal immediately pierces the spherical granular gland and
enters the base of the penis. This last-named organ is unusually
thick at its base in proportion to its length, and in the type specimen
the opening to the exterior is opposite to its base.
The ovaries are dorsal and are connected with the uterus by an
anastomosing system of capillaries. The uteri entirely surround
the pharj-nx since they are continuous across the mid line anteriorly.
Posterior to the penis, these canals swing inward and unite to form
the single, median egg canal (PL XIII, fig. 12) that on one hand
expands to form the spacious antrum femininum and in the other
direction communicates with the accessory gland, a long, roomy sac
extending well behind the female reproductive pore.
Leptoplana saxicola sp. nov.
This small flatworm is represented by numerous individuals taken
at a point a few miles south of the entrance to Monterey Bay. It
occurs usually in masses of algae (Cladophora) in tide pools of such
elevation that the water is renewed only during rough weather.
Dorsally the ground color varies from yellowish to grayish-brown.
468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
A light stripe generally occupies the area immediately above the
main gut which may be bordered laterally by a brownish band.
When this last-named variation occurs, light streaks free from pig-
•adiate from it to the .margins of the body. A clear spot
lly mark? the position of the brain. On the ventral surface
pigment is entirely lacking or is present in very slight amounts, so
that the more important organs may be seen through the translucent
body wall with considerable distinctness.
The largest specimen measured 11 mm. in length by 5 mm. in
width, and is narrowly elliptical in outline (PI. XII, fig. 4). The
mouth is situated about one-third of the length of the body from the
posterior end of the animal. The penis is directed backward. Both
cerebral and tentacle eyes (PI. XIV, fig. 19) occur associated with
the brain; none exist on the margins of the body. The tentacle
clusters form small groups lateral to the brain, each consisting of
about ten medium-sized eyes. The cerebral groups are not sharply
differentiated from the others, but in a general way they present a
linear arrangement on either side of the mid line bordering the
brain and anteriorly expand to form loose clusters in front of the
brain. There are approximately 25 small eyes in each of these
groups.
The most conspicuous feature of the digestive system is the
posterior position of the pharynx (PI. XII, fig. 4) and external mouth.
The first-named organ is about two-fifths the length of the body and
is provided with five or six folds of moderate size on each side. The
inner mouth is some distance anterior to the true mouth. The
main gut is long, rather narrow, and possesses six or seven pairs of
lateral intestinal branches, with occasional alternating shorter
diverticula, and an anterior and posterior outgrowth along the mid
line. Anastomosing immediately commences, resulting in a highly
complicated intestinal network. Varying quantities of diatoms
and sponge spicules were generally present in the digestive tract.
In this species the nervous system appears with unusual distinct-
ness and has accordingly received more than usual study. The
ventral system (PL XIV, fig. 21) conforms closely to the type found
to occur in polyclads generally, but in addition to this there is what
appears to be an independent network extending over the entire
i 1< >rsal surface of the body. It comprises three pairs of main branches,
arising from the lateral and anterior surfaces of the brain, that after
viding repeatedly extend to the margins of the body. Along the
i the region of the pharynx, these delicate fibres become
1912. S NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469
lost to sight owing to the opacity of the animal, but as they appear
here and there in sections it is probable that the network spreads
over the entire dorsal surface of the body. The average size of the
component nerve bundles is less than those of the ventral side, and
the mesh work is considerably more open; otherwise there are no
especially noteworthy features not represented in the figures.
Heath ('07) has described a dorsal nervous system, conforming
to the same general plan, in Planocera hawaiiensis, and it is known
to exist in the trematodes (cf. Heath '02). Lang has theoretically
related the ctenophores and the flatworms on the basis of several
deep-seated resemblances, appearing especially in the course of the
embryological development. In the ctenophores there is, as is well
known, a nervous system fashioned on the quadriradial plan. In
the chiton larva there are likewise indications that in the early stages
the central nervous system is constructed upon essentially the .same
plan. In the chiton the dorsal limbs of the cross-shaped fundament
disappear apparently without becoming functional, but it is possible,
though by no means proven conclusively, that they persist in the
polyclads and develop into the network of the dorsal side of the body.
The testes, ventral as usual, are united by delicate sperm capilla-
ries with the convoluted but unbranched vasa deferentia (PL XII,
fig. 4), which present the form of an inverted-U-shaped loop. The
outer limb of each loop passes backward to fuse with its mate imme-
diately behind the female reproductive pore. The inner trunk
extends inward and backward and unites with its fellow in the mid
line to form a short common duct (PL XVI, fig. 30), which at once
enters the posterior end of the large, elliptical seminal vesicle situated
close behind the pharynx. Leaving the seminal vesicle anteriorly,
the sperm canal, functioning as a ductus ejaculatorius, turns direct ly
backward and, piercing longitudinally the very large, oval granular
gland, immediately enters the base of the penis. This last-named
organ in this species is unusually long and attenuate, and is con-
tained in a similarly slender sheathing chamber at whose apex the
external pore is located.
The ovaries are dorsal and are united by tubes, very indistinct
except during the egg-laying season, that in turn connect with the
uteri. These last-mentioned canals meet across the mid line ante-
riorly (PL XII, fig. 4) not far from the posterior border of the brain
and, arc-like, extend backward with occasional anastomoses in some
individuals, if not in all. In some cases well-deVeloped outpouchings
of the uteri occur, especially in the region of the brain and at a point
170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
about opposite the mouth. Proximally, the uteri converge immedi-
ately behind the male reproductive opening and enter the short,
stout egg canal (PI. XVI, fig. 30) that in turn communicates with a
short yet spacious accessory sac situated in several instances anterior
to the external opening. Posteriorly, the egg canal expands into
the antrum femininum which communicates exteriorly by means
of a pore very close to that of the male reproductive system. In a
few individuals, young and old, there is a common reproductive
opening.
Although this is a small species, the ova are the largest that have
been observed by us. In one case measurements showed the diameter
of an ovum to be one-seventh the width of the body, or more accur-
ately stated, its diameter was 0.61 mm. About opposite the seminal
vesicle, and within the loops of the vasa deferentia, there are to be
seen a pair of small gland-like bodies (PI. XVI, figs. 30, 85) whose
connections have not been traced.
Leptoplana californica Plehn.
Broad oval. Length 12 mm., breadth 9 mm., broader in front
than behind. Colorless in alcohol. Pharyngeal pocket central,
in length equal to one-half that of the animal, with seven pairs of
average-sized lateral diverticula, containing the sharply folded
pharynx. Tentacle eye clusters small, elliptical, diverging anteriorly ;
cerebral groups longer and narrower, converging anteriorly, with a
single large eye terminating each in front. Common sex opening
near posterior end of body, leading on one hand into an ample bursa
copulatrix and posteriorly into a large accessory chamber; uteri,
surrounding the pharynx, lead to a well-developed antrum femininum ;
penis with a long, sharp and flexible stylet; a granular gland and
seminal vesicle on direct line to union of vasa deferentia.
Type locality, Monterey Bay, Calif., at a depth of 30-40 meters.
Two specimens in our collection agree with the foregoing description.
Leptoplana inquieta sp. nov.
Four species represent this species captured about the low-tide
limit among the rocks, and in one case among the rhizoids of Macro-
cystis in Monterey Bay. It is a small, restless species, crawling
rapidly when disturbed, but never swimming. Dorsally the color
is cleai-, translucent white, dotted more or less uniformly with small
dark red pigment spots. Ventrally it is unpigmented, and the-
pharynx and vasa deferentia show faintly through the body wall.
The largest specimen is broadly oval in form (PI. XIII, fig. 8)
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 471
with the anterior end broadly rounded or even truncate, while the
posterior extremity is narrowed. It measures 9 mm. in length by
5 mm. in width. The mouth is placed slightly behind the centre of
the body. The penis is directed backward. Nuchal and marginal
tentacles are wanting. Eyes occur in four distinct clusters (PI.
XVIII, fig. 43), the tentacle pair, each consisting of seven or eight
large ocelli, and a pair of cerebral groups. The last-named com-
prise approximately thirty relatively small eyes in each set, forming
an elongated patch bordering the brain. No eyes occur on the
margins of the body.
The digestive system (PL XIII, fig. 8) presents no especially novel
features. The external mouth leads into a considerably folded
pharynx whose length is between one-third and one-half that of the
body. Laterally it is produced into seven pairs of lateral diverticula.
Directly dorsal to the outer mouth the opening from the pharynx
leads into the mid-gut, which in turn possesses seven pairs of lateral
intestinal branches together with an anterior offshoot leading forward
across the brain. This system ramifies chiefly by means of simple
branching, but occasional anastomoses were seen, especially in the
neighborhood of the pharynx.
The brain occupies a position about one-fifth the length of the
animal from the anterior end of the body. Neither it nor the main
nerves are distinct, and accordingly have not been studied to any
considerable extent, though sufficiently to decide that all conform
to the customary type.
The testes are rather uniformly distributed, and the sperm canals
leading from them appear to form an anastomosing system. The
vasa deferentia are likewise delicate and somewhat difficult to follow,
though their general features appear with considerable distinctness.
From the seminal vesicle (PI. XIII, fig. 8) each swings outward and
forward, becoming somewhat anastomosed, and when they have
reached points lateral to the uteri and midway between the mouth
and the posterior end of the pharynx they turn sharply backward,
pass inward toward the mid line and fuse immediately behind the
pharynx. The remaining features of the male reproductive system
(PL XIII, fig. 14) are relatively simple. From the seminal vesicle,
which is adjacent to the posterior end of the pharynx, the ejaculatory
duct pursues a short and direct course posteriorly to the penis.
This last-named organ is enclosed within a spherical, muscular
sheath from which a comparatively long, loop-shaped tube leads to
the common reproductive pore.
31
472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
The ovaries are dorsally placed, and their ducts, usually invisible,
lead to the uteri which surround the pharynx, since they are ante-
riorly continuous across the mid line. Skirting the pharyngeal folds,
the uteri extend backward (PL XIII, fig. 8) and fuse in the mid line,
immediately posterior to the penis, to form the egg canal. This
median canal is continuous posteriorly with the ample accessory
sac (PI. XIII. fig. 14), and in the opposite direction it enlarges into
the thick-walled bursa copulatrix which in turn leads to the common
opening.
It is interesting to note in this connection the presence of large
quantities of spermatozoa, in two individuals, stored in the accessory
gland. That it is not an accidental condition is evidenced by the
fact that in many places sperms were attached in dense masses to
the epithelial lining. This is the only species in which we have found
male reproductive elements in the accessory gland, and accordingly
we are not prepared to make any sweeping generalizations, but
appearances lead us to the belief that in this species the accessory
gland functions, at least in part, as a seminal receptacle.
Leptoplana maculosa Stimpson.
Oblong-ovate; above pale gray with a few yellow spots, median
spots obscure, margin hyaline. Primary eye clusters in two ovate
spots, seven in each; groups placed at the extremities of the hyaline,
transverse, arcuate areola. Two small groups of secondary eyes
situated before the middle of the areola; secondary eyes four to six,
dispersed in the areola between the primary eyes. Length 0.8,
breadth 0.4 inch.
In the Bay of San Francisco, along the shore under stones in
marshy places. (Free translation.)
Although we have sought for this flatworm in the type locality
and in Monterey Bay, we have discovered no specimens that can
with certainty be identified as this species.
Genus PHYLLOPLANA Laidlaw, 1903.
Leptoplanoid with flattened, leaf-like body. A pair of long muscu-
lar vesiculse seminales, which lie parallel to the median ductus
ejaculatorius and penis and receive the vasa deferentia of either
side, respectively, at their hinder ends.
Phylloplana litoricola sp. nov.
This species is represented by nine individuals, living on the
under surface of stones below the medium-tide mark along the southern
shore of Monterey Bay. It is fairly active and capable of swimming
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473
actively for short distances. Dorsally the color is dark, marbled
brownish-gray varying to almost black. A pale yellow streak
extends along the median line in the region of the pharynx. This
is bordered on each side by a dark, brownish line of similar length,
which fades into the ground color. On the ventral surface of the
animal pigment is lacking, the tissues appearing clear white and of
such thickness that the internal organs are invisible in living material.
The largest specimen is long oval (PI. XII, fig. 7) in outline and
measures 19 mm. in length by 9 mm. in width. The penis is directed
backward. Four distinct eye clusters (PI. XVIII, fig. 42) occur
associated with the brain, an elongated pair composed of small
eyes on each side of the brain, and a more or less circular pair com-
prising larger ocelli located slightly behind the level of the brain.
The mouth, approximately central, opens into the much-folded
pharynx (PI. XII, fig. 7) that is nearly half as long as the body.
A short distance anterior to the external mouth the inner mouth
leads into the spacious and much elongated main gut provided
usually with fourteen pairs of variously shaped intestinal branches.
These last-named subdivisions branch dichotomously and give no
evidence of forming an anastomosing system.
The brain is located about one-sixth of the body length from the
anterior end of the animal, but as neither it nor the branches arising
from it are distinct, no attempt has been made to study this system
in detail.
As usual the testes are ventral and are thickly distributed, espe-
cially near the middle of the body. The vasa deferentia form a
U-shaped loop (PI. XII, fig. 7), the bow of which passes immediately
behind the female reproductive pore, while anteriorly the two limbs
turn sharply inward, and coursing parallel to the outer arms for half
their length again bend quickly, and after pursuing an anterior
course for a short distance expand to form two seminal vesicles
(PI. XV, fig. 23). These converge into a common duct., the ductus
ejaculatorius, that after
piercing the granular ^ g£
gland passes into the
base of the penis. This
latter organ is of the
usual type, directed
backward and opens to
the exterior at a point v- . T .. ,. , ,. ,, , .. ,
1 big. 4. — Longitudinal section through central re-
about one-fifth the body productive apparatus of Phylloplana litoricola.
474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
length from the posterior end of the body. There is a fair-sized
antrum masculinum.
The ovaries are dorsal and communicate with the uteri by an
anastomosing system of connecting tubules. The uteri, fused in
the mid line anteriorly (PI. XII, fig. 7), pass backward, skirting the
margin of the pharynx, and then coursing parallel to the vasa defer-
entia posteriorly meet in the mid line. Here they enter the duct
leading forward from the accessory gland (PI. XV, fig. 23), and on
the other hand pursue a somewhat tortuous course to expand into
the antrum femininum, that opens to the exterior immediately in
front of the posterior loop of the vasa deferentia. About opposite
the granular gland of the male system the uteri become distended to
form spindle-shaped glands, which may correspond to uterus glands
in other species.
Two specimens were kept in captivity for a few days early in
June, and deposited several hundred eggs at the average rate of one
every forty-five seconds.
Tribus COTYLEA.
With sucking disc. Mouth in middle of the body or anterior to it.
Copulatory apparatus in the anterior end of the body. Without
tentacles or with marginal tentacles.
Family PSEUDOCERIDiE Lang, 1884.
Body oval or elliptical with fold-like marginal tentacles. Mouth
in middle of anterior half of body. Pharynx collar-like. Main gut
long and spacious. Intestinal branches numerous and anastomosing.
Eyes in brain area and tentacles.
LICHENIPLA.NA gen. nov.
Small papillae on dorsal surface. Gut branches very numerous.
Copulatory apparatus single.
Licheniplana lepida sp. nov.
This species is represented by four individuals collected on the
under surface of stones on the southern shore of Monterey Bay.
The largest specimen is broad oval in outline (PI. XIV, fig. 17) and
measures 12 mm. in length by 8 mm. in width. It is a very delicate
species, living in crevices of the rocks or similar places of conceal-
ment, and when disturbed is exceptionally slow in its movements.
Dorsally the ground color is white, gray, or lead color with occasional
small pinkish or dark red pigment spots. The ventral surface is
unpigmentod.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
475
•i
The mouth (PI. XV, fig. 17) is situated between one-iourth and
one-fifth of the length of the body from the anterior end. The
ventral sucker is placed approximately three-sevenths of the body
length from the posterior end. The penis is between one-third and
one-fourth of the length of the animal from the anterior margin,
immediately behind the pharynx,
and is directed forward. Nuchal
tentacles are lacking, while the
marginal tentacles appear as some-
what thickened flaps. Eyes, indefi-
nitely grouped into two clusters
(text fig. 5), occur between the
tentacles, while a second pair of
about fifteen eyes each and more
clearly differentiated occupy the
brain area. It is interesting to
note that dorsal papillae (PI. XIII,
fig. 11), of small size but clearly
defined, exist in this species, being
especially abundant in the anterior
part of the body.
The mouth (PI. XV, fig. 17)
Opens into the much-folded pharynx Fig. 5.— Brain and tentacle eyes of
which is between one-sixth and Ticheniplana lepida.
one-seventh as long as the body.
Somewhat behind the external mouth the inner mouth leads to the
main chamber of the gut, a long and spacious structure provided
with approximately fifty pairs of lateral branches. These last-
named subdivisions branch frequently and form a highly anastomos-
ing system.
The brain is situated half-way between the anterior end of the
body and the mouth, but the nerves to which it gives rise are very
indistinct and little attempt has been made for this reason to work
out the system in detail.
The testes are ventral and rather uniformly distributed. There
is some evidence that these organs are connected by an anastomosing
system of sperm capillaries, which eventually fuse to form the vasa
deferentia (PI. XV, fig. 17), relatively large, convoluted canals
extending along the margins of the gut throughout most of its
length. They arch inward to enter the seminal vesicle (PI. XVII,
fig. 36), almost spherical in form, without the formation of a common
176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
•canal. The ductus leaves the anterior end of the seminal vesicle,
bends backward, then sharply downward and forward again to enter
the base of the short, conical penis. Near the base of the penis
this canal is joined by' a very short duct leading from the granular
gland, a small oval body that to a certain extent occupies a space
between the penis and the seminal vesicle.
The ovaries are dorsal and connect with the uteri by means of
ducts that very plainly anastomose. The uteri (PL XV, fig. 17)
have been traced backward to a point about opposite the end of the
main gut and forward to a point opposite the mouth. At the level
of the female reproductive pore the uteri converge (PL XVII, fig. 36)
and unite with a short median canal, the vagina, which leads
anteriorly to the exterior at a point immediately posterior to the
seminal vesicle.
Family ETJRYLEPTIDiE Lang, 1884.
Body oval or elliptical, with or without solid marginal tentacles.
Mouth near anterior end of body. Pharynx tubular. Main gut,
long and narrow. Male apparatus simple. Eyes in brain region
and tentacles.
Genus STYLOSTOMUM Lang, 1884.
Body smooth. Mouth and male sex pore communicating with a
common atrium. Pharynx cylindrical. Gut pouches not anasto-
mosing. Anterior median gut branch lacking in region of pharyngeal
pouch. Female sex apparatus ventral to base of pharyngeal pouch.
Tentacles very rudimentary.
Stylostomum lentum sp. nov.
This species is represented by six individuals taken near Monterey,
Calif., at low-tide level. It is a sluggish animal and seemingly
incapable of swimming. The ground color ©f the dorsal surface is
orange. A somewhat darker shade occurs along the mid line from
the eyes to the posterior end of the mid gut, but laterally this patch
becomes lighter and near the margin of the body sends out ray-like
expansions that alternate with irregular streaks of bright yellow.
Minute white specks are scattered over the entire dorsal surface.
The largest specimen measured 9 mm. in length by 5 mm. in width,
and was elliptical in outline (PL XIII, fig. 16). The mouth is
situated immediately behind the brain about one-tenth of the length
of the body from the anterior end and, as in other species of the genus,
lso as the male reproductive opening. The penis is directed
Short, blunt, and somewhat rudimentary tentacles (PL
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477
XVIII, fig. 40) occur on the anterior margin with a cluster of approxi-
mately eighty small eyes at the base of each. The cerebral eyes
form two rather long, closely approximated groups, with about fifty
medium-sized ocelli in each, located chiefly posterior to the brain.
In the midst of the cerebral groups of eyes the mouth (PI. XIII,
fig. 16) occurs and leads into a long, spacious canal which may be
considered as a portion of the pharyngeal cavity. The unfolded
pharynx is tubular in form, but anteriorly it tapers to a fairly acute
point. In length it equals about one-seventh that of the animal.
Posteriorly it opens into a main gut of average size that usually
gives rise to four pairs of lateral branches, the most posterior of
which is some distance from the hinder end of the gut, thus forming
a terminal blind sac. The intestinal branches do not anastomose,
nor are the secondary branches numerous.
The brain holds a position one-twelfth the body length from the
anterior end of the body, but owing to their indistinctness the course
of the nerves, to which it gives rise, has not been determined.
In this species the testes, ventral in position, are clearly defined,
but the sperm canals are totally invisible. The vasa deferentia
are likewise somewhat ill-defined, but may be seen (PI. XIII, fig. 16)
in favorable specimens to arise about opposite the posterior end of
the pharyngeal chamber and to extend anteriorly to a point not far
behind the level of the mouth. Here they turn abruptly backward
and inward to enter the seminal vesicle (PI. XVII, fig. 37) at its
antero-ventral extremity. The seminal vesicle is more or less
heart-shaped, and is placed immediately in front of the pharynx
and ventral to the tube leading from the pharyngeal cavity to the
external mouth. Leaving the seminal vesicle anteriorly, the ejacu-
latory duct makes its way to the base of the penis where it receives
a short duct from the granular gland. This last-named organ is
small, spherical, and is located immediately in front of the seminal
vesicle. The penis is very short, in some specimens rather abruptly
pointed, and it opens into a chamber contained within the penis
sheath, which in turn opens into the antrum masculinum. This
last-named space communicates with the mouth.
The ovaries contain, during the breeding season, an unusually
large number of ova and are accordingly very distinct, though the
ducts connecting them with the uteri are invisible except occasionally
in sections. The uteri (PI. XIII, fig. 16) originate approximately
half the distance from the ventral sucker to the posterior end of the
main gut. From this point, where apparently they do not fuse
478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
across the mid line, they extend forward skirting the gut as un-
branched, swollen chambers often filled with a comparatively large
number of ova. Opposite the posterior end of the pharyngeal
pocket they bend inward and unite under the base of the pharynx.
The resulting median duct is short and proceeds anteriorly and
ventrally to the ample shell chamber which receives the ductules
from many filiform glands (PL XVIII, fig. 37). Ventral to this
point is the moderate antrum which opens to the exterior ventral
to the base of the pharynx. Dorsal to the shell chamber a small
zone of glandular tissue, staining darkly in Delafield's hematoxylin,
surrounds the egg canal. What its function is it is impossible to
determine. No uterus glands were observed in any of the whole
mounts or sections, though considerable pains were taken to deter-
mine this point.
Genus ACEROS Long, 1884.
Body smooth. Mouth immediately behind the brain. Pharynx
cylindrical. About 5 pairs of gut branches. Male sex pore imme-
diately behind the mouth; female near hinder end of pharyngeal
pouch. Tentacles lacking.
Aceros langi sp. nov.
A single representative of this species was taken on the southern
shore of Monterey Bay, but concerning its habits or habitat we are
without information. Its form in life was probably elliptical and
measures 8 mm. in length by 6 in width. The ventral sucker
(PI. XII, fig. 5) is slightly posterior to the middle of the body. The
anterior margin of the animal was slightly injured which prevents
the precise determination of the exact location of the mouth with
reference to it. However, the mouth
may safely be said to be very close
to the anterior end of the bod v.
/- _ The penis is directed forward.
0 t ' There are no nuchal tentacles;
+ 0 % • marginal tentacles may have existed
-#*** " • *•*• on the damaged portion, though no
% * "" •• b' trace of them now remains. About
• ••
• *• • •" fifty large eyes (text fig. 6) overlie
*• * the brain area that are roughly
divided into two irregular clusters.
-Eyes of Aceros langi. No eyes have been seen on other
regions of the body.
The mouth (PI. XVII, fig. 38) opens into the cylindrical pharyn-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479
geal pocket, which in the present instance contains a long and slender
proboscis, protruded a short distance beyond the mouth opening.
Posteriorly the pharynx leads into the capacious main gut which
gives rise to five pairs of lateral intestinal branches together with an
anterior terminal one. At the outset all of these branches are
comparatively large and of fairly even caliber, but they soon become
transformed into a branching, non-anastomosing system of rather
narrow twigs. The sucker underlies the gut between the fourth
and fifth pairs of lateral branches. Beyond the last pair the gut
extends posteriorly to a point close to the posterior end of the body.
The brain is situated directly over the mouth, but as the nerves
arising from it are seen with much difficulty, no serious attempt has
been made to determine their distribution.
The testes are rather uniformly distributed ventrally, but the
capillaries leading from them are invisible in the present specimen.
The vasa deferentia (PI. XII, fig. 5) arise at the end of the first body
third, midway between the gut and the margin of the body, and
converge anteriorly as simple though much swollen and convoluted
ducts. Opposite the middle of the pharyngeal pocket they pass
inward toward the mid line to fuse mesally at the point where the
oval seminal vesicle is located. From this last-named organ a short
ejaculatory duct extends anteriorly to the penis situated immediately
behind the mouth. The male reproductive pore could not be deter-
mined with absolute certainty. Certain features suggest that it
opens into the mouth, and on the other hand there are faint indica-
tions that it is situated immediately behind the mouth, yet inde-
pendent of it. A granular gland was not distinguished.
The ovaries are dorsal. The uteri (PI. XVII, fig. 38), originating
at the level of the sucker, are so greatly inflated by multitudes of
eggs that they exceed the main gut in caliber. Between the second
and third pairs of gut branches the uteri fuse and send forward a
short, slender duct, the vagina, which communicates with the exterior
close to the posterior end of the pharyngeal pocket.
Contrary to the rule, no uterus glands could be detected where,
according to Lang, one pair should exist.
ANCILIPLANA gen. nov.
Body broadly elliptical. Tentacles large, without eyes; cerebral
eyes in two distinct groups. Pharynx small; main gut slender
with 8 pairs of branches, highly anastomosed. Vasa deferentia
and uteri anastomosed. No uterus glands.
480
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Sept.,
Fig. 7. — Eyes and tentacles of
Anciliplana graffi.
Anoiliplana graffi op. nov.
Several specimens of this species were collected in Monterey Bay
and along the adjoining coast. The largest specimen is broad oval
in outline and measures 18 mm. in length by 13 in greatest width.
olor notes were obtained. The ventral sucker is slightly anterior
to the middle of the body. The mouth is placed one-sixth the length
of the animal from the anterior
margin. The penis is directed forward.
The tentacles are large, broadly tri-
angular outgrowths of the anterior
margin of the body extending pos-
terior to the brain. Small eyes
(text fig. 7) occur above the brain in
two imperfectly separated groups,
No eyes occur on or about the ten-
tacles.
The pharynx (PI. XVII, fig. 35),
more or less conical in form, leads into
the main gut which communicates in
turn with an average of eight pairs of
intestinal branches. These plainly anastomose at the outset and
probably continue to do so even to the margins of the body.
The brain is located immediately in front of the pharyngeal pocket,
but other details of the nervous system have not been determined.
The testes are ventrally disposed, and clearly defined sperm capil-
laries are totally invisible in cleared specimens. The vasa deferentia
(PI. XVII, fig. 35) first appear opposite a point slightly behind the
sucker. Their many ramifications finally converge anteriorly to
form the large single ducts (PI. XVI, fig. 31) which bend sharply
backward behind the penis and curve inward to form a semicircular
transverse canal. From the centre of this arch a very short duct
pursues a direct course to the large and spherical seminal vesicle.
The ejaculatory duct leaves the vesicle at the opposite side and soon
enters* the base of the penis. The granular gland, communicating
with this canal at the base of the penis, is elliptical in outline and
lies between the penis and the seminal vesicle.
The ovaries are dorsal and the uteri, which plainly anastomose
(PI. XVII, fig. 35) from the first, probably connect with the former
by means of a system of anastomosing capillaries. The web-like
uteri extend lateral to the main gut throughout the greater part of
its course, and posterior to the seminal vesicle converge (PI. XVI,
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
481
fig. 31) to form the single short, female duct, the vagina, which opens
to the exterior immediately behind the arc of the vasa deferentia.
Genus EURYLEPTA Ehrenberg, 1831.
Pharynx cylindrical, about 5 pairs of intestinal branches without
anastomoses. Male sex opening beneath base of pharynx.
Eurylepta aurantiaca sp. nov.
This species is fairly common in Monterey Bay and the neighboring
coast where it occurs under stones or crawling along the bottom in
comparatively shallow water. It is sluggish in its movements and
clings most tenaciously when an attempt is made to remove it.
The largest specimen is broadly oval in outline (PI. XIV, fig. 18)
and measures 15 mm. in length by 10 mm. greatest diameter. Gen-
erally speaking, the color of the dorsal surface is yellowish-pink or
salmon tint except along the mid line Avhere a bright pink streak
extends from the eyes to the posterior end of the main gut. Minute
Avhite specks are uniformly distributed over the entire dorsal surface.
On the ventral side of the animal pigment is lacking, and the opaque,
white somatic muscles are of such thickness that they wholly obscure
all of the internal organs.
The ventral sucker is slightly behind the middle of the body. The
mouth (PL XIV, fig. 18) is placed somewhat less than one-sixth the
length of the body from the anterior margin of the body. The
penis is directed forward.
Nuchal tentacles are lacking,
and the marginal tentacles
(text fig. 8) are rather short,
stout outgrowths that, when
the animal is at rest, are
folded back on the dorsal
surface. Numerous eyes are
distributed on the tentacles
in two distinct clusters with
approximately 70 eyes in each,
while two fairly well-defined
oval groups, each with about
50 ocelli, occur dorsal to the
brain.
The mouth (PI. XIV, fig. 18) '
opens into a spacious pharynx, Fig. 8. — Eyes of Eurylepla aurantiaca.
appearing like an inverted
shield in outline, with a length equalling one-sixth that of the body
V
482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
Posteriorly the pharyngeal cavity communicates with the spacious
chamber of the main gut which extends backward close to the
posterior end of the animal, giving rise to seven or eight pairs of
intestinal branches during its course. These last-named structures
are at first of even caliber, but soon become swollen and greatly
constricted, giving the impression of a dichotomously arranged
system of large spherical vesicles.
The brain is situated immediately in front of the pharynx, but
otherwise the details of the nervous system have not been determined
clearly.
The testes are ventral and in some cases are united by anasto-
mosing sperm capillaries (PI. XIV, fig. 18) that, on the other hand,
unite with the vasa deferentia. The latter originate at the level
of the sucker, and, pursuing a tortuous course as they proceed
anteriorly, they finally swing inward at a point not far behind the
pharyngeal pocket. Here they unite (PI. XVII, fig. 34) and as single
tube proceed anteriorly into the base of the penis. At the same
point where the penis receives this median duct it also communicates
with the outlet of the ample and elliptical granular gland. There
is no seminal vesicle. The penis is moderately thin walled and inflated
and is guarded by a closely enveloping sheath which in turn lies at
the base of an antrum masculinum of average proportions.
The ovaries are dorsal and in some specimens are clearly united
by a system of capillaries that unite with the uteri close to the
outlet of the so-called uterus glands. In a general way the uteri
(PI. XIV, fig. 18) may be said to arise midway between the sucker
and the posterior end of the gut, and from this point to extend for-
ward, anastomosing somewhat, to turn sharply inward opposite a
point midway between the sucker and the anterior gut-end. Here
they fuse (PI. XVII, fig. 34) into a median duct, the vagina, that
leads to a small antrum femininum and to the exterior immediately
behind the point of fusion of the vasa deferentia. In the location
where each uterus commences to swing in toward the mid line, it is
joined by a short duct leading from a well-developed uterus gland
of varying size according to the proximity of the breeding season.
They may be almost spherical or contracted into a thin crescent or,
as appears to be a more usual state, elliptical. The duct leading
from it arises from the inner surface of the gland.
EURYLEPTODES gen. nov.
Pharynx relatively small; main gut slender with 7 to 8 anastomosing
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
483
branches. Male sex pore at base of penis. Vas deferens simple or
anastomosed; uterus anastomosing; no uterus glands.
Euryleptodes cavicola sp. nov.
Nine specimens represent this species taken at various points
along the shores of Monterey Bay. It occurs, at moderately low-
tide mark, on the under surface of loose boulders or concealed in
crevices of the bottom rock or among the holdfasts of seaweeds.
Its movements are generally slow and deliberate, never sufficiently
vigorous to enable the animal to swim. The texture of the body is
very delicate, and three of the specimens show extensive signs of
partially regenerated injuries.
The color of the dorsal surface is greenish-white, irregularly
marked with small, round white spots and dark red lines of varying
length and direction. As a general thing, there are five fairly well-
defined transverse lines, the first of which is immediately behind the
tentacles and the last not far from the posterior end. Two irregular
longitudinal stripes, at times ill-defined, commence at the first
transverse line at points midway between the edges of the body and
the median line and extend backward to the last transverse line.
The ventral surface of the body is unpigmented.
The largest specimen is broadly oval (PI. XVI, fig. 29) and meas-
ures 31 mm. in length by 20 mm. in greatest width. The ventral
sucker is almost exactly in
the centre of the body.
The mouth is located about
one-sixth the length of the
animal from the anterior
end. The penis is directed
forward. Nuchal tentacles
are wanting, but the mar-
ginal tentacles (text fig. 9)
are very large, fleshy out-
growths of the anterior
body edge. Numerous
small eyes are scattered
over the tentacles and even
between them; and a
group of somewhat larger
eyes, divisible into two
closely approximated clus-
ters of about seventy each, overlies the brain
.V
Fig. 9. — Eyes of Euryleptodes cavicola.
484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
No especially noteworthy features have been noted in connection
with the digestive system. The mouth (PL. XVI, fig. 29) opens
into the acorn-shaped pharynx which has a length equal to about
one-ninth that of the body. Posteriorly it leads into the main gut
chamber which originates seven pairs of lateral intestinal branches
as a general thing. These are of rather even caliber at their source,
but soon become deeply constricted and give rise to a distinct anas-
tomosing system.
The brain is located considerably nearer the mouth than the
anterior body margin. Both it and the nerves to which it gives rise
are fairly distinct, but in their distribution conform closely to the
well-known polyclad type.
The testes are ventral, of moderate size and are clearly united by
means of a system of sperm capillaries, that apparently do not
anastomose, though this is not definitely established. The vasa
deferentia (PI. XVI, fig. 29) arise close to the posterior end of the
gut and skirt the external borders of the uteri. Near the anterior
end of the uteri these canals swing abruptly inward and fuse to form
a very short, median duct (PI. XV, fig. 28) which at once enters the
large spherical seminal vesicle. Leaving this last-named organ at
its opposite end, the slender ductus ejaculatorius passes into the base
of the penis. At the point where the latter receives the ductus the
rather large, oval granular gland makes its connection. In the
clearest of the total mounts the penis and its ducts appeared to arch
backward and the male aperture was accordingly posterior to it, though
this may have been due to contractions due to the killing fluids.
The penis and male pore are placed about one-fourth of the length
of the animal from the anterior margin of the bod}'. There is an
antrum masculinum of average size.
The ovaries are dorsal and are united by an anastomosing system
of canals with the uteri. These last-named organs meet in the mid
line directly behind the mid gut (PI. XVI, fig. 29), though they
apparently do not fuse. Extending forward outside of the borders .
of the gut they anastomose frequently, particularly near the anterior
end where several convergent branches fuse (PI. XV, fig. 28) to form
the short vagina. This latter organ passes anteriorly a very short
distance and opens to the exterior immediately behind the seminal
vesicle.
Euryleptodes pannulus sp. nov.
5ut one specimen of this species has ever been seen by us. It was
nto the laboratory together with a large number of other
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
485
l,.Q
shore invertebrates, and we could obtain no data regarding its
habitat; and as it came into
our hands in a preserved state,
no color notes are available.
The body is broadly elliptical
in outline and measures 12 mm.
in length by 8 in width. The
mouth is placed about one-fifth
the length of the body from the
anterior margin. The penis is
directed forward. The tentacles
are lacking or are exceedingly
rudimentary,2 and in the position
usually occupied by marginal
tentacles numerous eyes appear
to be the only well-defined sense
organs. Other eyes, of somewhat
larger size, also occur over the
brain in two narrow, closely
approximated clusters. To-
gether these are no wider than
the brain, though they are considerably longer.
The mouth is situated in the anterior fifth of the animal and
opens into a cylindrical pharynx, whose length is slightly less than
one-sixth that of the animal. Posteriorly the pharynx leads into
the main gut chamber, of rather slender outline and with seven or
eight pairs of lateral intestinal branches. These distinctly anas-
tomose from the first.
The brain is situated half-way be-
tween the mouth and the anterior
body margin, but the imperfect
preservation of the animal renders
it impossible to trace even the main
nerves.
The testes are ventral and the
ducts from them may possibly
form an anastomosing system,
though this is far from being
proved. The large vasa deferentia,
originating opposite a point be-
Fig. 10. — Ventral view of Euryleptodes
pannulus.
Fig. 11. — Central reproductive ap-
paratus of Euryleptodes pannulus.
2 It is possible that the peculiar shape of the tentacle region may be due to
injury and partial regeneration.
486
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Sept.,
tween the sucker and the posterior end of the gut, proceed ante-
riorly and after skirting the uteri sweep inward to fuse in the mid
line. The canal thus formed immediately plunges through the
spherical seminal vesicle and as a slender ejaculatory duct directs
its course to the penis. The granular gland is oval, of moderate
size, and opens into the ejaculatory duct near the penis.
The ovaries are dorsal. The uteri extend posteriorly to the same
distance as the main gut, behind which they fuse to form a short
median branch. Anteriorly they extend between the gut and the
vasa deferentia, and converge to open in the mid line a short distance
posterior to the seminal vesicle.
Euryleptodes phyllulus sp. nov.
This species is represented by several individuals taken on the
southern shore of Monterey Bay. The largest specimen is elliptical
in outline (PI. XVI, fig. 33) and measures 28 mm. in length by 18 mm.
in width. Color notes are wanting. The sucker is slightly anterior
to the centre of the body. The mouth is about one-eighth the
length of the body from the anterior end near the apex of the pharyn-
geal pocket. The penis is directed forward.
The tentacles (PI. XVI, fig. 33) are fleshy
outgrowths of the anterior margin of the
body, extending posteriorly as far as the
brain. On and between the tentacles are
medium-sized eyes (text fig. 12) which
assume no definite arrangement, and they
also occur over the brain in a triangular
group, of about 150 ocelli, which are faintly
divisible into two clusters.
The mouth (PL XVI, fig. 33) opens into
the roughly triangular-shaped pharynx from
which the main gut proceeds posteriorly,
giving rise to about seven pairs of intestinal
branches. These last-named organs are
often swollen at their bases, but more distally gradually decrease in
caliber and form an elaborately anastomosing system.
The brain is situated immediately in front of the pharyngeal
pocket, but the other details of the nervous system are well-nigh
invisible in surface mounts.
The testes (PI. XVI, fig. 33) are liberally distributed over the
ral half of the animal, but no trace has been seen of the con-
sperm capillaries. The vasa deferentia extend posteriorly
• %
• •••••
« •
••• V I* •'
Fig. 12. — Eyes of Eury
leptodes phyllulus.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
487
as far as a point midway between the sucker and the posterior end
of the gut and laterally half-way to the margin of the body. Not
far behind the pharyngeal pocket the meshes of the vasa deferentia
converge (PI. XV, fig. 25) to form a pair of ducts which pass abruptly
inward to enter the seminal vesicle from the rear. This last organ
is large, oval, and the ejaculatory duct leaving its anterior border
passes quickly to the base of the penis, communicating with the
exterior immediately below the posterior margin of the pharyngeal
sheath.
The ovaries (PI. XVI, fig. 33) are dorsal, but the ducts connecting
them are invisible in total mounts. The uteri, on the other hand,
are clearly defined and fuse behind the posterior end of the gut,
forming a short median canal. From this point they extend ante-
riorly on either side of the main gut for nearly its entire length and
open to the exterior immediately below the posterior end of the
seminal vesicle. Numerous radiating ductules (PI. XV, fig. 25)
from the shell gland centre in the neighborhood of the vagina.
Bibliography.
Heath, H.: The Anatomy of Epibdella squamula, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Vol. 3, 1902.
A New Turbellarian from Hawaii, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1907.
Laidlaw, F. F.: On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. 2, 1903.
Lang, A.: Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Vol. II, Die Polycladen.
Plehn, M.: Neue Polycladen, Jena. Zeit. f. Naturw., Bd. 30, 1895.~
Drei neue Polycladen, Ibid., Bd. 31, 1898.
Stimpson, W.: Prodromus descriptionis anamalium evertebratorum, etc., Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1S57.
Explanation of Abbreviations used in Figures.
ab anterior intestinal branch.
ae marginal eyes.
af ant rum-f emininum.
ag accessory gland.
ai intestinal anastomoses.
am antrum-masculinum.
b brain.
be bursa copulatrix.
be brain (or cerebral) eyes.
dp dorsal pits.
ed ejaculatory duct.
gg granular-gland.
gs gland-like structures.
ib lateral intestinal branches.
im inner mouth.
m mouth.
mg mid-gut.
nt nuchal tentacles.
ova.
32
od oviduct.
os ovaries.
p pharynx.
pp pharyngeal pocket.
ps penis.
pss penis sheath.
pt dorsal pits.
sa pouch of antrum-masculinum.
sc shell chamber.
sg shell glands.
sv seminal vesicle.
t marginal tentacles.
te nuchal tentaclfe eyes.
ts testes.
u uterus.
ug uterus-gland.
v vagina.
vd vas deferens.
vs ventral sucking disk
488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,
Explanation of Plates XII-XVIII.
All of the figures were drawn by E. A. McGregor.
Plate XII. — Fig. 1. — Leptoplana tirnida, ventral view.
Fig. 2. — Stylochoplana gracilis, ventral view.
Fig. 3. — Leptoplana rupicola, ventral view.
Fig. 4. — Leptoplana saxicola, ventral view.
Fig. 5. — Aceros langi, ventral view:
Fig. 6. — Reproductive apparatus of St ylochoplana gracilis.
Fig. 7. — Phylloplana litoricola, ventral view.
Plate XIII. — Fig. 8. — Leptoplana inquieta, ventral view.
Fig. 9. — Tentacle and cephalic eyes of Planocera burchami.
Fig. 10. — Penis of Leptoplana rupicola.
Fig. 11. — Section through dorsal papilla of Licheniplana lepida.
Fig. 12. — Central reproductive apparatus of Leptoplana timida.
Fig. 13. — Penis, granular gland and seminal vesicle of Leptoplana rupicola.
Fig. 14. — Central reproductive apparatus of Leptoplana inquieta.
Fig. 15. — Portion of male reproductive apparatus of Leptoplana rupicola.
Fig. 16. — Stylostomum lentum, ventral view.
Plate XIV. — Fig. 17. — Licheniplana lepida, ventral view.
Fig. 18. — Eurylepta auranliaca, ventral view.
Fig. 19. — Brain and eyes of Leptoplana saxicola.
Fig. 20. — Brain, tentacles and eyes of Stylochoplana gracilis.
Fig. 21. — Dorsal and ventral nervous systems of Leptoplana saxicola.
Plate XV. — Fig. 22. — Central reproductive apparatus of Leptoplana rupicola.
Fig. 23. — Same of Phylloplana litoricola.
Fig. 24. — Same of Planocera calif or nica.
Fig. 25. — Same of Euryleptodes phyllulus.
Fig. 26. — Longitudinal vertical section through central reproductive appara-
tus of Stylochoplana gracilis.
Fig. 27. — Planocera burchami, ventral view.
Fig. 28. — Reproductive apparatus of Euryleptodes cavicola.
Plate XVI. — Fig. 29. — Euryleptodes cavicola, ventral view.
Fig. 30.— Central reproductive apparatus of Leptoplana saxicola.
Fig. 31. — Same of Anciliplana graffi.
Fig. 32. — Vertical longitudinal section through penis of Planocera californica.
Fig. 33. — Euryleptodes cavicola, dorsal view.
Plate XVII. — Fig. 34. — Central reproductive apparatus of Eurylepta aurantiaca-
Fig. 35. — Anciliplana graffi, ventral view.
Fig. 36. — Central reproductive apparatus of Licheniplana lepida.
Fig. 37. — Longitudinal section through reproductive apparatus of Stylo-
stomum lentu in.
Fig. 38. — Central reproductive apparatus of Aceros Iqngi.
Plate XVIII. — Fig. 39. — Planocera californica, ventral view.
Fig. 40. — Eyes of Stylostomum lentum.
Fig. 41. — Section through eyes and nuchal tentacles of Planocera californica.
Fig. 42. — Tentacle and cephalic eyes of Phylloplana litoricola.
Fig. 43. — Eyes of Leptoplana inquieta.
Fig. 44. — Central reproductive apparatus of Planocera burchami, immature
individual.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489
October 1.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Twenty persons present.
The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers
under the following titles:
"A revision of the genera and species of the group Mogoplistii
(Orthoptera: Grillidse) found in America north of the Isthmus of
Panama," by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (June 6).
"On the Orthoptera found in the Florida Keys and extreme
southern Florida, I," by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard
(June 6).
"A catalogue of Japanese Cephalopoda," by S. Stillman Berry
(June 15).
"The experimental method of testing the efficiency of warning
and cryptic coloration in protecting animals from their enemies,"
by W. L. McAtee (June 15).
"Statistical studies on the variation of the wing-length of a
butterfly of the subfamily Satyrinse," by T. Fukuda (June 15).
"Silicified wood from the Triassic of Pennsylvania," by Edgar T.
Wherry, Ph.D. (June 21).
"Age and correlation of the 'New Red' or Newark group in
Pennsylvania," by Edgar T. Wherry, Ph.D. (June 21).
"A new Synallaxis," by Witmer Stone (July 25).
"New Polyclads from Monterey Bay, California," by Harold
Heath and Ernest B. McGregor (August 14).
"Observations on the structure of some coral beds in the Hamilton
Shale," by Burnett Smith (August 15).
"A new species of Vertigo from Florida," by E. G. Vanatta
(August 22).
These had been reported on favorably for publication in the
Proceedings.
A paper entitled "Experimental studies in nuclear and cell division
in the eggs of Crepidula, " by Edwin G. Conklin (August 5), was
accepted as a contribution to the commemorative volume of the
Journal.
490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,
The deaths of the following members were announced:
Caleb J. Milne, July 1, 1912.
Horace Bellows, M.D., July 12, 1912.
Thomas S. Parvin, July 15, 1912.
Horace Howard Furness, August 12, 1912.
The death of Rudolf Hoernes, a correspondent, August 22, 1912,
was also announced.
A portrait in oil of the President, by Raditz, was presented. The
thanks of the Academy were voted to Dr. Dixon for his very desirable
gift.
Dr. Philip P. Calvert made a brief report as one of the Academy's
representatives at the Second International Entomological Congress
at Oxford.
October 15.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Eight persons present.
The following papers were accepted for publication in the com-
memorative volume of the Journal:
"A study of the variation and zoogeography of Liguus in Florida, "
by Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. (August 3).
"Analyse der Sud-Amerikanischen Heliceen," by H. von Ihering
(October 15).
J. W. von Wijhe was permitted to withdraw his paper on
Amphioxus.
The following were elected members:
Ernest Comly Dercum,
Warren Matthews Foote.
November 5.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.
Eight persons present.
The death of the Rev. Edward Craig Mitchell, a member, on
December 8, 1911, was announced.
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 491
November 19.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.
Forty-nine persons present.
The death of Clement A. Griscom, a member, on November 10,
1912, was announced.
The reception of a paper entitled "Notes on a prehistoric race of
Yucatan," by R. W. Shufeldt, M.D. (November 12), was reported
by the Publication Committee.
Dr. Philip P. Calvert made an illustrated communication on
waterfall-inhabiting dragonflies of Costa Rica.
Horace E. Smith was elected a member.
The following was ordered to be printed:
492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,
NOTES ON A PREHISTORIC RACE OF YUCATAN.
BY R. W. SHUFELDT, M.D.
During the month of June, 1912, I received, through Mr. E. W.
Nelson, of the Biological Survey of Washington, D.C., from my son,
Mr.' P. W. Shufeldt, who for several years has been a resident of
Campeche, Yucatan, a consignment of some human remains, which
he had collected in that country. Mr. Nelson had received these
with other biological material which my son had sent him, and I
have pleasure in thanking him here for his courtesy in transmitting
them.
About a month after this material came into my hands, my son
wrote me an interesting letter, in which he requested me to make
such use of all he had sent as I thought best, and, further, he gave a
brief account of the region in which he had collected the aforesaid
material, and other notes.
This material I found to be the broken and fragmentary remains
of a human skeleton or skeletons, all of which I shall fully describe
further on in this contribution.
From my son's letter I transcribe the following information,
which I give in his own words: "As you perhaps know, the penin-
sula of Yucatan — or at least such part of it as is familiar to me — is
evidently formed of upheaved sea-bottom, and that within com-
paratively recent times. It is now covered with a thin cap of decom-
posed vegetable mould, and more or less heavily forested in the
less civilized portions. At the time of this upheaval, there were
formed a series of low, rolling hills, with more or less level swales in
between. The part of which I write is almost destitute of running
streams or rivers, and all the available fresh water is that which is
collected during the rainy season in the lower depressions in the
swales, which are known as 'aguadas.'
'The land which is being worked by the company with which I
am connected comprises something over a million and a half acres,
situated in the southern half of the District of Champoton. With
this land I am more or less familiar, and it was here that the human
lins were collected. At the present time, there are a few isolated
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493
villages of native Indians belonging to the Maya race, who have
inhabited this section as far back as the memory of man. As far
as I have been able to find out, they have absolutely no folk-lore or
traditions relative to the vast population which preceded them.
They are a dying race, with little moral or physical stamina left,
and, beyond a very ordinary basket-weaving, no native industry.
"Now as to the prehistoric race — or races — which at one time
covered this vast country, you would hardly believe the amount of
ruins that remain; it would be entirely within the truth to say that
all the high land has been occupied by dwelling houses, and beyond
a doubt the population at one time fully equalled the most congested
parts of India. As far as I have seen, there were no important
cities; rather the entire country was one swarming mass of people.
Often, about the larger aguadas, may be found such heaps of ruins
as would lead one to believe that temples or principal buildings were
situated there. I have personally seen but one -building standing;
but that is enough to give an idea of the very substantial nature of
the buildings — or at least of some of them.
"Without exception, they were of stone faced with squared
limestone placed in mortar — the walls being of extreme thickness
and formed of rubble — the dressed stones facing on the outside,
the rooms on the inside being plastered, and, evidently, in many
cases, this plastering was decorative and painted.
"In the case of the house still standing, the flat Maya arch is
used, and there are both doors and windows. The building was of
at least two .stories, and perhaps three. Besides these stone struc-
tures— the remains of which, as I say, are without number — there
are many evidences of even more numerous houses of a more perish-
able nature where permanent structure was only used in the founda-
tions and flooring.
"Almost without exception, in the six or eight structures which
I have had dug up, remains of human bones were found; but all these
are very much decomposed and extremely brittle.
" Other objects which have been found in these old ruins or ' cuyos, '
as they are called, and of which I have collected specimens, are
earthen pots, both for cooking and ornament. These are of numer-
ous grades — some as fine as modern Guadalajara pottery, others of
much coarser grade. As to decorations, there are examples of
glaze in red, yellow, or a very dark brown, both painted decorations
and embossed on the clay. There are also remains of very large
jars which were of a coarse grade. Among other clay objects
494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,
found are representations of various animals, birds, and figures of
idols. The last are all more or less of the same character, and
of very inferior grade of pottery — hollow, showing head decorations
and ear-rings, or rather buttons, necklaces, etc. The upper teeth
arc always showing, sometimes in an exaggerated form, but seldom
any lower teeth. These clay idols occur in almost endless forms,
but all with the foregoing characters.
•• Among the stone implements I have found human heads or idols;
axes of several kinds of stone ; arrow- and spear-heads of very superior
workmanship; grinding stones for corn or 'metates' — of hard stone
as well as of the stone used at the present time. Without exception,
however, these metates are very small, with short legs.
"I have also a number of smaller stone implements, of which one
can only guess the uses. Besides the aforementioned specimens,
I have one bone implement, such as might be used for husking corn.
Up to the present. time there has not been a single metal implement
or ornament found here.
"It will give you some idea as to the age of this civilization, when
I tell you that nearly all the -available ground for building, in such
areas as I have been able to study — that is, where we have cleared
away the forests — has, without doubt, been worked over by hand,
as evidenced by buildings, or rather the remains of them: little
piles of stones and trash, evidently gathered ready for building, as
well as broken stones without number. All, or most, have evidently
been tested as to their suitability for stone implements.
"In many places, without evident remains on the surface, there
is, upon excavation, as much as a meter of soil containing broken
pottery, pieces of broken stone implements, etc., and often, also,
remains of human skeletons.
"From my limited observation and knowledge of such subjects,
I came to the following conclusions in regard to these prehistoric
people, whoever they were:— that the density of population was
equal — or beyond — anything existing to-day upon the face of the
earth, outside of the large, modern cities; that they were well ad-
vanced in the art of building; that they were unfamiliar with the
use of metals (?); that there has been not only one highly developed
people, but two or three, each building upon the ruins of the former ;
that they had highly developed the art of clay-burning and glazing;
that they had outside communication with a people inhabiting the
highlands of Guatemala or Mexico or some other people living in the
volcanic mountain country, and that, at least, they cultivated cotton
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495
and corn. How or where they secured their supply of water, who
they were, or where they went — each may form his own idea."
When I came to examine the material referred to at the com-
mencement of this article, I found that it represented one human
skeleton and a few parts of a second one, such as an extra mastoid
process of a temporal bone of the right side of a skull. There may
be other pieces belonging to this latter skeleton, but of that I am
not quite sure, as the fragmentary condition of the whole renders it
practically impossible to decide as to that. The extra mastoid
process is larger than the other two at hand, and apparently came
from the skull of a larger individual than the rest would indicate.
It is probably from the skull of an adult male subject.
There are some 150 pieces or more of the skeleton to which the
balance of the material belongs. Apart from some of the phalanges
of the hands and feet and other small bones, these are all more or
less imperfect — in most cases extremely so.
As bones, they all exhibit the usual evidences of great age and,
in some instances, of having been broken up long ago — as in the
case of certain bits of the calvarium, where the fractured edges are
considerably worn, thus rendering it impossible to associate them
correctly. All of these pieces are of a very pale clay color, almost
white, and extremely friable and brittle. Even the shafts of the
largest long bones may easily be broken with one's hands alone.
The only restorations that it was possible for me to make are here
shown in Plate XIX and in Plate XXI, fig. 17. The skull and
mandible are shattered into many little bits, and such bones as the
sphenoid and others are broken up to such an extent as to make it
difficult to recognize the parts — even with a perfect skull at hand
for guidance. Except a very few fragments, the entire vertebral
column and pelvis are missing, and I find no pieces that would suggest
any portion of the hyoid bone. One clavicle is in fairly good con-
dition (Plate XX, fig. 8), but most of the ribs are very fragmentary.
No part of the sternum seems to be present, and if it is, the parts
have been crumbled beyond recognition. This appears to be likewise
true of the scapulae.
With respect to the long bones of the extremities (Plate XXI,
figs. 17-22), I find the middle thirds of the shafts of the femora, with
their extremities and the rest, missing. There are also similar
remains of the humeri, the ulnae, the radii, tibiae, fibulae, and so on;
but no other bone nearly as perfect as the humerus I restored in
Plate XXI, fig. 17. The crests of the tibiae are far from being what
496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,
we would call sharp. Some of the shafts of these long bones, espe-
cially the radii and tibiae, exhibit a pathological condition, through
which necrosis has followed and destroyed some of the osseous
tissue of the shafts. It is quite possible that this was due to syphilitic
disease or to some other malady, but I believe it to be due to
syphilis.
Judging from the slenderness and general form of these bones,
I would say that they belonged to a skeleton of a female subject;
and, owing to the fact that the clavicle exhibits no distortion or
augmentation of size, to an individual who was not accustomed to
severe labor of any kind worth mentioning. Further, this person
must have been between twenty-five and thirty years of age, which
I assume to be the case from my examination of the seven (7) teeth
I find with the remains (Plate XX, figs. 3 and 4, a, b, c, d and e).
There is also a small first bicuspid with half of its fang broken off,
which is not figured. All of these teeth are wonderfully sound and
perfect, exhibiting no evidences of caries whatever or attrition due
to the wear of age.
Only a few of the bones of the carpus, or tarsus, are present;
these are more or less imperfect and present nothing of special
interest.
In Plate XX, figs. 9-16, I give some of the phalanges. of the hands
and feet. These are selected from quite a number which my son
collected with the rest of this skeleton, and from their general form
and appearance seem to have belonged to an individual who, in so
far as the feet are concerned, never compressed these parts in any
way whatever and yet walked a great deal. The individual bones
are stout, strong, and somewhat broad, transverselv for their lengths
(Plate XX, fig. 10).
If we may judge from what we have of the skull of this subject
(Plate XIX, fig. 1, and Plate XX, fig. 3), it is fair to assume that the
possessor of it had a rather large cranial capacity; that the parietal,
supraoccipital and temporal walls were not particularly thick;
while, as a matter of fact, the tables are thin and the diploic tissue
not especially abundant. In the lambdoid suture there is at least
one ''Wormian bone" present, and there may have been others,
although I attach no great significance to the fact. The "anterior
nasal spine" was rather prominent, as is the case in some of the
lower races of mankind.
On the internal table of the cranial vault, the eminences and
depressions for the lodgement of the convolutions of the cerebrum
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497
are well marked, but not sufficiently well preserved to indicate the
amount or complexity of the cerebral substance. The lateral
sinuses, the grooves for the meningeal arteries, and the Torcular
Herophili are all easily made out, and there is every indication that
the foramen magnum was unusually large.
Although fragmentary, this material is of no little importance,
especially when taken in connection with what my son has pointed
out in his above-quoted letter. It is to be hoped that a great deal
more material will come to hand from the same country, including
such objects as pottery, weapons, tools, ornaments, idols, etc., as
well as a series of good photographs of remains of buildings, character
of country and other data so as to furnish as complete a report as
possible on this prehistoric people and the little-known country they
inhabited.
Explanation of Plates XIX, XX, XXI.
[All the figures in the three plates are reproductions of photographs made by
the author direct from the specimens.]
Plate XIX. — Fig. 1. — Portion of the left side of the skull, broken into five (5)
pieces, and restored by the author, tm., temporal bone; zyg., zygomatic
process of temporal; ms., mastoid process; c, condyle for atlas; p.c.f.,
posterior condyloid foramen; oc, occipital bone, broken into four (4)
parts; s.s., squamosal suture; l.s., lambdoid suture. The longest diameter
of the portion of this skull here shown, taken from the end of the zygomatic
process to the occiput, measures in the specimen 16.2 cms.; the same
diameter measures on the figure 14.3 cms. The ratio gives the amount
of reduction.
Plate XX. — Fig. 2. — One of the cervical vertebrae seen from above. The
spinous process broken off, together with lower border of lamina. This
is probably the fourth to the sixth cervical vertebra, from the skeleton
of not a large subject. Sex unknown. I have not compared it with the
vertebras of this part of the spine in the skeletons of known subjects.
Transverse diameter of body in specimen 1.9 cms.; in this figure on the
plate, 1.6 cms. This will give the ratio of reduction for all the other
bones shown on this plate.
Fig. 3. — Fragment of superior maxillary bone seen on direct lateral aspect;
first and second molar teeth in situ.
Fig. 4. — Five other teeth, a canine (which belonged to the bone shown in
fig. 3) (d); a first bicuspid (e); and three molars (a, b, and c). All, save
the canine, probably belonged to the other side of this jaw.
Fig. 5. — First metacarpal bone of left hand; lateral aspect. The distal
extremity is toward the centre of the plate. In the specimen, the longi-
tudinal axis measures 4.4 cms.
Fig. 6. — Vertebral extremity of the second rib of the right side, with a small
part of the shaft. Head fractured off.
Fig. 7. — Portion of jaw; ramus of left side, with condyle and coronoid
process perfect. Inner aspect, showing process overhanging inferior
dental foramen.
Fig. 8. — Clavicle of left side, anterior aspect; sternal and acromial extremi-
ties broken off. The characters of this bone indicate that it belonged
to a female subject, or at least to a person who was not accustomed to
perform severe and continuous labor.
498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.,
j.-j<r 9_ — Firgt phalangeal joint, minimus digit, left hand, palmar aspect.
The distal extremities of all the phalangeal joints shown in the plate are
directed upwards, with the exception of the one placed horizontally
(fig. 13).
Fig. 10. — First phalanx of annularis digit of left hand, dorsal aspect. The
specimen is perfect and 3.7 cms. in length.
Fig. 11. — Fourth metacarpal, left hand, dorsal aspect. Length of specimen,
4.9 cms.
Fig. 12. — First phalanx of second toe of right foot, seen on dorsal surface.
Fig. 13. — First phalanx of minimus digit of left hand, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 14. — Third metatarsal of left foot, dorso-inner-lateral aspect.
Fig. 15. — Second metatarsal of the left foot, internal surface.
Fig. 16. — Second metatarsal of the right foot, internal surface.
Plate XXI. — Fig. 17. — Shaft of right humerus, posterior surface, extremities
imperfect, olecranon depression not perforated. Restored by the author
from three fragments in the collection. Extreme length of specimen,
25.6 cms.
Fig. 18. — Proximal moiety of left humerus, posterior surface (probably
from the skeleton of the same individual).
Fig. 19. — Part of the shaft of the left tibia, anterior surface. Proximal
moiety with extremity missing.
Fig. 20. — Part of the shaft of the right tibia, anterior surface. Proximal
moiety with extremity missing (probably from the skeleton of the same
individual). The peculiar excoriation of the bone in the case of these
two tibia? indicate possible disease (syphilis?).
Fig. 21. — Proximal end of left radius, including head.
Fig. 22. — Proximal end of right radius, including head. Reduced about
one-third.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499
December 17.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-seven persons present.
Dr. Thomas H. Fenton, the Chairman of the Library Committee,
called attention to a copy of the Centenary volume of the Journal
(XV) placed on the table by the Publication Committee in com-
memoration of the meeting held last March to celebrate the one
hundredth anniversary of the founding of the Academy. He com-
mented on the typographical merits of the volume, the value of its
contents, and the promptness of its publication.
He then offered the following, which was unanimously adopted:
Resolved, That it . is the sense of this meeting that the sincere
thanks of the Academy are due to Dr. Edward J. Nolan for his
untiring zeal in the preparation, compilation, and editing of the
splendid memorial volume presented to-night, and for its extraor-
dinarily prompt completion.
The reception of papers under the following titles was reported
by the Publication Committee:
"The Protoconch of Acmsea." By Will F. Thompson (Decem-
ber 14).
''Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama — II."
By A. P. Brown and H. A. Pilsbry (December 17).
The following were ordered to be published:
500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
FAUNA OF THE GATUN FORMATION, ISTHMUS OF PANAMA-II.
BY AMOS P. BROWN AND HENRY A. PILSBRY.
The collection reported in this paper was obtained by Professor
William B. Scott in 191 1.1 It comprises materials from the follow-
ing sources:
1. Fossils from the oyster-shell areas in the Black Swamp near
Mount Hope (Monkey Hill). This material consists of coral and
coralline fragments, with a considerable molluscan fauna, including
the oysters which are the distinguishing shells of these shell areas.
The bed lies about 4 feet above the present sea level, and is doubt-
less the same as that encountered in digging for sewers, etc., in
the streets of Colon. Among the Mollusca the recent species pre-
dominate, though some species found in this assemblage seem to
be extinct. It must be remembered, however, that the recent
fauna of this part of the coast, aside from the strictly littoral forms,
is very imperfectly known, and hence some of these supposedly
extinct forms may be found living. In any case, it does not seem
probable that this bed can be older than Pleistocene. The species
will be considered, along with those of lot 2, in another paper.
2. From the oyster-shell areas in the black, unconsolidated mud,
unconformable on the Gatun Formation, found at the lower end of the
Gatun Locks. This mud extends from a few feet below sea level
to about 10 feet above it. The specimens collected consist of
shells of Ostrea with a large number of specimens of Congeria and
many barnacles. The other mollusks are not so plentiful as in lot
1, there are no corals or corallines, but it is evident from the im-
pressions on the shells that the oysters grew on mangroves or similar
plants. The species will be considered in another paper along with
those of the preceding collection.
3. Fossils from the Gatun beds in the excavation of the Lower Locks
at Gatun. This bed was the source of most or all of the material
described in our former paper.2 A number of additional species
1 Acknowledgments are due to Mr. D. F. MacDonald. geologist of the
('anal Commission, who collected a large part of the material and supplied the
data concerning it.
Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama. Proc. A. N. S. Phila.t
1911, p. 336.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501
are here added. In this bed, especially in the part below sea level,
the fossils are beautifully preserved, and the fauna, if it ever becomes
completely known, will doubtless prove to be a very rich one. We
have already discussed its position in the series in the paper noted
above. The new species found in this lot are as follows (including
3 species of Natica collected by Brown, 1910) :
Vol vula micratracta n. sp.
Ringicula hypograpta n. sp.
Pleurotoma (Gemmula) vaningeni n. sp.
Drillia enneacyma n. sp.
Glyphostoma dentiferum Gabb.
Fasciolaria gorgasiana n. sp.
Turbonilla bartschiana n. sp.
Turbonilla gatunensis n. sp.
Natica bolus n. sp.
Natica canalizonalis n. sp.
Natica canrena (Linn.).
Sigaretus (Eunaticina) gabbi n. sp.
Pecten (Cyclopecten) oligolepis n. sp.
Corbula (Cuneocorbula) hexacyma n. sp.
Echinochama antiquata Dall.
4. Fossils from the excavation of the Spillway, Gatun Dam. This
is in the Gatun Formation, here a rather soft, somewhat lignitic
material, largely composed of volcanic ash. Besides the species
noted below, it contains fragments of wood, nuts, and other remains
of land plants, converted to lignite coal. The list of species ob-
served in this Spillway material is as follows:
Conus concavitectum B. and P.
Cyprcea henikeni Sowb.
Turritella altilira Conrad.
Pecten (Amusium) luna n. sp.
Pecten (Euvola) reliquus n. sp.
Cardium (Trachy cardium) dominicense Gabb.
Cardium durum n. sp.
Tellina cequiterminata n. sp.
Dosinia delicatissima n. sp.
dementia dariena (Conrad).
Petricola millestriata n. sp.
Thracia {Cyathodonta) isthmica n. sp.
Solen near amphistemma Dall.
5. Fossils from the Cuts along the Relocation of the Panama Rail-
road in the Quebrancha Hills, nearly one mile south of Gatun. This
is in the Gatun Formation, and Mr. Mac-Donald notes that these
502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
beds appear to be higher in the formation than those at the Spill-
way excavation. The fossils are pelecypods mostly and are similar
to those in the upper part of the excavations for the Locks at Gatun
as well as those from the Spillway. The material in which the
shells are imbedded is mostly volcanic ash, often hardened by the
calcium carbonate from the shells, which in their turn are partly
dissolved and softened, falling out of the rock as casts of the interior
of the shell and leaving a more or less perfect mould. The species
identified are as follows:
Turritella altilira Conrad.
Turritella gatunensis Conrad.
Area dariensis B. and P.
Cardium stir latum B. and P.
Cardium dominicense Dall.
Chione tegulum B. and P.
Chione ulocyma Dall.
Callocardia gatunensis multifilosa Dall.
dementia dariena (Conrad).
Cyclinella gatunensis Dall.
6. Fossils from the fossiliferous layers near Tower N, Las Cascades,
Culebra Cut. At Las Cascades the Culebra Cut passes through a
hardened volcanic ash or tuff, interbedded with which are several
thin, fossil-bearing layers. The uppermost of these is some 85 feet
above the bottom of the cut, as it was at the time this collection was
made. It is a thin limestone bed, often not more than a fewr inches
thick. This we have called the Pecten bed, from the numbers of
Pecten and Amusium which it contains. This Pecten bed was seen
by Professor Scott to extend along the cut to about a mile south of
Empire, or at least two miles along the cut. The material of the
bed is largely ash which is cemented to a firm stone by the calcium
carbonate derived from the shells, which in many cases are dis-
solved, leaving a mould or cast. The list of species found in
this Pecten bed includes several species found at the Spillway as
well as at the Lock excavations at Gatun, along with several new
species. The list of species identified from the Pecten bed is given
below.
At 65 feet below the Pecten bed, and also at some 20 feet still
lower, or what was the bottom of the cut when this collection was
made, are black lignitic clays interbedded with the gray tuff which
carry a fauna of small molluscan forms. These represent a
dwarfed or 'runt' fauna such as is often found in connection
with lignitic formations. There are also remains of Crustacea,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503
crabs, in the lower layer. It was in these lignitic layers that the
oxidation of pyrite produced a heating of the shale, resulting in
the generation of steam and gas that was reported in the daily
press as the breaking out of a volcano in the Culebra Cut. The
fossils are largely pseudomorphs of calcite, and when they are
wetted the shell crumbles and falls apart. It is very difficult to
clean the shells in this bed from the adhering shale on this account.
The number of species is considerable, but only a few can be
extracted in sufficiently clean condition to be determined or
described. A list of the species that could be studied is given
below :
Species observed in the Pecten Bed at Tower N, Las Cascades.
Balanus sp.
Murex (Phyllonotus) gatunensis B. and P.
Pyrula micronematica n. sp.
Area sp.
Pecten (Amusium) sol n. sp.
Pecten (Amusium) sp. indet. A fragment of an Amusium with
even ribs.
Pecten (Mquipecten) oxygonum canalis n. subsp.
Ostrea gatunensis B. and P.
Tellina vetula n. sp.-
Semele chipolana Dall.
Chione (Lirophora) ulocyma (Dall.).
Dosinia delicatissima n. sp.
Crassitellites mediamericanus n. sp.
Kuphus incrassatus Gabb.
Schizaster schertzeri Gabb.
Species observed in the Lignitic Layers near Tower N, Las
Cascades.
Callianassa scotti n. sp.
Nassa (Hi ma) prceambigua n. sp.
Bittium scotti n. sp.
Turritella altilira Conrad.
Area dalli n. sp.
Spondylus scotti n. sp.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
Callianassa scotti n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 1-3.
The propodite is quadrate, its width nearly or quite equal to the
length, the upper face evenly convex, its surface granular, at least
near the base of the fixed finger. The proximal margin is abruptly
33
504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
depressed. Lateral margin on the side of the fixed finger is acute
and crenulated, the opposite edge being less acute and apparently
smooth. The palm is convex in the middle, a little concave towards
the crenulated margin. There is a submedian row of three small
tubercles on the distal half. The fixed finger is quite slender and
shorter than the palm.
Measurements (in Millimeters) .
a.
b.
Lgth exclusive
Width in
Thickness
of fingers.
the middle.
29
27
12
24
21
10.3
22
19
9.5
About 65 feet below the base of the Pecten bed at Tower N,
Culebra Cut.
This species, one of the largest Callianassas, is rather abundant,
represented in the collection by ten chelae and some fragments.
Named in honor of Professor William B. Scott. It is evidently what
Herr Toula figured as Krabbenscheren, I.e., p. 512, Taf. XXX,
fig- 14.
In a few specimens the hand is longer, length of palm 30, width
24 mm.
In the Gabb collection from Costa Rica there is an imperfect
hand evidently referable to the same species.
Volvulella micratracta n. sp. Text fig. 1.
Bulla (Volvula) cf. ozytata Bush, Toula, I.e., p. 709, pi. 28, fig. 4, 1909.
The shell resembles V. minuta Bush, from which it differs by the
noticeably longer posterior spine-like extension and more swollen
shape. The spiral sculpture is decidedly stronger,
consisting of distinct, continuous, widely spaced
grooves, of which three are at the anterior and two
at the posterior end. On the convex portion there
is some appearance of very shallow longitudinal
plication. There is a narrow umbilical slit.
Length 1.5, cliam. 0.7 mm.
The type from Gatun is probably conspecific
with a series of five specimens from Monkey River,
British Honduras. These are larger, up to 2 mm.
Fig. 1. long, and have more of the distinct grooves at the ends.
They were found in mud brought up on an anchor.
V. oxytata is a much more cylindrical species.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
505
Kingicula hypograpta n. sp. Text fig. 2.
Shell globose-conic, solid, composed of four moderately convex
whorls. Apex obtuse. Surface smooth above, minutely engraved
spirally below the periphery with about
10 lines ; growth-lines visible but weak.
The last whorl terminates in a thick
and strong, rounded lip-varix. Outer lip
is thickest in the middle, where it bulges
forward and inward. Columella has a
strong upper and thinner basal lamella.
Parietal callus thick, provided with a
small median fold.
Length 2.1, diam. 1.5 mm.
Gatun bed, Lower Locks at Gatun.
Fig. 2.
Pleurotoma (Gemmula) vaningeni n. sp. PL XXII,
fig. 4.
The shell is composed of about 13
whorls, of which the first 2\ are smooth
and convex ; next whorl also convex, with sculpture of close,
regular, axial ribs. At the beginning of the following whorl the
sculpture changes abruptly. A strong, rounded cord appears imme-
diately below the suture, and a stronger, wider one occupies the
middle of the exposed part of the whorl, its summit bearing tubercles
which are noticeably longer in the axial direction. On the last
three whorls there are several spiral threads in the sulci above and
below the median tuberculate ridge, and the tubercles upon the
latter become somewhat more compressed. The last whorl has
about ten major spirals and numerous unequal spiral threads below
the peripheral ridge, the upper three spirals larger than the lower
ones. There are also on the last three or four whorls rather close-
set, retractive axial threads above the beaded ridge.
Length 19.5, diam. 7.3 mm.
Excavation at Gatun Locks.
This handsome species is named for Dr. Gilbert Van Ingen, of
the Princeton University Museum.
Drillia enneacyma n. sp. Text fig. 3.
The shell is small, fusiform, composed of about 8 whorls, the first
three smooth, the rest having sculpture of strong, rounded, slightly
protractive, smooth, axial ribs, about as wide as their intervals and
nine on each whorl. On the last whorl the ribs stop rather abruptly
where the convex portion of the whorl passes into the short, tapering
506
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Fig. 3.
anterior end, which has sculpture of spiral cords only. The
intervals between ribs are crossed by low spiral cords
separated by narrower grooves, which extend part
way up the slopes of the ribs, but are wholly absent
near and at their summits. On the last whorl about
9 spirals may be counted in each intercostal interval.
The aperture is narrow, with a distinct but not deep
posterior sinus.
Length 6, diam. 2.1 mm.
From excavation of the lower locks at Gatun.
Fasciolaria gorgasiana n. sp. PI. XXII, fig. 5.
This species is represented by the last two whorls
minus the anterior canal. A fusiform shell with the
anterior extension quite narrow is indicated. The sur-
face slopes rather steeply from the suture to the subangular shoulder
and is ornamented on the last whorl with about 10 low, unequal
spiral cords. The shoulder bears conic tubercles, a little compressed
vertically, about 8 tubercles on each whorl. A cord at the shoulder
and two others below it override tubercles and intervals, but are
stronger on the tubercles. Below the shoulder the whorl is at first
convex and sculptured with strong alternating with weak cords,
then becomes concave, passing into the anterior canal. The col-
umella has a group of three strong plaits. The diameter of the last
whorl is about 21 mm.
Gatun bed.
This small species is related to the much larger F. intermedia
Sowb. of the Santo Domingo Oligocene, but on comparison with a
good series of that species it is seen that the coronal tubercles of
F. gorgasiana are more acutely conic and radiate more horizontally;
the last whorl also contracts more rapidly downwards. Fusus
quinquespinus Dall has much resemblance to this species, but there
arc only five spines on the last whorl. The type is fragmentary,
but so characteristic that there can be no difficulty in recognizing
it. Named in recognition of the services to the State of Col. Wil-
liam C. Gorgas.
Nassa (Hima) praeambigua n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 6, 7.
The shell resembles N. ambigua Mont., being acutely ovate-
conic, the outlines of the spire straight, suture narrowly impressed,
iiorls not conspicuously convex except the last, which is rather
The apex is acute, first 2* whorls smooth, subsequent
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507
whorls with sculpture of rounded axial ribs nearly as wide as their
intervals, crossed by spiral cords. On the last whorl there are
13 or 14 ribs, the last one larger, forming the lip-varix. The ribs
are continuous from whorl to whorl as in some related forms. Spiral
sculpture of low cords which are more prominent on the ribs, weak
in the intervals, and to the number of eight on the last whorl above
the basal sulcus. On the penultimate whorl there are three of
these cords, lower than those on the last whorl, or sometimes 4
when the upper one is split. The aperture is small, apparently
not unlike that of N. ambigua, but filled with coarse material in all
the specimens.
Length 5.3, diam. 3.3 mm.
From a lignitic clay below the Pecten bed at Tower N, Culebra
Cut. The specimens were taken from 65 to 80 feet below the
Pecten bed. It is rather abundant.
In Nassa ambigua there are more spiral cords than in this species,
and they are stronger in the intercostal intervals; the whorls of the
spire are more convex. In N. prceambigua the spire is straight-
sided as in N. vibex Say. N. bidentata Emmons has fewer spirals
and wider, fewer axial ribs. The recent Alectrion (Hima) catallus
Dall, from deep water in the Gulf of Panama, is a more elaborately
sculptured shell of the same group. N. prceambigua is probably
an ancestor of the Pliocene and recent members of the Hima group
on both sides of the isthmus.
Pyrula micronematica n. sp. PI. XXII, fig. 8.
The shell has the usual shape. Sculpture of small, slender spiral
cords which are noticeably knotted where the rather wide-spaced
axial threads intersect them. Minute secondary spiral threads
divide the wide spaces of the primary cords. Faint traces of most
minute spiral threads of a third order may be perceived. The
spacing and number of spirals is the same as in the recent P. decus-
sata Wood.
Length of the imperfect specimen figured 28.8 mm.
Found in the Pecten bed in the Culebra Cut near Tower N, Las
Cascades.
This species agrees with Pyrula decussata Wood of the recent
Panamic fauna in having only half as many major spirals as the
Antillean P. papyracea Say and P. pUsbryi B. Smith. The essential
differences between the two collateral phyla (represented in the
recent fauna by P. papyracea and P. decussata), were therefore
508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
well established in the Oligocene. P. micronematica is a much
-mailer species than P. decussata (of which it is probably an ancestor),
with smaller, very slender primary spirals. In young P. decussata
the spirals are much larger and closer together. Both of the speci-
i nens found are in the hard tufaceous rock of the Pecten bed. Neither
shows the early or embryonic whorls.
Natica bolus n. sp. PI. XXII, fig. 9.
The shell is rotund, solid, composed of 4| whorls, the earlier
ones slowly, the last two rapidly enlarging. The spire is very low,
conic, narrow, and small, suture but little impressed; last whorl
is a little depressed below the suture and smooth throughout. The
aperture is semicircular as usual. The parietal margin is heavily
calloused, chiefly in the upper angle, a short rounded ridge emerg-
ing just below it. A larger bluntly triangular lobe projects at the
upper edge of the umbilicus, and a less conspicuous pad terminates
a cord spirally entering the umbilical cavity.
Alt. 9, diam. 9.5 mm.
Gatun bed A. P. B., 1910.
This species differs from N. canrena by its much less deeply im-
pressed suture, absence of tangential plication above, and various
details of the columellar region.
Natica canrena (Linn.).
Several specimens, the largest having a diameter of 28 mm.,
were taken by one of us in the Gatun bed. They belong apparently
to an early race of the N. canrena stock, such as that occurring in
the Bowden bed. No opercula were obtained.
Natica canalizonalis n. sp. PI. XXII, fig. 10.
The shell is hemispherical with a very small low-conic, subacute
spire of 4^ whorls, the last two rapidly enlarging, last whorl somewhat
depressed below the suture, which is very little impressed. The
inner lip is very heavily calloused posteriorly, the part above the
umbilicus very short, emerging a little, projecting at the upper
margin of the umbilicus, the face of the projection transversely
dented. The umbilicus is ample, rendered lunate by a flat median
callus which terminates a cord spirally entering the umbilicus.
Alt. 8, diam. 8.3 mm.
Gatun bed, A. P. B., 1910.
The ample umbilicus, heavy, transversely dented parietal callus
and appressed suture characterize this species, of which only "one
specimen was taken.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509
Sigaretus (Eunaticina) gabbi n. sp. PI. XXII, fig. 13.
The shell is narrowly umbilicate, semiglobose, with very short,
narrow spire of 3| whorls. The first two whorls, which compose
the embryonic shell, are convex, smooth, and glossy and increase
slowly. After that the shell abruptly becomes dull, with sculpture
of close, fine, spiral striae. The last whorl is most convex below the
periphery. The aperture is nearly as long as the shell, ovate.
Columella somewhat thickened and a little rolled back.
Greatest length 6.5, diam. 6.5 mm.; length of aperture 6 mm.
Gatun Locks.
S. multilineatus Gabb from Sapote, Costa Rica, is a larger shell
with more conic, elevated spire.
Bittium scotti n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 11, 12.
Shell turreted, with very slightly convex outlines, tapering to a
minute, acute apex. Whorls about 12, the first 2 or 3 smooth.
Subsequent whorls have sculpture of axial ribs about equal to their
intervals, crossed by numerous unequal spiral threads. On the
penultimate whorl there are about 15 axial ribs crossed by about
6 spiral threads and some minute striae. On the last whorl there
are one or two rounded varices, broader and more prominent than
the ribs, which are very weak in their vicinity, and do not extend
below the periphery. The base has 4 or 5 strong, continuous
spiral cords.
Length 10.5, diam. 3.8 mm.
9.5 " 3.6 "
8.5 " 2.8 "
About 65 to 80 feet below the Pecten bed at Tower N, Culebra
Cut, near Las Cascades.
This shell stands close to Bittium boiplex Dall, of the Chipola
Oligocene, which differs chiefly by its more slender contour. B.
priscum Dall, of the Tampa Silex bed, seems to be an allied form
with fewer spirals. B. Scotti is extremely abundant in the friable
ignitic bed at Tower N} Culebra Cut, but most of the specimens
are calcite pseudomorphs and cannot be extricated from the similar
material in which they are imbedded.
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) bartschiana n. sp. Text fig. 4a.
The shell is minute, slender, with a bulimoid embryonic shell
of about 2 smooth whorls, the last strongly convex and nearly
half immersed in the first neanic whorl; post-embryonic whorls 6,
convex, with sculpture of smooth, rounded, vertical, axial ribs equal
to their intervals. On the penultimate whorl there are 17 ribs.
510
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
On the last half of the last whorl the ribs become smaller; the con-
cave intervals do not extend be-
low the periphery and are rounded
at their lower ends.
Length 2, diam. 0.6 mm.
Excavation at Gatun Locks.
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) sratunensis n. sp.
Text fig. 46, c.
The shell is minute, rather rap-
idly tapering, the diameter at the
last whorl about double that of
the first post-embryonic whorl.
Embryonic shell bulimoid, of about
2 whorls, the last very globose,
pjg 4 nearly half immersed. Post-em-
bryonic whorls 5^, convex, the
greatest convexity just above the suture, which is deeply impressed.
Sculpture of rounded, slightly protractive, axial ribs, equal to their
intervals, 14 on the last whorl; the concave intervals gradually
effaced at the periphery of the last whorl.
Length 1.7, diam. 0.65 mm. Length of embryonic shell 0.3,
diam. 0.2 mm.
Excavation at Gatun Locks.
Related to T. bartschiana, but more rapidly tapering, with the
whorls more swollen below and the riblets noticeably protractive.
Area dalli n. sp. PL XXIII, fig. 4.
A small, very obese ark, with beaks at the anterior fourth of
the length, full and well incurved; hinge-line rather short. Valves
equal, similarly sculptured with about 28 ribs wider than their
intervals, those of the median and anterior part strongly and closely
tuberculate, as in Area chiriquiensis Gabb, the posterior ribs nearly
smooth. Interior unknown.
Length 20, alt. 16, diam. 15.7 mm.
From a lignitic clay at the bottom of the Culebra Cut, near Tower
N; a bed below the Pecten bed at the same place.
Pecten (Euvola) reliquus n. sp. PI. XXIV, fig. 3.
• Pecten sp. (vielleicht n. sp.) " Toula, Jahrb. k.k. Geol. Reichsanst., 1908,
LVIII, p. 755, text figs, 12, 13.
The left valve is strongly convex, the right almost flat, being
very gently convex towards the beaks, concave on each side of the
middle. Sculpture of about 24 strong ribs. In the left valve they
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511
are a little flattened on the summits, have very steeply sloping
sides, and are parted by intervals decidedly narrower than the ribs.
Over all there is a fine concentric sculpture of delicate lamina?,
which remain much more prominent in the intercostal spaces. In
the right valve the ribs are noticeably narrower, about equal to their
intervals, and they are almost obsolete in a rather wide band at the
anterior end. The anterior ear is ribless. The concentric sculp-
ture is less developed than in the convex valve. The height is
52 mm. in the largest co-type — a right valve.
Gatun Formation at the Spillway.
This scallop may be readily recognized, even in fragments, by its
finer sculpture, which is unlike other Isthmian species.
Pecten oxygonum oanalis n. subsp. PI. XXIII, fig. 3.
We refer to this subspecies a series of scallops from the Pecten
bed at Tower N, Culebra Cut, Canal Zone, which agree with the
Costa Rican P. o. optimum in the main, but differ by having the
radial striae almost equal, without an enlarged one on the ridge
of each rib. The number of ribs is the same as in optimum. The
figured specimen measures, alt. 45.5, length 44 mm. Some are
larger, up to 55 mm. in length.
This is a very abundant and characteristic fossil of the upper
bed of hard limestone near Tower N. The shells cannot be extri-
cated from the rock, in which they are exposed by breaking it up.
While this Pecten is obviously close to Costa Rican and Haitian
forms, it seems advisable to signalize the minor differences of the
races by subspecific names.
Pecten oxygonum optimum n. subsp. PI. XXIII, fig. 2.
Pecten paranensis d'Orb., Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. Phila., VIII, p. 347. pi.
45, fig. 24. Not of d'Orbigny, Voyage dans l'Am&\ Merid., Pakean-
tologie, p. 132.
The shell is larger than P. oxygonum Sowb., of the Santo Domingo
Oligocene, with lower ribs. There are at least 19 ribs, several
at each end, narrow, low, and slender, the rest rounded, broad, and
rather low, parted by somewhat narrower intervals. Both ribs
and intervals bear unequal radial stria? or threads, of which one on
the summit of each rib is somewhat larger, giving the ribs a cari-
nated appearance. There is also an enlarged thread in the middle
of some of the intercostal valleys. About 11 stria? may be counted
between the summit of one rib and the next. Auricles strongly
striated radially. The whole surface (except near the beaks) bears
5 1 2
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
a dense and minute sculpture of raised concentric threads or growth-
laminae, which are not emphasized in passing over the striae.
Length 62, altitude 57, semidiameter 13 mm.
Reventazon River, Costa Rica, Type a right valve. Collected
by Win. M. Gabb, Coll. A. N. S. P.
This specimen was referred by Gabb to P. paranensis Orb., which,
while doubtless related, differs decidedly in the secondary sculpture.
We are equally unable to refer the Costa Rican species to P. 7nadi-
sonius, which has higher and usually fewer ribs. The Santo
Domingan specimens which Gabb identified as the unfigured P.
oxygonum Sowb. are all smaller than the present shell, with some-
what more elevated ribs, which bear fewer radial striae.
Dall has proposed a Pecten gabbis for specimens from Antigua
and Santo Domingo, which have the general form of this shell, but
differ by having "narrower interspaces each filled with one imbri-
cated riblet." In P. optimum there are 4 or 5 striae in each interval,
and when one is larger it is not conspicuously so. Dall includes
Gabb's Costa Rican shell in his references, but does not refer to it
in the text. Gabb does not report paranensis from Santo Domingo.
Pecten (Cyclopecten) oligolepis n. sp. Text fig. 5.
Pecten app. subhyalinus Smith, Toula, J. B, dor k.k. Geolog. Reichsan-
stalt, 1911, Bd. 61, p. 492, pi. 31, figs, la, b, c.
This shell is very close to the West Indian Cyclopecten simplex
Yerrill, but differs in details of sculpture. The right valve has
concentric sculpture of excessively
faint and fine striae, scarcely visible,
and only under the compound mi-
croscope, and there are slightly more
distinct radial threads near the edges.
The left valve has rather widely
spaced low concentric threads and
more delicate radial threads, chiefly
seen near the margins. In C. simplex
the right valve is the more strongly
sculptured, according to Verrill. The
internal structure is substantially as figured for C. simplex (Trans.
Conn. Acad., X, pi. 19, figs, 1, 2).
Length 2.8; height 2.7, diam of right valve .8 mm.
From the excavation of the lower locks at Gatun.
Fig. 5.
:: Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Ill, p. 717, pi. 29, fig. 3.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513
Pecten subhyalinus E. A. Smith, from the west coast of Pata-
gonia, is somewhat higher than long, the hinge line is shorter and
the valves somewhat less convex than in P. oligolepis.
Pecten (Amusium) sol n. sp. PI. XXIV, figs. 1, 2.
The shell is subcircular, thin, but slightly convex, nearly smooth
(the growth-lines being very faint) except near the beaks, where
there are radial riblets, low, rounded, but very distinct for a distance
of about 10-14 mm., then gradually becoming weak and disappear-
ing. In the left valve the beak is depressed, almost flat, and the
auricles are marked off by a small ledge, but no decided change
in the general curvature of the surface. In the right valve the beak
is somewhat convex and separated from the more distinctly de-
marked auricles by a groove. Internally the shell has radial ribs
in pairs, the interval between the ribs of a pair being about one-
third the width of the interval between pairs.
Two valves, cotypes, measure 83 mm. from beaks to basal margin.
Some specimens represented by internal casts are larger, up to
90 mm. in altitude in the case of a large one. This valve measured
90 mm. in length.
From a bed with Pecten oxygonum optimum in the Culebra Cut,
near Tower N, Las Cascades.
This species and Pecten oxygonum optimum are characteristic
fossils of what we have called the Pecten bed, at Tower N.
This Amusium differs from Pecten touloe, of the Gatun bed, P.
papyracea Gabb, of Santo Domingo, and the North American P.
mortoni by having strong radial sculpture in the early neanic stage:
those species agreeing with the recent Oriental forms in having no
external radial sculpture at any stage. P. lyonii Gabb, described
from Sapote, Costa Rica, agrees with P. sol in having radial beak
sculpture, but it differs by having more distinctly defined auricles
and by the internal sculpture of numerous equidistant ribs. While
the ribs of one valve are not perceptibly twinned in the Oriental
Amusiums, they are about equal in number in the two valves in P.
pleuronectes L., in which this character of having one valve with
equally spaced ribs and one with paired ribs is very pronounced.
With the single exception noted below, all of the casts we have seen
from the Pecten bed agree in having ribs in contiguous pairs.
In one incomplete cast the ribs are in pairs separated by intervals
fully half as wide as the spaces between pairs (not crowded as in
P. lyonii Gabb). This probably represents another species.
514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Pecten (Amusium) luna n. sp. PI. XXIII, fig. 1. ,
A species resembling P. mortoni Conr., from which it differs chiefly
by the ears which are depressed below the plane of the valve and
separated by a ledge. In P. mortoni the ears are nearly level with
the adjacent part of the valve, from which grooves separate them.
The hinge-line is short, not serrate above in the right valve, as in
P. mortoni. The surface is smooth throughout except for the usual
hue growth-lines and fine, indistinct radial striation, such as is seen
in P. mortoni. The laterodorsal lines diverge more than in mor-
toni, forming a greater angle at the beak. The internal ribs run in
pairs, spaced about as in P. sol. The shell is rather strongly convex
for an Amusium, more convex than in P. mortoni.
Alt. 76, length 80 mm.; diam. right valve 12 mm.
Gatun Formation at the Spillway.
The type is a right valve, which we at first referred to P. sol,
from which it differs chiefly by the unsculptured beak and the
ledges defining the ears.
P. ioulce differs by its gray radii.
Spondylus scotti n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 1, 2.
A species of the S. americanus group, having the lower valve
very convex, the upper valve moderately so; beak not much produced.
Sculpture of about 17 narrow little-prominent radial ribs, some
of them bearing very short, scale-like spines, irregularly placed,
and on the lower half only; between these ribs there are fine, un-
equal longitudinal striae, 4 to 8 in each space. They are crenulated
by extremely fine, crowded laminae along the growth-lines. There
are some weakly developed foliations on one side of the lower valve.
Breadth 51 mm., length (alt.) of lower valve 65, of upper 58 mm.,
diam. 41 mm.
From the lignitic bed below the Pecten bed at Tower N, Culebra
Cut,
Well distinguished from the recent Antillean S. americanus
Hermann by the delicacy of the sculpture and more convex lower
valve-. It is also somewhat related to S. gumanomocon4 of the
* Spondylus gumanomocon n. sp. A species resembling S. varians Sowb.
S. delessertii Chenu). The upper valve is Pectiniform, orbicular, of moderate
thickness, with low radial ribs, the principal ones irregularly spinose, spines
-hurt; cardinal urea small and short, as in S. americanus. Lower valve very
ponderous, with a long, level (not receding) cardinal area, and a very long,
Jit (or sometimes laterally curved) beak, the cavity of which is deeply
sxcavated in young shells, nearly solidly filled in old ones. Sculpture like the
upper valve, except that it is more or less extensively foliated towards the beak.
Length (alt.) of a lower valve 175 mm.; breadth 108 mm.; weight 32^ oz.
anto Domingan ( )ligocene. This is the form identified by Gabb as Spondylus
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515
Santo Domingo Oligocene, but that is a far more ponderous and
long-beaked species.
Crassatellites reevei Gabb. PI. XXIII, fig. 5.
Crassotella antillarum Reeve? = C. reevei Gabb, Topography and Geology
of Santo Domingo, p. 252.
The shell is rather long, length over 1^ times the alt., anterior
end rounded, posterior end long, tapering, obliquely truncate at
the end. Beaks at the anterior third of the length. Ridge from
beak to post-basal angle is moderately prominent, broad and rounded,
and with the posterior slope above it has sculpture of growth-
lines only. A distinct angulation runs from beak to the upper pos-
terior angle. The escutcheon is moderately deep and flat, defined
by a ridge. A broad, shallow concavity terminating in a sinuation
of the basal margin precedes the post-basal ridge. The rest of the
surface is convex, closely, almost regularly costate concentrically,
the riblets about equal to their deep intervals. This sculpture
extends without irregularity upon the beak, which is rather flat-
tened.
Length 56, alt. about 37, semidiameter 11 mm.
This specimen was first identified by Gabb as perhaps C. antil-
larum Reeve, a recent species differing conspicuously in sculpture
and shape. No description has been published hitherto, Gabb's
notes being quite insufficient for identification.
The type, Coll., A. N. S. P., is a right valve, collected by Gabb in
Santo Domingo.
Crassatellites mediamericanus n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 3-5.
Crassatella madropsis Con., Gabb, Journ. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., VIII,
p. 345, pi. 44, fig. 20. Not Grateloupia mactropsis Conrad.
The shell closely resembles C. reevei Gabb, from which it differs
in the following particulars. The posterior end is broader, tapering
much less; the terminal truncation is less oblique; no angulation
runs to the upper posterior angle of the valve. Finally, there are a
couple of concentric waves of much greater amplitude defining
the umbonal area, which bears about 5 small waves. In C. reevei
there is no such irregularity in the sculpture.
Length about 53, alt. 41, diameter .25 mm.
Sapote, Costa Rica, in a bed considered Miocene by Gabb. Co-
types Coll., A. N. S. P.
Two imperfect individuals from Gabb's collection are figured,
pi. XXV, figs. 3, 4. We refer also to this species a shell, pi. XXV,
fig. 5, imbedded in hard matrix from the Pecten bed at Tower N,
Culebra Cut.
516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
So far as exposed, this fossil resembles the Costa Rican form,
but its condition does not admit a positive identification. As
this form is intimately related to C. reevei Gabb, of Santo Domingo,
wc subjoin some account of that species.
Cardium (Trachycardium) durun n. sp. PI. XXIII, fig. 6.
This species is represented by a cast of the right valve with the
inner layers of shell adhering. It is strongly convex with prominent,
very full beaks. Twenty-five strong, angular ribs are indicated,
those of the posterior margin terminate in teeth. There is some
indication that the ribs had lateral ridges. The posterior slope
shows a wide, shallow radial concavity.
Length 39, alt. 41.5, semidiam. 19 mm.
Gatun Formation at the Spillway.
This is a longer shell than C. stiriatum B. and P., the valve-
margins being not far from circular, while in C. stiriatum the outline
is conspicuously oblong.
Dosinia delicatissima n. sp. PI. XXVI, fig. 1.
Dosinia (Artemis) cf. Acetabulum Com1., Toula, I.e., p. 727, pi. 27, figs. 8, So.
Specimens from the Spillway agree well with Dall's account and
figures of D. liogona Dall (Trans. Wagner Inst., Ill, p. 1230, pi. 53,
figs. 4, 7; pi. 54, fig. 11), except that the shell is remarkably thin for
a bivalve of this genus. A valve at least 60 mm. in length is only
1.3 mm. thick in the thickest part. Moreover, the sculpture does
not rise in "sharp fine lamellae towards the ends of the shell," as
described for that species. Towards the ends of the shell the con-
centric ridges between the grooves are more raised than in the middle
of the valves, but they are rather too thick and blunt to be called
lamellae. The specimens are all in poor condition so that the
sculpture of the beaks is a little in doubt, but from a small area
exposed in one specimen the very young shell would appear to be
smooth.
Length 48, alt. 46, semidiameter about 11 mm. Less perfect
specimens than that figured are larger, up to 55 to 60 mm., or even
more.
Very plentiful in the Gatum Formation at the Spillway.
It occurs also in the Pecten bed at Tower N.
The Miocene D. acetabulum Conr. is a decidedly more solid shell,'
noticeably differing from D. delicatissima in sculpture.
Petricola millestriata n. sp. Pi. XXVI, fig. 2.
The shell is short, the height contained about 1^ times in the length.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517
1 teaks at the anterior T4T of the length, prominent; anterior end
rounded, posterior end wider, rounded in its lower half, obliquely
truncate above; basal margin evenly arcuate. The surface is
marked with unequal and mostly inconspicuous concentric wrinkles
and fine, close, radial threads, narrower than their intervals.
Length 27, alt. 21, semidiam. 7.5 mm.
Gatun Formation at the Spillway.
A short, Tapes-like species with fine but distinct sculpture. On
the internal cast figured, the radial striae are obsolete towards the
two ends, but judging from an incomplete mould of the exterior,
the stria? extend undiminished nearly to the anterior end. The
interior is unknown. The shell was apparently quite thin.
Tellina aequiterminata n. sp. PI. XXVI. fig. 5.
Known by a cast of the left valve, not differing much from T.
radiata in outline, but rather wider posteriorly and not twisted.
Beaks submedian; anterior end rather broadly rounded; posterior
end more tapering, but well rounded distally. The cast retains
vestiges of the external sculpture of concentric rather regular growth-
wrinkles. A low ridge indicates an impressed pallial line. The
capacious pallial sinus extends well beyond the beaks, and is appar-
ently confluent with the pallial line below, its upper line being well
arched.
Length 44.5, alt. 24, diam. of left valve 5.5 mm.
Gatun Formation at the Spillway.
Tellina (Eurytellina) vetula n. sp. Pi. XXVI, fig. 6.
This species, known only by mutilated and imperfect remains,
is yet readily distinguishable by the sculpture of minute, crowded
concentric threads, narrower than their intervals, and about 12
to 15 in the space of 5 mm. in the lower half of the valve.
There seems to be a rather emphatic radial sinuosity posteriorly;
the basal margin is well arched and the form rather broad. The
best-preserved example, which is imperfect anteriorly, has a length
of 43, alt, 29 mm.
Pecten bed near Tower N, Culebra Cut.
Semele chipolana Dall.
Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sei,, III, p. 986, pi. 37, fig. 3.
Pecten bed near Tower N. A nearly perfect mould of the left
valve, which agrees very well with Dall's account of this species
in shape and sculpture. The ample pallial sinus extends past the
middle of the valve.
518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
In S. sayi Toula the concentric sculpture seems to be decidedly
closer.
Thracia (Cyathodonta) gatunensis Toula. PI. XXVI, fig. 3.
Thracia gatunensis Toula, Jahrb. k.k. Geol. Reichsanst., 190S, LVIII, p. 757;
text fig. 1").
The shell resembles Cyathodonta spencer i Dall5 in contour, except
that it is apparently not quite so high. The right valve is rather
strongly convex, with sculpture of concentric ripples which are as
wide as their intervals or slightly wider. The ripples terminate
on the rounded ridge which defines the nearly smooth posterior
area of the valve. There is a minute irregularly granulose lineo-
lation along growth-lines, over the wave sculpture.
Length 28.5, alt. 21, diam. of right valve about 8 mm.
Spillway, Gatun Dam.
While evidently akin to T. spenceri Dall, this species differs by
its sculpture, the former having concentric ripples narrower than
their intervals. The specimen figured is a right valve, the edge
partly imperfect, and the interior concealed by the hard rock.
Toula's specimen was larger, 52 mm. long, and the concentric ribs
are closer near the beaks.
Corbula (Cuneocorbula) hexacyma n. sp. PI. XXVI, fig. i.
Known from the right valve only. The shell resembles C. vimi-
nea Guppy externally. The distinctly prosogyrate beaks are at
the anterior third of the length, smooth at the tip, posterior end
produced, terminating in a short, strongly oblique, straight trunca-
tion, the lower point projecting and acute, the basal margin is rather
deeply sinuated near the posterior end, elsewhere strongly arcuate.
Dorsal margin formed of two straight slopes meeting at an angle of
about 130 degrees. The posterior adductor impression rests upon
a thick raised ledge which extends obliquely across the posterior
end of the interior. There is no lunule. Externally a rather strong
keel runs from back to post-basal angle, and an inconspicuous
angulation runs to the upper angle of the posterior truncation,
defining a lanceolate depressed area. There are irregularly spaced
fine growth-wrinkles above the keel. The rest of the valve has a
sculpture of very fine, delicate radial threads, and 6 concentric
waves, the upper two weak, the others very strong. The region
of the beak has no concentric waves. A shell 7 mm. long would
show radial striatum only.
'•> Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, III, p. 1527, Oligoceneof Guadaloupe.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519
Length of right valve 18.7, alt. 11, diameter 4.8 mm.
Gatun Formation, from the excavation at the lower locks at Gatun.
This species has much in common with such species of the sub-
genus Bothrocorbula as C. viminea Guppy and C. radiatula Dall,
and C. synarmostes Dall, but the total absence of any trace of a
lunular pit at once distinguishes the Gatun form. The small
number of concentric waves of the exterior separates C. hexacyma
from various species of Cuneocorbula, which otherwise resemble it
more or less.
Explanation of Plates XXII-XXVI.
Plate XXII. — Figs. 1-3. — Callianassa scotli n. sp.
Fig. 4. — Pleurotoma (Gemmula) vaningeni n. sp. X 3.
Fig. 5. — Fasciolaria gorgasiana n. sp. X 3.
Figs. 6, 7. — Nassa (Hima) prceambigua n. sp. X 4.
Fig. 8. — Pyrula micronematica n. sp. X 2.5.
Fig. 9. — Natica bolus n. sp. X 3.
Fig. 10. — Natica canalizonalis n. sp. X 3.5.
Figs. 11, 12. — Bittium scotti n. sp. X 3.5.
Fig. IS.—Sigarelus Eunaticina) gabbi n. sp. X 3.5.
Plate XXIII. — Fig. 1. — Pecten (Amusium) luna n. sp.
Fig. 2. — Pecten oxygonum optimum n. subsp. (Costa Rica).
Fig. 3. — Pecten oxygonum canalis n. subsp.
Fig. 4. — Area dalli n. sp.
Fig. 5. — Crassatellites reevei Gabb.
Fig. 6. — Cardium (Trachycardium) durum n. sp.
Plate XXIV. — -Figs. 1, 2. — Pecten (Amusium) sol n. sp.
Fig. 3. — Pecten (Euvola) reliquus n. sp. detail of sculpture.
Plate XXV. — Figs. 1, 2. — Sporulylus scotti n. sp.
Figs. 3, 4. — Crassatellites mediamericanus n. sp. (Costa Rica).
Fig. 5. — Crassatellites mediamericanus n. sp. 'Pecten Bed, Las Cascades,
C. Z.
Plate XXVI. — Fig. 1. — Dosinia delicatissima n. sp.
Fig. 2. — Petricoli millestriata n. sp.
Fig. 3. — Thracia (Cyathodonta) gatunensis Toula.
Fig. 4. — Corbula (Cuneocorbula) hexacyma n. sp.
. Fig. 5. — Tellina cequiterminata n. sp.
Fig. 6. — Tellina (Eurytellina) vetula n. sp.
34
520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
FURTHER NOTES ON THE FLORA OF THE CONOWINGO OR SERPENTINE
BARRENS OF SOUTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
BY FRANCIS W. PENNELL.
Two years ago the writer published in the Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences1 an account of the flora of the
Conowingo or Serpentine Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania.
Effort was made, by field collections and herbarium-study, to
form a reasonably complete list of the characteristic species. At
that time, however, he had been unable to make full collections
during June, and collections made at this season during 1911 and
1912 have shown a considerable number of omissions. As col-
lections have now been made during every month of the growing-
season, and it is believed a practically complete view of the flora
gained, it has seemed advisable to thoroughly revise and emend the
list previously offered.
In addition to his own and Bayard Long's collections of the past
two seasons, he has had the opportunity of reviewing the valuable
material of Albert Commons recently presented to the Academy.
The Serpentine specimens in this collection are nearly all from
Centerville, Newcastle County, Del. As this locality is now
threatened with extinction, we are fortunate in possessing some
record of its flora.
In the preparation of these notes he has been much indebted
to Mr. Bayard Long, who throughout has given him most valu-
able assistance. He is also indebted to Mr. Eugene P. Bicknell for
verification of certain determinations in Agrostis and Car ex.
As some of the locality names used do not appear on the local
maps, it may, though late, be of service to indicate by latitude
and longitude the location of each barren. Each area may
so be found either on the Philadelphia Geological Folio, where the
Serpentine areas are indicated in green and labelled "sp," or on the
Soil Survey of Chester County, where the more definite Conowingo
Barrens are indicated in yellow and labelled "Cb."
1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (October, 1910), pp. 541-584. Issued January 13,
1912.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 521
Chester Group:
Delaware County —
1. Fawkes Run (Newtown) 75° 22' 48" W. x 39° 59' 40" N.
2. Preston Run 75° 26' x 39° 58' 30"
3. Bear Hill 75° 23' 20" x 39° 57'
4. Blue Hill 75° 24' 40" x 39° 57'
5. Middletown Township —
(a) Mineral Hill 75° 24' 55" x 39° 55' 10"
(6) Barrens of Middletown 75° 25' 45" x 39° 55' 45"
(c) Williamson 75° 25' 40" x 39° 54' 30"
(d) Glen Riddle 75° 25' 50" x 39° 54' 25"
(e) Lenni 75° 26' 30" x 39° 53' 50"
(/) Wawa 75° 26' 30" x 39° 54' 20"
Chester County — ■
6. Serpentine Ridge —
(a) Paoli 75° 29' W. x 40° 1' 40" N.
(6) Sugartown Barrens 75° 30' x 40° 1'
(c) Narrow extension from this, trending west-southwest to
Goshenville, the Serpentine Ridge of records.
7. Cedar Barrens (marked "Cs"
on Soil Survey) 75° 29' 15" W. x 39° 57' 50" N.
8. West Chester (Fern Hill) 75° 35' 40" x 39° 59'
9. (a) Sconnelltown (not la-
' belled on Soil Survey 75° 37' 30" x 39° 56' 7"
(6) Strode's Mill (not in-
dicated on Soil Survey) 75° 37' 8" x 39° 55' 40"
10. Brinton's Quarry (not la-
belled on Soil Survey) 75° 35' 40" x 39° 54' 50"
11. Marshallton (not labelled on
Soil Survey) 75° 40' x 39° 59'
12. Unionville 75° 43' x 39° 54' 40"
Newcastle County —
13. Centerville
State-line Group:
14. Nottingham Barrens (Ches-
ter County) —
(a) Nottingham 76° 1' 30" W. x 39° 44' 20" N.
(6) Goat Hill 76° 5' x 39° 43' 30"
15. Other specimens, mainly collected by J. J. Carter, are cited
from points in southern Lancaster County.
The emendations of the list of component species require a few
changes in the descriptive text:
Page 545, line 18 — For Aster parviceps pusillus here and through-
out read Aster depauperatus.
522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Page 545, line 5 from bottom — To list of constant grasses and
sedges of park-like openings add: Sphenopholis obtusata, Carex
annectens, Carex scoparia, Carex normalis.
Page 546, line 2 from bottom— To species of moist open depressions
add: Agrostis antecedens, Carex lanuginosa, Carex leersii, Carex
incomperta, Carex interior, and J uncus dichotomus platyphyllus.
All but the first and last are quite local.
Page 547, line 24 — To list of species found only on State-line
Barrens add: Carex leersii Willd.
Page 547, line 8 from bottom — Strike out Scutellaria parvula
ambigua.
Page 548, line 4 — Strike out Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens.
Page 549, lines 6 and 12 — For Sphenopholis obtusata pubescens read
Sphenopholis obtusata.
Page 549, line 19 — Read: and reported from adjacent West Vir-
ginia. As shown in discussion under Aster depauperatus, such
distribution is quite improbable.
I. Emendations of the List of Species composing the Flora of
THE CONOWINGO BARRENS.
Insert the following corrections and additions under their re-
spective numbers, symbols and county names, Delaware and Chester,
as in original list. Records from Newcastle County, Delaware,
are added. As before, unless otherwise credited, all records are
represented by specimens of the writer's collecting.
fl. Osmunda spectabilis. For L. read Willd.
f6. Pinus virginiana Mill. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
fl8. Panicum depauperatum Muhl. Add:
Delaware. — Mineral Hill, Williamson.
Newcastle. — Centerville.
fl9. Panicum linearifolium Scribn. Read:
Local on dry barrens.
Delaware. — Fawkes Run.
( hester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Panicum huachuce silvicola Hitchc. and Chase. Add:
Chester.— Paoli; Serpentine Ridge (B. Long).
Nottingham Barrens.
Newcastle. ( !enterville.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523
Insert:
f23A. Panicum villosissimum Nash.
Occasional on dry barrens.
Delaware. — Preston Run; Williamson (B. Long).
Chester. — West Chester.
J26. Panicum boscii Poir.
This is P. boscii molle (Vasey) Hitchc. if the form can be dis-
tinguished. Add:
Delaware. — Preston Run.
f35. Muhlenbergia foliosa Trin. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (E. B. Bartram.)
|39. Agrostis antecedens Bicknell.2 Read:
Frequent on moist to desiccated soil. This June-flowering plant
appears quite distinct from the late-flowering A. hyemalis (Walt.)
B. S. P., with which it has been confused. Its characteristics
have been clearly pointed out by Mr. E. P. Bicknell, to whom I am
indebted for confirmation of this determination.
Delaware. — Fawkes Run; Williamson.
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens.
— ■ Nottingham Barrens.
41. Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv. Add:
Delaware. — Bear Hill.
Chester. — Paoli; Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens; West Ches-
ter.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
|44a. Sphenopholis obtusata (Michx.) Scribn.
Frequent on dry open barren. Normally more or less scabrous,
at least on the lower sheaths.
Delaware. — Bear Hill.
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens.
f45. Sphenopholis, obtusata pubescens (Scribn. and Merr.)
Scribn. Read:
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XXXV (1908), 473.
524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Frequent on dry open barren. With the last, and intergrading
with it.
Delaware. — Fawkes Run; Bear Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Sugartown Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert:
45a. Panicularia nervata (Willd.) Kuntze.
Common in moist soil, Serpentine swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens.
*50. Fimbristylis laxa Vahl. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
f51. Scirpus atrovirens Muhl. Add:
Chester. — Cedar Barrens; Unionville.
f54. Scleria pauciflora Muhl. Add:
Newcastle.- — Centerville (A. Commons).
56. Carex lurida Wahl. Read:
Common in Serpentine swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West Chester;
Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
f57. Carex hystericina Muhl. Read:
Frequent or local in Serpentine swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
f57A. Carex lanuginosa Michx.
Frequent in Serpentine swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester.— Serpentine Ridge; West Chester.
1912.]' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525
Insert :
57b. Carex stricta Lam.
Frequent in Serpentine swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester.- — Cedar Barrens; West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens.
58. Carex triceps hirsuta (Willd.) Bailey. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville.
Insert :
58a. Carex triceps bushii (Mackenzie) Stone.3
Dry open barren, on State-line Barrens only.
Chester.— Nottingham Barrens.
f59. Carex glaucodea Tuckerm. Read:
Frequent on dry open barrens.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester.— Paoli ; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens; West^Chester;
Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Lancaster. — New Texas (J. J. Carter).
Newcastle. — Centerville.
Insert :
59a. Carex tjmbellata abdita (Bicknell) Stone.4
Occasional on dry barrens, edges of woodland.
Chester. — Paoli; Marshallton (B. Long).
Insert :
59b. Carex willdenovii Schkuhr.
Dry rocky woodland.
Newcastle.- — Centerville (A. Commons).
60. Carex vulpinoidea Michx. Read:
Frequent in moist soil.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens ^West'Chester.
3 Annual Report New Jersey State Museum (1910), 299.
4 Annual Report New Jersey State Museum (1910), 305.
526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Insert :
60a. Carex annectens Bicknell.5
Frequent on dry open barrens.
Delaware.— Mineral Hill; Williamson; Wawa.
Chester. — Paoli; Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar
Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens.
f61. Carex retroflexa Muhl. Read:
Local on moist depressions or grassy open.
Delaware. — Bear Hill; Mineral Hill.
Chester. — West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
161a. Carex leersii Willd.6
Moist soil along stream.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert:
f6lB. Carex incomperta Bicknell.7
Locally abundant in Serpentine swamps. Identification con-
firmed by Mr. E. P. Bicknell.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — West Chester.
Insert :
f61c. Carex interior Bailey.
Locally abundant in Serpentine swamps.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens.
62. Carex scoparia Schkuhr. Read:
Common on dry barrens.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar
Barrens; West Chester; Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
ill. Torr. Bot. Club, XXXV (1908), 492.
cCf. Mackenzie, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XXXVII (1910), 245.
' Bull. Ton: Bot. Club, XXXV (1908), 494.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527
Insert:
62a. Carex normalis Mackenzie.8
Frequent or local on dry open barren.
Delaware. — Bear Hill; Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens; West Chester (B. Long).
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
62b. Carex hormathodes richii Fernald.
Moist soil along stream. It seems unnatural to consider this
inland plant a variety of Carex hormathodes, characteristic of the
salt marshes along the coast, but in the material at hand I cannot
feel confident in separating them. Richii appears to differ in its
smaller, broader perigynia, at maturity less prominently nerved,
its achene relatively more turgid, dull, not glistening as in horma-
thodes.
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge.
*63. Carex bicknellii Britton. Read:
Local on dry open barrens.
Delaware.— Bear Hill; Williamson; Glen Riddle.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens; West Chester; Brinton's Quarry.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
64. Juncus effusus L. Read:
Common in Serpentine .swamps.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Cedar Barrens; West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens.
165. Juncus tenuis Willd. Add:
Delaware. — Mineral Hill.
Chester. — Paoli; Serpentine Ridge (B. Long).
f66. Juncus secundus Beauv. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
Insert:
|66a. Juncus dichotomus platyphyllus Wiegand.
*BuU. Ton. Bot. Club, XXXVII (1910), 244.
528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Frequent in moist soil. In a forthcoming paper Mr. Bayard
Long and the writer hope to present evidence for considering this
a distinct species. All discussion accordingly is deferred.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Oiester.— Paoli; West Chester; Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
70. Juncoides campestre (L.) Kuntze. Read:
Frequent on edge of greenbrier or woodland. Plant habitually
tufted, a number of stems from one root, no trace of bulb-like or
tuber-like swellings at base.
Delaware. — Fawkes Run; Williamson.
Chester.— Paoli; Serpentine Ridge (B. Long); Cedar Barrens;
Cnionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
|70a. Juncoides bulbosum (Wood) Small.
Occasional on moist open barren. Plant not tufted, one or
occasionally two stems from one root, bulb-like or tuber-like swell-
ings at base evident, sometimes large.
Chester.— West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens.
f75. Smilax herbacea crispifolia Pennell.
Intergrades with the species, S. herbacea L. of moist woodland,
though commonly distinguishable. Undoubtedly a xerophytic de-
rivative of this. Add:
Delaware. — Preston Run; Glen Riddle.
Chester— West Chester (S. S. Van Pelt).
Some specimens from Cedar Barrens and Nottingham Barrens
appear transitional to species.
|78. Sisyrinchium mucronatum Michx. Add:
Delaware.- — Williamson.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert:
78a. Gyrostachys beckii (Lindl.) Stone.9
Probably occasional on dry open barrens.
Newcastle- < Vnterville (A. Commons).
Annual lib-port New Jersey State Museum (1910), 375.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529
J79. Gyrostachys gracilis (Bigel.) Kuntze. Add:
Delaware. — Wawa.
Chester. — Sugartown Barrens.
Insert :
79a. Leptorchis liliifolia (L.) Kuntze.
Occasional on moist shaded banks.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens; Unionville.
80. Leptorchis loeselii (L.) MacM. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
*90. Quercus marylandica Muench.
Hybridizes freely with other species.
Q. marylandica x velutina t
Delaware. — Middletown Barrens.
Q. marylandica x stellata ?
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
|92. Quercus stellata Wang. Add:
Newcastle.— Centerville (A. Commons) .
f94. Quercus prinoides Willd. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons) .
Q. prinoides x alba f
Chester. — Unionville.
|95. COMANDRA UMBELLATA (L.) Nutt. Add:
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Wawa.
Chester. — Paoli.
*97. Talinum teretifolium Pursh. Add:
Chester. — Unionville.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
*99. Cerastium oblongifolium Torr. Add:
Chester. — Marshallton (B. Long).
Newcastle. — Centerville; Mt. Cuba (A. Commons).
*100. Arenaria stricta Michx. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
102. Thalictrum revolutum D. C. Add:
Delaware. — Wawa (leaves glandular-puberulent beneath).
530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
fl04. Arabis lyrata L. Add:
Newcastle.— Centerville (A. Commons).
105. Saxifraga yirginiensis Michx. Add:
Chester. — Marshallton (B. Long).
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
107. Rubus frondosus Bigel. Add:
( 'hester. — West Chester.
Insert:
J 107a. Rubus villosus Ait.
Frequent on edge of dry barrens. All have one-flowered branches,
but I cannot distinguish satisfactorily R. villosus enslenii (Tratt.)
from the species. The form I assume typical has three distinct
leaflets, sharply serrate, others (indicated by asterisk) have leaves
1-3-foliate, coarsely toothed, and may be R. invisus (Bailey) Britton.
Delaware— Fawkes Run* (B. H. Smith); Blue Hill; William-
son.*
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge*; West Chester.
110. Rosa humilis Marsh. Read:
There seem to be two tendencies in this species with us, extreme
forms seeming quite different, but I find it impossible satisfactorily
to separate intermediates. Any lines of separation seem artificial.
Both are frequent on open barren and about margin of greenbrier.
A. Leaves lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, acutish to acuminate
at apex, finely and sharply serrate, 2.5-4 cm. long. Spines slender,
straight. Fruiting pedicels slender. Plant low, of drier situations.
Probably to be considered typical R. humilis Marsh.
Delaware. — Fawkes Run; Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Sugartown Barrens; Cedar Barrens.
B. Leaves broadly ovate to orbicular-ovate, mostly rounded to
acutish at apex, more coarsely serrate, 2-4 cm. long. Spines stouter,
somewhat recurved. Fruiting pedicels stouter. Plant taller, of
moister situations. Possibly this the R. palustris of Marshall.
Delaware. Bear Hill; Middletown Barrens; Williamson; Glen
Riddle; Wawa.
Chester. — Paoli; Serpentine Ridge; West Chester; Brinton's
Quarry; Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531
Insert :
110a. Malus coronaria (L.) Mill.
In border-woodland.
Chester. — Unionville.
111. Aronia nigra (Willd.) Britton. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
119. Meibomia rigida (Ell.) Kuntze. Add:
v.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (E. B. Bartram).
Insert :
123a. Lespedeza nuttallii Darl.
Probably occasional on dry open barren.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill.
fl25. Lespedeza virginica (L.) Britton. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (A. S. Haines).
126. Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem. Read:
Frequent on dry open barren and margin of greenbrier.
Delaware. — Preston Run; Lenni.
Chester. — West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens (A. S. Haines).
131. Linum intercursum Bicknell.10 Read:
Occasional on dry open barren. Mr. Bicknell has recently pointed
out reasons for considering our plant, in the north mainly restricted
to the Coastal Plain, as distinct from L. floridanum (Planch.) Trel.
of the south.
Delaware. — Bear Hill.
Chester. — Paoli (E. B. Bartram) ; Sugartown Barrens.
— Nottingham Barrens (A. S. Haines, B. Long).
fl43. Helianthemum majus (L.) B. S. P. Add:
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
144. Lechea minor L. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
147. Viola pedata lineariloba D. C. Add:
Delaware. — Fawkes Run (W. Stone).
10 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XXXIX (1912), 418.
532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
fl48. Viola fimbriatula Sm. Add:
Chester.— Paoli; Marshallton (B. Long).
Newcastle. — Centerville.
fl49. Kneiffia linearis (Michx.) Spach. Read:
Local on dry open barren and banks. Our plant appears to have
capsules less densely and permanently pubescent than in the coastal
plant. In similar situations, less frequent than K. fruticosa, with
which to some extent it may intergrade.
Delaware. — Preston Run (J. W. Harshberger) ; Mineral Hill;
Williamson; Wawa.
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge; Cedar Barrens.
— ■ Nottingham Barrens.
150. Kneiffia fruticosa (L.) Raimann. Read:
Common on dry open barren and banks.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Williamson.
Chester. — Paoli; Sugartown Barrens; Serpentine Ridge; Cedar
Barrens; West Chester; Union ville.
Insert :
150a. Zizia aurea (L.) Koch.
Local in moist soil.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
154. Azalea nudiflora L. Read:
Frequent on edges of woodland or thicket.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill; Wawa.
Chester. — Unionville.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
154a. Azalea nudiflora glandifera Porter.
Local on edges of woodland or thicket. Pubescence of corolla-tube
and capsule more or less glandular.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Chester. — West Chester.
Insert :
158a. Vaccinium corymbosum L.
Occasional on dry barren or edges of woodland. Leaves pubes-
cent on midrib and veins beneath.
Chester. — Paoli.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533
Insert :
158b. Vaccinium cesariense Mackenzie.11
Occasional on dry barren or edges of woodland. Leaves quite
glabrous on both surfaces.
Chester. — Sugartown Barrens.
159. Vaccinium atrococcum (Gray) Heller. Read:
Occasional on dry barren or edges of woodland. Leaves pubescent
over entire lower surface. Judging by leaf pubescence alone, we
have three tall blueberries occasional upon the Serpentine. I have
not had opportunity to collect in this habitat flowers or fruit of
corymbosum or of ccesariense.
Delaware. — Williamson ; Wawa.
Chester. — Paoli (E. B. Bartram, B. Long); Sugartown Barrens;
West Chester.
161. Vaccinium vacillans Kalm.
Leaves quite glabrous beneath. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
161a. Vaccinium vacillans crinitum Fernald.12
Occasional or local in borders of woodland. Leaves pubescent
beneath.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
165a. Gentiana villosa L.
Dry woodland. Beside the following specimen seen, Dr. Samuel
Trimble has mentioned to me finding this species upon the Ser-
pentine at Williamson.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
166. Asclepias purpurascens L. Add:
Delaware. — Mineral Hill.
Chester. — Paoli.
*167. Asclepias verticillata L. Add.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
"Torreya, X (1910), 230.
uRhodora, XIII (1911), 235.
534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF IDeC,
*170. Scutellaria parvula ambigua (Nutt.) Fernald. Add:
( 'hester. — Serpentine Ridge.
— Nottingham Barrens.
Insert:
172a. Leptandra virginica (L.) Nutt.
Occasional in moist soil. Our plant has the leaves downy-
pubescent beneath; the normal plant in this district has leaves
smooth or less pubescent beneath.
Chester. — West Chester.
— Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
176. Houstonia ccerulea L. Add:
Chester. — Paoli.
— Nottingham Barrens.
{177. Mitchella repens L. Add:
Chester. — Paoli; Cedar Barrens.
178. Galium pilosum Ait. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
180. Lonicera sempervirens L. Add:
Delaware. — Williamson.
182. Hieracium venosum L. Add.
Delaware. — Mineral Hill.
Chester. — Paoli (this plant, green, with two stem-leaves, may be
H. marianum Willd. I cannot distinguish the form).
191. Lacinaria spicata (L.) Kuntze. Add:
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (A. S. Haines).
195. Solidago aspera Ait.
Apparently an extreme form of S. rugosa Mill.
*206. Aster depauperatus (Porter) Fernald.
I prefer to consider this a species distinct from Aster parviceps
(Burgess) Mack, and Bush, with which Prof. Fernald unites it.
< hir plant is very slender, its stem smooth or nearly so, its stem-
leaves linear, those of the branches minute and mostly appressed, its
heads slightly smaller — all points of contrast — while quite significant
is the wide break in range between the two. Aster depauperatus ap-
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535
pears to be known as yet only from the Serpentine Barrens of Dela-
ware, Chester, and Lancaster Counties, Pennsylvania, apparently
strictly restricted to such soil. Doubtless it extends over the boundary
into Cecil County, Maryland, and possibly beyond. As Serpentine
Barrens exist only in this corner of Pennsylvania, and do not exist
at all in West Virginia, the range as given in the new Gray's Manual
is impossible. If the plant does occur as reported in West Virginia,
it must be on some other soil, not on adjacent Serpentine areas.
208. Antennaria neodioica Greene. Add:
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
210. Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) Richards. Add:
0 Zoster.— Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
f212. Heliopsis helianthoides (L.) Sweet.
Varies greatly even in same colony in relative width of leaf, also
in roughness of its upper surface from nearly smooth to quite sca-
brous. Within our range, I do not think H. scabra Dunal can be
distinguished.
f215. Senecio balsamit^e Muhl. Add:
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons).
11. Emendations of the List of Occasional Species of the
Conowingo Flora.
Insert :
0a. Botrychium obliquum Muhl.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Insert :
Ob. Adiantum pedatum L.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
Insert :
6a. PASPALUM L.EVE AUSTRALE Nash.
Chester. — Serpentine Ridge.
7. Paspalum l,eve circulare (Nash) Stone.13 Add:
Chester.- — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
12. Paniccm lindheimeri Nash. Add:
Chester.- — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
13 Annual Report New Jersey State Museum (1910), 187.
35
536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
[nsert:
L2a. Panicum meridionale Ashe.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
Insert :
15a. Ch.etochloa imberbis (Poir.) Scribn.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Strike out:
16. Panicularia nervata (Willd.) Kuntze.
17. Cyperus rivularis Kunth. Not C. diandrus Torr. as pre-
vious^ reported.
Insert :
19a. Scirpus validus Vahl.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
Insert:
19b. Rynchospora smallii Britton.
Chester. — Marshallton (B. Long).
Insert:
20a. Carex vestita Willd.
( 'hester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert:
20b. Carex granularis Muhl.
Dela ware. — Williamson.
Insert :
20c Carex laxiculmis Schwein.
Newcastle.—- Centerville (A. Commons).
Insert :
20d. Carex pennsylvanica Lam.
Delaware. — WTawa.
Newcastle.— Centerville (A. Commons).
Insert ;
20e. Carex nigromarginata Schwein.
Newcastle.— Centerville (A. Commons).
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537
Insert :
20f. Carex stipata Muhl.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
20g. Carex rosea Schkuhr.
Delaware. — Bear Hill.
Insert :
20h. Carex cephalophora Muhl.
Delaware. — Glen Riddle.
Insert :
20i. Carex muhlenbergii Schkuhr.
Delaware. — Wajva.
Insert :
21a. Uvularia perfoliata L.
Delaware. — Preston Run; Bear Hill.
22. Polygonatum commutatum (R. and S.) Dietr. Add:
Delaware. — Glen Riddle.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
Insert :
23a. Sisyrinchium gramineum Curtis.
Chester. — Paoli.
33. Benzoin ^stivale (L.) Nees.
Delaware. — Williamson. •
Insert :
34a. Rubus argutus Link.
Chester. — Cedar Barrens.
- — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
36. Amelanchier l.evis Wiegand.
Chester. — LTnionville (Dr. K. M. Wiegand determines this specimen
as a probable hybrid between A. Icevis and A. oblongifolia (T. and
G.) Roem.
— Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.
[nsert:
36a. Peunus amekicana Marsh.
Chester. Brinton's Quarry.
[nsert :
36b. Cracca virginiana L.
Newcastle. — Centerville (A. Commons.)
[nsert :
37a. Geranium maculatum L.
Delaware. — -Mineral Hill.
Insert :
43a. Rhus radicans L.
( 'luster. — Cedar Barrens.
Insert :
46a. Viola emarginata Le Conte.
Delaware. — Bear Hill.
Insert :
46b. Viola conspersa Reichenb.
Chester. — Marshallton (B. Long).
Insert:
47a. Cham,enerion angustifolium (L.) Scop.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens (B. Long).
Insert :
48a. Cicuta maculata L.
Delaware. — Williamson.
63. Ciiimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt. Add:
( 'hester. — Nottingham Barrens.
[nsert :
53a. Azalea viscosa glauca Michx.
( 'hester. — Nottingham Barrens.
[nsert:
58a. Convolvulus spitham.eus L.
Delaware. — Williamson.
Strike out:
61. Scutellaria pilosa Michx.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539
62. Scutellaria integrifolia L. Add:
Chester. — Unionville.
Strike out:
65. Leptandra yirginica (L.) Nutt.
Insert :
68a. Galium claytoni Michx.
Chester. — Nottingham Barrens.
Insert :
71a. Krigia virginica (L.) Willd.
Appearing as if introduced.
Delaware. — Williamson.
( 'hester. — Sugartown Barrens.
Insert :
73a. Eupatorium purpureum L.
Delaware. — Williamson.
510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
THE PR0T0C0NCH OF ACM.EA.
BY WILL F. THOMPSON.
The protoconchs or embryonic shells of the Mollusca have been
used by various writers as indicating the status of the various
groups and their line of descent. The Acmaeidse have many primi-
t ive characters, and it would be expected that the embryonic stages
of the shell would show a like condition. It has been stated that
these forms possess a coiled nautiloid protoconch by Grabau. '03;
Pelseneer, '06; Fisher, '04; Verrill, '96, and others. In a recent
article by Morse, '10, this is declared erroneous, and figures and
descriptions are given of a stage of Acmcea testudinalis in which there
is shown "simply a csecal-like shell with slight dorsal flexure"
and "a slight elongated area rounded anteriorly" at either side
where the embryonic shell joins the permanent.
The specimens of Acmcea cited by Dr. W. K. Fisher were given to me
by Dr. Harold Heath, with the request that I investigate them. I
thank him for his kindness, as well as Dr. J. P. Smith.
The material was imbedded in very hard paraffin, either entire
or in part decalcified, and sectioned. This method gave but poor
results, and better were obtained by observing the specimens in
reflected light under high powers of the microscope. By carefully
working over the debris picked up with the young limpets, decol-
lated shells were found without the embryo within them and hence
iii excellent condition for observation. All the material came from
the tide pools of Monterey Bay, but the species could of course not
be certainly identified.
The general appearance of the shell may be seen in fig. 1. A
slight asymmetry is visible, the posterior apex of the protoconch
being to the left of the adult axis, although symmetrical to that of
i In larva itself. In view of the presence in nearly related mollusks
of naticoid and planorbid coils, this probably has but very little
significance. The " lateral folds " of Morse, TO, are very evident
and easily seen (fig. 2), leading, if seen from one side, to the appear-
ance of a true spiral coil, but present on both sides. The right-hand
one is in the greater number of cases slightly longer than the left,
in harmony with the slight asymmetry. As may be seen in figs.
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
541
2 and 3, the margin of the embryonic shell and its connection with
that of the permanent patelloid shell is in the plane of the lower
edge of the lateral pouches or folds of Morse. The first of the
growth lines of the patelloid shell run under the protoconch below
Fig. 2. — Protoconch of Acmoea
sp. from side, showing first of
adult shell. Line of base of
protoconch indicated by ar-
rnws.
Fig. 1. — Acmoea sp. Protoconch
on first of adult shell.
Fig. 3. — Protoconch and first of adult shell of
Acmoea sp. showing growth lines, upper edge
of adult shell indicated by the arrow. Cam-
era lucida, looking at the bottom and one side.
Fig. -t. — Protoconch of A cmcea sp.
a, Sagittal section through cen-
tre of shell, on line of be of
fig. 1. b, Somewhat oblique
section on line ab of fig. 1.
the middle of the lateral " pouches "' (fig. 3), as may be seen in
Morse's fig. 5, although his fig. 4 shows a different condition.
In sagittal section there is shown merely a csecal-like shell with
the suggestion of a coil in the form of the ridge or inner anterior
margin of the protoconch (fig. 4a). This appearance is further
strengthened by the section of a shell with the animal still within
it (fig. 5). The shell in this has been slightly decalcified. By
making a somewhat oblique section of one side (fig. 46), a still
542
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Fig. 5. — Acmoea sp.
Section of protoconch with portion of young still within it.
Shell stippled.
more striking appearance of a coil is obtained. This is true of both
sides of the protoconch. The lateral edges, then, of this ridge
shown in the median sections of the shell are simply turned back
or " coiled " to a greater degree than the central part and the lateral
marks are the external evidences of this condition, the "folds"
being the union of the ridge with the outer wall of the shell. This
is shown in figs. 2 and 6.
If this were a true coil the lines of growth would be expected to
bear it out. By observation under the high powers in direct re-
flected light it is possible to discern these lines in the species under
consideration. They are very regular, clear, and well marked. In
fig. 3 a camera lucida drawing is shown. Their center seems to be
on the lower surface of the protoconch. Those of the lateral pouches
are shown to be parallel to their long axis and not conformant
below the shell to those behind them. What the significance of this
state of affairs may be I cannot hazard a guess, and it appears as
though its explanation must await the complete working out of the
embryology which Patten was unable to carry so far. The embryo
in the youngest stages which I sectioned occupies these corners
with portions of the liver. Judging from the lines of growth, one
would be tempted to think that these pouches were formed later
1912.
.NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
543
than the middle portion of the protoconch and subsequent to a
resorption of the posterior edge. If they were remnants of a true
coil it would be expected that growth should take place in them
first.
As mentioned above, the liver, at the earliest stage I had, occupied
a part of the protoconch with its large granulated cells (fig. 5).
In company with it was one loop of the large, thin-walled alimentary
canal. This is well past the veliger stage and when the embryo
is fairly complex. There were no gills present. At a period slightly
later than the stage represented in fig. 1, the protoconch is broken
off, leaving a cicatrix. The lower part of the primitive shell seems
in some cases at least to remain on the patelloid shell to form the
posterior part of the cicatrix. This has been fully described by
previous authors.
In conclusion, it may be stated that the protoconch gives more
evidences of being a simple caecal-like shell than coiled, although
the evidences are open to other interpretations. The slight coil of
the body and shell and a tendency of the shells to form more rapidly
anteriorly than posteriorly at first would indicate the presence
Fig. 6. — Protoconch and beginning of permanent shell of Acmcea sp. in optical
section, from dorsal surface, r, Ridge at upper line of lateral pouch.
544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
of a coil in the ancestral shell, which may have been altered by
caeogenetic variation and the resorption of parts. The structure
and disposal of the growth lines, the simple character of the lateral
pouches and their small size in proportion to the size of the egg and
larva, indicate that they are caused by something other than a
coil. Trochus, Natica, Arassa, Eolis, or Ammonite and nautiloid
protoconchs do not seem to differ much from the structure described
above.
Literature.
I >all, W. H. 1890. Tertiary Mollusks of Florida, Trans. Wagner Free Institute,
III, 1S90, p. 295.
Fisher, \Y. K. 1904. The Anatomy of Lottia gigantea Gray, Zoologischr
Jalcrbucher, Abth. f. Anat,, Vol. 20. pp. 1-86, pis. 1-4.
Grabau. 1903. Studies on Gastropoda, American Naturalist, Vol. XXXVI
p. 919; XXXVII, No. 440, p. 515.
Morse, E. S. 1910. An Early Stage of Acmaea, Proceedings of the Boston
Society of Natural Histonj, Vol. 34, No. 8, pp. 313-323, February, 1910.
Patten, W. 1886. The Embryology of Patella, Arbeiten aus dern Zoolog-
ischen Institute der Universitdt Wien, Vol. 6, pp. 149-174, pis. 1-5.
Pelseneer, Paul. 1906. In Lankaster's Treatise on Zoology, Part V, Mollusca,
A. and C. Black, London, 1900.
Verrill, A. E. 1896. The Molluscan Archetype considered as a Veliger-like
Form, with discussions of certain points in Molluscan Morphology, American
Journal of Science (4th Series), Vol. 11, No. 8, August. 1896.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545
The following Reports were ordered to be printed:
REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.
Because, probably, of the division of Science into specialties,
it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain interest in the meetings
of a society devoted, as the Academy is, to research in the entire
field of physics and natural history. In the absence of solicited
communications taking more or less the form of lectures, and all
the more likely to secure a moderate audience if illustrated by lan-
tern views which would be even more attractive could they be
presented in the form of moving pictures, there seems no reason,
beyond the requirements of routine business, generally irksome,
for the holding of the sessions provided for by the by-laws. The
practice of reporting in verbal communications the results of current
original research has almost entirely ceased, although thirty or
forty years ago it was a most important means of sustaining the
interest of the meetings, giving distinction to the minutes, and adding
to the value of the publications.
When Leidy, or Cassin, or Meehan, or Cope, or Ryder, or Heil-
prin had found out anything, had a new fact or the confirmation
of an old one to tell of, they resorted to the "verbal," a substantive
with quite a special significance as used in the Academy. These
verbal communications were generally reported by the authors for
the pages of the Proceedings. For some years back, to the impov-
erishment of the meetings, such contributions to science are either
embedded in a formal paper presented for publication and seldom or
never read except by title, or they are made known to the world in
little notes to Science or some other current periodical.
The consideration of a possible remedy for the existing subsidence
of interest in the meetings of the Academy has been referred, to a
committee, and it may be that the result will be beneficial.
Thirteen meetings have been held since last November, with
an average attendance of fifty-one — a much higher average than has
been recently reported. This is, however, due to the extraordinary
attendance on the sessions of the meeting held March 19, 20, and
21, in commemoration of the one hundredth anniversary of the
546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.
founding of the Academy. The event was considered memorable
by t he entire learned world, as evinced by the reception of 405 letters,
telegrams and cards of acknowledgment and congratulation from
institutions and correspondents and the appointment of 194 dele-
gates by learned societies at home and abroad.
A lull report of this most interesting event in the history of the
Academy has been printed and distributed as the first part of the
fifteenth volume of the quarto Journal. The entire volume has
been specially prepared and is now placed before the meeting in a
form befitting in its dignity the culmination of the Academy's dis-
tinguished contributions to science since 1817, when the publication
of the unpretentious first number of the octavo Journal was
evidence of the sustained faith of the founders in the dignity of
their mission. The contrast of the struggling Academy of 1817,
meeting in the little house up Gilliam's Court, with the society as
now established and endowed is scarcely greater than that of the
first issued volume with the sumptuous quarto just completed.
The centenary meeting was addressed by the Mayor, the President,
the Recording Secretary, and twenty-four members and correspondents.
Nearly all of the communications, presented also as contributions
to the commemorative quarto, were epitomized for the preliminary
report in the Proceedings of last March. The celebration cul-
minated in a banquet attended by 160 delegates, members, and
guests, at which eight congratulatory addresses were made after
the discussion of an elegant and sufficient bill of fare.
The permanent memorials of the event will consist of the volume
of the Journal now on the table, an index to the publications of the
Academy brought to the end of 1910, and a history of the society
by the Recording Secretary. The commemorative quarto is now
before the meeting. The index consists of a record of all the con-
tributions to the Journal and Proceedings during the period
defined, and a reference to every scientific name occurring in the
volumes. The alphabetical arrangement of the latter has been
completed and about two-thirds of the list is in type, forming the
second section of the volume, the first consisting of the catalogue
of papers and "verbals." The entire volume will contain about
thirteen hundred pages. While the history requires only the
final chapter (an account of the centenary celebration) for com-
pletion, no arrangement has yet been made for the publication of
the volume, as the preparation of the other works referred to has
been so engrossing during the year that it would have been impossible
4912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547
to devote necessary time to the additional task. The reading of
the proof of the index, especially, has been most exacting, and
occasion is taken to make grateful acknowledgment to Mr. William
J. Fox and Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry for efficient assistance in this
tiresome and laborious work. Mr. Fox also gave indispensable
assistance in the preparation of the centenary volume.
The ordinary meetings have been addressed by Messrs. Leffman,
Calvert, Stewardson Brown, Tucker, Bailey, Smith, Harshberger,
Dahlgren, Spitzka, Trotter, Bascom, and Skinner.
Fifty-three papers have been presented for publication, as follows:
Edgar T. Wherry, 3; James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 3;
Henrj- A. Pilsbry and Amos P. Brown, 2; Henry W. Fowler, 2;
Edward G. Vanatta, 2; Witmer Stone, 2; Thomas H. Montgomery,
1; John M. Clarke, 1; J. A. Nelson, 1; Carlotta J. Maury, 1;
Harriet W. Wardle, 1; Frederick W. True, 1; Henry Skinner, 1;
'Florence Bascom, 1; George A. Boulenger, 1; John W. Harshberger,
1 ; Thomas Wayland Vaughan, 1 ; Spencer Trotter, 1 ; George Howard
Parker, 1; Sir William Thiselton-Dyer, 1; J. W. von Wijhe, 1;
Marshall A. Howe, 1; W. J. Holland, 1; William H. Dall, 1; Benjamin
Smith Lyman, 1; Henry G. Bryant, 1; A. N. Caudell and Morgan
Hebard, 1; John M. Macfarlane, 1; Henry H. Donaldson, 1;
George A. Koenig, 1; Thomas H. Morgan, 1; Clarence B. Moore,
1 ; James E. Ives, 1 ; Addison E. Verrill, 1 ; Henry F. Osborn, 1 ;
Harold S. Colton, 1; S. Stillman Berry, 1; WT. L. McAtee, 1; T.
Fukuda, 1; Edwin G. Conklin, 1; Harold Heath and Ernest B.
McGregor, 1; Burnett Smith, 1; Henry A. Pilsbry, 1; H. von Ihering,
1; R. W. Shufeldt, 1.
Four of these have been withdrawn by the authors, twenty-
four are contributions to the Journal, and the others constitute
the portions of the year's Proceedings so far issued.
Mr. Moore's paper concludes the fourteenth volume of the
Journal. It consists of 161 pages, beautifully illustrated with
many halftones in the text and eight superb plates in color, fully
sustaining the reputation established by the earlier publications of
Mr. Moore, to whom the Academy is as usual indebted for the
entire cost of issue. '
The commemorative volume of the Journal consists of 756 pages
and 59 plates, 6 of which are in colors.
Additional publications have been issued during the year as
follows: Proceedings, 550 pages, 21 plates; Entomological News,
484 pages, 20 plates; Transactions of the American Entomo-
548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
L( ,. ; i« a i. S« >ciety (Entomological Section of the Academy), 400 pages,
3 plates : Manual of Conchology, 168 pages, 20 plates. The entire
issue lor the year, therefore, amounts to 2,358 pages and 123 plates.
Nineteen members and four correspondents have been elected.
The deaths of twelve members and of six correspondents have
been announced, while three members have resigned.
More than a mere record should be made of the loss sustained
by the Academy in the deaths of Edward Potts and Thomas Harrison
Montgomery. Air. Potts had been forced by impaired health
to discontinue, a few years ago, his active association with the
Academy, but his interest in science remained unabated to the last.
His work on the natural history of the fresh-water sponges, the
results of which the Academy had the honor of publishing, has
been recognized as of singular accuracy and thoroughness.
Dr. Montgomery was the first contributor to the commemorative
volume, and the announcement of his death at the first session
of the centenary meeting was a pathetic incident of the proceedings.
Appropriate action was taken by the Academy, an appreciative
minute, prepared by Dr. Calvert, having been placed on the minutes
and published.
The Hayden Medal, on the recommendation of the properly con-
stituted committee, was awarded to Professor John C. Branner,
of the Leland Stanford Jr. University, in recognition of his dis-
tinguished work in geology.
Daniel J. Fay, Robert Rosenbaum, and Delos E. Culver have
served terms as Jessup Fund students.
The will of the late Mrs. Catherine E. Beecher provides for the
endowment of the J. F. Beecher Memorial Laboratory for the
study of Biology and Anthropology in the Academy. The amount
of the fund, not yet definitely reported, is to be invested for ten
years before the income can be available. The proper officers
have been instructed to prepare the papers required by the accept-
ance of the legacy.
The popular evening course of free lectures, conducted in con-
junction with the Ludwick Institute, was given as usual on Monday
and Thursday evenings, January 8 to March 7: —
Three lectures on Familiar Birds and their Life Histories were
delivered by Mr. Witmer Stone; one on The Organization of the
Pennsylvania Department of Health by Dr. B. F. Royer; one on
The Purity of the Streams of Pennsylvania by Mr. F. Herbert
Snow; three on Entomology by Dr. Henry Skinner; three on Problems
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549
in the Study of Faunas by Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry; three on Studies
in Local Plant Life by Mr. Stewardson Brown, and two on Ancient
and Modern Man by Dr. Spencer Trotter.
The afternoon course for students of the Girls' High Schools of
Philadelphia, inaugurated last year, was continued, beginning
October 2, and was largely attended.
Two lectures each were delivered by the following speakers:
Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, on Crustacea and Mollusks; Dr. J. Percy
Moore, on Reptiles and Mammals; Mr. Witmer Stone, on Birds;
Mr. Stewardson Brown on Plants; and one each by Dr. Philip P.
Calvert and Dr. Henry Skinner, on Insects.
It is manifest that the year has been one of unusual interest
and activity, and there is no reason to doubt that the fine record
commemorated last March will be continued during the next century,
although conditions, which have already changed, may undergo
further modification. A reasonable prediction as to what these
modifications may be when the second centenary of the Academy
will be celebrated by our successors in March, 2012, would be a matter
of serious interest could it now be made.
Edward J. Nola^*,
Recording Secretary.
REPORT OF CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.
During the year the deaths of the following-named correspondents
occurred: Sir Joseph D. Hooker, Professor John Duns, Professor
Eduard Strasburger, and Professor Rudolph Hoernes. The death
of the Reverend Stephen Bowers in 1907 and of Professor Adolph
Bastian at an unascertained date were also announced. Elections
of correspondents were as follows: Professor Viktor Goldschmidt,
Dr. Carlotta J. Maury, Professor John Casper Branner, and Dr.
Charles Haskins Townsend.
Invitations to participate in the following-named events were
received: The annual meeting of the American Anthropological
Association; the XHIth International Congress of Americanists,
at which the Academy was represented by Sir Thomas Lauder
Brunton; the XlVth International Congress of Anthropology and
Prehistoric Archeology; the two hundreth anniversary of the founding
of the Academy of Sciences, Belles-Lettres, and Arts of Bordeaux;
the XXIst annual convention of the German Dendrological Society;
the Second International Congress of Entomology, to which Dr.
.").")() PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Henry Skinner, Professor Philip P. Calvert, and Dr. W. J. Holland
were appointed delegates; the International Forestry Congress;
the dedication exercises of the New York State Education Build-
in, »■, at which Professor Henry F. Osborn represented the Academy;
the XVIth International Congress of Orientalists; the one-hundred
and twenty-fifth anniversary of the founding of the University
of Pittsburgh, at which Mr. George H. Clapp served as a delegate,
and the inauguration exercises of The William H. Rice Institute,
on which occasion Professor Allen J. Smith and Professor Hugo
de Vries were the Academy's delegates. Formal addresses or simpler
letters of congratulation were forwarded to the executive officers
of all of the events named.
The year 1912 will be remembered as one especially noteworthy
in the history of the Academy, because it marked the completion
of the first century of the Academy's corporate existence. In
connection with the celebration of this event the volume of corre-
spondence was much augmented, especially by that conducted on
behalf of the Sub-Committee on Invitations, upon which the
Corresponding Secretary served.
During the month of January the invitation prepared at the
close of the last fiscal year' was mailed, along with a provisional
program and a card requesting replies, to 786 learned societies and
institutions in all parts of the world and to the full list of corre-
spondents whose addresses have been verified. The reponses were
most gratifying, both in number and character. They began to
arrive almost immediately, came in increasing volume until the
opening of the celebration, and continued to be received during
and even after that event. In all four hundred and five institutions
responded, of which three hundred and twenty-five sent congratu-
latory addresses, letters or telegrams, many of which were very
gracefully expressed and handsomely executed. A full list of these
is given and many of the letters are quoted in full in the memo-
rial volume now before the meeting. A selection of some of the
more interesting or beautiful ones is on exhibition in the reading
room. One hundred and forty-seven institutions appointed one
hundred and ninety-four delegates. Excluding duplications, one
hundred and fifty-seven persons were appointed, of which one
hundred and twelve are known to have been in attendance. Of
the correspondents fifty-two sent letters of congratulation and
a number regrets, and thirteen were present at the meetings.
Finally, after letters had ceased to be received, an acknowledgment
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551
expressing appreciation and signed by the President and Secretaries
was sent to those institutions, delegates, and correspondents who
had shown their interest in the anniversary.
Many letters asking for information were answered by the Corre-
sponding Secretary personally or handed for reply to other members
of the scientific staff.
Statistics of the year's correspondence follow:
Communications received :
Acknowledging receipt of the Academy's publications 14-1
Transmitting publications to the Academy 63
Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies 1
Invitations to learned gatherings, etc. 20
Notices of deaths of scientific men 12
Circulars concerning the administration of scientific institutions, etc. 41
Photographs and biographies of correspondents 8
Letters from correspondents 95
M iscellaneous letters 767
Total received 1,1.51
Communications forwarded :
Acknowledging gifts to the library 1,198
Requesting the supply of deficiencies in journals 133
Acknowledging gifts to the museum 139
Acknowledging photographs and biographies 10
Letters of sympathy and congratulation, addresses, etc. 19
Diplomas and notices of election of correspondents and of appointment
of delegates 12
Miscellaneous letters 386
Annual reports, circulars, etc 2,1S5
In vi t ations 984
Acknowledgments o4.'!
Total forwarded 5,609
Respectfully submitted,
J. Percy Moore,
Corresponding Secretary.
REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.
The additions to the library received, recorded, and placed during
the past year have amounted to 8,793. They have been received
from the following sources:
Exchanges 3,662 James Aitken Meigs Fund 117
I. V. Williamson Fund 2,397 Editors 72
United States Department of Colorado Agricultural College ... 70
Agriculture 950 Thomas B. Wilson Fund 48
General Appropriation 786 Imperial Department of Agricul-
Authors 225 ture of the British West
Mrs. Henry C. McCook... 139 Indies 28
36
552
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
l Hitcd States Bureau of Educa-
tion... 25
United Stales Department of
the Interior 20
Pennsylvania Department of
Health.. .... 15
New York Agricultural Experi-
ment Station 15
United States Treasury De-
partment .... 14
University of Nebraska 14
Government of Costa Rica 13
United States Department of
Commerce and Labor 13
Imperial Geological Survey of
Japan 12
Pan-American Union 11
East Indian Government 10
Washington Geological Survey 8
William J. Fox 8
Commission Geologique de Fin-
lande 7
Massachusetts Agricultural Ex-
periment Station 7
Edward J. Nolan, M.D 7
Publication Committee of the
Academy 6
Pennsylvania Department of
Agriculture 6
Ministerio de Agricultura, Ar-
gentine Republic 4
Mississippi State Geological
Survey 4
Maryland Geological Survey 4
Geological Survey of Georgia 4
Due d'Orleans 4
Danish Government 4
Arizona Horticultural Commis-
sion 3
Estacion Sismologica de Cart uja 3
Department of Trade and Cus-
toms, Australia -3
Commission of 'Conservation,
Canada. 3
New Mexico College of Agri-
culture 3
French Government 3
Illinois State Geological Survey 3
Dr. Henry Skinner 2
Government of Formosa 2
Illinois Bureau of Labor Sta-
tistics
Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey
Wyoming Experiment Station..
Chief Secretary of New South
Wales
Delaware County Institute of
Science
Geological Survey of New
Jersey
Survey of India
Dr. Thomas Biddle
Surgeon-General's Office, U.S.A.
Dr. H. A. Pilsbry
Fondation pour lTnternation-
alisme
Presbyterian Historical Society
Southern Pacific R. It. Co.
Bentham Trustees, Kew Gar-
dens
United States Brewers' Associa-
tion
Wit mer Stone
Commissioners on Fisheries and
( lame, Massachusetts
National Academy of Sciences
Department of Fisheries, Penn-
sylvania
Edgar T. Wherry
Steiermarkische Landesmuseum
Joanneum
Arthur H. Lea
Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree
Blight Commission
Sveriges Geologiska Undersok-
ning
Geological Survey of Alabama..
Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas
del Peru
Albert I, Prince de Monaco
Commission Sismologique Cen-
trale a St. Petersbourg
New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station
Missouri Bureau of Geology and
Mines
Michigan Geological and Bio-
logical Survey
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Of these 7,595 were pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 1,046
volumes, 142 maps, and 10 sheets.
They were distributed to the various departments of the library
as follows :
Journals . 6,149
Agriculture.... 1,110
Geology .... 422
Botany... 223
General Natural History 171
Entomology 133
Voyages and Travels 125
Anatomy and Physiology 89
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553
Conchology 65 Medicine 13
Anthropology 39 Chemistry 12
Ornithology... 3(1 Mammalogy.. 12
Geography. 32 Mathematics 12
Helminthology 28 Herpetology 5
Physical Sciences 26 Miscellaneous 37
Mineralogy 21
Bibliography 20 8,793
Ichthyology 13
No effort has been spared to keep the department of journals
and periodicals up to its present very desirable standard of com-
pleteness.
The following journals have been added to the subscription list,
complete sets having been secured when desirable:
Behavior Monographs. Baltimore.
Records of the Past. Washington.
Baessler-Archiv. Leipzig.
American Fern Journal. Port Richmond, X. Y.
Monatsschrift f. Kakteenkunde. Berlin.
Scottish Naturalist. Edinburgh.
Revue Zoologique Africaine. Bruxelles.
Mycologisches Centralblatt. Jena.
Zeitschrift f. Garungsphysiologie. Berlin.
Aquarium. Philadelphia.
Internationale Mittheilungen f. Bodenkunde. Berlin.
Parasitology. Cambridge.
Zeitschrift f. Untersuchung der Xahrungs- und Genussmittel. Muenchen.
Memoirs of the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore.
Memoirs of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, Philadelphia.
Zentralblatt f. Zoologie. Leipzig.
Revue francaise d'Ornithologie. Paris.
Austral Avian Record. Watford.
Zentralblatt f. normale Anatomic und Mikrotechnik. Berlin.
Leaflets of Philippine Botany. Manila.
The following new journals have been purchased:
Beitrage zur Rheinischen Naturgeschichte. 1S49-53. Freiburg i. B.
Botanical Gazette. 3 vols. London.
Billotia. 1 vol. Paris.
Bollettino della R. Istituto Botanico dell' University Parmense. 1892-93. Parma.
Transactions- of the Geological Society of Australia. 1 vol. Melbourne.
Boletim de la Sociedad Broteriana. Vols. 1-22 (1880-1906). Coimbra.
Acta Hortus Beigianus. Vols. 1-4 (1891-1907). Stockholm.
Travaux Scientifiques de l'Universite. Vols. 1-6 (1901-07). Rennes.
Mittheilungen des Badischen Zoologischen Vereins. Nos. 1-17 (1899-1905).
Karlsruhe.
Correspondenzblatt f. Sammler von Insekten. 1860-61. Regensburg
Museum des Wundervollen, etc., 12 volumes (1810-13). Leipzig.
Naturalists' Journal. 8 volumes. London.
Annual Report and Transactions of the Plymouth Institution. Vols. 1-8.
Plymouth.
Comptes Rendus des Congres des Societes Savantes de Paris, etc. 1908.
Mitteilungen der Aargauischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. 1-8. Aarau.
Acta Hortus Botanicus Universitatis Imp. Jurjevensis. Vols. 1-11.
Mittheilungen der deutschen Gesellschaft f. Geschichte der Medizin und Natur-
wissenschaften. Vols. 1-8.
Berichte des physiologischen Laboratorium, etc., Universitat. Vols. 1-20. Halle.
554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Berichte der geologischen Kommission der Konigreiche Kroatien u. Slavonien.
Ornithologist. First Series. London.
Bulletin des SociSte' Dauphinoise d'Ethnologie et d'Anthropologie. Vols. I-IV.
( trenoble.
The exchange list has been increased by the addition of the fol-
lowing:
Aus der Heimal — fur die Heimat. Leipzig.
Muzeumi Fiizetek, Asvanytaranak Ertesitoje. Kolosvar.
Stadtisch.es Museum f. Volkerkunde. Publications. Leipzig.
Boletin de la Sociedad Phycis. Buenos Aires.
Mitteilungen der deutschen Dendrologischen Gesellschaft.
Atti, Societa Lombarda di Scienze mediche e biologiche. Milano.
Annies, Centro de Estudios Sismologicos. Costa Rica.
Report of the Imperial Fisheries Institute. Tokyo.
Notes from the Royal Botanic Garden. Edinburgh.
Bulletin de la Societe Academique de l'Arrondissement de Boulogne-sur-Mer.
Annales de la Societe d'Emulation et d' Agriculture de l'Ain.
Memoires de la Societe de Vulgarisation des Sciences Naturelles des Deux-
Sevres. Niort.
Arxios de I'Institut de Ciencies. Barcelona.
Boletim do Museu Rocha. Ceara.
Butlleti, Club Montanyenc Associacio de Ciencies Naturals i Excursions. Bar-
celona.
Science Reports of the Tohoku Imperial University.
Erdmagnetische Untersuchungen in Finnland. Helsingfors.
Mitteilungen der Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Halle a. d. S.
Compte Rendu des Seances, Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de
Geneve.
Ceylon Marine Biological Reports.
Proceedings of the University of Virginia Philosophical Society.
Among the more important accessions may be specially men-
tioned :
Ehrhardt, Beitrage zur Naturkunde. Six vols, in two. Hannover, 1787-92.
Ortega, C. G. Novarum, aut rariorum plantarum, etc. Centurio I. Madrid,
1800.
Boudier, E. Icones Mycologica?. Four vols. 1905-10.
Koenig, A. Avifauna Spitzbergensis. 1911.
Rothschild, W. Avifauna of Laysan. 1893-1900.
Airs. McCook's gift, a selection from the library of the late Rev.
Dr. McCook, provided a desirable increase, especially in the depart-
ment of entomology.
Five hundred and forty-six volumes have been bound.
Thirty-two volumes on law, literature, and mechanics were
transferred to the Free Library of Philadelphia.
Oil portraits of the President by Lazar Raditz and of the Recording
Secretary by Charles Marquedent Burns have been presented.
Due acknowledgments were made in each case.
I am indebted to my assistants, William J. Fox and Furman
Sheppard Wilde, for relief from much of the routine work of the
library during the year. Both have discharged their official duties
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555
efficiently. The services of Mr. Fox especially have enabled me to
devote much of my time to preparation for the centenary meeting
and to the editing of the volumes commemorative of the celebra-
tion.
Edward J. Nolan,
Librarian.
REPORT OF THE CURATORS.
The fire-proofing of the buildings, through the aid of the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania, has at last been completed. But few
appreciate what this means, as our institution is fortunate in
possessing the largest natural history library in this country,
in addition to the museum, exceedingly rich in the type specimens
of so much importance to science. The Entomological Department
has been settled in its new quarters, which are said by the workers
to fully meet their demands. This department is rapidly advancing
along an economic path. The discoveries made in late years of the
relationship between disease in animal life and insect life .mean
much in the universal battle now being waged against diseases
in man, the setiology of which has heretofore been surrounded
by mystery.
The ornithological study collection has been moved back to its
permanent quarters, where, the specimens are kept in metal cases
out of light and dust, while they are within very convenient reach
of our investigators. It will be desirable to still further reduce the
exhibit collection of our birds, as the many duplicates can better
be preserved in storage cases and yet leave a sufficient number
on exhibition to satisfy general educational purposes. The modern
methods of mounting birds in their natural surroundings has been
greatly extended in the local collection during the last year, and it
supplies a good model for the rearrangement and extension of our
general collection.
The Herbarium has been enlarged so that it. will permit a more
systematic arrangement of the botanical collections than has been
heretofore possible.
The study collection of mollusks has been thoroughly arranged
in the location provided for it two years ago and necessary cases
for its expansion have been furnished. Detailed accounts of the
work accomplished in these departments will be found in the sub-
joined special reports.
556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
.Modern cases arc much needed in the northern museum, which
has been fire-proofed and much improved in arrangement. With
financial help, this wing can be made one of the most attractive in
the museum.
The indirect lighting system employed will enable us, during this
coming year, to display our exhibits on certain evenings in the month,
so that those engaged throughout the day may make their studies in
the various divisions of natural history in which they are interested.
The William S. Vaux Collection of minerals is being moved into
the old library hall, which will relieve the crowding in the archaeo-
logical collection and enable the Academy to exhibit the general
mineral collection in near proximity.
Many valuable specimens have been added during the year.
Several expeditions have been successfully conducted by our special-
ists, a rich harvest resulting from their research work.
Among the conspicuous and valuable accessions may be mentioned
the mounted anthropoids and their respective skeletons, which have
been added to the Dr. Thomas Biddle Collection. The new speci-
mens were selected by Dr. Biddle to complete as nearly as possible
the anthropoid family. The additions comprise a female and young-
gorilla, a large-eared chimpanzee, a young chimpanzee, and a baby
orang-outang. Several rare monkeys and an Ornithorhynchus were
also presented by Dr. Biddle.
Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his comprehensive inves-
tigations of the Indian mounds of the southern United States,
resulting in the acquisition of many valuable specimens which make
this collection one of the most complete of its kind ever brought to-
gether. Of special interest were two forms of pipes, one of the mono-
ceramic and the other of the smoke-effigy type. A new type of grave
was discovered on Red River, Arkansas.
The removal of the William S. Vaux Mineral Collection from
the archaeological floor will provide Mr. Moore with, additional room
for the material recently obtained.
Among other expeditions may be mentioned one by Messrs.
Alfred M. Collins and E. Marshall Scull to British East Africa,
where they collected for the Academy a valuable series of large
mammals, now being prepared for mounting. The proper arrange-
ment of this collection will demand a new wing to our building.
Among the most valuable mammals may be mentioned the greater
and lesser kudu, eland, giraffe, zebra, buffalo, and a variety of
antelopes, hyenas, etc.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557
A collection of sections of the trunks of native forest trees, com-
prising almost all the species found in the Middle States, was pre-
sented by Mr. C. H. Jennings.
Through the courtesy of the New York Botanical Garden. Mr.
Stewardson Brown was enabled to accompany Dr. N. L. Britton,
Director of the Garden, on an expedition to Bermuda, where he
made collections which added materially to the Academy's scries
of the plants of the island.
Through the liberality of Mr. Morgan Hebard, Mr. Rehn was
enabled to spend the summer months in Florida and Texas, where
together they made large and valuable collections of Orthoptera,
half of which becomes the property of the Academy.
In addition tu the work described in the special reports appended,
Dr. J. Percy Moore has continued his investigation of the annelids
obtained in the Pacific Ocean by the United States Bureau of
Fisheries. He has identified and named many parasites and other
worms submitted to him for identification.
Mr. Henry W. Fowler continues in charge of the fishes and has
also identified recent accessions of collections of reptiles and batra-
chians. He has made a study of the catostomoid fishes in the gen-
eral collection and prepared a report on the fishes of the Chincoteague
region, Virginia.
The archaeological collection is still under the care of Miss H. N.
Wardle, who has identified and arranged the new specimens. A com-
prehensive catalogue of the department is in course of preparation.
The Curators are again under obligation to Messrs. S. S. VanPelt
and Bayard Long for their continued work on the local collection
of plants; to Mr. Morgan Hebard for the mounting of many entomo-
logical specimens, and to Dr. Amos P. Brown for the identification
of several collections of invertebrate fossils forming part of the Isaac
Lea Collection. This collection has for many years been under the
care of the Rev. Leander T. Chamberlin, through whose generosity
it has increased in extent and value from year to year. It is to be
regretted that Dr. Chamberlin's ill health has compelled him to resign
his honorary curatorship. The position has been filled by the ap-
pointment of Mr. Joseph Willcox.
Numerous local field trips have been taken by members of the
museum staff, yielding valuable additions to the study series of
fishes, reptiles, insects, mollusks, and plants.
One hundred and four storage cases and two hundred insect boxes
have been purchased since our last report.
5o8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
The museum is attracting a larger attendance of visitors than ever
before, and many specialists throughout the country have made use
of our study collections.
Specimens have been loaned to the following: Bryant Walker,
1>. A. Fuertes, Robert Ridgway, Paul Bartsch, K. A. Wiegand,
Thomas Barbour, F. M. Chapman, L. A. Frierson, W. C. Bryant,
H. H. Bartlett, E. W. Nelson, N. L. Britton, M. W. Lyon, C. W.
Johnson, W. G. Mazyck, J. B. Henderson, J. A. Allen, J. C. Thomp-
son, and J. 0. Snyder.
Samuel G. Dixon,
Executive Curator.
Report of the Department of Mollusca.
The growth of the collection during the year has been normal,
accessions having been received from ninety persons and institu-
tions. Considerable collections of local mollusks have been made
by Mr. Bayard Long, who also contributed a large and valuable
series from the Magdalen and Prince Edwards Islands. A large
quantity of Canadian material from Lake Huron was presented
by Mr. A. D. Robertson. A good deal of foreign material has
come in from the Hawaiian Islands, Mexico, South Africa, etc.
Twenty new storage cases have been purchased, each holding six-
teen large trays, adding almost 1,000 square feet to our storage
-pace.
Work during the year has been chiefly devoted to the study of
Hawaiian snails, but considerable time has been spent in working
•up material from Florida, the Rocky Mountains, and Mexico.
In collaboration with Dr. Amos P. Brown, Eocene mollusks from
North Carolina, and Oligocene material from the Canal zone have
been studied. Papers have been published or prepared for publi-
cation on all of these topics.
Mr. E. G. Vanatta has assorted and determined a large amount
of local and other American material. His work has been seriously
retarded by illness. Acknowledgments are due Miss Winchester,
artist of the department, for helpful services throughout the year.
H. A. PlLSBRY,
Special Curator.
Report of Curator of William S. Vaux Collections.
During the past year the principal accessions to the Wm. S. Vaux
collection include a meteorite from South Africa, tourmaline, apatite,
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559
stibiotantalite, neptuneite, and benitoite from California, glauco-
phane from Italy, struverite from South Dakota, tourmaline from
Madagascar, and topaz from Texas.
F. J. Keeley,
Curator.
Report of the Custodian of the Isaac Lea Collection of
Eocene Mollusca.
During the present year some important additions have been
made to the Isaac Lea Collection.
These specimens represent three widely separated localities.
From the limestone quarry near Wilmington, North Carolina,
immediately overlying the Cretaceous bed, the specimens were
collected personally by the writer. The writer also collected the
specimens from the Oligocene bed at White Beach on Little Sara-
sota Bay, Florida. This bed, representing a small outcrop, is
located farther south than any other known Oligocene horizon in
the United States.
The series of fossils from the Panama Canal zone were collected
by Dr. Amos P. Brown, and is a notable addition to the Isaac Lea
Collection.
Until the present time none of the above-mentioned localities
have been represented in any of the collections of the Academy.
All of these specimens have been identified by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry
and Dr. A. P. Brown.
A list of the species from White Beach will be found in the Addi-
tions to the Museum. The collections from Wilmington and from the
Panama Canal zone, containing sixty or more new species, have
already been described in the Proceedings of the Academy.
Joseph Willcox.
REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS.
Biological and Microscopical Section.
Nine regular and several informal meetings of th'e Section have
been held with the usual attendance. While the membership has
not increased during the year, the interest in microscopical work
has not diminished, although the change of room, necessitating the
removal and rearrangement of the books and collections, somewhat
interfered with the programme of several meetings.
560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
No detailed mention need be made of the various verbal com-
munications; it is sufficient to state that it is the custom of each
member to provide at each meeting material illustrative of his own
particular studies.
Mr. T. Chalkley Palmer continues his investigations of the move-
ment of diatoms first noticed by Adams, in 1798, in an "infusorium
novum," which '■mured either end foremost," and which still mysteri-
ously baffles the most patient observation. Mr. F. J. Keeley's
demonstrations of microscopical technique have been of special
interest.
The following officers have been elected for the year 1913:
Director J. Chest on Morris, M.D.
Vice-Director ...T. Chalkley Palmer.
Treasurer Thomas S. Stewart, M.D.
Recorder Charles S. Boyer.
( 'onservator Frank J. Keeley.
Corresponding Secretary Silas L. Schumo.
Charles S. Boyer,
Recorder.
Entomological Section.
This spring the insect collections were transferred from the tempo-
rary quarters in the bird gallery to the six rooms now occupied, and
the first meeting in the new location was held on June 10. The
work went on while the bird gallery was occupied, but the cabinets
were so crowded together that work was done under very un-
favorable conditions. The task of moving a million insects was one
of very considerable magnitude, but was accomplished without
damage to any of the specimens.
During the Centenary of the Academy a large part of the collection
of exotic Lepicloptera was placed on exhibition in the room formerly
occupied by the library and attracted much attention and interest.
During the year 6,858 specimens have been received, either by gift,
exchange or purchase, and a considerable proportion of these have
been mounted and incorporated into the collections.
Twenty-four Brock tins and one hundred large glass-covered cases
have been purchased by the Academy. It seems to be the opinion
of those persons best qualified to judge, that this style of box is the
best so far devised, and it is considered desirable to adopt it for all
the orders of insects. After the collections were transferred to the
1912.] • NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561
rooms now occupied, a general survey was made of the collection
and additional untrustworthy boxes removed. Many boxes were
treated with melted naphthalin. This was done wherever infesta-
tion was found. In the Lepidoptera the rearrangement of the
micro-moths has been completed, although there are still some speci-
mens awaiting' identification. The genus Ornithoptera has been re-
arranged in its entirety. Additional cabinet space is needed for the
exotic collection.
The collection of American diurnal Lepidoptera is in excellent
condition and material is constantly being added.
Mr. E. T. Cresson has numbered and listed all the types of his
species in the order Hymenoptera preparatory to publishing them.
A number of species have been added to the collection of Hemip-
tera and some material has been determined.
The exotic Coleoptera have been partially rearranged. The fami-
lies- have been labelled and material incorporated.
The North American collection, well into the family Carabidse,
and some of the smaller families which were badly crowded have;
also been rearranged. Many species, with accurate data, have been
added to the collection and the duplicates put in order under family
labels.
In the Diptera there has been considerable rearrangement ;
material has been added and species named.
Dr. Philip P. Calvert has continued his charge of the collection of
Odonata and the work accomplished is credited to him. It is hoped
ere long to obtain enough of the new type of boxes to provide for
this important collection. The arrangement of the studied exotic
series of Orthoptera, as well as a similar revision of the North Amer-
ican series, was completed during the year. The previously unar-
ranged series of the same collection has also been completed. At the
present time, as far as studied, the Orthoptera collections are well
arranged and readily accessible, but during the coming year the ex-
otic series will need considerable extension, owing to large additions
to that series which will have to be installed. Mr. Morgan Hebard
has deposited his entire collection of Orthoptera, including the Bruner
North American types, in the Academy building, thus making the
collections of the order in one room in the Academy the most exten-
sive in America.
During the year the most important additions received have been
the series retained by the Academy from the Mecklenburg Central
African collection; a series from Venezuela purchased by the Academy:
562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADExMY OF [Dec,
another from Para, Brazil, also purchased; and an interesting collection
from Java, received for identification. There has also been received
for determination, and of which the Academy receives a set, several
collections totalling over three thousand specimens from East
Attica from the Berlin Museum, a series from Mexico from the Field
Museum, several from the American Museum of Natural History
from the same country, and a very extensive collection from the
Transvaal Museum.
Mr. Hebard has worked during a considerable portion of the year at
the Academy, often in conjunction with Mr. Rehn, frequently giving
his attention to Academy material as well as his own collection.
He has also maintained one, and for a time, two preparators who have
worked on material, a large part of which will be given to the Academy
after its study. Owing to the liberality of the same gentleman,
Mr. Rehn was able to accompany him to the Florida Keys and
Texas during the summer, a large series of the order being taken
on the expedition, of which the Academy will receive a large propor-
tion.
Two persons were elected Associates of the Section.
At a meeting held December 9 the following persons were elected
officers to serve during the year 1913:
Director. Philip Laurent.
Vice-Director Henry W. Wenzel.
Treasurer. Ezra T. Cresson.
Recorder Henry Skinner.
Secretari/ James A. G. Rehn.
Conservator. Henry Skinner.
Publication Committee. Ezra T. Cresson.
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.
Henry Skinner,
Recorder.
Botanical Section.
The alterations in the building made during the present year
have materially increased the capacity of the herbarium, resulting
in a number of changes in the arrangement of the collection.
Twenty new metal cases have been added to the equipment.
Most of these have been placed in the central room on the
main flour to relieve the overcrowding in the two end rooms, the
balance being used to accommodate the pteridophytes which have
been rearranged in the central gallery room. The large seed case
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563
has been transferred from the north to the central gallery room,
the north room being used as a work room. The mounting of the
flowering plants and ferns of the Albert Commons Herbarium has
been completed.
The Conservator paid 'two visits to Bermuda during the year,
from August 22 to September 21 and from November 30 to December
14, when important collections were made.
Ten thousand seven hundred and eighty-two sheets of plants have
been added to the herbarium. Of these, 7, 198, distributed through the
general herbarium, have been secured by purchase, 352 by the Section.
Other sources of supply were from Academy expeditions, 300; Arnold
Arboretum, 292; United States National Museum, 385; in exchange
and presented by individuals as follows: Dr. James Darrach, 2,000;
Miss Caroline A. Boice, 2,000; Charles S. Wlliamson, 480; Francis W.
Pennell, 443; Witmer Stone, 270; Henry A. Lang, 250; Edwin B.
Bartram, 200; Dr. D. G. Metheny, 127; Harold W. Pretz, 28; Henry
F. Michell Co., 27; Harold St. John, 21; E. G. Vanatta, 12; Silas
L. Schumo, 6; Mrs. Joseph M. Fox and Miss Olivia Rodham, each
2; Dr. William L. Abbott, Dr. Curtin, and Rev. Mr. Baker, each 1.
Three thousand five hundred and eighty-four sheets have been
added to the local herbarium of the Philadelphia Botanical Club,
being contributed principally by its members. Mr. Samuel S. Van
Pelt has continued his valued services in the care of this division
of the herbarium, and Mr. Bayard Long has also clone much valuable
work. The Philadelphia Botanical Club has held its monthly
meetings in the Academy during the year as heretofore.
At the annual meeting of the Section the following were elected
as the officers for the coming year.
Director Benjamin H. Smith.
Vice-Director Joseph Crawford.
Recorder Charles S. Williamson.
Treasurer and Conservator Stewardson Brown.
Respectfully submitted,
Stewardson Brown,
Conservator.
Mineralogical and Geological Section.
The Section has held four meetings this year, with about the
average attendance.
A communication was made by B. S. Lyman on the Formation
564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
of (Oal Beds; Dr. Thomas C. Brown read a paper oa the Origin
of the Early Paleozoic Sediments of Central Pennsylvania; and Mr.
F. J. Keeley made a communication on Meteorites from Arizona.
There were also shorter communications and various discussions.
There were six field excursions, with an average attendance of
over 28. The parties visited: (1) Crystalline rocks near Neshaminy
Creek, below the Falls, Bucks County; (2) Crystalline rocks near
Inionville and Northbrook, Chester County; (3) The Aldham,
( !hester County, trap and the Cambrian Sandstone of North Valley
Hill; (4) Crystalline rocks and their minerals between Avondale
and Crum Lynne, Delaware County; (5) The Paleozoic rocks between
Strafford, Chester County, and Bridgeport, Montgomery County;
(6) Crystalline and Paleozoic rocks between Radnor, Delaware
County, and Gulf Mills, Montgomery County.
Four new associate members were elected.
The following officers of the Section have been elected for the
year 1913:
Director Benjamin Smith Lyman.
V ice-Director F. J. Keeley.
Recorder and Secretary S. L. Schumo.
Treasurer William B. Davis.
Conservator.. George Vaux, Jr.
Respectfully submitted by order of the Section.
Benjamin Smith Lyman,
Director.
Ornithological Section.
During the early part of the past year, while the alterations
to the building were in progress, the ornithological collections were
for the most part inaccessible for study. As soon, however, as the
rooms had been renovated the cases containing the study series
were moved back in place, thoroughly cleansed, and the entire col-
leetion examined and rearranged where specimens had been dis-
placed in moving.
The permanent quarters now provided for the department permit
of the arrangement of the collections to much better advantage
than ever before, while the new skylights and electric-light facilities
enable the student to readily consult any of the specimens. Many
ot the old unmounted specimens have been relaxed and made to
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565
conform in appearance with the skins, which renders them more
available for study and more easily cared for.
Mr. Charles J. Pennock, who was appointed November 5, 1912,
as a voluntary special curator of the Oological collections, has
already begun the rearrangement of the material and has outlined
plans for its expansion. After the removal of the Entomological
Department from the bird floor of the Museum, where it had occu-
pied temporary quarters during the alterations, the exhibition cases
were carefully examined and much mounted material which had been
labelled and arranged for exhibit was systematically placed. Al-
though only one or two specimens of most species are now exhibited
and all types and most of the unique specimens have been withdrawn,
it will be necessary still further to reduce the exhibit, as it is much
overcrowded.
The local co lection, established and increased from year to year
by the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, has been entirely re-
arranged, two large cases having been provided for the water birds
and birds of prey. Many specimens which it has been impossible
to exhibit previously have been mounted in groups with natural
accessories, while the series of birds presented by the late Francis W.
Rawle and others have been mounted with their respective nests,
thus completing many of the older groups. The appearance and
educational value of this collection has been thus greatly enhanced.
In the time not occupied by his duties as Curator, in general
Museum work and in the arrangement of the bird collection, the
Conservator has identified the entire collection of 1,548 birds
obtained by Mr. S. N. Rhoads in Ecuador during 1911, which was
acquired by the Academy early in the year. He has also identified
the Venezuelan collection obtained by the Francis E. Bond expedition,
and prepared reports on both for publication.
A careful study of the types of Gould's Australian birds has also
been made in connection with the problems encountered by Mr.
Gregory M. Mathews in the publication of his Birds of Australia. The
results of this work are likewise prepared for publication, as well as
the report on the Rapt ores of the Princeton Patagonian Expedition.
During the year, in addition to the Ecuador collection above
referred to, the Academy has received an important gift of birds
of West Africa from Mr. G. L. Bates, of Cameroons, the first acces-
sion from this region since the famous Du Chaillu collections;
also numerous specimens for the local collection from the Delaware
Valley Ornithological* Club.
566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Thirty metal storage cases have been procured for the accommo-
dation of the accessions.
The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and the Pennsylvania
Audubon Society have continued to hold their meetings at the
Academy and have done much to stimulate ornithological study.
The Conservator would express his indebtedness to Mr. J. A. G.
Etehn, who has catalogued all of the accessions, and to Messrs.
Daniel J. Fay and Delos E. Culver, who have given valuable aid
in the rearrangement of the collection, Mr. Culver having accom-
plished particularly satisfactory work in relaxing the old unmounted
birds. To Mr. David McCadden, our taxidermist, is due much
of the success in the improvement of the local collection.
The annual meeting of the Section was held on December 3, 1912,
and the following officers were reelected:
Director Spencer Trotter, M.D.
Vice-Director ..George Spencer Morris.
Recorder Stewardson Brown.
Corresporiding Secretary William A. Shrj-ock.
Treasurer and Conservator Witmer Stone.
Witmer Stone,
Conservator.
The annual election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the
Committee on Accounts was held December 17, with the following
result :
President Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D.
Vice-Presidents.. Edwin G. Conklin,Ph.D.,Sc.D.
John Cadwalader, A.M.
Recording Secretary Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.
Treasurer George Vaux, Jr.
Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
( i katoks Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.,LL.D.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.,
Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry Tucker, M.D.
( Yu ncillors to serve three years .Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,
Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
Frank J. Keeley,
Thomas G. Ashton, M.D.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567
Committee on Accounts Charles Morris,
Samuel N. Rhoads,
John G. Rothermel,
Thomas S. Stewart, M.D.,
Walter Horstmann.
COUNCIL FOR 1913.
Ex-Officio— Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin,
Ph.D., John Cadwalader, A.M., Edward J. Nolan, M.D.,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry,
Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Henry Tucker, M.D.
To serve three years. — Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
Frank J. Keeley, Thomas G. Ashton, M.D.
To serve two years. — Charles B. Penrose, M.D., LL.D., Ph.D., Charles
Morris, Spencer Trotter, M.D., William E. Hughes, M.D.
To serve one year. — Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., Edwin S. Dixon,
Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Robert G. LeConte, M.D.
Councillor George Vaux, Jr.
Curator of Mollusca Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.
Curator of William S. Vaux Col-
lections Frank J. Keeley.
Custodian of Isaac Lea Collection Jos. Willcox.
Assistant Librarian William J. Fox.
Assistants to Curators Henry Skinner, M.D.,
Stewardson Brown,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,
James A. G. Rehn,
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.
Assistant in Library Furman Sheppard Wilde.
Aid in Archaeology Harriet Newell Wardle.
Aid in Herbarium Ada Allen.
Taxidermist David N. McCadden.
Janitors Charles Clappier,
Daniel Heckler,
James Tague.
Jacob Aebley,
Adam E. Heckler.
37
568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.
STANDING COMMITTEES.
Finance.— John Cadwalader, A.M., E. S. Dixon, Effingham B.
Morris, William D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.
Publications.— Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
Library.— Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry
Tucker, M.D., Frank J. Keeley, Thomas Biddle, M.D.
Instruction and Lectures. — Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles
Morris, Witmer Stone, A.M., Henry Tucker, M.D., George
Spencer Morris.
Committee of Council on By-Laws. — Thomas Fenton, M.D.,
John Cadwalader, A.M., Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Witmer
Stone, A.M.
ELECTIONS IN 1912.
Members.
January 16.— G. B. Heckel, Henry S. Pratt, Ph.D., Edwin B.
Bartram.
February 20. — Frederick Ehrenfeld, Francis B. Bracken.
April 16. — Harold Peirce, John Ashhurst, Samuel C. Schmucker,
Ph.D., William H. Newbold, Cecilia Baldwin McElroy, Seth
Bunker Capp, Walter N. James, M.D., A. V. Morton, Harriet
Newell Wardle, Philip F. Kelly, Hon. John M. Reynolds.
October 15. — Ernest Comly Dercum, Warren Mathews Foote.
November 19. — Horace E. Smith.
Correspondents.
January 16. — Viktor Goldsmidt, of Heidelberg, Charles Haskins
Townsend, Sc.D., of New York, Carlotta J. Maury, Ph.D.,
of New York, John C. Branner, of Stanford University, Cal.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569
ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM,
1912.
Ethnological and Archaeological.
Thomas Biddle, M.D. Specimen of mummified trophy head or "tsantsa,"
prepared by the Jibaros tribe of Ecuador.
Mrs. E. D. Cope. Mexican grinding stone.
Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. Metlatl and metlapille, Mexico.
R. W. Shufeldt, M.D. Human skeletal remains, Campeche, Yucatan.
Miss E. E. Keating. Rattle and two figurines of terra cotta, Mexico (col-
lected 1825-1829).
Ludwig Pfeiffer, M.D. Ten casts of paleoliths from Taubach-Ehringsdorf,
near Weimar, Germany.
Clarence B. Moore. Numerous additions to the Clarence B. Moore
Collection from Indian Mounds of the Southern States.
Mammals.
Wm. L. Abbott, M.D., through Miss Gertrude Abbott. Collection of heads
of African antelopes, Rhinoceros horns and tail.
Charles W. Beck. Several whale vertebrae, Beach Haven, N. J.
Thos. Biddle, M.D. Collection of mounted mammals: adult female and
young Gorilla (Gorilla gorilla) , young orang-utan (Pongo pygmceus), Koola-kamba
(Simia koolakamba) with mounted skeleton, Rutledge's Monkey (Pygathrix
rutledgii), Galla Colobus (Colobus gallarum) with skull, European Lemming
(Lemmus lemmus), Duckbill (Ornithorhynchus anatinus) and os penis of Walrus
(Odobenus sp.).
S. Rowland Caldwell. Pair of Walrus tusks.
Mrs. E. D. Cope. Plaster cast of Gorilla's head.
T. D. Keim and H. W. Fowler. Red Bat (Lasiurus borealis), Delaware.
H. L. Mather, Jr. Two Brown Bats (Eptesicus fuscus), Philadelphia.
D. G. Metheny, M.D. One shrew (Blarina sp.), Nova Scotia.
Robert Morris. Two Say's Bats (Myotis subulatus), Montgomery County,
Pennsylvania.
Purchased. Otter (Lulra canadensis), Salem County, N. J. Prepared as skin
and skull. Skin and skeleton of cow Bison (Bison bison). Collection of
mammalian skins and skulls, British East Africa ; several specimens for the local
collection.
Henry Tucker, M.D. Brown Bat (Eptesicus fuscus), Philadelphia.
Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Prepared for mounting: Clouded
Leopard (Felis nebulosa); Raccoon-like .Dog (Canis procyonoides) ; Ruffed
Lemur (Lemur varius). Prepared as skin and skull: Wolverene (Gulo luscus);
Cape Hyrax (Procavia capensis); Variegated Capuchin (Cebus variegatus) ;
570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus) ] Schmidt's Monkey (Cercopi-
thecus schmidti). Prepared as skin: Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus); Gray
Lagothrix (Lagothrix lagothrica). Prepared as skin and skeleton: Wombat
(Phascolomys milchelli). Prepared as skeleton: Collared Peccary (Tayassu
tajacu); Wombat (Phascolomys rnitchelli). Prepared as alcoholic: Very young
Northern Warthog (Phacochcerus africanus).
Birds.
Wm. L. Abbott, M.D., through Miss Gertrude Abbott. Three cases of
mounted North American birds.
Gen. George Anderson. Two Nutmeg Pigeons (Myristricivora), Philip-
pines.
George L. Bates. Twelve skins of birds, Bitje, Cameroons, W. Africa.
Conrad Behrens, M.D. Barn Owl (Aluco pratincola) , Cape May Point,
N. J.
Miss Lizzie Brader. Abnormal Chipping Sparrow (Spizella socialis).
Harry Chambers. One Starling (Sturnus vulgaris), Moorestown, N. J.
Alfred M. Collins and E. Marshall Scull. Twenty bird skins, British
East Africa.
W. B. Crispin. Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis), Salem, N. J.
William B. Davis. Little Auk (Alle alle), Ocean City, N. J.
Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Several local bird nests and
eggs.
W. N. Ely. Saw-whet Owl (Cryptoglaux acadicus).
W. L. Ewing, Jr. Bald Eagle (Haliceetus leucocephalus) and Barred Owl
(Strix varia), Cape May, N. J.
Edward N. Fox. Two specimens of Wilson's Tern (Sterna hirundo), Sea
Isle City, N. J.
Wm. E. Hughes, M.D. Two White-winged Scoters (Oidemia deglandi) ,
Maryland.
Ida A. Keller, Ph.D. One Starling (Sturnus vulgaris), Salem, N. J.
Philip Laurent. Franklin's Gull (Lams franklini), Philadelphia, Pa.
Dr. Charles B. Penrose. Little Auk (Alle alle), Virginia Beach, Va.
F. H. Peppelman. Four-legged Chicken.
Purchased. Two Red-breasted Mergansers (Mergus serrator), Sea Isle City,
N. J. Series of neotropical birds.
Miss Belle Vansant. Three Starlings (Sturnus vulgaris), Newtown, Pa.
Zoological Society or Philadelphia. Prepared as skin: Crowned Pigeon
(Goura victoria); Eagle (Aquila sp.). Prepared as skeleton: Ground Hornbill
(Bucorax abyssinicus) ; Concave-casqued Hornbill (Dichoceros bicornis); Black-
necked Swan (Sthenelides melanocoryphus). Prepared as skull: Black-necked
Swan {Sthenelides melanocoryphus).
Reptiles and Amphibians.
C. C. Abbott, M.D. House Snake, Trenton, N. J.
O. E. Baynard. Five jars of reptiles, Florida.
Charles W. Beck. Several bones of sea turtle (Caretta caretta), 'Beach
Haven, N. J.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571
Thomas Biddle, M.D. Specimen of Cobra.
C. H. Conner. Green Snake {Opheodrys), Burlington Co., N. J.
H. W. Fowler. Rana and Hemidactylum, Bucks County, Pa. Fence
Lizard (Sceloporus undulatus), Denton, Md.
Henry Fox, Bayard Long, and Stewardson Brown. Copperhead (Agkis-
trodon contortrix), Zieglerville, Pa.
Philip Laurent. Green Snake {Opheodrys cestivus), Iona, N. J.
Bayard Long. Three frogs, Prince Edward Island and Magdalen Islands,
Canada.
H. L. Mather, Jr. Jar of Spelerpes ruber, Philadelphia.
H. A. Pilsbry. Mud Turtle (Aromochelys odoratus) and Frogs {Rana syl-
vatica and clamata), New Jersey.
Wm. Quigley. Salamander, California.
Evan Rhoads. Water-snake (Natrix sipedon) with seventy-four young,
Newton Creek, N. J.
Samuel C. Scoville, Jr. Timber Rattlesnake (Crotalus horridus), Con-
necticut.
F. Tappan. Several frogs (Pseudacris triseriatus) , Minnesota.
Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Alligator Snapping-turtle (Macro-
clemmys temminckii). Prepared as skeleton: Mastigure.
Fishes.
Academy Expedition [H. W. FowlerI. One keg and seven jars of fishes,
Chincoteague, Va.
William N. Allen. Saw of Saw-fish.
O. E. Baynard. One jar of fishes, Florida.
R. E. Brown. Collection of fishes, Cape May, N. J.
Horace Hadley Burton. Roe and milt of hermaphroditic shad.
Carnegie Museum (in exchange). Collection of eleven species of South
American fishes.
Wm. B. Davis and H. W. Fowler. Four jars of fishes, Great Bay, N. J.
H. W. Fowler. Lamprey (Petromyzon marinus), Tullytown, Pa. Five lots
of fishes, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Maryland.
W. J. Fox. Hair-tail (Trichiurus lepturus), Green Gar (Tylosurus raphidoma),
Crab-eater {Rachycentron canadus) and Sea Catfish (Felichthys marinus), Sea
Isle City, N. J.
Julius Hurter. Collection of fishes, Missouri.
Wm. T. Innes, Jr. Three lots of fishes, Illinois. Three fishes, California.
Master Charles J. Jones. Burr fish (Chilomycteris schoepfi), Atlantic
City, N. J.
F. J. Keeley. Pipe fish (Syngnathus fuscus), Egg Harbor Bay, N. J. Bat
fish (Ogcocephalus radiatus), Indian River, Fla.
Bayard Long. Two lots of fishes, Long Beach, N. J. Collection of small
fishes, Prince Edward Island and Magdalen Islands, Canada.
H. L. Mather, Jr. Two jars of fishes, Pennsylvania and Maryland^ Brook
Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis), Monroe County, Pa.
Wm. E. Meehan. Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis), Pike (Esox americanus)
and Calico Bass (Pomoxis sparoides), Fairmount Aquarium.
D. G. Metheny, M.D. Two kegs of fishes, Nova Scotia.
572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
F. M. Meters and H. W. Fowler. Three jars of fishes, Bethlehem, Pa.
David N. McCadden. Lizard fish (Sy nodus fattens), Ocean City, N. J.
Pennsylvania State Fish Commission, through the Hon. N. R. Buller,
Commissioner. Two collections of. fishes, Erie, Pa.
Dr. R. J. Phillips. Small collection of fishes, Corson's Inlet, N. J.
Purchased. Collection of British Guiana fishes.
Joseph Redl. Flying fish (Exocoetus sp.), Madeira.
Joseph V. E. Titus. Collection of Trout (Salvelinus marstoni), Canada.
R. W. Wehrle. Three jars of fishes, Indiana County, Pa.
Recent Mollusca.
J. Aebly. Viviparus malleatus Rve. and Limax maximus L.
Clarence L. Aman. .Eight species from Cuba.
C. A. Baker. Ten species from Florida.
C. F. Baker. Ten species from Nicaragua; four from Colombia; one from
Alabama.
F. C. Baker. Planorbis campanulatus Say and Planorbis campanulalus
smithii Bkr. (cotypes).
Dr. Fred Baker. Tomigerus Icevis Iher. from Brazil.
H. B. Baker. Thirty-four species from Michigan.
Edwin B. Bartram. Eight species from Newfoundland.
M. G. Becker. Six species from California, Iowa, Kansas and Illinois.
Horace J. Binney, Jr. Cyprcea erosa carmen Smith (cotype).
Henry J. Boekelman. Poecilozonij.es circumfirmatus Redf. from Bermuda.
Caroline A. Boice. Six trays of shells.
Amos P. Brown. Nine species from Maine and four from Colombia.
R. E. Brown. Fulgur egg-case from New Jersey.
George H. Clapp. Two species from Cuba, four from Bahamas, two from
Florida.
Wm. F. Clapp. Eight species from Massachussets, two from Vermont,
one from Maine.
•W. F. Clapp and R. K. Smith. Carychium minimum Mull, from Massa-
chusetts.
T. D. A. Cockerell. Ten species from Guatemala.
M. Connolly. Eighteen species from South Africa (including topo types).
Delos E. Culver. Twenty species from Pennsylvania.
William H. Dall, Ph.D. Planorbis antrosiis percarinatus Wkr. from New
Hampshire.
C. S. Dolley, M.D. Sixteen species from Mexico.
Henry Edson. Helminthoglypta d. cuestana Eds. from California (types).
S. M. Edwards. Four species from Ohio, one from Oregon and one from
Colorado.
Rev. W. H. Fluck. Pachychilus largillierti Phil, from Nicaragua.
Henry \V. Fowler. Forty-two species from New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Delaware, Maryland and Virginia.
William J. Fox. Polygyra albolabris maritima Pils. from New Jersey.
L. S. Frierson. Unio Jacksoniensis Fr. (types) from Mississippi, Quadrula
trapezoides pentaganoides Fr. and Quadrula heros Say from Louisiana.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 573
Prof. H. Garman. Physa sayi Tapp. and Goniobasis brevispira Anth. from
Kentucky.
G. M. Greene. Eight species from New Jersey and Pennsylvania.
J. B. Hatcher. Twelve species from Argentine Republic and one from
Patagonia.
Miss Clara de Haven. Turbo a. margaritaceus L.
Arthur Haycock. Seven species from Bermuda.
H. Heath. Tivela stultorum Mawe from California.
Morgan Hebard. Five species from Bermuda, twenty from Florida (in-
cluding types) and four from Texas (including types).
J. B. Henderson. Two species from Florida.
Junius Henderson. Nineteen species from Colorado and Wyoming.
A. A. Hinkley. Anculosa n. sp. from Alabama.
E. J. H. Howell. Harpa crassa Morch, Turbo marmorata L.
H. v. Ihring. Cotypes of three species of Oxychona from Brazil.
H. I. Innes, Jr. Physa gyrina Say, Sphoerium solidulume Prime and
Sphcerium striatinum Lam. from Illinois.
S. Jacob. Vivipara contectoides from Fairmount Park.
H. A. Kaeber. Pyramidula a. fergusoni Bid. and Zonitoides arborea Say
from Pennsylvania.
F. J. Keeley. Four species from Florida.
Bayard Long. One hundred and ninety-two trays from Pennsylvania,
twenty-eight from Delaware, fifty-five from New Jersey, two hundred and
fifty-six from Canada and one from Porto Rico.
Herbert N. Lowe. Epiphragmophora veitehii D. from Lower California.
J. G. Malone. Eight species from Lower California.
Bruce Martin. Ariolirnax columbianus Gld. from Calif.
H. L. Mather. Viviparus contectoides Binn. from Philadelphia.
W. G. Mazyck. Four species from South Carolina.
D. G. Metheny, M.D. Purpura lapillus L., Acmcea testudinalis Mill, and
Littorina littorea L. from Nova Scotia.
G. W. H. Meyer. Five species of shells.
Clarence B. Moore. Five species from Florida, three from Arkansas,
twenty from Louisiana.
L. H. McNeill. Praticolella mobiliana Lea from Alabama.
W. H. Over. Three species from Michigan, two from South Dakota.
George W. Pepper. Cerion pepperi Bartch from Andros Islands, Bahamas;
Leptinaria sallesana Pfr. from Dominican Republic; Eulota similaris hong-
kongenis from Batavia, Java.
Alice Pilsbry. Ten species from Michigan.
H. A. Pilsbry. Three species from Florida, seven from Cuba and thirty-
four trays from New Jersey.
Harold W. Pretz. Gastrodonta suppressa Say from Pennsylvania.
Charles T. Ramsden. Six species from Spain.
Mrs. F. W. Rawle. Acmwa from Maine; Crepidula fornicata L. and Crepi-
dula plana Say from Massachusetts.
S. Raymond Roberts. Three species from Pennsylvania, three from Marthas
Vineyard.
A. D. Robertson. Sixty-two species from Canada.
574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Robert Rosenbaum. Littorina Littoria L. from Massachusetts.
F. A. SAMSON. Sixteen species from Missouri.
S. L. Schumo. Circulus sp. from British Honduras.
Prof. Burnett Smith. Eighty species from New York, fourteen from
California.
Herbert H. Smith. Five species from Alabama, one from Cuba.
State Board of Health. Agriolimax campestris Binn. from Missouri.
Y. Sterki, M.D. Seven species from Indiana, Ohio, Tennessee and North
Carolina.
Witmer Stone. Sixteen species from Maryland, one from Pennsylvania,
five from Wisconsin, eight from Minnesota.
C. de la Torre. Fourteen species from Cuba (including some types).
U. S. Fish Commission. Four species.
University of Michigan. Amphidromus chloris Rve. from Basilan and
Tamboanga, P. I.
University of Wisconsin. Eighteen species from Molokai (including
types).
Edward G. Vanatta. Twelve species from Pennsylvania, twenty-eight
from New York, three from Maryland.
T. Van Hyning. Physa Integra Hald., Succinea avara Say and Succinea
concordialis Gld. from Iowa.
Bryant Walker. Thirteen species from Michigan, Texas (including para-
types), Alabama, Illinois (cotypes) and Mexico.
Henry A. Wenzel. Eighteen species from Texas.
Joseph Willcox. Vermetus from Florida.
C. S. Williamson. Five species from Ontario, three from Michigan.
Helen Winchester. Anomia simplex from Ocean View.
Henry W. Winkley. One spe'cies from Maine (types), seven from Massa-
chusetts, one from Connecticut.
H. T. Wolf. Twelve species from Florida.
W. H. Zehring. Unio roanokensis northhamptonensis Lea from Pennsylvania,
and pearl from the same.
By Purchase. Collection of East Indian and Indo-Chinese marine and
land shells.
Insects.
Berlin Museum. Four hundred and twenty-five Orthoptera, Central Africa.
J. C. Bradley. Three Hymenoptera, New York; one Heteropteron, Georgia,
one Cephus pygomcea.
A. P. Brown. Three ants, Pennsylvania.
H. S. Bryant. Twenty-five insects, Labrador.
P. P. Calvert. Twenty-six Diptera, Africa; two Cicada, New Jersey.
E. Chakour. Sixty-one Orthoptera, Egypt.
T. D. A. Cockerell. Thirty-two Hymenoptera, Guatemala and Australia;
eighty-seven Hymenoptera, United States.
N. Collins and A. S. Scull. Forty-one Lepidoptera, Central Africa.
E. T. Cresson, Jr. One hundred and eight insects, United States.
V. A. E. Daecke. Stenophis work, Harrisburg, Pa.; six Ogrilus lecoutei,
Lemoyne, Pa.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575
Henry Fox. Xiphidium sparteince (type), A^. nigropleuriodcs (type), three
X. sparteince.
W. J. Gerhard. Four Lepidoptera, Chicago.
S. M. Greene. Two hundred and forty-one Coleoptera, United States.
German Entomological Museum. Thirteen Orthoptera.
F. Haimbach. Tetragoneura spinosa, New Jersey; one hundred and fifty-
eight Microlepidoptera, Pennsylvania and New Jersey.
M. Hebard. Two hundred and six Lepidoptera (in plaster casts), Mundus;
one hundred and twenty-five Lepidoptera, Thomasville, Georgia; ten Oncideres
putator, Arizona; five moths, Georgia; thirteen Papilios, Georgia and Florida;
seventy-six Orthoptera, United States; five insects, Florida; four hundred and
thirty-seven Orthoptera, Southern Florida; twenty Orthoptera, North America;
thirty-eight Hymenoptera, thirty-three Diptera, two hundred and twenty-five
Coleoptera, Hebard Academy Expedition; four hundred and fifty Coleoptera,
North Borneo; two hundred and sixty insects, United States; sixty-three Lepi-
doptera, United States; seventeen Odonoptera, twenty-one Hemiptera.
Edward Jacobson. Thirty-four Orthoptera, Java.
University of Kansas. Three Orthoptera.
H. Karny. One hundred and seventy-nine Orthoptera, Southwestern Africa;
Soudan, Southeastern Europe, Exchange.
H. Newcomb. Lyccera neurora, Mount Wilson, California.
R. Onion. One Pepsis, Texas.
. R. F. Pearsall. Thirty-six Geometridse, United States.
Purchased. One hundred and twenty-three Orthoptera, Cosmos Islands;
five hundred and ninety Orthoptera, Congo, Peru, Cameroons; two hundred
and eighty-six Orthoptera, four hundred and seventy Lepidoptera, Costa Rica.
C. F. Ramsden. Mesosemia ramsdeni (type and allotype), Cuba.
H. Skinner. Fifty-three insects, Ardmore, Pennsylvania.
U. S. National Museum. Twenty-two Orthoptera.
W. Stone. One thousand three hundred and fifty-four insects, Minnesota
and Wisconsin.
H. W. Wenzel. Two hundred and ninety Coleoptera, Texas.
C. S. Williamson Ten Lepidoptera, Fort William, Canada.
Other Invertebrates.
R. E. Brown. Collection of Crustacea, Cape May, N. J.
H. W. Fowler. Five lots of Crustacea and myriopoda, Pennsylvania, New
Jersey and Maryland.
Bayard Long; Several lots of Crustacea, Long Beach, N. J.
H. L. Mather, Jr. Small lot of local Crustacea.
Charles B. Penrose, M.D. Moira atropos, Virginia Beach, Va.
R. J. Phillips, M.D. Box crab {Calappa), Corson's Inlet, N. J.
H. A. Pilsbry. Collection of Crustacea, Cuba.
Mrs. F. W. Rawle. Collection of New England Invertebrates.
Mrs. Albert Sullivan. Collection of corals.
E. G. Vanatta. Vial of isopods and lot of barnacles, Maryland and Penn-
sylvania.
Miss Helen Winchester. Barnacle (Balanus), Ocean View, Va.
576 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,
Vertebrate Fossils.
Mrs. E. D. Cope. Fossil bones.
Purchased. Eight trays of Syrian Cretaceous fishes.
Mrs. L. Poole. Collection of fossil sharks' teeth, Trappe, Md.
Rev. Leander T. Chamberlain. Carcharodon polygurus Mort.; Galeocerdo
aduncus Ag.
Invertebrate Fossils.
T. H. Aldrich. Four species of Pliocene shells, Glenrose, Texas.
Clarence L. Aman. Eight species of shells from clay deposit, Cuba.
R. 0. Crawford. Fossil coral (Synaptophyllum), Montana.
Bayard Long. Fossil impressions, Monroe County, Pa.
Herbert B. and Emily Shonk. Specimen of coal fossil, Plymouth, Pa.
Joseph Willcox. Seventeen trays of Eocene fossils, Wilmington, N. C.
The following species of White Beach Oligocene fossils were added to the
Isaac Lea Collection through the liberality of the Rev. Leander T. Chamber-
lain.
Comis planiceps Heilpr.; Conns, sp. undet.; Turbinella valida Sowb.; Vasum
haitense engonatum Dall; Oliva cylindrica Sowb.; Marginella, sp. undet.; Or-
thavlax pugnax Heilpr.; Malea ringens Val.; Cyprcea willcoxii Dall; Cyprcea,
sp. undet.; Polinices duplicatus Say; Crucibulum auricula chipolanum Dall;
Turritella tampce Dall; Turritella tornata Guppy; Serpulorbis ballista Dall;
Calliostoma, sp. undet.; Area marylandica Conr. ; Area occidentalis Phil.; Area,
three spp. undet.; Glycimeris subovata plagia Dall; Pecten magnificus Sowb.;
Pecten, sp. undet.; Oslrea, two undet. sp.; Mytilus aquila Dall (?); Spondylus,
sp. undet.; Plicatula densata Conr.; Chama, sp. undet.; Chama macerophylla
Gmel.; Cardium, sp. undet.; Lucina pennsylvanica L.; Lithophaga, sp. undet.;
Crassatellites, three undet. sp.; Venericardia hadra Dall; Cardita recta Conr.;
■Chione latilirata Conr.; Chione, sp. undet.; Venus, sp. undet.
Plants, Etc.
W. L. Abbott, M.D. Fruit of Lodoicea callipyge.
Arnold Arboretum. Two hundred and ninety-two specimens (exchange).
Charles C. Bachman. Sixty-four specimens.
Rev. Mr. Baker. Phoradendron sp.
Edwin B. Bartram. Three hundred and eighty-seven specimens.
George W. Bassett. Four hundred and forty-two specimens.
Bermuda Expedition. Three hundred specimens.
Miss Caroline A. Boice. Two thousand specimens.
Botanical Section. Three hundred and fifty-two specimens (purchased).
( >. H. Brown. Two hundred and forty-eight specimens.
Stewardson Brown. Seven specimens.
D. E. Culver. One specimen.
Roland G. Curtin, M.D. Sonchus arvensis.
James Darrach, M.D. Two thousand specimens.
John W. Eckfeldt, M.D. Aster amethystinus, Geranium sibericum.
V> illiam Findlay. Sixty-one specimens.
Henry Fox, Ph.D. Four specimens.
Mks. Joseph M. Fox. Dryopteris spinulosa, D. cristala.
1912.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577
J. H. Grove. Twenty-four specimens.
D. Hamm. Eighty-six specimens.
C. H. Jennings. Collection of sections of native trees of the Alleghanies,
Garrett County, Md.
Miss Keeney. Two specimens Geranium sibericum.
Henry A. Lang. Two hundred and fifty specimens, Jamaica and Florida.
Bayard Long. One thousand five hundred and fifty-nine specimens.
E. S. Mattern. Two specimens.
\Y. Mattern. Lacinaria squarrosa.
D. G. Metheny, M.D. One hundred and twenty-seven specimens, Nova
Scotia.
Henry F. Michell Co. Twenty-seven specimens of weeds.
New York Botanical Garden. One hundred Coraloid and other marine
Alga?.
Francis W. Pennell. Five hundred and fifty-four specimens.
Mrs. J. E. Peters. Two specimens.
Harold W. Pretz. Four hundred and thirteen specimens.
J. A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard. Forty specimens.
Miss Olivia Rodham. Flaveria linearis, Sauroglossum chranichoides.
Wm. H. Roper. Eryngium aquatieum.
Mr. Ruth. Rumex crispus.
Harold St. John. Twenty-one specimens.
Silas L. Schumo. Six ferns.
Wither Stone. Two hundred and seventy-three specimens.
United States National Museum. Three hundred and eighty-five speci-
mens.
Harry W. Stout. Wood from Bear Valley Colliery, Dauphin County, Pa.
E. G. Vanatta. Twelve specimens.
Charles S. Williamson. Four hundred and eighty-one specimens, New-
foundland and Labrador,
Minerals.
John Heebner. Collection of copper and other minerals, Calumet Mine,
Michigan, Montana, etc.
C. Henry Roney. Collection of minerals.
S. Raymond Roberts. Specimens of varicolored clay, Gay Head, Mass.
Mr. Albert Sullivan. Collection of minerals.
Wm. S. Vaux Collection (purchased). Eleven specimens.
578
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND
REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1912.
Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by
italic numerals.
Abies 373
Abama americana 149
Abraliopsis 425, 431
hoylei 431
morisii 426
pfefferi 431
scintillans 383, 425, 431
Abramis ohrysoleucas 37, 41, 41, 50, 52
Abraxas 289, 291
grossulariata 287, 290, 298, 308,
316, 319
Acanthosepion hasselti 418
Acella 176
Acentetus carinatus 91
Aceros 478
langi 458, 478
Achirus fasciatus 38, 56
Achurum brevipenne 250
minimipenne 160
Acipenser brevirostrum 42
rubicundus 42
sturio 51,57
Acmsea 540
testudinalis 540
Acotylea 457, 458
Acrsea 358
violse 327, 329
Acraeinae 288
Acridiidae 244, 336, 344
Acridium appendiculatum 259
Acridotheres tristis ...318, 326, 328, 331
Acrolophitus uniformis 110
variegatus 110
Adalia sp 299
bipunctata .288, 334, 338, 343, 350
Adiantum pedatum 535
^Eoloplus arizonensis 76
bruneri 76, 162
californicus 76
elegans 76
minor 123
oculatus 76
regalis 76
tenuipennis.. 76
uniformis 76
Agalena 289
labyrinthica 289
Agapostemon sp 337
Ageneotettix australis 113
curtipennis 113
oc'cidentalis 123
sierranus 106
Aglao thorax sierranus 108
Agonoderus pallipes 336, 343, 347
Agrcecotettix modestus 121
Agrostis antecedens 522, 523
hyemalis 523
Agrotis sp 334
Ahynnodontophis 25
Ailanthus glandulosus 340
Alaus oculatus 337
Alebes rufus 8
Alebidse 8
Alectron (Hima) catallus 507
Alloposidse 397
Alloposus 397
pacificus. 382, 397
Allorhina nitida 337, 343
Alosa sapidissima 41, 51, 57
Alsine media 342
Alutera schoepfi 37, 58, 59
Amara sp 342
Amaranthus 344
sp 341, 343
Amaurobius ferox 289
Ambloplites rupestris 48
Amblycereus 456
luteus 455, 456
Amblycorypha floridana 107
iselyi 1 63
scudderre 125
Amblytropidia costaricensis Ill
elongata Ill
occiden talis 251
Ambrosia artemesiaefolia 341
Ameiurus catus 53
lacustris 47
natalis prosthistius 41
nebulosus 47, 54
Amelanchier lsevis 537
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
579
Amelanchier oblongi folia 537
Amiatus calvus 42
Ammod y tes americanus 34
Amphioctopus membranaceus 397
Amphitornus nanus 105
Amphitretidae 397
Amphitretus 397
pelagicus 382, 397
Amusium 502, 513
Anabrus cerciata 166
longipes , 166
simplex maculatus 166
s. nigra 166
Anaplecta abortiva 158
Anasatristis 292, 293, 350, 362
Anaxipha pulicaria 274
Anchovia eurystole 34
mitchilli 38,41, 52
Anciliplana 479
gram 458,480
Anconia cseruleipennis 116
grisea 116
Anguilla anguilla 8
australis 9
bicolor.... 9
chrisypa, 8, 37, 41, 42, 50, 52, 56, 57
japonica 8
mauritiana 8
Anguillidae 8
Anisodactylus discoideus 336, 350
rusticus 336
terminatus 342
Anisolabis annulipes 236, 237
maritima. 236, 237
Anisomorpha buprestoides 243
Anniceris apicalis 120
meridionalis 120
Anolis principalis 294, 300
Anomoglossus pusillus 347
Anona glabra 135
Anosia plexippus 286, 294
Antennaria neodioica 535
plantaginifolia. 535
Antennarius scaber 40
teleplanus 38
tigris 40
Anthracoceros sp 326
Anthrocera filipendula 308, 313
Apeltes quadracus 37, 41, 48, 55
\phidae 334, 336
Aphredoderus sayanus 41, 58
Aphthalmichthys gangeticus 32
macrocephalus. 32
Apidonectes 359
Apis mellifera, 298, 313, 338, 346, 348-
350
Aplodinotus grunniens 50
Aplopus mayeri 159, 243
Apote notabilis robusta 164
Apotettix minutus 104, 244
rugosus 244
Aptenopedes aptera 267
Aptenopedes clara 101, 266, 267
sphenarioides 266, 267
Aquifoliaceae 338
Arabis lyrata 530
Arachnocephalus, 184, 185, 188, 222, 233
restitus 188
Aradus einnamomeus 324
Araeoptaryx penelope 161
Araneida 336, 342
Araschnia levana 314
Araucarioxylon 368
(Dadoxvlon) rhodeanum 368
vanartsdalexi 368, 369, 371
virginianum 368, 369, 371
woodworthi 368, 369
wurtemburgiacum 369
Area chiriquensis 510
dalli 503, 510
dariensis 502
sp 503
Arehilochus colubris 336, 352
Arehiteuthidae 433
Arehiteuthus 433
martensii 381, 433
Archosargus probatoeephalus 56, 58
Arctia caja 319
Arctiidae 343, 350
Ardea cinerea 318
Arenaria stricta 529
Arethaea sellata 101
Argonauta 384
argo 385
gondola 385
hians 385
h. navicula 385
navicula 385
oweni 385
Argonautidae 384
Arilus cristatus 299
Aristia depressicornis 120
Aristolochia serpentaria 141
Armadillo vulgaris 316
Arnilia marschalli 119
propinqua 119
Aronia nigra 531
Arphia aberrans 126
calida 114
canora 99
erassa 114
decepta 114
granulata 253
imperfecta 114
koebelei 114
pallidipennis 114
pulchripennis 114
ramona 99
saussureana 64
townsendi 114
Asclepias purpurascens 533
verticillata 533
Asemoplus rainierensis 163
Aster depauperatus 521, 522, 534
580
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Aster pamceps.
p. pusillus...
Atella phalanta...
Ateloplus luteus
macroscelus.
325, 327, 329,
minor.
schwarzi
Atherina laticeps
Atlanticus
gibbosus 269,
glaber
Atopichthys gillii
novae-csesariensis
nuttalli
phillipsi
strommani '.
Aturia alabamiensis
Aulocara brevipenne
femoratum
parallelum
rufum
scudderi
Azalea nudiflora
n. glandifera
viscosa glauca
Bacunculus blatchleyi 159
Bairdiella chrysura, 36, 37, 56, 58, 59
Balanus sp 503
Batistes carotinensis 37
Barytettix boreatis 162
crassus 74
peninsula? 74
Basilona imperialis 335
Bathycongrus mystax 11
Belostoma americanum 345
Belostomatidse 337, 345
Bembidium chalceum 347
Benacus griseus 337
Benzoin a^stivale 537
Bittium boiplex 509
priscum 509
scotti 503, 509
Blaberus atropos 241
cubensis 241
Blatella germanica 339
Blattidse 238, 337, 339
Blepharisma lateritia 146
Boarmia rhomboidaria 298
Boleichthys fusiformis 41
Boleosoma nigrum 49
n. olmstedi 41, 49, 50, 55
Bombus 289
#sp 339
Boopedon diaboticum 112
flaviventris 112
fuscum 112
savannarum 112
Bootettix argentatus 63
Borrichia fontescens 237
Bothrocorbula 519
Botrychium obliquum 535
534
521
330
166
108
166
166
290
271
270
269
36
35
11
36
36
152
113 i
92
92 :
92 !
64
532
532
538
Botryllus..' 173
Brachyoxylon 370
pennsylvanicum 368, 370, 371
Brachystola eiseni 117
intermedia 117
ponderosa 117
Bradynotes caurus 76
excelsa 100
expleta 77
montanus 128
pinguis 77
referta 77
satur 77
Brevoortia tyrannus 36, 41, 52
Brochymena 300
arborea 341
sp 299, 337
Bucorax caffer 325
Bufo 335
lentiginosis : 291
Bulimnaea 176
Bulla (Volvula) oxytata 504
Buteo platypterus ...335, 352
Byblia ilithyia 358
Calamacris californica 117
mexicana 117
oculata 117
palmeri 117
Calamites 374
arenaceus 374
Calamus leucosteus 56
Callianassa scotti 503, 503
Calliphora sp 345
erythrophala 300, 347
Callista megrathiana 133
Calliteuthis 432
ocellata 381, 432
reversa 381, 432
Callocardia gatunensis multifilosa 502
Caloptenus regatis 76
Calosoma scrutator 336, 346
Calotes 297
nigrilabris 297
ophiomachus 297
versicolor 296, 297
zeylanica 297
Calotettix bicoloripes 121
flavopictus 121
obscurus 121
Calyptrsea aperta 134
Calyptraphorus velatus var. com-
pressus 133, 134
Camponotus 343, 344
pennsylvanicus 348
Campostoma anomalum 42
Campylacantha lamprotata 107
similis 75
Capnobotes occidentalis uniformis 164
Carabidse, 334, 336, 339, 342, 343, 346-
351
Carabus auratus 289
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
581
Carabus sp 299
Cardium (Trachycardium) domini-
cense 501, 502
durum 501
(Trachycardium) durun 516
stiriatum 502, 516
Carex annectens 522, 526
bicknellii 527
cephalophora 537
glaucodea 525
granulans 536
hormathodes 527
h. richii 527
hystericina 524
incomperta 522, 526
interior 522, 526
lanuginosa 522, 524
laxiculmis 536
leersii 522, 526
lurida 524
muhlenbergii 537
nigrornarginata 536
normalis 522, 527
pennsylvanica 536
retroflecta 526
rosea 537
scoparia 522, 526
stipata 537
stricta 525
triceps bushii 525
t. hirsuta 525
umbellata ardita 525
vestita.. 536
vulpinoidea 525
willdenovii 525
Carpiodes thompsoni 46
Cassida equestris 317
Catopsilia sp 327
Catostomus commersonnii 46, 50, 53
nigricans 47, 53
Cecidomyia saliciperda 324
Cedroxylon 370
huttonianum 368
lindleyanum 371
pennsylvanicum :... 370
Centrinus scutellum-album 347
'Centropristis striatus 36, 41, 56
Cephalanthus Occident alis 135
Cephalotettix parvalus 74
Cerambycida; 337, 344
Cerastium oblongifolium 529
Cerasus sp 348
Ceratinoptera diaphana 239
lutea 239
Ceratomia catalpae 345
Ceratophora stoddarti 297
Cerchneis naumanni 325
rupicoloides 325
Cercopithecus pygerythrus 301
Ceuthophilus alpinus 70
aridus 123
arizonensis 69
Ceuthophilus bicolor >.. 70
bruneri 70
csecus 69
celatus 68
corticicola 68
crassus 71
devius 71
discolor 71
fusiformis 69
grandis 68
henshawi 71
heros 69
inquinatus 71*
lamellipes 102
latebricola 67
latipes *. 71
meridionalis 70
mexicanus 70
neglectus 70
neomexicanus 72
nigricans 69
occultus 70
pallescens 124
palmeri 68
paucispinosus 102
pinguis 71
sallei 69
seclusus 68
secretus 68
silvestris 128
tenebrarum 70
terrestris 68
testaceus 71
tuckeri 102
uniformis 69
valgus 70
varicator 68
variegatus 67
vinculatus 71
virgatipes 108
Chsenobryttus gulosus 56
Chserocampa 307
elpenor 307
Chaetochloa imberbis 536
italica 341
viridis 341
Chsetodipterus faber 34
Chsetopoda 334, 336, 347
Chsetura pelagica 335
Chamsenerion angustifohum 538
Chauliognathus 300
pennsvlvanicus.338, 345, 348. 349
sp 299
Cheirolepis latus 377
munsteri 377
Chelonia villica 319
Chenopodium 344
album 341
sp 342, 343
Chilocorus bivulnerus 334
Chilomonas Paramecium 146
Chilomycterus schcepfi, 37, 41, 58, 59
582
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Chilofhinus suensonii 13
Chimaphila umbellata 538
Chimarocephala ])acifica incisa 160
p. obtusa 160
Chione paraensis 133
tegulum 5Q2
ulocyma 502
(Lirophora) ulocyma 503
Chiroteutbidae 438
Chiroteuthis 438
(Chirothauma) imperator 438
macrosoma 438
'Chirothauma 438
Chhenius 336, 349
sp 343, 348
Chlevastes elaps 13
oculatus 15
Cbloropsis sp 326, 328
Chondropoma dentatum 445
Chorisoneura plocea 97, 241
Chortophaga australior 106, 254
meridionalis 114
Chrysobalanus pellocarpus 135
Chrysochus auratus 338
Chrysomelida? 334, 335, 337, 338, 343,
345, 347, 349, 350
Chrysopa sp 342
Chrysopidse 342
Cicuta maculata 538
Circotettix lapidicollis 66
rabula 106
shastanus 66
splendidus 106
Cirrhimuraena chinensis 16
Cirroteuthidae 383
Cistudo europsea 298
Citharexylum villosum 242
Citrus sp 338
Cladium effusum 135
Cladophora 456, 467
Clavella hubbardanus 134
Clementia dariena 501, 502
Clepysaurus pennsylvanicus 378
Clerus formicarius 288
Clinocephalus pulcher 105
Clinopleura minuta 167
Clisiocampa neustria 313, 324
Clythra quadripunctata 324
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus 298
Cnethocampa pinivora 324
Coccinella sp 299
Coccinellidae, 334, 335, 338, 341, 343,
347, 350
Coleps hirtus 146
Colias philodice 339
Colinus virginianus 334
Colpidium colpoda 146
Coluber aesculapii 298
Comandra umbellata 529
Conalcsoa huachueana 100
neomexicana 74
miguelatana 73
Conalcaea truncatipennis 74
Congeria 500
Congrellus anago 11
balearicus 11
bowersi 11
meeki 11
Conocephalus atlanticus 128
gracilhmus 268
hoplomachus 107
lyristes... 107
melanorhinus 107
nebrascensis 125
Conoelinum dichotomum 135
Conozoa albolineata 64
carinata 99
koebelei 64
texana 64
Conus concavitectum 501
Convolvulus spithameus 538
Copris Carolina 344
Copsychus saularis 331
Corbula (Cuneocorbula) hexacyma
501, 518, 519
radiatula 519
synarmostes 519
viminea 518, 519
Cordillacris apache 105
grinnelli 105
pima 98
Coregonus clupeaformis 42
Coreidae 350
Corimekena pulicaria 288
Corixa brimleyi 41
Cosmopepla carnifex 288
Cosmotricha potatoria 313
Cottus gracilis 50, 56
ictalops 50, 56
Cotylea 458, 474
Covillea 144
Cracca virginiana 538
Cranchiida? 438
Crassatella antillarum 515
mactropsis 515
reevi.. 515, 515, 516
Crassatellites conradi 153
curta • 153-
mediamericanus 503, 515
littoralis 153
vadosa 153
reevei 515
willcoxi 152, 153
Crastia asella 325
Crateropus canorus 326, 328
Cremastogaster linearis 348 m
Crepidula plana 131
Crcesus septentrionalis 309
Crossarchus fasciatus 300
Crotaphytus collaris 298
Cryptobranchus allegheniensis... . 296
Cryptoptilum 187, 188, 102, 207
antillarum, 186-188, 193-196, 200-
207, 210, 221, 231, 272
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
583
Crvptoptilum contectum.,187, 194, 203
hesperum 1S6, 193, 194
trigonipalpum, 187, 194, 202-204,
208
tubulatiim 187, 194, 201
Ctenophyllum 378
Cueujida? 347
Cucujus clavipes 347, 348
Cucullsea harttii 133
Cucullia verbasci 306
Culicidic 336
Cuneocorbula 519
Curculionidae 342, 347
Cyanocitta cristata 336, 340
Cyathodonta spenceri 518
Cycadites 377, 379
sp 377
tenuinervis 374, 377
Cyclinclla gatunensis 502
Cyclocercus accola 74
bistrigat a. 74
gracilis 121
valga 75
Cyclopecten simplex 512
Cvclopetia 287
Cvcloptilum 187, 188, 193, 197, 200,
201, 208, 214, 218, 219
americanum 185, 189, 190
boreale '<>'■>
poevi. 190
squamosum, 185, 187, 188, 208,
209. 214-217
zebra 187, 209. 214, 217, 273
Cycloptilus 185, 186, 189, 193, 208
americanus 190, 204, 208, 209
borealis 124, 185, 209, 213, 214
squamosus 196, 204, 209, 213
Cycloptylum 189
( Ynoscion nebulosus 56, 58
regalis 36, 38, 58, 59
Cynthia 173
Cyperus diandrus 536
rivularis • 536
Cyphoderris monstrosus piperi 168
Cypraea henikeni 501
unculoides 152
Cyprinodon variegatus 36, 37, 54, 57
Cyprinus carpio 46, 53
Cyrtophyllus elongatus 163
furcatus 163
intermedins 163
perspicillatus 291
Cyrtoxipha columbiana 168
delicatula 275
gundlachi 275
Cystiphyllum 447, 452
Cytherea profunda 152
Daihinia gigantea 125
phrixocnemoides 168
Dalophis coecus 13
Danainae 288
38
Danais 296, 297, 317 328
chrysippus 291. 317, 327, 329
genutia 327, 329
limniace 327, 329
plexippus , 297
sept ent rionalis 317
Dant honia spicata 523
Daphnia 183
Dasyscirtus olivaceus 121
Datana menistra 294
Deilephila euphorbise 305, 306
Delias 317
eucharis ...296, 327, 329
Delphinodon dividum 135
Dentalium microstria 134
Dermestes sp 299
t alpinus 347
Dermestida? 347
Derotmema delicatulum 96
laticinetum 96
lentiginosum 96
lichenosum 96
saussureanum 96
Diabrotica 344, 346, 363
12-punctata, 334, 337, 343, 345,
347, 349
sp 299
vittata.. 334
Diapheromera arizonensis 158
(Ceratites) covillese 104
femorata 320
persimilis 159
Dichopetala laevis 101
Diehromorpha longipennis 112
mexicana. . 112
Dicrurus ater 326, 32S
Diemyctylus viridescens 296
Diplodus holbrookii 56
Dissemurus paradiseus 326, 328
Dissosteira Carolina 336
pectipennis 115
planipennis 116
Doratosepion lis, 422
andreana 'i - -
Dosinia acetabulum 516
(Artemis) acetabulum 516, 516
delicatissima 501, 503, 516
liogona 516
Dracotettix calif ornicus 118
monstrosus 62
plutonius 126
Drillia enneacyma 501, 505
Drymadusa arizonensis 101
Drymseus multilineatus 445
Dumetella carolinensis 347, 349
Dyscinetus trachypygus. 339, 341, 343
Dytiscus dimidiatus 289
marginatum 289
Echelidse 13
myrus 13
polyrinus 17
584
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Echelidse rufus 17
Echeneis naucrates 37
Echidna catenata 29
chionostigma 28
delicatula 32
nebulosa 30, 32
nocturna 28, 29
peli 27
polyzona 30
savagei 30
zebra 27
zonata 30
Echinochama antiquata 501
Ecbinolampas appendiculatus 152
Ectatoderus, 184, 186, 188, 207, 208,
222, 227
antillarum 185, 193, 196
aztecus 185, 282
borealis 227
nigriventris 184, 188
occidentalis 209, 224
Elateridae 337
Eleodes 355
Ellipes minuta 272
Elymnias undularis 327, 329, 330
Enchelycore nigrocastaneus 18
Encoptolophus calif ornicus 115
coloradensis 123
fuliginosus 115
herbaceus 115
montanus 115
pallidus 126
robust us 106
sordidus 341, 342, 346
subgracilis 1 60
texensis 115
Enneacanthus gloriosus 41, 48, 55
Enoploteuthidae... 425
Enoploteuthis polyonyx 482
Entosiphon sulcatum . 146
Eolis 544
Eotettix hebardi . 100
signatus 75
Epeira diadema 289, 300
Epicauta sp 342, 343, 350
vittata 345, 346
Epilachna borealis 299, 334
Equisetites 374
Equisetum .... 378
Ereiba diadema 287
Eremopedes balli . 165
brevicauda 165
Ergolissp 325
Ericymba buccata 45
Erimyzon sucetta oblongus, 37, 41, 47,
53
Eristalis 289
Eritettix 251
abortivus 63
sylvestris 236, 251
variabilis 63
Erithacus rubecula... 317
Erotylidae.. 345
Esox americanus 41, 47, 54, 57
reticulatus 41, 54
Estheria ovata 377, 378
Estigmene acrsea 345
Etheostoma fiabellare 49
Etropus microstomus 37
Eucalia inconstans 48-
Euchelia Jacobs? 308, 313, 316, 318
Eucrangonyx 287
Euglena viridis 146
Eulyes amcena 317
Eumeces sp 299
Eupatoreum purpureum 539
Euplcea 296, 297
core 331
sp 327, 329
Euplotes patella 146
Eupomotis gibbosus, 41, 48, 50, 55, 56,
58
Euproctis chrysoirhcea 324
sp 327, 329
Euprymna 380, 408
^ . morsei 408, 409, 414, 422
Eurycotis floridana 240
Eurylepta... 456, 481
aurantiaca 458, 481
Euryleptidse 458. 476
Euryleptodes 458, 482
cavicola 458, 483
pannulus 458, 484
phyllulus 458, 486
Eurymyctera acutirostris 27
Euschema 297, 317
Euschistus sp 344
Euvanessa antiopa 345, 347, 348
Evenchelys macrurus 20
Exoglossum maxillingua 46, 53
Fagaceae 338, 339
Fagus grandifolia 338
Falcicula hebardi 103
Fasciolaria gorgasiana 501, 506
Felichthys marinus 36
Fiber 312
Fidonia piniaria 324
Fimbristylis laxa 524
Flabellum cuneiforme 152
Forficula auricularia 320
Forficuladae 236
Formica rufa 315
sp 348
Formicidse 343
Fragaria sp 346, 348
Fringillidsp 336, 338
Fundus diaphanus, 35, 37, 41, 48, 54, 57
Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepi-
dotus 34-37, 41, 47, 54, 57
lucia? 36 57
majalis 34, 36, 37, 38, 54, 57
nottii 56
Fusoficula juvenis 134
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
585
Fusus 133
intermedia 506
quinquespinosus 506
Galago 301
Galba 176
obrussa 176
truncatula 176
Galerita janus 336
Galerucella luteola 338, 351
Galium claytoni 539
pilosum 534
Gambusia gracilis 37, 56, 58
Gasteiosteus aculeatus 58
Gentiana villosa 533
Geophilus longicornis 320
Geranium maculatum 538
Gerrhonotus infernalis 298
Gerrhosaurus major 297
Glaphyropus 187, 189, 218, 222
americanus 189, 190
Glyphostoma dentiferum 501
Gomphocerus me-id onalis 112
Gonatidas 424
Gonatista grisea 242
Gonatus 424
fabricii 424
Goniatron planum 114
Gonioctena rufipes 324
Gracula 325
Graculifera melanoptera 298
Graculipica nigrirostris 317
Graphipterus 325
Grateloupia mactropsis 515
Gryllida 272, 339
Gryllodes sigillatus 274
Gryllotalpa ponderosa 125
Gryllus 185, 300. 340
alogus 103
firmus 274
griseus 185
pallipes 185
rubens 274
sp 299, 339, 350
Gymnoscirtetes pusillus 73
Gvmnothorax aquse-dulcis 21, 21
batuensis —
carcinognathus 22
castanea 22
concolor 22
eurostus 21
flavimarginatus 22
funebris 22, 27
infernalis 22
kaupii 21
kidako * -^
laysanus '-}■
meleagris -1
moringua 22
nigrocastaneus 1°
ocellatus "7
o. saxieola 2/
Gymnothorax pictus 25
stellatus 21
stigmanotus 25, 26
umbrosus 18
undulatus 21
unicolor 22
Gyrostachys beckii 528
gracilis 529
Hadropteius macrocephalus 49
Hsemulon plumieri 56
Haldemanella robusta 66
Halia wailaria 287, 290
Halticinse 336
Hapithus quadratus 275
Harpalus. 300
caliginosus 336
erythropus 334
pennsylvanicus 299, 343
Heirodula bipapilla 287
Helianthemum majus 531
Heliastuo benjamini 161
guanieri 162
sumichrasti subrosea 161
Helicina clappi 445
tantilla 445
Heliophyllum 447, 452
Heliopsis helianthoides 535
scabra 535
Helix 173
Hemidactylus mabuia 297
Hemiramphus brasiliensis 54
Herpestes galera 301
Herpetoiehthys callisoma 17
Herpyllus 289
Hesperia 314
Hesperotettix coloradensis 123
curtipennis 75
festivus 75
gillettei 123
meridionalis 75
pacificus 75
pratensis 76
Heterandria formosa 56
Heterodon platyrhinos 345
Hieracium venosum 534
Hima 507
Hippiscus australis H5
sierra 99
sp 344
Hippocampus hudsonius 41
Hippodamia 344, 363
sp 299, 338, 343
Histioteuthidae 432
Holopterura plumbea 13
Homceogamia apacha infuscata .... 158
bolliana nigricans 158
serratica • 97
subdiaphana mohavensis....97, 104
Hoplolibethra tuberculata 159
Hoplosphyrum 187, 188, 222, 223, 227
aztecum 223, 232.
586
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Hoplosphyrum boreale....l87, 223, 227
occidentale, 187, 188, 222-224,
227-229, 231
Horesidotes cinereus 91
papagensis 106
Hormilia apache 101
Houstonia coerulea 534
Huphina phryne 327
Hyalella 2S7
1 1 ybern ia brumata. 306
defoliaria 306
Eybognathus nuchalis regius 52
Eybopsis kentuckiensis 53
Hydra 182
Hvdrophilida? 339, 350
Hydrophilus triangularis 339, 350, 351
Hyla 295
a rborea 304
Hymenopus bicornis 317
Hyphantria cunea, 300, 337, 345, 347,
350
Hypolimnas misippus 327, 330
Ichneumon 302
Ichthyomyzon concolor 42
Idionotus brevipes 107
Idiosepiidae 405
Idiosepius. 405
paradoxa 405
pygmaeus £05
Idiostatus elegans 167
rehni 107
variegata 167
Ilex cassine . 135
opaca 338, 350, 351
Inioteuthis 405, 408
japonica 381, 405
maculosa 408
morsei 381, 408, 409
Inusia bicolor 119
inornatipes 119
nana 119
Ischnoptera deropeltiformis . 238
insolita 104
johnsoni 97
not ha 103
Isnardia natans 135
Jassidse 336, 342
Julus 291, 292, 336, 347, 362
Junco hyemalis ...341 352
Juncoides bullosum 52s
campestre 528
Juncus dichotomus platyphyilus,
" 522. 527
eftusus 527
secundus ,527
tenuis 527
Junonia iphita 297
sp 327
Kittacincla macroura 326, 328
Kneiffia fruticosa 532
Kneiffia linearis 532
Krigia virginica 539
Kuphus incrassatus 503
Labia burgessi 238
curvicauda 237
guttata 238
Labidura bidens 237
riparia 237
Lacerta agilis 304
muralis 298, 304, 309
viridis 298, 304, 316
Lachnosterna 340, 344, 347, 363
.sp.. 299, 339, 343, 344, 351
Lacinaria spicata 534
Lactista oslari . 160
Lagocephalus laevigatas 34, 37
Lagodon rhomboides 41, 58
Lampides sp 325
Lampyridae 338, 345, 348, 349
Lanius cristatus... 331
ludovicianus 344, 346
Lasioeampa pini 305
quercus .... 285
Lasius alienus 348
Latindia schwarzi .: . 158
Latirus tortilis 133, 134
Lechea minor 531
Leioscapheus gracilicornis 120
Leiostomus xanthurus, 37, 41, 56, 58, 59
Leiothrix 323
luteus 326, 328
Leiuranus semicinetus. 13
Lema trilineata 342, 343
Lepidodendron 373
Lepisma saccharina . 335
Lepisosteus osseus 51
Lepomis auritus 48, 50, 55
incisor 37, 56
punctatus 56
Leprus interior 115
Leptandra virginica 534, 539
Leptinotarsa decemlineata, 294, 295,
299, 300, 334, 339, 349, 362
Leptocephalidae 9
Leptocephalus 9, 12
caudalis 9
conger 9, 37
marginatus 9
myriaster 9
n y s t r o m i 9
Leptomerinthophora navovittata. 120
modesta 120
smaragdipes 120
Leptoplana 457
calif ornica 455, 458, 470
inquieta .456, 458, 470
maculosa 455, 472
rupicola 455, 457, 464
saxicola 456, 457, 467
timida 455, 457, 466
Leptoplanida? 457
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
587
Leptorchis liliifolia 529
loeselii 529
Leptysma marginicollis 257
Lespedeza hirta 531
nuttallii 531
virginica 531
Leucarctia acraea 343
Leucichthys artedi 42
Leuciscus elongatus 44
vandoisulus 52
Leuconotus biolleyi Ill
Levifusus pagoda 133
Licheniplana 474
lepida 458, 474
Ligurotettix kunzei 160
Ligyrus gibbosus 334, 339, 341, 344
sp 299
Limacidse 338
Limax sp 338, 348
Limnas (Danais) chrysippus 325
Lina 324
Linoceratium boucardi 112
Linum floridanum 531
intercursum 531
Liocranchia 438
sp 438
Liparis monacha 324
salicis 324
Liphoplus, 185, 186, 189, 192, 193, 207
222, 233
guerinianus 185
krugii 196, 200, 204, 207, 209
mexicanus 185, 233
novara 185, 189, 233
zebra 109, 185, 186, 214
Litaneutria skinneri 98
Lithobius forficatus 316
sp 336, 344
Lithothamnium glaciale 138
Lobotes surinamensis 58
Loliginidse 397
Loligo 383, 397
alesandrinii 432
aspera 382, 398, 401
bleekeri 382, 399
chinensis 382, 398
edulis 381, 398
japonica 381, 399, 400
kobiensis.... 381, 398
oualaniensis 438
sumatrensis 382, 399
tetrodynamia 382, 399, 400
Loligopsis 417
chrysopthalmos 381
ocellata 432
Lonicera sempervirens 534
Lophius piscatorius 58, 59
Lophopsetta maculata 37, 38, 59
Lota maculosa 50
Lucania parva 57
Lucanidse 337
Lucilia 287
Lumbricus fcetidus 319
terrestris 318
Lunulites distans 152
Lutianus griseus 289
Lycidse 317
Lycodontis parvibranchialis 21
Lycosa 287
Lycosa sp 348
Lygseidse 342
Lygus pratensis 288
Lymnsea 173-183
auricularia 174, 182
columella 173-183
emarginata 182
lanceata 182
peregra 182
reflexa.. 180
stagnalis 1 82
Lyosphsera globosa 37
Lyria wilcoxiana var. aldrichiana 133
Lyriocephalus 297
Mabuia striata 297, 301
Macacus cynomolgus 317
Machserocera pacifica 110
Macrocystis pyrifera 456, 463
Macrodactylus subspinosus 294
Macneillia obscura 251
Malacias capistrata 326, 328
Malacosoma americana 345
Malus coronaria 531
Mania typica 309
Manomera tenurescens 243
Mantidse 242, 288
Mantis 288
Marsa tuberculata 168
Megalodacne heros 345
Megateuthis martensii 433
Meibomia rigida 531
Melanargia 314
Melanoplus acutus 88
affinis 79
alaskanus 79
ablutus 89
algidus 90
alleni 84
alpinus 86
amplectens 83
angelicus 81
arboreus 86
artemisise 81
ascensus 90
ater 80
attenuatus 83
bispinosus 84
blandus 87
brownii 162
bruneri 79
calidus 90
cancri 81
canonicus 85
coccineipes 85
588
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Melanoplus coloradus 162
compactus 85
complanatipes 85
comptus 85
confusus 86
consanguineus 80
conspersus 85
corpulentus 85
cuneatus 78
cyanipes : 84
dealbatus 89
debilis 90
decorus 83
defectus 80
desultorius 100
dimidipennis 124
diminutus 80
elongatus 79
excelsus 79
f emur-nigrum 88
flabellifer brevipennis 124
flavescens 78
fluviatilis 127
franciscanus 89
fur.catus 86
fuscipes 82
geniculatus 82
gillettei 81
gladstoni 82
gracilipes 82
herbaceus 127
immunis 88
impiger 85
impudicus 81
incisus 88
inconspicuus 162
incultus 89
indigens 81
inops 86
inornatus 83
intermedins 79
juvencus 84
latifercula 162
lepidus 86
ligneolus 89
marculentus 78
meridionalis 81
militaris 82
missionum 82
monticola 84
nanus 89
nitidus 81
olivaceus 86
palmeri 82
paroxyoides 86, 264, 265, 266
phcetaliotiformis 89
picturatus 121
pictus 79
pilatus 89
pinctus ' 88
propinquus 84
puer 262
Melanoplus reflexus 81
regalis 76
rileyanus 78
saltator 83
sanguineus 123
scitulus 83
sierranus 80
simplex 78
snowii 84
sonomaensis 163
sonorse 78
stonei 100
terminalis. 84
tenuipennis 82
thomasi 86
tristis 123
truncatus 88
unif ormis 80
usitatus 88
utahensis 79
validus 90
variabilis 86
various 88
virgatus 80
viridipes 83
walshii 82
Melasoma populi 317
Melitsea 314
Meloe americana 344, 346
angusticollis "... 334
Meloidse '.....334, 342-345, 350
Melospiza melodia 342, 344
Menidia beryllina 54
beryllina cerea 37
menidia notata 36, 37, 38, 54, 58
Menticirrhus americanus 36, 59
saxatilis 36-38, 41
Meretrix nuttaliopsis 133
Merluccius bilinearis 59
Mermiria 250
intertexta 91
maculipennis 62
texana 62
vigilans 91
Mesalia pumila var. allentonensis 134
Mesia argentaurus 326
Mesogonistius chsetodon 41
Mesops cylindricus 62
Mestobregma gracilipes 160
pulchella 64
thomasi 160
Metasepia 424
tullbergi 424
Metopium metopium 135
Microcentrum rhombifolium 268
rostratum 107
sp 299
thoracicum 268
Microconger 9
Mierodonophis erabo 16
Microgryllus 185, 188
pallipes 188
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
589
Micropodidae 335
Micropogon undulatus....37, 56, 58, 59
dolomieu 48, 55
salmoides 56, 345
Microteuthis paradoxa 382, 405
Mimus polyglottos 346
Miogryllus Oklahoma? 168
saussurei . " 273
Missanga patina 325
Mitchellia repens 534
Modiola alabamensis 133
Mogisoplistus 221, 222
occidentalis. 224
Mogoplistes, 184-186, 188, 192, 219,
221, 222, 227
barbouri 185
brunneus 184, 186, 188, 221
occidentalis 185, 222, 224
slossoni 185, 219
Mogoplistii 187
Mogosiplistus 192, 221
barbouri 185, 187, 196, 200
slossoni, 185, 1S6, 196, 200, 219,
221
Mola mola 35
Molgula 173
Molpastes bengalensis 326, 328
leucotis 326, 328
Monohammus sp 344
Monopteridse 8
Monopterus albus 8
Moracese 338
Morinda roioc 135
Moringuidae 32
Morone americana 41, 50, 55, 58
Morsea californica tamalpaisensis, 105
Morns sp 338, 348
Moxostoma aureolum 47
Mugil cephalicus 56
cephalus 35, 41
curema 41
Muhlenbergia foliosa 523
JVIursena acutirostris 27
annulata 15
aqua3-dulcis 21
augusti 20
clepsydra 18
colubrina 15
erebus 22
fasciata 15
flavimarginata 22
helena 18
infernalis 22
maculosa 16
melanotis 20
myrialeucostictus 18
ophis 16
pseudothyrsoidea 21
thyrsoidea 20
tigrina 16
Muramesocida? 12
Mursenesox savanna 12
Muraenichthys devisi 13
ogilbyi 13
Mursenidse 18
Murex (Phyllonotus) gatunensis.. 503
Murgantia histrionica 342, 345
Muridse 338, 339, 346
Mus museums 338, 339, 345
norwegicus 136, 346
rattus 136
r. alexandrinus 136
Musca 287
domest ica 335, 347
Mustelus mustelus 36, 37, 57
Mycalesis 297
Myctobates pennsvlvanicus 337
Mylabris sp ...327, 329
Myoxocephalus oetodecimspinosus 35
Myrica cerifera 135
Myrichthys 17
oculatus 16
magnificus 16
stypurus 17
Myriophyllum 175
Myrmecophila oregonensis 128
pergandei 128
Myrmeleon 288
Myrmerophilinse 184
Myrmicidse 339, 351
Myrophis rafer 13
Myrtacese 338
Nassa 544
ambigua 506, 507
bidentata 507
(Hima) praeambigua.503, 506, 508
vibex 507
Natica 501, 544
bolus 501, 508
canalizonalis 501 , 508
canrena 501, 508
semilunata 134
Nautia conspersipes 118
Nautilidse 439
Nautilus pompilius 439
Nebria pallipes 342
Neeturus 359, 362
Neduba carinata convexa 164
morsei 164
Nematus abietum 324
salicis 324
Nemeophila plantaginus 319
Nemobius ambitiosus 273
brevicaudus 122
carolinus 273
cubensis 273
fasciatus abortivus 168
f. socius 273
palustris aurantius 109
Neoblatella adspersicollis 239
Neotettix bolteri 245
coarctatus.. 244
f emorat us 244
590
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Neotettix variabilis 244
Nepheronia bippia 327, 330
NVphila 287
Neptis kamarupa 327
Netrosoma fusiformis 73
nigropleura 73
Nettopus auritus 301
Nezara hilaris 299, 344
Noctuidae 334
Notropis bifrenatus 34, 41, 44, 52
chalybseus abbotti 41
cornutus 44, 50, 53
deliciosus 44
hudsonius amarus 44, 52
photogenis amoenus 45, 53
procne 44, 52
rubrifrons 44
whipplii analostanus 44, 50, 53
Noturus flavas 47
Nyctobates permsylvanicus 348
Ochrilidia cinierea 62
crenulata 62
Ochrotettix salinus 110
Ocotea eatesbyana 242
Octopodoteuthidse 432
Octopodoteuthis 432
sicula 432
Octopus areolatus, 381, 386, 386, 393,
397
brocki 393, 395
cuvierii 389
f ang-sio 38 1 , 386
globosus 382, 388
granulatus 388
hongkongensis 381, 391
januarii 381, 392
kagoshimensis 382, 388
macropus 382, 389
membranaceus 393, 393, 397
ocellatus 393, 393
octopodia 386
pictus var. fasciata 393
punctatus 391
pusillus 382, 389
rugosus 388
sinensis 381, 393
vulgaris 382, 386, 386
Ocythoe 385
tuberculata 382, 385
Ocy thoinae '... 385
Odontoptera bidentata 298
(Ecophylla smaragdina 297
(Edipoda cincta 161
Occident alis 66
(Edomerus corallipes 120
OEonomus altus 91
Oligacanthopus, 187, 188, 218, 219, 222
prograptus 187, 188, 218, 219
Ommastrepb.es 433
gouldi 433
hawaiiensis 434, 437
Ommastrephes insignis 433
pacificus 434, 436, 437
sagittatus 437
s. sloanei 433
sloanii. 433, 434, 436, 437
Ommastrephidse 433
Ommatolampis annulicornis 120
Oniscus asellus 321, 336, 347, 350
Onthophagus hecate 347
Onychoteuthis fabricii 424
kamtschatica 4®4
Opeia imperfecta Ill
mexicana Ill
palmeri Ill
testacea 91
Ophichthus havannensis 16
hispanus 17
ocellatus 18
rufus 17
stenopterus 17
triserialis 17
uniserialis 17
Ophichthyidae 13
Ophichthys naja 15
stenopterus 17
stypurus 16, 17
uniserialis 17
Ophisurus alternans 15
guttatus 16
hispanus 17
ophis 16
serpens 18
Opisthonema oglinum 57
Opisthoteuthis 384
depressa 382, 384
Opsanus tau 36, 59
Orchelimum delicatum 125
fidicinium 108
gladiator. 125
gracile 125
militare 108
minor 125
molossum 108
Orchesticus nigromarginata 165
Orgyia 301
antiqua ,303, 305, 308
leucostigma 300, 337, 346
pudibunda 303
sp 324
Ornebius 184, 188, 222
nigripalpis 184
xanthopterin 184, 188
Orocharis saulcyi 276
Orphula meridionalis Ill
Orphulella costaricensis 112
grancinea 112
meridionalis 112
pelidna 253
Orthopristis chrysopterus 56, 58
Osmoderma sp 344
Osmunda spectabilis 522
Ostrea 133, 500
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
591
Ostrea crenulimarginata 133
gatunensis 503
pulaskensis 133
thirsse 133
Otocompsa emeria 326, 328
Otrynter caprinus 56
Palaemonetea variegatus 37
Palissya 373
diffusa 377
obtusa 377
Panicularia nervata 524, 536
Panicum boscii 523
b. molle 523
depauperatum 522
huachuca? silvicola 522
lindheimeri 535
linearifolium 522
meridionale 536
sanguinale 341
villosissimum 523
Panorpa nuptialis 299
Papagoa arizonensis 110
Papilio : 141
aristolochia?, 296, 297, 301, 325,
327, 329
demoleus 327, 329, 330
pammon 317
philenor 141
polites 327, 330
troilus 338
turnus 338, 342, 344
Papilionidae 338, 342
Paracyrtophyllus robustus 163
Paraidemona mimica 75
Paralichthys dentatus 36, 38, 58, 59
let host igmus 56
Paramecium aurelia 146
buisaria 146
caudatum 146
Paratylotropidia brunneri 78
Paropomala acris 105
dissimilis 110
pallida 109
perpallida 105
Paroxya atlantica 264-266
a. paroxyoides 264
Parus' communis 324
major 306, 324
Paspalum keve circulare 535
Passalus cornutus 337, 349
Passer domesticus 336, 341, 345, 352
Pecten 502
(Amusium) luna 501, 514
lyonii 513
madisonius 512
membra nosus 1 52
mortoni 513, 514
(Cyclopecten) oligolepis, 501, 512,
513
(Oxygonum) optimum, 511, 512,
513
Pecten (J?quipecten) oxygonum
canalis 503, 511, 512
papyracea 513
paranensis 511, 512
pleuronectes 513
(Euvola) reliquus 591, 510
(Amusium) sol 503, 513
(Amusium) sp 503
subhvalinus 512, 513
touke 513, 514
Pedioscertetes pulchella 61, 63
Pelopseus 291
Penitella penita 456
Pentatomidse, 337, 341, 342, 344, 345
Peranema trichophorum 146
Perca flavescens 49, 55, 56
Percina caprodes 49
Periplaneta semipicta 240
Persea pubescens 135
Petricola millestriata 501, 516
Petromyzon marinus 42, 51, 57
Peuce huttonia 370
Peyotettix chenopodii 127
gracilis 127
hispidus 127
washingtonius 127
Phsedrotettix angustipennis 73
Phalera bucephala 319
Pharmacophagus 317
Phasianidse 337, 338
Phasmidae 242
Phaulotettix compiessus 74
Phenacolepas granulosa 151
malonei 151
mirabilis 151
navacelloides 151
Philosamia cynthia 337, 339, 340
Phlebodium aureum 135
Phlegethontius 5-maculatus 347
sp 334
Phcetalia laevigata 240
Pholas... 134
Phragmites phragmites 135
Phrixocnemis bellicosus 72
franciscanus 102
hastiferus 102
inhabilis 102
socorrensis 102
truculent us 72
validus 72
Phrynosoma cornutum 299
Phrynotettix taosanus 100
Phyllopertha hordeola 324
Phylloplana 472
litoricola 458, 472
Physoblemma 185
Physomerus 287
Pieridae 334, 350
Pieris brassicse, 291, 298, 306, 309, 314,
323, 324
napi 314
rapae 313, 320, 334, 350
592
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Piezia 325
Pimephales notatus 43
Pinus caribsea 135
virginiana 522
Pisoodonophis magnifica 16
Plagiostira albonotata brevipes 167
' gillettei 167
gracilis 101
Planocera 459
burchami 457, 461
calif ornica 455, 457, 459
hawaiiensis 469
Planoceridse 457, 459
Platybothrus alticola 98
Platvcleis fletcheri 167
Platynus sp 342
Platyzosteria ingens 240
sabalianus 240
Plectoptera poeyi 241
Plectrotettix calidus 113
excelsus 113
Plethodon cinereus erythronotus... 345
glutinosus 345
Pleurotoma 134
(Gemmula) vaningeni 501, 505
Pleurotomaria nixa 152
Podisma ascensor 77
dairisama 78
nubicola 77
oreas 107
parnassica 78
polita 87
variegata 77
Podozamites formosus 377
Poecilophis nocturna 28
tritor 32
Pcecilotettix coccinatus 87
sanguineus 87
Pogonias cromls 37, 58, 59
Polistes 291
Polygonatum commutatum 537
Polygonum. 344
sp 343
Polygyra ceriolus carpflhteriana 445
Polyhirma 325
Polypodida? 3S(i
Polypodium polvpodioides 135
Polypus 386, 397
areolatus... ...386, 393, 395
brocki 386
cuvieri 386
dOfleini 382, 386, 391, 392
fang-siao 386
globosus 386, 388, 392
granulatus 386, 388, 388
hongkongensis. ...383, 386, 391, 392
jaunarii 386, 392
kagoshimensis 386, 388
macropus 386, 389, 389
membranaceus 386, 397
ocellatus 386
pictus fasciatus 382, 386, 393
Polypus punctatus 391
pusillus 386, 389
rugosus 386
sinensis 386
vulgaris 386
Pomatomus saltatrix 37, 41, 55, 58
Pomolobus aestivalis 41, 51
mediocris 38, 41, 51, 57
pseudoharengus 38, 42, 51, 57
Pomoxis sparoides 48
Poronotus triacanthus 34, 58
Porthesia auriflua 306, 308
Porthetria dispar 324
Priodonophis 27
Prionotus evolans strigatus '....41, 59
Pristoceuthophilus marmoratus .... 102
Proctolabus brachypterus 119
Prolabia unidentata 238
Promachoteuthis 417
megaptera 381, 417
Prorocorypha snowi 98
Proserpinaca platycarpa 135
Prunus americana 538
Pseudoceridse 458 , 474
Pseudopleuronectes americanus, 38, 41,
56
Pseudopriacanthus altus 35
Pseudosermyle banksii 159
tenuis 104
Pseudosuccinea columella. 176
Psilothrix nobilis 317
obesus 120
Psinidia fenestralis 161, 256
sulcifrons amplicornus 161
Psoloessa buddiana 63
eurotiae 63
Pterostichus lucublandus 288
sayi. 342
Pterozamites 378
Pycnonotus sinensis 326, 328
Pycnoscelus surinamensis 241
Pygaera bucephala 308
menistra 294
Pygosteus pungitius 34.
Pyrula decussata 507, 508
micronematica 503, 507, 508
papyracea. 507
pilsbryi 507
Quercus alba 529
marylandica 529
prinoides 529
sp * 339
stellata 529
velutina 529
virginiana 135
Rabula... 21
davisi 21
panamensis 20
Rachycentron canadus 37
Radinotatum brevipenne. 246, 248, 250
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
593
Radinotatum brevipenne peninsu-
lare 246,250
Radiolepis elegans 377
Radix ■ 176
Raja eglanteria 34, 36, 38
erinacea 41, 57
Ramond deserticola 116
Rana clamata 295
sylvatica 295
temporaria 297
tigrina 291
virescens 295
Reduviidse 342
Rehnia spinosa 164
victorise 164
Retinia buoliana 324
turionana 324
Rhabdopelix longispinis 377
Rhabdotettix concinnus 74
palmeri 74
Rhabdura 20
Rhachicreagra aeruginosa 122
gracilis 122
pallipes 122
Rhicnoderma pugnax 119
Rhinichthys atronasus 45, 50, 53
Rhus radicans 538
Rimella 134
Ringicula hypograpta 501^505
Rissola marginata 37, 41
Roccus chrysops 49
lineatus 55
Romalea microptera 256
Rosa humilis 530
palustris 530
rugosa 354
Rossia 417
sp 417
Rubus argutus 537
frondosus 530
invisus 530
villosus 530
villosus enslenii 530
Rynchospora smallii 536
Sabal palmetto 135
Sabella 456
Sagittaria lancifolia 135
Salix longipes 135
Salvelinus fontinalis 42
Sarda sarda 58
Saxicola pileata 301
Saxifraga virginiensis 530
Sayornis 312
Scapteriscus abbreviatus 272
Scarabseid*, 334, 337, 339, 341, 343,
344, 346, 347, 351
Scarites 340, 351
subterraneus 299, 334, 339, 351
Sceliphron 291
Sceloporus floridanus 298, 300
undulatus 299, 300, 345
Schilbeodes gyrinus 47, 54
insignis 54
Schistocerca sequalis 94
alutacea 261, 262
americana 257
aurantia 93
bogotensis 94
camerata 93
carinata •••• 93
crocotaria 93
damnifica 258, 259, 261, 262
d. calidior 258, 261, 262
desiliens 94
gracilis 93
gulosa 94
idonea 94
infumata 94
interrita 93
lineata 95
maya 94
mellea 93
mexicana 95
obliquata 95
pallens 258
perturbans 95
pyramidata 94
separata 95
sonorensis 94
venusta 95
vittafrons 121
zapoteca 93
Schizaster schertzeri 503
Schizoneura 379
laticostata 374
planicostat a 374
sp 377
Scisenops ocellatus 36, 58, 59
Scirpus atrovirens 524
validus •••■ 536
Scirtetica marmorata 254-256
m.picta 254-256
occidentalis 126
ritensis 99
Scleria pauciflora 524
Scolytidse 324
Scomber scombrus -• 58
Scomberomorus maculatus 55, 5S
Scudderia texensis 268
Scutella lyelliana 152
Scutellaria integrifolia o39
parvula ambigua 522, 534
pilosa 53S
Selene vomer 41, 55
Semele chipolana 503, 517
Semotilus atromaculatus 43, 50, 52
bullaris 43, 52
Senecio balsamitse 535
Sepia 383,397,417
aculeata 382,417,418
(Doratosepion) andreana, 381, 41/ ,
418, J&2, 422
594
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Sepia (Doratosepion) andreanoides,381,
417, 423, 423
(Doratosepion) appellofi, 382, 417,
424, 424
chrysophthalmos 417
elliptica 382, 417, 419
esculenta 381, 417-419
formosana 383, 420, 422
hercules 382, 417, 419
hoylei 382, 417, 419
inermis ...417, 424
(Doratosepion) kobiensis, 381, 417,
428, 423
(Doratosepion) lorigera, 422, 382,
417, 422
microcheirus 424
microcotyledon 422
(Doratosepion) misakiensis, 382,
417, 424
myrsus 381, 417
(Doratosepion) peterseni, 382, 417
423, 423
rouxii 422
rugosus 388
sinensis 381, 417
sinope 422
(Doratosepion) tokioensis, 382,
417, 423, 423
torosa 382, 417, 420
(Metasepia) tullbergi, 382, 417,
424, 424
Sepiella 424
inermis 424
maindroni 381, 424
Sepiidae 417
Sepiola 408
bursa 408, 414
inioteuthis 405
japonica 381, 405, 406
Sepiolidae ;.. 405
Sepiolina 417
nipponensis 414
Sepioteuthis 401, 404
brevis 405
lessoniana 382, 401, 422
sieboidi 404
. sinensis 381, 401
Serica vespertina 288
Seriola lalandi 58
zonata 35
Sermyle arbuscula 98
Seserinus paru 34, 58
Sialia sialis 350, 351
Sigaretus (Ermaticina) gabbi 501, 509
multilineatus 509
Silpha 346
insequalis 346
Silphidae . 346
Silvitettix communis 110
Simenchelyidae 9
Simenchelys parasiticus 9
Sinaloa behrensii 75
Siphia hyperythra 331
Sisantum notochloris Ill
Sistrurus catenatus 362
Sisyrinchium gramineum 537
mucronatum 528
Sitones sp 342
Smilax herbacea crispifolia 528
laurifolia 135
Solen amphistemma 501
Solidago aspera 534
rugosa 534
Sphenarium affine 118
barretti 118
bolivari 117
marginatum 117
minimum 118
planum 118
rugosum 117
Sphenopholis obtusata 522, 523
o. pubescens 522, 523
Spheroides maculatus 36, 41, 59
Sphingidse 334
Sphyrsena borealis 37
Sphyrna zygsena 41
Spilosoma menthastri 286
Spirobolus 301
Spondylus americanus 514
gregalis 1 52
gumanomocon. 514
scotti 503, 514
varians 514
Spongophora apicedentata 158
Squalus acanthias 41
Squatina squatina 35
Stagmomantis californica 104
Carolina 242, 299
gracilipes 98
Stauropus 302, 303
fagi 301, 302
Staphylinidse 288, 347
Staphylinus 302
Stenobothrus oregonensis 91
Stenopelmatus terrenus 102
Stenotomus chrysops 58
Stephanolepis hispidus 37
Stilpnochlora marginella 268
Stipator bruneri 165
grandis 101
grandis insignis 165
mitchelli 165
nigromarginatus griseis 165
Stirapleura brachyptera 113
meridionalis 113
pusilla 92
salina 113
tenuicarina 92
Stizostedion canadense : 49
vitreum 49
Stoloteuthis 414
iris 416
leucoptera 416
nipponensis 383, 414, 417
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
595
Stoparola sordida 331
Storeria dekayi 345
Sturnus menzbieri 326, 328
Stylochoplana 463
calif ornica 457
gracilis 463
Stylopyga orientalis 299, 337
Stylostomum 476
calif ornicum 455, 458
lentum 476
Succinea floridana 445
Symplect ot eu this 438
oualaniensis 382, 438
Synageles picata 289
Synallaxis 365
gularis 365
g. pichinchie 365
Synallaxis gularis rufipectus 365
Synaphobranchidaj 9
Synaphobranchus pinnatus 9
Synbranchidse 8
Synbranchus marmoratus 8
Synemosyna formica 289
Syngnathus fuscus 37, 38, 58
Syrbula acuticornis 63
modesta 110
pacifica 110
Taeniophora femorata 119
Taeniopoda bicristata 118
maxima 118
obscura 118
Tafalisca lurida 276
Talinum teretifolium 529
Taraxacum taraxacum 341, 343
Tarpon atlanticus 34
Tautoga onitis 36, 56, 59
Tautogolabrus adspersus 35, 36
Tegenaria domestica 289
Teinophaus saussurei 121
Telea polyphemus 337
Tellina aequiterminata 501, 517
(Eurytellina I retula. .....503, 517
Telmatodytes palustris 345
Temnopteryx desert se 103
Tenebrio 335
molitor :>47
obscurus 337
Tenebrionidae 337, 347, 348
Tenthredinidae 334, 337
Terebratula wilmingtonensis 152
Terias hecabe 331
sp 327, 329
Tetramorium caespitum 339, 351
Tettigidea lateralis 246
spicat a 245
Tettigoniidae 268
Thalictrum revolutum 529
Thelidioteuthis 432
alessandrinii 383, 432
polyonyx 432
Thracia (Cyathodonta) gatunensis 518
(Cyathodonta) isthmica 501
Thrincus aridus 66
maculatus 66
Thyre'onotus cragini 126
scudderi 126
Thyriptilon vitripenne Ill
Thyrsoidea 21
concolor 22
eurosta 21
kaupi 21
Ion gissima 21
Thysanophora caeca 445
incrustata 445
plagioptycha 445
selenina 445
Thysanoteuthidse 438
Thysanot eut his 438
rhombus 438
Tinea pellionella 335
Todarodes 437
pacihcus 381, 433
sloanei 'fSS
Tofieldia racemosa 149
Tomonotus ferruginosus 126
Toxostoma rufum 349, 352
Trachinotus carolinus 38,41, 56
Trachyrhachis compacta 116
inconspicua 1 16
occidentalis 116
townsendi 116
Tremoctopodhue 386
Tremoctopus 386
doderleini 382, 385
violaceus 382, 386
Trichiurus lepturus 58
Trichius piger 344
Trimerotropis arenaceus 99
azurescens 65
bif asciat a 65
bilobata 106
C3eruleipennis 126
californica 65
cyaneipennis 64
inconspicua 123
magnifica 99
modesta 65
pacifica 65
perplexa < 66
rubripes 100
schaefferi 161
snowi 100
thalassica 62, 65
titusi 161
townsendi 116
Triton alpestris 291
punctatus 291
Trochus 544
Trogosita virescens 342
Trogositido? 342
Troxsp 343, 346
Tupaia ferruginea 301
596
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) bartschi-
ana.... 504, 509, 510
Turbonilla gatunensis 501, 510
l'uiiiix taigoor 326, 328
Turritella 133
altilira 501-503
gal unensis 502
humerosa var. elicitatoides 134
mortoni 133,134
nerinexa 134
Tylosurus marinus 41, 48, 54
raphidoma 37
Typha latifolia 135
Typocerus sinuatus 337
Udeopsylla compacta 124
serrata 103
vierecki 103
Umbra limi 47
pygmsea 37, 41, 47, 54, 57
Uropterygius macrocephalus 32
Uvularia perfoliate 537
Vacciniiim atrococcum 533
caesariense 533
corymbosum. '. 532, 533
vacillans 533
v. crinitum 533
Vanessa antiopa 312
urticEe 308, 309, 313
Varicella gracillima floridana 445
Vasum haitense 153
wilmingtonense 1 52, 153
Yates townsendi 98
Venericardia 133
alticost at a 133
planicosta 133
Venerupis 134
Veranyidse 432
Vertigo hebardi 445
Vertigo oralis 445
rugosula 445
Vespa 291
vulgaris 316
Viola conspersa 538
emarginata 538
fimbriatula 532
pedata lineariloba 531
Vireo olivaceus 345
Vitis munsoniana 135
Vitrea dalliana 445
Voluta sp 152
Volvula micratracta 501
Volvulella micratracta 504
Vorticella 147
nebulifera 146
Willugbaeya scandens 135
Xenopus laevis 300
Xiphidion allardi 164
gracillimum H6S
modestum 124
nigropleurum 124
Xylocopa virginica 339
Yersinia sophronica 104
Ypthima ceylonica 325
philomera var. argus 277
Zacycloptera atripennis 164
Zanutes velderi 377
Zapata brevipennis 113
Zaphrentis 447, 452
Zizia aurea 532
Zonotrichia albicollis 352
Zootoca vivipara 304
Zosterops sp 326
Zygsena filipendula 319
trifolii 317
1912.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
597
GENERAL INDEX.
1912.
Additions to Museum, 569.
Baily, William L. An ornithological
trip to the Magdalen Islands (no ab-
stract), 2. The photography of wild
birds (no abstract), 142.
Banquet, 149.
Bascom, Florence. The petrographic
province of Neponset, Massachu-
setts (no abstract). The lavas of
South Mountain, Pennsylvania
(no abstract), 156.
Bellows, Horace, announcement of
death of, 490.
Berry, J. Stillman. A catalogue of
Japanese Cephalopoda (Plates V-
IX), 380, 489.
Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 559.
Botanical Section, report of, 562.
Boulenger, G. A. A synopsis of the
genus Mastacembelus, 130.
Boyer, Charles S. Report of Biological
and Microscopical Section, 559.
Brown, Amos P., and H. A. Pilsbry.
Notes on a collection of fossils from
Wilmington, N. C. (Plate I), 130,
152. Fauna of the Gatun Formation,
Isthmus of Panama, II (Plates
XXII-XXVI), 499, 500.
Brown, Stewardson. Report of Bo-
tanical Section, 563.
Bryant, Henry C. Government agen-
cies in the advancement of geo-
graphical knowledge in the United
States, 148.
Burns, Charles Marquedent, vote of
thanks to, 7.
Calvert, Philip P. Report on Second
International Entomological Con-
gress (no abstract), 490. Waterfall
inhabiting dragonflies of Costa Rica
(no abstract), 491.
Caudell, A. N., and Morgan Hebard.
Fixation of the single type (lecto-
type) specimens of species of Ameri-
can Orthoptera, Part II, 154, 157.
See Rehn and Hebard.
Centenary celebration, 129. Resolu-
tions, 155.
Clarke, John M. Early adaptation in
feeding habits of starfishes, 6.
Colton, Harold Sellers. Lymnaea
columella, and self-fertilization, 156,
173.
Committees, Standing, 1.
Conklin, Edwin G. Experimental
studies in nuclear and cell division
in the eggs of Crepidula, 134, 489.
Conesponding Secretary, report of,.
549.
Council, 1913, 567.
Curators, report of, 555.
Dahlgren, Ulric. On the production
of light by animals (no abstract),
7.
Dall, William H. Mollusk-fauna of
northwest America (no abstract),
148.
Department of Mollusca, report of,
558.
Dickey, Rev. Charles A., announce-
ment of death of, 2.
Dixon, Samuel G., presentation of
portrait of, 400. Report of Curators,
555.
Dixon, Samuel G., Mrs. Dixon and
Miss Dixon. Centenary reception,
143.
Donaldson, Henry H. The history and
zoological position of the albino rat,.
136.
Dyer, Sir William Thiselton. On the
supposed Tertiary antarctic conti-
nent, 130.
Election, annual, 566.
Elections in 1912, 568.
Entomological Section, report of, 560.
Fowler, Henry W. Description of nine
new eels, with notes on other species,
6, 8. Record of fishes from the
Middle Atlantic Coast and Virginia,
6, 34.
P'ukuda, T. Statistical studies on
variation in the wing-length of a
butterfly of the sub-family Satyrinse,
277, 489.
Furness, Horace Howard, announce-
ment of death, of 490.
.7. IN
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[Dec,
A., announcement
announcement of
David Alter, the
spectrum analysis,
Reef-building and
Griscom, (.'lenient
of death of, 491
Haines, .lane R.,
death of, 155.
Harshberger, John W. The physiog-
raphy and vegetation of the Florida
Everglades (no abstract), 6. The
vegetation of the banana holes of
Florida, 130, 134.
Heath, Harold, and Ernest A.
McGregor. New polyclads from
Monterey Bay, California (Plates
XII-XVIII), 455, 489.
History of the Academy, by the
Recording Secretary, 6.
Hoernes, Rudolf, announcement of
death of, 400.
Holland, William J.
first discoverer of
134.
Houston, Edwin J. How the natural
sciences can lie made attractive to
the young, MM.
Howe. Marshall A.
lancl-forming seaweeds, 137.
Index to the scientific contents of the
Journal and Proceedings of the
Academy, by the Recording Secre-
tary, 6.
Isaac Lea Collection, report of Cus-
todian, 559.
Ives, .James E. The radiation of energy,
L56.
Jacobs, Merkel H. Physiological
characters of species, 146.
Keeley, Frank J., report of Curator
of William S. Vaux Collections, 558.
Lewis, Graceanna, announcement of
death of, 154.
Librarian, report of, 551.
Loeb, Jacques. Experiments on adap-
t at ion to high temperatures (no
abstract), 141.
Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Natural
history morality, 138. Report of
Mineralogical and Geological Section,
563.
McAfee, W. L. The experimental
method of testing the efficiency of
warning and cryptic coloration in
protecting animals from their ene-
mies, 281, 489.
Macfarlane, John M. The relation
of protoplasm to its environment,
117. 154.
Maury, Carlotta J. A contribution
to (he paleontology of Trinidad,
6, 132.
-Meiirs, Edward B., and L. A, Ryan.
The ash of smooth muscle, 136.
-Milne, Caleb J., announcement of
death of, 490.
Mineralogical and Geological Section,
report of, 563.
Mitchell. Edward Craig, announce-
ment of death of, 490.
Montgomery, Thomas H. Human
spermatogenesis: spermatocytes and
spermiogenesis 6. Announcement
of death of, 130. Resolutions, 154.
Moore, Clarence B. Some aboriginal
sites, on Red River, 156.
Moore, J. Percy, report of Corre-
sponding Secretary, 549.
Morgan, T. H. Further experiments
with mutations in eye-color of
Drosophila: The loss of the orange
factor, 156.
Nelson, J. A. Structural peculiarities
in an abnormal queen bee, 3, 6.
Nolan, Edward J. Presentation of
portrait of, 7. History of the
Academy (no abstract), 130. Rem-
iniscences (no abstract), 130. Vote
of thanks, 499. Report of Recording
Secretary, 545. Report of Librarian,
551.
Officers, 1913, 566.
Ornithological Section, report of, 564.
Osborn, Henry Fairfield. Tetraplasy,
a law of the four inseparable factors
of evolution, 144, 156.
Parker, George Howard. The relation
of smell, taste and the common
chemical sense in vertebrates, 130,
147.
Parvin, Thomas I., announcement of
death of, 490.
Pennell, Francis W. Further notes on
the flora • of the Conowingo or
Serpentine Barrens of southeastern
Pennsylvania, 520.
Pilsbry, Henry A. On the tropical
element in the molluscan fauna of
Florida, 142. A study of the vari-
ations and zoogeography of Liguus
in Florida, 490. Report of Depart-
ment of Mollusca, 558.
Potts, Edward, announcement of death
of, 2.
Recording Secretary, report of, 545.
Rehn, James A. G. The orthopteran
inhabitants of the Sonoran creosote
bush, 143.
Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan
Hebard. Fixation of single type
(lectotype) specimens of species of
North American Orthoptera (Part
I), 7, 60. See Caudell and Hebard.
A revision of the genera and species
of the Group Mogoplistii (Orthop-
tera: Gryllidse) found in North
America, north of the Isthmus of
Panama, 184, 489. On the Orthop-
1912.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
599
tera found on the Florida Keys
and in extreme southern Florida,
I, 235, 489.
Report of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 559.
Report of Botanical Section, 562.
Report of Corresponding Secretary,
549.
Report of Curator of William S. Vaux
Collections, 558.
Report of Curators, 555.
Report of Custodian of the Isaac Lea
Collection, 559.
Report of Department of Mollusca,
558.
Report of Entomological Section, 560.
Report of Librarian, 551.
Report of Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section, 563.
Report of Ornithological Section, 564.
Report of the Recording Secretary,
545.
Reports of Sections, 559.
Shufeldt, R. W. Notes on a prehistoric
race of Yucatan (Plates XIX, XX,
XXI), 491, 492.
Skinner, Henry. Mimicry in Boreal
American Lepidoptera, 7. Mimicry
in butterflies, 141. Report of Ento-
mological Section, 560.
Smith, Benjamin H. On recent species
of Crataegus (no abstract), 6.
Smith, Burnett. Observations on the
structure of some coral beds in the
Hamilton Shale (Plates X, XI),
447, 489.
Spitzka, Edward Anthony. On the
production of light by animals (no
abstract), 7.
Standing Committees, 1.
Standing Committees, 1913, 568.
Stone, Witmer. Fauna and flora of the
New Jersey Pine Barrens, 149. A
new Synallaxis, 365, 489. Report
of Ornithological Section, 564.
Thompson, Will F. The protoconch of
Acmaea, 499, 540.
Trotter, Spencer. The faunal divis-
ions of eastern North America in
relation to vegetation, 130, 142.
Biological aspects of population
(no abstract), 155.
True, Frederick W. Description of a
new fossil porpoise of the genus
Delphinodon from the Miocene
Formation of Maryland, 7, 135.
Tucker, Henry. Harmless and useful
"snakes (no abstract), 154.
Vanatta, E. G. Phenacolepas malonei
n. sp., 151. A new species of Vertigo
from Florida, 445, 489:
Yaughan, Thomas Wayland. On the
rate of growth of stony corals (no
abstract), 130, 142.
Vaux, George, Jr. Appointment as
Solicitor of Academy.
Verrill, A. E. The Gorgonians of the
Brazilian coast, 156.
Von Ihering, H. Analyse der Siid-
amerikanischen Heliceen, 400.
Von Wijhe, J. W., withdrawal of paper,
490.
Wherry, Edgar T. Apparent sun-
crack structures and ringing-rock
phenomena in the Triassic Diabase
of Eastern Pennsylvania, Plate II,
156, 169. The Triassic of Pennsyl-
vania, 156. Silicified wood from the
Triassic of Pennsylvania (Plates
III, IV), 366, 489. Age and corre-
lation of the ''New Red '' or Newark
Group of Pennsylvania, 373, 4S9.
Willcox, Joseph. Appointment as
Curator of William S. Vaux Col-
lections. Report of Custodian of
Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene
Mollusca, 559.
William S. Vaux Collections, report
of Curator. 558,
39
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XII
b.
be.
fr§Ve-
ib
■ -■'
fk'A"4'''--f'"--'v'- *:
">C Y>~cV 'f-
nt-^ - | ft
be. s
%3-
te.
'■*. .
ib.
■ 7 £?K?*b
";;^':-
)mg>-
ib.
vd.
ps.
ag-
HEATH AND MCGREGOR; NEW POLYCLADS.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XIII.
8 ,•••■
10
be.
\. ab.
* :
■■'
me?
HEATH AND MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLADS
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XIV.
1/
ae
be.
"g-
c- ;;"< ■<
19
be.
te. • .
«
20
nt.
'••
be.
£b
21
HEATH and MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLADS.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XV.
23
26
sg
af.
ps.
28
mg.
ib.
o
HEATH and MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLADS.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19l2.
PLATE XVI.
29
••'"V
"N - , be.
■r>1
ai.
'
■
■
a -o*. •
. • ° Oo •
*o%b;°-'o-
mg.
HEATH AND MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLADS.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XVII.
af. sc
HEATH AND MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLAD3.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XVIII.
39
• ■ . . *
40
r*l» b->
% •• %
42
be.
5i.s
• ••.
• ••
te- •••**!
: b.
dp.
vd.
44
am.
O'
43
• •
%?'- '&'■>
*•*
te.
' 1
^^ te.
•J* £>.*■
af.
O"
dp,.
HEATH AND MCGREGOR: NEW POLYCLADS.
a
o
o
X
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XX.
SHUFELDT: A PREHISTORIC RACE OF YUCATAN.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XXI.
SHUFELDT: A PREHISTORIC RACE OF YUCATAN.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XXII.
BROWN AND PILSBRY: FAUNA OF THE GATQN FORMATION.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XXIII.
BROWN AND PILSBRY: FAUNA OF THE GATUN FORMATION.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XXIV.
BROWN AND PILSBRY: FAUNA OF THE GATUN FORMATION.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1912.
PLATE XXV.
BROWN AND PILSBRY: FAUNA OF THE GATUN FORMATION.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1912.
PLATE XXVI.
BROWN and PILSBRY: FAUNA OF THE GATUN FORMATION.
MBL WHOI LIBRARY
111
H IflSD D
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11